CA08100014E

155736-Catalog 155736-Catalog 155736-Catalog B5 unilog cesco-content

2016-10-06

: Pdf 90288-Attachment 90288-Attachment B5 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 621

DownloadCA08100014E
Open PDF In BrowserView PDF
Electrical Sector Solutions
Volume 12: Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions

Eaton
1000 Eaton Boulevard
Cleveland, OH 44122
United States
Eaton.com
© 2013 Eaton
All Rights Reserved
Printed in USA
Publication No. CA08100014E / Z14331
October 2013

Eaton is a registered trademark.
All other trademarks are property
of their respective owners.

The power of fusion.
1833

1874

1886

1893

1897

1899

1906

1908

1911

1914

1934

1961

1962

1963

1967

1977

1983

1984

1989

There’s a certain energy at Eaton. It’s the power of uniting some of the
world’s most respected names to build a brand you can trust to meet
your every power management need.
Eaton is dedicated to ensuring that reliable, efficient and safe power
is available when it’s needed most. Building on over 100 years of
experience in electrical power management, the experts at Eaton
deliver customized, integrated solutions to solve your most critical
challenges. To learn more, visit Eaton.com/Electrical

All of the above are trademarks of Eaton or its affiliates. Eaton has a license to use the Westinghouse
brand name in Asia Pacific. ©2013 Eaton.

Contents
Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Motor Control

Switchgear

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1

Distribution System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3

Panelboards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4

Loadcenters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5

Meter Centers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6

Safety Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7

Dry-Type Distribution Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8

Busway (Low Voltage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9

IQ Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10

Communication Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

11

Programmable Logic Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

12

Motor Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

13

Motor Control Centers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

14

Distribution Switchboards (Low Voltage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

15

High Resistance Grounding System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

16

Switchgear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

17

Medium Voltage Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

18

Network Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic Transfer Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Factor Correction Capacitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Eaton’s Electrical Services & Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sales & Service Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Appendix 1—Eaton Terms & Conditions
Appendix 2—Alphabetical Product Index
Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

19
20
21
22
23
24

1
2
3
4

Copyright
Dimensions, Weights and Ratings
Dimensions, weights and ratings given in this catalog are approximate and should not be used
for construction purposes. Drawings containing exact dimensions are available upon request.
All listed product specifications and ratings are subject to change without notice. Photographs
are representative of production units.

5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

Terms and Conditions
All prices and discounts are subject to change without notice. When price changes occur,
they are published in Eaton’s Price and Availability Digest (PAD). All orders accepted by
Eaton’s Electrical Sector are subject to the general terms and conditions as set forth in
Appendix 1—Eaton Terms & Conditions.

Technical and Descriptive Publications
This catalog contains brief technical data for proper selection of products. Further information
is available in the form of technical information publications and in illustrated brochures.
If additional product information is required, contact your local Eaton Products Distributor,
call 1-800-525-2000 or visit our website at www.eaton.com.

Compliance with Nuclear Regulation 10 CFR 21
Eaton products are sold as commercial grade products not intended for application in facilities
or activities licensed by the United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission for atomic purposes,
under 10 CFR 21. Further certification will be required for use of these products in a safety-related
application in any nuclear facility licensed by the United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission.

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23

WARNING
The installation and use of Eaton products should be in accordance with the provisions of the
U.S. National Electrical Code® and/or other local codes or industry standards that are pertinent
to the particular end use. Installation or use not in accordance with these codes and standards
could be hazardous to personnel and/or equipment.
These catalog pages do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment, nor to provide for
every possible contingency to be met in connection with installation, operation or maintenance.
Should further information be desired or should particular problems arise that are not covered
sufficiently for the purchaser’s purposes, the matter should be referred to the local Eaton Products
Distributor or Sales Office. The contents of this catalog shall not become part of or modify any prior
or existing agreement, commitment or relationship. The sales contract contains the entire
obligation of Eaton’s Electrical Sector. The warranty contained in the contract between the parties
is the sole warranty of Eaton. Any statements contained herein do not create new warranties or
modify the existing warranty.

24
25

Copyright ©2013, Eaton, All Rights Reserved.
Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Introduction

Eaton is a global leader in power distribution, power quality,
control and automation, and monitoring products.
At Eaton, we believe a reliable, efficient and safe power system is the foundation of every
successful enterprise. Through innovative technologies, cutting-edge products and our highly
skilled services team, we empower businesses around the world to achieve a powerful advantage.
In addition, Eaton is committed to creating and maintaining powerful customer relationships built
on a foundation of excellence. From the products we manufacture to our dedicated customer
service and support, we know what’s important to you.

Solutions
Eaton takes the complexity out of power systems management with a holistic and strategic
approach, leveraging our industry-leading technology, solutions and services. We focus on
the following three areas in all we do:
●

Reliability—maintain the
appropriate level of power
continuity without
disruption or unexpected
downtime

●

Efficiency—minimize
energy usage, operating
costs, equipment footprint
and environmental impact

●

Safety—identify and
mitigate electrical hazards
to protect what you value
most

Using the Eaton Catalog Library
As we grow, it becomes increasingly difficult to include all products in one or two comprehensive
catalogs. Knowing that each user has their specific needs, we have created a library of catalogs for our
products that when complete, will contain 15 volumes. Since the volumes will continuously be a work
in progress and updated, each volume will stand alone. Refer to our volume directory, MZ08100001E,
for a quick glance of where to look for the products you need. The 15 volumes include:
●

●

●

●

●

●

Volume 1—Residential
and Light Commercial
(CA08100002E)
Volume 2—Commercial
Distribution (CA08100003E)
Volume 3—Power
Distribution and Control
Assemblies (CA08100004E)
Volume 4—Circuit
Protection (CA08100005E)
Volume 5—Motor Control
and Protection
(CA08100006E)
Volume 6—Solid-State
Motor Control
(CA08100007E)

●

●

●

●

●

Volume 7—Logic Control,
Operator Interface and
Connectivity Solutions
(CA08100008E)
Volume 8—Sensing
Solutions (CA08100010E)
Volume 9—Original
Equipment Manufacturer
(CA08100011E)
Volume 10—Enclosed
Control (CA08100012E)
Volume 11—Vehicle and
Commercial Controls
(CA08100013E)

●

●

●

●

Volume 12—Aftermarket,
Renewal Parts and Life
Extension Solutions
(CA08105001E)
Volume 13—Counters,
Timers and Tachometers
(CA08100015E)—Available
in electronic format only
Volume 14—Fuses
(CA08100016E)—Available
in electronic format only
Volume 15—Solar Inverters
and Electrical Balance of
System (CA08100018E)

These volumes are not all-inclusive of every product, but they are meant to be an overview
of our product lines. For our full range of product solutions and additional product information,
consult Eaton.com/electrical and other catalogs and product guides in our literature library.
These references include:
●

The Consulting Application
Guide (CA08104001E)

●

The Eaton Power Quality
Product Guide (COR01FYA)

If you don’t have the volume that contains the product or information that you are looking for,
not to worry. You can access every volume of the catalog library at Eaton.com/electrical in the
Literature Library.
By installing our Automatic Tab Updater (ATU), you can be sure you always have the most recent
version of each volume and tab.
Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions

CA08100014E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

i

Introduction

Icons
Green Leaf
Eaton Green Solutions are products, systems or solutions that represent Eaton
benchmarks for environmental performance. The green leaf symbol is our
promise that the solution has been reviewed and documented as offering
exceptional, industry-leading environmental benefits to customers, consumers
and our communities. Though all of Eaton’s products and solutions are
designed to meet or exceed applicable government standards related to
protecting the environment, our products with the Green Leaf designation
further provide “exceptional environmental benefit.”

Learn Online
When you see the Learn Online icon, go to Eaton.com/electrical and search for
the product or training page. There you will find 100-level training courses,
podcasts, webcasts or games and puzzles to learn more.

Drawings Online
When you see the Drawings Online icon, go to Eaton.com/electrical and find the
products page. There you will find a tab that includes helpful product drawings
and illustrations.

Contact Us
If you need additional help, you can find contact information
under the Customer Care heading of Eaton.com/electrical.

ii

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions

CA08100014E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Introduction
Continuous Support for the
Installed Base

1

Introduction
Welcome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Logo History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Eaton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
The Installed Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
One Source for All Your Aftermarket Needs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
What’s New? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using the Catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Catalog Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
What Does the Shaded Area Mean? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Eaton’s Electrical Business on the World Wide Web . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Eaton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V12-T1-2
V12-T1-2
V12-T1-2
V12-T1-3
V12-T1-3
V12-T1-3
V12-T1-3
V12-T1-3
V12-T1-3
V12-T1-3
V12-T1-3

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T1-1

1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14

Introduction

Welcome
Welcome to the latest edition of Eaton’s Aftermarket, Renewal
Parts and Life Extension Solutions catalog (formerly YES catalog).
In this fifth expanded edition, you will find increased solutions to
extend the life, modernize and upgrade your installed base of
electrical distribution and industrial control equipment.

2009–Present

Logo History

2000–2009

The installed base of Westinghouse and Cutler-Hammer®
distribution and control equipment can be found everywhere.
Whether in an industrial facility such as paper, chemical,
pharmaceutical, auto and steel, or commercial installations
including universities, hospitals, airports and just about any
type of government building; you will find equipment that was
manufactured by Eaton or one of its acquired companies.
In some situations due to the age of the equipment, the original
nameplate information may be difficult to obtain. This is why the
logo history is provided. If all else fails, the logo on the front of
the equipment will help you identify when it was manufactured.
Knowing this, and the type of product, you can refer to the
applicable section of the catalog to find the solutions available
to support it.

Eaton
Eaton is backed by more than 100 years of history and experience.
This experience has resulted in many innovations in distribution
and industrial control products each incorporating leading-edge
technology to provide the highest value to our customers.
This same technology and engineering expertise is applied
to solutions to upgrade existing installed older equipment.
Our engineers and scientists are recognized throughout the
industry and around the world as experts in a wide range of
disciplines including: photoelectric optical technology, arc
interruption, vacuum technology, digital and analog electronics,
and communications technology.

1994–2000

1960–1994

1980–1994

1953–1960

1960–1980

1940–1953

1933–1960

1922–1940

1914–1933

1910–1922

1900–1914

1900–1910

15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T1-2

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

1

Introduction

The Installed Base

Catalog Format

The installed base of electrical distribution and control
equipment is a product of the economic changes that have
occurred over the last 15 or 20 years.

Each section of the catalog includes the following elements:
●
●

They could:
●
●
●
●

●

Be operating beyond capacity
Have higher fault currents because of additions
Pose major safety issues
Cause increased unscheduled outages having a direct
impact on productivity

It has also been a witness to:
●
●
●

Reductions in budgets and people resources
Increases in maintenance intervals
Decreases in support from the original manufacturer

Where do you go for help?

One Source for All Your Aftermarket Needs
The Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions
catalog is a reference tool to help you identify existing electrical
distribution and control equipment and then provide a wide range
of solutions available from Eaton to support it. Regardless of the
vintage or the original manufacturer, we can provide solutions
that will extend the useful life of your existing equipment.

What’s New?
Our catalog has a new name to reflect our membership in the
family of electrical solutions catalogs—the Aftermarket, Renewal
Parts and Life Extension Solutions catalog replaces the former
YES (Your Electrical Solutions) catalog. It continues to offer
cutting-edge engineered life extension solutions—it just has
a new look and a new name.
Additionally, as the number of available solutions has grown, so
has the catalog. Incorporated in this latest edition are increased
capabilities that have been introduced since the last printing in
2003. For example, in order to address ongoing safety concerns,
Eaton has engineered the Arcflash Reduction Maintenance
System™ and the universal remote power racking system. Also,
there are new product offerings in the area of trip unit retrofit
kits, low voltage power breakers and medium voltage vacuum
replacement breakers, just to name a few. With changes to the
molded-case circuit breaker product line, this catalog is simpler
to use with an updated replacement breaker cross-reference
section. Additionally, automatic transfer switches and power
factor correction capacitors are included in brand-new tabs in
this edition.

Using the Catalog
You can find information in several ways. The Table of
Contents in the front and the detailed Alphabetical Product
Index in the back will refer you to the correct section. The
capabilities overview in Tab 2 highlights various capabilities,
and provides the tab number where that capability is listed.
Also included in this tab is a pictorial representation of a typical
distribution system illustrating the various products and where
they can be found.

●
●
●
●

Product Description
Product History
Product History Time Line
Replacement Capabilities
Technology Upgrades (where applicable)
Further Information
Pricing Information

1
2
3
4

Where relevant, Additional Information, Customer Required
Information, General Information and Support Services
are included.

What Does the Shaded Area Mean?
In some sections of the catalog, you will again see tables and
text that have been shaded. The shaded areas indicate obsolete
or discontinued product, and although the product is no longer
manufactured, it is still shown for historical reference. In the
molded-case circuit breaker section (Tab 3), many of the tables
have shaded areas. Although the product is no longer manufactured,
cross-reference tables have been developed to provide alternative
solutions using current manufactured molded-case circuit breakers.
The cross-reference tables begin on Page V12-T3-115 and are in
alphanumeric order, based on style or catalog number of the
obsolete or discontinued product.

Eaton’s Electrical Business on the World Wide Web
Our Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions
catalog is designed to be your everyday, at-your-fingertips, at-aglance reference for our wide range of products and services
that support your installed base. But it’s just the paper “tip” of
the electronic “iceberg” of continuously updated information that
you can access, online, anytime.
http://www.eaton.com

5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

Eaton
Eaton’s electrical business is a global leader with expertise
in power distribution and circuit protection; backup power
protection; control and automation; lighting and security;
structural solutions and wiring devices; solutions for harsh and
hazardous environments; and engineering services. Eaton is
positioned through its global solutions to answer today’s
most critical electrical power management challenges.
Eaton is a power management company providing energyefficient solutions that help our customers effectively manage
electrical, hydraulic and mechanical power. A global technology
leader, Eaton acquired Cooper Industries plc in November 2012.
The 2012 revenue of the combined companies was $21.8 billion
on a pro forma basis. Eaton has approximately 102,000
employees and sells products to customers in more than
175 countries. For more information, visit www.eaton.com.

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T1-3

Distribution System
Technology Upgrades
for the Installed Base

2

Distribution System
A Commitment to the Installed Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement Components and Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equipment Modernization and Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Products and Services Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V12-T2-2
V12-T2-2
V12-T2-2
V12-T2-4

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T2-1

2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14

Distribution System
Capabilities Overview

Distribution System
A Commitment to the
Installed Base
Our employees are
committed to supporting
all Cutler-Hammer® and
Westinghouse® Distribution
and Control equipment, no
matter when it was
manufactured by Eaton’s
electrical business, or how
long it has been in service.
Our dedicated Aftermarket
Organization provides
products, services and
expertise through a focused
management team, sales
engineers and technicians
that work to keep customers’
equipment operating.
Eaton also offers multiple
solutions to extend the life
of other manufacturers’
equipment, including
modernization, technology
upgrades, reconditioning
and repair. Support for
other manufactures’
equipment include:
●
●
●
●
●
●

General Electric®
Square D®
Federal Pacific®
ITE®
Siemens®
Siemens-Allis™
Allen-Bradley®
Allis-Chalmers

15

●

16

Eaton’s innovative engineering
provides the highest level of
life extension to support the
industry’s installed base,
regardless of the original
manufacturer.

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

●

Replacement Components
and Renewal Parts
A full line of replacement
components and renewal
parts is available for the
existing installed base
of Cutler-Hammer and
Westinghouse equipment.
These replacement
components and renewal
parts are new, not used or
surplus material. The use
of original production tooling,
assembly fixtures, and
original specifications
and drawings guarantees
compatibility with existing
equipment.

V12-T2-2

Equipment Modernization
and Upgrades
Cutler-Hammer equipment
modernization and upgrades
can extend the life of your
existing equipment. They can
economically upgrade CutlerHammer and Westinghouse
products, as well as those of
other manufacturers. These
state-of-the-art upgrades are
engineered to provide:
●

●

●

●

●

Solutions for obsolete
electrical equipment
New technology for
aging equipment
Retrofit, repair and
remanufacturing processes
Monitoring, protection
and control capabilities
to your system
Genuine new replacement
components and renewal
parts

Switchgear Fluidized Epoxy Bus
Motor Control Center Bucket Retrofits

Freedom™ 2100, Advantage™
and IT. replacement starter
units can be used to increase
the capacity of a motor control
center without investing in a
completely new assembly.
Competitive retrofits and
new buckets are also available
for other manufacturers’
units, using current Eaton
technology. See Tab 14.

Existing switchgear bus can be
replaced or returned to our
factory, regardless of the
original manufacturer for
reinsulation, using the custom
fluidized epoxy bed process. It
is available from 600V to 15 kV
for switchgear, bus runs and
other equipment. See Tab 17.

Medium Voltage Starter Upgrades

Breaker Reconditioning and Trip
System Upgrades with Arcflash
Reduction Maintenance System™

Digitrip™ RMS trip unit
retrofit kits are available for
Eaton, Westinghouse and
other manufacturers of low
voltage power breakers.
These retrofits will improve
circuit protection while
increasing breaker and
electrical system reliability.
See Tab 17.

Power Breaker Replacement

New DB, DS, DSII,
Magnum™ DS and SPB
power breakers are available
for replacement, to fill existing
cells, or in a cell retrofit
package for upgrading existing
older low voltage switchgear.
These breakers are electrically
and mechanically identical to
the original vintages of DB,
DS, DSII, Magnum DS and
SPB breakers. See Tab 17.

Vacuum contactors can be
retrofitted or retrofilled into
existing medium voltage air
magnetic starters, achieving
the benefits of vacuum
technology without the
expense of a completely
new assembly. See Tab 13.

Replacement Vacuum Breakers

MVVR (Medium Voltage
Vacuum Replacement)
breakers provide a means to
cost-effectively modernize
existing air magnetic medium
voltage switchgear while
further increasing its effective
life. See Tab 17.

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Distribution System
Capabilities Overview

2
1
2
3
4

SPD System Retrofits
PowerNet

Power Management Products

Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer
PowerNet™ system is
designed to manage the
power distribution system.
This integrated power
management system is the
ideal tool to help manage
energy costs, to troubleshoot
power quality problems,
and to ensure the reliability
and integrity of the electrical
distribution system. See
Tab 11.

Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer
IQ Metering and Protective
Relaying products are
multifunctional communicating
products based on microprocessor technology. They
are designed to replace
existing electromechanical
devices and can be applied
at low, medium and high
voltage points in the electrical
distribution system. These
devices offer communications
capabilities to link electrical
distribution equipment
to PowerNet Power
Management Software.
See Tab 10.

Protect solid-state devices
from the damaging effects
of transient overvoltages.
The Eaton SPD products can
be installed in low voltage
distribution gear or retrofitted
into existing switchboards,
panelboards and motor
control centers to eliminate
the effects of surges before it
reaches sensitive equipment.
See Tabs 4 and 17.

Circuit breaker replacements
and upgrades are designed
for use in panelboards,
switchboards, motor control
centers, control panels,
combination starters,
individual enclosures,
and bus duct plug-in units.
See Tabs 3, 4, 9 and 14.

6
7
8
9

Genuine LV Control Renewal Parts

Low Voltage High Resistance
Grounding Systems
Replacement Molded-Case
Breakers and Accessories

5

10

Submetering Retrofits

Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer IQ
Energy Sentinel submetering
device can be easily
retrofitted on Series C®
breakers, or those of other
manufacturers, in existing
equipment. When combined
with the PowerNet system,
the IQ Energy Sentinel can
now provide submetering
at numerous levels of
monitoring and energy
management. See Tabs 4
and 10.

Installation and Startup Services

Installation and startup
services can be provided for
Eaton equipment, as well as
equipment manufactured
by other organizations.
See Tab 23.

Genuine factory-warranted
low voltage control renewal
parts are available to support
the complete line of CutlerHammer and Westinghouse
design starters and
contactors. Renewal parts
include contact kits, coils,
overload relays and heaters,
to name a few. See Tab 13.

Type C-HRG provides service
continuity by providing a
ground path for ground
current via resistance that
limits current magnitude and
includes a means to trace the
fault source. See Tab 16.

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T2-3

2
1
2
4
5
6
7
8

1
2

4
5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

9

14
15

10

16
17
18

11

Typical Distribution System

Product and Services for Life Extension and Equipment Upgrades Overview

3

3

Distribution System

19

Tab
Digitrip RMS Trip Unit Retrofit Kits . . . . . . . . . 17
Motor Control Center Bucket Retrofits . . . . . . 2
DHP-VR Vacuum
Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Switchgear Fluidized Epoxy Bus . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Retrofit/Replace with
Vacuum Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Cell Retrofit with DSII/SPB
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Low Voltage High Resistance
Grounding Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
PowerNet Communication
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Retrofit Front Panel
with IQ Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Retrofit with IQ Energy
Sentinel for Submetering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Retrofit with Surge Protective
Devices (SPD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4, 9, 14, 15
Replacement Molded-Case
Breakers and Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Rebuilding/
Remanufacturing Service . . . . . . . . . . . 3, 13, 15
Renewal/Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALL
Service Capability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALL
Power Factor Correction Capacitors . . . . . . . 21
Automatic Transfer Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Arcflash Reduction
Maintenance System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Remote Power Racking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

12

15

15

MEDIUM VOLTAGE
NON-SEGREGATED BUS

8
14
15

LOAD
INTERRUPTER
SWITCHGEAR

13

1 4 5 6 7 8 9 13
14 15 18 19
LOW VOLTAGE
SECONDARY UNIT
SUBSTATION

RECTIFIER
AND
EXCITER

LOW VOLTAGE
SWITCHBOARD
INDIVIDUAL/
GROUP MOUNTED

16
1
6
7
8
9
10

17
18

11
12
14
15
18
19

20
21

DRY-TYPE
DISTRIBUTION
TRANSFORMER

22

8 9 14 15 14 15

SAFETY
SWITCH

MEDIUM VOLTAGE
SWITCHGEAR

8 9
14 15
19

MEDIUM
VOLTAGE
STARTER

8 12 14 15 17

LOW VOLTAGE
DISTRIBUTION
PANELBOARD

LOW VOLTAGE
DISTRIBUTION
PANELBOARD

8 14 15

14 15

14 15

DC
DRIVE

PROCESS
RECTIFIER
SYSTEM

HIGH CURRENT
LOW VOLTAGE
PROCESS

SYNCHRONOUS
MOTOR

MAGNETIC SHOEBREAK

8 10 12 14 15

8
11
14
15

BUS PLUG

BUS PLUG

ADJUSTABLE
FREQUENCY CONTROL

8
14
15

REDUCED
VOLTAGE
STARTER

8
11
14
15

LOW
VOLTAGE
TRANSFER
SWITCH

14 15

POWER FACTOR
CORRECTION
CAPACITORS
UP TO 700 HP

UP TO 1500 HP

8
14
15 PROGRAMMABLE

8
14
15

LOGIC
CONTROLLER

8 10 11 12 14 15

14 15

14 15

ELECTRICAL
OPERATOR
INTERFACE

14 15

14 15
START

LIGHTING
SAFETY
CONTROL
SWITCH
PANELBOARD

25

OFFICE BUILDING

V12-T2-4

ENCLOSED
CONTROL

SAFETY
SWITCH

LIGHTING
LIGHTING
LIGHTING
LIGHTING
CONTROL
PANELBOARD PANELBOARD PANELBOARD
PANELBOARD

COUNT
CONTROL

PROXIMITY
SENSOR

SAFETY
SWITCH

UP TO 300 HP

23
24

ENCLOSED
CONTROL

16

8 9 10 11
12 14 15

14 15

TRANSFORMER

GENERATOR

8 9 10 11
12 14 15

8 14 15

LOAD
INTERRUPTER
SWITCHGEAR

5
8
13
14
15

SYNCHRONOUS
MOTOR FIELD
APPLICATION
PANEL

MOTOR
CONTROL
CENTER

14
15

14
15

3 4 5 8 9 13 14
15 19

14 15

2 8 9 10
11 12 14 15

POWER FACTOR
CORRECTION
CAPACITORS

UP TO 300 HP

15

MEDIUM VOLTAGE
TRANSFER EQUIPMENT
VACUUM BREAKERS
OR LOAD BREAK
FUSED SWITCHES

14 15

16

19

15 kV
SWITCHGEAR

ARC RESISTANT
SWITCHGEAR

TRANSFORMER

LOW VOLTAGE BUS

ON-SITE
GENERATION

POWER
TRANSFORMER

POWERNET
INTEGRATED
MONITORING
PROTECTION
AND CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM

14
15

SECONDARY SPOT NETWORK
WITH NETWORK PROTECTORS

15

14 15

9 14 15
4
8
9
14
15
19

8
12
13
14
15

14

EXCITATION
CONTROL

GROUNDING
RESISTOR

UTILITY SYSTEM

8 9 14 15
ADDITIONAL
UTILITY
SOURCES

15

34.5 kV
SWITCHGEAR

15

13
14
15

LIMIT
SWITCH

14 15

STOP

SELECTOR
SWITCH

MANUFACTURING FACILITY

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

PHOTOELECTRIC
SENSOR

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Molded-Case Circuit Breakers Family

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Product Description, History, Major Product Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nameplate Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Identifying Factory Original Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement and Upgrade Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement Guides
Miniature Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement Devices
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Molded-Case Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Motor Circuit Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Panelboard Replacement Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Motor Control Center Replacement Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technology Upgrades for Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement and Service Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cross-Reference
Westinghouse, Challenger and Bryant Replacements . . . . . . . . . .
Breaker Replacements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mining Breaker Replacements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pricing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V12-T3-2
V12-T3-3
V12-T3-3
V12-T3-4

1
2

V12-T3-5

3

V12-T3-6

4

V12-T3-10

5

V12-T3-15

6

V12-T3-61
V12-T3-63
V12-T3-63
V12-T3-80
V12-T3-81
V12-T3-88
V12-T3-91
V12-T3-95

7
8
9

V12-T3-112

10

V12-T3-113

11

V12-T3-115
V12-T3-162
V12-T3-168

12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-1

3
1

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers

Molded-Case
Circuit Breakers

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18

Molded-Case Circuit Breaker Family

Product Description

Product History
Originally a
Westinghouse Product
The need for molded-case
circuit breakers came about
in 1918 when numerous
applications for electrical
motors resulted in a demand
for a device that would
ensure safe operation and,
at the same time, protect
electrical circuits.

attempted to find a solution
to the problem. Meetings
with switch manufacturers
were initiated in an effort
to find a solution. Switch
manufacturers were asked to
develop a switching device
that would interrupt a circuit
under prolonged overload
conditions. The device would
have to be safe, reliable and
tamperproof. It should also
be resettable so as to be
reusable after an interruption
without replacing any parts.
This search for better circuit
protection resulted in many
different but unacceptable
approaches to the problem.
These early meetings and
subsequent efforts prepared
the groundwork for the
eventual development of the
molded-case circuit breaker.

Eaton’s molded-case circuit
breakers are designed to
provide circuit protection
for low voltage distribution
systems. They are described
by NEMA® as “. . . a device
for closing and interrupting
a circuit between separable
contacts under both normal
and abnormal conditions,”
and furthermore as “. . . a
breaker assembled as an
integral unit in supporting
an enclosed housing of
insulating material.” The
NEC® describes them as
“. . . a device designed to
open and close a circuit by
non-automatic means, and to
open the circuit automatically
on a predetermined overload
of current, without injury to
itself when properly applied
within its rating.”

During this period, individual
motors were used for the
first time in industrial plants
to operate machine tools and
in private homes to operate
appliances. Plant electricians
were constantly changing
fuses blown during motor
startups because of the lack
of properly designed fuses for
motor circuit protection.
Homes experienced similar
problems when electrical
circuits were overloaded.
Inspectors were concerned
about fire hazards because of
plug fuses being bridged with
pennies and the installation
of fuses with too high an
ampere rating.

Circuit breakers protect
against overloads in
conductors and protects
against short circuits in
connected apparatus such as
motors and motor starters.

Time Line—Major Product Introductions

Circuit breakers are designed
for use in panelboards,
switchboards, motor control
centers, control panels,
combination starters,
individual enclosures and
bus duct plug-in units.

Inspection authorities
became involved and

After intensive research and
development, Westinghouse
produced the DE-ION® arc
extinguisher for use in large
oil circuit breakers. Although
too large in its initial form to
be practical for small circuit
breakers, the arc extinguisher
was eventually modified
into a usable size. The first
compact, workable circuit
breaker was developed in

Year

Product

1923

First compact, workable circuit breaker developed by Westinghouse

1927

Westinghouse introduced the first complete circuit breaker line,
rated 10– 600A, 600V

1939

Along with ordering information and style numbers, the various
maximum current ratings came to be known by frame designations:
50A
100A
100A
225A
600A

Motor Circuit Protector (MCP) introduced—first sensitive, low
level protection designed specifically for motor circuits

1973

SELTRONIC™ introduced—first molded-case circuit breaker
with an electronic trip unit

1979

Current Limit-R circuit breaker introduced— first true current
limiting trip unit

1982

Series C® Family introduced—new world-class standard, meeting
increasing interrupting requirements without sacrificing compact size

21

1994

Westinghouse Distribution and Control Business Unit (DCBU)
acquired by Eaton, integrated with Cutler-Hammer
(the Cutler-Hammer line of molded case circuit breakers was
sold when merged with Westinghouse)

22

1995

OPTIM™ Family introduced—first truly programmable
molded-case circuit breaker

20

23

Since that initial introduction
in 1927, Westinghouse
continued to be at the forefront
of circuit breaker technology
with an unprecedented series
of circuit protective
enhancements and
introductions as chronicled
below. In 1994, Eaton, another
world-class technology leader,
acquired the Westinghouse
Distribution and Control
Business Unit (DCBU)
and integrated it with their
Cutler-Hammer business
unit forming a powerful, new
combination, poised to meet
the challenges of the next
100 years.

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990

E-Frame
F-Frame (non-interchangeable trip)
G-Frame
K-Frame
L-Frame

1970

19

1920 1930 1940

1923 when the modified arc
extinguisher was coupled
with a thermal tripping
mechanism. It was not until
four years later, however,
that Westinghouse research
engineers found the ideal
combination of materials and
design that permitted circuit
breakers to interrupt fault
currents of 5000A at 120 Vac
or Vdc. One year later,
Westinghouse placed the
first circuit breaker on the
market. Its acceptance
was instantaneous.

2002

Next Generation E125, J250

2004

Series G® First Global Breaker Line

24
25
V12-T3-2

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

1995

2000

2002 Present

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers

Breaker Identification

Accessories

Nameplate Data
A circuit breaker is identified by
data found on the nameplate.

Most circuit breaker
accessories are mounted
internally and are not visible
with a quick inspection.
However, because many
accessories rely on or supply
an external signal, there may
be electrical leads exiting the
circuit breaker case. Inspect
for these leads when
obtaining full descriptive
information for circuit breaker
replacement. Examples of
common accessories:

This includes:
●
●
●
●
●
●
●

Catalog number
Shop order number
Style number
Amperage
Number of poles
Voltage class
Temperature rating

In most instances, the
catalog number, style number
or shop order number will
supply enough information
to identify the circuit breaker.
However, it is always
advisable to obtain all
data from the nameplate
to facilitate identification.
A Catalog Number begins
with a series of letters
followed by numbers
that identify:
●
●
●
●

Circuit breaker type
Number of poles
Maximum amperage
Example: Catalog number
F3020 indicates a Type F
circuit breaker, three poles,
20A

A Shop Order Number
begins with one or two
numbers followed by a
single letter and four
additional numbers.
A shop order number is
listed in place of a catalog
number and indicates that the
circuit breaker was modified
at the factory, i.e., addition
of a shunt trip, special
calibration, etc. Every shop
order number must be
researched with the
factory to properly identify
modifications. Call your
Cutler-Hammer Field Sales
office for this information.
●

Shunt Trip
Used to remotely trip the
circuit breaker using an
electrical signal. Typically
two wires extend through
the case.

1
2
3
4
5
6
Pre-Series C Breaker with Original Label (Labels updated in 1997)

8
9

Undervoltage Release (UVR)
Trips the circuit breaker
when voltage drops below
a specified percentage of
coil voltage (typically 70%).
Typically two wires extend
through the case.
Auxiliary Switch
Provides remote indication
of the circuit breaker status
(open/closed). Typically
three wires extend through
the case in a single-pole
1A/1B application.

7

10
11
12

Series C Breaker with Original Label (Labels updated in 1997)

13
14

Alarm Lockout Switch
For remote indication of
an automatic trip operation.
Typically two or three wires
extend through the case.

15
16
17
Vintage Label for Typical SELTRONIC Molded-Case Circuit Breaker

19
20
21

Example: 70E2121

22

Note: Eaton does not
recommend replacing a circuit
breaker identified by a Shop
Order Number with a standard
“off-the-shelf” circuit breaker
without first identifying the
modifications. They may
be critical to safe and
reliable operation.

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

18

23
24
25
V12-T3-3

3
1
2
3
4
5

Factory Original
Circuit Breakers
Why Insist on Only Genuine,
New MCCBs Purchased Through
Authorized Distributors?
Eaton defines “New” product
as that which has not yet been
installed in an electrical circuit,
purchased through authorized
channels in factory original
condition and packaged in
unopened Eaton cartons.
●

6
7
8
9
10
11
12

●

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers

●

The only way to ensure
safe and reliable operation
of your system is to use
genuine, new, Eaton’s
Cutler-Hammer products
exclusively. Eaton does not
resell the component parts
for molded-case circuit
breakers, the only way
for third-party breaker
refurbishers to get parts
for the breakers that
they are rebuilding is
to cannibalize other
used breakers or to use
counterfeit components.
Neither is a very good
option for the end user
In some cases,
unauthorized resellers
of molded-case circuit
breakers have been found
to misrepresent used,
rebuilt or surplus products.
Only products purchased as
“new” through authorized
channels are covered under
the Eaton warranty policy
There have been
instances where third-party
refurbishers have rebuilt
breakers using the wrong
parts, with parts missing
or the factory lubrication
removed in the cleaning
process—any of which may
result in devices that may
not be depended upon to
function properly to protect
equipment and personnel

Identifying Genuine, Factory
Original Westinghouse Circuit
Breakers Manufactured by Eaton
The features on a molded-case
circuit breaker that identify it
as genuine or counterfeit
may or may not be readily
apparent. In fact, there may be
differences not detectable by
an external investigation.
A genuine Eaton brand
molded-case circuit breaker
manufactured by Eaton will
have a serialized bar code
unique to the breaker as well
as an unbroken seal where
the case comes together.
This barcode and seal were
placed at the factory and
ensures the internal integrity
of the breaker. If, for any
reason the barcode is
missing or the seal is
broken, do not accept the
breaker. (Seal does not
appear on interchangeable
trip breakers.)

Another way to tell if a
breaker has been tampered
with is to examine the sealant
used to cover the screws on
the top rear of the breaker. If
the sealant appears sloppy or
is missing, it indicates that the
unit may have been subjected
to tampering.

If front cover screw shows
marks from use, someone
has attempted to open the
breaker. The front covers
are either black or gray on
genuine Westinghouse
molded-case circuit breakers.

Front Cover Screws

Sealant Used to Cover Screws

A UL® label on a genuine
Westinghouse breaker is
either exactly as shown in
the photo or is stamped in
white ink onto the frame in
older pre-Series C breakers.
Anything other than this may
indicate fraud.

Westinghouse moldedcase circuit breakers
manufactured by Eaton
are packed individually and
shipped in Eaton labeled
cartons. Anything other than
this is not to be considered
new and should be suspect.

Unbroken Seal

There is a manufacturing date
code on the back of genuine
molded-case circuit breakers
stamped in silver and white. If
this coding is missing, it may
mean the breaker has been
subjected to tampering.
Frequently, this date code is
wiped off in an attempt to
represent the breaker as new.

XX-XXX-XXXX
Product Name
Product Series

UL Label

Adpiscing
elit sed
diamnon
euismod

xxxxxxxxx

Eaton Labeled Cartons

23
24
Manufacturing Date Code

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

Amet Elit

Lorem Ipsum: dolor sit
amet, consectetuer adi
piscing elit, sed diam
nonummy nibh euismod

A
www.eaton.com

22

V12-T3-4

Dolor Sit

Made in U.S.A.

21

25

DOLOR SIT AMET
CONSECT ETUER ADI

Lorem ipsum: dolor sit amet,
consectetuter adipleiscing,
sed diam nonummy, nibheuis
mod tincidunt.

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers

Replacement Capabilities
Series C and Series G MoldedCase Circuit Breakers
When and Where to Use
●
Generally a first choice
wherever physically and
electrically practical
●
Where communications,
arc flash protection,
energy and power quality
monitoring are desired
●
As a direct replacement
or add-on to already
installed Series C or
Series G product, including
Westinghouse breakers
(see Page V12-T3-114)
●
For special applications
such as DC engine
generator
Advantages
●
The most current
molded-case circuit
breaker technology
●
Higher interrupting
capacities in each
frame size
●
Smaller and lighter for
a given frame size than
other options
●
Generally less expensive
than other replacement
breaker options
●
Readily available
throughout range, high
levels of stock
●
Available from stock
●
One-year warranty

Current Production Replacement
Circuit Breakers
When and Where to Use
●
As a direct, one-for-one
replacement of current
production pre-Series C
product
●
Where you know the
catalog/style number
but not the physical or
electrical specifics about
the application
Advantages
●
Ease of selection and
certainty of replacement
●
Guaranteed to be both a
physical and electrical
duplicate of original
●
Still in production
●
Newly manufactured
●
UL listed
●
Available from stock
●
One-year warranty
Replacement of Current
Panelboard Molded-Case
Circuit Breakers
When and Where to Use
●
When replacing Series C
circuit breakers in a current
design panelboard
Advantages
●
Newly manufactured
and tested to the latest
technology
●
UL Listed
●
Available from stock in
most frame sizes
●
One-year warranty. Refer
to Page V12-T3-91 for
Series C connector kits

Replacement of Out-ofProduction Panelboard
Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
(Including Westinghouse)
When and Where to Use
●
When replacing out-ofproduction circuit breakers
in an existing panelboard
●
When replacing
Westinghouse breakers.
Refer to Pages V12-T3-81–
V12-T3-90 and
Page V12-T3-114
Advantages
Newly manufactured
and tested to the latest
applicable standards
●
Both physically and
electrically interchangeable
with the circuit breakers
that they are designed
to replace
●
UL Listed
●
Available from stock in
most frame sizes
●
One-year warranty
●

Replacement of Out-ofProduction Motor Control Center
Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
and Upgrades
When and Where to Use
●
When replacing out-ofproduction circuit breakers
in an existing motor control
center: 5 Star, Type W and
F10 designs
●
When upgrading
Westinghouse breakers
with a Series C technology
upgrade breaker
Advantages
●
Newly manufactured
and tested to the latest
technology
●
Series C retrofit kits are
physically and electrically
interchangeable with the
circuit breakers that they
are designed to replace
●
UL Listed
●
Available from stock in
most frame sizes
●
One-year warranty.
Refer to Page V12-T3-91

Service for Molded-Case
Circuit Breakers
When and Where to Use
●
Where circuit breaker has
sustained minor physical
damage to a handle, lug,
etc., that otherwise would
be fully functional
●
Large frame circuit breaker
(600A and above) that has
experienced some normal
wear, but is in generally
good condition, as an
economically driven
alternative to new
●
When replacing
Westinghouse breakers.
Refer to Page V12-T3-114

1

Advantages
Prevents loss of circuit
breakers due to minor
damage
●
Reduces overall
breaker costs
●
Prevents use of potentially
unreliable third-party
refurbishers
●
Includes full one-year
Eaton Electrical Inc.
warranty
●
Ensures reliability through
dealing with the original
manufacturer with a long
and well-recognized
tradition of product safety,
integrity and quality
●
Provides a simple and
convenient solution

8

●

Contact Eaton’s
Breaker Service Center:
1-877-BRK-SRVC.

2
3
4
5
6
7
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22

Contact: 1-800-OLD-UNIT.

23
24
25
Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-5

3
1
2
3
4

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers

QUICKLAG and Eaton Miniature Circuit Breaker Replacement Guide
QUICKLAG and Eaton Plug-In Industrial Circuit Breakers—Dimensions in Inches
Maximum Amperes
Description

150A

125A

100A

30A

HQP

QPHW

QHPX

QHPW

Width: 1.00
Height: 2.94
Depth: 2.38

Width: 1.00
Height: 2.94
Depth: 2.38

Width: 1.00
Height: 2.94
Depth: 2.38

Width: 1.00
Height: 2.94
Depth: 2.38

No previous circuit
breaker existed

QHPL
QHP

Current Design
These circuit breakers replace the out-of-production
circuit breakers listed below.

5
6
7

Out-of-Production Westinghouse Circuit Breakers

8

These circuit breakers are no longer
manufactured. Recommended QUICKLAG circuit
breakers listed above.

9

QUICKLAG Bolt-On Industrial Circuit Breakers—Dimensions in Inches

10
11

HQNPL, HQNPAL, HQNP,
QPH
HQNPA, QP, QPA, QPAH, QNPL,
QNPAL, QNP, Type P, PL

Maximum Amperes
Description

150A

125A

100A

30A

BAB

QBHW

HBAX

HBAW

Width: 1.00
Height: 2.94
Depth: 2.38

Width: 1.00
Height: 2.94
Depth: 2.38

Width: 1.00
Height: 2.94
Depth: 2.38

Width: 1.00
Height: 2.94
Depth: 2.38

QBH

No previous circuit
breaker existed

HBA

Current Design
These circuit breakers replace the out-of-production
circuit breakers listed below.

12
13
14
15
16

Out-of-Production Westinghouse Circuit Breakers
These circuit breakers are no longer
manufactured. Recommended QUICKLAG circuit
breakers listed above.

HQNB, HQNBA, QB, BA,
QNBL, QNBAL

17

QUICKLAG and Eaton Cable-In/Cable-Out Industrial Circuit Breakers—Dimensions in Inches

18

Description

19
20

Maximum Amperes
60A

100A

100A

100A

30A

40A

QC

QCHW

QHCX

QHCW

WMZ/FAZ

Width: 1.00
Height: 3.75
Depth: 2.44

Width: 1.00
Height: 3.75
Depth: 2.44

Width: 1.00
Height: 3.75
Depth: 2.44

Width: 1.00
Height: 3.75
Depth: 2.44

Width: 0.70
Height: 4.10
Depth: 2.60

HQCL, HQCAL, HQC,
HQCA, QCA

QCH

No previous circuit
breaker existed

QHCL, QHC

WMT

Current Design
These circuit breakers replace the
out-of-production circuit breakers
listed below.

QCR

QCF

21
22
23

Width: 0.50
Height: 3.94
Depth: 2.44
Out-of-Production Westinghouse Circuit Breakers

24

These circuit breakers are no
longer manufactured. Recommended
QUICKLAG circuit breakers listed above.

25

Note: For supplementary protectors, the Eaton WMZS and FAZ Series replace the WMS supplementary protectors that are no longer manufactured.

V12-T3-6

No previous circuit
breaker existed

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers

QUICKLAG Miniature
Circuit Breakers
QUICKLAG is the largest and
most complete family of
industrial thermal-magnetic
miniature circuit breakers.
They provide the exclusive
features of steel frame
calibration and arc chutes
in every pole.

with larger Westinghouse/
Cutler-Hammer current
limiting circuit breakers.

QUICKLAG circuit breakers
are provided in ranges from
5 to 125A continuous in
single-, two- and three-pole
configurations with
interrupting capacities from
10,000 AIC to 65,000 AIC.
QUICKLAG circuit breakers
have been series rated up to
200,000 AIC in conjunction

Each QUICKLAG rating is
available for plug-in (Type P),
bolt-on (Type B) and cable-tocable connections (Type C)
for line/load feed applications.
They are also available with
one of the industry’s widest

selection of accessories,
including shunt trip, and
can be custom modified
to meet special application
requirements.

1
2
3
4
5

Circuit Breaker Selection Guide
Circuit
Breaker
Type

Circuit
Breaker
Type Code

Continuous
Ampere
Rating at 40°C

No.
of
Poles

Volts
AC

DC

Federal
Spec.
W-C-375b

HQP

P

5–70

1

120/240

24, 48, 80

10a, 11a, 12a

6

UL Listed Interrupting Ratings rms Symmetrical Amperes
DC 1

AC Ratings Volts
120

120/240

240

24

48

80

—

10,000

—

5000

5000

2000

HQP

P

10–125

2

120/240

24, 48, 80

10a, 12a

—

10,000

—

5000

5000

5000

HQP

P

10–100

2, 3

240

—

10b, 11b, 12b

—

—

10,000

—

—

—

QPHW

P

15–70

1

120/240

24, 48, 80

14a

—

22,000

—

5000

5000

2000

QPHW

P

15–125

2

120/240

24, 48, 80

14a

—

22,000

—

5000

5000

5000

QPHW

P

15–100

2, 3

240

—

14b

—

—

22,000

—

—

—

QHPX

P

15–70

1

120/240

24, 48, 80

—

—

42,000

—

5000

5000

2000

QHPX

P

15–100

2

120/240

24, 48, 80

—

—

42,000

—

5000

5000

5000

QHPX

P

15–100

3

240

—

—

—

—

42,000

—

—

—

QHPW

P

15–30

1

120/240

24, 48, 80

15a

—

65,000

—

5000

5000

2000

QHPW

P

15–30

2

120/240

24, 48, 80

15a

—

65,000

—

5000

5000

5000

QHPW

P

15–30

3

240

—

15b

—

—

65,000

—

—

—

QPGF

P, GF

15–30

1

120

—

10a, 11a, 12a

10,000

—

—

—

—

—

QPGF

P, GF

15–50

2

120/240

—

10a, 11a, 12a

—

10,000

—

—

—

—

QPHGF

P, GF

15–30

1

120

—

10a, 11a, 12a

22,000

—

—

—

—

—

QPHGF

P, GF

15–50

2

120/240

—

10a, 11a, 12a

—

22,000

—

—

—

—

QPGFEP

P, GFEP

15–30

1

120

—

—

10,000

—

—

—

—

—

QPGFEP

P, GFEP

15–50

2

120/240

—

—

—

10,000

—

—

—

—

QPHGFEP

P, GFEP

15–30

1

120

—

—

22,000

—

—

—

—

—

QPHGFEP

P, GFEP

15–30

2

120/240

—

—

22,000

—

—

—

—

—

BAB

B

5–70

1

120/240

24, 48, 80

10a, 11a, 12a

—

10,000

—

5000

5000

2000

BAB

B

10–125

2

120/240

24, 48, 80

10a, 12a

—

10,000

—

5000

5000

5000

BAB

B

10–100

2, 3

240

—

10b, 11b, 12b

—

—

10,000

—

—

—

QBHW

B

15–70

1

120/240

24, 48, 80

14a

—

22,000

—

5000

5000

2000

QBHW

B

15–125

2

120/240

24, 48, 80

14a

—

22,000

—

5000

5000

5000

QBHW

B

15–100

2, 3

240

—

14b

—

—

22,000

—

—

—

HBAX

B

15–70

1

120/240

24, 48, 80

—

—

42,000

—

5000

5000

2000

HBAX

B

15–100

2

120/240

24, 48, 80

—

—

42,000

—

5000

5000

5000

HBAX

B

15–100

3

240

—

—

—

—

42,000

—

—

—

HBAW

B

15–30

1

120/240

24, 48, 80

15a

—

65,000

—

5000

5000

2000

HBAW

B

15–30

2

120/240

24, 48, 80

15a

—

65,000

—

5000

5000

5000

HBAW

B

15–30

3

240

—

15b

—

—

65,000

—

—

—

QBGF

B, GF

15–30

1

120

—

10a, 11a, 12a

10,000

—

—

—

—

—

QBGF

B, GF

15–50

2

120/240

—

10a, 11a, 12a

—

10,000

—

—

—

—

Notes
1 Two-pole DC interrupting rating based on two poles connected in series.
Circuit breaker type codes: P Plug-in; B Bolt-on; C Cable-in/Cable-out; GF Ground Fault, 5 mA; GFEP Ground Fault, 30 mA.

7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-7

3
1

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Selection Guide, continued
UL Listed Interrupting Ratings rms Symmetrical Amperes

Circuit
Breaker
Type

Circuit
Breaker
Type Code

Continuous
Ampere
Rating at 40°C

No.
of
Poles

Volts
AC

DC

Federal
Spec.
W-C-375b

120

120/240

240

24

48

QBHGF

B, GF

15–30

1

120

—

10a, 11a, 12a

22,000

—

—

—

—

—

3

QBHGF

B, GF

15–30

2

120/240

—

10a, 11a, 12a

—

22,000

—

—

—

—

QBGFEP

B, GFEP

15–30

1

120

—

—

10,000

—

—

—

—

—

4

QBGFEP

B, GFEP

15–50

2

120/240

—

—

—

10,000

—

—

—

—

QBHGFEP

B, GFEP

15–30

1

120

—

—

22,000

—

—

—

—

—

2

5

DC 1

AC Ratings Volts

80

QBHGFEP

B, GFEP

15–30

2

120/240

—

—

22,000

—

—

—

—

—

QC

C

5–70

1

120/240

24, 48, 80

10a, 11a, 12a

—

10,000

—

5000

5000

2000

6

QC

C

10–100

2

120/240

24, 48, 80

10a, 12a

—

10,000

—

5000

5000

5000

QC

C

10–100

2, 3

240

—

10b, 11b, 12b

—

—

10,000

—

—

—

7

QC

C

15–100

4

240

—

10b, 11b, 12b

—

—

10,000

—

—

—

QCF

C

10–60

1, 2

120/240

—

—

10,000

10,000

—

—

—

—

8

QCR

C

10–60

1, 2

120/240

—

—

10,000

10,000

—

—

—

—

QCHW

C

15–70

1

120/240

24, 48, 80

14a

—

22,000

—

5000

5000

2000

9

QCHW

C

15–100

2

120/240

24, 48, 80

14a

—

22,000

—

5000

5000

5000

QCHW

C

15–100

2, 3

240

—

14b

—

—

22,000

—

—

—

10

QHCX

C

15–70

1

120/240

24, 48, 80

—

—

42,000

—

5000

5000

2000

QHCX

C

15–100

2

120/240

24, 48, 80

—

—

42,000

—

5000

5000

5000

QHCX

C

15–100

3

240

—

—

—

—

42,000

—

—

—

QHCW

C

15–30

1

120/240

24, 48, 80

15a

—

65,000

—

5000

5000

2000

QHCW

C

15–30

2

120/240

24, 48, 80

15a

—

65,000

—

5000

5000

5000

QHCW

C

15–30

3

240

—

15b

—

—

65,000

—

—

—

QCGF

C, GF

15–30

1

120

—

—

10,000

—

—

—

—

—

QCGF

C, GF

15–50

2

120/240

—

—

10,000

10,000

—

—

—

—

QCHGF

C, GF

15–30

1

120

—

—

22,000

—

—

—

—

—

QCHGF

C, GF

15–30

2

120/240

—

—

22,000

22,000

—

—

—

—

QCGFEP

C, GFEP

15–30

1

120

—

—

10,000

—

—

—

—

—

15

QCGFEP

C, GFEP

15–30

2

120/240

—

—

10,000

10,000

—

—

—

—

QCHGFEP

C, GFEP

15–30

1

120

—

—

22,000

—

—

—

—

—

16

QCHGFEP

C, GFEP

15–30

2

120/240

—

—

22,000

22,000

—

—

—

—

17

Notes
1 Two-pole DC interrupting rating based on two poles connected in series.
Circuit breaker type codes: P Plug-in; B Bolt-on; C Cable-in/Cable-out; GF Ground Fault, 5 mA; GFEP Ground Fault, 30 mA.

11
12
13
14

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T3-8

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers

CHB Circuit Breaker

CHB Mounting Bases

Originally a
Cutler-Hammer Product

Description

The CHB breaker continues
to be available as a
replacement breaker for
use in Cutler-Hammer
Type PB panelboards.

15–50A

When combined with the
mounting base, CHB
breakers were also used for
surface and DIN rail mount
cable-in/cable-out applications.
(See photo below.)
For “new” cable-in/
cable-out applications,
Eaton recommends the
use of our most current
product offering:
●

●

●

QUICKLAG Type QC
breakers (1.00-inch
per pole)
QCR breakers—rear
mount (0.50-inch per pole)
QCF breakers—front
mount (0.50-inch per pole)

3

Catalog Number

1

Single-pole

CHB9L1

2

15–50A

Two-pole

CHB9L250

15–50A

Three-pole

CHB9L350

3

25–50A

Single-pole

CHB9H1

4

25–125A

Two-pole

CHB9H2125

25–100A

Three-pole

CHB9H3100

Low Ampere

High Ampere

5
6

CHB Circuit Breaker Catalog Numbering System

CHB 3 100
Bolt-on
Circuit Breaker

Poles
1-, 2- or 3-

Ampere
Rating

7
8

Accessories
ST
SW
HID
HM
GF
EPD
H2

=
=
=
=
=
=
=

Shunt-trip (requires extra pole space)
Switched neutral application
High intensity discharge lighting applications
High magnetic trip
Ground fault personnel protection
Ground fault equipment protection
22,000 AIC (40, 50, 60A obsolete)

9
10
11

Replacement Capabilities

QCR and QCF breakers
provide a 50% space savings
over 1.00-inch per pole
designs of the same rating.

12
13
14
15
Single-Pole
QUICKLAG Type QC Cable-In/
Cable-out Breaker—1.00 Inch per Pole

Single-Pole

Two-Pole

Type QCF Cable-In/Cable-Out Breaker
—0.50 Inch per Pole (Front-Connected)

Single-Pole

Two-Pole

Type QCR Cable-In/Cable-Out Breaker
—0.50 Inch per Pole (Rear-Connected)

16
17
18
19

CHB Breaker Mounting Base

20
21
22
23
24
25
Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-9

3
1
2
3
4
5

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers

Series C Molded-Case Circuit Breaker Replacement Guide
Series C Industrial Circuit Breakers—Dimensions in Inches (Per Three-Pole Breaker)
Maximum Amperes
Description

100A

8
9
10
11
12
13

225A

100A

100A

EG
GD

ED, EDH, EDC

EHD

FDB, FD, HFD, FDC

Width: 3.00
Height: 4.88
Depth: 2.94

Width: 3.00
Height: 4.88
Depth: 2.81

Width: 4.13
Height: 6.00
Depth: 3.38

Width: 4.13
Height: 6.00
Depth: 3.38

Width: 4.13
Height: 6.00
Depth: 3.38

EB 1

No previous circuit
breaker existed

EHB 1

FB 1, HFB

Width: 4.13
Height: 6.00
Depth: 3.38

Width: 4.13
Height: 6.00
Depth: 3.38

FA, HFA

Series C circuit breakers are the current GHC
offering and, as such, are a logical first
choice when upgrading or retrofitting
equipment. All circuit breakers listed
in a column are ELECTRICALLY
INTERCHANGEABLE.

6
7

100A/125A

Current Design

Replacement Circuit Breakers
These new UL labeled circuit breakers
continue to be manufactured and are
primarily applied to achieve exact
physical and electrical replacement of
previously installed Cutler-Hammer/
Westinghouse circuit breakers of the
same style number and rating.

Width: 4.13
Height: 6.00
Depth: 3.38

Out-of-Production Westinghouse Circuit Breakers
These circuit breakers are no
longer manufactured. *Indicates the
last date of manufacture. As an option,
any of these circuit breakers can be
reconditioned at the original factory.
For details, see Page V12-T3-5, or
contact your local Eaton Field
Sales office.

E, EA

QCC

EH

*1974

* 1968

* 1974

* 1974

Width: 4.13
Height: 6.00
Depth: 3.38

Width: 4.50
Height: 7.00
Depth: 3.38

Width: 4.13
Height: 6.50
Depth: 3.38

Width: 4.13
Height: 6.50
Depth: 3.38

CA, CAH, HCA 1

F, HF

G

1974

1965

Width: 4.13
Height: 9.38
Depth: 4.06

Width: 8.25
Height: 9.38
Depth: 4.06

14
15

Width: 4.13
Height: 6.50
Depth: 2.69

16
17

Out-of-Production Cutler-Hammer Circuit Breakers Last Manufactured by Eaton in 1994
FS
EC, EHC

FS, FH,
FC, HFC

Width: 4.13
Height: 6.13
Depth: 3.38

Width: 4.13
Height: 6.13
Depth: 3.19

18
19
20

FL

21
22

Width: 4.13
Height: 9.31
Depth: 3.19

23
24

Note
1 These frames are obsolete. For replacement solutions see the cross-reference on Pages V12-T3-114–V12-T3-167.

25
V12-T3-10

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers

Series C Industrial Circuit Breakers—Dimensions in Inches (Per Three-Pole Breaker), Continued

1

Maximum Amperes
150A

225A, 250A

400A

600A

2

Current Design
FDB, FD, HFD, FDC

JG
JD, HJD, JDC
250A

JDB
250A

DK 1

KD, HKD, KDC 1

KDB

LG
LD, HLD, LDB

3
4
5

Width: 4.13
Height: 6.00
Depth: 3.38

Width: 4.13
Height: 10.00
Depth: 4.06

Width: 4.13
Height: 10.00
Depth: 4.06

Width: 5.50
Height: 10.13
Depth: 4.06

Width: 5.50
Height: 10.13
Depth: 4.06

Width: 5.50
Height: 10.13
Depth: 4.06

Width: 8.25
Height: 10.75
Depth: 4.06

KB 2, HKB 2

JB 2

DA 2

LB 2, HLB 1

LBB 2

LC 2, HLC

250A

250A

Width: 4.13
Height: 10.00
Depth: 4.06

Width: 4.13
Height: 10.00
Depth: 4.06

KA 2, HKA 2

JA 2

225A

225A

Width: 5.50
Height: 10.13
Depth: 4.06

Width: 5.50
Height: 10.13
Depth: 4.06

6
7

Replacement Circuit Breakers
FB 2, HFB

Width: 4.13
Height: 6.00
Depth: 3.38

8
Width: 5.50
Height: 10.13
Depth: 4.06

Width: 5.50
Height: 10.13
Depth: 4.06

Width: 5.50
Height: 10.13
Depth: 4.06

Width: 8.25
Height: 10.75
Depth: 4.06

LA 2, HLA

LAB 2

LA 2, HLA

9
10
11

Width: 8.25
Height: 10.75
Depth: 4.06

Width: 8.25
Height: 10.75
Depth: 4.06

12

Width: 8.25
Height: 10.75
Depth: 4.06

13

Out-of-Production Westinghouse Circuit Breakers
FA, HFA

JK

J

225A

JKL

L, LM, HLM

14

225A

*1974

Width: 4.13
Height: 6.50
Depth: 3.38
*Indicates the last
date of manufacture.

*1967

*1967

*1967

Width: 8.25
Height: 10.75
Depth: 4.06

Width: 8.25
Height: 10.13
Depth: 4.06

Width: 8.25
Height: 10.75
Depth: 4.06

K, HK

15
16
*1967
Width: 8.25
Height: 22.00
Depth: 5.50

KL, HKL

225A

17

SPCB 600A,
SCB 600A
*1986 (Consult Eaton)
*1967

*1967

Width: 8.25
Height: 15.50
Depth: 4.06

Width: 8.25
Height: 5.75
Depth: 4.06

Width: 8.25
Height: 10.75
Depth: 4.06

JS, JH, JL

JS

KS-D, KS

KS-D, KH-D, KS, KH

KS-D, KH-D, KS, KH

19
20

Out-of-Production Cutler-Hammer Circuit Breakers Last Manufactured by Eaton in 1994
FS, FH, FC, HFC

18

LS(E), LH(E), LS(A), LH(A)

21
22

Width: 4.25
Height: 6.13
Depth: 3.19

Width: 4.25
Height: 12.00
Depth: 3.81

Width: 4.25
Height: 12.00
Depth: 3.81

Width: 5.50
Height: 10.13
Depth: 3.81

Notes
1 When upgrading a HLB, LBB to a Series C K-Frame in a panelboard application, also order
TAD3 spacer kit.

Width: 5.50
Height: 10.13
Depth: 3.81

2

Width: 5.50
Height: 10.13
Depth: 3.81

23

Width: 8.25
Height: 10.75
Depth: 3.81

24

These frames are obsolete. For replacement solutions see the cross-reference on
Pages V12-T3-114–V12-T3-167.

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-11

25

3
1
2
3
4

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers

Series C Industrial Circuit Breakers—Dimensions in Inches (Per Three-Pole Breaker), Continued
Maximum Amperes
Description

1200A

1600A/2000A/2500A 1

NG
ND, HND, NDC

NG
ND, HND, NDC

RG
RD

Width: 8.25
Height: 16.00
Depth: 5.50

Width: 8.25
Height: 16.00
Depth: 5.50

Width: 15.50
Height: 16.00
Depth: 9.75

MA 2, HMA and MC 2, MCC 2
SELTRONIC™ 2

NC 2, HNC and NB 2, HNB

PC, PCC

PB

Width: 8.25
Height: 16.00
Depth: 4.06

Width: 8.25
Height: 16.00
Depth: 5.50

Width: 12.06
Height: 22.06
Depth: 9.06

Width: 12.06
Height: 22.06
Depth: 9.06

LM, HLM and M

MA, HMA

800A

Current Design
Series C circuit breakers are the
MDL, HMDL
current offering and, as such,
are a logical first choice when
upgrading or retrofitting equipment.
All circuit breakers listed in
a column are ELECTRICALLY
INTERCHANGEABLE.

5
6
7
8
9
10

Width: 8.25
Height: 16.00
Depth: 4.06
Replacement Circuit Breakers
These new UL labeled circuit
MA 2, HMA, MD 2, MDS 2
and MC 2
breakers continue to be
manufactured and are primarily
applied to achieve exact physical
and electrical replacement of
previously installed Cutler-Hammer/
Westinghouse circuit breakers of
the same style number and rating.
PB/PC breakers are not UL Listed.

11
12
13
14
15

Width: 8.25
Height: 16.00
Depth: 4.06
Out-of-Production Westinghouse Circuit Breakers
These circuit breakers are
LM, HLM and M
no longer manufactured.
*Indicates the last date of
manufacture. As an option, any
of these circuit breakers can be
reconditioned at the original factory.
For details, see Page V12-T3-5,
or contact your local Eaton Field
Sales office.

MA, HLM

PA

1200A

16

*1967

*1967

*1968

*1967

*1974

17

Width: 8.25
Height: 22.00
Depth: 5.50

Width: 8.25
Height: 22.00
Depth: 5.50

Width: 8.25
Height: 16.00
Depth: 5.50

Width: 8.25
Height: 22.00
Depth: 5.50

Width: 12.00
Height: 22.00
Depth: 9.06

18
19

SPCB 1200A,
SCB 1200A
*1986 (Consult Eaton)
Width: 8.25 Height: 16.00 Depth: 5.50

SPCB 2000–3000A,
SCB 2000–3000A
*1986 (Consult Eaton)
Width: 12.06 Height: 22.06 Depth: 9.06

Out-of-Production Cutler-Hammer Circuit Breakers Last Manufactured by Eaton in 1994

20

MS, MH

NS, NH

Width: 8.25
Height: 16.00
Depth: 4.06

Width: 8.25
Height: 16.00
Depth: 5.50

No equivalent Cutler-Hammer brand
frame size existed

No equivalent Cutler-Hammer brand frame
size existed

21
22
23
24
25

Notes
1 RD breaker replaces PC, PCC and PB breakers for 2000 and 2500A only.

V12-T3-12

2

These frames are obsolete. For replacement solutions, see the cross-reference on
Pages V12-T3-114–V12-T3-167.

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers

Current Limiting Circuit Breakers—Dimensions in Inches (Per Three-Pole Breaker)

1

Maximum Amperes
Description

100A

250A

400A

100A

225A

FCL
Current Limit-R
(non-fused)

LCL
Current Limit-R
(non-fused)

LCL
Current Limit-R
(non-fused)

FB
TRI-PAC®
(fused)

LA
TRI-PAC
(fused)

2

Current Design
All circuit breakers listed in a
column are ELECTRICALLY
INTERCHANGEABLE.

3
4
5
6

Width: 4.13
Height: 8.75
Depth: 3.38

Width: 8.25
Height: 16.00
Depth: 4.06

Width: 8.25
Height: 16.00
Depth: 4.06

Width: 4.13
Height: 8.75
Depth: 3.50

7

Width: 8.25
Height: 16.00
Depth: 4.75

8

Replacement Circuit Breakers

9

These new UL labeled circuit breakers
continue to be manufactured and are
primarily applied to achieve exact
physical and electrical replacement of
previously installed Cutler-Hammer/
Westinghouse circuit breakers of the
same style number and rating.

10
11

Out-of-Production Westinghouse Circuit Breakers
These circuit breakers are no
longer manufactured.
*Indicates the last date of manufacture.
As an option, any of these circuit breakers
can be reconditioned at the original
factory. For details, see Page V12-T3-5,
or contact your local Eaton Field
Sales office.

FA
TRI-PAC

F
TRI-PAC

K
TRI-PAC

12
13
14
15

*1968

*1968

Width: 4.13
Height: 9.38
Depth: 3.19

Width: 4.63 Width: 8.25
Height: 11.81 Height: 19.63
Depth: 3.81
Depth: 4.06

*1968

16
17

Out-of-Production Cutler-Hammer Circuit Breakers Last Manufactured by Eaton in 1994
No Equivalent Cutler-Hammer Brand Frame Sizes Existed

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-13

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers

1

Current Limiting Circuit Breakers—Dimensions in Inches (Per Three-Pole Breaker)

2

Description

3

All circuit breakers listed in a column are
ELECTRICALLY INTERCHANGEABLE.

Maximum Amperes
400A

800A

1600A

LA
TRI-PAC®
(Fused)

NB
TRI-PAC
(Fused)

PB
TRI-PAC
(Fused)

Width: 8.25
Height: 16.00
Depth: 4.75

Width: 8.25
Height: 22.00
Depth: 5.50

Width: 12.06
Height: 22.13
Depth: 9.06

L
TRI-PAC

MA
TRI-PAC

PA
TRI-PAC

*1968

*1968

*1968

*1968

Width: 8.25
Height: 19.63
Depth: 4.06

Width: 8.25
Height: 26.91
Depth: 5.50

Width: 8.25
Height: 22.00
Depth: 5.50

Width: 12.00
Height: 22.00
Depth: 9.06

Current Design

4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

Replacement Circuit Breakers
These new UL labeled circuit breakers continue to be
manufactured and are primarily applied to achieve exact
physical and electrical replacement of previously installed
Cutler-Hammer/Westinghouse circuit breakers of the same
style number and rating.
Out-of-Production Westinghouse Circuit Breakers
These circuit breakers are no longer manufactured.
KL
*Indicates the last date of manufacture. As an option, any
TRI-PAC
of these circuit breakers can be reconditioned at the original
factory. For details, see Page V12-T3-5, or contact your local
Eaton Field Sales office.

14
15
16
17
18

Out-of-Production Cutler-Hammer Circuit Breakers Last Manufactured by Eaton in 1994
No equivalent Cutler-Hammer brand frame sizes existed

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T3-14

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

■ Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products and services. 1
Type EB Single-, Two-, Three-Pole; 240 Vac Maximum; Thermal-Magnetic and Saf-T-Vue® 2
EB: 120, 240 Vac;
125/250 Vdc

Two-Pole, 240 Vac, 125/250 Vdc 3

Three-Pole, 240 Vac, 125/250 Vdc 3

Standard

Standard

Standard

Saf-T-Vue 4

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

15

EB1015 5

EB2015

EB3015

EB3015S

20

EB1020 5

EB2020

EB3020

EB3020S

25

EB1025

EB2025

EB3025

EB3025S

30

EB1030

EB2030

EB3030

EB3030S

35

EB1035

EB2035

EB3035

EB3035S

40

EB1040

EB2040

EB3040

EB3040S

45

EB1045

EB2045

EB3045

EB3045S

50

EB1050

EB2050

EB3050

EB3050S

60

EB1060

EB2060

EB3060

EB3060S

70

EB1070

EB2070

EB3070

EB3070S

80

EB1080

EB2080

EB3080

EB3080S

90

EB1090

EB2090

EB3090

EB3090S

100

EB1100

EB2100

EB3100

EB3100S

Approximate shipping weight is 2 lbs

Approximate shipping weight is 3 lbs

Approximate shipping weight is 4.5 lbs

Continuous Ampere
Rating at 40°C

EHB: 277, 480 Vac;
250 Vdc

1

Single-Pole, 120 Vac, 125 Vdc 3

3
4
5
6
7
8

Type EHB Single-, Two-, Three-Pole; 480 Vac Maximum; Thermal-Magnetic and Saf-T-Vue 2
Continuous Ampere
Rating at 40°C

2

Single-Pole, 277 Vac, 125 Vdc 3

Two-Pole, 480 Vac, 250 Vdc 3

Three-Pole, 480 Vac

Standard

Standard

Standard

Saf-T-Vue 4

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

15

EHB1015 6

EHB2015

EHB3015

EHB3015S

20

EHB1020 6

EHB2020

EHB3020

EHB3020S

25

EHB1025

EHB2025

EHB3025

EHB3025S

30

EHB1030

EHB2030

EHB3030

EHB3030S

35

EHB1035

EHB2035

EHB3035

EHB3035S

40

EHB1040

EHB2040

EHB3040

EHB3040S

45

EHB1045

EHB2045

EHB3045

EHB3045S

50

EHB1050

EHB2050

EHB3050

EHB3050S

60

EHB1060

EHB2060

EHB3060

EHB3060S

70

EHB1070

EHB2070

EHB3070

EHB3070S

80

EHB1080

EHB2080

EHB3080

EHB3080S

90

EHB1090

EHB2090

EHB3090

EHB3090S

100

EHB1100

EHB2100

EHB3100

EHB3100S

Approximate shipping weight is 2 lbs

Approximate shipping weight is 3 lbs

Approximate shipping weight is 4.5 lbs

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17

Amperes

18

120 and 240 AC

10,000 asymmetrical, symmetrical

19

125/250 DC

5000 3

UL Listed Interrupting Ratings 7
Maximum Volts
EB Breakers

20

EHB, FB Breakers
240 AC

20,000 asymmetrical, 18,000 symmetrical

277 AC (EHB)

15,000 asymmetrical, 14,000 symmetrical

480 AC

15,000 asymmetrical, 14,000 symmetrical

600 AC (FB)

15,000 asymmetrical, 14,000 symmetrical

250 DC

10,000 3

21
22

Notes
1 These frames are obsolete. For replacement solutions, see the cross-reference on Pages V12-T3-114–V12-T3-167.
2 Includes load terminals only.
3 DC ratings apply to substantially non-inductive circuits.
4 Not UL Listed.
5 Switching duty rated for 120 Vac fluorescent light applications only.
6 Switching duty rated for 277 Vac fluorescent light applications only.
7 Interrupting capacities shown do not apply to molded-case switches.
Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

23
24
25
V12-T3-15

3
1
2

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

■ Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products and services. 1
Type FB, HFB Single-, Two-, Three-, Four-Pole; 480V Max.; Thermal-Magnetic MARK 75® Saf-T-Vue
FB, HFB: 600 Vac;
250 Vdc
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40°C

Single-Pole
277 Vac; 125 Vdc 2

Two-Pole
600 Vac; 250 Vdc 2

Four-Pole 34
600 Vac

Three-Pole
600 Vac

MARK 75 5

Standard

MARK 75 6

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

Catalog Number Catalog Number

15

HFB1015 8

FB2015

HFB2015

FB3015

FB3015S

HFB3015L

FB4015

20

HFB1020 8

FB2020

HFB2020

FB3020

FB3020S

HFB3020L

FB4020

25

HFB1025

FB2025

HFB2025

FB3025

FB3025S

HFB3025L

FB4025

30

HFB1030

FB2030

HFB2030

FB3030

FB3030S

HFB3030L

FB4030

35

HFB1035

FB2035

HFB2035

FB3035

FB3035S

HFB3035L

FB4035

40

HFB1040

FB2040

HFB2040

FB3040

FB3040S

HFB3040L

FB4040

45

HFB1045

FB2045

HFB2045

FB3045

FB3045S

HFB3045L

FB4045

50

HFB1050

FB2050

HFB2050

FB3050

FB3050S

HFB3050L

FB4050

7

60

HFB1060

FB2060

HFB2060

FB3060

FB3060S

HFB3060L

FB4060

70

HFB1070

FB2070

HFB2070

FB3070

FB3070S

HFB3070L

FB4070

8

80

HFB1080

FB2080

HFB2080

FB3080

FB3080S

HFB3080L

FB4080

90

HFB1090

FB2090

HFB2090

FB3090

FB3090S

HFB3090L

FB4090

100

HFB1100

FB2100

HFB2100

FB3100

FB3100S

HFB3100L

FB4100

110

—

—

—

FB3110

FB3110S

HFB3110

—

125

—

—

—

FB3125

FB3125S

HFB3125

—

150

—

—

—

FB3150

FB3150S

HFB3150

—

3
4
5
6

9
10

Standard

Saf-T-Vue 6

MARK 75 7

Standard

UL Listed Interrupting Ratings 9

11

Maximum Volts

Amperes

MARK 75 Type HFB

12

240 AC

13
14

75,000 asymmetrical, 65,000 symmetrical

277 AC 6

75,000 asymmetrical, 65,000 symmetrical

480 AC

30,000 asymmetrical, 25,000 symmetrical

250 DC (two-pole)

20,000 2j

Special Breakers Type FB, Magnetic Only, Front Adjustable

15

Continuous
Ampere
Rating

Two-Pole, 600 Vac

Three-Pole, 600 Vac

Magnetic
Trip Range
Amperes

Catalog/Style Number Catalog/Style Number Catalog/Style Number Catalog/Style Number

Catalog/Style Number

3

7–22

FB2022MRL

HFB2022ML

FB3022MRL

FB3022SMRL

HFB3022ML

5

15–45

FB2045MRL

HFB2045ML

FB3045MRL

FB3045SMRL

HFB3045ML

10

35–110

FB2110MRL

HFB2110ML

FB3110MRL

FB3110SMRL

HFB3110ML

25

32–80

2610D53G12

4994D96G12

2610D53G30

4998D89G30

2610D57G30

18

25

66–190

FB2190MRL

HFB2190ML

FB3190MRL

FB3190SMRL

HFB3190ML

30

50–150

1268C14G05

—

1268C14G06

—

—

19

30

90–270

FB2270MRL

HFB2270ML

FB3270MRL

FB3270SMRL

HFB3270ML

50

66–190

1268C14G01

—

1268C14G02

—

—

50

160–480

FB2480MRL

HFB2480ML

FB3480MRL

FB3480SMRL

HFB3480ML

70

100–270

2610D53G13

4994D96G13

2610D53G31

2610D58G31

4994D96G31

100

150–480

1268C14G03

—

1268C14G04

81E4647

65E4667

100

450–1550

FB21550MRL

HFB21550ML

FB31550MRL

FB31550SMRL

HFB31550ML

16
17

20
21

Standard

MARK 75

Standard

Saf-T-Vue

MARK 75 7

Notes
1 These frames are obsolete. For replacement solutions, see the cross-reference on Pages V12-T3-114–V12-T3-167.
2 DC ratings apply to substantially non-inductive circuits.
3 Not UL Listed.
4 All four poles have thermal-magnetic trip elements. Can be supplied with three protected poles and one unprotected, non-automatic pole if required.
Order by description with no price or dimensional differences.
5 15–30A rated 75,000 AIC. 40–100A rated 30,000A asymmetrical, 25,000A symmetrical.
6 Two-pole breakers are supplied in three-pole frames with current carrying parts omitted from center pole.
7 Includes line and load terminals. MARK 75 frame color changed from gray to black in mid-2002.
8 Switching duty rated for 277 Vac fluorescent light applications only.
9 Interrupting capacities shown do not apply to molded-case switches.
j Ratings above 10,000A not UL Listed.

22
23
24
25
V12-T3-16

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Accessories and Modifications
Terminals
Breakers include load
terminals only. Terminals are
UL Listed as suitable for wire
type and size. When used with
aluminum conductors, use
joint compound. When line
terminals are required, order
by style number from the table
at no charge with the breaker.

Note: Magnetic only breakers
include both line and
load terminals.
Note: Suffix “L” on catalog number
indicates line and load terminals
included. If factory installation is
required, specify on order.

Terminals
Maximum
Amperes

Wire
Type

Wire
Range

Package of Three Line Terminals 1
Style Number

Standard Pressure Type Terminals
20 (EB, EHB)

Al/Cu

#14–#10

624B100G14

100

Al/Cu

#14–1/0

624B100G02

150

Al/Cu

# 4–4/0

624B100G17

Al/Cu

#14–#4

624B100G10

100

Al/Cu

# 4–4/0

624B100G17

Terminal Style 624B100G02

Terminal Style 624B100G17
Collar

Collar
Nut

Clip
Conductor

Insert collar enclosing
conductor as shown. Locate
nut on top of conductor and
tighten securely with screw
and washer. Caution: Collar
must surround conductor.
Terminal Style 624B100G10

Conductor

LFB3070R 4

80–150

LFB3150R 5

Terminal Style 624B100G14

Collar

Conductor

Screw

Washer
Screw

Assemble collar on top
of conductor as shown.
Tighten securely with
screw and washer.

Conductor
Wire Clamp

Assemble wire clamp
to bottom of conductor
as shown.

For Magnetic Only Breakers 36
3

LFB3003MR

5

LFB3005MR

10

LFB3010MR

25

LFB3025MR

30

LFB3030MR
LFB3050MR

70

LFB3070MR

Federal Specification
Classifications
EB, EHB, FB and HFB
breakers meet requirements
of Federal Specification
W-C-375b as follows:

100

LFB3100MR

150

LFB3150MR

Notes
1 Style listed is for package of
three terminals.
2 These frames are obsolete. For
replacement solutions, see the crossreference on Pages V12-T3-114–
V12-T3-167.
3 Ratings through 70A can be supplied
with terminals for Cu cable only
(#14–#2). Order by description.
4 Superseded by LFD3070R.
5 Superseded by LFD3150R.
6 Replace with Series C HMCP and ELC
current limiters or replace with MCP
and EL current limiters

●

●

●

2
3
4
5
7
8
9

Note: Not UL Listed.

●

50

6

Available in all standard
ratings of EB, EHB, FB
and HFB breakers up to
ratings of 100A. Factory
adder 20%.

Limiter
Catalog Number

15–70

Note: Not UL Listed.

Ambient Compensating
Breakers
To order, add suffix letter
“A” to standard thermalmagnetic breaker
catalog number.

LFB Current Limiter
Attachment 2

Insert collar enclosing
conductor and center on
extrusion on collar. Install clip
with legs on top of conductor
and snap end around bottom
of collar.

1

Note: Not UL Listed.

For Thermal-Magnetic Breakers 3

Extrusion

Special Calibrations
Special calibration price
additions apply to ampere
ratings not listed as
standard or for ambients
other than 40°C or 50°C.
For frequencies other than
0–60 Hz AC, refer to Eaton.
See Application Data 29-160
for information regarding
special conditions.
Maximum calibration for
400 Hz is 135A.

50°C Calibration
Add suffix “V” to catalog
number for complete breaker,
listed above, when ordering
breakers to be used in 50°C
ambients.

Note: Cannot be used with
plug-in adapters. Ratings
through 70A can be supplied
with terminals for Cu cable only
(#14–#2). Order by description.

Breaker Rating,
Amperes

Washer
Screw

LFB Current Limiter Attachment
The LFB current limiter is
an attachment that bolts to
the load end of a standard
FB thermal-magnetic or
magnetic only breaker,
providing 200,000A
interrupting capacity (AIC) at
up to 600 Vac. Limiters for
thermal-magnetic breakers
are UL Listed. Current
limiters must be applied
as indicated in the table
on Page V12-T3-16.
Standard LFB terminals
are suitable for Cu/AI cable.
Ratings through 70A accept
(1) #14–#2, and 100 and
150A accept (1) #1–4/0.

Optional Al/Cu Pressure Terminals
50

■ Shaded area denotes
obsolete or discontinued
products and services.

EB: single-pole, Class 11a;
two-, three-pole, Classes
10b, 11b, 12b
EHB: single-pole,
Class 13a; two-,
three-pole, Class 13b
FB: two-, three-pole,
Class 18a
HFB: single-pole,
Class 13a; two-, three-pole,
Class 22a

For all three-phase
delta, grounded B phase
applications, contact
Avery Creek, NC,
Technical Resource Center
at 1-800-356-1243.

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-17

3
1

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Type CCV 120/240V Tenant Main Circuit Breaker
10,000A and 25,000A Interrupting Capacity, 100–225A
Interrupting Capacity
at 120/240 Vac
●
Type CCV—10,000A rms
symmetrical
●
Type CCVH—25,000A rms
symmetrical

2
3
4

Handles
●
Trip-free with “ONTRIPPED-OFF” positions.
Reset past “OFF” is
required to latch breaker
contacts after tripping

5
6
Type CCV Two-Pole
120/240V Tenant
Main Circuit Breaker

7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14

Product Description
Ratings
●
120/240 Vac, two-pole,
through 225 continuous
amperes, calibrated
at 40ºC
Tripping Characteristics
●
Thermal-magnetic trip,
calibrated and sealed
after assembly. Indirectly
heated thermal tripping
bimetal elements

Terminals
●
Standard lugs (wire
connectors) suitable for
either CU or AL wire
Standards
●
Complies with UL Standard
489, breakers are listed
under UL File #E781
Backward Compatibility
●
CCV and CCVH retains
same profile and footprint
of the CC and CCH breaker
allowing use in the
same applications

Product Selection
Ampere
Rating

Two-Pole Breaker
Wire Size Range, Al/Cu

10,000 AIC

25,000 AIC

100

#2/0–300 kcmil

CCV2100

CCVH2100

125

#2/0–300 kcmil

CCV2125

CCVH2125

150

#2/0–300 kcmil

CCV2150

CCVH2150

16

175

#2/0–300 kcmil

CCV2175

CCVH2175

200

#2/0–300 kcmil

CCV2200

CCVH2200

17

225

#2/0–300 kcmil

CCV2225

CCVH2225

15

Terminal Options
Terminal configurations available by adding the following
designator on the suffix:
W = No terminals
X = Load side terminals only
Y = Line side terminals only
CCV as tenant main breaker with CC as aftermarket option.
Cross-Reference
CCV Catalog
Number

CC Catalog
Number

CCV Catalog
Number

CCV2100

CC2100

CCVH2100

CCH2100

CCV2100W

CC2100W

CCVH2100W

CCH2100W

CCV2100X

CC2100X

CCVH2100X

CCH2100X

CCV2100Y

CC2100Y

CCVH2100Y

CCH2100Y

CCV2125

CC2125

CCVH2125

CCH2125

CCV2125W

CC2125W

CCVH2125W

CCH2125W

CCV2125X

CC2125X

CCVH2125X

CCH2125X

CCV2125Y

CC2125Y

CCVH2125Y

CCH2125Y

CCV2150

CC2150

CCVH2150

CCH2150

CCV2150W

CC2150W

CCVH2150W

CCH2150W

CCV2150X

CC2150X

CCVH2150X

CCH2150X

CCV2150Y

CC2150Y

CCVH2150Y

CCH2150Y

CCV2175

CC2175

CCVH2175

CCH2175

CCV2175W

CC2175W

CCVH2175W

CCH2175W

CCV2175X

CC2175X

CCVH2175X

CCH2175X

CCV2175Y

CC2175Y

CCVH2175Y

CCH2175Y

CCV2200

CC2200

CCVH2200

CCH2200

CCV2200W

CC2200W

CCVH2200W

CCH2200W

CCV2200X

CC2200X

CCVH2200X

CCH2200X

CCV2200Y

CC2200Y

CCVH2200Y

CCH2200Y

CCV2225

CC2225

CCVH2225

CCH2225

CCV2225W

CC2225W

CCVH2225W

CCH2225W

CCV2225X

CC2225X

CCVH2225X

CCH2225X

CCV2225Y

CC2225Y

CCVH2225Y

CCH2225Y

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T3-18

CC Catalog
Number

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Type JB

1

■ Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products and services. 1
Type JB 90–250A, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc, Two- and Three-Pole, Fixed Trip, Thermal-Magnetic, Saf-T-Vue
JB: 600 Vac; 250 Vdc
(Suitable for Reverse-Feed)

Continuous Ampere
Rating at 40°C

Complete Breaker Includes
Pressure Type Aluminum Terminals 2

2

Magnetic Trip Setting,
Amperes (Set on High Side,
Adjustable to Lower Limits)

Standard

Saf-T-Vue 3

Standard

Saf-T-Vue 3

Low

High

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Two-Pole, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc

Breaker Without Terminals

4

70

350

700

JB2070

JB2070S

JB2070W

JB2070SW

90

450

900

JB2090

JB2090S

JB2090W

JB2090SW

100

500

1000

JB2100

JB2100S

JB2100W

JB2100SW

125

625

1250

JB2125

JB2125S

JB2125W

JB2125SW

150

750

1500

JB2150

JB2150S

JB2150W

JB2150SW

175

875

1750

JB2175

JB2175S

JB2175W

JB2175SW

200

1000

2000

JB2200

JB2200S

JB2200W

JB2200SW

225

1125

2250

JB2225

JB2225S

JB2225W

JB2225SW

250

1250

2500

JB2250

JB2250S

JB2250W

JB2250SW

Approx. shipping weight. 12 lbs

Approx. shipping weight 12 lbs

70

350

700

JB3070

JB3070S

JB3070W

JB3070SW

90

450

900

JB3090

JB3090S

JB3090W

JB3090SW

100

500

1000

JB3100

JB3100S

JB3100W

JB3100SW

125

625

1250

JB3125

JB3125S

JB3125W

JB3125SW

150

750

1500

JB3150

JB3150S

JB3150W

JB3150SW

175

875

1750

JB3175

JB3175S

JB3175W

JB3175SW

200

1000

2000

JB3200

JB3200S

JB3200W

JB3200SW

225

1125

2250

JB3225

JB3225S

JB3225W

JB3225SW

250

1250

2500

JB3250

JB3250S

JB3250W

JB3250SW

Approx. shipping weight 12 lbs

5
6
7
8
10
11
12
13
14
15

Magnetic Only Breakers, Front Adjustable 3
Continuous
Ampere Rating
at 40°C

4

9

Three-Pole, 600 Vac Only

Approx. shipping weight 14 lbs

3

Breaker Only, No Terminals 5

Magnetic Trip Setting,
Amperes (Set on High Side,
Adjustable to Lower Limits)

Two-Pole 4
Standard

Saf-T-Vue

Standard

Saf-T-Vue

16

Three-Pole

Low

High

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

250

350

700

JB2700MW

JB2700SMW

JB3700MW

JB3700SMW

250

625

1250

JB21250MW

JB21250SMW

JB31250MW

JB31250SMW

250

750

1500

JB21500MW

JB21500SMW

JB31500MW

JB31500SMW

250

875

1750

JB21750MW

JB21750SMW

JB31750MW

JB31750SMW

250

1125

2250

JB22250MW

JB22250SMW

JB32250MW

JB32250SMW

250

1250

2500

JB22500MW

JB22500SMW

JB32500MW

JB32500SMW

Notes
1 These frames are obsolete. For replacement solutions, see the cross-reference on Pages V12-T3-114–V12-T3-167.
2 Terminals are shipped separately from breaker frame.
3 Not UL Listed.
4 Two-pole breakers are supplied in three-pole frames with current carrying parts omitted from center pole.
5 Select desired terminal from table and order as separate item.

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-19

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

1

UL Listed Interrupting Ratings 1

Accessories and Modifications

Maximum Volts

Amperes

■

2

240 AC

30,000 asymmetrical, 25,000 symmetrical

480 AC

25,000 asymmetrical, 22,000 symmetrical

3

600 AC

15,000 asymmetrical, 14,000 symmetrical

250 DC

10,000

4
5

Terminals
Maximum
Amperes

Catalog
Number

Standard Al/Cu Pressure Terminals

6

250

7

250

8

Number of Cables,
Wire Range, Type

(1) #4–350 kcmil Al/Cu

TA250KB

Optional Pressure Terminals
(1) #4–350 kcmil Cu

Note
1 Ratings above 10,000A not UL Listed.

9
10

T250KB

Shaded area denotes
obsolete or discontinued
products and services.
Special Calibrations
Special calibration price
additions apply to ampere
ratings not listed as
standard or for ambients
other than 40°C or 50°C.
For frequencies other than
0–60 Hz AC, refer to Eaton.
Note: Not UL Listed.

50°C Calibration
Add suffix “V” to catalog
number for complete
breaker when ordering
breakers to be used in 50°C
ambients. Same price as
standard 40°C breakers.
For CSA®, see
Page V12-T3-48.
Type JB breakers meet
requirements of Class 19a
circuit breakers as defined
by Federal Specification
W-C-375b.

11
12

Note: Not UL Listed.

UL Listed Interrupting
Rating (see table)
For all three-phase
delta, grounded B phase
applications, contact
Avery Creek, NC, Technical
Resource Center at
1-800-356-1243.
Terminals (see table)
Two terminals are required
per pole.
Terminals are UL Listed for
wire type and range listed left.
When used with aluminum
conductors, use joint
compound. To order optional
copper only terminals, add
suffix “C” to complete
breaker catalog number.
Note: Terminals are shipped
separately from breaker frame.

Magnetic Only Breakers
For description, refer to
Application Data 29-160.
Additional Accessories
and Modifications
Refer to Pages V12-T3-65–
V12-T3-79.

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T3-20

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Types KB and HKB
Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products and services. 1
Type KB and MARK 75 Type HKB 90–250A, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc, Two- and Three-Pole, Interchangeable Trip
KB/MARK 75/HKB:
Thermal-Magnetic, Saf-T-Vue
600 Vac; 250 Vdc
■

Magnetic Trip
Setting Amperes 3

Continuous
Ampere
Rating at 40°C

Low

High

Shipped as Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals 2

Complete Breaker Includes
Pressure Type Aluminum Terminals 3

Frame Only

Trip Unit Only

Standard
Catalog
Number

Saf-T-Vue 3
Catalog
Number

MARK 75
Catalog
Number

Standard
Catalog
Number

Saf-T-Vue 4
Catalog
Number

MARK 75
Catalog
Number

Standard
Saf-T-Vue
MARK 75
Catalog
Number

2
3
4
5

Two-Pole, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc 3
70

350

700

KB2070

KB2070S

HKB2070

KB2250F

KB2250FS

HKB2250F

HKB2070T

90

450

900

KB2090

KB2090S

HKB2090

KB2250F

KB2250FS

HKB2250F

HKB2090T

100

500

1000

KB2100

KB2100S

HKB2100

KB2250F

KB2250FS

HKB2250F

HKB2100T

125

625

1250

KB2125

KB2125S

HKB2125

KB2250F

KB2250FS

HKB2250F

HKB2125T

150

750

1500

KB2150

KB2150S

HKB2150

KB2250F

KB2250FS

HKB2250F

HKB2150T

175

875

1750

KB2175

KB2175S

HKB2175

KB2250F

KB2250FS

HKB2250F

HKB2175T

200

1000

2000

KB2200

KB2200S

HKB2200

KB2250F

KB2250FS

HKB2250F

HKB2200T

225

1125

2250

KB2225

KB2225S

HKB2225

KB2250F

KB2250FS

HKB2250

HKB2225T

250

1250

2500

KB2250

KB2250S

HKB2250

KB2250F

KB2250FS

HKB2250F

HKB2250T

Approx. shipping weight 12 lbs

Approx. shipping weight 9 lbs

700

KB3070

KB3070S

HKB3070

KB3250F

KB3250FS

HKB3250F

HKB3070T

450

900

KB3090

KB3090S

HKB3090

KB3250F

KB3250FS

HKB3250F

HKB3090T

100

500

1000

KB3100

KB3100S

HKB3100

KB3250F

KB3250FS

HKB3250F

HKB3100T

125

625

1250

KB3125

KB3125S

HKB3125

KB3250F

KB3250FS

HKB3250F

HKB3125T

150

750

1500

KB3150

KB3150S

HKB3150

KB3250F

KB3250FS

HKB3250F

HKB3150T

175

875

1750

KB3175

KB3175S

HKB3175

KB3250F

KB3250FS

HKB3250F

HKB3175T

200

1000

2000

KB3200

KB3200S

HKB3200

KB3250F

KB3250FS

HKB3250F

HKB3200T

225

1125

2250

KB3225

KB3225S

HKB3225

KB3250F

KB3250FS

HKB3250F

HKB3225T

250

1250

2500

KB3250

KB3250S

HKB3250

KB3250F

KB3250FS

HKB3250F

HKB3250T
Approx. shipping
weight 2 lbs

Magnetic Only, Front Adjustable Breakers 4
Two-Pole 4

Three-Pole

Low

High

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

250

350

700

HKB2700TM

HKB3700TM

250

500

1000

HKB21000TM

HKB31000TM

250

625

1250

HKB21250TM

HKB31250TM

250

750

1500

HKB21500TM

HKB31500TM

250

875

1750

HKB21750TM

HKB31750TM

250

1125

2250

HKB22250TM

HKB32250TM

250

1250

2500

HKB22500TM

HKB32500TM

9

12
13
14
15
16
17

Trip Units Only
Magnetic Trip Setting Amperes 5

8

11

350

90

Approx. shipping weight 11 lbs

7

10

70

Approx. shipping weight 14 lbs

6

Approx. shipping
weight 2 lbs

Three-Pole, 600 Vac Only

Continuous
Ampere Rating

1

18
19
20
21
22

Notes
1 These frames are obsolete. For replacement solutions, see the cross-reference on Pages V12-T3-114–V12-T3-167.
2 Terminals shipped separately from breaker frame.
3 Not UL Listed.
4 Two-pole breakers are supplied in three-pole frames with current carrying parts omitted from center pole.
5 Set on high side, adjustable to lower limit.

23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-21

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

1

UL Listed Interrupting Ratings

Accessories and Modifications

Maximum Volts

■

2

Standard Breakers
240 AC

30,000 asymmetrical, 25,000 symmetrical

3

480 AC

25,000 asymmetrical, 22,000 symmetrical

4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

Amperes

600 AC

15,000 asymmetrical, 14,000 symmetrical

250 DC

10,000

MARK 75 Breakers
240 AC

75,000 asymmetrical., 65,000 symmetrical.

480 AC

30,000 asymmetrical, 25,000 symmetrical

600 AC

20,000 asymmetrical, 18,000 symmetrical

250 DC

20,000 1

Terminals 2
Maximum
Amperes

Number of Cables,
Wire Range, Type

Catalog
Number

Standard Al/Cu Pressure Terminals
250

(1) #4–350 kcmil Al/Cu

TA250KB

Optional Pressure Terminals
250

(1) #4–350 kcmil Cu

Notes
1 Ratings above 10,000A not UL Listed.
2 Terminals shipped separately from breaker frame.

12

T250KB

Shaded area denotes
obsolete or discontinued
products and services.
Magnetic Only, Front Adjustable
Breakers (see table on
Page V12-T3-21)

Special Calibrations
Special calibration price
additions apply to ampere
ratings not listed as standard
or for ambients other than
40°C or 50°C. For frequencies
other than 0–60 Hz AC, refer
to Eaton.
Note: Two-pole breakers are
supplied in three-pole frames
with current carrying parts
omitted from center pole.

50°C Calibration
Add suffix “V” to catalog
number for complete
breaker, listed on
Page V12-T3-21, when
ordering breakers to be
used in 50°C ambients.
For CSA, see
Page V12-T3-48.

13

UL Listed Interrupting Ratings
(see table)
For all three-phase
delta, grounded B phase
applications, contact
Avery Creek, NC, Technical
Resource Center at
1-800-356-1243.
Terminals (see table)
Two terminals are required
per pole.
Terminals are UL Listed for
wire type and range listed
below. When used with
aluminum conductors, use
joint compound. To order
optional copper only terminals,
add suffix “C” to complete
breaker catalog number.
Magnetic Only Breakers
For description, refer to
Application Data 29-160. To
order these breakers, select
frame, trip unit and terminals.
Additional Accessories
and Modifications
Refer to Pages V12-T3-65–
V12-T3-79.

Note: Two-pole breakers are
supplied in three-pole frames
with current carrying parts
omitted from center pole.

14

Type KB breakers meet
requirements for Class 19a,
as defined by Federal
Specification W-C-375b.
Type HKB breakers not
defined in W-C-375b.

15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T3-22

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Type JA

1

Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products and services. 1
Type JA 70–225A, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc, Two- and Three-Pole, Fixed Trip, Thermal-Magnetic, Saf-T-Vue
JA: 600 Vac; 250 Vdc
(Suitable for Reverse-Feed)
■

Continuous
Ampere Rating
at 40°C

2

Magnetic Trip Setting,
Amperes (Set on High Side,
Adjustable to Lower Limits)

Complete Breaker Includes
Pressure Type Aluminum Terminals 2

Breaker Without Terminals

Standard

Saf-T-Vue

Standard

Saf-T-Vue

Low

High

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

3

Two-Pole, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc 3
70

350

700

JA2070

JA2070S

JA2070W

JA2070SW

90

450

900

JA2090

JA2090S

JA2090W

JA2090SW

100

500

1000

JA2100

JA2100S

JA2100W

JA2100SW

125

625

1250

JA2125

JA2125S

JA2125W

JA2125SW

150

750

1500

JA2150

JA2150S

JA2150W

JA2150SW

175

875

1750

JA2175

JA2175S

JA2175W

JA2175SW

200

1000

2000

JA2200

JA2200S

JA2200W

JA2200SW

225

1125

2250

JA2225

JA2225S

JA2225W

JA2225SW

Approx. shipping weight 12 lbs

Approx. shipping weight 12 lbs

Three-Pole, 600 Vac Only
70

350

700

JA3070

JA3070S

JA3070W

JA3070SW

90

450

900

JA3090

JA3090S

JA3090W

JA3090SW

100

500

1000

JA3100

JA3100S

JA3100W

JA3100SW

125

625

1250

JA3125

JA3125S

JA3125W

JA3125SW

150

750

1500

JA3150

JA3150S

JA3150W

JA3150SW

175

875

1750

JA3175

JA3175S

JA3175W

JA3175SW

200

1000

2000

JA3200

JA3200S

JA3200W

JA3200SW

225

1125

2250

JA3225

JA3225S

JA3225W

JA3225SW

5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

Approx. shipping weight 14 lbs

Approx. shipping weight 12 lbs

Magnetic Trip Setting, Amperes (Set on
High Side, Adjustable to Lower Limits)

Two-Pole 4

Three-Pole

Standard

Saf-T-Vue

Standard

Saf-T-Vue

Low

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

15
16

14

Special Breakers 4
Continuous
Ampere Rating
at 40°C

4

High

Magnetic Only Breakers, Front Adjustable—Without Terminals 5
225

350

700

JA2700MW

JA2700SMW

JA3700MW

JA3700SMW

225

625

1250

JA21250MW

JA21250SMW

JA31250MW

JA31250SMW

225

750

1500

JA21500MW

JA21500SMW

JA31500MW

JA31500SMW

225

875

1750

JA21750MW

JA21750SMW

JA31750MW

JA31750SMW

225

1125

2250

JA22250MW

JA22250SMW

JA32250MW

JA32250SMW

18
19

Ambient Compensating Breakers
70

350

700

JA2070A

—

JA3070A

—

100

500

1000

JA2100A

—

JA3100A

—

125

625

1250

JA2125A

—

JA3125A

—

150

750

1500

JA2150A

—

JA3150A

—

175

875

1750

JA2175A

—

JA3175A

—

200

1000

2000

JA2200A

—

JA3200A

—

225

1125

2250

JA2225A

—

JA3225A

—

17

20
21
22

Notes
1 These frames are obsolete. For replacement solutions, see the cross-reference on Pages V12-T3-114–V12-T3-167.
2 Terminals are shipped separately from breaker frame.
3 Not UL Listed.
4 Two-pole breakers are supplied in three-pole frames with current carrying parts omitted from center pole.
5 Select desired terminal from table and order as separate item.

23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-23

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

1

UL Listed Interrupting Ratings

Accessories and Modifications

Maximum Volts

Amperes

■

2

240 AC

30,000 asymmetrical, 25,000 symmetrical

480 AC

25,000 asymmetrical, 22,000 symmetrical

3

600 AC

25,000 asymmetrical, 22,000 symmetrical

250 DC

10,000

4

Terminals
Maximum
Amperes

Number of Cables,
Wire Range, Type

5

Standard Al/Cu Pressure Terminals

6

Optional Copper Pressure Terminals

7
8

70–225

(1) #6–350 kcmil Cu, or (1) #4–350 kcmil Al

70–225
70–225

1

Note
1 Optional terminal.

9
10

Catalog
Number

TA225LA1

(1) #6–350 kcmil Cu

T225LA

(1) #6–250 kcmil Cu

T225LBF

Shaded area denotes
obsolete or discontinued
products and services.
Special Calibrations (see table
on Page V12-T3-23)
Special calibration price
additions apply to ampere
ratings not listed as
standard or for ambients
other than 40°C or 50°C.
For frequencies other than
0–60 Hz AC, refer to Eaton.
See Application Data 29-160
for information regarding
special conditions.
Note: Not UL Listed.

50°C Calibration
Add suffix “V” to catalog
number for complete
breaker when ordering
breakers to be used in
50°C ambients.

11

For CSA, see
Page V12-T3-48.

12

Type JA breakers meet
requirements of Class 19a
and 20a circuit breakers
as defined by Federal
Specification W-C-375b.

13

Terminals (see table)
Two terminals are required
per pole.
Terminals are UL Listed for
wire type and range listed left.
When used with aluminum
conductors, use joint
compound. To order optional
copper only terminals, add
suffix “C” to complete
breaker catalog number.
Note: Terminals are shipped
separately from breaker frame.
Note: If upgrading a JA breaker
to a Series C K-Frame in a
panelboard application, order
TAD3 spacer kit.

UL Listed Interrupting Ratings
(see table)

Magnetic Only and Ambient
Compensating Breakers
For description, refer to
Application Data 29-160.
To order, select catalog
number from table on
Page V12-T3-23.

For all three-phase
delta, grounded B phase
applications, contact Avery
Creek, NC, Technical
Resource Center at
1-800-356-1243.

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T3-24

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Types KA and HKA

1

Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products and services. 1
Type KA 70–225A, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc, Two- and Three-Pole, Interchangeable Trip, Thermal-Magnetic,
KA: 600 Vac; 250 Vdc
Saf-T-Vue and MARK 75 Type HKA
■

Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40°C

Magnetic
Trip Setting
Amperes 2

Low

High

Complete Breaker

Shipped as Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals

Includes Pressure Type Aluminum Terminals 3

Frame Only

Standard
Catalog
Number

2

Trip Unit Only

Saf-T-Vue
Catalog
Number

MARK 75
Catalog
Number

Standard
Catalog
Number

Saf-T-Vue
Catalog
Number

MARK 75
Catalog
Number

Standard MARK 75
or Saf-T-Vue
Catalog
Number

Two-Pole, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc 4
70

350

700

KA2070

KA2070S

HKA2070

KA2225F

KA2225FS

HKA2225F

HKA2070T

90

450

900

KA2090

KA2090S

HKA2090

KA2225F

KA2225FS

HKA2225F

HKA2090T

100

500

1000

KA2100

KA2100S

HKA2100

KA2225F

KA2225FS

HKA2225F

HKA2100T

125

625

1250

KA2125

KA2125S

HKA2125

KA2225F

KA2225FS

HKA2225F

HKA2125T

150

750

1500

KA2150

KA2150S

HKA2150

KA2225F

KA2225FS

HKA2225F

HKA2150T

175

875

1750

KA2175

KA2175S

HKA2175

KA2225F

KA2225FS

HKA2225F

HKA2175T

200

1000

2000

KA2200

KA2200S

HKA2200

KA2225F

KA2225FS

HKA2225F

HKA2200T

225

1125

2250

KA2225

KA2225S

HKA2225

KA2225F

KA2225FS

HKA2225F

HKA2225T

Approx. shipping weight 12 lbs

3
4
5
6
7
8

Approx. shipping weight 9.5 lbs

Approx. shipping weight 2 lbs

9

Three-Pole, 600 Vac Only
70

350

700

KA3070

KA3070S

HKA3070

KA3225F

KA3225FS

HKA3225F

HKA3070T

90

450

900

KA3090

KA3090S

HKA3090

KA3225F

KA3225FS

HKA3225F

HKA3090T

100

500

1000

KA3100

KA3100S

HKA3100

KA3225F

KA3225FS

HKA3225F

HKA3100T

125

625

1250

KA3125

KA3125S

HKA3125

KA3225F

KA3225FS

HKA3225F

HKA3125T

150

750

1500

KA3150

KA3150S

HKA3150

KA3225F

KA3225FS

HKA3225F

HKA3150T

175

875

1750

KA3175

KA3175S

HKA3175

KA3225F

KA3225FS

HKA3225F

HKA3175T

200

1000

2000

KA3200

KA3200S

HKA3200

KA3225F

KA3225FS

HKA3225F

HKA3200T

225

1125

2250

KA3225

KA3225S

HKA3225

KA3225F

KA3225FS

HKA3225F

HKA3225T

Approx. shipping weight 14 lbs

Approx. shipping weight 11 lbs

10
11
12
13

Approx. shipping weight 2.5 lb.

Trip Units Only for Magnetic Only and Ambient Compensating Breakers 5
Continuous
Ampere Rating

Magnetic Trip Setting, Amperes 2
Low

15

Two-Pole 4

Three-Pole

High

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Magnetic Only, Front Adjustable Breakers
225

350

700

HKA2700TM

HKA3700TM

225

625

1250

HKA21250TM

HKA31250TM

225

750

1500

HKA21500TM

HKA31500TM

225

875

1750

HKA21750TM

HKA31750TM

225

1125

2250

HKA22250TM

HKA32250TM

350

700

HKA2070TA

HKA3070TA

100

500

1000

HKA2100TA

HKA3100TA

125

625

1250

HKA2125TA

HKA3125TA

150

750

1500

HKA2150TA

HKA3150TA

175

875

1750

HKA2175TA

HKA3175TA

200

1000

2000

HKA2200TA

HKA3200TA

225

1125

2250

HKA2225TA

HKA3225TA

17
18
20
21
22
23

Notes
1 These frames are obsolete. For replacement solutions, see the cross-reference on Pages V12-T3-114–V12-T3-167.
2 Set on high side, adjustable to lower limit.
3 Terminals are shipped separately from breaker frame.
4 Two-pole breakers are supplied in three-pole frames with current carrying parts omitted from center pole.
5 Not UL Listed.

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

16

19

Ambient Compensating Breakers
70

14

24
25
V12-T3-25

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

1

UL Listed Interrupting Ratings

Accessories and Modifications

Maximum Volts

■

2

Standard Breakers
240 AC

30,000 asymmetrical, 25,000 symmetrical

3

480 AC

25,000 asymmetrical, 22,000 symmetrical

600 AC

25,000 asymmetrical, 22,000 symmetrical

250 DC

10,000

4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

Amperes

MARK 75 Breakers
240 AC

75,000 asymmetrical, 65,000 symmetrical

480 AC

40,000 asymmetrical, 35,000 symmetrical

600 AC

30,000 asymmetrical, 25,000 symmetrical

250 DC

20,000 1

Terminals
Maximum
Amperes

Number of Cables,
Wire Range, Type

Catalog
Numbers

(1) #6–350 kcmil Cu, or
(1) #4–350 kcmil Al

TA225LA1

Optional Copper Pressure Terminals
225

(1) #6–350 kcmil Cu

T225LA

225 2

(1) #6–250 kcmil Cu

T225LBF

Notes
1 Ratings above 10,000A not UL Listed.
2 Optional terminal.

13

Special Calibrations
Special calibration price
additions apply to ampere
ratings not listed as
standard or for ambients
other than 40°C or 50°C.
For frequencies other than
0–60 Hz AC, refer to Eaton.
See Application Data 29-160
for information regarding
special conditions.
Note: Not UL Listed.

Standard Al/Cu Pressure Terminals
225

Shaded area denotes
obsolete or discontinued
products and services.

50°C Calibration
Add suffix “V” to catalog
number for complete breaker
when ordering breakers to be
used in 50°C ambients.
Note: Not UL Listed.

Terminals (see table)
Two terminals are required
per pole.
Terminals are UL Listed for
wire type and range listed
below. When used with
aluminum conductors, use
joint compound. To order
optional copper only terminals,
add suffix “C” to complete
breaker catalog number.
Type KA breakers meet
requirements for Class 19a
and 20a circuit breakers, and
Type HKA meet requirements
for Class 23a as defined
by Federal Specification
W-C-375b.
For all three-phase
delta, grounded B phase
applications, contact Avery
Creek, NC, Technical
Resource Center at
1-800-356-1243.
Note: Terminals are shipped
separately from breaker frame.
Note: If upgrading a KA, HKA
breaker to a Series C K-Frame in a
panelboard application, also order
TAD3 spacer kit.

UL Listed Interrupting Ratings
(see table)
Magnetic Only Breakers
For description, refer to
Application Data 29-160. To
order these breakers, select
frame, trip unit and terminals.

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T3-26

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Type LBB
Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products and services. 1
Type LBB 125–400A, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc, Two- and Three-Pole, Fixed Trip, Thermal-Magnetic, Saf-T-Vue
LBB: 600 Vac; 250 Vdc
(Suitable for Reverse-Feed)
■

Continuous
Ampere Rating
at 40°C

Magnetic Trip Setting,
Amperes 2
Low

Complete Breaker Includes Pressure Type
Aluminum Terminals 3
Breaker Without Terminals
Saf-T-Vue

Standard

Saf-T-Vue

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Two-Pole, 600 Vdc, 250 Vdc 4
125

625

1250

LBB2125

LBB2125S

LBB2125W

LBB2125SW

150

750

1500

LBB2150

LBB2150S

LBB2150W

LBB2150SW

175

875

1750

LBB2175

LBB2175S

LBB2175W

LBB2175SW

200

1000

2000

LBB2200

LBB2200S

LBB2200W

LBB2200SW

225

1125

2250

LBB2225

LBB2225S

LBB2225W

LBB2225SW

250

1250

2500

LBB2250

LBB2250S

LBB2250W

LBB2250SW

300

1500

3000

LBB2300

LBB2300S

LBB2300W

LBB2300SW

350

1750

3500

LBB2350

LBB2350S

LBB2350W

LBB2350SW

400

2000

4000

LBB2400

LBB2400S

LBB2400W

LBB2400SW

Approx. shipping weight 13 lbs

4
5
6
7
8
9

Three-Pole, 600 Vac Only
125

625

1250

LBB3125

LBB3125S

LBB3125W

LBB3125SW

150

750

1500

LBB3150

LBB3150S

LBB3150W

LBB3150SW

175

875

1750

LBB3175

LBB3175S

LBB3175W

LBB3175SW

200

1000

2000

LBB3200

LBB3200S

LBB3200W

LBB3200SW

225

1125

2250

LBB3225

LBB3225S

LBB3225W

LBB3225SW

250

1250

2500

LBB3250

LBB3250S

LBB3250W

LBB3250SW

300

1500

3000

LBB3300

LBB3300S

LBB3300W

LBB3300SW

350

1750

3500

LBB3350

LBB3350S

LBB3350W

LBB3350SW

400

2000

4000

LBB3400

LBB3400S

LBB3400W

LBB3400SW

Approx. shipping weight 15 lbs

2
3

Standard

High

Approx. shipping weight 13 lbs

1

Approx. shipping weight 15 lbs

Notes
1 These frames are obsolete. For replacement solutions, see the cross-reference on Pages V12-T3-114–V12-T3-167.
2 Set on high side, adjustable to lower limits.
3 Terminals are shipped separately from breaker.
4 Two-pole breakers or trips are supplied in three-pole frames with current carrying parts omitted from center pole.

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-27

3
1
2
3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products and services. 1
Magnetic Only, Ambient Compensating Breakers 2
■

Two-Pole Breakers 4
Continuous
Ampere Rating

Three-Pole Breakers

Magnetic Trip Setting, Amperes 3

Standard

Saf-T-Vue

Standard

Saf-T-Vue

Low

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

High

Magnetic Only Breakers, Front Adjustable—Without Terminals 5
400

350

700

LBB2700MW

LBB2700SMW

LBB3700MW

LBB3700SMW

4

400

625

1250

LBB21250MW

LBB21250SMW

LBB31250MW

LBB31250SMW

400

750

1500

LBB21500MW

LBB21500SMW

LBB31500MW

LBB31500SMW

5

400

875

1750

LBB21750MW

LBB21750SMW

LBB31750MW

LBB31750SMW

400

1125

2250

LBB22250MW

LBB22250SMW

LBB32250MW

LBB32250SMW

6

400

1500

3000

LBB23000MW

LBB23000SMW

LBB33000MW

LBB33000SMW

400

2000

4000

LBB24000MW

LBB24000SMW

LBB34000MW

LBB34000SMW

7

Ambient Compensating Breakers—Includes Terminals
125

625

1250

LBB2125A

LBB2125SA

LBB3125A

LBB3125SA

8

150

750

1500

LBB2150A

LBB2150SA

LBB3150A

LBB3150SA

175

875

1750

LBB2175A

LBB2175SA

LBB3175A

LBB3175SA

9

200

1000

2000

LBB2200A

LBB2200SA

LBB3200A

LBB3200SA

225

1125

2250

LBB2225A

LBB2225SA

LBB3225A

LBB3225SA

10

250

1250

2500

LBB2250A

LBB2250SA

LBB3250A

LBB3250SA

300

1500

3000

LBB2300A

LBB2300SA

LBB3300A

LBB3300SA

350

1750

3500

LBB2350A

LBB2350SA

LBB3350A

LBB3350SA

400

2000

4000

LBB2400A

LBB2400SA

LBB3400A

LBB3400SA

11
12

UL Listed
Interrupting Ratings

Accessories and
Modifications

13

Maximum
Volts

■

14
15
16

Amperes

240 AC

50,000 asymmetrical,
42,000 symmetrical

480 AC

35,000 asymmetrical,
30,000 symmetrical

600 AC

25,000 asymmetrical,
22,000 symmetrical

250 DC

20,000 6

17
18
19

Shaded area denotes
obsolete or discontinued
products and services.
Special Calibrations
Special calibration price
additions apply to ampere
ratings not listed as
standard or for ambients
other than 40°C or 50°C.
For frequencies other than
0–60 Hz AC, refer to Eaton.
See Application Data 29-160
for information regarding
special conditions.
Maximum calibration for
400 Hz is 300A.
Note: Not UL Listed.

20

50°C Calibration
Add suffix “V” to catalog
number for complete
breaker when ordering
breakers to be used in
50°C ambients.

21
22

Terminals
Two terminals required
per pole.
Select from Page V12-T3-35.
Note: Terminals are shipped
separately from breaker.
Note: If upgrading an LBB
breaker to a Series C K-Frame in a
panelboard application, also order
TAD3 spacer kit.

For CSA, see
Page V12-T3-48.
Type LBB breakers meet
requirements for Class 21a
circuit breakers, as defined
by Federal Specification
W-C-375b.

UL Listed Interrupting Ratings
(see table)
For all three-phase
delta, grounded B phase
applications, contact Avery
Creek, NC, Technical
Resource Center at
1-800-356-1243.
Magnetic Only Breakers
For description, refer to
Application Data 29-160.
To order, select catalog
number from table above.
Notes
1 These frames are obsolete. For
replacement solutions, see the crossreference on Pages V12-T3-114–
V12-T3-167.
2 Not UL Listed.
3 Set on high side, adjustable to
lower limits.
4 Two-pole breakers or trips are supplied
in three-pole frames with current
carrying parts omitted from center pole.
5 Select desired terminals from
V12-T3-30, and order as separate item.
6 Ratings above 10,000A not UL Listed.

Note: Not UL Listed.

23
24
25
V12-T3-28

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Types LB and HLB
Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products and services. 1
Type LB and MARK 75 Type HLB 70–400A, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc, Two- and Three-Pole, Interchangeable Trip,
LB: 600 Vac; 250 Vdc
Thermal-Magnetic, Saf-T-Vue and MARK 75
■

Shipped as Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals 3

Complete Breaker
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40°C

1
2

Magnetic Trip Setting
Amperes 2

Includes Pressure Type
Aluminum Terminals 3

Trip Unit Only

3

Low

Standard
Catalog
Number

Saf-T-Vue
Catalog
Number

MARK 75
Catalog
Number

Standard
Catalog
Number

Saf-T-Vue
Catalog
Number

MARK 75
Catalog
Number

Standard Saf-T-Vue,
MARK 75
Catalog Number

4
5

Two-Pole, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc

High

Frame Only

4

70

350

700

LB2070

LB2070S

—

LB2400F

LB2400FS

HLB2400F

HLB2070T

90

450

900

LB2090

LB2090S

—

LB2400F

LB2400FS

HLB2400F

HLB2090T

100

500

1000

LB2100

LB2100S

—

LB2400F

LB2400FS

HLB2400F

HLB2100T

125

625

1250

LB2125

LB2125S

HLB2125

LB2400F

LB2400FS

HLB2400F

HLB2125T

150

750

1500

LB2150

LB2150S

HLB2150

LB2400F

LB2400FS

HLB2400F

HLB2150T

175

875

1750

LB2175

LB2175S

HLB2175

LB2400F

LB2400FS

HLB2400F

HLB2175T

200

1000

2000

LB2200

LB2200S

HLB2200

LB2400F

LB2400FS

HLB2400F

HLB2200T

225

1125

2250

LB2225

LB2225S

HLB2225

LB2400F

LB2400FS

HLB2400F

HLB2225T

250

1250

2500

LB2250

LB2250S

HLB2250

LB2400F

LB2400FS

HLB2400F

HLB2250T

300

1500

3000

LB2300

LB2300S

HLB2300

LB2400F

LB2400FS

HLB2400F

HLB2300T

350

1750

3500

LB2350

LB2350S

HLB2350

LB2400F

LB2400FS

HLB2400F

HLB2350T

400

2000

4000

LB2400

LB2400S

HLB2400

LB2400F

LB2400FS

HLB2400F

HLB2400T

6
7
8
9
10

Approx. shipping weight 13 lbs

Approx. shipping weight 10 lbs

Approx. shipping
weight 2 lbs

11
12

Three-Pole, 600 Vac Only
70

350

700

LB3070

LB3070S

—

LB3400F

LB3400FS

HLB3400F

HLB3070T

90

450

900

LB3090

LB3090S

—

LB3400F

LB3400FS

HLB3400F

HLB3090T

100

500

1000

LB3100

LB3100S

—

LB3400F

LB3400FS

HLB3400F

HLB3100T

125

625

1250

LB3125

LB3125S

HLB3125

LB3400F

LB3400FS

HLB3400F

HLB3125T

150

750

1500

LB3150

LB3150S

HLB3150

LB3400F

LB3400FS

HLB3400F

HLB3150T

175

875

1750

LB3175

LB3175S

HLB3175

LB3400F

LB3400FS

HLB3400F

HLB3175T

200

1000

2000

LB3200

LB3200S

HLB3200

LB3400F

LB3400FS

HLB3400F

HLB3200T

225

1125

2250

LB3225

LB3225S

HLB3225

LB3400F

LB3400FS

HLB3400F

HLB3225T

250

1250

2500

LB3250

LB3250S

HLB3250

LB3400F

LB3400FS

HLB3400F

HLB3250T

300

1500

3000

LB3300

LB3300S

HLB3300

LB3400F

LB3400FS

HLB3400F

HLB3300T

350

1750

3500

LB3350

LB3350S

HLB3350

LB3400F

LB3400FS

HLB3400F

HLB3350T

400

2000

4000

LB3400

LB3400S

HLB3400

LB3400F

LB3400FS

HLB3400F

HLB3400T

Approx. shipping weight 15 lbs

Approx. shipping weight 12 lbs

13
14
15
16
17

Approx. shipping
weight 2.5 lbs

18
19

Notes
1 These frames are obsolete. For replacement solutions, see the cross-reference on Pages V12-T3-126–V12-T3-167.
2 Set on high side, adjustable to lower limits.
3 Terminals are shipped separately from breaker.
4 Two-pole breakers or trips are supplied in three-pole frames with current carrying parts omitted from center pole.

20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-29

3
1
2
3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products
and services. 1
Special Breakers—Trip Units Only 2
■

Continuous
Ampere
Rating

UL Listed
Interrupting Ratings
Maximum
Volts

Amperes

Magnetic Trip Setting,
Amperes 3

Trip Unit Only
Two-Pole 4

Three-Pole

Standard Breakers

Low

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

240 AC

50,000 asymmetrical,
42,000 symmetrical

480 AC

35,000 asymmetrical,
30,000 symmetrical

600 AC

25,000 asymmetrical,
22,000 symmetrical
20,000 5

High

Magnetic Only Breakers, Front Adjustable

4

400

350

700

HLB2700TM

HLB3700TM

400

625

1250

HLB21250TM

HLB31250TM

5

400

750

1500

HLB21500TM

HLB31500TM

400

875

1750

HLB21750TM

HLB31750TM

250 DC

6

400

1125

2250

HLB22250TM

HLB32250TM

MARK 75 Breakers

400

1125

2250

HLB22250TM

HLB32250TM

240 AC

75,000 asymmetrical,
65,000 symmetrical

7

400

1500

3000

HLB23000TM

HLB33000TM

480 AC

400

2000

4000

HLB24000TM

HLB34000TM

40,000 asymmetrical,
35,000 symmetrical

600 AC

30,000 asymmetrical,
25,000 symmetrical

250 DC

20,000 5

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22

Ambient Compensating Breakers

For all three-phase
delta, grounded B phase
applications, contact Avery
Creek, NC, Technical
Resource Center at
1-800-356-1243.
Terminals
Two terminals are required
per pole.
Terminals are UL Listed for
wire type and range listed
below. When used with
aluminum cable, use joint
compound. To order optional
copper only terminals, add
suffix “C” to complete
breaker catalog number.
Note: Terminals are shipped
separately from breaker. If
upgrading an LB, HLB breaker
to a Series C K-Frame in a
panelboard application, also
order TAD3 spacer kit.

70

350

700

HLB2070TA

HLB3070TA

90

450

900

HLB2090TA

HLB3090TA

100

500

1000

HLB2100TA

HLB3100TA

125

625

1250

HLB2125TA

HLB3125TA

150

750

1500

HLB2150TA

HLB3150TA

Terminals

175

875

1750

HLB2175TA

HLB3175TA

200

1000

2000

HLB2200TA

HLB3200TA

Maximum
Amperes

225

1125

2250

HLB2225TA

HLB3225TA

Standard Pressure Terminals

250

1250

2500

HLB2250TA

HLB3250TA

225

(1) #6–350 kcmil Cu, or (1) #4–350 kcmil Al

TA225LA1

HLB3300TA

350

(1) 250–500 kcmil Al/Cu

TA350DA

HLB3350TA

400

(2) 3/0–250 kcmil Cu only

T400DA2

HLB3400TA

Optional Copper Pressure Terminals

300
350
400

1500

3000

1750

3500

2000

4000

HLB2300TA
HLB2350TA
HLB2400TA

225

Accessories and
Modifications
Shaded area denotes
obsolete or discontinued
products and services.

■

Special Calibrations
Special calibration price
additions apply to ampere
ratings not listed as standard
or for ambients other
than 40°C or 50°C. For
frequencies other than
0–60 Hz AC circuits, refer
to Eaton. See Application
Data 29-160 for information
regarding special conditions.
Maximum calibration for
400 Hz is 300A.
Note: Not UL Listed.

23

50°C Calibration
Add suffix “V” to catalog
number for complete breaker
or trip unit only, when
ordering breakers to be
used in 50°C ambients.
Note: Not UL Listed.

Magnetic Only Breakers
For description, refer to
Application Data 29-160.
To order, select trip unit
from table above, frame
and terminals.

225
350

6

Number of Cables,
Wire Range, Type

(1) #6–350 kcmil Cu

T225LA

(1) #6–250 kcmil Cu

T225LBF

(1) 250–500 kcmil Cu

T350DA

Notes
1 These frames are obsolete. For replacement solutions, see the cross-reference on
Pages V12-T3-126–V12-T3-167.
2 Not UL Listed.
3 Set on high side, adjustable to lower limits.
4 Two-pole breakers or trips are supplied in three-pole frames with current carrying parts
omitted from center pole.
5 Ratings above 10,000A not UL Listed.
6 Optional terminal.

Note: Not UL Listed.

For CSA, see
Page V12-T3-48.
Type LB breakers meet
requirements for Class 21a
circuit breakers, and Type HLB
meet requirements for Class
23a, as defined by Federal
Specification W-C-375b.

24
25
V12-T3-30

Catalog
Number

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Type DA

1

Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products and services. 1
Type DA Breakers 250–400A, 240 Vac, 250 Vdc, Two- and Three-Pole, Fixed Trip, Thermal-Magnetic
DA: 240 Vac; 250 Vdc
(Suitable for Reverse-Feed)
■

Breakers With Line and Load Terminals

Two-Pole 2
Catalog Number

Three-Pole
Catalog Number

Two-Pole 2
Catalog Number

Three-Pole
Catalog Number

3

250

DA2250Y

DA3250Y

DA2250

DA3250

300

DA2300Y

DA3300Y

DA2300

DA3300

4

350

DA2350Y

DA3350Y

DA2350

DA3350

400

DA2400Y

DA3400Y

DA2400

DA3400

Approx. shipping weight 13 lbs

Approx. shipping weight 15 lbs

Approx. shipping weight 13 lbs

Approx. shipping weight 13 lbs

Accessories and
Modifications
Shaded area denotes
obsolete or discontinued
products and services

■

Type DA breakers meet
requirements of Federal
Specification W-C-375b.,
Class 14b.
UL Listed
Interrupting Ratings
Maximum
Volts
240 AC
250 DC

2

Breakers With Line Terminals Only

Continuous
Ampere Rating
at 40°C

Terminals
Terminals are UL Listed for
the wire type and size listed
below. When used with
aluminum conductors,
use joint compound.
Terminals
Number
of Cables,
Maximum Wire Range,
Amperes Type

Catalog
Number

Standard Pressure Terminals

Amperes

350

(1) 250–500 kcmil TA350DA
Al/Cu

25,000 asymmetrical, 22,000
symmetrical

400

(2) 3/0–250 kcmil
Cu only

10,000

For all three-phase
delta, grounded B phase
applications, contact
Avery Creek, NC, Technical
Resource Center at
1-800-356-1243.

T400DA2

Optional Terminals
(for Copper Cable)
350

(1) 250–500 kcmil T350DA
Cu

Note: If upgrading a DA breaker
to a Series C K-Frame in a
panelboard application, also
order TAD3 spacer kit.

For CSA, see
Page V12-T3-48.
Special Calibrations
Special calibration price
additions apply to ampere
ratings not listed as standard
or for ambients other
than 40°C or 50°C. For
frequencies other than
0–60 Hz AC circuits, refer
to Eaton. See Application
Data 29-160 for information
regarding special conditions.
Maximum 400 Hz
calibrations: Type DA, 300A.

5

Notes
1 These frames are obsolete. For
replacement solutions, see the crossreference on Pages V12-T3-114–
V12-T3-167.
2 Two-pole breakers are supplied in
three-pole frames.

6
7
8
9
10
11
12

Note: Not UL Listed.

13

50°C Calibration
Add suffix “V” to catalog
number for complete
breaker when ordering
breakers to be used in 50°C
ambients. Same price as
standard 40°C breakers.

14
15
16

Note: Not UL Listed.

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-31

3
1
2

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Type LAB
Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products and services. 1
Type LAB 125–400A, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc, Two- and Three-Pole, Fixed Trip, Thermal-Magnetic, Saf-T-Vue
LAB: 600 Vac; 250 Vdc
(Suitable for Reverse-Feed)
■

3

Continuous
Ampere Rating
at 40°C

4

Complete Breaker Includes Pressure Type
Aluminum Terminals 3

Breaker Without Terminals

Magnetic Trip Setting, Amperes 2

Standard

Saf-T-Vue

Standard

Saf-T-Vue

Low

High

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Two-Pole, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc 4
125

625

1250

LAB2125

LAB2125S

LAB2125W

LAB2125SW

150

750

1500

LAB2150

LAB2150S

LAB2150W

LAB2150SW

175

875

1750

LAB2175

LAB2175S

LAB2175W

LAB2175SW

200

1000

2000

LAB2200

LAB2200S

LAB2200W

LAB2200SW

225

1125

2250

LAB2225

LAB2225S

LAB2225W

LAB2225SW

7

250

1250

2500

LAB2250

LAB2250S

LAB2250W

LAB2250SW

300

1500

3000

LAB2300

LAB2300S

LAB2300W

LAB2300SW

8

350

1750

3500

LAB2350

LAB2350S

LAB2350W

LAB2350SW

400

2000

4000

LAB2400

LAB2400S

LAB2400W

LAB2400SW

5
6

9

Approx. shipping weight 22 lbs

Approx. shipping weight 22 lbs

Three-Pole, 600 Vac Only

10

125

625

1250

LAB3125

LAB3125S

LAB3125W

LAB3125SW

150

750

1500

LAB3150

LAB3150S

LAB3150W

LAB3150SW

11

175

875

1750

LAB3175

LAB3175S

LAB3175W

LAB3175SW

200

1000

2000

LAB3200

LAB3200S

LAB3200W

LAB3200SW

12

225

1125

2250

LAB3225

LAB3225S

LAB3225W

LAB3225SW

250

1250

2500

LAB3250

LAB3250S

LAB3250W

LAB3250SW

13

300

1500

3000

LAB3300

LAB3300S

LAB3300W

LAB3300SW

350

1750

3500

LAB3350

LAB3350S

LAB3350W

LAB3350SW

14

400

2000

4000

LAB3400

LAB3400S

LAB3400W

LAB3400SW

Approx. shipping weight 24.5 lbs

Approx. shipping weight 24.5 lbs

Notes
1 These frames are obsolete. For replacement solutions, see the cross-reference on Pages V12-T3-114–V12-T3-167.
2 Set on high side, adjustable to lower limits.
3 Terminals shipped separately from breaker.
4 Two-pole breakers or trips are supplied in three-pole frames with current carrying parts omitted from center pole.

15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T3-32

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

■ Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products and services. 1
Special Breakers 2

1

Breaker Catalog Number
Two-Pole 4
Continuous
Ampere Rating

Magnetic Trip Setting,
Low

Amperes 3
High

Magnetic Only Breakers, Front Adjustable—Without

2

Three-Pole

Standard

Saf-T-Vue

Standard

Saf-T-Vue

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

3
4

Terminals 5

400

350

700

LAB2700MW

LAB2700SMW

LAB3700MW

LAB3700SMW

400

625

1250

LAB21250MW

LAB21250SMW

LAB31250MW

LAB31250SMW

400

750

1500

LAB21500MW

LAB21500SMW

LAB31500MW

LAB31500SMW

400

875

1750

LAB21750MW

LAB21750SMW

LAB31750MW

LAB31750SMW

400

1125

2250

LAB22250MW

LAB22250SMW

LAB32250MW

LAB32250SMW

400

1500

3000

LAB23000MW

LAB23000SMW

LAB33000MW

LAB33000SMW

400

2000

4000

LAB24000MW

LAB24000SMW

LAB34000MW

LAB34000SMW

7
8

5
6

Ambient Compensating Breakers—Includes Terminals
125

625

1250

LAB2125A

—

LAB3125A

—

150

750

1500

LAB2150A

—

LAB3150A

—

175

875

1750

LAB2175A

—

LAB3175A

—

200

1000

2000

LAB2200A

—

LAB3200A

—

225

1125

2250

LAB2225A

—

LAB3225A

—

250

1250

2500

LAB2250A

—

LAB3250A

—

300

1500

3000

LAB2300A

—

LAB3300A

—

350

1750

3500

LAB2350A

—

LAB3350A

—

400

2000

4000

LAB2400A

—

LAB3400A

—

Accessories and
Modifications
Shaded area denotes
obsolete or discontinued
products and services.

■

Special Calibrations
Special calibration price
additions apply to ampere
ratings not listed as
standard or for ambients
other than 40°C or 50°C.
For frequencies other than
0–60 Hz AC circuits, refer
to Eaton. See Application
Data 29-160 for information
regarding special conditions.
Maximum calibration for
400 Hz is 300A.
Note: Not UL Listed.

50°C Calibration
Add suffix “V” to catalog
number for complete
breaker when ordering
breakers to be used in 50°C
ambients. For CSA, see
Page V12-T3-48.

Type LAB breakers meet
requirements for Class 21a
circuit breakers, as defined
by Federal Specification
W-C-375b.

Terminals
Two terminals required
per pole.

UL Listed
Interrupting Ratings 6

Note: Terminals shipped
separately from breaker.

Maximum
Volts

Amperes

240 AC

50,000 asymmetrical,
42,000 symmetrical

480 AC

35,000 asymmetrical,
30,000 symmetrical

600 AC

25,000 asymmetrical,
22,000 symmetrical

250 DC

20,000 7

Select from the table on
Page V12-T3-36.

Magnetic Only and Ambient
Compensating Breakers
To order, select catalog
number from “Special
Breakers” table above.
Additional Accessories and
Modifications
Refer to Pages V12-T3-65–
V12-T3-79.

9
10
11

Notes
1 These frames are obsolete. For
replacement solutions, see the crossreference on Pages V12-T3-114–
V12-T3-167.
2 Not UL Listed.
3 Set on high side, adjustable to
lower limits.
4 Two-pole breakers or trips are supplied in
three-pole frames with current carrying
parts omitted from center pole.
5 Select desired terminals from
Page V12-T3-39 and order as
separate item.
6 Interrupting capacities shown do not
apply to molded-case switches.
7 Ratings above 10,000A not UL Listed.

12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19

For all three-phase
delta, grounded B phase
applications, contact
Avery Creek, NC, Technical
Resource Center at
1-800-356-1243.

20
21
22
23

Note: Not UL Listed.

24
25
Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-33

3
1
2

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Types LA and HLA
Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products and services. 1
Type LA and MARK 75 Type HLA 70–400A, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc, Two- and Three-Pole, Interchangeable Trip
LA: 600 Vac; 250 Vdc
■

3

Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40°C

4

Magnetic
Trip Setting
Amperes 2

Low

400A Frame Breakers
6

High

Complete Breaker

Shipped as Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals

Includes Pressure Type Aluminum Terminals 3

Frame Only

Standard
Catalog
Number

MARK 75
Catalog
Number

Standard
Catalog
Number

4—Two-Pole,

Saf-T-Vue
Catalog
Number

Saf-T-Vue
Catalog
Number

MARK 75
Catalog
Number

Trip Unit Only
Standard,
MARK 75,
Saf-T-Vue
Catalog Number

600 Vac, 250 Vdc 5

5

70

350

700

LA2070

LA2070S

HLA2070

LA2400F

LA2400FS

HLA2400F

HLA2070T

90 6

450

900

LA2090

LA2090S

HLA2090

LA2400F

LA2400FS

HLA2400F

HLA2090T

6

100 6

500

1000

LA2100

LA2100S

HLA2100

LA2400F

LA2400FS

HLA2400F

HLA2100T

125

625

1250

LA2125

LA2125S

HLA2125

LA2400F

LA2400FS

HLA2400F

HLA2125T

7

150

750

1500

LA2150

LA2150S

HLA2150

LA2400F

LA2400FS

HLA2400F

HLA2150T

175

875

1750

LA2175

LA2175S

HLA2175

LA2400F

LA2400FS

HLA2400F

HLA2175T

200

1000

2000

LA2200

LA2200S

HLA2200

LA2400F

LA2400FS

HLA2400F

HLA2200T

225

1125

2250

LA2225

LA2225S

HLA2225

LA2400F

LA2400FS

HLA2400F

HLA2225T

250

1250

2500

LA2250

LA2250S

HLA2250

LA2400F

LA2400FS

HLA2400F

HLA2250T

300

1500

3000

LA2300

LA2300S

HLA2300

LA2400F

LA2400FS

HLA2400F

HLA2300T

350

1750

3500

LA2350

LA2350S

HLA2350

LA2400F

LA2400FS

HLA2400F

HLA2350T

400

2000

4000

LA2400

LA2400S

HLA2400

LA2400F

LA2400FS

HLA2400F

HLA2400T

8
9
10

Approx. shipping weight 21.75 lbs

11

Approx. shipping weight 17.5 lbs

Approx.shipping
weight 2.25 lbs

Three-Pole, 600 Vac Only

12

70 6

350

700

LA3070

LA3070S

HLA3070

LA3400F

LA3400FS

HLA3400F

HLA3070T

6

450

900

LA3090

LA3090S

HLA3090

LA3400F

LA3400FS

HLA3400F

HLA3090T

13

100 6

500

1000

LA3100

LA3100S

HLA3100

LA3400F

LA3400FS

HLA3400F

HLA3100T

125

625

1250

LA3125

LA3125S

HLA3125

LA3400F

LA3400FS

HLA3400F

HLA3125T

14

150

750

1500

LA3150

LA3150S

HLA3150

LA3400F

LA3400FS

HLA3400F

HLA3150T

175

875

1750

LA3175

LA3175S

HLA3175

LA3400F

LA3400FS

HLA3400F

HLA3175T

15

200

1000

2000

LA3200

LA3200S

HLA3200

LA3400F

LA3400FS

HLA3400F

HLA3200T

225

1125

2250

LA3225

LA3225S

HLA3225

LA3400F

LA3400FS

HLA3400F

HLA3225T

250

1250

2500

LA3250

LA3250S

HLA3250

LA3400F

LA3400FS

HLA3400F

HLA3250T

300

1500

3000

LA3300

LA3300S

HLA3300

LA3400F

LA3400FS

HLA3400F

HLA3300T

350

1750

3500

LA3350

LA3350S

HLA3350

LA3400F

LA3400FS

HLA3400F

HLA3350T

400

2000

4000

LA3400

LA3400S

HLA3400

LA3400F

LA3400FS

HLA3400F

HLA3400T

90

16
17

Approx. shipping weight 24.5 lbs

18

Approx. shipping weight 19 lbs

Notes
1 These frames are obsolete. For replacement solutions, see the cross-reference on Pages V12-T3-114–V12-T3-167.
2 Set on high side, adjustable to lower limits.
3 Terminals shipped separately from breaker.
4 Terminals, trip units and accessories are not interchangeable between 400 and 600A frames.
5 Two-pole breakers or trips are supplied in three-pole frames with current carrying parts omitted from center pole.
6 These ratings have interrupting capacities reduced to 25,000A symmetrical at 240V, 20,000A symmetrical at 480V, and 15,000A symmetrical at 600V.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T3-34

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

Approx. shipping
weight 3 lbs

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products and services.
Special Breakers 2—Trip Units Only
■

Continuous
Ampere Rating

Magnetic Trip Setting, Amperes 3
Low

High

3

1

1

Two-Pole 4

Three-Pole

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

2
3

Magnetic Only Breakers, Front Adjustable—400A Frame Breakers 5
400

350

700

HLA2700TM

HLA3700TM

400

625

1250

HLA21250TM

HLA31250TM

400

750

1500

HLA21500TM

HLA31500TM

400

875

1750

HLA21750TM

HLA31750TM

400

1125

2250

HLA22250TM

HLA32250TM

400

1500

3000

HLA23000TM

HLA33000TM

400

2000

4000

HLA24000TM

HLA34000TM

6
7

4
5

Ambient Compensating Breakers—400A Frame Breakers Only 5
70 6

350

700

HLA2070TA

HLA3070TA

6

450

900

HLA2090TA

HLA3090TA

100 6

500

1000

HLA2100TA

HLA3100TA

125

625

1250

HLA2125TA

HLA3125TA

150

750

1500

HLA2150TA

HLA3150TA

175

875

1750

HLA2175TA

HLA3175TA

200

1000

2000

HLA2200TA

HLA3200TA

225

1125

2250

HLA2225TA

HLA3225TA

250

1250

2500

HLA2250TA

HLA3250TA

300

1500

3000

HLA2300TA

HLA3300TA

350

1750

3500

HLA2350TA

HLA3350TA

400

2000

4000

HLA2400TA

HLA3400TA

90

8
9
10
11
12

Notes
1 These frames are obsolete. For replacement solutions, see the cross-reference on Pages V12-T3-114–V12-T3-167.
2 Not UL Listed.
3 Set on high side, adjustable to lower limits.
4 Two-pole breakers or trips are supplied in three-pole frames with current carrying parts omitted from center pole.
5 Terminals, trip units and accessories are not interchangeable between 400 and 600A frames.
6 These ratings have interrupting capacities reduced to 25,000A symmetrical at 240V, 20,000A symmetrical at 480V, and 15,000A symmetrical at 600V.

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-35

3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Accessories and
Modifications
Shaded area denotes
obsolete or discontinued
products and services.

■

Special Calibrations
Special calibration price
additions apply to ampere
ratings not listed as standard
or for ambients other
than 40°C or 50°C. For
frequencies other than
0–60 Hz AC, refer to Eaton.
See Application Data 29-160
for information regarding
special conditions. Maximum
400 Hz calibration: 400A
frame, 300A.
Note: Not UL Listed.

50°C Calibration
Add suffix “V” to catalog
number for complete breaker
or trip unit only, when
ordering breakers to be
used in 50°C ambients.
Note: Not UL Listed.

Terminals
Two terminals required
per pole.
Select from table at right.
Note: Terminals shipped
separately from breaker.

15
16

Magnetic Only Breakers
To order, select trip unit from
the table on Page V12-T3-35,
frame and terminals from
table at right.
Note: Not UL Listed. MARK 75
frame color changed from gray
to black in mid-2002.

UL Listed Except as Noted
Type LA breakers meet
requirements for Class 21a
circuit breakers, and Type
HLA meet requirements
for Class 23a as defined
by Federal Specification
W-C-375b.

Terminals
Two terminals are required
per pole.

copper only terminals, add
suffix “C” to complete
breaker catalog number.

Terminals are UL Listed for
wire type and range listed
below. When used with
aluminum cable, use joint
compound. To order optional

Note: Terminals shipped
separately from breaker.
Terminals, trip units and
accessories are not
interchangeable between
400 and 600A frames.

Terminals
Maximum
Amperes

Number of Cables,
Wire Range, Type

Standard Al/Cu Pressure Terminals
225 3

(1) #6–350 kcmil Cu, or (1) #4–350 kcmil Al

TA225LA1

400 3

(1) #4–250 kcmil Al/Cu, plus (1) 3/0–600 kcmil Al/Cu

TA400LA1

Optional Copper Pressure Terminals

UL Listed
Interrupting Ratings 1

225 3

(1) #6–350 kcmil Cu

T225LA

225 34

(1) #6–250 kcmil Cu

T225LBF

Maximum
Volts

400 3

(1) #4–250 kcmil Cu, plus (1) 3/0–600 kcmil Cu

T401LA

Amperes

Standard Breakers
240 AC

50,000 asymmetrical,
42,000 symmetrical

480 AC

35,000 asymmetrical,
30,000 symmetrical

600 AC

25,000 asymmetrical,
22,000 symmetrical

250 DC

20,000 2

Notes
1 Interrupting capacities do not apply to molded-case switches.
2 Ratings above 10,000A not UL Listed.
3 400A frame only.
4 Optional terminal.

MARK 75 Breakers
240 AC

75,000 asymmetrical,
65,000 symmetrical

480 AC

40,000 asymmetrical,
35,000 symmetrical

600 AC

30,000 asymmetrical,
25,000 symmetrical

250 DC

20,000 2

For all three-phase
delta, grounded B phase
applications, contact
Avery Creek, NC, Technical
Resource Center at
1-800-356-1243.

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T3-36

Catalog
Number

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Types LA and HLA
Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products and services. 1
Type LA and MARK 75 Type HLA 250–600A, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc, Two-, Three-Pole, Interchangeable Trip
LA: 600 Vac; 250 Vdc
Thermal-Magnetic, Saf-T-Vue and MARK 75 Breakers
■

Magnetic Trip
Setting, Amperes 2
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40°C

Low

High

Shipped as Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals 3

Complete Breaker
Includes Pressure Type Aluminum Terminals 3

Frame Only

Standard
Catalog
Number

MARK 75
Catalog
Number

Standard
Catalog
Number

Saf-T-Vue
Catalog
Number

MARK 75
Catalog
Number

Standard Saf-T-Vue,
MARK 75
Catalog
Number

Saf-T-Vue
Catalog
Number

Trip Unit Only

600A Frame Breakers 4—Two-Pole, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc 5

1
2
3
4
5

250

1250

2500

2603D50G01

2603D50G13

1256C10G02

LA2600F

LA2600FS

HLA2600F

2603D46G07

300

1500

3000

2603D50G02

2603D50G14

1256C10G03

LA2600F

LA2600FS

HLA2600F

2603D46G08

350

1750

3500

2603D50G03

2603D50G15

1256C10G04

LA2600F

LA2600FS

HLA2600F

2603D46G09

350

1750

3500

2603D50G03

2603D50G15

1256C10G04

LA2600F

LA2600FS

HLA2600F

2603D46G09

400

2000

4000

2603D50G04

2603D50G16

1256C10G05

LA2600F

LA2600FS

HLA2600F

2603D46G10

500

2500

5000

LA2500

LA2500S

HLA2500

LA2600F

LA2600FS

HLA2600F

HLA2500T

600

3000

6000

LA2600

LA2600S

HLA2600

LA2600F

LA2600FS

HLA2600F

HLA2600T

8
9

Three-Pole, 600 Vac Only
250

1250

2500

2603D50G07

2603D50G019

1256C10G12

LA3600F

LA3600FS

HLA3600F

2603D46G26

300

1500

3000

2603D50G08

2603D50G020

1256C10G13

LA3600F

LA3600FS

HLA3600F

2603D46G27

350

1750

3500

2603D50G09

2603D50G021

1256C10G14

LA3600F

LA3600FS

HLA3600F

2603D46G28

400

2000

4000

2603D50G10

2603D50G022

1256C10G15

LA3600F

LA3600FS

HLA3600F

2603D46G29

500

2500

5000

LA3500

LA3500S

HLA500

LA3600F

LA3600FS

HLA3600F

HLA3500T

600

3000

6000

LA3600

LA3600S

HLA3600

LA3600F

LA3600FS

HLA3600F

HLA3600T

600A Frame Breakers

Magnetic Trip Setting, Amperes
Low
4—Magnetic

7

10
11
12

Type Special Breakers 6—Trip Units Only
Continuous
Ampere Rating

6

High

Two-Pole 5
Catalog Number

Three-Pole
Catalog Number

13
14

Only Breakers, Front Adjustable

600

1125

2250

2603D47G07

2603D47G26

600

1500

3000

2603D47G08

2603D47G27

600

2000

4000

2603D47G10

2603D47G29

600

2500

5000

HLA25000TM

HLA35000TM

600

3000

6000

HLA26000TM

HLA36000TM

16
17

15

600A Frame Breakers—Ambient Compensating Breakers
250

1250

2500

5683D88G07

5683D88G26

300

1500

3000

5683D88G08

5683D88G27

350

1750

3500

5683D88G09

5683D88G28

400

2000

4000

5683D88G10

5683D88G29

500

2500

5000

HLA2500TA

HLA3500TA

600

3000

6000

HLA2600TA

HLA3600TA

18
19
20

Notes
1 These frames are obsolete. For replacement solutions, see the cross-reference on Pages V12-T3-114–V12-T3-167.
2

Set on high side, adjustable to lower limits.

3

Terminals shipped separately from breakers.
Terminals, trip units and accessories are not interchangeable between 400 and 600A frames.
Two-pole breakers or trips are supplied in three-pole frames with current carrying parts omitted from center pole.
Not UL Listed.

4
5
6

21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-37

3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Accessories and
Modifications

UL Listed Interrupting
Ratings 1

Shaded area denotes
obsolete or discontinued
products and services.

Maximum
Volts

■

Special Calibrations
Special calibration price
additions apply to ampere
ratings not listed as standard
or for ambients other
than 40°C or 50°C. For
frequencies other than
0–60 Hz AC, refer to Eaton.
See Application Data 29-160
for information regarding
special conditions.
Maximum 400 Hz calibration:
600A frame, 450A.

240 AC

50,000 asymmetrical,
42,000 symmetrical

480 AC

35,000 asymmetrical,
30,000 symmetrical

600 AC

25,000 asymmetrical,
22,000 symmetrical

250 DC

20,000 2

MARK 75 Breakers
240 AC

75,000 asymmetrical,
65,000 symmetrical

480 AC

40,000 asymmetrical,
35,000 symmetrical

600 AC

30,000 asymmetrical,
25,000 symmetrical

250 DC

20,000 2

Note: Not UL Listed.

50°C Calibration
Add suffix “V” to catalog
number for complete breaker
or trip unit only, when
ordering breakers to be used
in 50°C ambients. Same price
as standard 40°C breakers.
For CSA, see
Page V12-T3-48.

Amperes

Standard Breakers

For all three-phase
delta, grounded B phase
applications, contact
Avery Creek, NC, Technical
Resource Center at
1-800-356-1243.

Terminals
Two terminals are required
per pole. Terminals are UL
Listed for wire type and range
listed below. When used with
aluminum cable, use joint
compound. To order optional
copper only terminals, add
suffix “C” to complete
breaker catalog number.

Magnetic Only Breakers
To order, select frame, trip
unit and terminals from tables
on this page.

Accessories and
Modifications
Refer to Pages V12-T3-65–
V12-T3-79.

Note: Terminals shipped
separately from breakers.
Terminals, trip units and
accessories are not
interchangeable between
400 and 600A frames.

Terminals
Maximum
Amperes

Number of Cables,
Wire Range, Type

Standard Al/Cu Pressure Terminals
600 3

(2) 250–500 kcmil Al/Cu

TA600LA

Optional Copper Pressure Terminals
600 3

(2) 250–500 kcmil Cu

T600LA

Notes
1 Interrupting capacities shown do not apply to molded case switches.
2 Ratings above 10,000A not UL Listed.
3 For 600A frame breakers only.

Type LA breakers meet
requirements for Class 21a
circuit breakers, and type
HLA meet requirements
for Class 23a as defined
by Federal Specification
W-C-375b.
Note: Not UL Listed. MARK 75
frame color changed from gray
to black in mid-2002.

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T3-38

Catalog
Number

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Type LAY

1

Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products and services. 1
Type LAY 250–600A, 240 Vac, Three-Pole, Interchangeable Trip Thermal-Magnetic, 600A Frame 2
LAY: 240 Vac
■

Complete Breaker

Shipped as Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals 5

Magnetic Trip Setting Amperes 3

Includes Pressure Type
Aluminum Terminals 4 Frame Only

Low

High

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

250

1250

2500

LAY3250

LAY3600F

2603D46G26

300

1500

3000

LAY3300

LAY3600F

2603D46G27

350

1750

3500

LAY3350

LAY3600F

2603D46G28

400

2000

4000

LAY3400

LAY3600F

2603D46G29

500

2500

5000

LAY3500

LAY3600F

HLA3500T

600

3000

6000

LAY3600

LAY3600F

HLA3600T

Continuous
Ampere Rating
at 40°C

Accessories and
Modifications
Shaded area denotes
obsolete or discontinued
products and services.

■

Special Calibrations
Special calibration price
additions apply to ampere
ratings not listed as standard
or for ambients other
than 40°C or 50°C. For
frequencies other than
0–60 Hz AC, refer to
Eaton. See Application
Data 29-160 for information
regarding special conditions.
Maximum 400 Hz calibration:
600A frame, 450A.
Note: Not UL Listed.

50°C Calibration
Add suffix “V” to catalog
number for complete breaker
or trip unit only, when
ordering breakers to be used
in 50°C ambients. Same price
as standard 40°C breakers.
For CSA, see
Page V12-T3-48.
Type LAY breakers are
not defined by Federal
Specification W-C-375b.
Note: Not UL Listed.

For all three-phase
delta, grounded B phase
applications, contact
Avery Creek, NC, Technical
Resource Center at
1-800-356-1243.

Trip Unit Only

5
6
7

UL Listed
Interrupting Ratings
Maximum
Volts
Amperes

8

240 AC

9

115,000 asymmetrical,
100,000 symmetrical

Terminals
Two terminals are required
per pole.

10
11

Terminals are UL Listed for
wire type and range listed
below. When used with
aluminum cable, use joint
compound.

12
13

Note: Terminals shipped
separately from breaker.

14

Additional Accessories
and Modifications

15

Refer to Pages V12-T3-65–
V12-T3-79.

16
Number of Cables, Wire Range, Type

Catalog Number

17

Standard Al/Cu Pressure Terminals
500 5

(2) 3/0–250 kcmil Al/Cu

TA602LD

600 5

(2) 400–500 kcmil Al/Cu

TA603LA

5

(2) 250–500 kcmil Al/Cu

TA600LA

600

18
19

Optional Copper Pressure Terminals
600 6

3
4

Terminals
Maximum Amperes

2

(2) 250–500 kcmil Cu

T600LA

20

Notes
1 These frames are obsolete. For replacement solutions, see the cross-reference on Pages V12-T3-114–V12-T3-167.
2 Optional terminal.
3 Set on high side, adjustable to lower limits.
4 Terminals shipped separately from breaker.
5 For 600A frame breakers only.
6 Not UL Listed.

21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-39

3
1
2

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Types MA and HMA
Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products and services. 1
Type MA 125–800A, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc 2, Two- and Three-Pole, Interchangeable Trip
MA: 600 Vac; 250 Vdc
■

Magnetic Trip
Setting Amperes 3

3

Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40°C

4

Low

High

Complete Breaker

Shipped as Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals 4

Includes Pressure Type Copper Terminals 4

Frame Only

Standard
Catalog
Number

Saf-T-Vue
Catalog
Number

MARK 75
Catalog
Number

Standard
Catalog
Number

Saf-T-Vue
Catalog
Number

MARK 75
Catalog
Number

Standard
Saf-T-Vue,
MARK 75
Catalog Number

Trip Unit Only

Two-Pole, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc 25

5

125

625

1250

MA2125

MA2125S

HMA2125

MA2800F

MA2800FS

HMA2800F

HMA2125T

150

750

1500

MA2150

MA2150S

HMA2150

MA2800F

MA2800FS

HMA2800F

HMA2150T

6

175

875

1750

MA2175

MA2175S

HMA2175

MA2800F

MA2800FS

HMA2800F

HMA2175T

200

1000

2000

MA2200

MA2200S

HMA2200

MA2800F

MA2800FS

HMA2800F

HMA2200T

7

225

1125

2250

MA2225

MA2225S

HMA2225

MA2800F

MA2800FS

HMA2800F

HMA2225T

250

1250

2500

MA2250

MA2250S

HMA2250

MA2800F

MA2800FS

HMA2800F

HMA2250T

8

300

1500

3000

MA2300

MA2300S

HMA2300

MA2800F

MA2800FS

HMA2800F

HMA2300T

350

1750

3500

MA2350

MA2350S

HMA2350

MA2800F

MA2800FS

HMA2800F

HMA2350T

9

400

2000

4000

MA2400

MA2400S

HMA2400

MA2800F

MA2800FS

HMA2800F

HMA2400T

500

2500

5000

MA2500

MA2500S

HMA2500

MA2800F

MA2800FS

HMA2800F

HMA2500T

10

600

3000

6000

MA2600

MA2600S

HMA2600

MA2800F

MA2800FS

HMA2800F

HMA2600T

700

3000

6000

MA2700 6

MA2700S

HMA2700

MA2800F

MA2800FS

HMA2800F

HMA2700T 6

6

MA2800S

HMA2800

MA2800F

MA2800FS

HMA2800F

HMA2800T 6

MA2800WSK

—

—

—

—

Incl. in Frame

11

800

3000

6000

MA2800

800

MCS 7

—

MA2800WK

Approx. shipping weight 37 lbs

12

Approx. shipping weight 24 lbs

Approx. shipping
weight 3.5 lbs

Three-Pole, 600 Vac Only

13

125

625

1250

MA3125

MA3125S

HMA3125

MA3800F

MA3800FS

HMA3800F

HMA3125T

150

750

1500

MA3150

MA3150S

HMA3150

MA3800F

MA3800FS

HMA3800F

HMA3150T

14

175

875

1750

MA3175

MA3175S

HMA3175

MA3800F

MA3800FS

HMA3800F

HMA3175T

200

1000

2000

MA3200

MA3200S

HMA3200

MA3800F

MA3800FS

HMA3800F

HMA3200T

15

225

1125 7

2250

MA3225

MA3225S

HMA3225

MA3800F

MA3800FS

HMA3800F

HMA3225T

250

1250

2500

MA3250

MA3250S

HMA3250

MA3800F

MA3800FS

HMA3800F

HMA3250T

16

300

1500

3000

MA3300

MA3300S

HMA3300

MA3800F

MA3800FS

HMA3800F

HMA3300T

350

1750

3500

MA3350

MA3350S

HMA3350

MA3800F

MA3800FS

HMA3800F

HMA3350T

17

400

2000

4000

MA3400

MA3400S

HMA3400

MA3800F

MA3800FS

HMA3800F

HMA3400T

500

2500

5000

MA3500

MA3500S

HMA3500

MA3800F

MA3800FS

HMA3800F

HMA3500T

600

3000

6000

MA3600

MA3600S

HMA3600

MA3800F

MA3800FS

HMA3800F

HMA3600T

700

3000

6000

MA3700 6

MA3700S

HMA3700

MA3800F

MA3800FS

HMA3800F

HMA3700T 6

800

3000

6000

MA3800 6

MA3800S

HMA3800

MA3800F

MA3800FS

HMA3800F

HMA3800T 6

800

MCS 7

—

MA3800WK

MA3800WSK

—

—

—

—

Incl. in Frame

18
19

Approx. shipping weight 44 lbs

20

Approx. shipping weight 28 lbs

Notes
1 These frames are obsolete. For replacement solutions, see the cross-reference on Pages V12-T3-114–V12-T3-167.
2 Above 600A, DC rating applies to magnetic only breakers.
3 Set on high side, adjustable to lower limits.
4 Terminals are shipped separately from breaker.
5 Two-pole breakers are supplied in three-pole frames with current carrying parts omitted from center pole.
6 60 Hz AC only.
7 Interrupting capacities shown do not apply to high magnetic molded-case switches.

21
22
23

MARK 75 frame color changed from gray to black in mid-2002. Also magnetic only trip units available: HMA8000TM 4000–8000A.

24
25
V12-T3-40

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

Approx. shipping
weight 4 lbs

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products
and services. 1

■

Magnetic Only Breakers, Front Adjustable 2
Magnetic
Trip Range 4

Trip Unit Only
Two-Pole 4

Three-Pole

Low

High

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

800

625

1250

HMA21250TM

HMA31250TM

800

1000

2000

HMA22000TM

HMA32000TM

800

1500

3000

HMA23000TM

HMA33000TM

800

2000

4000

HMA24000TM

HMA34000TM

800

3000

6000

HMA26000TM

HMA36000TM

800

4000

8000

HMA28000TM

HMA38000TM

Continuous
Ampere
Rating

Ambient Compensating Breakers 2
Magnetic
Trip Range 3

Type MA Accessories
and Modifications
Special Calibrations
Special calibration price
additions apply to ampere
ratings not listed as standard
or for ambients other
than 40°C or 50°C. For
frequencies other than
0–60 Hz AC (50 Hz AC
minimum, 60 Hz AC
maximum, refer to Eaton.
See Application Data 29-160
for additional information
regarding special conditions.

3

For CSA, see
Page V12-T3-48.

1

Type MA breakers meet
requirements for Class 21a
circuit breakers, and Type
HMA meet requirements
for Class 23a, as defined
by Federal Specification
W-C-375b.
For all three-phase
delta, grounded B phase
applications, contact
Avery Creek, NC, Technical
Resource Center at
1-800-356-1243.

Note: Not UL Listed.

Trip Unit Only

2
3
4
5
6
7

Low

High

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

125

625

1250

HMA2125TA

HMA3125TA

150

750

1500

HMA2150TA

HMA3150TA

175

875

1750

HMA2175TA

HMA3175TA

50°C Calibration
Add suffix “V” to catalog
number for complete
breaker or trip unit only,
when ordering breakers to
be used in 50°C ambients.

200

1000

2000

HMA2200TA

HMA3200TA

Note: Not UL Listed.

220

1125

2250

HMA2225TA

HMA3225TA

10

250

1250

2500

HMA2250TA

HMA3250TA

Type MA UL Listed Interrupting Ratings 5

300

1500

3000

HMA2300TA

HMA3300TA

1750

3500

HMA2350TA

HMA3350TA

Maximum
Volts

11

350
400

2000

4000

HMA2400TA

HMA3400TA

Standard Breakers

500

2500

5000

HMA2500TA

HMA3500TA

240 AC

50,000 asymmetrical, 42,000 symmetrical

600

3000

6000

HMA2600TA

HMA3600TA

480 AC

35,000 asymmetrical, 30,000 symmetrical

700

3000

6000

HMA2700TA

HMA3700TA

600 AC

25,000 asymmetrical, 22,000 symmetrical

800

3000

6000

HMA2800TA

HMA3800TA

250 DC 6

20,000 7

14

240 AC

75,000 asymmetrical, 65,000 symmetrical

480 AC

40,000 asymmetrical, 35,000 symmetrical

15

Continuous
Ampere
Rating

Two-Pole

Three-Pole

8
9

Amperes

12
13

MARK 75 Breakers

600 AC

30,000 asymmetrical, 25,000 symmetrical

250 DC 6

20,000 7

16

Notes
1 These frames are obsolete. For replacement solutions, see the cross-reference on
Pages V12-T3-114–V12-T3-167.
2 Not UL Listed.
3 Set on high side, adjustable to lower limits.
4 Two-pole breakers are supplied in three-pole frames with current carrying parts omitted from
center pole.
5 Interrupting capacities shown do not apply to high magnetic molded-case switches.
6 Above 600A, DC rating applies to magnetic only breakers.
7 Ratings above 10,000A not UL Listed.

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-41

3
1
2
3
4
5
6

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products
and services.

■

Terminals
Two terminals are required
per pole.
Terminals are UL Listed for
wire type and range listed
below. When used with
aluminum conductors, use
joint compound.

Note: Terminals are shipped
separately from breaker.

Magnetic Only and Ambient
Compensating Breakers
To order a complete breaker,
select trip unit plus frame
and terminals.

Type MAY Accessories and Modifications
Type MAY 600–800A, 240 Vac, Three-Pole,
Interchangeable Trip 1

Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40°C

Magnetic Trip
Setting, Amperes 3

Complete
Breaker

Shipped as Frame,
Trip Unit and Terminals 4

Low

Includes Pressure
Type Aluminum
Terminals 4
Catalog Number

Frame
Only
Catalog
Number

Trip Unit
Only
Catalog
Number

High

Three-Pole, 240 Vac Only

Terminals 1

600

3000

6000

MAY3600

MAY3800F

HMA3600T

Maximum
Amperes

700 e

3000

6000

MAY3700

MAY3800F

HMA3700T

e

3000

6000

MAY3800

MAY3800F

HMA3800T

Number of Cables,
Wire Range, Type

Catalog
Number

800

Standard Al/Cu Pressure Terminals

7

600

(2) #1–500 kcmil Al/Cu

TA700MA1

800 (Std.)

(3) 3/0–400 kcmil Al/Cu

TA800MA2

8

800 2

(2) 500–750 kcmil Al/Cu

TA801MA

Type MAY breakers are
not defined by Federal
Specification W-C-375b.
Note: Not UL listed.

Optional Copper Pressure Terminals

9

350

(1) #1–600 kcmil Cu

T350MA

600

(2) 2/0–500 kcmil Cu

T600MA1

10

800

(3) 3/0–300 kcmil Cu

T800MA1

Type MAY UL Listed
Interrupting Ratings
Maximum
Volts
240 Vac

11

Amperes
115,000 asymmetrical,
100,000 symmetrical

For all three-phase
delta, grounded B phase
applications, contact
Avery Creek, NC, Technical
Resource Center at
1-800-356-1243.

12
13

Additional Accessories
and Modifications
Refer to Pages V12-T3-65–
V12-T3-79.
Notes
1 These frames are obsolete. For
replacement solutions, see the crossreference on Pages V12-T3-114–
V12-T3-167.
2 Not UL Listed.
3 Set on high side, adjustable to
lower limits.
4 Terminals are shipped separately
from breaker.
e 60 Hz AC only.

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T3-42

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Types NB and NHB

1

Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products and services. 1
Type NB 700–1200A, 600V, 60 Hz AC 2, 250 Vdc 3, Two- and Three-Pole Interchangeable Trip
NB: 600 Vac; 250 Vdc
■

Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40°C

Magnetic Trip
Setting, Amperes 4

Low

High

2

Complete Breaker

Shipped as Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals 5

Includes Pressure Type Copper Terminals 5

Frame Only

Standard
Catalog
Number

Saf-T-Vue
Catalog
Number

MARK 75
Catalog
Number

Standard
Catalog
Number

Saf-T-Vue
Catalog
Number

MARK 75
Catalog
Number

Standard Saf-T-Vue,
MARK 75
Catalog Number

Trip Unit Only

Two-Pole, 600 Vac, 250V DC 36
700

3000

6000

NB2700

NB2700S

HNB2700

NB21200F

NB21200FS

HNB21200F

HNB2700T

800

3000

6000

NB2800

NB2800S

HNB2800

NB21200F

NB21200FS

HNB21200F

HNB2800T

900

4000

8000

NB2900

NB2900S

HNB2900

NB21200F

NB21200FS

HNB21200F

HNB2900T

1000

4000

8000

NB21000

NB21000S

HNB21000

NB21200F

NB21200FS

HNB21200F

HNB21000T

1200

4000

8000

NB21200

NB21200S

HNB21200

NB21200F

NB21200FS

HNB21200F

HNB21200T

600

3000

6000

—

HNB31200F

—

—

—

Approx. shipping weight 43 lbs

—

Approx. shipping weight 29 lbs

HNB3600T
Approx. shipping
weight 3.5 lbs

Three-Pole, 600 Vac Only
700

3000

6000

NB3700

NB3700S

HNB3700

NB31200F

NB31200FS

HNB31200F

HNB3700T

800

3000

6000

NB3800

NB3800S

HNB3800

NB31200F

NB31200FS

HNB31200F

HNB3800T

900

4000

8000

NB3900

NB3900S

HNB3900

NB31200F

NB31200FS

HNB31200F

HNB3900T

1000

4000

8000

NB31000

NB31000S

HNB31000

NB31200F

NB31200FS

HNB31200F

HNB31000T

1200

4000

8000

NB31200

NB31200S

HNB31200

NB31200F

NB31200FS

HNB31200F

Approx. shipping weight 51 lbs

Approx. shipping weight 32 lbs

HNB31200T
Approx. shipping
weight 4 lbs

Trip Unit Only
Magnetic Trip Range 4

4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

Magnetic Only Breakers, Front Adjustable 78
Two-Pole 6

Three-Pole

Low

High

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

1200

3000

6000

HNB26000TM

HNB36000TM

1200

4000

8000

HNB28000TM

HNB38000TM

1200

5000

10000

HNB210000TM

HNB310000TM

1200

6000

12000

HNB212000TM

HNB312000TM

Continuous
Ampere Rating

3

13
14
15
16

Notes
1 These frames are obsolete. For replacement solutions, see the cross-reference on Pages V12-T3-114–V12-T3-167.
2 Higher frequency calibration not available. Minimum of 50 Hz calibration available on special order.
3 250 Vdc rating applied only to magnetic only type breakers.
4 Set on high side, adjustable to lower limits.
5 Terminals shipped separately from breaker.
6 Two-pole breakers supplied in three-pole frames with current carrying parts omitted from center pole.
7 Frames, terminals, studs, mounting hardware, dimensions and shipping weights are same as standard thermal-magnetic breakers.
8 Not UL Listed.

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-43

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Accessories and
Modifications

1

UL Listed Interrupting Ratings

2

Standard Breakers
240 AC

50,000 asymmetrical, 42,000 symmetrical

3

480 AC

35,000 asymmetrical, 30,000 symmetrical

600 AC

25,000 asymmetrical, 22,000 symmetrical

250 DC 12

20,000 3

4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

Maximum Volts

Amperes

MARK 75 Breakers
240 AC

75,000 asymmetrical, 65,000 symmetrical

480 AC

40,000 asymmetrical, 35,000 symmetrical

600 AC

30,000 asymmetrical, 25,000 symmetrical

250 DC 12

20,000 3

Terminals 4
Maximum
Amperes

Number of Cables,
Wire Range, Type,

Catalog
Number

Standard Al/Cu Pressure Terminals
1000

(3) 3/0–400 kcmil Al/Cu

TA1000NB1

1200

(4) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu

TA1200NB1

Optional Copper or Al/Cu Pressure Terminals
1000

(3) 3/0–500 kcmil Cu

T1000NB1

1200

(4) 3/0–400 kcmil Cu

T1200NB1

1200

(3) 500–750 kcmil Al/Cu

TA1201NB1

12
13

Shaded area denotes
obsolete or discontinued
products and services.

■

Special Calibrations
Special calibration price
additions apply to ampere
ratings not listed as standard
or for ambients other
than 40°C or 50°C. For
frequencies other than
0–60 Hz AC (50 Hz AC
minimum, 60 Hz AC
maximum for ratings of
700A and above), refer
to Eaton. See Application
Data 29-160 for additional
information regarding
special conditions.
Maximum 400 Hz
calibration for type MA
is 475A.
Note: Not UL Listed.

50°C Calibration
Add suffix “V” to catalog
number for complete breaker
or trip unit only, when
ordering breakers to be used
in 50°C ambients. For CSA,
see Page V12-T3-48.
Note: Not UL Listed.

14

Type NB breakers meet
requirements for Class 21a
circuit breakers, and Type
HNB meet requirements
for Class 23a, as defined
by Federal Specification
W-C-375b.

15
16
17

Terminals
Two terminals are required
per pole.
Terminals are UL Listed for
wire type and range listed
below. When used with
aluminum conductors, use
joint compound. To order
optional copper terminals,
add suffix “C” to complete
breaker catalog number.
Note: Frames, terminals, studs,
mounting hardware, dimensions
and shipping weights are same
as standard thermal magnetic
breakers.

Magnetic Only Breakers
To order a complete breaker,
select trip unit, plus frame
and terminals.
Note: Not UL Listed.

Additional Accessories
and Modifications
Refer to Pages V12-T3-65–
V12-T3-79.
Notes
1 250 Vdc rating applied only to magnetic
only type breakers.
2 Terminals shipped separately from
breaker.
3 Ratings above 10,000A not UL Listed.
4 MARK 75 frame color changed from gray
to black in mid-2002.

For all three-phase
delta, grounded B phase
applications, contact
Avery Creek, NC, Technical
Resource Center at
1-800-356-1243.

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T3-44

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Type NBY

1

Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products and services. 1
Type NBY 700–1200A, 240V, 60 Hz AC 2, Three-Pole, Interchangeable Trip
NBY: 240 Vac
■

Complete Breaker
Continuous
Ampere Rating
at 40°C

Magnetic Trip Setting
Amperes 3
Low

Shipped as Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals

4

Frame Only

Trip Unit Only

High

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

3
4

Three-Pole, 600 Vac Only
700

3000

6000

NBY3700

NBY31200F

HNB3700T

800

3000

6000

NBY3800

NBY31200F

HNB3800T

900

4000

8000

NBY3900

NBY31200F

HNB3900T

1200

4000

8000

NBY31200

NBY31200F

HNB31200T

UL Listed
Interrupting Ratings
Maximum
Volts
Amperes
240 AC

115,000 asymmetrical,
100,000 symmetrical

For all three-phase
delta, grounded B phase
applications, contact
Avery Creek, NC, Technical
Resource Center at
1-800-356-1243.

Terminals
Two terminals are required
per pole.
Terminals are UL Listed for
wire type and range listed
below. When used with
aluminum conductors, use
joint compound.
Note: Terminals shipped
separately from breaker.

Terminals
Number
of Cables,
Max.
Wire Range,
Amperes Type,

Catalog
Number

Standard Al/Cu
Pressure Terminals
(3) 3/0–400 kcmil
Al/Cu

TA1000NB1

1200

(4) 4/0–500 kcmil
Al/Cu

TA1200NB1

1200

(3) 500–750 kcmil TA1201NB1
Al/Cu

1000

2

Includes Pressure Type
Aluminum Terminals 4

Accessories
and Modifications
Shaded area denotes
obsolete or discontinued
products and services.

■

Special Calibrations
Special calibration price
additions apply to ampere
ratings not listed as
standard or for ambients
other than 40°C or 50°C.
For frequencies other than
0–60 Hz AC (50 Hz AC
minimum, 60 Hz AC
maximum), refer to Eaton.
See Application Data 29-160
for additional information
regarding special
conditions.
Note: Not UL Listed.

Alternate Copper
Pressure Terminals
1000

(3) 3/0–500 kcmil
Cu

T1000NB1

1200

(4) 3/0–400 kcmil
Cu

T1200NB1

5
6

50°C Calibration
Add suffix “V” to catalog
number for complete breaker
or trip unit only, when
ordering for breakers to be
used in 50°C ambients.
Note: Not UL Listed.

7
8
9
10

For CSA, see
Page V12-T3-48.
Type NBY breakers are
not defined by Federal
Specification W-C-375b.
Additional Accessories
and Modifications
Refer to Pages V12-T3-65–
V12-T3-79.
Notes
1 These frames are obsolete. For
replacement solutions, see the crossreference on Pages V12-T3-114–
V12-T3-167.
2 Higher frequency calibration not
available. Minimum of 50 Hz calibration
available on special order.
3 Set on high side, adjustable to
lower limits.
4 Terminals shipped separately
from breaker.

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-45

3
1
2

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Type PB
Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products and services. 1
Type PB 600–25s00A, 600V, 60 Cycle AC 2, 250 Vdc 3, Two- and Three-Pole, Interchangeable Trip
Rear Connected PB
■

Breaker: 600 Vac
Continuous
Ampere Rating
at 40°C

3

Magnetic Trip Setting,
Amperes 45

Complete Breaker

Shipped as Frame, Trip Unit and Rear Connectors

Includes Busbar Connectors 6

Frame Only

Trip Unit Only

Low

High

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Two-Pole, 600 Vac Only 7

4

600

1500

5000

PB2600

PB22500F

PB2600T

700

1500

5000

PB2700

PB22500F

PB2700T

5

800

1500

5000

PB2800

PB22500F

PB2800T

900

1500

5000

PB2900

PB22500F

PB2900T

6

1000

1500

5000

PB21000

PB22500F

PB21000T

1200

2000

6000

PB21200

PB22500F

PB21200T

7

1400

2500

7000

PB21400

PB22500F

PB21400T

1600

3000

8000

PB21600

PB22500F

PB21600T

8

1800

3000

8000

PB21800

PB22500F

PB21800T

2000

3000

8000

PB22000

PB22500F

PB22000T

Approx. shipping weight

132 lbs

98 lbs

18 lbs

3000

PB22500

PB22500F

PB22500T

144 lbs

98 lbs

18 lbs

9

2500

8000

Approx. shipping weight

10

Three-Pole, 600 Vac Only—Not UL Listed

11

600

1500

5000

PB3600

PB32500F

PB3600T

700

1500

5000

PB3700

PB32500F

PB3700T

12

800

1500

5000

PB3800

PB32500F

PB3800T

900

1500

5000

PB3900

PB32500F

PB3900T

13

1000

1500

5000

PB31000

PB32500F

PB31000T

1200

2000

6000

PB31200

PB32500F

PB31200T

1400

2500

7000

PB31400

PB32500F

PB31400T

14

1600

3000

8000

PB31600

PB32500F

PB31600T

1800

3000

8000

PB31800

PB32500F

PB31800T

15

2000

3000

8000

PB32000

PB32500F

PB32000T

Approx. shipping weight

155 lbs

108 lbs

23 lbs

16

2500

3000

PB32500

PB32500F

PB32500T

173 lbs

108 lbs

23 lbs

8000

Approx. shipping weight

17

Notes
1 These frames are obsolete. For replacement solutions, see the cross-reference on Pages V12-T3-114–V12-T3-167.
2 Higher frequency calibration not available. Minimum of 50 Hz calibration available on special order.
3 Available only on magnetic only breakers.
4 Higher magnetic trip settings are available as special calibration. Refer to magnetic only breakers for specific trip ranges.
5 Set on high side, adjustable to lower limits.
6 Shipped separately from breaker.
7 Two-pole breakers are supplied in three-pole frames with current carrying parts omitted from center pole.

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T3-46

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Type PBF

1

Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products and services. 1
Type PBF Front-Connected 600–2000A, 600V, 60 Cycle AC 2, 250 Vdc 3, Two- and Three-Pole,
PBF Front Connected:
Interchangeable Trip
600 Vac
■

Continuous
Ampere
Rating
at 40°C

2
3

Magnetic Trip Setting, Amperes
(Set on High Side, Adjustable
to Lower Limits)

Complete Breaker

Shipped As:

Includes Busbar
Connectors 4

Frame Only Includes
Busbar Connectors 4

Trip Unit
Only

Low

High

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

4
5

Two-Pole, 600 Vac 5
600

1500

5000

PBF2600

PBF22000F

PBF2600T

700

1500

5000

PBF2700

PBF22000F

PBF2700T

800

1500

5000

PBF2800

PBF22000F

PBF2800T

900

1500

5000

PBF2900

PBF22000F

PBF2900T

1000

1500

5000

PBF21000

PBF22000F

PBF21000T

1200

2000

6000

PBF21200

PBF22000F

PBF21200T

1400

2500

7000

PBF21400

PBF22000F

PBF21400T

1600

3000

8000

PBF21600

PBF22000F

PBF21600T

1800

3000

8000

PBF21800

PBF22000F

PBF21800T

2000

3000

8000

PBF22000

PBF22000F

PBF22000T

9
10

Three-Pole, 600 Vac—Not UL Listed
600

1500

5000

PBF3600

PBF32000F

PBF3600T

700

1500

5000

PBF3700

PBF32000F

PBF3700T

800

1500

5000

PBF3800

PBF32000F

PBF3800T

900

1500

5000

PBF3900

PBF32000F

PBF3900T

1000

1500

5000

PBF31000

PBF32000F

PBF31000T

1200

2000

6000

PBF31200

PBF32000F

PBF31200T

1400

2500

7000

PBF31400

PBF32000F

PBF31400T

1600

3000

8000

PBF31600

PBF32000F

PBF31600T

1800

3000

8000

PBF31800

PBF32000F

PBF31800T

2000

3000

8000

PBF32000

PBF32000F

PBF32000T

Notes
1 These frames are obsolete. For replacement solutions, see the cross-reference on Pages V12-T3-114–V12-T3-167.
2 Higher frequency calibration not available. Minimum of 50 Hz calibration available on special order.
3 Available only on magnetic only breakers.
4 Included with frame.
5 Two-pole breakers are supplied in three-pole frames with current carrying parts omitted from center pole.

6
7
8

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-47

3
1
2
3
4

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Types PB and PBF Accessories and Modifications

Interrupting Ratings

Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products
and services. 1
PB breakers are not UL Listed.
Special Breakers 2 Magnetic Only, Front Adjustable 3
Trip Unit Only

Maximum Volts

■

Continuous
Ampere
Rating

Amperes

2

150,000 asymmetrical, 125,000 symmetrical

480 AC 2

115,000 asymmetrical, 100,000 symmetrical

600 AC 2

115,000 asymmetrical, 100,000 symmetrical

250 DC 2

75,000A 6

240 AC

Magnetic Trip Range,
Amperes 4

Two-Pole 5

Three-Pole

Low

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

For all three-phase delta, grounded B phase applications, contact
Avery Creek, NC, Technical Resource Center at 1-800-356-1243.

High

For Rear-Connected Type PB Breakers

2000

2000

6000

PB26000TM

PB36000TM

6

Magnetic Only Breakers
To order a complete breaker, select trip unit, plus frame
and connectors.

2000

2500

7000

PB27000TM

PB37000TM

Note: Not UL Listed.

2000

3000

8000

PB28000TM

PB38000TM

7

2000

3500

10,000

PB210000TM

PB310000TM

2000

4000

12,000

PB212000TM

PB312000TM

8

2500

4000

12,000

373D488G08

373D488G09

5

2000

1500

5000

PB25000TM

PB35000TM

9

5000

PBF25000TM

PBF35000TM

2000

2000

6000

PBF26000TM

PBF36000TM

10

2000

2500

7000

PBF27000TM

PBF37000TM

2000

3000

8000

PBF28000TM

PBF38000TM

11

2000

3500

10,000

PBF210000TM

PBF310000TM

2000

4000

12,000

PBF212000TM

PBF312000TM

14
15
16
17
18
19

Busbar Connections—“T” Connector
(For Cu/AI Bus)
Catalog Number

1500

13

“T” Connector

For Front-Connected Type PBF Breakers
2000

12

Busbar Connections

BA2000PB

Two required per pole. For rear bus connection of breakers
through 2000A. Accepts up to four bus bolts. May be rotated 90°.
Note: Shipped separately from breaker.

Accessories
and Modifications
Shaded area denotes
obsolete or discontinued
products and services.

■

Special Calibrations
Special calibration price
additions apply to ampere
ratings not listed as
standard, or for ambients
other than 40°C or 50°C.
For frequencies other than
0–60 Hz AC, refer to Eaton.
See Application Data 29-160
for information regarding
special conditions.
Note: Not UL Listed.

20

50°C Calibration
Add suffix “V” to catalog
number for complete
breaker or trip unit only,
when ordering breakers to
be used in 50°C ambients.
Type PB breakers meet the
requirements for Class 25a
circuit breakers as defined
by Federal Specification
W-C-375b.

“C” Connector

“C” Connector (For Cu/AI Bus)
Breaker Amperes

Catalog Number

2500

BA2500PB

Two required per pole. For rear bus connection of
2500A breakers.
Cable Connector

Cable Connector
Catalog Number
505C706G04

Fits “T” Connector and 2000A front-connected breakers.
Accepts four 400–600 kcmil copper cables.
Notes
1 These frames are obsolete. For replacement solutions, see the cross-reference
on Pages V12-T3-114–V12-T3-167.
2 Not UL Listed.
3 Frames, connectors, dimensions and shipping weights are same as thermal-magnetic
breakers.
4 Set on high side, adjustable to lower limits.
5 Two-pole breakers are supplied in three-pole frames with current carrying parts omitted
from center pole.
6 Based on NEMA test procedure.

21
22
23
24
25
V12-T3-48

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Types LC, LCC, LCA, LCCA, MARK 75 Types HLC, HLCC, HLCA, HLCCA SELTRONIC with Solid-State Trip Units 600 Vac, 50/60 Hz
Complete breaker requires frame and rating plug. See the table and terminals on Page V12-T3-60. Extra current transformer included
for neutral. See accessories on Page V12-T3-65 for remote ground fault trip indicator.
Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products and services. 1
Breakers for Standard Applications—Frame Only
LCA: 600 Vac
■

Number
of Poles 2

1
2
3

Standard
(Long Delay and Short Time)

Short Time Only 3

Long Delay, Short Time and Adjustable
Short Delay Time (0.06–0.22 sec.)

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

4

Types LC 150 and LCA 150 (75–150A)
2

LC2150F

LC2150FM

LCA2150F

3

LC3150F

LC3150FM

LCA3150F

5
6

MARK 75 Types HLC 150 and HLCA 150 (75–150A)
2

HLC2150F

HLC2150FM

HLCA2150F

3

HLC3150F

HLC3150FM

HLCA3150F

7

Types LC 300 and LCA 300 (150–300A)
2

LC2300F

LC2300FM

LCA2300F

3

LC3300F

LC3300FM

LCA3300F

8
9

MARK 75 Types HLC 300 and HLCA 300 (150–300A)
2

HLC2300F

HLC2300FM

HLCA2300F

3

HLC3300F

HLC3300FM

HLCA3300F

10

Types LC 400 and LCA 400 (200–400A)
2

LC2400F

LC2400FM

LCA2400F

3

LC3400F

LC3400FM

LCA3400F

11
12

MARK 75 Types HLC 400 and HLCA 400 (200–400A)
2

HLC2400F

HLC2400FM

HLCA2400F

3

HLC3400F

HLC3400FM

HLCA3400F

13

Types LC 600 and LCA 600 (300–600A)
2

LC2600F

LC2600FM

LCA2600F

3

LC3600F

LC3600FM

LCA3600F

14
15

MARK 75 Types HLC 600 and HLCA 600 (300–600A)
2

HLC2600F

HLC2600FM

HLCA2600F

3

HLC3600F

HLC3600FM

HLCA3600F

16

Breakers for Applications at 100% Rating—Frame Only
Number of
Poles 2

Standard
(Long Delay and Short Time)

Short Time Only 3

Long Delay, Short Time and Adjustable
Short Delay Time (0.06–0.22 sec.)

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

—

LCCA3600F

18

Types LCC 600 and LCCA 600 (300–600A)
3

LCC3600F

19

MARK 75 Types HLCC 600 and HLCCA 600 (300–600A)
3

HLCC3600F

—

17

HLCCA3600F

20

Notes
1 These frames are obsolete. For replacement solutions, see the cross-reference on Pages V12-T3-114–V12-T3-167.
2 Two-pole breakers are supplied in three-pole frames with current carrying parts omitted from center pole.
3 UL Recognized component.

21

MARK 75 frame color changed from gray to black in mid-2002.

22
23
24
25
Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-49

3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Types LCG, LCCG, LCGA,
LCCGA, MARK 75 HLCG,
HLCCG, HLCGA, HLCCGA
SELTRONIC with Built-In
Ground Fault Protection

■

Complete breaker requires
frame and rating plug. See
the table and terminals on
Page V12-T3-60. Extra current
transformer included for
neutral. See accessories on
Page V12-T3-65 for remote
ground fault trip indicator.

Types LCG 150 and LCGA 150 (75–150A) 3

Shaded area denotes
obsolete or discontinued
products and services.

■

Note: Available without extra
CT for neutral. Order by
description as similar to above
except without neutral CT or
external CT terminal
connections at same price.
Note the standard ground fault
unit can also be used without
the neutral CT.
Note: These breakers use
LC terminals. The fourth
CT uses MC breaker terminals,
Page V12-T3-53.

Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products and services.
Breakers for Standard Application—Frame Only
Number
of Poles 2

3

Standard (Long Delay,
Short Time) and Ground Fault Trip

Long Delay, Short Time, Adjustable
Short Delay Time and Ground Fault Trip

Ground Fault Characteristics
Pickup Setting
Amperes

Time
Setting

LCGA3150F

50–150

3.5–30 Cy

HLCGA3150F

50–150

3.5–30 Cy

LCGA3300F

60–300

3.5–30 Cy

HLCGA3300F

60–300

3.5–30 Cy

LCGA3400F

0–400

3.5–30 Cy

80–400

3.5–30 Cy

120–600

3.5–30 Cy

120–600

3.5–30 Cy

Catalog Number

LCG3150F

MARK 75 Types HLCG 150 and HLCGA 150 (75–150A)
3

HLCG3150F

1

3

Types LCG 300 and LCGA 300 (150–300A) 3
3

LCG3300F

MARK 75 Types HLCG 300 and HLCGA 300 (150–300A) 3
3

HLCG3300F

Types LCG 400 and LCGA 400 (200–400A) 3
3

LCG3400F

MARK 75 Types HLCG 400 and HLCGA 400 (200–400A)
3

HLCG3400F

3

HLCGA3400F

Types LCG 600 and LCGA 600 (300–600 Amperes) 3
3

LCG3600F

LCGA3600F

MARK 75 Types HLCG 600 and HLCGA 600 (300–600A) 3
3

HLCG3600F

HLCGA3600F

Breakers for Application at 100% Rating—Frame Only
Number
of Poles 2

Standard (Long Delay,
Short Time) and Ground Fault Trip

Long Delay, Short Time, Adjustable
Short Delay Time and Ground Fault Trip

Catalog Number

Ground Fault Characteristics
Pickup Setting
Amperes

Time
Setting

120–600

3.5–30 Cy

120–600

3.5–30 Cy

Types LCCG 600 and LCCGA 600 (300–600A) 3

13

3

LCCG3600F

LCCGA3600F

MARK 75 Types HLCCG 600 and HLCCGA 600 (300–600A) 3

14

3

HLCCG3600F

HLCCGA3600F

Notes
1 These frames are obsolete. For replacement solutions, see the cross-reference on Pages V12-T3-114–V12-T3-167.
2 Two-pole breakers supplied in three-pole frames with current carrying parts omitted from center pole.
3 For applications other than standard residual scheme, see Application Data 29-160.

15
16

MARK 75 frame color changed from gray to black in mid-2002.

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T3-50

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Types LCG, LCCG, LCGA, LCCGA, MARK 75 HLCG, HLCCG, HLCGA,
HLCCGA SELTRONIC with Built-In Ground Fault Protection
Accessories and Modifications
Field-Mountable Attachments

Additional Accessories and Modifications

1

Refer to Pages V12-T3-65–V12-T3-79.
Terminals

2

Note: Order separately.

12345

Description

Style Number

Two terminals are required per pole.

Provision to trip flux transfer shunt trip from external source
32 to 120 Vdc to 60 Hz 6

1371D11G22

Terminals are UL Listed for wire type and range listed below.
When used with aluminum cable, use joint compound.

240 to 600 Vac, 50/60 Hz 7

1371D11G32

Provision to trip flux transfer shunt trip from external source,
plus a 1A-1B auxiliary switch
32 to 120 Vdc to 60 Hz 6

1371D11G15

240 to 600 Vac, 50/60 Hz

7

150, 300 and 400A Frames Only
Maximum
Amperes

Number of Cables, Wire Range, Type

Catalog
Number

1371D11G25

Provision to trip flux transfer shunt trip from 24 Vdc source

1371D93G01

1A-1B auxiliary switch

1371D11G03

24 Vdc shunt trip and 1A-1B auxiliary switch

1371D94G08

Al/Cu Pressure Terminals
225

(1) #6–350 kcmil Cu, or (1) #4–350 kcmil Al

TA225LA1

400

(1) #4–250 kcmil Al/Cu, plus (1) 3/0–600 kcmil Al/Cu

TA400LA1

Optional Copper Pressure Terminals

For CSA, see Page V12-T3-48.
Type LC breakers meet requirements for Class 21a circuit
breakers, and Type HLC meet requirements for Class 23a as
defined by Federal Specification W-C-375b.
UL Listed Interrupting Ratings 8
Maximum Volts

Amperes

Standard Breakers

225

(1) #6–350 kcmil Cu

T225LA

225

(1) #6–250 kcmil Cu

T225LBF

400

(1) #4–250 kcmil Cu, plus (1) 3/0–600 kcmil Cu

T401LA

600A Frame Only
Maximum
Amperes

Number of Cables, Wire Range, Type

Catalog
Number

Al/Cu Pressure Terminals

240 AC

50,000 Asymmetrical, 42,000 Symmetrical

500

(2) 250–350 kcmil Al/Cu

TA602LD

480 AC

35,000 Asymmetrical, 30,000 Symmetrical

600

(2) 400–500 kcmil Al/Cu

TA603LA

600 AC

25,000 Asymmetrical, 22,000 Symmetrical

600 (std.)

(2) 250–500 kcmil Al/Cu

TA600LA

MARK 75 Breakers

Optional Copper Pressure Terminals

240 AC

75,000 Asymmetrical, 65,000 Symmetrical

480 AC

40,000 Asymmetrical, 35,000 Symmetrical

600 AC

30,000 Asymmetrical, 25,000 Symmetrical

For all three-phase delta, grounded B phase applications, contact
Avery Creek, NC, Technical Resource Center at 1-800-356-1243.

600

(2) 250–500 kcmil Cu

T600LA

Notes
1 Only one attachment may be mounted per breaker.
2 Contact Avery Creek, NC, Technical Resource Center for other combinations.
3 Molded-case switches do not use standard SELTRONIC attachments, and should be ordered
by description for factory mounting.
4 Does not void listing of UL Listed breakers.
5 Left pole mounting.
6 Rated 48 volts minimum for ground fault applications requiring tripping at 55% of voltage.
7 Not for use on ground fault applications.
8 Interrupting capacities shown do not apply to molded-case switches.

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17

MARK 75 frame color changed from gray to black in mid-2002.

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-51

3
1
2

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Types MC, MCC, MCA, MCCA, MARK 75 Types HMC, HMCC, HMCA, HMCCA SELTRONIC with Solid-State Trip Units 600 Vac, 50/60 Hz
Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products and services. 1
Breakers for Standard Applications—Frame Only
MCA: 600 Vac
■

Number
of Poles 2

3

Standard
(Long Delay and Short Time)

Short Time Only 3

Long Delay, Short Time and Adjustable
Short Delay Time (0.08 –0.30 seconds)

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Types MC and MCA (400–800A)

4

2

MC2800F

MC2800FM

MCA2800F

3

MC3800F

MC3800FM

MCA3800F

5

MARK 75 Types HMC and HMCA (400–800A)
2

HMC2800F

HMC2800FM

HMCA2800F

6

3

HMC3800F

HMC3800FM

HMCA3800F

Breakers for Application at 100% Rating—Frame Only

7

Number
of Poles 2

8

1

Standard
(Long Delay and Short Time)

Short Time Only 3

Long Delay, Short Time and Adjustable
Short Delay Time (0.08 –0.30 seconds)

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

—

MCCA3800F

—

HMCCA3800F

Types MCC and MCCA (400–800A)

9

3

10

3

MCC3800F

MARK 75 Types HMCC and HMCCA (400–800A)
HMCC3800F

Notes
1 These frames are obsolete. Effective 2/1/02, only the MARK 75 version is available. For replacement solutions, see the cross-reference on
Pages V12-T3-114–V12-T3-167.
2 Two-pole breakers are supplied in three-pole frames with current-carrying parts omitted from center pole.
3 UL Recognized component.

11
12

Type MC800 molded-case switch; refer to Page V12-T3-62. MARK 75 frame color changed from gray to black in mid-2002.

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T3-52

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Types MCG, MCCG, MCGA, MCCGA and MARK 75 Types HMCG,
HMCCG, HMCGA, HMCCGA SELTRONIC with Built-In Ground
Fault Protection

Accessories and Modifications

Complete breaker requires frame and rating plug. See the table
and terminals on Page V12-T3-60. Extra current transformer
included for neutral. See accessories on Page V12-T3-65 for
remote ground fault trip indicator.

Description

Style Number

Provision to trip flux transfer shunt trip from external source
32 to 120 Vdc to 60 Hz 7

1371D72G22

240 to 600 Vac, 50/60 Hz 8

1371D72G32

Provision to trip flux transfer shunt trip from external source,
plus 1a-1b auxiliary switch
32 to 120 Vdc to 60 Hz 7

1371D72G15

4

240 to 600 Vac, 50/60 Hz 8

1371D72G25

Provision to trip flux transfer shunt trip from external 24 Vdc source

1370D85G01

5

1A-1B auxiliary switch

1371D72G03

Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products
and services. 1

■

Note: Available without extra CT for neutral. Order by description as
similar to above except without neutral CT or external CT terminal
connections at same price.
Note: Order two of the desired terminals for each pole of the breaker and
two for the neutral CT. The standard ground fault unit can also be used
without the neutral CT. MARK 75 frame color changed from gray to black
in mid-2002.

1

Field-Mountable Attachments 3456

Number
of Poles

Standard
(Long Delay,
Short Time and
Ground Fault Trip)

Long Delay,
Short Time, Adjustable
Short Delay Time and
Ground Fault Trip

Catalog Number

Ground Fault
Characteristics
Time
Setting

80–800

3.5–30 Cy

80–800

3.5-30 Cy

Types MCG and MCGA (400–800A) 2
3

MCG3800F

MCGA3800F

MARK 75 Types HMCG and HMCGA (400–800A) 2
3

HMCG3800F

HMCGA3800F

Breakers for Application at 100% Rating—Frame Only

Number
of Poles

Standard
(Long Delay,
Short Time and
Ground Fault Trip)
Catalog Number

Long Delay,
Short Time, Adjustable
Short Delay Time and
Ground Fault Trip
Catalog Number

Types MCCG and MCCGA (400–800A)
3

MCCG3800F

Ground Fault
Characteristics
Pickup
Setting
Amperes

Time
Setting

80–800

3.5–30 Cy

80–800

3.5–30 Cy

2

MCCGA3800F

HMCCG3800F

HMCCGA3800F

9

Type MC SELTRONIC breakers meet requirements for Class 21a,
and MARK 75. Type HMC meet Class 23a as defined by
Federal Spec. W-C-375b.

10

UL Listed Interrupting Capacity, rms Symmetrical Amperes 9

11

AC Volts
Breaker

240

480

600

MC, MCG

42,000

30,000

22,000

HMC, HMCG

65,000

50,000

25,000

12
13
14

Terminals
Terminals—Two Terminals Required Per Pole

MARK 75 Types HMCCG and HMCCGA (400–800A) 2
3

6
8

Rating Plugs
Select from the table on Page V12-T3-60.
For CSA, see Page V12-T3-48.

Pickup
Setting
Amperes

3

7

Additional Accessories and Modifications
Refer to Pages V12-T3-65–V12-T3-79.

Breakers for Standard Applications—Frame Only

2

Maximum Amperes

Number of Cables, Wire Range, Type

Catalog Number

Al/Cu Pressure Terminals

15
16

600

(2) #1–500 kcmil

TA700MA1 j

800 (std.)

(3) 3/0–400 kcmil

TA800MA2 j

800

(2) 500–750 kcmil

TA801MA j

17
18

Optional Copper Pressure Terminals
600

(2) 2/0–500 kcmil

T600MA1

800

(3) 3/0–300 kcmil

T800MA1

Notes
1 These frames are obsolete. Effective 2/1/02, only the MARK 75 version is available. For
replacement solutions, see the cross-reference on Pages V12-T3-114–V12-T3-167.
2 For applications other than standard residual scheme, see Application Data 29-160.
3 Does not void listing of UL Listed breakers.
4 Only one of the attachments may be mounted per breaker.
5 For other possible combinations, refer to factory.
6 Molded-case switches do not use standard SELTRONIC attachments and should be ordered
by description.
7 Rated 48V minimum for ground fault applications requiring tripping at 55% of voltage.
8 Not for ground fault applications.
9 Interrupting capacities shown do not apply to molded-case switches.
j Type Al/Cu pressure terminal.
Also used on breakers with ground fault and on separately mounted neutral current
transformers. MARK 75 frame color changed from gray to black in mid-2002.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-53

3
1
2
3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Types NC, NCA, NCG, NCGA, MARK 75 Type HNC, HNCA, HNCG, HNCGA SELTRONIC with Solid-State Trip Units, 600 Vac
Complete breaker requires frame and rating plug. See the table and terminals on Page V12-T3-60. Extra current transformer included
for neutral. See accessories on Page V12-T3-65 for remote ground fault trip indicator.
Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products and services. 1
Type NC, NCA, MARK 75 Type HNC, HNCA SELTRONIC with Solid-State Trip Units, 600 Vac—Frame Only 2
NC: 600 Vac
■

Number
of Poles 3

4

Standard (Long Delay and Short Time)

Short Time Only 4

Long Delay, Short Time and Adjustable
Short Delay Time (0.08 –0.30 Seconds)

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Types NC and NCA (800–1200A)

5

2

NC21200F

NC21200FM

NCA21200F

3

NC31200F

NC31200FM

NCA31200F

6

Mark 75 Types HNC and HNCA (800–1200A)
2

HNC21200F

HNC21200FM

HNCA21200F

7

3

HNC31200F

HNC31200FM

HNCA31200F

8
9
10

Types NCG, NCGA, and MARK 75 Types HNCG, HNCGA SELTRONIC with Built-In Ground Fault Protection
Complete breaker requires frame and rating plug. See the table and terminals on Page V12-T3-60. Extra current transformer included
for neutral. See accessories on Page V12-T3-65 for remote ground fault trip indicator.
Note: The standard ground fault unit above can also be used without the neutral CT. Order two of the desired terminals for each pole of the breaker and
two for the neutral CT.

Types NCG, NCGA and MARK 75 Type HNCG, HNCGA SELTRONIC with Built-In Ground Fault Protection—
Frame Only

11

Number
of Poles

12

Standard (Long Delay, Short Time
and Ground Fault Trip)

Long Delay, Short Time, Adjustable
Short Delay Time, and Ground Fault Trip

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Pickup Setting
Amperes

Time Setting

NCGA31200F

120–1200

3.5–30 Cy

HNCGA31200F

120–1200

3.5–30 Cy

Types NCG and NCGA (800–1200A)

13

3

Ground Fault Characteristics

5

NCG31200F

MARK 75 Types HNCG and HNCGA (800–1200A) 5

14

3

HNCG31200F

Notes
1 These frames are obsolete. Effective 2/1/02, only the MARK 75 version is available. For replacement solutions, see the cross-reference on
Pages V12-T3-114–V12-T3-167.
2 Complete breaker requires frame and rating plug. See the table on Page V12-T3-60. For terminals, see the table on Page V12-T3-55.
3 Two-pole breakers are supplied in three-pole frames with current-carrying parts omitted from center pole.
4 UL Recognized component.
5 For applications other than standard residual scheme, see Application Data 29-160.

15
16
17

Type NC 1200A molded-case switch; refer to Page V12-T3-62. MARK 75 frame color changed from gray to black in mid-2002.

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T3-54

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Types NC, NCA, NCG, NCGA, MARK 75 Type HNC, HNCA, HNCG,
HNCGA SELTRONIC with Solid-State Trip Units, 600 Vac
Accessories and Modifications
Field-Mountable Attachments—Left Handed

12345

Rating Plugs
Select from the table on Page V12-T3-60.

1

Terminals

2

Note: Two terminals required per pole.

Description

Style Number

Terminals 9

Provision to trip flux transfer shunt trip from external source
32 to 120 Vdc to 60 Hz 6

1372D39G13

Maximum
Amperes

240 to 600 Vac, 50/60 Hz 7

1372D39G23

Al/Cu Pressure Terminals

Provision to trip flux transfer shunt trip from external source,
plus a 1A-1B auxiliary switch
32 to 120 Vdc to 60 Hz 6

1372D39G16

Number of Cables,
Wire Range, Type

Catalog
Number

1000

(3) 3/0–400 kcmil

TA1000NB1 j

1200 (std.)

(4) 4/0–500 kcmil

TA1200NB1 j

(3) 500–750 kcmil

TA1201NB1 j

1372D39G26

1200

Provision to trip flux transfer shunt trip from external 24 Vdc source

1371D94G05

Optional Copper Pressure Terminals

1A-1B auxiliary switch

1371D39G03

1000

(3) 3/0–500 kcmil

T1000NB1

24 Vdc shunt trip and 1A-1B auxiliary switch

1371D94G08

1200

(4) 3/0–400 kcmil

T1200NB1

240 to 600 Vac, 50/60 Hz

7

For CSA, see Page V12-T3-48.

UL Listed Interrupting Capacity, rms Symmetrical Amperes 8
AC Volts
Breaker

240

480

600

NC, NCG

42,000

30,000

22,000

HNC, HNCG

65,000

50,000

25,000

4
5
6
7
8

Additional Accessories and Modifications

Type NC SELTRONIC breakers meet requirements for Class 21a,
and MARK 75. Type HNC meet Class 23a as defined by Federal
Spec. W-C-375b.

3

Refer to Pages V12-T3-65–V12-T3-79.
Note: MARK 75 frame color changed from gray to black in mid-2002.
Notes
1 For other possible combinations, refer to factory.
2 Molded-case switches do not use standard SELTRONIC attachments and should be ordered
by description.
3 Does not void listing of UL Listed breakers.
4 Only one of the attachments may be mounted per breaker.
5 Left pole mounting.
6 Rated 48V minimum for ground fault applications requiring tripping at 55% of voltage.
7 Not for ground fault applications.
8 Interrupting capacities shown do not apply to molded-case switches.
9 Also used on breakers with ground fault and on separately mounted neutral
current transformers.
j Type Al/Cu pressure terminal.

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-55

3
1
2
3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Types PC, PCA, PCC, PCCA 2000, 2500 and 3000A SELTRONIC with Solid-State Trip Units, 600 Vac, 50/60 Hz
Complete breaker requires frame and rating plug. See the table on Page V12-T3-60 and rear connectors (connectors are included in
3000A and all front-connected frames.) Suitable for reverse-feed applications.
Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products and services. 1
Breakers for Standard Applications—Frame Only
PC: 600 Vac
■

Number
of Poles 2

4

Standard (Long Delay and Short Time)

Short Time Only 3

Long Delay, Short Time Trip, and Adjustable
Short Delay Time (0.08 –0.30 seconds)

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Type PC 2000, 1000 to 2000A
Rear-Connected Breakers

5
6

4

Type PCA 2000 4
Rear-Connected Breakers

2

PC22000F

PC22000FM

PCA22000F

3

PC32000F

PC32000FM

PCA32000F

Front-Connected Breakers

7

Front-Connected Breakers

2

PCF22000F

PCF22000FM

PCFA22000F

3

PCF32000F

PCF32000FM

PCFA32000F

Type PC 2500, 1400 to 2500A 4
Rear-Connected Breakers

8
9

Type PCA 2500 4
Rear-Connected Breakers

2

PC22500F

PC22500FM

PCA22500F

3

PC32500F

PC32500FM

PCA32500F

Front-Connected Breakers

10

Front-Connected Breakers

2

PCF22500F

PCF22500FM

PCFA22500F

3

PCF32500F

PCF32500FM

PCFA32500F

Type PC 3000, 1600 to 3000A 4

11
12

Type PCA 3000 4

2

PC23000F

PC23000FM

PCA23000F

3

PC33000F

PC33000FM

PCA33000F

Breakers for Standard Application at 100% Rating—Frame Only

13

Number
of Poles 2

14

Standard (Long Delay and Short Time)

Short Time Only 3

Long Delay, Short Time Trip, and Adjustable
Short Delay Time (0.08 –0.30 seconds)

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Type PCC 2000, 1000 to 2000A

15

5—Rear-Connected

Breakers

2

PCC22000F

PCC22000FM

PCCA22000F

3

PCC32000F

PCC32000FM

PCCA32000F

Front Connected Breakers

16
17

2

PCCF22000F

PCCF22000FM

PCCFA22000F

3

PCCF32000F

PCCF32000FM

PCCFA32000F

Type PCC 2500, 1400 to 2500A

18

5—Rear-Connected

Breakers

2

PCC22500F

PCC22500FM

PCCA22500F

3

PCC32500F

PCC32500FM

PCCA32500F

Front-Connected Breakers

19

2

PCCF22500F

PCCF22500FM

PCCFA22500F

3

PCCF32500F

PCCF32500FM

PCCFA32500F

20

Type PC 3000, 1600 to 3000A 5
2

PCC23000F

PCC23000FM

PCCA23000F

21

3

PCC33000F

PCC33000FM

PCCA33000F

Notes
1 These frames are obsolete. For replacement solutions, see the cross-reference on Pages V12-T3-114–V12-T3-167.
2 Two-pole breakers are supplied in three-pole frames with current carrying parts omitted from center pole.
3 UL Recognized component.
4 UL Listed for standard applications.
5 These breakers are UL Listed for application at 100% of rating per NEC exceptions when used in a properly ventilated and listed enclosure.

22
23
24
25
V12-T3-56

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Accessories and
Modifications
Drawout Mounting Breakers,
Three-Pole Only
Breaker frame and complete
drawout frame with safety
tripping interlock.
Order by description.
Secondary contacts supplied
as required at no extra
charge. Order required rating
plug separately. Refer to
Page V12-T3-79.
Note: Includes breakers without
adjustable short delay time.

Rating Plugs
Select from the table on
Page V12-T3-60.
Stationary portion of drawout
frame only for future breaker
installations, three-pole only.
Refer to Page V12-T3-79.

Special Type PCC Breakers for
SCR Power Supplies
These drawout mounting
breakers are designed with
a 2 to 4 times magnetic trip
adjustment and special time
delay trip characteristics to
provide maximum protection
and coordination with SCR
power supplies on offshore
drilling rigs. Suitable for
application at 100% of rating.
Order by description.
Secondary contacts supplied
as required. Order standard
rating plugs separately.

UL Listed Interrupting Capacity rms Symmetrical Amperes
(Standard and Ground Fault Breakers) 1

1

AC Volts
Breaker

240

480

600

PC, PCC

125,000

100,000

100,000

2
3

Note
1 Interrupting capacities shown do not apply to molded-case switches.

4

Additional Accessories
and Modifications

5

Refer to Pages V12-T3-65–
V12-T3-79.

6
7

Availability: PCC2000,
PCC2500 drawout-mounting
breakers.

8

Type PC and PCC meet
requirements of Class 25a
as defined in Federal Spec.
W-C-375b.

9
10

For CSA, see
Page V12-T3-48.

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-57

3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Types PCG, PCGA, PCCG,
PCCGA SELTRONIC with
Built-In Ground Fault
Protection Includes Extra
Current Transformer for
Neutral (Optional Remote
Ground Fault Trip Indicator
Kit, Page V12-T3-65)
Complete breaker requires
frame and rating plug. See the
table on Page V12-T3-60 and
rear connectors (except frontconnected frames and 3000A
frames include connectors).
Shaded area denotes
obsolete or discontinued
products and services.

■

Note: Available without
extra CT for neutral. Order
by description as similar to
above except without neutral
CT or external CT terminal
connections at same price.
Older catalog numbers:
PCFGX—”X” means without
fourth CT.
Note: The standard ground fault
unit listed can also be used
without the neutral CT.

Breakers for Standard Application—Frame Only

Number
of Poles

Standard (Long Delay,
Short Time and Ground Fault Trip)

Long Delay, Short Time, Ground Fault
Trip, and Adjustable Short Delay Time
(0.08 –0.30 Seconds)

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Type PCG 2000 12—Rear-Connected Breakers
3

PCG32000F

Ground Fault Characteristics
Pickup
Setting

Time
Setting

Type PCGA 2000 12 1000 to 2000A 2—Rear-Connected Breakers
PCGA32000F

200–1200

3.5–30 cycles

PCFGA32000F

200–1200

3.5–30 cycles

Front-Connected Breakers
3

PCFG32000F

Type PCG 2500 12—Rear-Connected Breakers
3

PCG32500F

Type PCGA 2500 12 1400 to 2500A 2—Rear-Connected Breakers
PCGA32500F

240–1200

3.5–30 cycles

PCFGA32500F

240–1200

3.5–30 cycles

300–1200

3.5–30 cycles

Front-Connected Breakers
3

PCFG32500F

Type PCG 3000 12
3

PCG33000F

Type PCGA 3000 12 1600 to 3000A 2
PCGA33000F

Breakers for Application at 100% Rating—Frame Only

Number
of Poles

Standard (Long Delay,
Short Time and Ground Fault Trip)

Long Delay, Short Time, Ground Fault
Trip, and Adjustable Short Delay Time
(0.08 –0.30 Seconds)

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Type PCCG 2000 3—Rear-Connected Breakers
3

PCCG32000F

Ground Fault
Characteristics
Pickup
Setting

Time
Setting

Type PCCGA 2000 3 1000 to 2000A 2—Rear-Connected Breakers
PCCGA32000F

200–1200

3.5–30 cycles

PCCFGA32000F

200–1200

3.5–30 cycles

Front-Connected Breakers
3

PCCFG32000F

Type PCCG 2500 3—Rear-Connected Breakers
3

PCCG32500F

Type PCCGA 2500 3 1400 to 2500A 2—Rear-Connected Breakers
PCCGA32500F

240–1200

3.5–30 cycles

PCCFGA32500F

240–1200

3.5–30 cycles

300–1200

3.5–30 cycles

13

Front-Connected Breakers

14

Type PCCG 3000 3

15

Notes
1 UL Listed for standard applications.
2 For application other than standard residual schemes, refer to Application Data 29-160.
3 These breakers are UL Listed for application at 100% of rating per NEC exceptions when used in a properly ventilated and listed enclosure.

3

3

16

PCCFG32500F

PCCG33000F

Type PCCGA 3000 3 1600 to 3000A 2
PCCGA33000F

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T3-58

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Types PCG, PCGA, PCCG, PCCGA SELTRONIC with Built-In
Ground Fault Protection Accessories and Modifications
PC breakers are not UL Listed.
Field-Mountable Attachments 123

Busbar Connections
“T” Connector

Description

Style Number

Provision to trip flux transfer shunt trip from external source
32 to 120 Vdc to 60 Hz 4

1372D35G22

240 to 600 Vac, 50/60 Hz 5

1372D35G32

Provision to trip flux transfer shunt trip from external source
plus 1A-1B auxiliary switch
32 to 120 Vdc to 60 Hz 4

1372D35G15

240 to 600 Vac, 50/60 Hz 5

1372D35G25

2A-2B auxiliary switch

1372D35G18

Provision to trip flux transfer shunt trip from external 24 Vdc source

1371D95G01

1A-1B auxiliary switch

1372D35G03

1A-1B auxiliary switch and 24 Vdc shunt trip

1371D95G04

2A-2B auxiliary switch and 24 Vdc shunt trip

1371D95G07

3A-3B auxiliary switch and 24 Vdc shunt trip

1371D95G10

1

Busbar Connections—“T” Connector
(For Cu/AI Bus)
Catalog Number

3

BA2000PB

4
Two required per pole. For rear bus connection of breakers
through 2000A. Accepts up to four bus bolts. May be rotated 90°.

5

Note: Shipped separately from breaker.

6

“C” Connector

“C” Connector (For Cu/AI Bus)
Breaker Amperes

Catalog Number

2500

BA2500PB

Two required per pole. For rear bus connection of
2500A breakers.

Rear Bus Connectors

Cable Connector
Connector Style/Catalog Number

PC2000 7, PCC2000 7

BA2000PB

PC2500 7, PCC2500 7

BA2500PB

PC3000, PCC3000

Included in frame

Racking Crank for
Drawout Frames
To engage or withdraw
the moving portion of
the drawout. A standard
0.50-inch hex socket with
extension can be used for
this purpose.
Racking Crank
Style Number

7
8

Rear Bus Connectors
Two required per pole. Fixed mounting breakers.

Breaker Frame 6

2

9
10

Cable Connector
Catalog Number

11

505C706G04

12

Cell Switches Mounted on
Drawout Frames, All Ratings
A maximum of four switches
can be provided. Order by
description. Each switch
provides a NO and NC
contact that transfers before
reaching the test position
when being withdrawn, and
after the test position when
being racked in.

Fits “T” Connector and 2000A front-connected breakers.
Accepts four 400–600 kcmil copper cables.

13

Notes
1 For other possible combinations, contact your local Eaton Field Sales office.
2 Only one of these attachments may be mounted per breaker.
3 Left pole mounting.
4 Rated 48V minimum for ground fault applications.
5 Not for ground fault applications.
6 Also apply to equivalent ratings of PCG and PCCG ground fault breakers.
7 Not required for front-connected frames.

14
15
16
17

765A767G01

18
19

Approximate Shipping Weights, PC and PCC Breakers
(Three-Pole)
Breaker
Rating

PC, PCC

PCF, PCCF

PCG, PCCG

PCFG, PCCFG

2000

136 lbs

163 lbs

160 lbs

185 lbs

2500

145 lbs

175 lbs

170 lbs

200 lbs

3000

220 lbs

—

245 lbs

—

20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-59

3
1
2

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

SELTRONIC Rating Plug Selection Data
Rating plugs listed below are for both standard breakers and breakers with built-in ground fault protection.
Rating Plug Selection Data
Rating Plugs Only (For Two- or Three-Pole Frames)

Rating Plugs Only (For Two- or Three-Pole Frames)

3
4
5
6

Continuous
Ampere
Rating 1

Magnetic Trip
Setting, Amperes

Fixed
Rating Plugs

Adjustable
Rating Plugs 23

Low

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

High

For 150A Frames: LC, LCA, LCG, LCGA, HLC, HLCA, HLCG, HLCGA
75

225

Continuous
Ampere
Rating 1

Magnetic Trip
Setting, Amperes

Fixed
Rating Plugs

Adjustable
Rating Plugs 23

Low

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

High

For 1200A Frames: NC, NCA, NCG, NCGA, HNC, HNCA, HNCG, HNCGA

750

1LC75

—

800

1600

6400

12NC800

A12NC800 4

90

270

900

1LC90

—

900

1800

7200

12NC900

A12NC900

100

300

1000

1LC100

A1LC100 4

1000

2000

8000

12NC1000

A12NC1000

125

375

1250

1LC125

A1LC125

1200

2400

9600

12NC1200

A12NC1200 5

150

450

1500

1LC150

A1LC150 5

For 2000A Frames: PC, PCA, PCC, PCCA, PCG, PCGA, PCCG, PCCGA

7

For 300A Frames: LC, LCA, LCG, LCGA, HLC, HLCA, HLCA, HLCG, HLCGA

1000

2000

8000

20PC1000

—

150

450

1500

3LC150

—

1200

2400

9600

20PC1200

—

8

175

525

1750

3LC175

—

1400

2800

11,200

20PC1400

—

200

600

2000

3LC200

—

1600

3200

12,800

20PC1600

A20PC1600

9

225

675

2250

3LC225

A3LC225

1800

3600

14,400

20PC1800

A20PC1800

250

750

2500

3LC250

A3LC250

2000

4000

16,000

20PC2000

A20PC2000 5

10

275

825

2750

3LC275

A3LC275

For 2500A Frames: PC, PCA, PCC, PCCA, PCG, PCGA, PCCG, PCCGA

300

900

3000

3LC300

A3LC300 5

1400

2800

11,200

25PC1400

—

11

For 400A Frames: LC, LCA, LCG, LCGA, HLC, HLCA, HLCG, HLCGA

1600

3200

12,800

25PC1600

—

200

600

2000

4LC200

—

1800

3600

14,400

25PC1800

A25PC1800

12

225

675

2250

4LC225

—

2000

4000

16,000

25PC2000

A25PC2000

250

750

2500

4LC250

—

2500

5000

20,000

25PC2500

A25PC2500 5

13

300

900

3000

4LC300

A4LC300

For 3000A Frames: PC, PCA, PCC, PCCA, PCG, PCGA, PCCG, PCCGA

350

1050

3500

4LC350

A4LC350

1600

3200

12,800

30PC1600

—

400

1200

4000

4LC400

A4LC400 5

1800

3600

14,400

30PC1800

—

2000

4000

16,000

30PC2000

—

2500

5000

20,000

30PC2500

A30PC2500

3000

6000

24,000

30PC3000

A30PC3000 5

14
15

For 600A Frames: LC, LCA, LCG, LCGA, HLC, HLCA, HLCG, HLCGA, LCC,
LCCA, HLCC, HLCCA, LCCG, LCCGA, HLCCG, HLCCGA
300

900

3000

6LC300

—

350

1050

3500

6LC350

—

16

400

1200

4000

6LC400

A6LC400 4

450

1350

4500

6LC450

A6LC450

17

500

1500

5000

6LC500

A6LC500

600

1800

6000

6LC600

A6LC600 5

18
19
20

For 800A Frames: MC, MCA, MCG, MCGA, HMC, HMCA, HMCG, HMCGA,
MCC, MCCA, HMCC, HMCCA, MCCG, MCCGA, HMCCG, HMCCGA, MDS
400

1200

4000

8MC400

—

500

1500

5000

8MC500

A8MC500 6

600

1800

6000

8MC600

A8MC600

700

2100

7000

8MC700

A8MC700

800

2400

8000

8MC800

A8MC800 5

21

Notes
1 Ampere rating when used in short time only frames:
LC-150: 150A
MC-800: 800A
PC-3000: 3000A
LC-300: 300A
NC-1200: 1200A
LCL-250: 250A
LC-400: 400A
PC-2000: 2000A
LCL-400: 400A
LC-600: 600A
PC-2500: 2500A
2 Magnetic trip range of adjustable rating plugs:
LC, HLC, MC, HMC:
3 to 10 times ampere setting
NC, HNC, PC, PCC, LCL-400: 2 to 8 times ampere setting
LCL-250:
3 to 9 times ampere setting
3 Adjustable 70 to 100% except as noted.
4 Adjustable 75 to 100%.
5 Adjustable 50 to 100%.
6 Adjustable 80 to 100%.
Contact Avery Creek, NC, Technical Resource Center for old style (three prong) ground fault
rating plugs.

22
23
24
25
V12-T3-60

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Molded-Case Switches

1

Molded-case switches are UL Listed devices and are available
only as high magnetic trip type with fixed trip setting.
Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued
products and services. 1
Molded-Case Switches with High Magnetic Trip
(Fixed Trip Setting)

2

■

Number
of Poles

Maximum
Volts

Maximum
Amperes

Molded-Case Switch Terminal Data

Switch
Catalog Number 23

MCS
Type

Maximum
Switch
Amperes

Wire
Type

Number
of Wires

Wire
Range

Terminal Type
or Catalog
Number

2

240

400

DA2400WK

Standard Terminals

3

240

400

DA3400WK

DA, LB, LBB

400

Cu only

2

3/0–250 kcmil

T400DA2

1

120

100

EB1100LK

EB, EHB, FB

100

Cu

1

#14–1/0

Pressure

2

240

100

EB2100LK

FB

150

Cu/Al

1

#4–4/0

Pressure

3

240

100

EB3100LK

JA, KA

225

Cu/Al

1

#4–350 kcmil

TA225LA1

3

240

100

EB3100SLK

JB, KB

Cu/Al

1

#4–350 kcmil

TA250KB

1

277

100

EHB1100LK

2

480

100

EHB2100LK

3

480

100

EHB3100LK

3

480

100

EHB3100SLK

2

600

100

FB2100LK

2

600

150

FB2150LK

250
Optional Terminals

3
4
5
6
7
8

DA, LB, LBB

400

—

—

—

—

EB, EHB, FB

100

Cu/Al

1

#4–4/0

Pressure

FB

150

—

—

—

—

JA, KA

225

Cu

1

#6–350 kcmil

T225LA

JB, KB

250

Cu

1

#4–350 kcmil

T250KB

9
10

3

600

100

FB3100LK

3

600

150

FB3150LK

3

600

150

FB3150SLK

4

277/480

100

FB4100LK

4

277/480

150

FB4150LK

Frame

Rating

Trip Setting
(Amperes)

Tolerance
(%)

12

100

1000

±20

13

11

Molded-Case Switches with High Magnetic Trip—
Trip Setting and Tolerance

2

600

225

JA2225WK

EB

2

600

225

JA2225WSK

EHB/FB

100

1200

±20

150

1500

±20

3

600

225

JA3225WK

FB

3

600

225

JA3225WSK

DA/LB/LBB

400

4000

+10
–0

2

600

250

JB2250WK

JA/KA

225

2250

2

600

250

JB2250WSK

+10
–0

15

3

600

250

JB3250WK

JB/KB

250

2500

3

600

250

JB3250WSK

+10
–0

16

2

600

225

KA2225WK

2

600

225

KA2225WSK

3

600

225

KA3225WK

3

600

225

KA3225WSK

2

600

250

KB2250WK

2

600

250

KB2250WSK

3

600

250

KB3250WK

3

600

250

KB3250WSK

2

600

400

LB2400WK

2

600

400

LB2400WSK

3

600

400

LB3400WK

3

600

400

LB3400WSK

2

600

400

LBB2400WK

2

600

400

LBB2400WSK

3

600

400

LBB3400WK

3

600

400

LBB3400WSK

14

Notes
1 These frames are obsolete. For replacement solutions, see the cross-reference
on Pages V12-T3-114–V12-T3-167.
2 Catalog number suffix identification:
K = Molded-case switch with high magnetic trip (fixed trip setting)
S = Saf-T-Vue cover
L = With line and load terminals
W = No terminals
3 Molded-case switch dimensions are the same as the equivalent thermal-magnetic breaker.
Refer to Dimension Sheet 29-171.

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-61

3
1
2

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products and services. 1
Molded-Case Switches with High Magnetic Trip
Molded-Case Switch Terminal Data
(Fixed Trip Setting)
■

Number
of Poles

Maximum
Volts

Maximum
Amperes

Switch
Catalog Number 23
CA2225KW

MCS
Type

Maximum
Switch
Amperes

Wire
Range

Terminal
Type or
Wire Number Catalog
Type of Wires Number

3

2

240

225

3

240

225

CA3225KW

Standard Terminals (Aluminum Body)

4

2

600

400

LA2400WK

CA

225

#1–300 kcmil

Cu/Al 1

TA225CA2

2

600

400

LA2400WSK

LA400, LAB

400

Cu/Al 1

TA400LA1

2

600

600

LA2600WK

#4–250 kcmil,
plus 3/0–600 kcmil

2

600

600

LA2600WSK

LA600, LC600

600

250/500 kcmil

Cu/Al 2

TA600LA

3

600

400

LA3400WK

MC, MA

800

3/0–400 kcmil

Cu/Al 3

TA800MA2

3

600

400

LA3400WSK

NC, NB

1200

4/0–500 kcmil

Cu/Al 4

TA1200NB1

3

600

400

LA3600WK

NC, NB

1200

—

—

—

3

600

400

LA3600WSK

PC2000, PCC2000

2000

BA2000PB rear bus connector

2

600

400

LAB2400WK

2

600

400

LAB2400WSK

5
6
7

—

PC2500, PCC2500

2500

BA2500PB rear bus connector

PC3000, PCC3000

3000

Rear bus connector included in frame

8

3

600

400

LAB3400WK

3

600

400

LAB3400WSK

Optional Terminals

9

2

600

600

LC2600WK 4

CA

225

—

—

—

—

3

600

600

LC3600WK 4

LA400, LAB

400

Cu

1

T401LA

2

600

600

LCC2600WK 4

#4–250 kcmil,
plus 3/0–600 kcmil

3

600

600

LCC3600WK 4

LA600, LC600

600

250/500 kcmil

Cu

2

T600LA

2

600

800

MA2800WK

MC, MA

800

3/0–300 kcmil

Cu

3

T800MA1

11

2

600

800

MA2800WSK

NC, NB

1200

3/0–400 kcmil

Cu

4

T1200NB1

3

600

800

MA3800WK

Cu/Al 3

12

3

600

800

MA3800WSK

2

600

800

MC2800WK 4

3

600

800

MC3800WK 4

10

13

4

2

600

800

MCC2800WK

3

600

800

MCC3800WK 4

2

600

1200

NB21200WK

2

600

1200

NB21200WSK

3

600

1200

NB31200WK

3

600

1200

NB31200WSK

2

600

1200

NC21200WK 4

16

3

600

1200

NC31200WK 4

2

600

2000

PB22000WK

17

2

600

2500

PB22500WK

3

600

2000

PB32000WK

14
15

18

3

600

2500

PB32500WK

2

600

2000

PBF22000K

3

600

2000

PBF32000WK

19

25

600

2000

PC22000WK

25

600

2500

PC22500WK

20

25

600

3000

PC23000K

35

600

2000

PC32000WK

35

600

2500

PC32500WK

21
22
23
24

35

600

3000

PC33000K

25

600

2000

PCC22000WK

25

600

2500

PCC22500WK

25

600

3000

PCC23000K

35

600

2000

PCC32000WK

35

600

2500

PCC32500WK

35

600

3000

PCC33000K

25

600

2000

PCF22000K

35

600

2000

PCF32000K

NC, NB

1200

500–750 kcmil

PC2000, PCC2000

2000

BA2000PB rear bus connector

PC2500, PCC2500

2500

BA2500PB rear bus connector

PC3000, PCC3000

3000

Rear bus connector included in frame

Molded-Case Switches With High Magnetic Trip—
Trip Setting and Tolerance
Frame

Rating

Trip Setting
(Amperes)

Tolerance
(%)

CA

225

2250

+20
–10

LA (400)

400

4000

+10
–0

LA/LC

600

6000

+10
–0

MA/MC

800

8000

+10
–0

NB/NC

1200

12,000

+10
–0

PB/PC

2000–3000

12,000

+10
–0

Notes
1 These frames are obsolete. For replacement solutions, see the cross-reference
on Pages V12-T3-114–V12-T3-167.
2 Catalog number suffix identification:
K = Molded-case switch with high magnetic trip (fixed trip setting)
S = Saf-T-Vue cover
W = No terminals
3 Molded-case switch dimensions are the same as the equivalent thermal-magnetic breaker.
Refer to Dimension Sheet 29-171.
4 For molded-case switch types LC, LCC—use LA attachments;
MC and MCC—use MA attachments; NC—use NB attachments.
5 For molded-case switch types PC, PCC and PCF, rating plug is included and use SELTRONIC
PC attachments.

25
V12-T3-62

TA1201NB1

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Type MCP Motor
Circuit Protector

Terminals

Sizes 0–4 MCP with
Current Limiter

The motor circuit protector
(MCP) is designed specifically
for the protection of motor
circuits. It operates on the
magnetic principle with a
current sensing coil in each of
the three poles, with the trippoint adjustable from the front.
MCPs are the fastest devices
available for clearing low level
faults and offer circuit breaker
features and convenience—
resettable, quick-make
quick-break, deadfront
and protection against
single phasing.

Note: Sizes 0–4 only.

Terminals
Terminals are included
with both the MCP and the
current limiter. Standard
terminals are aluminum alloy,
with non-aluminum terminals
optional for use with only
the MCP. Both standard
and optional terminals will
accommodate aluminum
or copper conductors.
Note: Except 400A Size 5.
Non-aluminum terminal suitable
for copper only.

When using aluminum
conductors, use of joint
compound is recommended.
Wire ranges are listed in the
terminal table above.

Standard Aluminum

Optional Non-Aluminum

Size 0, 1, 2

#14–#4

#14–1/0

Size 3

#6–3/0

#14–1/0

Size 4

#4–4/0

#4–4/0

Size 5 (250)

#4–350 kcmil

#4–350 kcmil

Size 5 (400)

—

(2) 3/0–250 kcmil

Limiters to 50

#14–#2

—

Limiters to 100

#1–4/0

—

Limiters to 150

#1–4/0

—

2
3
4
5
6

Motor Circuit Protectors
■ Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products
and services. 1

Size 5 MCP 532500

MCPs are rated to correspond
to NEMA starter size.
Current Limiter Attachment
The EL current limiter is an
attachment that bolts to
the load end of the MCP to
provide increased interrupting
capacity. The combination is
UL Listed as a recognized
component for application at
up to 200,000A symmetrical
at 600 Vac. It is coordinated
with the MCP so that normal
short circuits will be cleared
automatically by the MCP,
opening all three poles, and
only the rare high fault will
cause the limiter to function.
Current limiters must be
applied as shown in the
terminal table above.

1

Terminals

MCP or Limiter
(Amperes)

7

Starter
Size

Trip
Range,
Amperes

Continuous
Ampere
Rating

With Standard Aluminum
Alloy Terminals
Catalog Number

With Optional
Non-Aluminum Terminals 2
Catalog Number

0

7–22

3

MCP0322R

MCP0322CR

0

18–58

7

MCP0358R

MCP0358CR

0

50–150

15

MCP03150R

MCP03150CR

1

100–300

30

MCP13300R

MCP13300CR

2

160–480

50

MCP23480R

MCP23480CR

3

275–1000

100

MCP331000R

MCP331000CR

4

450–1550

150

MCP431550R

MCP431550CR

4

575–1800

150

MCP431800R

MCP431800CR

5

1250–2500

250

MCP532500

MCP532500C

5

2000–4000

400

—

MCP534000C

UL Listed
The MCP is UL Listed as a
recognized component and
requires additional listing by
the control manufacturer in
combination with a contactor
and overload relay.

Accessories for MCP
For
MCP Size

Use
Accessories For

Sizes 0–4

FB

5 (250A)

KB

5 (400A)

LB

9
10
11
12
13

Base Mounting Hardware
No charge when ordered
with MCP. Order separately
when required.

14

Base Mounting Hardware

16

Description

Style Number

Current Limiters

Sizes 0–4

21C6782G18

Limiter Catalog
Numbers

For MCP Catalog
Numbers 7

Size 5 (250A)

673B125G12

Size 5 (400A)

21C6782G22

EL3003R

MCP0322R

Modifications for MCP 3

EL3007R

MCP0358R

Description

EL3015R

MCP03150R

EL3030R

MCP13300R

EL3050R

MCP23480R

EL3100R

MCP331000R

EL3150R

MCP431550R

EL3150R

MCP431800R

Notes
1 These frames are obsolete. For
replacement solutions, see the crossreference on Pages V12-T3-114–
V12-T3-167.
2 Catalog numbers ending in CR were
previously listed ending in RC. This
is a catalog number change only, not
a material change.
3 Not UL Listed.
4 Mounts only in right pole; only one
Modification marked can be used in
MCP (Sizes 0–4).
5 On 400A Size 5, an external resistor is
supplied for voltages above 240 Vac
and 24 Vdc.
6 On Sizes 0–4 and 250A Size 5, an
external resistor is supplied for customer
mounting, except for 120 Vac, 12, 24,
125 Vdc.
7 Also applicable to MCPs with
optional terminals.

Modifications for MCP
These modifications must be
factory installed. Consult
factory for pricing.

Auxiliary switches
2As and 2Bs

4—1A

and 1B,

Shunt trip 4
Undervoltage release 456
Moisture-fungus treatment

Accessories for MCP
For handle mechanisms
refer to Pages V12-T3-95–
V12-T3-112.
Note: On 400A Size 5, an external
resistor is supplied for voltages,
above 240 Vac and 24 Vdc.

Interrupting Ratings
Maximum application current
shall be determined by testing
the MCP in combination with
a contactor and overload relay.
Additional capacity can be
obtained by using the current
limiter attachment.

8

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-63

15
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

3
1
2
3
4
5

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Series C 30 mA Ground Fault
(Earth Leakage)

Series C 30 mA Ground
Fault (Earth Leakage)

Earth Leakage

The Series C units (prefix only
listed below) that included a
breaker and integral Earth
Leakage module have been
replaced by the Series G
solution that has the flexibility
to add the Earth Leakage
module in the field. The
Series G solution has an
extended range of 15–630A.

Ampere Range—15–400A

Ampere
Rating

Series C
Four-Pole

Series G
MCCB

Series G
MCCB
Alt

Series G Earth
Leakage Module

15

EL4FD3015L

EGS4015FFG

EGC4015FFG

ELEBN4125G

20

EL4FD3020L

EGS4020FFG

EGC4020FFG

ELEBN4125G

25

EL4FD3025L

EGS4025FFG

EGC4025FFG

ELEBN4125G

EL4HFD

30

EL4FD3030L

EGS4030FFG

EGC4030FFG

ELEBN4125G

ELHFD

EL4HFW

35

EL4FD3035L

EGS4035FFG

EGC4035FFG

ELEBN4125G

ELHFW

EL4HJW

40

EL4FD3040L

EGS4040FFG

EGC4040FFG

ELEBN4125G

EL4HKW

45

EL4FD3045L

EGS4045FFG

EGC4045FFG

ELEBN4125G

EL4JW

50

EL4FD3050L

EGS4050FFG

EGC4050FFG

ELEBN4125G

Catalog Prefix
Three-Pole
ELFD
ELFW
ELHMCP

ELHJD

Four-Pole
EL4FD
EL4FW

6

ELHJW
ELHKD

EL4KW

60

EL4FD3060L

EGS4060FFG

EGC4060FFG

ELEBN4125G

7

ELHKW

—

70

EL4FD3070L

EGS4070FFG

EGC4070FFG

ELEBN4125G

ELJD

—

80

EL4FD3080L

EGS4080FFG

EGC4080FFG

ELEBN4125G

8

ELJW

—

90

EL4FD3090L

EGS4090FFG

EGC4090FFG

ELEBN4125G

ELKD

—

100

EL4FD3100L

EGS4100FFG

EGC4100FFG

ELEBN4125G

9

ELKW

—

110

EL4FD3110L

EGS4110FFG

EGC4110FFG

ELEBN4125G

125

EL4FD3125L

EGS4125FFG

EGC4125FFG

ELEBN4125G

150

EL4FD3150L

JGE4150FAG

JGC4150FAG

ELJBN4150W

50

EL4FW3050JL

GES4050AFM

—

ELEBE4125G

11

50

EL4FWC3050JL

GEC4050AFM

—

ELEBE4125G

15

EL4HFD3015L

EGH4015FFG

—

ELEBN4125G

12

20

EL4HFD3020L

EGH4020FFG

—

ELEBN4125G

25

EL4HFD3025L

EGH4025FFG

—

ELEBN4125G

13

30

EL4HFD3030L

EGH4030FFG

—

ELEBN4125G

35

EL4HFD3035L

EGH4035FFG

—

ELEBN4125G

14

40

EL4HFD3040L

EGH4040FFG

—

ELEBN4125G

45

EL4HFD3045L

EGH4045FFG

—

ELEBN4125G

15

50

EL4HFD3050L

EGH4050FFG

—

ELEBN4125G

60

EL4HFD3060L

EGH4060FFG

—

ELEBN4125G

16

70

EL4HFD3070L

EGH4070FFG

—

ELEBN4125G

80

EL4HFD3080L

EGH4080FFG

—

ELEBN4125G

17

90

EL4HFD3090L

EGH4090FFG

—

ELEBN4125G

100

EL4HFD3100L

EGH4100FFG

—

ELEBN4125G

18

110

EL4HFD3110L

EGH4110FFG

—

ELEBN4125G

125

EL4HFD3125L

EGH4125FFG

—

ELEBN4125G

19

150

EL4HFD3150L

JGH3150FAG

—

ELJBN4150W

Note: Please contact Eaton
customer service for assistance
with crossing from the obsolete
product to the new Series G.

10

20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T3-64

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Portable Test Kit and Remote
Ground Fault Trip Indicator

Remote Ground Fault
Trip Indicator

3

Face Mounting Bracket

1

Portable Test Kit

2
3
4

Provides verification of
performance of all frame
sizes of SELTRONIC breakers
while devices are still in
service under varying load
and/or phase unbalance.
The tester operates on
120V, 50/60 Hz, and includes
complete instructions and
test times for testing the long
time, instantaneous operation
and optional ground fault
operation of the breaker.
Portable Test Kit
Style Number
STK2

For use only with SELTRONIC
circuit breakers (LCG, HLCG,
MCG, HMCG, NCG, HNCG,
PCG and PCCG) with built-in
ground fault protection.

Face Mounting Bracket for
Ground Fault Indicator

5

Style Number

6

1264C67G01

Note: UL Listed as a recognized
component.

7

The SELTRONIC ground fault
indicator is a remotely
mounted device with a
combination indicating light/
reset/test button that will
light when the breaker trips
on a ground fault. Tripping
from overloads or short
circuits will not activate the
device. A separate 120V,
50/60 Hz power source is
required to power the light
and internal relay, which
has 1NO/1NC contacts
for customer connected
alarm, etc. Designed for
panel mounting, it can be
face-mounted by ordering
the optional mounting
bracket below.

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

Remote Ground
Fault Indicator
Style Number

Catalog Number

1259C14G01

GFAU

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-65

3
1
2
3
4

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Accessories
Rear-Connected Studs
For complete stud assembly,
order a stud and an
appropriate tube based on
thickness of customer’s
Rear Connected Stud

mounting panel. A short stud
must be assembled adjacent
to a long stud to maintain
clearances required by
Underwriters Laboratories.

400A LA studs of the
same length have sufficient
clearance; however, customer
connections may make it
necessary to use a short stud

adjacent to a long stud. Two
studs are required per pole.
Refer to DS29171 Dimension
Sheets for stud sizes and
extensions behind breaker.

For DA, EB, EHB, FB, JA, KA, JB, KB, LB, LBB, HFB, HKA, HKB and HLB Breakers 1
Mounting Panel
Thickness, Inches

Stud 2
Length

Tube 3
Style Number

Length

Style Number

5

DA, LB, LBB and HLB Breakers
3/4–1

Short

656D565G03

27/32

313C909H17

6

3/4–1

Long

656D565G04

3-25/32

313C909H20

1/2–3/4

Short

656D565G03

1-3/32

313C909H18

7

1/2–3/4

Long

656D565G04

4-1/32

313C909H21

1/4–1/2

Short

656D565G03

1-11/32

313C909H19

1/4–1/2

Long

656D565G04

4-9/32

313C909H22

8

EB, EHB, FB and HFB (100A Maximum)

9

1

Short

451D874G01

1-1/16

32B9446H20

1

Long

451D874G02

3-7/16

32B9446H24

10

1-1/16–15/16

Short

451D874G01

1-3/8

32B9446H21

1-1/16–15/16

Long

451D874G02

3-3/4

32B9446H25

11

3/8–5/8

Short

451D874G01

1-11/16

32B9446H22

3/8–5/8

Long

451D874G02

4-1/16

32B9446H26

1/4–5/16

Short

451D874G01

2

32B9446H23

1/4–5/16

Long

451D874G02

4-3/8

32B9446H27

12

FB, HFB 150 Ampere Breakers

13

1

Short

374D883G01

1-1/16

374D883H06

14

1

Long

374D883G02

4-5/16

374D883H10

11/16–15/16

Short

374D883G01

1-3/8

374D883H07

15

11/16–15/16

Long

374D883G02

4-5/8

374D883H11

3/8–5/8

Short

374D883G01

1-11/16

374D883H08

3/8–5/8

Long

374D883G02

4-15/16

374D883H12

16

1/4–5/16

Short

374D883G01

2

374D883H09

1/4–5/16

Long

374D883G02

5-1/4

374D883H13

17

JA, KA and HKA Breakers
3/4–1

Short

656D565G01

27/32

456D983H05

18

3/4–1

Long

656D565G02

3-25/32

456D983H08

1/2–3/4

Short

656D565G01

1-3/32

456D983H06

19

1/2–3/4

Long

656D565G02

4-1/32

456D983H09

1/4 –1/2

Short

656D565G01

1-11/32

456D983H07

20

1/4 –1/2

Long

656D565G02

4-9/32

456D983H10

JB, KB and HKB Breakers

21

3/4–1

Short

5010D23G01

27/32

456D983H05

3/4–1

Long

5010D23G02

3-7/8

5010D23H05

1/2–3/4

Short

5010D23G01

1-3/32

456D983H06

22
23

1/2–3/4

Long

5010D23G02

4-1/8

5010D23H06

1/4 –1/2

Short

5010D23G01

1-11/32

456D983H07

1/4 –1/2

Long

5010D23G02

4-3/8

5010D23H07

Notes
1 For insulated panels only; two required per pole.
2 Not UL Listed.
3 Included at no charge when ordered with stud.

24
25
V12-T3-66

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

3

For LAB, LA, MA, HLA, HMA and HNB Breakers 1
Stud Ampere
Rating

Diameter, Inches
and Thread

Extension Back
of Breaker, Inches

Stud
Style Number

3-7/32

1241 345

1
2

LAB, LA, HLA, LC and HLC Breakers
225 2

1/2–13

225 2

1/2–13

6-9/32

1241 346

225 23

1/2–13

4-31/32

1241 392

400 2

3/4–16

5-15/32

5B7383G15

400 2

3/4–16

7-31/32

5B7383G16

400 2

3/4–16

10-15/32

5B7383G17

600 4

1–12

5-29/32

314C960G07

600 4

1–12

5-13/32

314C960G08

600 4

1–12

5-29/32

314C960G09

6
7

3
4
5

MA, HMA, MC, HMC, MD and MDS Breakers
225

1/2–13

3-21/32

314C960G01

400

3/4–16

5-29/32

314C960G04

400

3/4–16

8-13/32

314C960G05

400

3/4–16

10-29/32

314C960G06

600

1–12

5-29/32

314C960G07

600

1–12

8-13/32

314C960G08

600

1–12

10-29/32

314C960G09

800

1-1/8–12

5-29/32

314C960G10

800

1-1/8–12

8-13/32

314C960G11

800

1-1/8–12

10-29/32

314C960G12

8
9
10
11
12

NB, HNB, NC and HNC Breakers
800

1-1/8–12

5-1/2

623B222G01

800

1-1/8–12

8

623B222G02

800

1-1/8–12

10-1/2

623B222G03

1200

1-1/4–12

5-1/2

373B375G04

1200

1-1/4–12

10-1/2

373B375G03

13
14
15

Notes
1 For insulated panels only; two required per pole.
2 150, 250, 300 and 400A frames only.
3 This is a special stud that includes six contact nuts for use where bus contact nuts
must be used.
4 600A frames only.

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-67

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

1

Panelboard Connecting Straps
For connecting line end of breakers to panelboard bus.

2

Panelboard
Connecting Strap

3

For DA, EB, EHB, FB, JA, KA, JB, KB, LB,
LBB, HFB, HKB and HLB Breakers
Ampere Rating

Connector Type 1

Style Number

EB, EHB, FB and HFB Breakers
Narrow Distribution Panelboards 2

4

50
50

5

100

6

Outside
Center

624B624H01
624B624H02
3

LAB, LA, HLA, LC, HLC 150, 300 and 400A Frames

150

Center

673B142G04

400

Center

32B4570G02

673B142G03

400

Outside

314C541G01

Outside

208B297H01

Mounting bracket (two required)

3

50

Center

1253C72G01

LA, HLA, LC and HLC 600A Frames 3

50

Outside

1253C72G03

600

Center

624B609G01

600

Outside

506C052G01

1253C73G03

Center

1253C73G01

10

150

Outside

1253C73G05

1253C73G06

Outside

Three-pole mounting bracket
Two-pole mounting bracket
DA, LB, LBB and HLB Breakers

208B297H01

Mounting bracket (two required)
MA, HMA, MC, HMC, MD and MDS Breakers

3

800

Short

314C996G01

624B600H01

800

Medium

314C996G02

624B600H02

800

Long

314C996G03

Mounting bracket (four required)

3

400

Center

314C940G04

400

Outside

505C680G01

1200

Short

505C606G04

1200

Medium

505C606G05

JA, KA and HKA Breakers 3

1200

Long

505C606G06

225

Center

314C940G03

Mounting bracket (four required)

225

Outside

180C074G01

Notes
1 Not UL Listed.
2 Bus spacing 2.75 inches in box 5.75 inches deep (600V maximum).
3 Bus spacing 3.50 inches.

Mounting bracket (one required)

208B264H01

208B264H01

JB, KB and HKB Breakers 3
250

Center

2600D26G01

250

Outside

2600D26G02

Mounting bracket (one required)

1576707

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T3-68

315C270H01

NB, HNB, NC and HNC Breakers 3

Mounting bracket (one required)

16

1253C74G02

673B142G02

Center

15

1253C74G01

Outside

Two-pole mounting bracket

150

14

Center

225

673B142G09

100

13

225

Three-pole mounting bracket

9

12

Style Number

CA Breaker Power Panelboards (Convertible) 3

673B142G10

100

11

Connector Type 1

Outside

Power Panelboards (Convertible)

8

Ampere Rating

100

150

7

673B142G02

Center

For CA, LAB, LA, MA, HLA, HMA and HNB Breakers

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

315C270H01

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Plug-In Adapter Kits
For rear-connected applications such as switchboards.
Facilitates ease of installation and front removal of breaker.
Includes conductor for mounting on breaker, plug-in mounting
blocks with matching conductor, rear studs and mounting
hardware. Order two mounting blocks style number when line
and load are required; order one mounting block style number
when either line or load is required.
Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products
and services. 1
Flat Bus Type
Flat Bus Type
■

Description

Style Number

EB, EHB, FB Thermal-Magnetic Breakers 2
Flat Bus Type—One Mounting Block, Line or Load
Two-pole, 100A

1480D13G05

Two-pole, 150A

1480D13G05

Three-pole, 100A

1480D13G06

Three-pole, 150A

1480D13G06

FB and HFB Magnetic Only, HFB Thermal-Magnetic 2
Flat Bus Type—One Mounting Block, Line or Load
Two-pole, 100A

1480D13G05

Two-pole, 150A

1480D13G05

Three-pole, 100A

1480D13G06

Three-pole, 150A

1480D13G06

JB, KB, HKB Breakers 1 Flat Bus Type—
Two Mounting Blocks, Line and Load
Two-pole

506C144G17

Three-pole

506C144G18

One Mounting Block, Line Only
Two-pole

1260C86G01

Three-pole

1260C86G02

Two-pole

1260C86G03

Three-pole

1260C86G04

LAB, LA, HLA, LC and HLC (150, 250, 300 and
400A Frame) (Threaded Studs Type)—
Two Mounting Blocks, Line and Load

Threaded Stud Type

Threaded Studs Type
Description

Style Number
4

JA, KA and HKA Breakers (Threaded Studs
Type)—Two Mounting Blocks, Line and Load
313C644G29

Three-pole

313C644G30

3

Two-pole

314C932G01

Three-pole

314C932G02

4

One Mounting Block, Line or Load

LA, HLA, LC and HLC (600A Frames) 2 (Threaded
Studs)—Two Mounting Blocks, Line and Load
313C644G50

Three-pole

313C644G51

6

Two-pole

506C059G03

7

Three-pole

506C059G04

One Mounting Block, Line or Load

One Mounting Block, Line or Load Flat Bus Type
Two-pole

1288C19G01

Three-pole

1288C19G02

MA, HMA, MC, HMC, MD, MDS, NB, HNB, NC, HNC
and NB TRI-PAC Breakers 4 (Flat Bus Type)—
One Mounting Block, Line or Load
MA, HMA, MC, HMC, MD, MDS two-pole

2614D53G05

MA, HMA, MC, HMC, MD, MDS three-pole

2614D53G06

NB, HNB, NC, HNC, NB TRI-PAC two-pole

2614D53G03

NB, HNB, NC, HNC, NB TRI-PAC three-pole

2614D53G04

Mounting Plates

14

179C207H01

178C781H01

LA, LAB, HLA, LC, HLC

504C824H01

MA, HMA, MC, MMC, NB, HNB, NC, HNC

1290C73H01

313C644G45

Three-pole

313C644G46

One Mounting Block, Line or Load
Two-pole

314C932G03

Three-pole

314C932G04

Notes
1 These accessories are no longer available.
2 These plug-in adapter kits are UL Listed as recognized
components.
3 700–1200A adapter kit is front removable, bolt-on design—
not plug-in type.
4 Not UL Listed.

313C644G27

Two-pole, 700–800A

176C544G01 3

Three-pole, 125–600A

313C644G28

Three-pole, 700–800A

176C544G02 3
313C370G03

Two-pole, 700–800A

507C049G01 3

Three-pole, 125–600A

313C370G04

Three-pole, 700–800A

507C049G02 3

16
17
18
19
21
22
23

One Mounting Block, Line or Load
Two-pole, 125–600A

15

20

MA, HMA, MC, HMC, MD and MDS Breakers 3
Threaded Studs—Two Mounting Blocks,
Line and Load
Two-pole, 125–600A

12

507C047H01

DA, LB, LBB, ALB

Two-pole

11

JB, KB

504C823H01

450D010G16

10

EB, EHB, FB, HFB

Predrilled panels for:

JA, KA

DA, LB, LBB, HLB Breakers 2 Flat Bus Type—
Two Mounting Blocks, Line and Load

9

13

313C644G26

Three-pole

8

Style Number

Description

313C644G25

450D010G15

5

Two-pole

Three-pole
Two-pole

2

Two-pole

Two-pole
One Mounting Block, Line or Load

1

24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-69

3
1
2

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Extended Line Terminal Shields
For shielding line side terminal connections. One shield required
per breaker. Order separately when needed. Sold only in lots of
10, including hardware.

For complete installation, order:
1. Front-connected, non-automatic PB breaker.
(Order similar to standard front connected, except
omit load conductor extensions.)

Extended Line Terminal Shields 1

2. Fuse mounting base.

Breaker Frame

Style Number

3. Fuses (from distributor).

4

JB, KB, HKB

1266C07G01

MA, HMA, MC, HMC

208B966G01

5

NB, HNB, NC, HNC

208B966G02

LAB, LA, (Saf-T-Vue)

314C420G02

JA, KA, LB, LBB (Saf-T-Vue)

314C420G04

LAB, LA, HLA, LC, HLC

314C420G05

DA

314C420G06

JA, KA, HKA, LB, LBB, HLB (standard breaker)

314C420G06

EB, EHB, FB, HFB

625B229G08 2

3

Line Terminal Shield

6
7
8
9
10

Handle Locks
Non-Padlockable
For prevention of unintentional operation of breaker. Fits over
breaker handle and may be removed.
Padlockable
For prevention of unauthorized operation of breaker. Is nonremovable once installed on breaker. Meets Underwriters
Laboratories and California Code requirements.
Handle Locks

Base Mounting Hardware
No charge when ordered with breaker. Order separately
when needed.
Line Terminal Shield

Breaker Frame

Style Number

Non-Padlockable
FA, EA, CA, EB, EHB, FB, HFB

29B2721H01

LAB, LA, LC, HLC, MA, NB, HLA, HMA, HNB, 28B4596G01
MC, HMC, NC, HNC

Base Mounting Hardware
Description

Handle Locks 15

Style Number

GB, GC, GHB, GHC

1294C01H01

DA, JA, KA, HKA, LB, LBB, HLB

29B2721H04

11

Single-Pole Breakers
EB, EHB, HFB 3

624B375G01

Padlockable

12

EB, EHB, HFB 4

624B375G02

CA

506C438G01

Two- and Three-Pole Breakers

FA, EA, EB, EHB, FB, HFB, MCP150

765A754G01

13

LAB, LA, HLA, LC, HLC, MA, NB, HMA, HNB, MC 21C6782G05

DA, JA, KA, LB, LBB, HKA, HLB, MCP400

673B796G02

HMC, NC, HNC

1091716

JB, KB, HKB, MCP250

673B796G01

14

PB, PC, PCC

624B375G22

LAB, LA, HLA, LC, HLC

373B591G02

DA, JA, KA, HKA, LB, LBB, HLB

21C6782G22

MA, HMA, MC, HMC, MD, MDS

6591C30G02–OFF

EB, EHB, FB, HFB, MCP

21C6782G18

JB, KB, HKB

673B125G12

MA, HMA, MC, HMC, MD, MDS

6591C30G05–ON/OFF

NB, HNB, NC, HNC

6591C30G01–OFF

NB, HNB, NC, HNC

6591C30G04–ON/OFF

PA, SPCB, PB, Tri-Pac PB, PC

6591C30G03–OFF

15

CA two-pole

16
17

CA three-pole

21C6782G28
21C6782G29

Fuse Mounting Base for PB Breakers

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Notes
1 Not UL Listed.
2 One of style 625B229G08 is one package of 10.
3 Individually mounted.
4 Group mounted.
5 All breakers are trip free and will trip with handle locks attached.
Cannot be used when handle extension is used.

For 2000A non-automatic breakers only.
Fuse Mounting Base for PB Breakers
Style Number
6635C78G02 1

For use with non-automatic, three-pole circuit breaker. Includes
fuse mounting base and hardware to mount standard Class L
current limiting fuses, 801–2000A (fuses not included).
Note: Interrupters used with fuse mounting base will accept all standard
PB accessories. See Dimension Sheet 29-171 for mounting details.

V12-T3-70

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Cable Connectors
The fuse mounting base will accept the following terminals
for front cable connection (omit “T” connectors from rear
connected breakers).
Cable Connectors
Wire Range, Type Number of Cables

Style Number

(3) 3/0–400 kcmil Cu

672B655G01

(4) 400–500 kcmil Cu

180C046G03

Molded Type Handle Extension
For LAB, LA and HLA Breakers 1
Style Number
372B399G01

For MA, HMA, MC, HMC, NB, HNB, NC and HNC Breakers 1
Style Number
1251C65G01 2

For PB, PC, PCC and PA/RD Breakers 1
Style Number
6635C78G02 2

Modifications
Only two internally mounted
modifications—shunt trip,
undervoltage release,
auxiliary switch, alarm
switch—may be mounted
in EB through PB. Only one
of these modifications may
be mounted in FB, HFB
magnetic only, two-pole EB,
EHB, FB and SELTRONIC
breakers. None are available
in single-pole breakers except
alarm switch in EB, EHB and
HFB. Contact Avery Creek,
NC, Technical Resource
Center for possible special
combinations of the following
modifications not in
tabulations. Contact factory
for pricing if accessories
are factory installed.

Factory-Mounted Shunt Trips
Factory-mounted shunt trips
only can be supplied for the
following breakers: CA, HCA,
CAH, HFB magnetic only
and PB/PBF non-automatic
breakers (molded-case
switches). They are 120 Vac
rated, suitable for 55% pickup
for ground fault application.
Right hand mounting is
standard and they are not
UL Listed.

1

Notes
1 Not UL listed.
2 Included with frame at no charge.

6

2
3
4
5
7
8
9

Shunt Trip
For tripping breaker from
a remote point. A solenoid
device mounts within breaker
case. Breaker trips when
coil is energized.

10

Shunt trips should not be
used as circuit interlocks
using maintained contact
pilot devices.

12

11
13

A cutoff switch breaks the
circuit to the momentary rated
coil when the breaker opens.
Available for control voltages
up to 250 Vdc or 600 Vac.
Voltage and frequency must
be specified. Standard leads
extend 18.00 inches outside
the breaker. Longer leads may
be specified.

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-71

3
1

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products and services.
Shunt Trip for Field Mounting 123
Shunt Trip
■

4

Breaker Type Catalog Number

2

Voltage/Hz

EB, EHB, FB, HFB 5
(Thermal-Magnetic Only)

JB, KB, HKB

JA, KA, HKA, DA,
LB, LBB, HLB

LA, LAB, HLA

MA, HMA

NB, HNB

PB TRI-PAC
and PA

3

Right-Hand Mounting
600/50–60 Hz

2609D39G15

2609D42G15

2605D15G15

2606D56G15

2606D57G15

2606D58G15

2606D59G15

4

480/50–60 Hz

2609D39G16

2609D42G16

2605D15G16

2606D56G16

2606D57G16

2606D58G16

2606D59G16

240/50–60 Hz

2609D39G17

2609D42G17

2605D15G17

2606D56G17

2606D57G17

2606D58G17

2606D59G17

5

208/50–60 Hz

2609D39G18

2609D42G18

2605D15G18

2606D56G18

2606D57G18

2606D58G18

2606D59G18

120/50–60 Hz

2609D39G19

2609D42G19

2605D15G19

2606D56G19

2606D57G19

2606D58G19

2606D59G19

6

60/50–60 Hz

2609D39G20

2609D42G20

2605D15G20

2606D56G20

2606D57G20

2606D58G20

2606D59G20

48/50–60 Hz

2609D39G21

2609D42G21

2605D15G21

2606D56G21

2606D57G21

2606D58G21

2606D59G21

7

24/50–60 Hz

2609D39G22

2609D42G22

2605D15G22

2606D56G22

2606D57G22

2606D58G22

2606D59G22

250 DC

2609D39G23

2609D42G23

2605D15G23

2606D56G23

2606D57G23

2606D58G23

2606D59G23

8

125 DC

2609D39G24

2609D42G24

2605D15G24

2606D56G24

2606D57G24

2606D58G24

2606D59G24

60 DC

2609D39G25

2609D42G25

2605D15G25

2606D56G25

2606D57G25

2606D58G25

2606D59G25

48 DC

2609D39G26

2609D42G26

2605D15G26

2606D56G26

2606D57G26

2606D58G26

2606D59G26

24 DC

2609D39G27

2609D42G27

2605D15G27

2606D56G27

2606D57G27

2606D58G27

2606D59G27

12 DC

2609D39G28

2609D42G28

2605D15G28

2606D56G28

2606D57G28

2606D58G28

2606D59G28

9
10

Left-Hand Mounting
600/50–60 Hz

2609D39G01

2609D42G01

2605D15G01

2606D56G01

2606D57G01

2606D58G01

2606D59G01

480/50–60 Hz

2609D39G02

2609D42G02

2605D15G02

2606D56G02

2606D57G02

2606D58G02

2606D59G02

240/50–60 Hz

2609D39G03

2609D42G03

2605D15G03

2606D56G03

2606D57G03

2606D58G03

2606D59G03

12

208/50–60 Hz

2609D39G04

2609D42G04

2605D15G04

2606D56G04

2606D57G04

2606D58G04

2606D59G04

120/50–60 Hz

2609D39G05

2609D42G05

2605D15G05

2606D56G05

2606D57G05

2606D58G05

2606D59G05

13

60/50–60 Hz

2609D39G06

2609D42G06

2605D15G06

2606D56G06

2606D57G06

2606D58G06

2606D59G06

48/50–60 Hz

2609D39G07

2609D42G07

2605D15G07

2606D56G07

2606D57G07

2606D58G07

2606D59G07

14

24/50–60 Hz

2609D39G08

2609D42G08

2605D15G08

2606D56G08

2606D57G08

2606D58G08

2606D59G08

250 DC

2609D39G09

2609D42G09

2605D15G09

2606D56G09

2606D57G09

2606D58G09

2606D59G09

15

125 DC

2609D39G10

2609D42G10

2605D15G10

2606D56G10

2606D57G10

2606D58G10

2606D59G10

60 DC

2609D39G11

2609D42G11

2605D15G11

2606D56G11

2606D57G11

2606D58G11

2606D59G11

16

48 DC

2609D39G12

2609D42G12

2605D15G12

2606D56G12

2606D57G12

2606D58G12

2606D59G12

24 DC

2609D39G13

2609D42G13

2605D15G13

2606D56G13

2606D57G13

2606D58G13

2606D59G13

17

12 DC

2609D39G14

2609D42G14

2605D15G14

2606D56G14

2606D57G14

2606D58G14

2606D59G14

11

Notes
1 120 Vac ratings suitable for 55% pickup for ground fault applications.
2 Not field mountable on non-automatic breakers (molded-case switches).
3 Field mounting voids breakers’ UL listing except on LA, HLA, MA, HMA, NB, HNB, PB, KB, HKB, KA, HKA, LB, HLB and SELTRONIC breakers.
4 These frames are obsolete. For replacement solutions, see the cross-reference on Pages V12-T3-114–V12-T3-168.
5 Available similar to this except “Leads out the load end—(not UL Listed).” Order by description.

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T3-72

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Shunt Trip Coil Data

Left-Hand Mounting Kits for SELTRONIC Breakers
Left-Hand Mounting Kits for SELTRONIC Breakers
Breaker
Type

Description
Provision to trip flux transfer shunt trip from
external 32 to 120 Vdc and Vac to 60 Hz source 12

Provision to trip flux transfer shunt trip from
external 240 to 600 Vac, 50/60 Hz source 23

Style
Number

MC, HMC

1371D72G22

NC, HNC

1372D39G13

PC, PCC

1372D35G22

LC, HLC

1371D11G22

MC, HMC

1371D72G32

NC, HNC

1372D39G23

PC, PCC

1372D35G32

LC, HLC

1371D11G32

Shunt Trip
Voltage
Rating

For All Breakers Listed in Previous
Table and on Previous Page
Except CA and SELTRONIC
Coil Inrush

1
2

SELTRONIC
Coil Inrush

Amperes

Volt-Amperes

Amperes

Volt-Amperes

600 AC

0.105

63.0

—

—

480 AC

0.085

40.8

—

—

240 AC

1.7

408.0

—

—

208 AC

1.4

291.2

—

—

120 AC

0.88

105.6

15

18

60 AC

9.10

546.0

—

—

48 AC

7.50

360.0

—

—

24 AC

3.95

94.8

—

—

250 DC

2.5

625.0

—

—

125 DC

0.975

121.9

—

—

60 DC

0.525

31.5

—

—

48 DC

1.3

62.4

—

—

24 DC (FB)

6

144.0

—

—

24 DC (KB)

3.8

91.2

—

—

24 DC (others)

8

192

—

—

12 DC

6

72

—

—

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

Notes
1 Rated 48V minimum for ground fault applications.
2 Also available for 24 Vdc. Order by description.
3 Not for ground fault.

12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-73

3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18

21

Note: Undervoltage release
attachments are not designed
for, and should not be used as,
circuit interlocks. For further
information, Contact Avery
Creek, NC, Technical Resource
Center at 1-800-356-1243.

Factory-Mounted
Undervoltage Releases
All of the above undervoltage
releases can be specified for
factory mounting. Contact
factory for pricing. These
attachments have the leads
out the side and are UL
Listed when factory mounted
unless other non-UL Listed
modifications are used.
Note: Right-hand mounting
is considered standard unless
specified otherwise except JA,
KA, DA, HKA, LB, LBB, HLB
and SELTRONIC available
for left-hand only. JB, KB, HKB
are obsolete.

Factory-mounted
undervoltage releases
only can be supplied for
the following breakers:
●

●

●

22
23

Replacement Capabilities

Standard Undervoltage Release
For undervoltage protection.
A solenoid device mounts
within a breaker case. Coil
must be energized before
closing breaker. Trips breaker
when voltage drops below 35
to 70% of coil rating. Picks
up and seals in at 85% of coil
rating. For line voltages
up to 250 Vdc or 600 Vac.
Externally mounted resistors
are supplied for certain
ratings. Standard leads
extend 18.00 inches outside
of breaker. Longer leads may
be specified.

19
20

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers

●

SELTRONIC breakers
(120 Vac, 60 Hz only
standard), MC, HMC, NC,
HNC, PC, PCC, LC, HLC
SELTRONIC breakers with
remote trip provisions,
MC, HMC 2 , NC, HNC 2 ,
PC, PCC 2 , LC, HLC 2
EB 3 , EHB 3 , FB 3 , HFB 3 ,
FB 45 and HFB magnetic
only 45
No UVR available for CA,
CAH and HCA

Standard Undervoltage
Release

Undervoltage Release Attachment Kits for Field Mounting 67
Breaker Type
Attachment
Voltage, Hz

JA, KA, DA, HKA,
LB, LBB, HLB

LA, LAB, HLA

MA, HMA

NB, HNB

PB, PA 4

For Right-Hand Mounting
24, 60

—

60A9355G17

—

—

—

48, 60

—

60A9355G08

—

—

5674D29G16

120, 60

—

60A9355G01

457D727G01

373D632G01

5674D29G09

208, 60

—

60A9355G02

457D727G19

373D632G19

5674D29G10

240, 60

—

60A9355G03

457D727G02

373D632G02

5674D29G11

480, 60

—

60A9355G05

457D727G03

373D632G03

5674D29G13

600, 60

—

60A9355G06

457D727G04

373D632G04

5674D29G14

12 DC

—

458D020G01

457D727G09

372D032G01

4976D85G01

24 DC

—

458D020G02

457D727G10

372D032G02

4976D85G02

48 DC

—

458D020G03

457D727G11

372D032G03

4976D85G03

60 DC

—

458D020G04

457D727G21

—

4976D85G04

125 DC

—

458D020G07

457D727G12

372D032G04

4976D85G07

250 DC

—

458D020G08

457D727G13

372D032G05

4976D85G08

For Left-Hand Mounting
48, 60

—

60A9355G16

—

—

5674D29G08

120, 60

458D070G01

60A9355G09

457D727G05

373D632G05

5674D29G01

208, 60

458D070G05

60A9355G10

457D727G20

373D632G20

5674D29G02

240, 60

458D070G02

60A9355G11

457D727G06

373D632G06

5674D29G03

480, 60

458D070G03

60A9355G13

457D727G07

373D632G07

5674D29G05

600, 60

458D070G04

60A9355G14

457D727G08

373D632G08

5674D29G06

12 DC

458D070G09

458D020G11

457D727G14

372D032G06

4976D85G11

24 DC

458D070G10

458D020G12

457D727G15

372D032G07

4976D85G12

48 DC

458D070G11

458D020G13

457D727G16

372D032G08

4976D85G13

60 DC

—

458D020G14

457D727G22

—

4976D85G14

125 DC

458D070G12

458D020G17

457D727G17

372D032G09

4976D85G17

250 DC

458D070G13

458D020G18

457D727G18

372D032G10

4976D85G18

Notes
1 Cannot be used with other attachments except a small 1A-1B auxiliary switch rated 250V can be supplied in
right-hand pole.
2 Provided with two leads (total of four) for use with a remote normally open contact (pushbutton, etc.) to trip the
breaker. No external power required.
3 Not available on ambient compensating breakers.
4 Not UL Listed.
5 Right-hand mounting only.
6 Not field mountable on non-automatic breakers (molded-case switches).
7 Field mounting voids UL listing of breaker except on LA, HLA, MA, HMA, NB, HNB, PB, KA, HKA, LB and HLB.

24
25
V12-T3-74

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Undervoltage Release Coil Data

1

Breaker Type
JA, KA, HKA, DA, LB, LBB and HLB

EB, EHB, FB, HFB, JB, KB and HKB
Voltage
Rating Hz

Coil
Amperes

External Series
Resistance (Ohms)

Total
VA

Coil
Amperes

External Series
Resistance (Ohms)

LA, LAB, HLA and PB
Total
VA

Coil
Amperes

External Series
Resistance (Ohms)

Total
VA

600 AC

0.020

25,000

12.0

0.012

50,000

7.2

0.029

20,000

17.4

480 AC

0.016

20,000

7.7

0.013

30,000

6.3

0.014

—

6.8

240 AC

0.021

6000

5.1

0.013

—

3.2

0.036

—

8.7

208 AC

0.019

6000

4.0

0.018

—

3.8

0.036

—

7.5

120 AC

0.023

—

2.8

0.023

—

2.8

0.073

—

8.8

60 AC

0.203

250

12.2

—

—

—

—

—

—

48 AC

0.245

150

11.8

—

—

—

0.152

—

7.3

24 AC

0.250

50

6.0

—

—

—

—

—

—

250 DC

0.026

5000

6.5

0.013

16,500

3.3

0.035

5000

8.8

125 DC

0.026

—

3.3

0.013

6500

1.7

0.039

1500

4.9

60 DC

0.248

200

14.9

0.013

1500

0.8

0.034

—

2.1

48 DC

0.260

150

12.5

0.012

600

0.6

0.040

—

2.0

24 DC

0.141

—

3.4

0.023

—

0.6

0.069

—

1.7

12 DC

0.286

—

3.5

0.048

—

0.6

0.136

—

1.7

MA and HMA

NB and HNB

MC, HMC, NC, HNC, PC, PCC, LC and HLC

Coil
Amperes

External Series
Resistance (Ohms)

Total
VA

Coil
Amperes

External Series
Resistance (Ohms)

Total
VA

Coil
Amperes

External Series
Resistance (Ohms)

Total
VA

600 AC

0.012

50,000

7.2

0.016

35,000

9.6

—

—

—

480 AC

0.013

30,000

6.3

0.013

30,000

6.3

—

—

—

240 AC

0.013

—

3.2

0.013

—

3.2

—

—

—

208 AC

0.018

—

3.8

0.018

—

3.8

—

—

—

120 AC

0.023

—

2.8

0.023

—

2.8

0.5

—

6

60 AC

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

48 AC

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

24 AC

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

250 DC

0.013

16,500

3.3

0.013

16,500

3.3

—

—

—

125 DC

0.013

6500

1.7

0.013

6500

1.7

—

—

—

60 DC

0.013

1500

0.8

—

—

—

—

—

—

48 DC

0.012

600

0.6

0.012

600

0.6

—

—

—

24 DC

0.02

—

0.6

0.023

—

0.6

—

—

—

12 DC

0.048

—

0.6

0.048

—

0.6

—

—

—

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-75

3
1
2
3
4
5
6

Alarm Switch Contact
Rating (Non-Inductive)
●

●

9
10
11
12
13
14
15

Replacement Capabilities

Alarm Switch
Availability: EB through PC.
For light or alarm indication
when breaker trips. Does
not function with manual
operation. Automatically
resets when breaker is
relatched. Standard leads
extend 18.00 inches outside
of breaker. Longer leads
may be specified. Not
field mountable.

7
8

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers

●

MC, HMC, LA, LAB, HLA,
LC, HLC: 10A, 120 Vac;
5A, 240 Vac
EB, EHB, FB, HFB:
5A, 120 Vac
All other breakers:
10A, 120–240 Vac

Auxiliary Switch
For auxiliary control circuits.
Miniature switches mount
within breaker. Commonly
used for remote indication
of open or closed breaker
and electrically interlocking
component control circuits.
“A” contacts are closed
when breaker is closed.
“B” contacts are open when
breaker is closed. Standard
leads extend 18.00 inches
outside of breaker. Longer
leads may be specified.

Factory-Mounted
Auxiliary Switches
All of the above auxiliary
switches can be specified
for factory mounting at the
same price as listed for the
kit. These attachments have
the leads out the side of the
breaker and are UL Listed
when factory mounted
unless other non-UL Listed
modifications are used
(except as noted).
Switch with 2A-2B
Contacts

Switch Schematic

Note: Right-hand mounting
standard for EB, EHB, FB, HFB,
JB, KB and HKB. All others are
left-hand mounting as standard
unless otherwise specified.

Red Lead

Factory-mounted switches
only can be supplied for the
following breaker:
●

Black Lead

JB, LBB, LAB, JA, DA, FB l
magnetic only 2m and HFB
magnetic only 2m

Blue Lead

Alarm Switch
Breaker
Frame

Normal
Pole Mounting

Contact Operation
(Specify Type Desired)

DA 1

Left

Make or break

EB 1, EHB 1, FB 1, HFB 23

Mechanism

Make or break

JA 1, KA 1, LB 1, LBB 1, HKA, HLB

Left

Make or break

JB 1, KB 1, HKB 1

Left

Make or break

LAB 1, LA 1, MA 1, NB 1, HLA, HMA, HNB

Left

Make or break

LC 1, HLC

Left 4

Make or break

MC 1, HMC

Left only 4

NC

1,

HNC

Left only

Make or break

4

Make or break

PB

Left

Make or break

PC, PCC

Left 45

Make or break

Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products and services.
Auxiliary Switch Attachment Kits for Field Mounting 678
■

Maximum
Breaker
Type

AC Voltage
Rating j
k

9

For Left-Hand Mounting

For Right-Hand Mounting

Non-inductive
Amperes

1A-1B

2A-2B

1A-1B

2A-2B

240

5

4979D06G03

4979D06G09

4979D06G03

4979D06G08

JA, KA, DA, HKA, LB

480

10

458D067G03

—

458D067G08

—

LBB, HLB

240

5

—

656D527G01 2

—

656D527G09 2

JB, KB, HKB

480

10

2600D97G03

—

2600D97G08

—

17

JB, KB, HKB

240

5

—

2609D45G03 9

—

2609D45G08 9

LA, LAB, HLA

480

10

655D555G12

655D555G13

655D555G05

655D555G06

18

MA, HMA

480

10

458D013G12

458D013G13

458D013G05

458D013G06

NB, HNB

480

10

4980D16G12

4980D16G13

4980D16G05

4980D16G06

19

PB, PA

480

10

2602D32G11

2602D32G12

2602D32G14

2602D32G15

MC, HMC, MCG, HMCG

480

6 (10 at 24)

1371D72G03

1371D72G06

—

—

20

NC, HNC, NCG, HNCG

480

6 (10 at 24)

1372D39G03

1372D39G06

—

—

PC, PCC, PCG, PCCG

480

6 (10 at 24)

1372D35G03

1372D35G06

—

—

LC, HLC, LCG, HLCG

480

6 (10 at 24)

1371D11G03

1371D11G06

—

—

16

Note: Right-hand mounting
standard for EB, EHB, FB, HFB,
JB, KB and HKB. All others are
left-hand mounting as standard
unless otherwise specified.

21

EB, EHB, FB, HFB

Notes
1 Alarm switches are no longer available
for these frames.
2 Not UL Listed.
3 Not available for magnetic only,
ambient compensating, or breakers
with undervoltage release.
4 When alarm switch is used in
conjunction with auxiliary switch,
the auxiliary switch is rated 250 Vac,
5A maximum.

22
23
24

5

6
7

8

Except when other attachments are
used, must be mounted in right pole.
Not for use on molded-case switches.
All switches are multiples of 1A-1B with
a common electrical connection (see
diagram above right).
Field mounting voids UL listing of breaker
except on LA, HLA, MA, HMA, NB,
HNB, KB, HKB, KA, HKA, LB, HLB and
SELTRONIC breakers.

9

j
k
l

m

These accessories are no
longer available.
For DC applications, refer to factory.
Thermal-magnetic only.
Auxiliary switches are no longer
available for these frames.
Right-hand mounting only.

25
V12-T3-76

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Shaded area denotes
obsolete or discontinued
products and services.

■

A. Walking Beam Type

B. Sliding Bar Type
(Field Mountable)

Center Studs

1
2

Moisture-Fungus-Corrosion
Treatment
Availability: EB through PC.
Treatment can be provided
to meet customer’s
specific atmospheric
conditions. Moisturefungus treating material
used meets JAN-T-152;
treatment meets
MIL-V-173a. Requests
and orders should specify
government specifications
or conditions to be met.
Note: Not UL Listed.

Mechanical Interlocks (A-C)
For mechanically interlocking
a pair of breakers so that only
one may be closed at one
time, but both may be open
simultaneously.
Note: Not UL Listed.

3
Sliding Bar Type

4

Availability: HFB through PC.
Walking Beam

Availability: EB through PC.
Mounts on panel (not
included) at rear of breaker.
Standard breaker spacing:
center to center; LAB, LA,
LC, HLC, MA, MC, NB, NC,
HLA, HMA, HMC, HNB and
HNC 8.50-inch center to
center; PB, PC and PCC
12.25-inch center to center;
DA, JA, KA, HKA, LB, LBB
and HLB 5.75 inch center
to center; EB, EHB, FB,
JB, KB, HFB and HKB
4.375 inch center to center.
Order as a set of two
special factory drilled
breakers and one walking
beam interlock. Specify
breaker type, panel
thickness and center
to center dimension
of breakers.
Note: Not UL Listed. 2000A
maximum for PB breaker. Not
available on drawout breakers.

Mounts on panel (not included)
fitting over front of breakers.
Standard breaker spacing:
HLC, HLA, HMA, HMC, HNB
and HNC 8.50-inch center
to center; HKA and HLB
5.75-inch center to center;
HFB 4.1875-inch center
to center.
C. Kirk Key Interlock

Kirk Key Interlock

Availability: EB through PC.
Permits interlocking of two
breakers or one breaker
with other devices. Before
breaker can be closed,
key must be inserted and
turned in breaker interlock.
Breaker must be opened
before key can be
removed. It can then be
inserted in interlock or
other devices to permit
their closure. Requests and
orders should completely
outline interlocking
scheme, ultimate user
and address.

5

Center Studs

Availability: 600A frames
(LA) through (NB) 1200A
frames except SELTRONIC
and current limiting
breakers.

6

Provides connections for
dual voltage generators, so
that same trip unit can be
used for protection at both
voltages. At higher voltage,
the trip unit carries full load
current. At lower voltage,
half the current bypasses
the trip unit through the
center studs. Trip rating
cannot exceed 50% of
frame rating.

8

Field Discharge Switch
Availability: 400, 600A
frame (LA).
Breaker is used exclusively
to discharge the field of
a DC motor or generator,
usually through a resistor.
When the two outer
poles open, the center
pole closes.
Note: Not UL Listed.

7
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19

Note: Not available on motor
operated breakers. (No CA,
LCL, FCL breakers.)

20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-77

3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Motor Operators
Motor operators provide
complete remote control by
means of a pushbutton or a
similar pilot device.
Note: The pilot device must be
maintained contact type for EB,
EHB, FB, HFB, DA, JA, KA, JB,
KB, HKB and LB mechanisms,
momentary contact type for
all others.

Positive switching action is
accomplished by use of an
operating arm engaging the
breaker handle. The unit is
energized momentarily to
actuate the lever arm moving
it to either the ON or OFF
position. The control is broken
by an internal cutoff switch.
Means for emergency manual
operations is provided.

For LAB, LA, HLA Breakers

For EB, EHB, FB
and HFB

Motor operations are
available with motors
rated 120 Vac, 208 Vac
and 240 Vac.
Note: LA and larger available for
125 Vdc.

The 480V operators use a
120 Vac motor in conjunction
with a 480/240V to 120V
dual voltage transformer.
(On LA and larger operators,
the transformer is supplied
for separate mounting by
the customer.)
Note: The motor operator is
intended only for infrequent
operation in line with Underwriters
Laboratories endurance standards
for molded-case breakers.
Minimum 1 kVA transformer
is required for use with all
motor operations.

Back Mounting Plates
Breaker
Type

120, 208, 240,
480 Vac
Style Number

For DA, JA, KA, JB,
LB, LBB, HKA, HKB
and HLB Breakers

For MA, HMA, NB, HNB Breakers

For PB Breakers

Motor Operator Selection 12
Breaker
Type

Style Number—AC Voltage

EB, EHB, FB, HFB

656D148G11 656D148G04 656D148G02 656D148G13 —

—

DA, JA, KA, HKA

657D819G23 657D819G10 657D819G08 657D819G24 —

—

LB, LBB, HLB

657D819G25 657D819G16 657D819G14 657D819G26 —

—

LAB, LA, HLA, LC, HLC

2607D97G37 2607D97G40 2607D97G38 2607D97G39 2607D97G51

2607D97G42

MA, HMA, MC, HMC

5664D54G75 5664D54G78 5664D54G76 5664D54G77 5664D54G96

5664D54G81

NB, HNB, NC, HNC.
SPCB1200

1494D60G31 1494D60G32 1494D60G33 1494D60G34 1494D60G35

1494D60G36

PB, PC, PCC, PA,
SPCB2000

5661D52G01 5661D52G04 5661D52G02 5661D52G03 5661D52G17

—

120

208

Style Number—DC Voltage
240

480

125

24

Motor Data
Inrush Current,
Ampere (Peak)

Continuous
Current (rms)

Breaker
Type

Motor
Type

Hp

120V

208V

240V

120V

208V

240V

Operating
Time, Open
or Close

EB, EHB,
FB, HFB

Split-phase

1/75

10

4

5

2.3

1.17

1.65

1.5 seconds

DA, JA, KA,
JB, KB, LB, LBB,
HKB, HLB

Split-phase

1/50

14

6

7

3.5

1.6

1.75

1.5 seconds

LAB, LA, HLA

Reversing

—

8

5

4

—

—

—

12 cycles

MA, HMA, NB,
HNB, SPCB1200

Reversing

—

11

7

6

—

—

—

12 cycles

PB, PA,
SPCB2000

Reversing

—

20

12

11

—

—

—

10 cycles

Notes
1 AC voltage rated operators are UL Listed as recognized components.
2 See Dimension Sheet 29-170.

EB, EHB, FB, HFB

503C707G01

DA, JA, KA, LB, HLB

503C981G01

V12-T3-78

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

21
22
23
24
25

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Drawout Frame
These drawout frames are
for use with standard threepole Cutler-Hammer moldedcase circuit breakers. They
consist of two separate
parts: stationary mounting
frame and movable carrier
frame. Slide rails are
drawer-type, and a screw
mechanism is used to
engage or withdraw the
movable carrier frame.
The drawout frames have three
positions: connected, test and
disconnected. The frames do
not include a safety tripping
interlock or secondary
contacts. These are optional
items and may be ordered at
additional cost.
Breakers mounted in the
drawout frames can be
equipped with standard
breaker accessories including
shunt trip, undervoltage
release, auxiliary switch,
alarm switch and motor
operator.
Optional Features
Safety Interlock
This feature trips the breaker
as the movable carrier frame
is withdrawn, and must be
factory installed. Order
as follows.
Note: Safety interlock not
available on MC, NC, HMC,
HNC, LC and HLC.

For LA, MA and
NB Breakers
Order standard stationary
mounting frame. Order
breaker and movable carrier
frame assembled with
safety interlock.

Drawout Frame

Selection Data 12
Stationary Mounting Frame
Style Number

Movable Carrier Frame
Style Number

HLA600, HLC600, LA600, LD, HLD 3

2603D84G01

2608D35G06

HMA, HMC, MDL, HMDL 3

2603D85G01

2608D34G10

HNB, HNC, ND, HND 3

2603D85G01

2608D34G08

PB, PC, PCC 2000A 4

2601D18G04

Order by description 5

PB 2500A, PC, PCC 2500A and 3000A 4

2601D18G05

Order by description 5

4

Notes
1 Safety interlock not available on MC, NC,
HMC, HNC, LC and HLC.
2 SELTRONIC circuit breakers with built-in
ground fault require a special breaker
frame with leads out the side in place
of standard terminal block. Order by
description the breaker frame and carrier
as one assembly.
3 These units are UL Listed.
4 Not UL Listed.
5 Factory installed only.

5

Ordering Information
Note: SELTRONIC circuit
breakers with built-in ground fault
require a special breaker frame
with leads out the side in place of
standard terminal block. Order by
description the breaker frame and
carrier as one assembly.

Standard Installation
Order one stationary
mounting frame and one
movable carrier frame.
Order breakers without
terminals or rear connectors.
Order any attachments
desired (shunt trip,
undervoltage release, etc.)
Order secondary contacts
as required:
●

●

●

●

1

Breaker
Type

A shunt trip, an undervoltage release or an
alarm switch requires
two contacts
A 1A-1B auxiliary switch
requires three contacts
A motor operator requires
a maximum of four
contacts
Others as required

With Safety Interlock
Order stationary mounting
frame and movable carrier
frame as directed under
optional features.
Racking Crank
A special crank to engage or
withdraw the moving portion
of the drawout. A standard
0.50-inch hex socket with
extension can be used for
this purpose.

2
3

6
7
8
9

Racking Crank

10

Style Number

11

765A767G01

Cell Switches Mounted
on Drawout Frames,
All Ratings
Up to four switches can be
provided. Order by description.

12
13

Each switch provides
NO and NC contact that
transfers before reaching
the test position when being
withdrawn, and after the test
position when being racked
in. Contact factory for pricing.

14
15
16
17
18
19

Secondary Contacts
These are used to disconnect
auxiliary circuits when
attachments such as shunt
trip or motor operator are
used. Available in multiples
of four contacts with a
maximum of 24 contacts for
the LA 600 or 32 contacts for
the MA and NB. They must
be factory mounted. Order
by description as similar to
stationary or moving frame
and specify number of
contacts required.

20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-79

3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Panelboard “Only”
Replacement Breaker
Selection Guide

■

Panelboard “Only”
replacement breakers
are generally for use as
replacement for out-ofproduction panelboard
branch circuit breakers
where both physical and
electrical interchangeability
is required. Where possible,
consideration should be
given to application of either
current Series C or Series G
circuit breakers.

120 Vac
240 Vac
Breaker
Type
Amperes Sym. Asym. Sym.
Asym.

Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products and services.
Panelboard “Only” Replacement Breaker Selection Guide
Panelboard Replacement Breaker Interrupting Ampere Rating

For additional information,
consult the charts on
Pages V12-T3-84 and
V12-T3-85 or contact your
local Eaton Field Sales
office or the Breaker
Service Centers.
Replacement Chart 1
Current
Panelboard
Circuit
Breaker
Type

Out-ofVac
Production (50/60 Hz)
Circuit
Breaker
Type
240 480 600

REA 1

EA 1

■

RE

E1

■

REH

EH 1

RFA 1

FA 1

RHFA

HFA

1

F1

RF

J2

■

RK 1

K2

■

RHK

HK 2

■

RKL 1

KL 2

■

RHKL

HKL 2

■

18

RLM

RHLM

HLM

19

HLA

JK 2

■

HLA 1

JKL 2

■

20

LM

2

RE

15–100

REA

■

23
24

480 Vac

Asym.

Sym.

Asym.

Sym.

600 Vac
Asym.

125
(Single-Pole)

250 Vdc

—

10,000

10,000

—

—

—

—

—

—

7500 7500

7500

7500

—

—

—

—

—

—

5000

5000

15–20

—

—

—

10,000

10,000

—

—

—

—

—

—

REA

15–100

7500 7500

7500

7500

—

—

—

—

—

—

5000

5000

REH

15–100

—

—

18,000

20,000

10,000

10,000

14,000

15,000

—

—

—

10,000

RF

15–100

—

—

18,000

20,000

—

—

14,000

15,000

14,000

15,000

—

10,000

RFA

15–150

—

—

18,000

20,000

—

—

14,000

15,000

14,000

15,000

—

10,000

RHF

15–100

—

—

65,000

75,000

—

—

25,000

30,000

18,000

20,000

—

20,000

RHFA

15–100

—

—

65,000

75,000

—

—

25,000

30,000

18,000

20,000

—

20,000

RJ

70–225

—

—

22,000

25,000

—

—

18,000

20,000

14,000

15,000

—

10,000

HLA

70–225

—

—

42,000

50,000

—

—

30,000

35,000

22,000

25,000

—

20,000

HLA

125–400

—

—

42,000

50,000

—

—

30,000

35,000

22,000

25,000

—

20,000

RK

70–225

—

—

42,000

50,000

—

—

22,000

25,000

22,000

25,000

—

10,000

RKL

125–400

—

—

42,000

50,000

—

—

30,000

35,000

22,000

25,000

—

20,000

RLM

125–800

—

—

42,000

50,000

—

—

30,000

35,000

22,000

25,000

—

20,000

RHK

70–225

—

—

65,000

75,000

—

—

35,000

40,000

25,000

30,000

—

20,000

RHKL

125–400

—

—

65,000

75,000

—

—

35,000

40,000

25,000

30,000

—

20,000

RHLM

125–800

—

—

65,000

75,000

—

—

35,000

40,000

25,000

30,000

—

20,000

—

RHF3100 is a newly
manufactured, three-pole,
100A trip panelboard
replacement breaker for an
out-of-production HF3100.
R

■

Designates new
panelboard “only”
replacement breaker.

HF Identifies the out-ofproduction circuit
breaker frame.
Number of poles.

100 Trip ampere rating.

22

277 (Single-Pole)
Sym.

—

3

21

—

An Example:

HF

RJ

2

—

■

■

RHF

1

15–20

■

■

1

RE

Replacement of all out-ofproduction panelboard circuit
breakers are designated by
the easily identifiable addition
of an ”R“ prefix to the
out-of-production circuit
breaker catalog number
that they replace.

■

1

3

Notes:
1. Panelboard “only”
replacement circuit
breakers have noninterchangeable trip
units and the same
interrupting capacity
as the out-of-production
circuit breakers that
they replace.
2. The RE breaker has
off-center terminals
just like the E breaker
it is replacing.
3. For out-of-production
breakers, the “B” suffix
denotes 277 Vac rating
for the panelboard
replacement breaker.
(Example: RE3020B)
4. Some panelboard “only”
replacement breakers do
not have the same
physical dimensions or
mounting holes as the
breakers that they
replace. For example, the
types REH and RHFA are
6.00 inches in length
and the breakers that
they replace, EH and HFA,
are 6.50 inches in length.

Mounting hardware
is provided with each
breaker to resolve these
differences, and must be
installed to ensure a
proper fit.
5. Panelboard “only”
replacement breakers
can be installed in the
following styles of out-ofproduction Westinghouse
panelboards:
6. ABH
A2B
NHEB
NA1B
NA1B-LX
NDP

Notes
1 Last manufacture date—1974.
2 Last manufacture date—1967.
3 These frames are obsolete. For
replacement solutions, see the crossreference on Pages V12-T3-114–
V12-T3-167 or call 803-481-6843 for
other panelboard solutions.

25
V12-T3-80

NEB
NHDP
NH1B
NLAB-AB
NLAB-ABH

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

3

Panelboard “Only” Replacement Circuit Breaker Guide—Dimensions in Inches (Per Three-Pole Breaker)

1

Maximum Amperes
Description

100A

225A

2

Current Design
Panelboard ”only“
replacement circuit breakers
These circuit breakers, when used in a
panelboard, are direct replacements for
the circuit breakers listed below both
electrically and physically.

RE 1, REA 2

REH

RFA 3, RHFA

RF 4, RHF

3
4
5
6
7

Width: 4.13
Height: 6.00
Depth: 3.38

Width: 4.13
Height: 6.00
Depth: 3.38

Width: 4.13
Height: 6.00
Depth: 3.38

Width: 4.13
Height: 9.38
Depth: 3.81

EH

FA, HFA

F, HF

8
9

Out-of-Production Westinghouse Circuit Breakers
These circuit breakers
are no longer manufactured
These circuit breakers, when used
in a panelboard, are directly replaced
by the circuit breakers listed above.
*Indicates last date of manufacture.

E, EA

10
11
*1974

*1974

*1974

*1974

Width: 4.13
Height: 6.00
Depth: 3.38

Width: 4.13
Height: 6.50
Depth: 3.38

Width: 4.13
Height: 6.50
Depth: 3.38

Width: 4.13
Height: 9.38
Depth: 3.81

12
13

Notes
1 Obsolete—no replacement.
2 Obsolete—use REH (available in three-pole only).
3 Obsolete—use RHFA (available in three-pole only).
4 Obsolete—use RHF (available in three-pole only).

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-81

3
1
2
3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Panelboard “Only” Replacement Circuit Breaker Guide—Dimensions in Inches (Per Three-Pole Breaker), continued
Maximum Amperes
225A

400A

400A

800A

RJ

RK 1, RHK

RKL 2, RHKL

RLM 3, RHLM

Width: 8.25
Height: 10.13
Depth: 4.06

Width: 8.25
Height: 15.50
Depth: 4.06

Width: 8.25
Height: 16.00
Depth: 4.06

Width: 8.25
Height: 22.00
Depth: 5.50

KL, HKL

LM, HLM

Current Design

4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

Out-of-Production Westinghouse Circuit Breakers
J

K, HK

13
14
15
16
17
18

*1967

*1967

*1967

*1967

Width: 8.25
Height: 10.13
Depth: 4.06

Width: 8.25
Height: 15.50
Depth: 4.06

Width: 8.25
Height: 16.00
Depth: 4.06

Width: 8.25
Height: 22.00
Depth: 5.50

19

Further Information
Publication Number

Description

20

IL 15558

Mounting information for the RE, REA breakers

IL 15559

Mounting information for the RF, RHF breakers

21

IL 15562

Mounting information for the REH, RFA, RHFA breakers

IL 15563

Mounting information for the RJ breaker

22

IL 15564

Mounting information for the RK, RHK breakers

IL 15565

Mounting information for the RKL, RHKL breakers

23

IL 15566

Mounting information for the RLM, RHLM breakers

24

Notes
1 Obsolete—use RHK (available in three-pole only).
2 Obsolete—use RHKL (available in three-pole only).
3 Obsolete—use RHLM (available in three-pole only).

25
V12-T3-82

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products
and services. 1
Type REA, Single-, Two- and Three-Pole,
Type REA
240 Vac Maximum, Thermal-Magnetic

■

Continuous
Ampere
Rating at 40°C

Type REH

Single-Pole,
120 Vac

Two-Pole,
240 Vac

Three-Pole,
240 Vac

Maximum Amperes

Wire Type

Wire Range

Style Number 2

1
2

Standard Pressure Type Terminals
20 (EB, EHB)

Al/Cu

#14–#10

624B100G14

100

Al/Cu

#14–1/0

624B100G02

150

Al/Cu

#4–4/0

624B100G17

10

REA1010

—

—

Optional Al/Cu Pressure Terminals

15

REA1015

REA2015

REA3015

50

Al/Cu

#14–#4

624B100G10

20

REA1020

REA2020

REA3020

100

Al/Cu

#4–4/0

624B100G17

25

REA1025

REA2025

REA3025

30

REA1030

REA2030

REA3030

40

REA1040

REA2040

REA3040

50

REA1050

REA2050

REA3050

60

REA1060

REA2060

REA3060

70

REA1070

REA2070

REA3070

80

REA1080

REA2080

REA3080

90

REA1090

REA2090

REA3090

100

REA1100

REA2100

REA3100

Type REH, Single-, Two- and Three-Pole,
480 Vac Maximum, Thermal-Magnetic
Continuous
Ampere
Rating at 40°C

Type RE

Catalog Number

Terminals

Catalog Number
Single-Pole,
277 Vac

Two-Pole,
480 Vac

Three-Pole,
480 Vac

10

REH1010

—

—

5

REH1015

REH2015

REH3015

20

REH1020

REH2020

REH3020

25

REH1025

REH2025

REH3025

30

REH1030

REH2030

REH3030

40

REH1040

REH2040

REH3040

50

REH1050

REH2050

REH3050

60

REH1060

REH2060

REH3060

70

REH1070

REH2070

REH3070

80

REH1080

REH2080

REH3080

90

REH1090

REH2090

REH3090

100

REH1100

REH2100

REH3100

All accessories and modifications available for Replacement
Breakers Types EB, EHB and FB are also available for
Panelboard Replacement Breakers Types RE, REH, RFA,
RF, RHF, REA and RHFA.
For accessories and modifications, refer to Pages V12-T3-65–
V12-T3-79.
Terminals
See table on Page V12-T3-83.
50°C Calibration
Add suffix “V” to catalog number for breakers to be used in
50°C ambients. Same price as standard 40°C breakers.
Note: Not UL Listed.
Notes
1 These frames are obsolete. For replacement solutions, see the cross-reference on
Pages V12-T3-114–V12-T3-167 or call 803-481-6843 for other panelboard solutions.
2 Package of three.

Two-Pole,
240 Vac

Three-Pole,
240 Vac

10

RE1010

—

—

15

RE1015

RE2015

RE3015

20

RE1020

RE2020

RE3020

25

RE1025

RE2025

RE3025

30

RE1030

RE2030

RE3030

40

RE1040

RE2040

RE3040

50

RE1050

RE2050

RE3050

60

RE1060

RE2060

RE3060

70

RE1070

RE2070

RE3070

80

RE1080

RE2080

RE3080

90

RE1090

RE2090

RE3090

100

RE1100

RE2100

RE3100

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17

Catalog Number
Single-Pole,
120 Vac

4
5

Accessories and Modifications

Type RE, Single-, Two- and Three-Pole,
240 Vac Maximum, Thermal-Magnetic
Continuous
Ampere
Rating at 40°C

3

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-83

3
1

■

Replacement Capabilities

Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products and services. 1
Panelboard Replacement Circuit Breakers (Includes Terminals on Load Side Only)
Continuous Ampere
Rating at 40°C

2
3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers

Catalog Number
Two-Pole, 600 Vac

Three-Pole, 600 Vac

Type RFA Two-, Three-Pole, 600 Vac Maximum, Thermal-Magnetic
Type RFA

15

RFA2015

RFA3015

20

RFA2020

RFA3020

25

RFA2025

RFA3025

30

RFA2030

RFA3030

5

35

RFA2035

RFA3035

40

RFA2040

RFA3040

6

50

RFA2050

RFA3050

60

RFA2060

RFA3060

7

70

RFA2070

RFA3070

80

RFA2080

RFA3080

8

90

RFA2090

RFA3090

100

RFA2100

RFA3100

9

125

RFA2125

RFA3125

150

RFA2150

RFA3150

4

10

Type RF

Type RF Two-, Three-Pole, 600 Vac Maximum, Thermal-Magnetic
15

RF2015

RF3015

11

20

RF2020

RF3020

25

RF2025

RF3025

12

30

RF2030

RF3030

35

RF2035

RF3035

40

RF2040

RF3040

50

RF2050

RF3050

60

RF2060

RF3060

70

RF2070

RF3070

80

RF2080

RF3080

90

RF2090

RF3090

100

RF2100

RF3100

13
14
15
16

Type RHFA

Type RHFA Two-, Three-Pole, 600 Vac Maximum, Thermal-Magnetic
15

RHFA2015

RHFA3015

17

20

RHFA2020

RHFA3020

25

RHFA2025

RHFA3025

18

30

RHFA2030

RHFA3030

35

RHFA2035

RHFA3035

19

40

RHFA2040

RHFA3040

50

RHFA2050

RHFA3050

20

60

RHFA2060

RHFA3060

70

RHFA2070

RHFA3070

21

80

RHFA2080

RHFA3080

90

RHFA2090

RHFA3090

22

100

RHFA2100

RHFA3100

125

RHFA2125

RHFA3125

23

150

RHFA2150

RHFA3150

Note
1 These frames are obsolete. For replacement solutions, see the cross-reference on Pages V12-T3-114–V12-T3-167 or call 803-481-6843 for other panelboard solutions.

24
25
V12-T3-84

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

■

3

Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products and services. 1
Panelboard Replacement Circuit Breakers (Includes Terminals on Load Side Only)
Continuous Ampere
Rating at 40°C

1

Catalog Number
Two-Pole, 600 Vac

Three-Pole, 600 Vac

2
3

Type RHF Two-, Three-Pole, 600 Vac Maximum, Thermal-Magnetic
Type RHF

Type RJ

Type RK

Type RKL

15

RHF2015

RHF3015

20

RHF2020

RHF3020

25

RHF2025

RHF3025

30

RHF2030

RHF3030

40

RHF2040

RHF3040

50

RHF2050

RHF3050

60

RHF2060

RHF3060

70

RHF2070

RHF3070

80

RHF2080

RHF3080

90

RHF2090

RHF3090

100

RHF2100

RHF3100

8
9

4
5
6
7

Type RJ Two-, Three-Pole, 600 Vac Maximum, Thermal-Magnetic
70

RJ2070

RJ3070

90

RJ2090

RJ3090

100

RJ2100

RJ3100

125

RJ2125

RJ3125

150

RJ2150

RJ3150

175

RJ2175

RJ3175

200

RJ2200

RJ3200

225

RJ2225

RJ3225

225 MCS

RJ2225K

RJ3225K

10
11
12
13

Type RK Two-, Three-Pole, 600 Vac Maximum, Thermal-Magnetic
70

RK2070

RK3070

90

RK2090

RK3090

100

RK2100

RK3100

125

RK2125

RK3125

150

RK2150

RK3150

175

RK2175

RK3175

200

RK2200

RK3200

225

RK2225

RK3225

225 MCS

RK2225K

RK3225K

14
15
16
17
18

Type RKL Two-, Three-Pole, 600 Vac Maximum, Thermal-Magnetic
125

RKL2125

RKL3125

150

RKL2150

RKL3150

175

RKL2175

RKL3175

200

RKL2200

RKL3200

225

RKL2225

RKL3225

250

RKL2250

RKL3250

300

RKL2300

RKL3300

350

RKL2350

RKL3350

400

RKL2400

RKL3400

400 MCS

RKL2400K

RKL3400K

19
20
21
22

Note
1 These frames are obsolete. For replacement solutions, see the cross-reference on Pages V12-T3-114–V12-T3-167 or call 803-481-6843 for other panelboard solutions.

23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-85

3
1

■

Replacement Capabilities

Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products and services. 1
Panelboard Replacement Circuit Breakers (Includes Terminals on Load Side Only)
Continuous Ampere
Rating at 40°C

2
3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers

Catalog Number
Two-Pole, 600 Vac

Three-Pole, 600 Vac

Type RLM Two-, Three-Pole, 600 Vac Maximum, Thermal-Magnetic
Type RLM

125

RLM2125

RLM3125

150

RLM2150

RLM3150

175

RLM2175

RLM3175

200

RLM2200

RLM3200

5

225

RLM2225

RLM3225

250

RLM2250

RLM3250

6

275

RLM2275

RLM3275

300

RLM2300

RLM3300

7

350

RLM2350

RLM3350

400

RLM2400

RLM3400

8

500

RLM2500

RLM3500

600

RLM2600

RLM3600

9

600 MCS

RLM2600K

RLM3600K

700

RLM2700

RLM3700

800

RLM2800

RLM3800

4

10

Type RHK

Type RHK Two-, Three-Pole, 600 Vac Maximum, Thermal-Magnetic

11

70

RHK2070

RHK3070

90

RHK2090

RHK3090

12

100

RHK2100

RHK3100

125

RHK2125

RHK3125

150

RHK2150

RHK3150

175

RHK2175

RHK3175

200

RHK2200

RHK3200

225

RHK2225

RHK3225

225 MCS

RHK2225K

RHK3225K

13
14
15

Type RHKL

Type RHKL Two-, Three-Pole, 600 Vac Maximum, Thermal-Magnetic
125

RHKL2125

RHKL3125

16

150

RHKL2150

RHKL3150

175

RHKL2175

RHKL3175

17

200

RHKL2200

RHKL3200

225

RHKL2225

RHKL3225

18

250

RHKL2250

RHKL3250

300

RHKL2300

RHKL3300

19

350

RHKL2350

RHKL3350

400

RHKL2400

RHKL3400

20

400 MCS

RHKL2400K

RHKL3400K

Note
1 These frames are obsolete. For replacement solutions, see the cross-reference on Pages V12-T3-114–V12-T3-167 or call 803-481-6843 for other panelboard solutions.

21
22
23
24
25
V12-T3-86

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products and services. 1
Panelboard Replacement Circuit Breakers (Includes Terminals on Load Side Only)
Type RHLM

■

1

Catalog Number

Continuous Ampere
Rating at 40°C

Two-Pole, 600 Vac

Three-Pole, 600 Vac

2
3

Type RHLM Two-, Three-Pole, 600 Vac Maximum, Thermal-Magnetic
125

RHLM2125

RHLM3125

150

RHLM2150

RHLM3150

175

RHLM2175

RHLM3175

200

RHLM2200

RHLM3200

225

RHLM2225

RHLM3225

250

RHLM2250

RHLM3250

275

RHLM2275

RHLM3275

300

RHLM2300

RHLM3300

325

RHLM2325

RHLM3325

350

RHLM2350

RHLM3350

400

RHLM2400

RHLM3400

450

RHLM2450

RHLM3450

500

RHLM2500

RHLM3500

550

RHLM2550

RHLM3550

600

RHLM2600

RHLM3600

600 MCS

RHLM2600K

RHLM3600K

700

RHLM2700

RHLM3700

800

RHLM2800

RHLM3800

Accessories and
Modifications
All accessories and
modifications available for
replacement breakers types
KA, LA and MA are also
available for panelboard
replacement breakers types
RJ, RK, RKL, RLM, RHK,
RHKL and RHLM.
For additional accessories
and modifications, refer to
Pages V12-T3-65–
V12-T3-79.
Terminals

50°C Calibration
Add suffix “V” to catalog
number for breakers to be
used in 50°C ambients.
Same price as standard
40°C breakers.
Note: Not UL Listed.

Special Breakers
Magnetic only (includes
load terminals). Available
for all ampere ratings for
two- and three-pole RJ,
RK, RKL, RLM, RHK, RHKL
and RHLM.

RJ

TA225LA1

High magnetic moldedcase switches (K suffix) are
available to replace out-ofproduction non-automatic
breakers (N suffix).

RK

TA225LA1

Note: Not UL Listed.

RHK

TA225LA1

RKL

TA400LA1

Panelboard
Circuit
Breakers

RHKL

Terminals 2

RLM

TA700MA1 (for <600A)
TA800MA1 (for 700–800A)

5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

Panelboard and Switchboard
Replacement Breaker
Ordering Instructions

13

1. Choose the breaker
frame and amperage.

15

3. Call your local distributor
with catalog numbers
and request Eaton’s Free
Express Service.
Compatible with Panelboards
and Switchboards from:
Westinghouse Distribution
and Control Business Unit
1987–1998

1991–1998

1994–2000

14

2000–2009

2. Select the proper
connector kit (if needed).

TA400LA1

RHLM

4

16

2009–Present

Connector Kits for Pow-RLine 4 Panelboards and
Pow-R-Line C Switchboards
Breaker
Type

Catalog Number
Single
Twin

F-Frame

—

KPRL4FD

J-Frame

KPRL4JDS

KPRL4JDT

K-Frame

KPRL4KDS

KPRL4KDT

L-Frame

KPRL4LD

—

M-Frame

KPRL4MC

—

N-Frame

KPRL4ND

—

For further information,
reference Page V12-T3-168
in this catalog.
Notes
1 These frames are obsolete. For
replacement solutions, see the crossreference on Pages V12-T3-114–
V12-T3-167 or call 803-481-6843 for
other panelboard solutions.
2 Packaged individually.

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-87

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

■

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products and services.

Replacement Capabilities
Cutler-Hammer motor
control center replacement
circuit breakers are newly
manufactured and tested
to the latest applicable
standards at the Eaton
molded-case circuit breaker
plant in Beaver, PA. This
plant has a long and wellrecognized tradition of
product safety, integrity
and quality.
The motor control center
replacement circuit breaker
solution eliminates the
need to consider alternative
approaches. Eaton
customers are ensured
that the high standards
of product quality and
reliability do not have to be
sacrificed when replacing
Westinghouse out-ofproduction circuit breakers.
All motor control center
replacement circuit breakers
are easily identified by the
prefix “RMC” added to the
out-of-production type
circuit breaker catalog
number they replace.

Replacement Motor Control Center Breakers

Motor Control Center Replacement Breaker Interrupting Ampere Ratings
Breaker Type
23

Amperes

240 Vac

480 Vac

600 Vac

250 Vac

Replacement Chart

RMCF

15–100

18,000

14,000

14,000

10,000

Current
MCC
Circuit
Breaker
Type

Out-ofProduction
Circuit
Breaker
Type 1

RMCFA 234

15–150

18,000

14,000

14,000

10,000

RMCHF 23

15–100

65,000

25,000

18,000

20,000

Volts AC
(50/60 Hz)
600

RMCHFA 234

15–150

65,000

25,000

18,000

20,000

RMCFA

FA

■

Example:

Example:

An RMCF3100 is a newly
manufactured, three-pole,
100A trip panelboard
replacement circuit breaker.
It replaces an out-ofproduction F circuit breaker.

RMC Designates new
motor control
center replacement
circuit breaker.

17

RMCHFA

HFA

■

RMCF

F

■

18

RMCHF

HF

■

19
20
21

F

Identifies the out-ofproduction circuit
breaker frame.

3

Number of poles.

100

Trip unit
ampere rating.

Contact 1-800-OLD-UNIT
for replacement or
Page V12-T3-91 for
Series C retrofit kits.

22
23
24

Notes
1 Last manufacture date—1974.
2 Motor control center replacement
breakers do not have the same
physical dimensions or mounting holes
as the breakers they replace. Types
RMCFA and RMCHFA are 6.00
inches long and the breakers they
replace, FA and HFA, are 6.50 inches
long. Types RMCF and RMCHF
are 6.00 inches long and the breakers
they replace, F and HF, are 9.375
inches long. A mounting plate is
provided with each breaker to resolve
these differences, and must be
installed to ensure a proper fit.
3 Motor control center replacement
circuit breakers have noninterchangeable trip units and the
same interrupting capacity as the
out-of-production circuit breakers
they replace.
4 RMCFA and RMCHFA two-pole
breakers are supplied in a three-pole
frame with current carrying parts
omitted from the center pole.

25
V12-T3-88

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

3

Types RMCFA, RMCF, RMCHFA and RMCHF—Motor Control Center Replacement
■

Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products and services.
Motor Control Center Replacement Circuit Breakers
Continuous Ampere
Rating at 40°C

Type RMCFA

Type RMCF

1

1

2

Catalog Number
Single-Pole

Two-Pole

Three-Pole

3

Type RMCFA—15–100A Two-, Three-Pole, 600 Vac Maximum, Thermal-Magnetic
15

—

RMCFA2015

RMCFA3015

20

—

RMCFA2020

RMCFA3020

25

—

RMCFA2025

RMCFA3025

30

—

RMCFA2030

RMCFA3030

35

—

RMCFA2035

RMCFA3035

40

—

RMCFA2040

RMCFA3040

50

—

RMCFA2050

RMCFA3050

60

—

RMCFA2060

RMCFA3060

70

—

RMCFA2070

RMCFA3070

80

—

RMCFA2080

RMCFA3080

90

—

RMCFA2090

RMCFA3090

100

—

RMCFA2100

RMCFA3100

9
10

4
5
6
7
8

Type RMCF—15–150A Two-, Three-Pole, 600 Vac Maximum, Thermal-Magnetic
15

—

RMCHF2015

RMCHF3015

20

—

RMCHF2020

RMCHF3020

25

—

RMCHF2025

RMCHF3025

30

—

RMCHF2030

RMCHF3030

35

—

RMCHF2035

RMCHF3035

40

—

RMCHF2040

RMCHF3040

50

—

RMCHF2050

RMCHF3050

60

—

RMCHF2060

RMCHF3060

70

—

RMCHF2070

RMCHF3070

80

—

RMCHF2080

RMCHF3080

90

—

RMCHF2090

RMCHF3090

100

—

RMCHF2100

RMCHF3100

125

—

RMCHF2125

RMCHF3125

150

—

RMCHF2150

RMCHF3150

11
12
13
14
15
16

Notes
1 These frames are obsolete. For more information, call 1-800-OLD-UNIT for Cutler-Hammer motor control solutions.

17

See Page V12-T3-91 for Series C retrofit kits.

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-89

3
1

■

Replacement Capabilities

Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products and services.
Motor Control Center Replacement Circuit Breakers
Continuous Ampere
Rating at 40°C

2
3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers

1

Catalog Number
Single-Pole

Two-Pole

Three-Pole

Type RMCHFA—15–100A Two-, Three-Pole, 600 Vac Maximum, Thermal-Magnetic
Type RMCHFA

15

—

RMCHFA2015

RMCHFA3015

20

—

RMCHFA2020

RMCHFA3020

25

—

RMCHFA2025

RMCHFA3025

30

—

RMCHFA2030

RMCHFA3030

5

35

—

RMCHFA2035

RMCHFA3035

40

—

RMCHFA2040

RMCHFA3040

6

50

—

RMCHFA2050

RMCHFA3050

60

—

RMCHFA2060

RMCHFA3060

7

70

—

RMCHFA2070

RMCHFA3070

80

—

RMCHFA2080

RMCHFA3080

8

90

—

RMCHFA2090

RMCHFA3090

100

—

RMCHFA2100

RMCHFA3100

9

125

—

RMCHFA2125

RMCHFA3125

150

—

RMCHFA2150

RMCHFA3150

4

10

Type RMCHF—15–100A Two-, Three-Pole, 600 Vac Maximum, Thermal-Magnetic
Type RMCHF

15

—

RMCHF2015

RMCHF3015

11

20

—

RMCHF2020

RMCHF3020

25

—

RMCHF2025

RMCHF3025

12

30

—

RMCHF2030

RMCHF3030

35

—

RMCHF2035

RMCHF3035

40

—

RMCHF2040

RMCHF3040

50

—

RMCHF2050

RMCHF3050

60

—

RMCHF2060

RMCHF3060

70

—

RMCHF2070

RMCHF3070

80

—

RMCHF2080

RMCHF3080

90

—

RMCHF2090

RMCHF3090

100

—

RMCHF2100

RMCHF3100

13
14
15
16

Notes
1 These frames are obsolete. For more information, call 1-800-OLD-UNIT for Cutler-Hammer motor control solutions.

17

See Page V12-T3-91 for Series C retrofit kits.

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T3-90

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Technology Upgrades

Type W Series C Retrofit Kit

Series C Retrofit Kits
Series C Retrofit Kits are to
be used to upgrade existing
Type W and 5 Star motor
control center units by
changing out the old breakers
with new Series C models.
These kits can be applied to
both starter and feeder units.
Some of the breakers that
these kits will upgrade
include:
●

MCP, F, FA, FB, HFB, K, KA,
KB, HKB, L, LA, LB and
HLB breakers

●

●

Type W Series C Retrofit Kit

●

●

●

●

5 Star Series C Retrofit Kit

●

●

●

●

●

Series C device, 65 kA
(either HMCP or thermalmagnetic breaker)
Operating handle, including
tripped indication and
push-to-trip mechanism
Label stating that the MCC
unit has been retrofitted
with Series C device
suitable for 65 kA (similar
to UL quality label)
Templates for desired
frame size
Assembly instructions

Customer benefits:
●

●

●

Ease of ordering—one
catalog number for all
required parts
Series C technology—
higher AIC rating
All new components
associated with the
breaker, including new
stab assembly, operating
mechanism and door,
if required

●

The Type W Series C retrofit
kit includes:

5 Star Series C Retrofit Kit

The 5 Star Series C retrofit kit
includes:

310+ Electronic Trip Unit
The 310+ electronic trip unit
has advantages and upgraded
features over the Series C
310 electronic trip unit
as follows:

●

●
●
●

Series C device, 65 kA
(either HMCP or thermalmagnetic breaker)
Operating handle, including
tripped indication and
push-to-trip mechanism
Label stating that the MCC
unit has been retrofitted
with Series C device
suitable for 65 kA (similar
to UL quality label)
Templates for proper hole
placement for desired
frame size
Series C breaker mounting
hardware
New door and hardware
New stab assembly
Assembly instructions

●

●

Adjustable Ir continuous
current setting eliminates
the need for rating plugs
Cause of trip information
can be extracted from
the breaker
Zone selective interlocking
option for breaker
coordination
Ground fault alarm only
option to keep critical
equipment on-line when
a ground fault is present
Arcflash Reduction
Maintenance System™ to
improve worker safety

Note: Available only for the LG,
NG, RG/RD 310+ models.

The 310+ electronic trip unit
is available for the following
MCCB breakers:
●
●
●
●
●
●

Series C FDE
Series G JG
Series G LG
Series G NG
Series G RG
Series C RD (available
as a field retrofit kit)

Series C to Series G
Upgrades
The Series C 250A JD and
600A LD breakers are being
replaced by Series G 250A
JG and 600A LG breakers
respectively. There are
several advantages in
moving from these Series C
to Series G breakers.

3

Series G 250A JG Molded-Case
Circuit Breaker
●
Smaller breaker footprint
than Series C JD
●
Breaker is duel rated,
UL and IEC
●
Interruption ratings up to
200 kAIC at 480 Vac
●
Accessories are field
installable thru-cover
●
Now available with an
electronic, 310+ trip unit
●
Can accommodate the
ANSI C12.1 Power
Monitoring/Metering
Module (PM3)
Series G 600A LG Molded-Case
Circuit Breaker:
●
Smaller breaker footprint
Series C LD
●
Breaker is duel rated,
UL and IEC
●
Interruption ratings up
to 200 kAIC at 480 Vac
●
Accessories are field
installable thru-cover
●
Upgraded from 310
electronic trip unit to a
310+ electronic trip unit
●
Can accommodate the
ANSI C12.1 Power
Monitoring Metering
Module (PM3)
Advantages of 310+ Electronic
Trip Unit Technology Versus
the 310 Electronic Trip Unit:
●
Adjustable Ir continuous
current setting eliminates
the need for rating plugs
●
Cause of trip information
can be extracted from
the breaker
●
Zone selective interlocking
option for breaker
coordination
●
Ground fault alarm only
option to keep critical
equipment on-line when
a ground fault is present
●
Arcflash Reduction
Maintenance System to
improve worker safety
(not available in the JG
310+ electronic trip unit)

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-91

3
1

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

F10 Series C Retrofit Kit

2
3
4
5
6
7
8

F10 Series C Retrofit Kit

The F10 Series C retrofit
kit includes:
●

●

9
●

10
11
12

●

●

Series C device, 65 kA
(either HMCP or thermalmagnetic breaker)
Operating handle
mechanism, including
tripped indication
push-to-trip
Label stating that the MCC
unit has been retrofitted
with Series C device
suitable for 65 kA (similar
to UL quality label)
Templates for desired
frame size
Assembly instructions

13

Series C Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Interrupting Rating (kAIC)

Frame
Type

240V

480V

600V

Trip Rating
Amperes

Catalog
Number

HFD

100

65

25

15

HFD3015

HFD

100

65

25

20

HFD3020

HFD

100

65

25

25

HFD3025

HFD

100

65

25

30

HFD3030

HFD

100

65

25

40

HFD3040

HFD

100

65

25

50

HFD3050

HFD

100

65

25

60

HFD3060

HFD

100

65

25

70

HFD3070

HFD

100

65

25

80

HFD3080

HFD

100

65

25

90

HFD3090

HFD

100

65

25

100

HFD3100

HFD

100

65

25

125

HFD3125

HFD

100

65

25

150

HFD3150

FDC

200

100

35

15

FDC3015

FDC

200

100

35

20

FDC3020

FDC

200

100

35

25

FDC3025

FDC

200

100

35

30

FDC3030

FDC

200

100

35

40

FDC3040

FDC

200

100

35

50

FDC3050

FDC

200

100

35

60

FDC3060

FDC

200

100

35

70

FDC3070

FDC

200

100

35

80

FDC3080

FDC

200

100

35

90

FDC3090

FDC

200

100

35

100

FDC3100

FDC

200

100

35

125

FDC3125

FDC

200

100

35

150

FDC3150

HJD

100

65

25

175

HJD3175

HJD

100

65

25

200

HJD3200

HJD

100

65

25

225

HJD3225

16

HJD

100

65

25

250

HJD3250

JDC

200

100

35

175

JDC3175

17

JDC

200

100

35

200

JDC3200

JDC

200

100

35

225

JDC3225

18

JDC

200

100

35

250

JDC3250

HKD

100

65

35

300

HKD3300

19

HKD

100

65

35

350

HKD3350

14
15

20
21

HKD

100

65

35

400

HKD3400

KDC

200

100

50

300

KDC3300

KDC

200

100

50

350

KDC3350

KDC

200

100

50

400

KDC3400

22
23
24
25
V12-T3-92

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Series C Motor Circuit Protectors
Starter
Size

Series C Retrofit Kit Catalog Numbering System

Magnetic Trip
Range Amperes

Continuous
Rating Amperes

Catalog
Number

0

9–30

3

HMCP003A0

0

21–70

7

HMCP007C0

0

45–150

15

HMCP015E0

0

40–60

25

HMCP025D0

1

90–300

30

HMCP030H1

2

80–120

50

HMCP050G2

2

150–500

50

HMCP050K2

2

115–170

70

HMCP070J2

2

210–700

70

HMCP070M2

3

160–240

100

HMCP100L3

3

300–1000

100

HMCP100R3

4

450–1500

150

HMCP150T4

4

750–2500

150

HMCP150U4

4, 5

350–700

250

HMCP250A5

5

450–900

250

HMCP250C5

5

500–1000

250

HMCP250D5

5

625–1250

250

HMCP250F5

5

750–1500

250

HMCP250G5

5

875–1750

250

HMCP250J5

5

1000–2000

250

HMCP250K5

5

1125–2250

250

HMCP250L5

5

1250–2500

250

HMCP250W5

5

500–1000

400

HMCP400D5

5

625–1250

400

HMCP400F5

5

750–1500

400

HMCP400G5

5

875–1750

400

HMCP400J5

5

1000–2000

400

HMCP400K5

5

1125–2250

400

HMCP400L5

5

1250–2500

400

HMCP400M5

5

1500–3000

400

HMCP400N5

5

1750–3500

400

HMCP400R5

5, 6

2000–4000

400

HMCP400X5

1

FT HMCP030H1 C 12 N
MCC Type
FT = Type W
FS = 5 Star
FR = F10
Device Catalog
Number

2
Device Panel
Modifications

D = With device
panel
N = No device panel

C = Copper lugs
for HMCP
L = Lugs for moldedcase breaker

Use tables.

Door Size
Height of door in inches,
6.00-inch increments

How to Order
Step 1: Select the correct Series C molded-case circuit breaker
from the table on Page V12-T3-92 or the Series C motor circuit
protector from the table on this page.
Step 2: Create a catalog number based on the MCC type,
device selected, modifications, door size and device panel.
Step 3: Select price from PL04304002E.

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-93

3
1

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

OPTIM 550 Trip Units for Upgrading Thermal/Magnetic Trips

Cutler-Hammer PowerNet™ and Zone Interlock Kits (OPTIM 550 Only)
K-, L- and N-Frames
PowerNet
Communication Kit

2

The Cutler-Hammer
PowerNet communications
kit can be ordered to add
PowerNet communications
to an existing OPTIM 550
breaker in the field. An
18.00-inch wiring pigtail is
routed to the rear of the
breaker: two wires for
PowerNet and two wires
for 24 Vdc (45 mA load).
It is recommended that the
power supply be an “isolated
high quality” unit.

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

Digitrip OPTIM 550

Replacement of the
OPTIM 550 trip units and
the associated accessories
allows a customer to easily
upgrade an existing Series C,
K- or L-Frame molded-case
circuit breaker equipped
with a standard thermalmagnetic trip unit, without
the need to purchase a new
circuit breaker.

●

●

●

●

●

Key features and benefits
of the OPTIM 550 trip
unit include:

10 set points providing for
premium protection and
coordination
Cause-of-Trip indication
(LEDs and digital memory)
Load monitoring to provide
information for energy
management
Diagnostics to assist in
system troubleshooting
Communications and zone
interlocking options—field
or factory installed

OPTIM 550 Trip Units for Upgrading Thermal/Magnetic Trips
Maximum
Ampere Rating
(Sensor)

Catalog Number
Type of OPTIM 550 Trip Unit
LSI

LSIA

LSIG

KD, HKD, KDC, CKD and CHKD Breaker Frames

13

125

KEP3125T52

KEP3125T57

KEP3125T56

250

KEP3250T52

KEP3250T57

KEP3250T56

14

400

KEP3400T52

KEP3400T57

KEP3400T56

15

125

LEP3125T52

LEP3125T57

LEP3125T56

250

LEP3250T52

LEP3250T57

LEP3250T56

16

400

LEP3400T52

LEP3400T57

LEP3400T56

600

LEP3600T52

LEP3600T57

LEP3600T56

PowerNet and Zone Interlock Kits
PowerNet

Zone Interlocking/
Ground 1

PowerNet and Zone
Interlocking/Ground 1

Factory
Install
Suffix

Catalog
Number

Factory
Install
Suffix

Catalog
Number

Factory
Install
Suffix

Catalog
Number

K-Frame

PN

ICK550K

ZG

ZGK550K

ZGP

ZGPK550K

L-Frame

PN

ICK550L

ZG

ZGK550L

ZGP

ZGPK550L

N-Frame

PN

ICK550N

ZG

ZGK550N

ZGP

ZGPK550N

Circuit
Breaker

Notes
1 Includes a ground fault alarm signal that can drive the ground fault alarm unit
(catalog number GFAU).
Instruction leaflet numbers (K) 29C506, (L) 29C897, (N) 29C898.

LD, HLD, LDC, CLD, CHLD and CLDC Breaker Frames

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T3-94

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Handle Mechanisms

1

Shaded area denotes
obsolete or discontinued
products and services.

■

MCCB Handle Mechanism
Introduction
Eaton offers a broad range
of handle mechanisms for
molded-case circuit breakers.
Each of these has been
designed specifically for
safe, dependable operation
and ease of installation.

2
3
Vari-Depth Type—Page V12-T3-105
Flex-Shaft Type—Page V12-T3-107

5

Slide Plate Type—Page V12-T3-99

6

Handle mechanisms are
used in a wide variety of
applications including
enclosed molded-case circuit
breakers, control panels and
motor control centers.
Whether replacing a damaged
handle mechanism with a like
unit, switching from fuses
to circuit breakers in order to
limit downtime, or upgrading
to take advantage of the
many benefits associated
with applying communicating,
programmable molded-case
circuit breaker technology,
Eaton has the handle
mechanism solution
that is right for you.

4

7
8
9

Universal Rotary Type—
Page V12-T3-110
Type MC Motor Control—
Page V12-T3-103
Type SM Safety Handle—
Page V12-T3-101

10
11
12

Series C Rotary Type— Page V12-T3-109

13
14

G-Frame Vari-Depth

15

Type AMT Vari-Depth—
Page V12-T3-104

16
17
Universal Direct—Page V12-T3-111
G Direct—Page V12-T3-111

18
19
20

Euro IEC Direct—Page V12-T3-111

21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-95

3
1
2

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Handle Mechanism Selection and Availability Guide
Door Mounted
Circuit Breaker and
Switch Type

Flange Mounted

VariDepth

Series C 1
Rotary

Slide
Plate

MC

Series C 1
Flex Shaft

SM

AMT
Fixed Width

AMT
Vari-Depth

Series C Breakers

3

F-Frame/F HMCP 2

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

J-Frame/J HMCP

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

4

K-Frame/K HMCP

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

L-Frame/L HMCP

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

5

M-Frame

■

■

■

■

■

■

6

R-Frame

7

GB/GHB/GC/GHC/GD/GMCP

■

LA/LAB/HLA

■

■

■

■

■

■

8

LC/HLC/LCG

■

■

■

■

■

■

MA/HMA

■

■

■

■

■

MC/HMC

■

■

■

■

■

NB/HNB

■

■

■

■

■

NC/HNC

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

9
10
11

■

N-Frame

■
■

■
■

■

Other Industrial Breakers

■

PB

■

PC/PCC
FB TRI-PAC

■

■

LA TRI-PAC

■

■

■

■

12

NB TRI-PAC

■

■

■

■

13

FCL

■

■

■

LCL

■

■

■

14

EB/EHB/FB/HFB

■

■

■

■

■

■

JA/KA/HKA/DA/LB/LBB/HLB

■

■

■

■

■

■

15

Disconnect Switches
DE-ION® 30, 60, 100

■

■

16

DS 30, 60, 100, 200

■

■

■

■

■

■

DS 400, 600

■

17

Visi-Flex Model “T” 30, 60, 100

■

18

■

PB TRI-PAC

■

Notes
1 For application only with Series C molded-case circuit breakers and HMCPs.
2 Series C F-Frame includes EHD, ED, FDB, FD, HFD and FDC designations.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T3-96

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

table are from the mounting
surface of the breaker or the
disconnect to the inside of
the enclosure cover.

Vari-Depth Type
General purpose vari-depth
handle mechanisms are
suitable for use with Type 1
fabricated enclosures. They
are designed for use with
breakers or disconnect
switches when used in deep
enclosures.

Standard mechanisms do
not include an internal lockoff
device. Mechanisms with this
feature are, however, offered
as an optional item. The
internal lockoff provides a
means of padlocking the
breaker or the switch in
the OFF position while the
enclosure door is open.

Required for a standard
application are a padlockable
operating handle, a shaft and
a mechanism. Two variable
depth shafts are offered
to better cover the wide
range of depths of various
enclosures...these are
referred to in the table as the
standard and the long shaft.
The dimensions for panel
depth given in the following

ordered in place of the
standard handle.

1

The adapter bushing, a
component of the special
handle kit, may be ordered
separately.

2
Handle

3

6.5

4
Standard Shaft

5

10.0

6

These mechanisms may
also be used in conjunction
with Type 4, 7 and 9 cast
enclosures. When used
with these enclosures, the
special handle kits shown
as accessory items must be

Long Shaft

7

Mechanism

8
9

Vari-Depth Type

Vari-Depth Type Catalog Numbers
Mechanism 12

For Complete Applications,
Order Mechanism,
Handle and Shaft

10

Handle 3

Shaft

Standard–
(No Internal
Lockoff)
Style
Number

Special–
(With Internal
Lockoff)
Style
Number

Type 1, 3R, 12
(With
Hardware)
Style
Number

Standard
Panel
Depth

Standard
Style
Number

Long
Panel
Depth

Long
Style
Number

Circuit Breakers
F4

11
12

373D958G22

373D958G23

504C323G07

5–10-1/4

47A4446G36

10-1/2–14

47A4446G37

EB, EHB, FB, HFB, MCP

373D958G05

373D958G06

504C323G07

5–10-1/4

47A4446G36

10-1/2–14

47A4446G37

CA

458D493G20

458D493G21

504C323G07

4-3/4–9-3/4

47A4446G36

9-3/4–13-1/2

47A4446G37

Series C J-Frame and HMCP J

5092A62G03

5092A62G04

504C323G07

5-7/8–11-1/8

47A4446G36

11-1/8–14-7/8

47A4446G37

Series C K-Frame and HMCP K

5092A62G01

5092A62G02

504C323G07

5-7/8–11-1/8

47A4446G36

11-1/8–14-7/8

47A4446G37

Series C L-Frame and HMCP L

5092A62G05

5092A62G06

504C323G07

6-1/8–11-1/4

47A4446G36

11-1/4–15

47A4446G37

JA, KA, HKA, DA, LB, LBB, HLB

458D493G03

458D493G11

504C323G07

5-7/8–11-1/8

47A4446G36

11-1/8–14-7/8

47A4446G37

LA, HLA, LC, HLC

458D493G04

458D493G12

504C323G07

6-1/8–11-1/4

47A4446G36

11-1/4–15

47A4446G37

TRI-PAC FB

373D958G10

373D958G11

504C323G07

5–10-1/4

47A4446G36

10-1/4–14

47A4446G37

FCL

373D958G16

373D958G17

504C323G07

5–10-1/4

47A4446G36

10-1/4–14

47A4446G37

MA, HMA, MC, HMC, Series C
MD, MDS Frame (not MDL)

458D493G05

458D493G13

504C323G07

6-11/16–11-13/16

47A4446G36

11-13/16–15-9/16

47A4446G37

NB, HNB, NC, HNC

373D958G07

373D958G08

504C323G07

7-15/16–13-1/4

47A4446G36

12-15/16–16-15/16

47A4446G37

TRI-PAC LA

374D075G02

374D075G01

504C323G07

6-1/8–11-1/4

47A4446G36

11-1/4–15

47A4446G37

TRI-PAC NB

373D958G12

373D958G13

504C323G07

7-15/16–13-1/4

47A4446G36

12-15/16–16-15/16

47A4446G37

LCL

458D493G22

458D493G23

504C323G07

6-11/16–11-13/16

47A4446G36

11-13/16–15-9/16

47A4446G37

20
21

Series C F-Frame and HMCP

Circuit Breakers
47A4446G34

—

5

5-3/4–11

5

11–14-3/4

47A4446G37

Type DS 30, 60, 100A

4987D14G02

—

504C323G07

5-3/8–10-5/8

47A4446G36

10-3⁄/8–14-5/16

47A4446G37

Type DS 200A

4987D14G01

—

504C323G07

6-11/16–11-3/16

47A4446G36

10-7/8–14-7/8

47A4446G37

200A DE-ION

458D493G04

458D493G12

504C323G07

6-1/8–11-1/4

47A4446G36

11-1/4–15

47A4446G37

30, 60, 100A DE-ION

5

Notes
1 Includes hardware.
2 When used with plug-in adapter kits or rear-connected studs, special mounting hardware is required. Refer to Eaton.
3 UL File No. E56845 Vol. 1 Section 4.
4 Extra long shaft includes support bracket for Series C F-Frame with no internal lockoff. Order 373D958G24, which includes the mechanism, shaft and bracket. Order
handle separately. Panel depth 16-3/8–24-1/4.
5 Mechanism style includes a handle and a standard shaft. A long shaft may be ordered separately if required.

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-97

13
14
15
16
17
18
19

22
23
24
25

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

1

Vari-Depth Type
Special Handles

2

Meet Type 4 sheet steel
requirements. These handles
are similar to standard
handles, except they include
an internal neoprene gasket.
Due to gasketing effect
between handle and housing,
handle will not indicate a
tripped position when used
with circuit breakers.

3
4
5
6
7

Handle Kits

UL File No. E56845 Vol. 1
Section 4.

Handle Kits

These kits are for use
with Type 4, 7 and 9 cast
enclosures. They include
a special operating handle,
mounting bolts and an adapter
bushing (bushing may be
purchased separately). Kits
may be used with standard
mechanisms and shafts.
Instruction drawing 314C809
applies for assembly.

Handle Kits

8

Description

Style Number

Standard finish

504C323G08

9

For Type 4, 9 enclosure

314C794G10

For Type 7 enclosure

314C794G09

Adapter bushing only

314C794G04

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T3-98

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Slide Plate Type
These compact slide plate
handle mechanisms are
especially designed for use
with AB DE-ION circuit
breakers and disconnect
switches when they are
mounted in a shallow
enclosure. They are
suitable for use on
Type 1 applications.
Because of the mechanisms’
simplified installation—
three mounting holes—and
preassembled construction,
these units are commonly
used where high volume,
standardized enclosures are
being fabricated.
The mechanism styles listed
on this page are for use on
enclosures that have covers
hinged on the right side. If
these mechanisms are used
on enclosures that have
covers hinged on the left
side, the door interlock will
not function.

Vertical and
Horizontal Mounting

Standard Slide Plate Mechanism Catalog Numbers
Vertical Mounting

Horizontal Mounting

1

Padlocks in
OFF Position
Style Number

Padlocks in
ON or OFF Position
Style Number

Padlocks in
OFF Position
Style Number

2

KL and HKL frame
MA, HMA, MC and HMC breaker
LA, HLA, LC and HLC breaker
JA, KA, HKA, DA, LB, LBB and HLB breaker
NB, HNB, NC and HNC breaker
JB, KB and HKB breaker
LCL breaker

314C386G01

314C386G08

314C386G04

3

EH breaker 2P with long handle
EH breaker 3P with long handle
F-Frame 2P
F- and HF-Frame 3P
Type AQB and NQB 100A frames and
Type PF 15–100A frame

314C386G02

Enclosure Cover
Hinged on Right
Circuit Breakers

4
5
314C386G09

314C386G05

6
7

EH standard 2P
314C386G03
EH standard 3P and FA magnetic only 2 and 3P
FA 2 and 3P thermal-magnetic
EB, EHB, FB, HFB 3P MCP, HMCP (0-4) 2P
FCL breaker

314C386G10

314C386G06

8
9

505C294G03

—

—

F-Frame Series C + HMCP-F

314C386G03

314C386G10

314C386G06

J-Frame Series C + HMCP-J
K-Frame Series C + HMCP-K

314C386G02

314C386G09

314C386G05

L-Frame Series C + HMCP-L, MDL

314C386G18

314C386G08

314C386G04

M-Frame Series C

314C386G01

314C386G08

314C386G04

R-Frame 1

505C294G03

—

—

225A TRI-PAC Type K
400A TRI-PAC Type KL
LA TRI-PAC
NB TRI-PAC

314C386G01

314C386G08

314C386G04

100A TRI-PAC

314C386G02

314C386G09

314C386G05

FB TRI-PAC

314C386G03

314C386G10

314C386G06

15

60–100A Visi-Flex

314C386G01

314C386G08

314C386G04

16

30A and Special 60A Visi-Flex

314C386G02

314C386G09

314C386G05

PB, TRI-PAC PB, PC, PCC, PCF
Series C Circuit Breakers

TRI-PAC switches

10
11
12
13
14

Visi-Flex Switches (Model T) 2

DE-ION Switches and Disconnect Switches
30–60A (long handle) DE-ION
100A (long handle) DE-ION
200A disconnect switch
200 DS switch

314C386G01

314C386G08

314C386G04

30–60A disconnect switch
100A disconnect switch

314C386G02

314C386G09

314C386G05

30, 60, 100A DS switch

314C386G03

314C386G10

314C386G06

400 and 60A DS switch

314C386G15

—

—

Notes
1 Does not padlock in OFF position. Type 3R version available as special. Contact Avery Creek, NC, Technical Resource Center.
2 Handle mechanisms cannot be used on Visi-Flex switches with 200A fuse kits.

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-99

3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Outdoor or Hazardous Type
This handle mechanism is
designed for use with
fabricated or cast, Type 3, 4
or 5 enclosures. A butterfly
cam type mechanism may
be used on enclosures with
either right- or left-hand
hinged covers or on
enclosures with bolted
covers. The mechanism
has a provision for padlocking.
Will accept up to three locks.
Assembly of this mechanism
is accomplished by welding
it to the enclosure door or
the cover. Refer to IL29C287
for drilling plan. For PB,
PC and RD, refer to
drawing 372D690.

9

Outdoor or Hazardous
Location Type

Mechanisms for Outdoor or Hazardous Locations
Complete Handle Mechanisms Type 3, 4, 5
Drilling Plan
Reference

Padlocks in
OFF Position
Style Number

Padlocks in ON or
OFF Position
Style Number

Series C F-Frame EB, EHB, FB, HFB

48A3656

48A3656G03

48A3656G04

JA, KA, LA, MA, HKA, HLA, HMA, LB, HLB

452D028

452D028G01

—

48A3656

48A3656G03

48A3656G04

Description
Circuit Breakers

DE-ION Switches
30, 60, 100A

Accessories
Door Interlock Kits
Description

Drilling Plan
Reference

Style
Number

3 point—for mechanisms, style numbers: 314C386G01, 02, 03, 04, 05, 06, 08, 09, 10

208B624

28A2656G08

2 point—for PB mechanism, style number 505C294G03

372D690

1532990

Note: For use with slide plate mechanisms used in larger panels where regular interlock is not adequate.

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T3-100

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Type SM Safety Handle

Type SM Safety Handle Mechanism Catalog Numbers
Catalog Number

1

1

Right-Hand
Mounting
Enclosure
Cover Hinged
On Left

Left-Hand
Mounting
Enclosure
Cover Hinged
On Right

Series C—F-Frame, MCP, HMCP F, EB, EHB, FB, HFB breakers,
and Type DS 30, 60, 100A non-fusible switches

SM150R

SM150L

3

Type DS 30, 60, 100A fusible switches

SM100SFR

SM100SFL

4

FB TRI-PAC, FB breaker with current limiter, or Type FCL

SM101PR

SM101PL

30, 60, 100A DE-ION switches

SM100R

SM100L

DA, JA, KA, HKA, LB, LBB, HLB breakers

SM225R

SM225L

Series C—J-Frame, HMCP J

SM250JR

SM250JL

Series C—K-Frame, HMCP K

SM400KR

SM400KL

LAB, LA, HLA, LC, HLC breakers (400 and 600A)

SM400R

SM400L

Type SM safety handle
mechanism is designed
to prevent tampering by
unauthorized individuals
and provides the optimum
in personnel safety. When
properly applied, these
mechanisms conform
to Type 12 and J.I.C.
requirements, and are
well-suited for use by the
automotive and machine
tool industries.

Series C—L-Frame, HMCP L, MDL

SM600R

SM600L

Series C—M-Frame, MD, MDS

SM800R

SM800L

MA, HMA, MC, HMC breakers

SM800R

SM800L

TRI-PAC LA breaker

SM400PR

SM400PL

TRI-PAC NB

SM800PR

SM800PL

NB, HNB, NC, HNC breakers

SM1200R

SM1200L

Type DS 200A non-fusible switch

SM200SR

SM200SL

Type DS 200A fusible switch

SM200SFR

SM200SFL

Type LCL

SM400LCLR

SM400LCLL

Completely preassembled
in a rugged cast housing,
the Type SM safety handle
mechanism includes a
predrilled mounting plate
for simplified customer
installation. Standard handles
are 5.125 inches long and
can be padlocked in the OFF
position with as many as
three padlocks. A shorter
handle 3.875 inches long
can be supplied on SM100,
SM101 or SM150
mechanisms when specified.

Further Information

IL 13322

DH3R door hardware

All Type SM safety handle
mechanisms can be used on
any size enclosure. Order
handle mechanism from the
table at right, plus desired
door hardware for complete
application. Dress nameplate
required to meet automotive
specifications is available
from accessories section.

IL 13287

Electrical interlock

Handle Mechanism for Use With:

Enclosed Breaker with SM Handle

2

5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

Publication
Number

Description

IL 14439

F-Frame, EB, EHB, FB, FCL, HFB, MCP, FB-P, 30–100A DS switch

IL 29C274

J- and K-Frame

IL 29C284

L-Frame

IL 13282

JA, KA, JB, KB, LAB, LA, MA, NB, HLA, NB-P, 200A DS switch

IL 13327

DH1L door hardware

IL 13326

DH1R door hardware

IL 13325

DH2R door hardware

IL 13324

DH3L door hardware

13
14
15
16
17
18

Notes
1 Must be ordered with door hardware; if not, door-operated defeater kit is required.

19

Mechanisms for Type 4 Applications—Mechanisms with stainless steel parts and special gasketing can
be supplied. Order by description. 30% adder.

20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-101

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Auxiliary Latch Kits

1

Type SM Safety Handle
Door Hardware

2

Three choices of door hardware and an auxiliary handle are
offered to provide the best latching scheme for individual needs.
The door hardware is designed with a provision for padlocking,
and a coin-proof slot that requires the use of a tool to open the
door, for maximum security.

3
4

Door Hardware

7

Description

Right Hand

Left Hand

With sliding latches for smaller
panels up to approximately
30.00 inches high

DH1R 1

DH1L 2

Style Number

Door hardware using sliding latches,
right- or left-hand mounting

656D669G01

Door hardware using roller latches,
right-hand mounting

370D801G04

Left-hand mounting

370D802G04

Electrical Interlock Kit

8
With 2-roller latches for
intermediate panels up to
approximately 40.00 inches high

9

DH2R 1

DH2L 2

Provides 1NC and 1NO contacts (SPDT switch) for use with
auxiliary circuits. Mounts to end of mechanism housing as shown.
Electrical Interlock Kit

10

Electrical Interlock Kit
Style Number
622B747G01

11

With 3-roller latches for larger
panels, approximately
40.00 inches and higher

12

DH3R 1

DH3L 2

Door Operated Interlock Defeater Kit

13

Auxiliary handle for
larger panels

14

DH4R 1

DH4L 2

Required when door hardware is not used; operates as door
closes. Additional method of securing door such as screw latch,
also required (to be supplied by box manufacturer).
Door Operated Interlock Defeater Kit

15

18

Auxiliary Latch Kits
Description

Catalog Number

6

17

Slide and
Roller Latches

Select desired hardware from the table below. Additional latches
can be ordered from accessories section if desired. Type 1, 12 only.

5

16

Provide an additional latch for use with applications where
2-point latching may not be adequate.

Style Number
623B214G02

Dress Nameplates
Required to meet automotive specifications. Mounts from inside
enclosure and covers operating mechanism mounting bolts,
making mechanism non-removable when enclosure door is closed.
Dress Nameplate

Notes
1 Enclosure cover hinged on left.
2 Enclosure cover hinged on right.

Dress Nameplate

19

Description

Style Number

For SM100, SM150 mechanisms

373D260G05

20

For SM200, and larger mechanisms

373D260G05

21
22
23
24
25
V12-T3-102

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Type MC Motor Control

Type MC Motor Control Catalog Numbers

1

Catalog Number 23
Handle Mechanism 1
For Use With

Type 1
Enclosure

Type 12
Enclosure

Series C F-Frame HMCP F

SMCU150FD

CMCU150FD

EB, EHB, FB, HFB breakers and MCP (Size 0–4)

SMCU150FD

CMCU150FD

FB TRI-PAC

SMCU100FBP

CMCU100FBP

FCL breakers

SMCU100FCL

CMCU100FCL

30, 60,100A DS switch fusible, non-fusible

SMCU100DS

CMCU100DS

200A DS switch fusible, non-fusible

SMCU200DS

CMCU200DS

Mounting directly to the
front of the disconnect,
these mechanisms provide
positive operation and handle
indication. Both disconnect
and mechanism mount
simultaneously with
mounting hardware supplied
with the mechanism.
For security, the handle can
be padlocked in the OFF
position with up to three
0.375-inch hasp padlocks.
Also, the mechanism is
interlocked with the enclosure
door so that the disconnect
must be OFF before the
door can be opened. A
defeater is provided to
bypass this interlock.
Catalog numbers listed
include the mechanism,
mounting hardware and
door interlock clip.

3
4
5
6

225A Mechanism

Type MC handle mechanisms
are linear drive, fixed depth
mechanisms designed for
through-door mounting in
standardized or shallow depth
enclosures such as motor
control centers or enclosed
circuit breakers.

2

Series C J-Frame HMCP J

SMCU250JD

CMCU250JD

Series C K-Frame HMCP K, DA, JA, KA, HKA, LB, LBB, HLB

SMCU400KD

CMCU400KD

Breakers, Size 5 MCP (400A)

SMCU225KA

CMCU225KA

Series C L-Frame HMCP L, MDL

SMCU600LD

CMCU600LD

Series C M-Frame not MDL

SMCU800MA

CMCU800MA

LAB, LA, HLA, LC, HLC breakers (400 and 600A frame)

SMCU400LA

SMCU400LA

LA TRI-PAC

SMCU400LAP

SMCU400LAP

MA, HMA, MC, HMC Breakers (800A frame)

SMCU800MA

SMCU800MA

NB, HNB, NC, HNC Breakers (1200A frame)

SMCU1200NB

SMCU1200NB

LCL225 and 400

SMCU400LCL

SMCU400LCL

Series C L-Frame HMCP L

SMCU600LD

SMCU600LD

7
8
9
10
11
12
13

Further Information
Publication
Number

Description

IL 14572

F-Frame, EB, EHB, FB, MCP, HFB

IL 29C273

J- and K-Frame

IL 29C283

L-Frame

IL 14571

FB-P

IL 14938

JB, KB

IL 14573

30, 60, 100A DS switch

IL 14574

200A DS switch

14
15
16
17
18

Notes
1 Mechanisms are shown mounted on breaker for illustration purposes only. Breakers are not included.
2 These mechanisms are recognized under the component program of Underwriters Laboratories.
3 Selection data for handle mechanism only; circuit breaker not included.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-103

3
1

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

AMT Vari-Depth
Fixed Width Type—Type AMT for Below Handle Mounting

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

Complete
Assembly 12
Catalog Number

Breaker or
Switch Type

Backplate and
Yoke Assembly
Catalog Number

Rod and Brace
Assembly
Catalog Number

Pivot Mechanism
Assembly
Catalog Number

Operating Handle
Assembly
Catalog Number

Below the Handle—Fixed Width—with Short Brace and/or Rod as Listed (For all enclosures including Hoffman A-25 Enclosures)
Series C F-Frame HMCP F 3

AMTFDBSFH

AMTFD-B

AMTR

AMTPM-FH

Series C J-Frame HMCP J 3

AMTJDBSFH

AMTKB-B

AMTRB1

AMTPM-FSH

AMTOP

Series C K-Frame HMCP K 3

AMTKDBSFH

AMTLB-B

AMTRB1

AMTPM-FSH

AMTOP

Series C L-Frame HMCP L 3

AMTLDBSFH

AMTLD-B

AMTRB1

AMTPM-FS

AMTOP

DS-30, 60, 100 unfused

AMTDSBSFH

AMTDS100-B

AMTR

AMTPM-FH

AMTOP

AMTOP

DS-30, 60, 100 fused 4

AMTDSFBSFH

AMTDS100F-B

AMTR

AMTPM-FH

AMTOP

DS-30, 60, 100 fused 5

AMTDSF1BSFH

AMTDS100F1-B

AMTR

AMTPM-FH

AMTOP

DS-200 unfused

AMTDS2BSFH

AMTDS200-B

AMTRB1

AMTPM-FSH

AMTOP

DS-200 fused

AMTDS2FBSFH

AMTDS200F-B

AMTRB1

AMTPM-FSH

AMTOP

12

Below the Handle—Fixed Width—with Short Brace and/or Rod as Listed (Not for use with Hoffman A-25 Enclosures)
EB, EHB, FB, HFB, MCP (0-4)

AMTFBBSF

AMTFD-B

AMTR

AMTPM-F

AMTOP

13

JB, KB, MCP (250A)

AMTKBBSF

AMTKB-B

AMTRB1

AMTPM-FS

AMTOP

14

JA, KA, HKA, LB, LBB, HLB, DA MCP (400A)

AMTLBBSF

AMTLB-B

AMTRB1

AMTPM-FS

AMTOP

FB TRI-PAC, FCL

AMTFBPBSF

AMTFBP-B

AMTR

AMTPM-F

AMTOP

Optional rod and brace 6

15
16

AMTRB2 long rod and brace
AMTRB3 extended rod and brace

Standard Door Hardware 78
Catalog Number

17

DH1R
DH2R

18

DH3R

19

Door Hardware
Adapter Kit 9

20

Catalog Number
AMTDHA

21

Door Hardware Kit for
Hoffman A-25 Enclosure jk
Catalog Number
HDH-2R l
HDH-3R m

Further Information
Publication
Number
IL 29C277

Description
AMT Vari-Depth
Handle Mechanism

Notes
1 AMTR is rod only; AMTRI is rod and
brace assembly.
2 Complete assembly not available,
order components parts listed above.
3 Also for use with equivalent
HMCP Frame.
4 For switches using 30, 60, 100A, 600V
NEC Class H, R or J fuses.
5 For switches using 30, 60, 100A, 250V
NEC Class H or R fuses.
6 AMTR and AMTRB1 for use with
enclosure depth of 6.50–14.25 inches.
For 12.25–18.25 inch depth, use optional
AMTRB2. For 18.00–24.00 inch depth,
use optional AMTRB3.

7

8

9

j

k

l

m

Requires adapter kit shown in Door
Hardware Adapter Kit table.
For standard door hardware description,
see Page V12-T3-102.
Required on standard door hardware
only when used with any AMT handle
mechanisms.
Kit consists of special door hardware and
door interlock pin. Available for righthand flange mounting only.
For use with AMT fixed width
mechanisms only.
2-point latch for use with panels up to
approximately 40.00 inches high.
3-point latch for use with panels
approximately 40.00 inches and higher.

22
23
24
25
V12-T3-104

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

AMT Vari-Depth
Vari-Width Type—
Type AMT for Above
Handle Mounting
The Type AMT is an
extra heavy-duty handle
mechanism designed for
mounting in flange-type
enclosures, and has
provisions for mounting in
various depth enclosures
and for varying the width
relationship between the
disconnect device and the
external handle.
A door interlock is provided
to prevent opening the
enclosure door with the
disconnect in the ON position
or to close the disconnect
with the enclosure door
open. The external handle
can be locked in the OFF
position with up to three
padlocks. The AMT
mechanism is supplied
for mounting in right-hand
flange enclosures but can
be easily converted for
left-hand mounting.
AMT mechanisms are
available for above the
handle mounting or below
the handle mounting.
Mechanisms for below the
handle mounting are also
available as fixed width
units. When door hardware
is used with an AMT handle
mechanism, a door hardware
adapter kit is required.

MD, MSMVari-Width Type—Type AMT for Above Handle Mounting

1
2
3

Complete
Assembly 12
Catalog Number

Breaker or
Switch Type

4

Backplate
and Yoke
Assembly
Catalog
Number

Operating
Rod and
Brace
Assembly
Catalog
Number

Flange
Mounted
Pivot
Mechanism
Assembly 34
Catalog Number

External
Operating
Handle
Catalog Number

Above the Handle Mounting with Short Rod and Brace
Series C F-Frame 5 EB, EHB, FB, HFB, MCP (0–4)

AMTFDASV

AMTFB

AMTRB1

AMTPM

AMTOP

Series C J-Frame 5

AMTJDASV

AMTJD

AMTRB1

AMTPM

AMTOP

Series C K-Frame 5

AMTKDASV

AMTKD

AMTRB1

AMTPM

AMTOP

Series C L-Frame, MDL 5

AMTLDASV

AMTLD

AMTRB1

AMTPM

AMTOP

JA, KA, HKA, LB, LBB, HLB, DA, MCP (400A)

AMTLBASV

AMTLB

AMTRB1

AMTPM

AMTOP

LA, HLA, LC, HLC

AMTLAASV

AMTLA

AMTRB1

AMTPM

AMTOP

MD, MDS, MA, HMA, MC, HMC, Series C
M-Frame, LCL

AMTMAASV

AMTMA

AMTRB1

AMTPM

AMTOP

NB, HNB, NC, HNC

AMTNBASV

AMTNB

AMTRB1

AMTPMNB

AMTOP

FB TRI-PAC, FCL

AMTFBASV

AMTFB

AMTRB1

AMTPM

AMTOP

LA TRI-PAC

AMTLAPASV

AMTLAP

AMTRB1

AMTPM

AMTOP

NB TRI-PAC

AMTNBPASV

AMTNBP

AMTRB1

AMTPMNB

AMTOP

DS-30, 60, 100 unfused

AMTDSASV

AMTDS100

AMTRB1

AMTPM

AMTOP

DS-30, 60, 100 fused 6

AMTDSFASV

AMTDS100F

AMTRB1

AMTPM

AMTOP

DS-30, 60, 100 fused 7

AMTDSF1ASV

AMTDS100F1 AMTRB1

AMTPM

AMTOP

DS-200 unfused

AMTDS2ASV

AMTDS200

AMTRB1

AMTPM

AMTOP

DS-200 fused

AMTDS2FASV

AMTDS200F

AMTRB1

AMTPM

AMTOP

AMTFB

AMTRB2

AMTPM

AMTOP

Above the Handle Mounting with Long Rod and Brace
Series C F-Frame 5 EB, EHB, FB, HFB, MCP (0–4)

AMTFDALV

5

AMTJDALV

AMTJD

AMTRB2

AMTPM

AMTOP

Series C K-Frame 5

AMTKDALV

AMTKD

AMTRB2

AMTPM

AMTOP

Series C J-Frame

5

AMTLDALV

AMTLD

AMTRB2

AMTPM

AMTOP

JA, KA, HKA, LB, LBB, HLB, DA, MCP (400A)

AMTLBALV

AMTLB

AMTRB2

AMTPM

AMTOP

Accessories

LA, HLA, LC, HLC

AMTLAALV

AMTLA

AMTRB2

AMTPM

AMTOP

Spacer kit to Vari-Width
(not for use with fixed
mechanisms) catalog
number AMTSK1 for up
to 1.00-inch variation.

MD, MDS, MA, HMA, MC, HMC, Series C
M-Frame, LCL

AMTMAALV

AMTMA

AMTRB2

AMTPM

AMTOP

NB, HNB, NC, HNC

AMTNBALV

AMTNB

AMTRB2

AMTPMNB

AMTOP

FB TRI-PAC, FCL

AMTFBALV

AMTFB

AMTRB2

AMTPM

AMTOP

LA TRI-PAC

AMTLAPALV

AMTLAP

AMTRB2

AMTPM

AMTOP

Note: This spacer kit is for up to

NB TRI-PAC

AMTNBPALV

AMTNBP

AMTRB2

AMTPMNB

AMTOP

1.00-inch variation and consists of
multiples of thin spacers to be
used as required. A maximum of
two kits per installation may be
used. Due to the possible variation
in dimensions, hardware is
not supplied. Use standard
1/4–20 bolts.

DS-30, 60, 100 unfused

AMTDSALV

AMTDS100

AMTRB2

AMTPM

AMTOP

DS-30, 60, 100 fused 6

AMTDSFALV

AMTDS100F

AMTRB2

AMTPM

AMTOP

DS-30, 60, 100 fused 7

AMTDSF1ALV

AMTDS100F1 AMTRB2

AMTPM

AMTOP

DS-200 unfused

AMTDS2ALV

AMTDS200

AMTRB2

AMTPM

AMTOP

DS-200 fused

AMTDS2FALV

AMTDS200F

AMTRB2

AMTPM

AMTOP

Further Information
Pub. Number Description
IL 14946

AMT Vari-Depth handle
mechanism

Series C L-Frame, MDL

Notes
1 Assembled Type AMT for above handle
mounting (breaker not included).
2 Complete assembly not available, order
components parts listed above.
3 Width spacer kit not included.

4

This spacer kit is for up to 1.00-inch
variation and consists of multiples of
thin spacers to be used as required. A
maximum of two kits per installation may
be used. Due to the possible variation in
dimensions, hardware is not supplied.
Use standard 1/4–20 bolts.

5

6

7

Also for use with equivalent
HMCP frame.
For switches using 30, 60, 100A, 600V
NEC Class H, R or J fuses.
For switches using 30, 60, 100A, 600V
NEC Class H or R fuses.

5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-105

3
1

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Vari-Width Type—Type AMT for Below Handle Mounting

2
3
4
5
6

Complete
Assembly 12
Catalog Number

Breaker or
Switch Type

Backplate and
Yoke Assembly
Catalog Number

Rod and Brace
Assembly
Catalog Number

Flange Mounted Pivot
Mechanism Assembly 34
Catalog Number

External Operating
Handle Assembly
Catalog Number

AMTOP

Below the Handle Mounting with Short Rod and Brace

7

Series C F-Frame 5 EB, EHB, FB, HFB, MCP (0–4)

AMTFDBSV

AMTFD-B

AMTRB1

AMTPM-B

Series C J-Frame 5

AMTJDBSV

AMTJD-B

AMTRB1

AMTPM-B

AMTOP

8

Series C K-Frame 5

AMTKDBSV

AMTKD-B

AMTRB1

AMTPM-B

AMTOP

Series C L-Frame MDL 5

AMTLDBSV

AMTLD-B

AMTRB1

AMTPM-B

AMTOP

9

JA, KA, HKA, LB, LBB, HLB, DA, MCP (400A)

AMTLBBSV

AMTLB-B

AMTRB1

AMTPM-B

AMTOP
AMTOP

10
11
12

LA, HLA, LC, HLC

AMTLABSV

AMTLA-B

AMTRB1

AMTPM-B

MD, MDS, MA, HMA, MC, HMC, Series C M-Frame, LCL

AMTMABSV

AMTMA-B

AMTRB1

AMTPM-B

AMTOP

NB, HNB, NC, HNC

AMTNBBSV

AMTNB-B

AMTRB1

AMTPM-B

AMTOP

FB TRI-PAC, FCL

AMTFBPBSV

AMTFBP-B

AMTRB1

AMTPM-B

AMTOP

LA TRI-PAC

AMTLAPBSV

AMTLAP-B

AMTRB1

AMTPM-B

AMTOP

NB TRI-PAC

AMTNBPBSV

AMTNBP-B

AMTRB1

AMTPM-B

AMTOP

DS-30, 60, 100 unfused

AMTDSBSV

AMTDS100-B

AMTRB1

AMTPM-B

AMTOP

DS-30, 60, 100 fused 6

AMTDSFBSV

AMTDS100F-B

AMTRB1

AMTPM-B

AMTOP

13

DS-30, 60, 100 fused 7

AMTDSF1BSV

AMTDS100F1-B

AMTRB1

AMTPM-B

AMTOP

DS-200 unfused

AMTDS2BSV

AMTDS200-B

AMTRB1

AMTPM-B

AMTOP

14

DS-200 fused

AMTDS2FBSV

AMTDS200F-B

AMTRB1

AMTPM-B

AMTOP

Below the Handle Mounting with Long Rod and Brace
AMTOP

Series C F-Frame 5 EB, EHB, FB, HFB, MCP (0–4)

AMTFDBLV

AMTFD-B

AMTRB2

AMTPM-B

Series C J-Frame 5

AMTJDBLV

AMTJD-B

AMTRB2

AMTPM-B

AMTOP

Series C K-Frame 5

AMTKDBLV

AMTKD-B

AMTRB2

AMTPM-B

AMTOP

Series C L-Frame MDL 5

AMTLDBLV

AMTLD-B

AMTRB2

AMTPM-B

AMTOP

JA, KA, HKA, LB, LBB, HLB, DA, MCP (400A)

AMTLBBLV

AMTLB-B

AMTRB2

AMTPM-B

AMTOP

17

LA, HLA, LC, HLC

AMTLABLV

AMTLA-B

AMTRB2

AMTPM-B

AMTOP

MD, MDS, MA, HMA, MC, HMC, Series C M-Frame, LCL

AMTMABLV

AMTMA-B

AMTRB2

AMTPM-B

AMTOP

18

NB, HNB, NC, HNC

AMTNBBLV

AMTNB-B

AMTRB2

AMTPM-B

AMTOP

FB TRI-PAC, FCL

AMTFBPBLV

AMTFBP-B

AMTRB2

AMTPM-B

AMTOP

19

LA TRI-PAC

AMTLAPBLV

AMTLAP-B

AMTRB2

AMTPM-B

AMTOP

NB TRI-PAC

AMTNBPBLV

AMTNBP-B

AMTRB2

AMTPM-B

AMTOP

20

DS-30, 60, 100 unfused

AMTDSBLV

AMTDS100-B

AMTRB2

AMTPM-B

AMTOP

DS-30, 60, 100 fused 6

AMTDSFBLV

AMTDS100F-B

AMTRB2

AMTPM-B

AMTOP

21

DS-30, 60, 100 fused 7

AMTDSF1BLV

AMTDS100F1-B

AMTRB2

AMTPM-B

AMTOP

DS-200 unfused

AMTDS2BLV

AMTDS200-B

AMTRB2

AMTPM-B

AMTOP

DS-200 fused

AMTDS2FBLV

AMTDS200F-B

AMTRB2

AMTPM-B

AMTOP

15
16

22
23
24
25

Notes
1 AMTR is rod only; AMTRI is rod and brace assembly.
2 Complete assembly not available, order components parts listed above.
3 Width spacer kit not included.
4 This spacer kit is for up to 1-inch variation and consists of multiples of thin spacers to be used as required. A maximum of two kits per installation may be used.
Due to the possible variation in dimensions, hardware is not supplied. Use standard 1/4–20 bolts.
5 Also for use with equivalent HMCP Frame.
6 For switches using 30, 60, 100A, 600V NEC Class H, R or J fuses.
7 For switches using 30, 60, 100A, 600V NEC Class H or R fuses.

V12-T3-106

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Accessories
Spacer kit to Vari-Width
(not for use with fixed
mechanisms) catalog
number AMTSK1 for up
to 1.00-inch variation.

Flex Shaft

Note: This spacer kit is for up to
1.00-inch variation and consists of
multiples of thin spacers to be
used as required. A maximum
of two kits per installation may
be used. Due to the possible
variation in dimensions, hardware
is not supplied. Use standard
1/4–20 bolts.

Ordering Information
●
Complete assembly
not available, order
components parts as listed
on Pages V12-T3-104,
V12-T3-105 and
V12-T3-106
●
Order spacer kits or
door hardware adapter
as required
●
Individual component
parts may be ordered by
catalog number

through 10 feet (3m) for use
with various size enclosures.

Flex Shaft

The Flex Shaft is an extra
heavy-duty mechanism that
includes a flexible shaft in
various lengths, 3 feet (0.9m)

a significant time savings
compared to installation of
other types of flange handle
mechanisms. The Flex Shaft
mechanism also takes up less
interior enclosure space than
competitive designs and the
handle fits standard flange
cutouts. Flex Shaft handle
can be remotely mounted
from breaker, where an
operator can use it by
“funneling” the cable
through conduit.

The Flex Shaft handle will
accept up to three padlock
shackles, each with a
maximum diameter of
0.375-inch (9.5 mm). Can be
used with Type 1, 3R and 12
fabricated enclosures. An
optional handle is available
for Flex Shaft that is suitable
for use with Type 4 and 4X
environments. Flex Shaft
comes preset from the
factory, requiring only
minor field adjustments
on installation, which
takes about 10 minutes—

Flex Shaft is UL Listed under
File E64983 and meets
CSA requirements.

Flexible Shaft Length in Feet (m)
3.00 (0.9)

E125

EHMFS03

J250

JHMFS03

G
F
F (Dual)
J

4.00 (1.2)

5.00 (1.5)

6.00 (1.8)

7.00 (2.1)

8.00 (2.4)

9.00 (2.7)

10.00 (3.0)

EHMFS04

EHMFS05

EHMFS06

—

—

—

—

JHMFS04

JHMFS05

JHMFS06

JHMFS07

JHMFS08

JHMFS09

JHMFS10

F0S03C

F0S04C

F0S05C

F0S06C

—

—

—

—

F1S03C

F1S04C

F1S05C

F1S06C

F1S07C

F1S08C

F1S09C

F1S10C

F1S03CD

F1S04CD

F1S05CD

F1S06CD

F1S07CD

F1S08CD

F1S09CD

F1S10CD

F2S03C

F2S04C

F2S05C

F2S06C

F2S07C

F2S08C

F2S09C

F2S10C

K

F3S03C

F3S04C

F3S05C

F3S06C

F3S07C

F3S08C

F3S09C

F3S10C

L and MDL

—

F4S04C

F4S05C

F4S06C

—

—

—

F4S10C

N

—

F5S04C

F5S05C

F5S06C

—

—

—

F5S10C

R

—

F6S04

F6S05

F6S06

—

—

—

—

MD

—

F7S04C

F7S05C

F7S06C

—

—

—

F7S10C

Catalog Number

Flex Shaft Accessories
(F- through R-Frame)
NEMA 12 Safety Door
Hardware for Flex Shaft 4
Handle Length
in Inches (mm)

Catalog
Number 5

4.00 (101.6)

C361KJ4

6.00 (152.4)

C361KJ6

Roller latch 6

C361KR

Notes
1 Type 4/4X handle mechanisms are
available. Add Suffix X to complete
catalog number. Add Suffix I to complete
catalog number for IEC handle. Add
Suffix L (Standard on F, J, K and L) to
complete catalog number for 6.00-inch
(152.4 mm) handle. Original narrow
handle design (no C suffix) is available.
Remove C from catalog number.
2 When selecting the length of shaft,
ensure minimum bending radius of
4.00 inches (101.6 mm) is maintained to
operate properly. The standard method
of shipment includes the mechanism
preset at the factory; however, minor
field adjustments may be required.

2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Flex Shaft Ordering Information (Three-Pole Only) 123
Breaker
Frame

1

9
10
11
12
13
14
15

Dual breakers operator available
on F-Frame only.
Customer: Consult with box
manufacturer for correct door hardware
and any adapters required for assembly.
The 0.25 inch x 0.50 inch (6.35 x 12.7 mm)
standard mill rectangular locking bar is
not supplied with these kits.
Third roller latch for use with 4.00- or
6.00-inch (101.6 or 152.4 mm) handle
when 3-point latching is required.

16

Refer to handle mechanisms in the moldedcase circuit breaker section of Volume 4—
Circuit Protection Catalog, CA08100005E,
Tab 2.

20

3

4

5

6

17
18
19
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-107

3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

The Type C371 circuit breaker
operating mechanisms are
designed for installation in
control enclosures where
main or branch circuit
protective devices are
required. All circuit breaker
mechanisms are suitable for
right-hand mounting.
Auxiliary contacts are not
available for mounting on
operating mechanisms.
Where required, have them
installed in circuit breaker.
Type C371 is UL Listed under
File E62635.

Type C371 Ordering Information—Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Operating Mechanism With 4.00-Inch Handle
Frame
Size

Variable Depth
Mounting Range
Min./Max. 12

Operating
For Type 1–12
Mechanism Only 3 Enclosure
Catalog Number
Catalog Number

For Type 4
Enclosure
Catalog Number

HMCP and Series C
EHD, FDB, FD, FDC, HFD, ED

150

6.50–160 (165.1–406.4)

C371E

C371E1

C371E2

HMCP and Series C
HJD, JD, JDB, JDC

250

6.50–16.63 (165.1–422.4)

C371F

C371F5

C371F6

HMCP and Series C
DK, HKD, KD, KDB

400

6.50–16.63 (165.1–422.4)

C371F

C371F5

C371F6

Series C
HLD, LD, LDC

600

8.50–22.00 (215.9–558.8)

C371G

C371G5

C371G6

Series C
MD, MDS

800

8.75–22.00 (222.3–558.8)

C371K

C371K5

C371K6

Series C
HND, ND, NDC

1200

9.75–22.00 (247.7–558.8)

C371K

C371K5

C371K6

Circuit Breaker
or Motor Circuit
Protector

Handle Only—Dimensions in Inches (mm)

8
9

Circuit Breaker Frame Size
(Amperes)

NEMA
Enclosure Type

150

10
11

250–1200

12
13
14

Catalog
Number

1, 3R, 3, 12

4.00 (101.6)

C371H1

4/4X

4.00 (101.6)

C371H2

1, 3R, 3, 12

4.00 (101.6)

C371H3

4/4X

4.00 (101.6)

C371H4

1, 3R, 3, 12

4.00 (101.6)

C371H5

4/4X

4.00 (101.6)

C371H6

1, 3R, 3, 12

4.00 (101.6)

C371H7

4/4X

4.00 (101.6)

C371H8

Channel Support Kit
(Rod Not Supplied) 4

Flange-Mounted
Instruction Leaflets

Catalog Number

Breaker
Frame

C371CS6

15

Operating
Handle Length

Instruction
Leaflet Number

Flex Shaft
E125

IL0510TE0002

Catalog
Number

J250

IL0510TE0005

G

TBD

Disconnect switches
(30, 60, 100, 200A sizes)

C371CS1

F

15609

J

15605

Circuit breakers
(150, 250, 400A sizes)

C371CS1

K

15604

L and M

15606

N

15606

R

15606

Connecting Rods

16

Application

17
18

Circuit breakers
(600, 800, 1200A sizes)

19

5

C371CS2

Notes
1 For increased maximum allowable depth,
see connecting rods table to the left.
2 Dimensions shown are from panel
flange surface.
3 Does not include handle.
4 For use to prevent bending of the
operating handle mounting surface. This
is especially useful when the operating
handle is mounted on a channel in a
multi-door enclosure. Included in
600–1200A.
5 Increase maximum allowable depth
by 5.00 inches (127.0 mm).
Refer to handle mechanisms in the moldedcase circuit breaker section of Volume 4—
Circuit Protection Catalog, CA08100005E,
Tab 2.

20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T3-108

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Series C Rotary Ordering Information

Series C Rotary and
Universal Rotary

1

Complete
Catalog
Number 1

Separate Catalog Number
Standard
Handle 2

Breaker
Mechanism 3

Shaft 4

IEC IP65 56

IEC IP66 56

2

6.00 (152.4)

HM1R06

6648C22G01

6648C23G11

4217B37G04

WHM1R06

WHM1R06X

12.00 (304.8)

HM1R12

6648C22G01

6648C23G11

4217B37G01

WHM1R12

WHM1R12X

3

16.00 (406.4)

HM1R16

6648C22G01

6648C23G11

4217B37G02

WHM1R16

WHM1R16X

24.00 (609.6)

HM1R24

6648C22G01

6648C23G11

4217B37G03

WHM1R24

WHM1R24X

4

6.00 (152.4)

HM2R06

6648C22G01

6648C23G21

4217B37G04

WHM2R06

WHM2R06X

5

12.00 (304.8)

HM2R12

6648C22G01

6648C23G21

4217B37G01

WHM2R12

WHM2R12X

16.00 (406.4)

HM2R16

6648C22G01

6648C23G21

4217B37G02

WHM2R16

WHM2R16X

24.00 (609.6)

HM2R24

6648C22G01

6648C23G21

4217B37G03

WHM2R24

WHM2R24X

7

6.00 (152.4)

HM3R06

6648C22G01

6648C23G25

4217B37G04

WHM3R06

WHM3R06X

12.00 (304.8)

HM3R12

6648C22G01

6648C23G25

4217B37G01

WHM3R12

WHM3R12X

8

16.00 (406.4)

HM3R16

6648C22G01

6648C23G25

4217B37G02

WHM3R16

WHM3R16X

24.00 (609.6)

HM3R24

6648C22G01

6648C23G25

4217B37G03

WHM3R24

WHM3R24X

9
10

Shaft Length
Inches (mm)

Catalog Number

F-Frame

Series C Rotary

Series C rotary and universal
rotary handle mechanisms
are for use with molded-case
circuit breakers (G, F, J, K, L,
MDL), molded-case switches
and motor circuit protectors.
Series C rotary is suitable
for use with Type 1, 3R, 12
and 4/4X enclosure types.
Type 4/4X application
requires special handle,
see “Ordering Information.”
The universal rotary is suitable
for use with Type 1 and 12
enclosure types. All rotary
handle mechanisms include a
handle “Lock Off,” to prevent
turning the breaker ON while
in the OFF position. All rotary
handles indicate ON/OFF/
Tripped/Reset positions;
however, Universal Rotary
has the added feature of
international markings for
ON (I) and OFF (O). Series C
rotary handle is metal.
Universal rotary is made of
molded material. Series C
rotary handle is black and
universal rotary is available
in black or yellow/red.
Series C rotary handle was
ergonomically designed with
extra clearance for a “gloved
hand” to operate. Handle
has a 45º rotation. Universal
Rotary has a 90º rotation
(“pipe valve” operation)
where ON is vertical and
OFF is horizontal. Shafts
include a support brace to
ensure proper alignment.

J-Frame

K-Frame

L- and MDL-Frame

6

6.00 (152.4)

HM4R06

6648C22G11

6648C23G19

4217B37G04

WHM4R06

WHM4R06X

12.00 (304.8)

HM4R12

6648C22G11

6648C23G19

4217B37G01

WHM4R12

WHM4R12X

16.00 (406.4)

HM4R16

6648C22G11

6648C23G19

4217B37G02

WHM4R16

WHM4R16X

24.00 (609.6)

HM4R24

6648C22G11

6648C23G19

4217B37G03

WHM4R24

WHM4R24X

6.00 (152.4)

HM7R06

6648C22G21

6648C23G17

4217B37G04

—

—

12.00 (304.8)

HM7R12

6648C22G21

6648C23G17

4217B37G01

—

—

16.00 (406.4)

HM7R16

6648C22G21

6648C23G17

4217B37G02

—

—

24.00 (609.6)

HM7R24

6648C22G21

6648C23G17

4217B37G03

—

—

14

6.00 (152.4)

HM5R06

6648C22G21

6648C23G08

4217B37G04

WHM5R06

WHM5R06X

12.00 (304.8)

HM5R12

6648C22G21

6648C23G08

4217B37G01

WHM5R12

WHM5R12X

15

16.00 (406.4)

HM5R16

6648C22G21

6648C23G08

4217B37G02

WHM5R16

WHM5R16X

24.00 (609.6)

HM5R24

6648C22G21

6648C23G08

4217B37G03

WHM5R24

WHM5R24X

11
12

MD/MDS

13

N-Frame

16
17

Notes
1 Complete catalog number includes the standard handle, mechanism, shaft and support brace/bracket.
2 Handle is designed suitable for Types 1, 3R and 12 enclosures. Use style number 6648C22G03 for Type 4/4X handle or add X Suffix to
complete catalog number.
3 Breaker mechanism includes a shaft support bracket and its parts.
4 Longer shafts,16.00-inch (406.4 mm) and 24.00-inch (609.6 mm), include an adjustable support extension.
5 IEC handle mechanism supplied with metric thread mounting hardware.
6 Complete catalog number includes a handle, mechanism and shaft.

18

Refer to handle mechanisms in the molded-case circuit breaker section of Volume 4—Circuit Protection Catalog, CA08100005E, Tab 2.

20

19

In addition, the 16.00-inch
(406.4 mm) and 24.00-inch
(609.6 mm) extra long
shafts include an adjustable
support bracket.

21

Series C rotary and universal
rotary, are UL Listed and
meet CSA requirements.
Universal rotary also meets
IEC947-1/2 for international
compliance. Rotary UL File
Number is E64983.

23

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

22
24
25
V12-T3-109

3
1

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Universal Rotary

Universal Rotary Ordering Information
Shaft Length in Inches (mm)

Handle Color

Complete Catalog Number

2

E125 Frame
6.00 (152.4)

Black

EHMVD06B

3

12.00 (304.8)

Black

EHMVD12B

6.00 (152.4)

Red

EHMVD06R

12.00 (304.8)

Red

EHMVD12R

6.00 (152.4)

Black

FJHMVD06B

4

J250 Frame

5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

12.00 (304.8)

Black

FJHMVD12B

Universal Rotary

6.00 (152.4)

Red

FJHMVD06R

Type 4/4X handles are similar
to standard handles except
that they include an internal
neoprene gasket. Type 4/4X
handle style number is
6648C22G03. Due to
gasketing effect between
the handle and the housing,
the handle may not indicate
a tripped position.

12.00 (304.8)

Red

FJHMVD12R

6.00 (152.4)

Black

GHMVD06B

12.00 (304.8)

Black

GHMVD12B

6.00 (152.4)

Red

GHMVD06R

12.00 (304.8)

Red

GHMVD12R

6.00 (152.4)

Black

FHMVD06B

Series C Rotary Accessories
As an option, an auxiliary
switch is offered so that the
control panel builder may
electrically indicate the
status of the breaker. This
accessory would be mounted
on the mechanism and
comes with 24.00-inch
(609.6 mm) pigtail leads.

12.00 (304.8)

Black

FHMVD12B

6.00 (152.4)

Red

FHMVD06R

12.00 (304.8)

Red

FHMVD12R

6.00 (152.4)

Black

JHMVD06B

12.00 (304.8)

Black

JHMVD12B

6.00 (152.4)

Red

JHMVD06R

12.00 (304.8)

Red

JHMVD12R

G-Frame

F-Frame

J-Frame

K-Frame

Series C Auxiliary Switch

6.00 (152.4)

Black

KHMVD06B

Catalog Number

12.00 (304.8)

Black

KHMVD12B

5108A61G01

6.00 (152.4)

Red

KHMVD06R

12.00 (304.8)

Red

KHMVD12R

6.00 (152.4)

Black

LHMVD06B

12.00 (304.8)

Black

LHMVD12B

6.00 (152.4)

Red

LHMVD06R

12.00 (304.8)

Red

LHMVD12R

16

L- and MDL-Frames

17
18
19

Through-the-Door Instruction Leaflets Number
Breaker Frame

Series C Rotary

20

E125

—

IL0510TE0001

J250

—

IL0510TE0001

G

—

29C250

F

15594

29C250

21
22

Universal Rotary

J

15599

29C250

K

15600

29C250

23

L and MDL

15601

29C250

N

15602

—

24

Note: Refer to handle mechanisms in the molded-case circuit breaker section of Volume 4—Circuit Protection Catalog, CA08100005E, Tab 2.

25
V12-T3-110

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Direct (Close-Coupled)
Handle Mechanisms

Universal Direct

Euro IEC Direct

The Universal Direct handle
mechanism is designed
exclusively for the new
Cutler-Hammer E125 and
J250 circuit breakers. It is
available as standard with
a door interlock to prevent
opening the enclosure
while the circuit breaker
is in the ON position. It
is also available without
a door interlock.

Universal Direct Ordering Information

The Euro IEC Direct handle
mechanism can be used on
F- through R-Frames.

Frame

Black Handle
Catalog Number

Red Handle
Catalog Number

F

HMCC1B

HMCC1R

J

HMCC2B

HMCC2R

K

HMCC3B

HMCC3R

L and M

HMCC4B

HMCC4R

N

HMCC5B

HMCC5R

R

HMCC6B

HMCC6R

The G Direct is available with
a black or a yellow handle,
and with or without a shroud.
It is suitable for use with Type
1 enclosures. It is for use only
with the G-Frame (GD, GC,
GHC, GMCP).
An escutcheon ring and an
interlock clip are provided as
standard. The standard design
includes a lock-off feature.

G Direct

Direct (close-coupled) handle
mechanisms mount directly
to the circuit breaker.
They are used in shallow
enclosures where the
standard variable depth
through-the-door type
mechanism is not practical
or cannot be used. They
are typically for applications
where high volume,
standardized enclosures
are being fabricated.

The Universal Direct handle
mechanism is UL 489 Listed,
IEC947-1/2 and meets CSA
requirements. The Euro IEC
Direct handle mechanism
is IEC-240-1. G Direct is
UL Listed and meets
CSA requirements.

1

Universal Direct
Domestic

International

Frame

With Interlock
(White)
Catalog Number

Without Interlock
(White)
Catalog Number

Without Interlock
(Charcoal With Global Label)
Catalog Number

E125

EHMCCBI

EHMCCB

EHMCCR

J250

JHMCCBI

JHMCCB

JHMCCR

2
3
4

Euro IEC Direct Ordering Information

5
6
7
8
9

G Direct Ordering Information 1
Black Handle

Yellow Handle

Frame

With Shroud
Catalog Number

Without Shroud
Catalog Number

GD/GHC

HRGCC1S

HRGCC10

GMCP

HRGMC1S

HRGMC10

Without Shroud
Catalog Number

10

HRGCC3S

HRGCC30

HRGMC3S

HRGMC30

11

With Shroud
Catalog Number

12

Direct (Close-Coupled) Instruction Leaflets
Instruction Leaflet Number
Frame

Universal Direct

Euro IEC Direct

G Direct

E125

29C255

—

—

J250

29C256

—

—

G

—

—

15567

F

—

29C288A

—

J

—

29C288A

—

K

—

29C288A

—

L and MDL

—

29C289

—

N

—

29C290

—

R

—

29C291

—

13
14
15
16
17

Notes
1 Suitable for use on two- or three-pole G-Frame.

18

Refer to handle mechanisms in the molded-case circuit breaker section of Volume 4—
Circuit Protection Catalog, CA08100005E, Tab 2.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-111

3
1

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Handle Extensions

2
3
4
5
6

Handle Extension

7

Handle extension is not
included with J-, K-, L- and
M-Frame breakers. It must
be purchased separately.

8

Handle Extension

9
10
11

Frame

Style Number

J, K

HEX3

L, M

HEX4

Handle extension is included
with breaker with N- and
R-Frame breakers.

12

Handle Extension
Frame

Style Number

13

N

HEX5

R

HEX6

14

Note: Refer to handle
mechanisms in the moldedcase circuit breaker section of
Volume 4—Circuit Protection
Catalog, CA08100005E, Tab 2.

15
16

Replacement and
Service Capabilities
Breaker Service Center
Factory Service for Mining
and Industrial Molded-Case
Circuit Breakers
Eaton owns and operates
two fully authorized Breaker
Service Centers (BSC)
in Skelton, WV, and
Evansville, IN. They are
available to support all nonwarranty service needs for
Cutler-Hammer industrial
molded-case breakers 600A
and above and all frames of
mining duty breakers.

Custom Service
Replace frame or trip unit,
with or without accessories.

The Breaker Service
Centers, as extensions of
our manufacturing plants,
are the only facilities
authorized to provide breaker
service solutions for Eaton,
Cutler-Hammer and historic
Westinghouse molded-case
circuit breakers. Staff are
dedicated to providing genuine
factory-supported solutions to
our customers.

Facilities
●
Dedicated sites supported
by engineering and
manufacturing
●
Staffed by factory trained
technicians with experience
servicing molded-case
circuit breakers
●
State-of-the-art cleaning
and testing equipment

This is just another example
of how Eaton supports
a complete offering of
solutions for circuit breakers.
See the following for the
benefits of choosing the BSC
and our service offerings.
Offerings
Basic Tune-Up
Clean, test and re-certify.
Basic Modification
Replace accessories and
attachments including
terminals, trip units,
UVRs, shunt trips and
auxiliary switches.

17
18

Basic Service
Replace components
including covers, handles
and stationary contacts.

19
20

Full Service
Replace both frame and
trip unit, with or without
accessories.
Factory Modifications
For new or existing
operational breakers
●
●

●

Trip unit upgrades
Addition of accessories
and attachments
UL modifications to
factory-sealed breakers

The Breaker Service Centers
are open to help you. Give us
a call at 1-877-BRK-SRVC or
contact your local Eaton
authorized distributor or sales
office for more information.
Know What You’re Getting—
Here’s the Reality of
Third-Party Repair
●
Breakers are serviced
using least worn,
counterfeit or reverse
engineered components
●
You get no technical
support from the original
manufacturer
●
There is no option for an
upgrade to new technology
●
You could end up with a
breaker that doesn’t
perform as expected

Reasons to Use Eaton’s Breaker
Service Centers
●
Eaton is a world leader in
circuit breaker technology
and manufacturing
●
The Breaker Service
Centers are staffed by
factory trained technicians
●
One year warranty.
●
Eaton uses only genuine
replacement parts and
components
●
Full engineering
support—original
product specifications
and manufacturing data
●
State-of-the-art cleaning
equipment—uses a
non-destructive cleaning
process while maintaining
integrity of the breaker
●
Modern test equipment—
the breaker service center
uses the same hi-tech
test equipment used by
engineering, development
and manufacturing
facilities. This allows the
breaker service center
to match original test
conditions at the factory
●
Exchange option—
we can upgrade to the
newest technology
●
Competitive price—all the
benefits of third-party prices
For more information on
Eaton products and services,
call 1-877-386-2273. Select
option 1 for technical
support and select option
6 for Eaton’s Electrical
Services & Systems,
or visit our website at
www.eaton.com/electrical.

21
22
23
24
25
V12-T3-112

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Cross-Reference

1

Westinghouse and Challenger

2

Cross-Reference for Cutler-Hammer Industrial MCB/MCCBs
Circuit Breaker Brand and Type

Circuit Breaker Brand and Type

Westinghouse

Challenger

Cutler-Hammer

Westinghouse

Challenger

Cutler-Hammer

BAB

CBB

BAB

HMC

CSHM

HMC

BAB-H

CBB-H

BAB-H

HMCC

CSHMC

HMCC

CA

CD

CA

HNB

—

HNB

CAH

CDH

CAH

HNC

CSHN

HNC

CHKD

CKHC

CHKD

HND

CNH

HND

CHLD

CLHC

CHLD

JB, KB

—

JB, KB

CHND

CNHC

CHND

JD

CJ

JD

CKD

CKC

CKD

JDB

CJS

JDB

CKDC

CKVC

CKDC

JDC

CJV

JDC

CLD

CLC

CLD

KD

CK

KD

CLDC

CLVC

CLDC

KDB

CKS

KDB

CND

CNC

CND

KDC

CKV

KDC

CNDC

CNVC

CNDC

LA

—

LA

CRD

CRC

CRD

LA-P

CTL

LA-P

CRDC

CRVC

CRDC

LC

CSL

LC

DK

CDK

DK

LCC

CSLC

LCC

EB

—

EB

LCL

CXL

LCL

ED

CED

ED

LCY

CSLY

LCY

EDC

CEV

EDC

LD

CL

LD

EDH

CEH

EDH

LDB

CK

LDB

EHB

—

EHB

LDC

CLV

LDC

EHD

CE

EHD

MA

—

MA

FB

—

FB

MC

CSM

MC

FB-P

CTB

FB-P

MCC

CSMC

MCC

FCL

CXF

FCL

MCY

CSMY

MCY

FD

CF

FD

MDS

CSMD

MDS

FDB

CFS

FDB

MDSC

CSMDC

MDSC

FDC

CFV

FDC

MDSY

CSMDY

MDSY

GB

CG

GB

NB

—

NB

GC

CGL

GC

NB-P

CTN

NB-P

GDB

CGDB

GDB

NC

CSN

NC

GHB

CH

GHB

NCY

CSNY

NCY

GHBS

CSCB

GHBS

ND

CN

ND

GHC

CHL

GHC

NDC

CNV

NDC

HCA

CDT

HCA

PB-P

CTP

PB-P

HFB

—

HFB

PC

CSP

PC

HFD

CFH

HFD

PCC

CSPC

PCC

HJD

CJH

HJD

QBGF

CBBGF

QBGF

HKB

—

HKB

QBGFEP

CBBGFEP

QBGFEP

HKD

CKH

HKD

QBHGF

CBBHGF

QBHGF

HLA

—

HLA

QBHGFEP

CBBHGFEP

QBHGFEP

HLC

CSHL

HLC

QBHW

CBBH

QBHW

HLCC

CSHLC

HLCC

QBHW-H

CBBH-H

QBHW-H

HLD

CLH

HLD

RD

CR

RD

HMA

—

HMA

RDC

CRV

RDC

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-113

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

1

Westinghouse, Challenger and Bryant

2

Cross-Reference for Cutler-Hammer Residential MCBs

3

Westinghouse

Challenger

Bryant

Cutler-Hammer

BR

C

BR

BR

4

BRD

A

BRD

BRD

BRH

HC

BRH

BRH

5

BRHH

VC

BRHH

BRHH

—

XC

—

BRX

6

BRO

C

BRO

BRO

7
8
9
10

Circuit Breaker Brand and Type

GFCB

HAGF

GFCB

GFCB

GFCBH

HAGFH

GFCBH

GFCBH

GFEP

HAGFEP

GFEP

GFEP

GFEPH

HAGFHEP

GFEPH

GFEPH

—

CM

—

BW

—

CMH

—

BWH

—

CMV

—

BWHH

—

CB

—

CC

WFL

QFL

—

QFL

WFP

QFP

—

QFP

11
12
13

Notes for Replacement Breaker and Mining Breaker
Replacement Tables (Pages V12-T3-113–V12-T3-167)
1. Many of the suggested
6. The HFB two-pole
Series C replacements
breaker is on a three-pole
are electrical
frame. The Series C
replacements only,
replacement is a true
and may have different
two-pole.
dimensions, mountings,
7. Continuous amperes
handle forces and throw
and/or trip range may be
(which would require
a little different on the
a handle mechanism
replacement Series C.
change). The MARK 75
replacement would have
the same dimensions,
mountings, handle forces
and throw. Only threepole MARK 75 available.
2. Replacement breaker
frames, trips, plugs and
some of the terminals and
attachments are not
interchangeable with
the Series C. Obsoleted
frames and trips, etc.,
may require a complete
breaker change.
3. Replacing with a Higher
IC MARK 75 or Series C
breaker does not increase
the IC rating of the
assembly (panelboard,
switchboard, etc.).
4. Saf-T-Vue is no
longer available on the
replacement breaker line.
Eaton Canada does
make the Series C with
Saf-T-Vue and may be
sourced through our
Canadian Distribution
Center at 905-631-4318.

14
15
16

5. Suggested replacements
also apply to breakers
that had suffixes such
as “L,” line and load
terminals, “V” 50C
calibration and “W”
without terminals.

17
18
19

8. Replacement breaker
MARK 75 breakers with
interchangeable trip units
are to be supplied as
frame, trip, terminals and
attachment as separate
items (except when
accessories must be
factory installed). No
single-phase, ambient
compensated, Saf-T-Vue,
reverse-feed, or
SELTRONIC magnetic
only are available on
replacement breakers.
9. JA, DA, KA, HKA, LB,
LBB and HLB breakers
when replaced with a
Series C breaker “K”
frame, when bussed on
the line side such as a
panelboard, requires a
TAD3 spacer kit.
10. Contact the local Eaton
Satellite for complete
panelboard replacement
or new interior
replacement. Use
Panelboard Replacement
Breakers where possible.
MARK 75 and three-pole
only replacements are
available. Contact the
Breaker Service Center
at 1-877-275-7782 for
reconditioned breaker
solutions.
Note: If accessories are to be
factory installed, contact the
factory for pricing.

20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T3-114

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Cross-Reference

1

Replacement Breaker Cross-Reference
Replacement Breaker

Replacements

Catalog Number

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75 Catalog Number

MARK 75 Style Number

Series C Catalog Number

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

1256C10G03

1256C10G03

O

—

—

LD2300

1–3, 5, 8

1256C10G04

1256C10G04

O

—

—

LD2350

1–3, 5, 8

1256C10G05

1256C10G05

O

—

—

LD2400

1–3, 5, 8

1256C10G12

1256C10G12

A

—

—

KD3250

1–3, 5, 8

1256C10G13

1256C10G13

A

—

—

LD3300

1–3, 5, 8

1256C10G14

1256C10G14

A

—

—

LD3350

1–3, 5, 8

1256C10G15

1256C10G15

A

—

—

LD3400

1–3, 5, 8

1268C14G01

1268C14G01

O

—

—

HMCP050G2C

1–3, 7

1268C14G02

1268C14G02

O

—

—

HMCP050G2C

1–3, 7

1268C14G03

1268C14G03

O

65E4667

65E466

HMCP100L3C

1–3, 7

1268C14G04

1268C14G04

O

65E4667

65E4667

HMCP100L3C

1–3, 7

1268C14G05

1268C14G05

O

—

—

HMCP050G2C

1–3, 7

1268C14G06

1268C14G06

O

—

—

HMCP050G2C

1–3, 7

2603D46G07

2603D46G07

O

—

—

KT2250T

2, 8

2603D46G08

2603D46G08

O

—

—

LT2300T

2, 8

2603D46G09

2603D46G09

O

—

—

LT2350T

2, 8
2, 8

2603D46G10

2603D46G10

O

—

—

LT2400T

2603D46G26

2603D46G26

A

—

—

KT3250T

2, 8

2603D46G27

2603D46G27

A

—

—

LT3300T

2, 8

2603D46G28

2603D46G28

A

—

—

LT3350T

2, 8

2603D46G29

2603D46G29

A

—

—

LT3400T

2, 8

2603D47G07

2603D47G07

O

—

—

—

2, 8

2603D47G08

2603D47G08

O

—

—

—

2, 8

2603D47G10

2603D47G10

O

—

—

—

2, 8

2603D47G26

2603D47G26

A

—

—

—

2, 8

2603D47G27

2603D47G27

A

—

—

—

2, 8

2603D47G29

2603D47G29

A

—

—

—

2, 8

2603D50G01

2603D50G01

O

—

—

KD2250

1–3, 5, 8

2603D50G02

2603D50G02

O

—

—

LD2300

1–3, 5, 8

2603D50G03

2603D50G03

O

—

—

LD2350

1–3, 5, 8

2603D50G04

2603D50G04

O

—

—

LD2400

1–3, 5, 8

2603D50G07

2603D50G07

O

—

—

KD3250

1–3, 5, 8

2603D50G08

2603D50G08

O

1256C10G13

1256C10G13

LD3300

1–3, 5, 8

2603D50G09

2603D50G09

O

1256C10G14

1256C10G14

LD3350

1–3, 5, 8

2603D50G10

2603D50G10

O

1256C10G15

1256C10G15

LD3400

1–3, 5, 8

2603D50G13

2603D50G13

O

—

—

KD2250

1–5, 8

2603D50G14

2603D50G14

O

—

—

LD2300

1–5, 8

2603D50G15

2603D50G15

O

—

—

LD2350

1–5, 8

2603D50G16

2603D50G16

O

—

—

LD2400

1–5, 8

2603D50G19

2603D50G19

O

1256C10G12

1256C10G12

KD3250

1–5, 8

2603D50G20

2603D50G20

O

1256C10G13

1256C10G13

LD3300

1–5, 8

2603D50G21

2603D50G21

O

1256C10G14

1256C10G14

LD3350

1–5, 8

2603D50G22

2603D50G22

O

1256C10G15

1256C10G15

LD3400

1–5, 8

2610D53G12

2610D53G12

O

4994D96G30

4994D96G30

HMCP025D0C

1–3, 7

2610D53G13

2610D53G13

O

4994D96G31

4994D96G31

HMCP070J2C

1–3, 7

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

2

25
V12-T3-115

3
1
2
3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Replacement Breaker Cross-Reference
Replacements

Replacement Breaker
Catalog Number

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75 Catalog Number

MARK 75 Style Number

Series C Catalog Number

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

2610D53G30

2610D53G30

O

4994D96G30

4994D96G30

HMCP025D0C

1–3, 7

2610D53G31

2610D53G31

O

4994D96G31

4994D96G31

HMCP070J2C

1–3, 7

2610D58G31

2610D58G31

O

—

—

—

1–4, 7

373D488G08

373D488G08

O

373D488G09

373D488G09

—

2, 8

4994D96G12

4994D96G12

O

4994D96G30

4994D96G30

HMCP025D0C

1–3, 7

4994D96G13

4994D96G13

O

4994D96G31

4994D96G31

HMCP070J2C

1–3, 7

5

4994D96G30

4994D96G30

A

—

—

HMCP025D0C

1–3, 7

4994D96G31

4994D96G31

A

—

—

HMCP070J2C

1–3, 7

6

4998D89G30

4998D89G30

O

—

—

—

1–4, 7

5683D88G07

5683D88G07

O

—

—

KT2250T

2, 8

4

7

5683D88G08

5683D88G08

O

—

—

LT2300T

2, 8

5683D88G09

5683D88G09

O

—

—

LT2350T

2, 8

8

5683D88G10

5683D88G10

O

—

—

LT2400T

2, 8

5683D88G26

5683D88G26

O

2603D46G26

2603D46G26

KT3250T

2, 8

9

5683D88G27

5683D88G27

O

2603D46G27

2603D46G27

LT3300T

2, 8

5683D88G28

5683D88G28

O

2603D46G28

2603D46G28

LT3350T

2, 8

5683D88G29

5683D88G29

O

2603D46G29

2603D46G29

LT3400T

2, 8

65E4667

65E4667

A

—

—

HMCP100L3C

1–3, 7

11

81E4647

81E4647

O

—

—

—

1–4, 7

DA2250

375D152G11

O

—

—

DK2250

1–3, 5, 8, 9

12

DA2250Y

376D872G11

O

—

—

DK2250Y

1–3, 5, 8, 9

DA2300

375D152G12

O

—

—

DK2300

1–3, 5, 8, 9

DA2300Y

376D872G12

O

—

—

DK2300Y

1–3, 5, 8, 9

10

13
14

DA2350

375D152G13

O

—

—

DK2350

1–3, 5, 8, 9

DA2350Y

376D872G13

O

—

—

DK2350Y

1–3, 5, 8, 9

DA2400

375D152G14

O

—

—

DK2400

1–3, 5, 8, 9

15

DA2400WK

752B050G01

O

—

—

DK2400KW

1–3, 5, 8

DA2400Y

376D872G14

O

—

—

DK2400Y

1–3, 5, 8, 9

DA3250

375D152G26

O

—

—

DK3250

1–3, 5, 8, 9

16

DA3250Y

376D872G26

O

—

—

DK3250Y

1–3, 5, 8, 9

DA3300

375D152G27

O

—

—

DK3300

1–3, 5, 8, 9

17

DA3300Y

376D872G27

O

—

—

DK3300Y

1–3, 5, 8, 9

DA3350

375D152G28

O

—

—

DK3350

1–3, 5, 8, 9

18

DA3350Y

376D872G28

O

—

—

DK3350Y

1–3, 5, 8, 9

DA3400

375D152G29

O

—

—

DK3400

1–3, 5, 8, 9

19

DA3400WK

752B050G06

O

—

—

DK3400KW

1–3, 5, 8

DA3400Y

376D872G29

O

—

—

DK3400Y

1–3, 5, 8, 9

20

EB1015

4990D03G02

O

—

—

EHD1015

1–3, 5

EB1020

4990D03G03

O

—

—

EHD1020

1–3, 5

21

EB1025

4990D03G04

O

—

—

EHD1025

1–3, 5

EB1030

4990D03G05

O

—

—

EHD1030

1–3, 5

EB1035

4990D03G06

O

—

—

EHD1035

1–3, 5

22
23

EB1040

4990D03G07

O

—

—

EHD1040

1–3, 5

EB1045

4990D03G14

O

—

—

EHD1045

1–3, 5

EB1050

4990D03G08

O

—

—

EHD1050

1–3, 5

24

EB1060

4990D03G09

O

—

—

EHD1060

1–3, 5

EB1070

4990D03G10

O

—

—

EHD1070

1–3, 5

25

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

V12-T3-116

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Replacement Breaker Cross-Reference
Replacements

Replacement Breaker
Catalog Number

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75 Catalog Number

MARK 75 Style Number

Series C Catalog Number

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

EB1080

4990D03G65

O

—

—

EHD1080

1–3, 5

EB1090

4990D03G11

O

—

—

EHD1090

1–3, 5

EB1100

4990D03G12

O

—

—

EHD1100

1–3, 5

EB1100LK

1226C25G01

O

—

—

—

1–3, 5, 8

EB2015

4990D03G18

O

—

—

EHD2015

1–3, 5

EB2020

4990D03G19

O

—

—

EHD2020

1–3, 5

EB2025

4990D03G20

O

—

—

EHD2025

1–3, 5

EB2030

4990D03G21

O

—

—

EHD2030

1–3, 5

EB2035

4990D03G22

O

—

—

EHD2035

1–3, 5

EB2040

4990D03G23

O

—

—

EHD2040

1–3, 5

EB2050

4990D03G24

O

—

—

EHD2050

1–3, 5

EB2060

4990D03G25

O

—

—

EHD2060

1–3, 5

EB2070

4990D03G26

O

—

—

EHD2070

1–3, 5

EB2080

4990D03G32

O

—

—

EHD2080

1–3, 5

EB2090

4990D03G27

O

—

—

EHD2090

1–3, 5

EB2100

4990D03G28

O

—

—

EHD2100

1–3, 5

EB2100LK

1226C25G02

O

—

—

EHD2100KL

1–3, 5, 8

EB3015

4990D03G34

O

HFB3015L

4997D19G34

EHD3015

1–3, 5

EB3015S

4991D35G02

O

HFB3015L

4997D19G34

EHD3015

1–5

EB3020

4990D03G35

O

HFB3020L

4997D19G35

EHD3020

1–3, 5

EB3020S

4991D35G03

O

HFB3020L

4997D19G35

EHD3020

1–5

EB3025

4990D03G36

O

HFB3025L

4997D19G36

EHD3025

1–3, 5

EB3025S

4991D35G04

O

HFB3025L

4997D19G36

EHD3025

1–5

EB3030

4990D03G37

O

HFB3030L

4997D19G37

EHD3030

1–3, 5

EB3030S

4991D35G05

O

HFB3030L

4997D19G37

EHD3030

1–5

EB3035

4990D03G38

O

HFB3035L

4997D19G38

EHD3035

1–3, 5

EB3035S

4991D35G06

O

HFB3035L

4997D19G38

EHD3035

1–5

EB3040

4990D03G39

O

HFB3040L

4997D19G39

EHD3040

1–3, 5

EB3040S

4991D35G07

O

HFB3040L

4997D19G39

EHD3040

1–5

EB3045

4990D03G46

O

HFB3045L

4997D19G54

EHD3045

1–3, 5

EB3045S

4990D03G40

O

HFB3045L

4997D19G54

EHD3045

1–5

EB3050

4991D35G08

O

HFB3050L

4997D19G40

EHD3050

1–3, 5

EB3050S

4990D03G41

O

HFB3050L

4997D19G40

EHD3050

1–5

EB3060

4991D35G09

O

HFB3060L

4997D19G41

EHD3060

1–3, 5

EB3060S

4990D03G42

O

HFB3060L

4997D19G41

EHD3060

1–5

EB3070

4991D35G10

O

HFB3070L

4997D19G42

EHD3070

1–3, 5

EB3070S

4990D03G48

O

HFB3070L

4997D19G42

EHD3070

1–5

EB3080

4990D03G43

O

HFB3080L

4997D19G55

EHD3080

1–3, 5

EB3080S

4991D35G11

O

HFB3080L

4997D19G55

EHD3080

1–5

EB3090

4990D03G43

O

HFB3090L

4997D19G43

EHD3090

1–3, 5

EB3090S

4991D35G11

O

HFB3090L

4997D19G43

EHD3090

1–5

EB3100

4990D03G44

O

HFB3100L

4997D19G44

EHD3100

1–3, 5

EB3100LK

1226C25G03

O

—

—

EHD3100KL

1–3, 5, 8

EB3100S

4991D35G12

O

HFB3100L

4997D19G44

EHD3100

1–5

EB3100SLK

1226C25G04

O

—

—

EHD3100KL

1–3, 5, 8

EHB1015

4989D52G02

O

—

—

EHD1015

1–3, 5

EHB1020

4989D52G03

O

—

—

EHD1020

1–3, 5

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

1

25
V12-T3-117

3
1

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Replacement Breaker Cross-Reference
Replacements

Replacement Breaker
Catalog Number

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75 Catalog Number

MARK 75 Style Number

Series C Catalog Number

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

EHB1025

4989D52G04

O

—

—

EHD1025

1–3, 5

EHB1030

4989D52G05

O

—

—

EHD1030

1–3, 5

EHB1035

4989D52G06

O

—

—

EHD1035

1–3, 5

EHB1040

4989D52G07

O

—

—

EHD1040

1–3, 5

EHB1050

4989D52G08

O

—

—

EHD1050

1–3, 5

EHB1060

4989D52G09

O

—

—

EHD1060

1–3, 5

5

EHB1070

4989D52G10

O

—

—

EHD1070

1–3, 5

EHB1080

4989D52G14

O

—

—

EHD1080

1–3, 5

6

EHB1090

4989D52G11

O

—

—

EHD1090

1–3, 5

EHB1100

4989D52G12

O

—

—

EHD1100

1–3, 5

2
3
4

7

EHB1100LK

1226C25G11

O

—

—

—

1–3, 5, 8

EHB2015

4989D52G18

O

—

—

EHD2015

1–3, 5

8

EHB2020

4989D52G19

O

—

—

EHD2020

1–3, 5

EHB2025

4989D52G20

O

—

—

EHD2025

1–3, 5

9

EHB2030

4989D52G21

O

—

—

EHD2030

1–3, 5

EHB2035

4989D52G22

O

—

—

EHD2035

1–3, 5

10

EHB2040

4989D52G23

O

—

—

EHD2040

1–3, 5

EHB2045

4989D52G29

O

—

—

EHD2045

1–3, 5

11

EHB2050

4989D52G24

O

—

—

EHD2050

1–3, 5

EHB2060

4989D52G25

O

—

—

EHD2060

1–3, 5

12

EHB2070

4989D52G26

O

—

—

EHD2070

1–3, 5

EHB2090

4989D52G27

O

—

—

EHD2090

1–3, 5

EHB2100

4989D52G28

O

—

—

EHD2100

1–3, 5

EHB2100LK

1226C25G12

O

—

—

EHD2100KL

1–3, 5, 8

EHB3015

4989D52G34

O

HFB3015L

4997D19G34

EHD3015

1–3, 5

EHB3015S

4991D35G18

O

HFB3015L

4997D19G34

EHD3015

1–5

EHB3020

4989D52G35

O

HFB3020L

4997D19G35

EHD3020

1–3, 5

EHB3020S

4991D35G19

O

HFB3020L

4997D19G35

EHD3020

1–5

EHB3025

4989D52G36

O

HFB3025L

4997D19G36

EHD3025

1–3, 5

13
14
15
16

EHB3025S

4991D35G20

O

HFB3025L

4997D19G36

EHD3025

1–5

EHB3030

4989D52G37

O

HFB3030L

4997D19G37

EHD3030

1–3, 5

17

EHB3030S

4991D35G21

O

HFB3030L

4997D19G37

EHD3030

1–5

EHB3035

4989D52G38

O

HFB3035L

4997D19G38

EHD3035

1–3, 5

18

EHB3035S

4991D35G22

O

HFB3035L

4997D19G38

EHD3035

1–5

EHB3040

4989D52G39

O

HFB3040L

4997D19G39

EHD3040

1–3, 5

19

EHB3040S

4991D35G23

O

HFB3040L

4997D19G39

EHD3040

1–5

EHB3045

4989D52G45

O

HFB3045L

4997D19G54

EHD3045

1–3, 5

20

EHB3045S

NO STYLE

O

HFB3045L

4997D19G54

EHD3045

1–5

EHB3050

4993D67G40

O

HFB3050L

4997D19G40

EHD3050

1–3, 5

21

EHB3050S

4991D35G24

O

HFB3050L

4997D19G40

EHD3050

1–5

EHB3060

4993D67G41

O

HFB3060L

4997D19G41

EHD3060

1–3, 5

22

EHB3060S

4991D35G25

O

HFB3060L

4997D19G41

EHD3060

1–5

EHB3070

4993D67G42

O

HFB3070L

4997D19G42

EHD3070

1–3, 5

23

EHB3070S

4991D35G26

O

HFB3070L

4997D19G42

EHD3070

1–5

EHB3080

4993D67G46

O

HFB3080L

4997D19G55

EHD3080

1–3, 5

24

EHB3080S

NO STYLE

O

HFB3080L

4997D19G55

EHD3080

1–5

EHB3090

4993D67G43

O

HFB3090L

4997D19G43

EHD3090

1–3, 5

25

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

V12-T3-118

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Replacement Breaker Cross-Reference
Replacements

Replacement Breaker
Catalog Number

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75 Catalog Number

MARK 75 Style Number

Series C Catalog Number

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

EHB3090S

4991D35G27

O

HFB3090L

4997D19G43

EHD3090

1–5

EHB3100

4993D67G44

O

HFB3100L

4997D19G44

EHD3100

1–3, 5

EHB3100LK

1226C25G13

O

—

—

EHD3100KL

1–3, 5, 8

EHB3100S

4991D35G28

O

—

—

EHD3100

1–5

EHB3100SLK

1226C25G14

O

—

—

EHD3100KL

1–3, 5, 8

FB2015

4975D71G18

O

—

—

FD2015

1–3, 5

FB2020

4975D71G19

O

—

—

FD2020

1–3, 5

FB2022MRL

2610D53G03

O

—

—

HMCP003A0C

1–3, 7

FB2025

4975D71G20

O

—

—

FD2025

1–3, 5

FB2030

4975D71G21

O

—

—

FD2030

1–3, 5

FB2035

4975D71G22

O

—

—

FD2035

1–3, 5

FB2040

4975D71G23

O

—

—

FD2040

1–3, 5

FB2045MRL

2610D53G04

O

—

—

HMCP007C0C

1–3, 7

FB2050

4975D71G24

O

—

—

FD2050

1–3, 5

FB2060

4975D71G25

O

—

—

FD2060

1–3, 5

FB2070

4975D71G26

O

—

—

FD2070

1–3, 5

FB2080

4975D71G02

O

—

—

FD2080

1–3, 5

FB2090

4975D71G27

O

—

—

FD2090

1–3, 5

FB2100

4975D71G28

O

—

—

FD2100

1–3, 5

FB2100LK

1226C25G21

O

—

—

FD2100KL

1–3, 5, 8
1–3, 7

FB2110MRL

2610D53G05

O

—

—

HMCP015E0C

FB2150LK

1226C25G22

O

—

—

FD2150KL

1–3, 5, 8

FB21550MRL

2610D53G08

O

—

—

HMCP150T4C

1–3, 7

FB21800MRL

2610D53G11

O

—

—

HMCP150U4C

1–3, 7

FB2190MRL

2610D53G06

O

—

—

HMCP030H1C

1–3, 7

FB2270MRL

2610D53G10

O

—

—

HMCP030H1C

1–3, 7

FB2480MRL

2610D53G07

O

—

—

HMCP050K2C

1–3, 7

FB3015

4975D71G34

O

HFB3015L

4997D19G34

FD3015

1–3, 5

FB3015S

4991D35G34

O

HFB3015L

4997D19G34

FD3015

1–5

FB3020

4975D71G35

O

HFB3020L

4997D19G35

FD3020

1–3, 5

FB3020S

4991D35G35

O

HFB3020L

4997D19G35

FD3020

1–5

FB3022MRL

2606D95G21

O

HFB3022ML

4994D96G21

HMCP003A0C

1–3, 7

FB3022SMRL

2610D58G21

O

HFB3022ML

4994D96G21

HMCP003A0C

1–4, 7

FB3025

4975D71G36

O

HFB3025L

4997D19G36

FD3025

1–3, 5

FB3025S

4991D35G36

O

HFB3025L

4997D19G36

FD3025

1–5

FB3030

4975D71G37

O

HFB3030L

4997D19G37

FD3030

1–3, 5

FB3030S

4991D35G37

O

HFB3030L

4997D19G37

FD3030

1–5

FB3035

4975D71G38

O

HFB3035L

4997D19G38

FD3035

1–3, 5

FB3040

4975D71G39

O

HFB3040L

4997D19G39

FD3040

1–3, 5

FB3040S

4991D35G39

O

HFB3040L

4997D19G39

FD3040

1–5

FB3045L

4975D71G05

O

HFB3045L

4997D19G54

FD3045

1–3, 5

FB3045MRL

2610D53G22

O

HFB3045ML

4994D96G22

HMCP007C0C

1–3, 7

FB3045S

NO STYLE

O

HFB3045L

4997D19G54

FD3045

1–5

FB3045SMRL

2610D58G22

O

HFB3045ML

4994D96G22

HMCP007C0C

1–4, 7

FB3050

4975D71G40

O

HFB3050L

4997D19G40

FD3050

1–3, 5

FB3050S

4991D35G40

O

HFB3050L

4997D19G40

FD3050

1–5

FB3060

4975D71G41

O

HFB3060L

4997D19G41

FD3060

1–3, 5

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

1

25
V12-T3-119

3
1
2
3
4
5

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Replacement Breaker Cross-Reference
Replacements

Replacement Breaker

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

Catalog Number

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75 Catalog Number

FB3060S

4991D35G41

O

HFB3060L

4997D19G41

FD3060

1–5

FB3070

4975D71G42

O

HFB3070L

4997D19G42

FD3070

1–3, 5

FB3070S

4991D35G42

O

HFB3070L

4997D19G42

FD3070

1–5

FB3080

4975D71G06

O

HFB3080L

4997D19G55

FD3080

1–3, 5

MARK 75 Style Number

Series C Catalog Number

FB3080S

NO STYLE

O

HFB3080L

4997D19G55

FD3080

1–5

FB3090

4975D71G43

O

HFB3090L

4997D19G43

FD3090

1–3, 5

FB3090S

4991D35G43

O

HFB3090L

4997D19G43

FD3090

1–5

FB3100

4975D71G44

O

HFB3100L

4997D19G44

FD3100

1–3, 5

FB3100LK

1226C25G23

O

—

—

FD3100KL

1–3, 5, 8

FB3100S

4991D35G44

O

HFB3100L

4997D19G44

FD3100

1–5

7

FB3110

4975D71G07

O

—

—

FD3110

1–3, 5

FB3110MRL

2610D53G23

O

HFB3110ML

4994D96G23

HMCP015E0C

1–3, 7

8

FB3110S

NO STYLE

O

—

—

FD3110

1–5

FB3110SMRL

2610D58G23

O

—

—

HMCP015E0C

1–4, 7

9

FB3125

4975D71G45

O

—

—

FD3125

1–3, 5

FB3125S

4991D35G45

O

—

—

FD3125

1–4, 5

10

FB3150

4975D71G46

O

—

—

FD3150

1–3, 5

FB3150LK

1226C25G24

O

—

—

FD3150KL

1–3, 5, 8

11

FB3150S

4991D35G46

O

—

—

FD3150

1–5

FB3150SLK

1226C25G25

O

—

—

FD3150KL

1–3, 5, 8

12

FB31550MRL

2610D53G26

O

HFB31550ML

4994D96G26

HMCP150T4C

1–3, 7

6

13
14
15
16

FB31550SMRL

2610D58G26

O

HFB31550ML

4994D96G26

HMCP150T4C

1–4, 7

FB31800MRL

2610D53G29

O

—

—

HMCP150U4C

1–3, 7

FB31800SMRL

2610D58G29

O

—

—

HMCP150U4C

1–4, 7

FB3190MRL

2610D53G24

O

HFB3190ML

4994D96G24

HMCP030H1C

1–3, 7

FB3190SMRL

2610D58G24

O

HFB3190ML

4994D96G24

HMCP030H1C

1–4, 7

FB3270MRL

2610D53G28

O

HFB3270ML

4994D96G28

HMCP030H1C

1–3, 7

FB3270SMRL

2610D58G28

O

HFB3270ML

4994D96G28

HMCP030H1C

1–4, 7

FB3480MRL

2610D53G25

O

HFB3480ML

4994D96G25

HMCP050K2C

1–3, 7

FB3480SMRL

2610D58G25

O

HFB3480ML

4994D96G25

HMCP050K2C

1–4, 7

FB4015

4975D71G50

O

—

—

FD4015

1–3, 5

17

FB4020

4975D71G51

O

—

—

FD4020

1–3, 5

FB4025

4975D71G52

O

—

—

FD4025

1–3, 5

18

FB4030

4975D71G53

O

—

—

FD4030

1–3, 5

FB4035

4975D71G54

O

—

—

FD4035

1–3, 5

19

FB4040

4975D71G55

O

—

—

FD4040

1–3, 5

FB4045

NO STYLE

O

—

—

FD4045

1–3, 5

20

FB4050

4975D71G56

O

—

—

FD4050

1–3, 5

FB4060

4975D71G57

O

—

—

FD4060

1–3, 5

21

FB4070

4975D71G58

O

—

—

FD4070

1–3, 5

FB4080

NO STYLE

O

—

—

FD4080

1–3, 5

22

FB4090

4975D71G59

O

—

—

FD4090

1–3, 5

FB4100

4975D71G60

O

—

—

FD4100

1–3, 5

23

FB4100LK

1226C25G26

O

—

—

FD4100KL

1–3, 5, 8

FB4150LK

1226C25G27

O

—

—

FD4150KL

1–3, 5, 8

24

HFB1015

4976D04G02

O

—

—

HFD1015

1–3, 5

HFB1020

4976D04G03

O

—

—

HFD1020

1–3, 5

25

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

V12-T3-120

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Replacement Breaker Cross-Reference
Replacements

Replacement Breaker
Catalog Number

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75 Catalog Number

MARK 75 Style Number

Series C Catalog Number

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

HFB1025

4976D04G04

O

—

—

HFD1025

1–3, 5

HFB1030

4976D04G05

O

—

—

HFD1030

1–3, 5

HFB1035

4976D04G06

O

—

—

HFD1035

1–3, 5

HFB1040

4976D04G07

O

—

—

HFD1040

1–3, 5

HFB1045

4976D04G49

O

—

—

HFD1045

1–3, 5

HFB1050

4976D04G08

O

—

—

HFD1050

1–3, 5

HFB1060

4976D04G09

O

—

—

HFD1060

1–3, 5

HFB1070

4976D04G10

O

—

—

HFD1070

1–3, 5

HFB1080

4976D04G50

O

—

—

HFD1080

1–3, 5

HFB1090

4976D04G11

O

—

—

HFD1090

1–3, 5

HFB1100

4976D04G12

O

—

—

HFD1100

1–3, 5

HFB2015

4976D04G18

O

—

—

FD3015

1–3, 5, 6

HFB2020

4976D04G19

O

—

—

FD3020

1–3, 5, 6

HFB2022ML

2610D57G03

O

—

—

HMCP003A0C

1, 2, 3, 7

HFB2025

4976D04G20

O

—

—

FD3025

1, 2, 3, 5, 6

HFB2030

4976D04G21

O

—

—

FD3030

1, 2, 3, 5, 6

HFB2035

4976D04G22

O

—

—

FD3035

1, 2, 3, 5, 6

HFB2040

4976D04G23

O

—

—

FD3040

1, 2, 3, 5, 6

HFB2045

4976D04G51

O

—

—

FD3045

1, 2, 3, 5, 6

HFB2045ML

2610D57G04

O

—

—

HMCP007COC

1, 2, 3, 7

HFB2050

4976D04G24

O

—

—

FD3050

1, 2, 3, 5, 6

HFB2060

4976D04G25

O

—

—

FD3060

1, 2, 3, 5, 6

HFB2070

4976D04G26

O

—

—

FD3070

1, 2, 3, 5, 6

HFB2080

4976D04G52

O

—

—

FD3080

1, 2, 3, 5, 6

HFB2090

4976D04G27

O

—

—

FD3090

1, 2, 3, 5, 6

HFB2100

4976D04G28

O

—

—

FD3100

1, 2, 3, 5, 6

HFB2125

4976D04G29

O

—

—

FD3125

1, 2, 3, 5, 6

HFB2150

4976D04G30

O

—

—

FD3150

1, 2, 3, 5, 6

HFB2110ML

2610D57G05

O

—

—

HMCP015E0C

1, 2, 3, 7

HFB21550ML

2610D57G08

O

—

—

HMCP150T4C

1, 2, 3, 7

HFB21800ML

2610D57G11

O

—

—

HMCP150U4C

1, 2, 3, 7

HFB2190ML

2610D57G06

O

—

—

HMCP030H1C

1, 2, 3, 7

HFB2270ML

2610D57G10

O

—

—

HMCP030H1C

1, 2, 3, 7

HFB2480ML

2610D57G07

O

—

—

HMCP050K2C

1, 2, 3, 7

HFB3015

4976D04G34

O

HFB3015L

4997D19G34

FD3015

1, 2, 3, 5

HFB3020

4976D04G35

O

HFB3020L

4997D19G35

FD3020

1, 2, 3, 5

HFB3022ML

2610D57G21

A

—

—

HMCP003A0C

1, 2, 3, 7

HFB3025

4976D04G36

O

HFB3025L

4997D19G36

FD3025

1, 2, 3, 5

HFB3030

4976D04G37

O

HFB3030L

4997D19G37

FD3030

1, 2, 3, 5

HFB3035

4976D04G38

O

HFB3035L

4997D19G38

FD3035

1, 2, 3, 5

HFB3040

4976D04G39

O

HFB3040L

4997D19G39

FD3040

1–3, 5

HFB3045

4976D04G54

O

HFB3045L

4997D19G54

FD3045

1–3, 5

HFB3045ML

2610D57G22

A

—

—

HMCP007C0C

1–3, 7

HFB3050

4976D04G40

O

HFB3050L

4997D19G40

FD3050

1–3, 5

HFB3060

4976D04G41

O

HFB3060L

4997D19G41

FD3060

1–3, 5

HFB3070

4976D04G42

O

HFB3070L

4997D19G42

FD3070

1–3, 5

HFB3080

4976D04G55

O

HFB3080L

4997D19G55

FD3080

1–3, 5

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

1

25
V12-T3-121

3
1
2
3
4

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Replacement Breaker Cross-Reference
Replacements

Replacement Breaker
Catalog Number

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75 Catalog Number

MARK 75 Style Number

Series C Catalog Number

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

HFB3090

4976D04G43

O

HFB3090L

4997D19G43

FD3090

1–3, 5

HFB3100

4976D04G44

O

HFB3100L

4997D19G44

FD3100

1–3, 5

HFB3110

4976D04G56

O

—

—

FD3110

1–3, 5

HFB3110ML

2610D57G23

A

—

—

HMCP015E0C

1–3, 7

HFB3125

4976D04G45

O

—

—

FD3125

1–3, 5

HFB3150

4976D04G46

O

—

—

FD3150

1–3, 5

5

HFB31550ML

2610D57G26

O

—

—

HMCP150T4C

1–3, 7

HFB31800ML

2610D57G29

O

—

—

HMCP150U4C

1–3, 7

6

HFB3190ML

2610D57G24

A

—

—

HMCP030H1C

1–3, 7

HFB3270ML

2610D57G28

A

—

—

HMCP030H1C

1–3, 7

7
8
9
10

HFB3480ML

2610D57G25

A

—

—

HMCP050K2C

1–3, 7

HKA2070

1255C59G02

O

—

—

JD2070

1–3, 5, 8, 9

HKA2070T

2602D83G02

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HKA2070TA

459D987G02

O

—

—

JT2070T

2, 8

HKA2090

1255C59G03

O

—

—

JD2090

1–3, 5, 8, 9

HKA2090T

657D789G03

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HKA2090TA

459D987G03

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HKA2100

1255C59G04

O

—

—

KD2100

1–3, 5, 8, 9

HKA2100T

2602D83G04

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HKA2100TA

459D987G04

O

—

—

—

2, 8

12

HKA2125

1255C59G05

O

—

—

KD2125

1–3, 5, 8, 9

HKA21250TM

2602D84G05

O

—

—

—

2, 8

13

HKA2125T

2602D83G05

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HKA2125TA

459D987G05

O

—

—

—

2, 8

14

HKA2150

1255C59G06

O

—

—

KD2150

1–3, 5, 8, 9

HKA21500TM

2602D84G06

O

—

—

—

2, 8

15

HKA2150T

2602D83G06

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HKA2150TA

459D987G06

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HKA2175

1255C59G07

O

—

—

KD2175

1–3, 5, 8, 9

HKA21750TM

2602D84G07

O

—

—

—

2, 8

11

16

HKA2175T

2602D83G07

O

—

—

—

2, 8

17

HKA2175TA

459D987G07

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HKA2200

1255C59G08

O

—

—

KD2200

1–3, 5, 8, 9

18

HKA2200T

2602D83G08

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HKA2200TA

459D987G08

O

—

—

—

2, 8

19

HKA2225

1255C59G09

O

—

—

KD2225

1–3, 5, 8, 9

HKA22250TM

2602D84G09

O

—

—

—

2, 8

20

HKA2225F

2602D86G05

O

—

—

KD2400F

2, 8

HKA2225T

2602D83G09

O

—

—

KT2225T

2, 8

21

HKA2225TA

459D987G09

O

—

—

KT2225T

2, 8

HKA2700TM

2602D84G02

O

—

—

—

2, 8

22

HKA3070

1255C59G17

O

—

—

JD3070

1–3, 5, 8, 9

HKA3070T

657D788G17

A

—

—

—

2, 5

HKA3070TA

459D987G17

O

HKA3070T

657D789G17

—

2, 8

HKA3090

1255C59G18

O

—

—

JD3090

1–3, 5, 8, 9

24

HKA3090T

2602D83G18

A

—

—

—

2, 5

HKA3090TA

459D987G18

O

HKA3090T

657D789G18

—

2, 8

25

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

23

V12-T3-122

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Replacement Breaker Cross-Reference
Replacements

Replacement Breaker
Catalog Number

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75 Catalog Number

MARK 75 Style Number

Series C Catalog Number

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

HKA3100

1255C59G19

O

—

—

KD3100

1–3, 5, 8, 9

HKA3100T

2602D83G19

A

—

—

—

2, 5

HKA3100TA

459D987G19

O

HKA3100T

657D789G19

—

2, 8

HKA3125

1255C59G20

O

—

—

KD3125

1–3, 5, 8, 9

HKA3125T

2602D83G20

A

—

—

—

2, 5

HKA3125TA

459D987G20

O

HKA3125T

657D789G20

—

2, 8

HKA3150

1255C59G21

O

—

—

KD3150

1–3, 5, 8, 9

HKA3150T

2602D83G21

A

—

—

—

2, 5

HKA3150TA

459D987G21

O

HKA3150T

657D789G21

—

2, 8

HKA3175

1255C59G22

O

—

—

KD3175

1–3, 5, 8, 9

HKA3175T

2602D83G22

A

—

—

—

2, 5

HKA3175TA

459D987G22

O

HKA3175T

657D789G22

—

2, 8

HKA3200

1255C59G23

O

—

—

KD3200

1–3, 5, 8, 9

HKA3200T

2602D83G23

A

—

—

—

2, 5

HKA3200TA

459D987G23

O

HKA3200T

657D789G23

—

2, 8

HKA3225

1255C59G24

O

—

—

KD3225

1–3, 5, 8, 9

HKA3225F

2602D86G06

O

—

—

KD3400F

2, 8

HKA3225T

2602D83G24

A

—

—

—

2, 5

HKA3225TA

459D987G24

O

HKA3225T

657D789G24

—

2, 8

HKB2070

1291C44G01

O

—

—

JD2070

1–3, 5

HKB2070T

1293C31G01

O

—

—

—

2, 5

HKB2090

1291C44G02

O

—

—

JD2090

1–3, 5

HKB2090T

1293C31G02

O

—

—

—

—

HKB2100

1291C44G03

O

—

—

JD2100

1–3, 5

HKB21000TM

1293C35G03

O

—

—

—

—

HKB2100T

1293C31G03

O

—

—

—

—

HKB2125

1291C44G04

O

—

—

JD2125

1–3, 5

HKB21250TM

1293C35G04

O

—

—

—

—

HKB2125T

1293C31G04

O

—

—

—

—

HKB2150

1291C44G05

O

—

—

JD2150

1–3, 5

HKB21500TM

1293C35G05

O

—

—

—

—

HKB2150T

1293C31G05

O

—

—

—

—

HKB2175

1291C44G06

O

—

—

JD2175

1–3, 5

HKB21750TM

1293C35G06

O

—

—

—

—

HKB2175T

1293C31G06

O

—

—

—

—

HKB2200

1291C44G07

O

—

—

JD2200

1–3, 5

HKB2200T

1293C31G07

O

—

—

—

—

HKB2225

1291C44G08

O

—

—

JD2225

1–3, 5

HKB22250TM

1293C35G07

O

—

—

—

—

HKB2225T

1293C31G08

O

—

—

—

—

HKB2250

1291C44G09

O

—

—

JD2250

1–3, 5

HKB22500TM

1293C35G09

O

—

—

—

—

HKB2250F

2601D44G15

O

—

—

JD2250F

—

HKB2250T

4974D52G12

O

—

—

—

—

HKB2700TM

1293C35G01

O

—

—

—

—

HKB3070

1291C44G16

O

—

—

JD3070

1–3, 5

HKB3070T

1293C32G01

O

—

—

—

—

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

1

25
V12-T3-123

3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Replacement Breaker Cross-Reference
Replacements

Replacement Breaker
Catalog Number

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75 Catalog Number

MARK 75 Style Number

Series C Catalog Number

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

HKB3090

1291C44G17

O

—

—

JD3090

1–3, 5

HKB3090T

1293C32G02

O

—

—

—

—
1–3, 5

HKB3100

1291C44G18

O

—

—

JD3100

HKB31000TM

1293C36G03

O

—

—

—

—

HKB3100T

1293C32G03

O

—

—

—

—

HKB3125

1291C44G19

O

—

—

JD3125

1–3, 5

HKB31250TM

1293C36G04

O

—

—

—

—

HKB3125T

1293C32G04

O

—

—

—

—

HKB3150

1291C44G20

O

—

—

JD3150

1–3, 5

HKB31500TM

1293C36G05

O

—

—

—

—

HKB3150T

1293C32G05

O

—

—

—

—

HKB3175

1291C44G21

O

—

—

JD3175

1–3, 5

8

HKB31750TM

1293C36G06

O

—

—

—

—

HKB3175T

1293C32G06

O

—

—

—

—

9

HKB3200

1291C44G22

O

—

—

JD3200

1–3, 5

HKB3200T

1293C32G06

O

—

—

—

—

10

HKB3225

1291C44G23

O

—

—

JD3225

1–3, 5

HKB32250TM

1293C36G08

O

—

—

—

—

11

HKB3225T

1293C32G07

O

—

—

—

—

HKB3250

1291C44G24

O

—

—

JD3250

1–3, 5

12

HKB32500TM

1293C36G09

O

—

—

—

2, 5

HKB3250F

2601D44G16

O

—

—

JD3250F

—

HKB3250FS

NO STYLE

O

—

—

JD3250F

—

HKB3250T

1293C32G08

O

—

—

—

—

HKB3700TM

1293C36G01

O

—

—

—

—

HLA2070T

2602D98G02

O

—

—

—

2, 8

13
14
15

HLA2070TA

457D581G02

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLA2090T

2602D98G03

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLA2090TA

457D581G03

O

—

—

—

2, 8

16

HLA2100T

2602D98G04

O

—

—

—

2, 8
2, 8

17
18

HLA2100TA

457D581G04

O

—

—

—

HLA2125

1255C74G05

O

—

—

KD2125

1–3, 5, 8

HLA21250TM

2602D97G03

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLA2125T

2602D98G05

O

—

—

—

2, 8
2, 8

HLA2125TA

457D581G05

O

—

—

—

19

HLA2150

1255C74G06

O

—

—

KD2150

1–3, 5, 8

HLA21500TM

2602D97G04

O

—

—

—

2, 8

20

HLA2150T

2602D98G06

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLA2150TA

457D581G06

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLA2175

1255C74G07

O

—

—

KD2175

1–3, 5, 8

HLA21750TM

2602D97G05

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLA2175T

2602D98G07

O

—

—

—

2, 8
2, 8

21
22

HLA2175TA

457D581G07

O

—

—

—

23

HLA2200

1255C74G08

O

—

—

KD2200

1–3, 5, 8

HLA2200T

2602D98G08

O

—

—

—

2, 8

24

HLA2200TA

457D581G08

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLA2225

1255C74G09

O

—

—

KD2225

1–3, 5, 8

25

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

V12-T3-124

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Replacement Breaker Cross-Reference
Replacements

Replacement Breaker
Catalog Number

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75 Catalog Number

MARK 75 Style Number

Series C Catalog Number

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

HLA22250TM

2602D97G06

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLA2225T

2602D98G09

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLA2225TA

457D581G09

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLA2250

1255C74G10

O

—

—

KD2250

1–3, 5, 8

HLA2250T

2602D98G10

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLA2250TA

457D581G10

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLA2300

1255C74G11

O

—

—

KD2300

1–3, 5, 8

HLA23000TM

2602D97G07

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLA2300T

2602D98G11

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLA2300TA

457D581G11

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLA2350

1255C74G12

O

—

—

KD2350

1–3, 5, 8

HLA2350T

2602D98G12

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLA2350TA

457D781G12

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLA2400

1255C74G13

O

—

—

KD2400

1–3, 5, 8

HLA24000TM

2602D97G08

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLA2400F

673B352G01

O

—

—

KD2400F

1–3, 5, 8

HLA2400T

2602D98G13

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLA2400TA

457D581G13

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLA2500

1256C10G10

O

—

—

LD2500

1–3, 5, 8

HLA25000TM

2603D47G12

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLA2500T

2603D46G12

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLA2500TA

5683D88G12

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLA2600

1256C10G07

O

—

—

LD2600

1–3, 5, 8

HLA26000TM

2603D47G13

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLA2600F

375D400G09

O

—

—

LD2600F

1–3, 5, 8

HLA2600T

2603D46G13

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLA2600TA

5683D88G13

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLA2700TM

2602D97G02

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLA3070T

2602D98G21

A

—

—

—

2, 8

HLA3070TA

457D581G21

O

HLA3070T

370D749G21

—

2, 8

HLA3090T

2602D98G22

A

—

—

—

2, 8

HLA3090TA

457D581G22

O

HLA3090T

370D749G22

—

2, 8

HLA3100T

2602D98G23

A

—

—

—

2, 8

HLA3100TA

457D581G23

O

HLA3100T

370D749G23

—

2, 8

HLA3125

504C740G20

A

—

—

KD3125

1–3, 5, 8

HLA31250TM

2602D97G25

A

—

—

—

2, 8

HLA3125T

2602D98G24

A

—

—

—

2, 8

HLA3125TA

457D581G24

O

HLA3125T

370D749G24

—

2, 8

HLA3150

504C740G21

A

—

—

KD3150

1–3, 5, 8

HLA31500TM

2602D97G26

A

—

—

—

2, 8

HLA3150T

2602D98G25

A

—

—

—

2, 8

HLA3150TA

457D581G25

O

HLA3150T

370D749G25

—

2, 8

HLA3175

504C740G22

A

—

—

KD3175

1–3, 5, 8

HLA31750TM

2602D97G27

A

—

—

—

2, 8

HLA3175T

2602D98G26

A

—

—

—

2, 8

HLA3175TA

457D581G26

O

HLA3175T

370D749G26

—

2, 8

HLA3200

504C740G23

A

—

—

KD3200

1–3, 5, 8

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

1

25
V12-T3-125

3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Replacement Breaker Cross-Reference
Replacements

Replacement Breaker

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

Catalog Number

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75 Catalog Number

HLA3200T

2602D98G27

A

—

—

—

2, 8

HLA3200TA

457D581G27

O

HLA3200T

370D749G27

—

2, 8

HLA3225

504C740G24

A

—

—

KD3225

1–3, 5, 8

HLA32250TM

2602D97G28

A

—

—

—

2, 8

HLA3225T

2602D98G28

A

—

—

—

2, 8

HLA3225TA

457D581G28

O

HLA3225T

370D749G28

—

2, 8

MARK 75 Style Number

Series C Catalog Number

HLA3250

504C740G25

A

—

—

KD3250

1–3, 5, 8

HLA3250T

2602D98G29

A

—

—

—

2, 8

HLA3250TA

457D581G29

O

HLA3250T

370D749G29

—

2, 8

HLA3300

504C740G26

A

—

—

KD3300

1–3, 5, 8

HLA33000TM

2602D97G29

A

—

—

—

2, 8

HLA3300T

2602D98G30

A

—

—

—

2, 8
2, 8

8

HLA3300TA

457D581G30

O

HLA3300T

370D749G30

—

HLA3350T

2602D98G31

A

—

—

—

2, 8

9

HLA3350TA

457D581G31

O

HLA3350T

370D749G31

—

2, 8

HLA3400

504C740G28

A

—

—

KD3400

1–3, 5, 8

10

HLA34000TM

2602D97G30

A

—

—

—

2, 8

HLA3400F

673B352G02

A

—

—

KD3400F

1–3, 5, 8

11

HLA3400T

2602D98G32

A

—

—

—

2, 8

HLA3400TA

457D581G32

O

HLA3400T

370D749G32

—

2, 8

12

HLA3500

177C429G16

A

—

—

LD3500

1–3, 5, 8

HLA35000TM

2603D47G31

A

—

—

—

2, 8

13

HLA3500T

2603D46G31

A

—

—

—

2, 8

HLA3500TA

5683D88G31

O

HLA3500T

375D259G31

—

2, 8

14

HLA3600

177C429G17

A

—

—

LD3600

1–3, 5, 8

HLA36000TM

2603D47G32

A

—

—

—

2, 8

15

HLA3600F

2603D48G06

A

—

—

LD3600F

1–3, 5, 8

HLA3600T

2603D46G32

A

—

—

—

2, 8

HLA3600TA

5683D88G32

O

HLA3600T

375D259G32

—

2, 8

HLA3700TM

455D565G24

A

—

—

—

2, 8

HLB2070T

5680D04G07

O

—

—

—

2, 8

16
17

HLB2070TA

5680D04G31

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLB2090T

5680D04G08

O

—

—

—

2, 8

18

HLB2090TA

5680D04G32

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLB2100T

5680D04G09

O

—

—

—

2, 8

19

HLB2100TA

5680D04G33

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLB2125

179C848G04

O

—

—

KD2125

1–3, 5, 8, 9

20

HLB21250TM

5680D04G56

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLB2125T

5680D04G10

O

—

—

—

2, 8

21

HLB2125TA

5680D04G34

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLB2150

179C848G05

O

—

—

KD2150

1–3, 5, 8, 9

22

HLB21500TM

5680D04G57

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLB2150T

5680D04G11

O

—

—

—

2, 8

23

HLB2150TA

5680D04G35

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLB2175

179C848G06

O

—

—

KD2175

1–3, 5, 8, 9

24

HLB21750TM

5680D04G58

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLB2175T

5680D04G12

O

—

—

—

2, 8

25

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

V12-T3-126

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Replacement Breaker Cross-Reference
Replacements

Replacement Breaker
Catalog Number

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75 Catalog Number

MARK 75 Style Number

Series C Catalog Number

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

HLB2175TA

5680D04G36

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLB2200

179C848G07

O

—

—

KD2200

1–3, 5, 8, 9

HLB2200T

5680D04G13

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLB2200TA

5680D04G37

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLB2225

179C848G08

O

—

—

KD2225

1–3, 5, 8, 9

HLB22250TM

5680D04G59

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLB2225T

5680D04G14

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLB2225TA

5680D04G38

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLB2250

179C848G09

O

—

—

KD2250

1–3, 5, 8, 9

HLB2250T

5680D04G15

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLB2250TA

5680D04G39

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLB2300

179C848G10

O

—

—

KD2300

1–3, 5, 8, 9

HLB23000TM

5680D04G60

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLB2300T

5680D04G16

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLB2300TA

5680D04G40

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLB2350

179C848G11

O

—

—

KD2350

1–3, 5, 8, 9

HLB2350TA

5680D04G41

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLB2400

179C848G12

O

—

—

KD2400

1–3, 5, 8, 9

HLB24000TM

5680D04G61

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLB2400F

5680D03G09

O

—

—

KD2400F

1–3, 5, 8, 9
2, 8

HLB2400T

5680D04G18

O

—

—

—

HLB2400TA

5680D04G42

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLB2700TM

5680D04G55

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLB3070T

5680D04G19

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLB3070TA

5680D04G43

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLB3090T

5680D04G20

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLB3090TA

5680D04G44

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLB3100T

5680D04G21

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLB3100TA

5680D04G45

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLB3125

179C848G19

O

—

—

KD3125

1–3, 5, 8, 9

HLB31250TM

5680D04G63

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLB3125T

5680D04G22

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLB3125TA

5680D04G46

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLB3150

179C848G20

O

—

—

KD3150

1–3, 5, 8, 9

HLB31500TM

5680D04G64

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLB3150T

5680D04G23

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLB3150TA

5680D04G47

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLB3175

179C848G21

O

—

—

KD3175

1–3, 5, 8, 9

HLB31750TM

5680D04G65

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLB3175T

5680D04G24

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLB3175TA

5680D04G48

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLB3200

179C848G22

O

—

—

KD3200

1–3, 5, 8, 9

HLB3200T

5680D04G25

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLB3200TA

5680D04G49

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLB3225

179C848G23

O

—

—

KD3225

1–3, 5, 8, 9

HLB32250TM

5680D04G66

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLB3225T

5680D04G26

O

—

—

—

2, 8

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

1

25
V12-T3-127

3
1
2
3
4
5

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Replacement Breaker Cross-Reference
Replacements

Replacement Breaker
Catalog Number

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75 Catalog Number

MARK 75 Style Number

Series C Catalog Number

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

HLB3225TA

5680D04G50

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLB3250

179C848G24

O

—

—

KD3250

1–3, 5, 8, 9

HLB3250T

5680D04G27

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLB3250TA

5680D04G51

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLB3300

179C848G25

O

—

—

KD3300

1–3, 5, 8, 9

HLB33000TM

5680D04G67

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLB3300T

5680D04G28

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLB3300TA

5680D04G52

O

—

—

—

2, 8

6

HLB3350TA

5680D04G53

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLB3400

179C848G27

O

—

—

KD3400

1–3, 5, 8, 9

7

HLB34000TM

5680D04G68

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLB3400F

5680D03G10

O

—

—

KD3400F

1–3, 5, 8, 9

8

HLB3400T

5680D04G30

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLB3400TA

5680D04G54

O

—

—

—

2, 8

9

HLB3700TM

5680D04G62

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HLC2150F

1242C92G01

O

—

—

KD3400F/KES3150LS

1–3, 5, 8

10

HLC2150FM

1242C92G03

O

—

—

KD3400F/KES3150LS

1–3, 5, 8

HLC2300F

1242C92G05

O

—

—

KD3400F/KES3400LS

1–3, 5, 8

11

HLC2300FM

1242C92G07

O

—

—

KD3400F/KES3400LS

1–3, 5, 8

HLC2400F

1242C92G09

O

—

—

KD3400F/KES3400LS

1–3, 5, 8

12

HLC2400FM

1242C92G11

O

—

—

KD3400F/KES3400LS

1–3, 5, 8

HLC2600F

1242C92G13

O

—

—

LD3600F/LES3600LS

1–3, 5, 8

13
14
15
16

HLC2600FM

1242C92G15

O

—

—

LD3600F/LES3600LS

1–3, 5, 8

HLC3150F

1242C92G02

A

—

—

KD3400F/KES3150LS

1–3, 5, 8

HLC3150FM

1242C92G04

O

HLC3150F

1284C66G02

KD3400F/KES3150LS

1–3, 5, 8

HLC3300F

1242C92G06

A

—

—

KD3400F/KES3400LS

1–3, 5, 8
1–3, 5, 8

HLC3300FM

1242C92G08

O

HLC3300F

2612D41G46

KD3400F/KES3400LS

HLC3400F

1242C92G10

A

—

—

KD3400F/KES3400LS

1–3, 5, 8

HLC3400FM

1242C92G12

O

HLC3400F

2613D44G08

KD3400F/KES3400LS

1–3, 5, 8

HLC3600F

1242C92G14

A

—

—

LD3600F/LES3600LS

1–3, 5, 8

HLC3600FM

1242C92G16

O

HLC3600F

2612D41G48

LD3600F/LES3600LS

1–3, 5, 8

HLCA2150F

1242C92G23

O

—

—

KD3400F/KES3150LSI

1–3, 5, 8

HLCA2300F

1242C92G27

O

—

—

KD3400F/KES3400LSI

1–3, 5, 8

HLCA2400F

1242C92G31

O

—

—

KD3400F/KES3400LSI

1–3, 5, 8

HLCA2600F

1242C92G35

O

—

—

LD3600F/LES3600LSI

1–3, 5, 8

HLCA3150F

1242C92G24

A

—

—

KD3400F/KES3150LSI

1–3, 5, 8

HLCA3300F

1242C92G28

A

—

—

KD3400F/KES3400LSI

1–3, 5, 8

20

HLCA3400F

1242C92G32

A

—

—

KD3400F/KES3400LSI

1–3, 5, 8

HLCA3600F

1284C66G36

A

—

—

LD3600F/LES3600LSI

1–3, 5, 8

21

HLCC3600F

6590C11G14

A

—

—

CLD3600F/LES3600LS

1–3, 5, 8

HLCCA3600F

6590C11G36

A

—

—

CLD3600F/LES3600LSI

1–3, 5, 8

HLCCG3600F

1242C94G04

A

—

—

CLD3600F/LES3600LSG

1–3, 5, 8

17
18
19

22

HLCCGA3600F

1242C94G12

A

—

—

CLD3600F/LES3600LSIG

1–3, 5, 8

HLCG3150F

1242C89G01

A

—

—

KD3400F/KES3150LSG

1–3, 5, 8

HLCG3300F

1242C89G02

A

—

—

KD3400F/KES3400LSG

1–3, 5, 8

24

HLCG3400F

1242C89G03

A

—

—

KD3400F/KES3400LSG

1–3, 5, 8

HLCG3600F

1371D17G40

A

—

—

LD3600F/LES3600LS

1–3, 5, 8

25

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

23

V12-T3-128

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Replacement Breaker Cross-Reference
Replacements

Replacement Breaker
Catalog Number

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75 Catalog Number

MARK 75 Style Number

Series C Catalog Number

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

HLCGA3150F

1242C89G09

A

—

—

KD3400F/KES3150LSIG

1–3, 5, 8

HLCGA3300F

1242C89G10

A

—

—

KD3400F/KES3400LSIG

1–3, 5, 8

HLCGA3400F

1242C89G11

A

—

—

KD3400F/KES3400LSIG

1–3, 5, 8

HLCGA3600F

1270C61G12

A

—

—

LD3600F/LES3600LSIG

1–3, 5, 8

HMA2125

1252C22G01

O

—

—

KD2125

1–3, 5, 8

HMA21250TM

457D455G07

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HMA2125T

371D371G05

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HMA2125TA

457D458G05

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HMA2150

1252C22G02

O

—

—

KD2150

1–3, 5, 8

HMA2150T

371D371G06

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HMA2150TA

457D458G06

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HMA2175

1252C22G03

O

—

—

KD2175

1–3, 5, 8

HMA2175T

371D371G07

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HMA2175TA

457D458G07

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HMA2200

1252C22G04

O

—

—

KD2200

1–3, 5, 8

HMA22000TM

457D455G08

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HMA2200T

371D371G08

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HMA2200TA

457D458G08

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HMA2225

1252C22G05

O

—

—

KD2225

1–3, 5, 8

HMA2225T

371D371G09

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HMA2225TA

457D458G09

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HMA2250

1252C22G06

O

—

—

KD2250

1, 2, 3, 5, 8

HMA2250T

371D371G10

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HMA2250TA

457D458G10

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HMA2300

1252C22G07

O

—

—

MDL2300

1–3, 5, 8

HMA23000TM

457D455G09

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HMA2300T

371D371G11

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HMA2300TA

457D458G11

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HMA2350

1252C22G08

O

—

—

MDL2350

1–3, 5, 8

HMA2350T

371D371G12

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HMA2350TA

457D458G12

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HMA2400

1252C22G09

O

—

—

MDL2400

1–3, 5, 8

HMA24000TM

457D455G10

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HMA2400T

371D371G13

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HMA2400TA

457D458G13

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HMA2500

1252C22G10

O

—

—

MDL2500

1–3, 5, 8

HMA2500T

371D372G06

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HMA2500TA

457D459G06

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HMA2600

1252C22G11

O

—

—

MDL2600

1–3, 5, 8

HMA2600T

371D372G08

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HMA2600TA

457D459G08

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HMA2700

1252C22G12

O

—

—

MDL2700

1, 2, 3, 5, 8

HMA2700T

371D373G10

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HMA2700TA

457D460G10

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HMA2800

1252C22G13

O

—

—

MDL2800

1, 2, 3, 5, 8

HMA28000TM

457D455G12

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HMA2800F

373B237G03

O

—

—

MDL2800F

—

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

1

25
V12-T3-129

3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Replacement Breaker Cross-Reference
Replacements

Replacement Breaker
Catalog Number

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75 Catalog Number

MARK 75 Style Number

Series C Catalog Number

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

HMA2800T

371D373G12

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HMA2800TA

457D460G12

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HMA3125

1252C22G16

A

—

—

KD3125

1, 2, 3, 5, 8

HMA31250TM

457D455G23

A

—

—

—

2, 8

HMA3125T

371D371G21

A

—

—

—

2, 8

HMA3125TA

457D458G21

O

HMA3125T

371D371G21

—

2, 8

HMA3150

1252C22G17

A

—

—

KD3150

1, 2, 3, 5, 8

HMA3150T

371D371G22

A

—

—

—

2, 8

HMA3150TA

457D458G22

O

HMA3150T

371D371G22

—

2, 8

HMA3175

1252C22G18

A

—

—

KD3175

1, 2, 3, 5, 8

HMA3175T

371D371G23

A

—

—

—

2, 8

HMA3175TA

457D458G23

O

HMA3175T

371D371G23

—

2, 8

8

HMA3200

1252C22G19

A

—

—

KD3200

1, 2, 3, 5, 8

HMA32000TM

457D455G24

A

—

—

—

2, 8

9

HMA3200T

371D371G24

A

—

—

—

2, 8

HMA3200TA

457D458G24

O

HMA3200T

371D371G24

—

2, 8

10

HMA3225

1252C22G20

A

—

—

KD3225

1, 2, 3, 5, 8

HMA3225T

371D371G25

A

—

—

—

2, 8

11

HMA3225TA

457D458G25

O

HMA3225T

371D371G25

—

2, 8

HMA3250

1252C22G21

A

—

—

KD3250

1, 2, 3, 5, 8

HMA3250T

371D371G26

A

—

—

—

2, 8
2, 8

12

HMA3250TA

457D458G26

O

HMA3250T

371D371G26

—

13

HMA3300

1252C22G22

A

—

—

MDL3300

1, 2, 3, 5, 8

HMA33000TM

457D455G25

A

—

—

—

2, 8

14

HMA3300T

371D371G27

A

—

—

—

2, 8

HMA3300TA

457D458G27

O

HMA3300T

371D371G27

—

2, 8

15

HMA3350

1252C22G23

A

—

—

MDL3350

1, 2, 3, 5, 8

HMA3350T

371D371G28

A

—

—

—

2, 8

HMA3350TA

457D458G28

O

HMA3350T

371D371G28

—

2, 8

16

HMA3400

1252C22G24

A

—

—

MDL3400

1, 2, 3, 5, 8

HMA34000TM

457D455G26

A

—

—

—

2, 8

17
18
19
20
21
22

HMA3400T

371D371G29

A

—

—

—

2, 8

HMA3400TA

457D458G29

O

HMA3400T

371D371G29

—

2, 8

HMA3500

1252C22G25

A

—

—

MDL3500

1, 2, 3, 5, 8

HMA3500T

371D372G22

A

—

—

—

2, 8

HMA3500TA

457D459G22

O

HMA3500T

371D372G22

—

2, 8

HMA3600

1252C22G26

A

—

—

MDL3600

1, 2, 3, 5, 8

HMA36000TM

457D455G27

A

—

—

—

2, 8

HMA3600T

371D372G24

A

—

—

—

2, 8

HMA3600TA

457D459G24

O

HMA3600T

371D372G24

—

2, 8

HMA3700

1252C22G27

A

—

—

MDL3700

1, 2, 3, 5, 8

HMA3700T

371D373G26

A

—

—

—

2, 8
2, 8

HMA3700TA

457D460G26

O

HMA3700T

371D373G26

—

23

HMA3800

1252C22G28

A

—

—

MDL3800

1, 2, 3, 5, 8

HMA38000TM

457D455G28

A

—

—

—

2, 8

24

HMA3800F

2600D43G10

A

—

—

MDL3800F

2, 8

HMA3800T

371D373G28

A

—

—

—

2, 8

25

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

V12-T3-130

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Replacement Breaker Cross-Reference
Replacements

Replacement Breaker
Catalog Number

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75 Catalog Number

MARK 75 Style Number

Series C Catalog Number

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

HMA3800TA

457D460G28

O

HMA3800T

371D373G28

—

2, 8

HMC2800F

6590C16G05

O

—

—

MDL3800F/MES3800LS

1, 2, 3, 5, 8

HMC2800FM

6590C16G07

O

—

—

MDL3800F/MES3800LS

1, 2, 3, 5, 8

HMC3800F

6590C16G06

A

—

—

MDL3800F/MES3800LS

1, 2, 3, 5, 8

HMC3800FM

6590C16G08

O

HMC3800F

6590C16G06

MDL3800F/MES3800LS

1, 2, 3, 5, 8

HMCA2800F

6590C16G17

A

—

—

MDL3800F/MES3800LSI

1, 2, 3, 5, 8

HMCA3800F

6590C16G18

A

—

—

MDL3800F/MES3800LSI

1–3, 5, 8

HMCC3800F

6590C14G06

A

—

—

CMDL3800F/MES3800LS

1–3, 5, 8

HMCCA3800F

6590C14G18

A

—

—

CMDL3800F/MES3800LSI

1–3, 5, 8

HMCCG3800F

1242C62G09

A

—

—

CMDL3800F/MES3800LSG

1–3, 5, 8

HMCCGA3800F

1242C62G11

A

—

—

CMDL3800F/MES3800LSIG

1–3, 5, 8

HMCG3800F

1242C60G09

A

—

—

MDL3800F/MES3800LSG

1–3, 5, 8

HMCGA3800F

1242C60G11

A

—

—

MDL3800F/MES3800LSIG

1–3, 5, 8

HNB21000

1234C26G15

O

—

—

ND212T33W/12NES1000T+

1–3, 5, 8

HNB210000TM

371D590G13

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HNB21000T

371D589G13

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HNB21200

1234C26G17

O

—

—

ND212T33W/12NES1200T+

1–3, 5, 8

HNB212000TM

371D590G14

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HNB21200F

2610D64G19

O

—

—

ND212T33W

1–3, 5, 8

HNB21200T

371D589G15

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HNB26000TM

371D590G11

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HNB2700

1234C26G12

O

—

—

ND2800T33W/8NES700T+

1–3, 5, 8

HNB2700T

371D589G10

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HNB2800

1234C26G13

O

—

—

ND2800T33W/8NES800T+

1–3, 5, 8

HNB28000TM

371D590G12

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HNB2800T

371D589G11

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HNB2900

1234C26G14

O

—

—

ND212T33W/12NES900T+

1–3, 5, 8

HNB2900T

371D589G12

O

—

—

—

2, 8

HNB31000

1234C26G33

A

—

—

ND312T33W/12NES1000T+

1–3, 5, 8

HNB310000TM

371D590G29

A

—

—

—

2, 8

HNB31000T

371D589G29

A

—

—

—

2, 8

HNB31200

1234C26G35

A

—

—

ND312T33W/12NES1200T+

1–3, 5, 8

HNB312000TM

371D590G30

A

—

—

—

2, 8

HNB31200F

625B494G08

A

—

—

ND312T33W

1–3, 5, 8

HNB31200T

371D589G31

A

—

—

—

2, 8

HNB36000TM

371D590G27

A

—

—

—

2, 8

HNB3700

1234C26G30

A

—

—

ND3800T33W/8NES700T+

1–3, 5, 8

HNB3700T

371D589G26

A

—

—

—

2, 8

HNB3800

1234C26G31

A

—

—

ND3800T33W/8NES800T+

1–3, 5, 8

HNB38000TM

371D590G28

A

—

—

—

2, 8

HNB3800T

371D589G27

A

—

—

—

2, 8

HNB3900

1234C26G32

A

—

—

ND312T33W/12NES900T+

1–3, 5, 8

HNB3900T

371D589G28

A

—

—

—

2, 8

HNC21200F

2613D29G06

O

—

—

ND212T33W

1–3, 5, 8

HNC21200FM

2613D29G08

O

—

—

—

1–3, 5, 8

HNC31200F

2613D29G05

A

—

—

ND312T33W

1–3, 5, 8

HNC31200FM

2613D29G07

O

HNC31200F

2613D29G05

—

1–3, 5, 8

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

1

25
V12-T3-131

3
1

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Replacement Breaker Cross-Reference
Replacements

Replacement Breaker

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

Catalog Number

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75 Catalog Number

HNCA21200F

2613D29G18

O

HNCA31200F

2613D29G17

ND212T32W

1–3, 5, 8

HNCA31200F

2613D29G17

A

—

—

ND312T32W

1–3, 5, 8

HNCG31200F

1242C72G04

A

—

—

ND312T35W

1–3, 5, 8

HNCGA31200F

1242C72G12

A

—

—

ND312T36W

1–3, 5, 8

JA2070

371D957G02

O

—

—

JDB2070

1–3, 5, 8, 9

JA2070A

456D988G80

O

—

—

JDB2070

1–3, 8, 9

5

JA2070S

657D791G46

O

—

—

JDB2070

1–5, 8, 9

JA2070SW

657D791G26

O

—

—

JDB2070W

1–5, 8, 9

6

JA2070W

657D791G02

O

—

—

JDB2070W

1–3, 5, 8, 9

JA2090

371D957G03

O

—

—

JDB2090

1–3, 5, 8, 9

7

JA2090A

456D988G81

O

—

—

JDB2090

1–3, 8, 9

JA2090S

657D791G47

O

—

—

JDB2090

1–5, 8, 9

8

JA2090SW

657D791G27

O

—

—

JDB2090W

1–5, 8, 9

JA2090W

657D791G03

O

—

—

JDB2090W

1–3, 5, 8, 9

9

JA2100

371D957G04

O

—

—

KDB2100

1–3, 5, 8, 9

JA2100A

456D988G82

O

—

—

KDB2100

1–3, 8, 9

2
3
4

MARK 75 Style Number

Series C Catalog Number

10

JA2100S

657D791G48

O

—

—

KDB2100

1–5, 8, 9

JA2100SW

657D791G28

O

—

—

KDB2100W

1–5, 8, 9

11

JA2100W

657D791G04

O

—

—

KDB2100W

1–3, 5, 8, 9

JA2125

371D957G05

O

—

—

KDB2125

1–3, 5, 8, 9

12

JA21250MW

371D957G67

O

—

—

HM2P400F5W

1–3, 8, 9

JA21250SMW

NO STYLE

O

—

—

HM2P400F5W

1–4, 8, 9

JA2125A

456D988G83

O

—

—

KDB2125

1–3, 8, 9

13
14

JA2125S

657D791G49

O

—

—

KDB2125

1–5, 8, 9

JA2125SW

657D791G29

O

—

—

KDB2125W

1–5, 8, 9

JA2125W

657D791G05

O

—

—

KDB2125W

1–3, 5, 8, 9

15

JA2150

371D957G06

O

—

—

KDB2150

1–3, 5, 8, 9

JA21500MW

371D957G68

O

—

—

HM2P400G5W

1–3, 8, 9

JA21500SMW

NO STYLE

O

—

—

HM2P400G5W

1–4, 8, 9

16

JA2150A

456D988G84

O

—

—

KDB2150

1–3, 8, 9

JA2150S

657D791G50

O

—

—

KDB2150

1–5, 8, 9
1–5, 8, 9

17

JA2150SW

657D791G30

O

—

—

KDB2150W

JA2150W

657D791G06

O

—

—

KDB2150W

1–3, 5, 8, 9

18

JA2175

371D957G07

O

—

—

KDB2175

1–3, 5, 8, 9

JA21750MW

371D957G69

O

—

—

HM2P400J5W

1–3, 8, 9

JA21750SMW

NO STYLE

O

—

—

HM2P400J5W

1–4, 8, 9

JA2175A

456D988G85

O

—

—

KDB2175

1–3, 8, 9

JA2175S

657D791G51

O

—

—

KDB2175

1–5, 8, 9

JA2175SW

657D791G31

O

—

—

KDB2175W

1–5, 8, 9

JA2175W

657D791G07

O

—

—

KDB2175W

1–3, 5, 8, 9

JA2200

371D957G08

O

—

—

KDB2200

1–3, 5, 8, 9

JA2200A

456D988G86

O

—

—

KDB2200

1–3, 8, 9

JA2200S

657D791G52

O

—

—

KDB2200

1–5, 8, 9

23

JA2200SW

657D791G32

O

—

—

KDB2200W

1–5, 8, 9

JA2200W

657D791G08

O

—

—

KDB2200W

1–3, 5, 8, 9

24

JA2225

371D957G09

O

—

—

KDB2225

1–3, 5, 8, 9

JA22250MW

371D957G70

O

—

—

HM2P400L5W

1–3, 8, 9

25

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

19
20
21
22

V12-T3-132

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Replacement Breaker Cross-Reference
Replacements

Replacement Breaker
Catalog Number

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75 Catalog Number

MARK 75 Style Number

Series C Catalog Number

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

JA22250SMW

NO STYLE

O

—

—

HM2P400L5W

1–4, 8, 9

JA2225A

456D988G87

O

—

—

KDB2225

1–3, 8, 9

JA2225S

657D791G53

O

—

—

KDB2225

1–5, 8, 9

JA2225SW

657D791G33

O

—

—

KDB2225W

1–5, 8, 9

JA2225W

657D791G09

O

—

—

KDB2225W

1–3, 5, 8, 9

JA2225WK

752B047G01

O

—

—

KDB2400KW

1–3, 5, 8, 9

JA2225WSK

752B047G02

O

—

—

KDB2400KW

1–3, 5, 8, 9

JA2250W

NO STYLE

O

—

—

KDB2250W

1–3, 5, 8, 9

JA2700MW

371D957G66

O

—

—

HM2P400D5W

1–3, 5, 7, 8, 9

JA2700SMW

NO STYLE

O

—

—

HM2P400D5W

1–5, 7–9

JA3070

371D957G12

O

—

—

JDB3070

1–3, 8, 9

JA3070A

456D988G90

O

—

—

JDB3070

1–3, 8, 9

JA3070S

657D791G56

O

—

—

JDB3070

1–5, 8, 9

JA3070SW

657D791G36

O

—

—

JDB3070W

1–5, 8, 9

JA3070W

657D791G12

O

—

—

JDB3070W

1–3, 5, 8, 9

JA3090

371D957G13

O

—

—

JDB3090

1–3, 8, 9

JA3090A

456D988G91

O

—

—

JDB3090

1–3, 8, 9

JA3090S

657D791G57

O

—

—

JDB3090

1–5, 8, 9

JA3090SW

657D791G37

O

—

—

JDB3090W

1–5, 8, 9

JA3090W

657D791G13

O

—

—

JDB3090W

1–3, 5, 8, 9

JA3100

371D957G14

O

—

—

KDB3100

1–3, 8, 9

JA3100A

456D988G92

O

—

—

KDB3100

1–3, 8, 9

JA3100S

657D791G58

O

—

—

KDB3100

1–5, 8, 9

JA3100SW

657D791G38

O

—

—

KDB3100W

1–5, 8, 9

JA3100W

657D791G14

O

—

—

KDB3100W

1–3, 5, 8, 9

JA3125

371D957G15

O

—

—

KDB3125

1–3, 8, 9

JA31250MW

371D957G74

O

—

—

HMCP400F5W

1–3, 8, 9

JA31250SMW

NO STYLE

O

—

—

HMCP400F5W

1–4, 8, 9

JA3125A

456D988G93

O

—

—

KDB3125

1–3, 8, 9

JA3125S

657D791G59

O

—

—

KDB3125

1–5, 8, 9

JA3125SW

657D791G39

O

—

—

KDB3125W

1–5, 8, 9

JA3125W

657D791G15

O

—

—

KDB3125W

1–3, 5, 8, 9

JA3150

371D957G16

O

—

—

KDB3150

1–3, 8, 9

JA31500MW

371D957G75

O

—

—

HMCP400G5W

1–3, 8, 9

JA31500SMW

82E2537

O

—

—

HMCP400G5W

1–4, 8, 9

JA3150A

456D988G94

O

—

—

KDB3150

1–3, 8, 9

JA3150S

657D791G60

O

—

—

KDB3150

1–5, 8, 9

JA3150SW

657D791G40

O

—

—

KDB3150W

1–5, 8, 9

JA3150W

657D791G16

O

—

—

KDB3150W

1–3, 5, 8, 9

JA3175

371D957G17

O

—

—

KDB3175

1–3, 8, 9

JA31750MW

371D957G76

O

—

—

HMCP400J5W

1–3, 8, 9

JA31750SMW

82E0668

O

—

—

HMCP400J5W

1–4, 8, 9

JA3175A

456D988G95

O

—

—

KDB3175

1–3, 8, 9

JA3175S

657D791G61

O

—

—

KDB3175

1–5, 8, 9

JA3175SW

657D791G41

O

—

—

KDB3175W

1–5, 8, 9

JA3175W

657D791G17

O

—

—

KDB3175W

1–3, 5, 8, 9

JA3200

371D957G18

O

—

—

KDB3200

1–3, 8, 9

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

1

25
V12-T3-133

3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Replacement Breaker Cross-Reference
Replacements

Replacement Breaker
Catalog Number

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75 Catalog Number

MARK 75 Style Number

Series C Catalog Number

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

JA3200A

456D988G96

O

—

—

KDB3200

1–3, 8, 9

JA3200S

657D791G62

O

—

—

KDB3200

1–5, 8, 9

JA3200SW

657D791G42

O

—

—

KDB3200W

1–5, 8, 9

JA3200W

657D791G18

O

—

—

KDB3200W

1–3, 5, 8, 9

JA3225

371D957G19

O

—

—

KDB3225

1–3, 8, 9

JA32250MW

371D957G77

O

—

—

HMCP400L5W

1–3, 8, 9

JA32250SMW

82E8642

O

—

—

HMCP400L5W

1–4, 8, 9

JA3225A

456D988G97

O

—

—

KDB3225

1–3, 8, 9

JA3225S

657D791G63

O

—

—

KDB3225

1–5, 8, 9

JA3225SW

657D791G43

O

—

—

KDB3225W

1–5, 8, 9
1–3, 5, 8, 9

JA3225W

657D791G19

O

—

—

KDB3225W

JA3225WK

752B047G06

O

—

—

KDB3400KW

1–3, 5, 8, 9

8

JA3225WSK

752B047G07

O

—

—

KDB3400KW

1–3, 5, 8, 9

JA3250W

NO STYLE

O

—

—

KDB3250W

1–3, 5, 8, 9

9

JA3700MW

NO STYLE

O

—

—

HMCP400D5W

1–3, 5, 7–9

10
11
12
13
14
15

JA3700SMW

NO STYLE

O

—

—

HMCP400D5W

1–5, 7–9

JB2070

NO STYLE

O

—

—

JDB2070

1–3, 5

JB2070S

NO STYLE

O

—

—

JDB2070

1–5

JB2070SW

NO STYLE

O

—

—

JDB2070W

1–5

JB2070W

752B417G34

O

—

—

JDB2070W

1–3, 5

JB2090

NO STYLE

O

—

—

JDB2090

1–3, 5

JB2090S

NO STYLE

O

—

—

JDB2090

1–5

JB2090SW

NO STYLE

O

—

—

JDB2090W

1–5

JB2090W

752B417G35

O

—

—

JDB2090W

1–3, 5

JB2100

NO STYLE

O

—

—

JDB2100

1–3, 5

JB2100S

NO STYLE

O

—

—

JDB2100

1–5

JB2100SW

NO STYLE

O

—

—

JDB2100W

1–5

JB2100W

752B417G01

O

—

—

JDB2100W

1–3, 5
1–3, 5

JB2125

NO STYLE

O

—

—

JDB2125

JB21250MW

752B416G02

O

—

—

HM2P250F5W

1–3

JB21250SMW

752B416G14

O

—

—

HM2P250F5W

1–4

17

JB2125S

NO STYLE

O

—

—

JDB2125

1–5

JB2125SW

NO STYLE

O

—

—

JDB2125W

1–5

18

JB2125W

752B417G02

O

—

—

JDB2125W

1–3, 5

JB2150

NO STYLE

O

—

—

JDB2150

1–3, 5

19

JB21500MW

752B416G03

O

—

—

HM2P250G5W

1–3

JB21500SMW

752B416G15

O

—

—

HM2P250G5W

1–4

20

JB2150S

NO STYLE

O

—

—

JDB2150

1–5

JB2150SW

NO STYLE

O

—

—

JDB2150W

1–5

21

JB2150W

752B417G03

O

—

—

JDB2150W

1–3, 5

JB2175

NO STYLE

O

—

—

JDB2175

1–3, 5

22

JB21750MW

752B416G04

O

—

—

HM2P250J5W

1–3

JB21750SMW

752B416G16

O

—

—

HM2P250J5W

1–4

23

JB2175S

NO STYLE

O

—

—

JDB2175

1–5

JB2175SW

NO STYLE

O

—

—

JDB2175W

1–5

24

JB2175W

752B417G04

O

—

—

JDB2175W

1–3, 5

JB2200

NO STYLE

O

—

—

JDB2200

1–3, 5

25

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

16

V12-T3-134

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Replacement Breaker Cross-Reference
Replacements

Replacement Breaker
Catalog Number

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75 Catalog Number

MARK 75 Style Number

Series C Catalog Number

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

JB2200S

81E6623

O

—

—

JDB2200

1–5

JB2200SW

NO STYLE

O

—

—

JDB2200W

1–5

JB2200W

752B417G05

O

—

—

JDB2200W

1–3, 5

JB2225

NO STYLE

O

—

—

JDB2225

1–3, 5

JB22250MW

752B416G05

O

—

—

HM2P250L5W

1–3

JB22250SMW

752B416G17

O

—

—

HM2P250L5W

1–3, 4

JB2225S

NO STYLE

O

—

—

JDB2225

1–5

JB2225SW

NO STYLE

O

—

—

JDB2225W

1–5

JB2225W

752B417G06

O

—

—

JDB2225W

1–3, 5

JB2250

NO STYLE

O

—

—

JDB2250

1–3, 5

JB22500MW

752B416G06

O

—

—

HM2P250W5W

1–3

JB22500SMW

752B416G18

O

—

—

HM2P250W5W

1–3, 4

JB2250S

NO STYLE

O

—

—

JDB2250

1–5

JB2250SW

NO STYLE

O

—

—

JDB2250W

1–5

JB2250SWK

NO STYLE

O

—

—

JDB2250KW

1–3, 5, 8

JB2250W

752B417G07

O

—

—

JDB2250W

1–3, 5

JB2250WK

752B046G01

O

—

—

JDB2250KW

1–3, 5, 8

JB2700MW

752B416G01

O

—

—

HM2P250A5W

1–3

JB2700SMW

752B416G13

O

—

—

HM2P250A5W

1–4

JB3070

NO STYLE

O

—

—

JDB3070

1–3, 5

JB3070S

NO STYLE

O

—

—

JDB3070

1–5

JB3070SW

NO STYLE

O

—

—

JDB3070W

1–5

JB3070W

752B417G08

O

—

—

JDB3070W

1–3, 5

JB3090

NO STYLE

O

—

—

JDB3090

1–3, 5

JB3090S

NO STYLE

O

—

—

JDB3090

1–5

JB3090SW

NO STYLE

O

—

—

JDB3090W

1–5

JB3090W

752B417G09

O

—

—

JDB3090W

1–3, 5

JB3100

NO STYLE

O

—

—

JDB3100

1–3, 5

JB3100S

NO STYLE

O

—

—

JDB3100

1–5

JB3100SW

NO STYLE

O

—

—

JDB3100W

1–5

JB3100W

752B417G10

O

—

—

JDB3100W

1–3, 5

JB3125

NO STYLE

O

—

—

JDB3125

1–3, 5

JB31250MW

752B416G08

O

—

—

HMCP250F5W

1–3

JB3100W

752B417G10

O

—

—

JDB3100W

1–3, 5

JB3125

NO STYLE

O

—

—

JDB3125

1–3, 5

JB31250MW

752B416G08

O

—

—

HMCP250F5W

1–3

JB31250SMW

752B416G20

O

—

—

HMCP250F5W

1–4

JB3125S

NO STYLE

O

—

—

JDB3125

1–5

JB3125SW

NO STYLE

O

—

—

JDB3125W

1–5

JB3125W

752B417G11

O

—

—

JDB3125W

1–3, 5

JB3150

NO STYLE

O

—

—

JDB3150

1–3, 5

JB31500MW

752B416G09

O

—

—

HMCP250G5W

1–3

JB31500SMW

752B416G21

O

—

—

HMCP250G5W

1–4

JB3150S

NO STYLE

O

—

—

JDB3150

1–5

JB3150SW

NO STYLE

O

—

—

JDB3150W

1–5

JB3150W

752B417G12

O

—

—

JDB3150W

1–3, 5

JB3175

69E1870

O

—

—

JDB3175

1–3, 5

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

1

25
V12-T3-135

3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Replacement Breaker Cross-Reference
Replacements

Replacement Breaker
Catalog Number

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75 Catalog Number

MARK 75 Style Number

Series C Catalog Number

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

JB31750MW

752B416G10

O

—

—

HMCP250J5W

1–3

JB31750SMW

752B416G22

O

—

—

HMCP250J5W

1–4

JB3175S

NO STYLE

O

—

—

JDB3175

1–5

JB3175SW

NO STYLE

O

—

—

JDB3175W

1–5

JB3175W

752B417G13

O

—

—

JDB3175W

1–3, 5

JB3200

69E9992

O

—

—

JDB3200

1–3, 5
1–5

JB3200S

NO STYLE

O

—

—

JDB3200

JB3200SW

NO STYLE

O

—

—

JDB3200W

1–5

JB3200W

752B417G14

O

—

—

JDB3200W

1–3, 5

JB3225

80E9836

O

—

—

JDB3225

1–3, 5
1–3

JB32250MW

752B416G11

O

—

—

HMCP250L5W

JB32250SMW

752B416G23

O

—

—

HMCP250L5W

1–4

JB3225S

63E6442

O

—

—

JDB3225

1–5

JB3225SW

752B417G15

O

—

—

JDB3225W

1–5

JB3225W

80E8211

O

—

—

JDB3225W

1–3, 5

JB3250

752B416G12

O

—

—

JDB3250

1–3, 5

JB32500MW

752B416G24

O

—

—

HMCP250W5W

1–3

JB32500SMW

NO STYLE

O

—

—

HMCP250W5W

1–4

11

JB3250S

NO STYLE

O

—

—

JDB3250

1–5

JB3250SW

NO STYLE

O

—

—

JDB3250W

1–5

12

JB3250W

752B417G16

O

—

—

JDB3250W

1–3, 5

8
9
10

13
14

JB3250WK

752B046G06

O

—

—

JDB3250KW

1–3, 5, 8

JB3250WSK

752B046G07

O

—

—

JDB3250KW

1–3, 5, 8

JB3700MW

752B416G07

O

—

—

HMCP250A5W

1–3

JB3700SMW

752B416G19

O

—

—

HMCP250A5W

1–4

KA2070

1255C53G02

O

—

—

JD2070

1–3, 5, 8, 9

15

KA2070S

1255C54G02

O

—

—

JD2070

1–5, 8, 9

KA2090

1255C53G03

O

—

—

JD2090

1–3, 5, 8, 9

KA2090S

1255C54G03

O

—

—

JD2090

1–5, 8, 9

16

KA2100

1255C53G04

O

—

—

KD2100

1–3, 5, 8, 9

17
18
19
20

KA2100S

1255C54G04

O

—

—

KD2100

1–5, 8, 9

KA2125

1255C53G05

O

—

—

KD2125

1–3, 5, 8, 9

KA2125S

1255C54G05

O

—

—

KD2125

1–5, 8, 9

KA2150

1255C53G06

O

—

—

KD2150

1–3, 5, 8, 9

KA2175

1255C53G07

O

—

—

KD2175

1–3, 5, 8, 9

KA2175S

1255C54G07

O

—

—

KD2175

1–5, 8, 9

KA2200

1255C53G08

O

—

—

KD2200

1–3, 5, 8, 9

KA2200S

1255C54G08

O

—

—

KD2200

1–5, 8, 9

KA2225

1255C53G09

O

—

—

KD2225

1–3, 5, 8, 9

KA2225F

2602D86G01

O

—

—

KD2400F

2, 8

KA2225FS

2602D86G03

O

—

—

KD2400F

2, 4, 8

KA2225S

1255C54G09

O

—

—

KD2225

1–5, 8, 9

KA2225WK

752B047G03

O

—

—

KD2400KW

1–3, 5, 8, 9

23

KA2225WSK

752B047G04

O

—

—

KD2400KW

1–3, 5, 8, 9

KA2150S

1255C54G06

O

—

—

KD2150

1–5, 8, 9

24

KA3070

1255C53G17

O

—

—

JD3070

1–3, 5, 8, 9

KA3070S

1255C54G17

O

—

—

JD3070

1–5, 8, 9

25

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

21
22

V12-T3-136

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Replacement Breaker Cross-Reference
Replacements

Replacement Breaker
Catalog Number

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75 Catalog Number

MARK 75 Style Number

Series C Catalog Number

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

KA3090

1255C53G18

O

—

—

JD3090

1–3, 5, 8, 9

KA3090S

1255C54G18

O

—

—

JD3090

1–5, 8, 9

KA3100

1255C53G19

O

—

—

KD3100

1–3, 5, 8, 9

KA3100S

1255C54G19

O

—

—

KD3100

1–5, 8, 9

KA3125

1255C53G20

O

—

—

KD3125

1–3, 5, 8, 9

KA3125S

1255C54G20

O

—

—

KD3125

1–5, 8, 9

KA3150

1255C53G21

O

—

—

KD3150

1–3, 5, 8, 9

KA3150S

1255C54G21

O

—

—

KD3150

1–5, 8, 9

KA3175

1255C53G22

O

—

—

KD3175

1–3, 5, 8, 9

KA3175S

504C335G22

O

—

—

KD3175

1–5, 8, 9

KA3200

504C335G23

O

—

—

KD3200

1–3, 5, 8, 9

KA3200S

504C335G23

O

—

—

KD3200

1–5, 8, 9

KA3225

504C336G24

O

—

—

KD3225

1–3, 5, 8, 9

KA3225F

2602D86G02

O

—

—

KD3400F

2, 8

KA3225FS

2602D86G04

O

—

—

KD3400F

2, 4, 8

KA3225S

504C335G24

O

—

—

KD3225

1–5, 8, 9

KA3225WK

752B047G08

O

—

—

KD3400KW

1–3, 5, 8, 9

KA3225WSK

752B047G09

O

—

—

KD3400KW

1–3, 5, 8, 9

KB2070

1291C40G01

O

—

—

JD2070

1–3, 5

KB2090

1291C40G02

O

—

—

JD2090

1–3, 5

KB2100

1291C40G03

O

—

—

JD2100

1–3, 5

KB2125

1291C40G04

O

—

—

JD2125

1–3, 5

KB2150

1291C40G05

O

—

—

JD2150

1–3, 5

KB2175

1291C40G06

O

—

—

JD2175

1–3, 5

KB2200

1291C40G07

O

—

—

JD2200

1–3, 5

KB2225

1291C40G08

O

—

—

JD2225

1–3, 5

KB2250

1291C40G09

O

—

—

JD2250

1–3, 5

KB2250F

2601D44G13

O

—

—

JD2250F

—

KB2250FS

2601D44G17

O

—

—

JD2250F

—

KB2250WK

752B046G03

O

—

—

JD2250KW

1–3, 5, 8

KB2250WSK

752B046G04

O

—

—

JD2250KW

1–3, 5, 8

KB3070

1291C40G16

O

—

—

JD3070

1–3, 5

KB3090

1291C40G17

O

—

—

JD3090

1–3, 5

KB3100

1291C40G18

O

—

—

JD3100

1–3, 5

KB3125

1291C40G19

O

—

—

JD3125

1–3, 5

KB3150

1291C40G20

O

—

—

JD3150

1–3, 5

KB3175

1291C40G21

O

—

—

JD3175

1–3, 5

KB3200

1291C40G22

O

—

—

JD3200

1–3, 5

KB3225

1291C40G23

O

—

—

JD3225

1–3, 5

KB3250

1291C40G24

O

—

—

JD3250

1–3, 5

KB3250F

2601D44G14

O

—

—

JD3250F

—

KB3250WK

752B046G08

O

—

—

JD3250KW

1–3, 5, 8

KB3250WSK

752B046G09

O

—

—

JD3250KW

1–3, 5, 8

LA2070

1255C72G02

O

—

—

KD2070

1–3, 5, 8

LA2070S

1255C73G02

O

—

—

KD2070

1–5, 8

LA2090

1255C72G03

O

—

—

KD2090

1–3, 5, 8

LA2090S

1255C73G03

O

—

—

KD2090

1–5, 8

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

1

25
V12-T3-137

3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Replacement Breaker Cross-Reference
Replacements

Replacement Breaker
Catalog Number

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75 Catalog Number

MARK 75 Style Number

Series C Catalog Number

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

LA2100

1255C72G04

O

—

—

KD2100

1–3, 5, 8

LA2100S

1255C73G04

O

—

—

KD2100

1–5, 8

LA2125

1255C72G05

O

—

—

KD2125

1–3, 5, 8

LA2125S

1255C73G05

O

—

—

KD2125

1–5, 8

LA2150

1255C72G06

O

—

—

KD2150

1–3, 5, 8

LA2150S

1255C73G06

O

—

—

KD2150

1–5, 8
1–3, 5, 8

LA2175

1255C72G07

O

—

—

KD2175

LA2175S

1255C73G07

O

—

—

KD2175

1–5, 8

LA2200

1255C72G08

O

—

—

KD2200

1–3, 5, 8

LA2200S

1255C73G08

O

—

—

KD2200

1–5, 8

LA2225

1255C72G09

O

—

—

KD2225

1–3, 5, 8

LA2225S

1255C73G09

O

—

—

KD2225

1–5, 8

8

LA2250

1255C72G10

O

—

—

KD2250

1–3, 5, 8

LA2250S

1255C73G10

O

—

—

KD2250

1–5, 8

9

LA2300

1255C72G11

O

—

—

KD2300

1–3, 5, 8

LA2300S

1255C73G11

O

—

—

KD2300

1–5, 8

10

LA2350

1255C72G12

O

—

—

KD2350

1–3, 5, 8

LA2350S

1255C73G12

O

—

—

KD2350

1–5, 8

11

LA2400

1255C72G13

O

—

—

KD2400

1–3, 5, 8

LA2400F

2602D99G01

O

—

—

KD2400F

1–3, 5, 8

LA2400FS

2602D99G03

O

—

—

KD2400F

1–5, 8

LA2400S

1255C73G13

O

—

—

KD2400

1–5, 8

13

LA2400WK

752B042G01

O

—

—

KD2400KW

1–3, 5, 8

LA2400WSK

752B042G02

O

—

—

KD2400KW

1–3, 5, 8

14

LA2500

2603D50G05

O

—

—

LD2500

1–3, 5, 8

LA2500S

2603D50G17

O

—

—

LD2500

1–5, 8

15

LA2600

2603D50G06

O

—

—

LD2500

1–3, 5, 8

LA2600F

2603D48G01

O

—

—

LD2600F

1–3, 5, 8

LA2600FS

2603D48G03

O

—

—

LD2600F

1–5, 8

16

LA2600S

2600D50G18

O

—

—

LD2600

1–5, 8

LA2600WK

752B043G01

O

—

—

LD2600KW

1–3, 5, 8

17

LA2600WSK

752B043G02

O

—

—

LD2600KW

1–3, 5, 8

LA3070

1255C72G17

O

HLA3070

504C740G17

KD3070

1–3, 5, 8

18

LA3070S

504C612G17

O

HLA3070

504C740G17

KD3070

1–5, 8

12

19
20
21

LA3090

1255C72G18

O

HLA3090

504C740G18

KD3090

1–3, 5, 8

LA3090S

504C612G18

O

HLA3090

504C740G18

KD3090

1–5, 8

LA3100

1255C72G19

O

HLA3100

504C740G19

KD3100

1–3, 5, 8

LA3100S

504C612G19

O

HLA3100

504C740G19

KD3100

1–5, 8

LA3125

1255C72G20

O

HLA3125

504C740G20

KD3125

1–3, 5, 8

LA3125S

504C612G20

O

HLA3125

504C740G20

KD3125

1–5, 8

LA3150

1255C72G21

O

HLA3150

504C740G21

KD3150

1–3, 5, 8

22

LA3150S

504C612G21

O

HLA3150

504C740G21

KD3150

1–5, 8

LA3175

1255C72G22

O

HLA3175

504C740G22

KD3175

1–3, 5, 8

23

LA3175S

504C612G22

O

HLA3175

504C740G22

KD3175

1–5, 8

LA3200

1255C72G23

O

HLA3200

504C740G23

KD3200

1–3, 5, 8

24

LA3200S

504C612G23

O

HLA3200

504C740G23

KD3200

1–5, 8

LA3225

1255C72G24

O

HLA3225

504C740G24

KD3225

1–3, 5, 8

25

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

V12-T3-138

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Replacement Breaker Cross-Reference
Replacements

Replacement Breaker
Catalog Number

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75 Catalog Number

MARK 75 Style Number

Series C Catalog Number

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

LA3225S

504C612G24

O

HLA3225

504C740G24

KD3225

1–5, 8

LA3250

1255C72G25

O

HLA3250

504C740G25

KD3250

1–3, 5, 8

LA3250S

504C612G25

O

HLA3250

504C740G25

KD3250

1–5, 8

LA3300

1255C72G26

O

HLA3300

504C740G26

KD3300

1–3, 5, 8

LA3300S

504C612G26

O

HLA3300

504C740G26

KD3300

1–5, 8

LA3350

1255C72G27

O

HLA3350

504C740G27

KD3350

1–3, 5, 8

LA3350S

504C612G27

O

HLA3350

504C740G27

KD3350

1–5, 8

LA3400

1255C72G27

O

HLA3400

504C740G28

KD3400

1–3, 5, 8

LA3400F

2602D99G02

O

HLA3400F

673B352G02

KD3400F

1–3, 5, 8

LA3400FS

673B352G02

O

HLA3400F

673B352G02

KD3400F

1–5, 8

LA3400S

1255C73G28

O

HLA3400

504C740G28

KD3400

1–5, 8

LA3400WK

752B042G06

O

—

—

KD3400KW

1–3, 5, 8

LA3400WSK

752B042G07

O

—

—

KD3400KW

1–3, 5, 8

LA3500

376D551G11

O

HLA3500

177C429G16

LD3500

1–3, 5, 8

LA3500S

376D551G23

O

HLA3500

177C429G16

LD3500

1–5, 8

LA3600

376D551G12

O

HLA3600

177C429G17

LD3600

1–3, 5, 8

LA3600F

375D400G02

O

HLA3600F

375D400G10

LD3600F

1–3, 5, 8

LA3600FS

375D400G04

O

HLA3600F

375D400G10

LD3600F

1–5, 8

LA3600S

376D551G24

O

HLA3600

177C429G17

LD3600

1–5, 8

LA3600WK

752B043G06

O

—

—

LD3600KW

1–3, 5, 8

LA3600WSK

752B043G07

O

—

—

LD3600KW

1–3, 5, 8

LAB2125

372D300G05

O

—

—

KDB2125

1–3, 5, 8

LAB21250MW

371D426G03

O

—

—

HM2P400F5W

1–3, 5, 8

LAB21250SMW

371D426G23

O

—

—

HM2P400F5W

1–5, 8

LAB2125A

372D301G45

O

—

—

KDB2125

1–3, 5, 8

LAB2125S

372D300G37

O

—

—

KDB2125

1–5, 8

LAB2125SW

371D333G37

O

—

—

KDB2125W

1–5, 8

LAB2125W

371D333G05

O

—

—

KDB2125W

1–3, 5, 8

LAB2150

372D300G06

O

—

—

KDB2150

1–3, 5, 8

LAB21500MW

371D426G04

O

—

—

HM2P400G5W

1–3, 5, 8

LAB21500SMW

371D426G24

O

—

—

HM2P400G5W

1–5, 8

LAB2150A

372D301G46

O

—

—

KDB2150

1–3, 5, 8

LAB2150S

372D300G38

O

—

—

KDB2150

1–5, 8

LAB2150SW

371D333G38

O

—

—

KDB2150W

1–5, 8

LAB2150W

371D333G06

O

—

—

KDB2150W

1–3, 5, 8

LAB2175

372D300G07

O

—

—

KDB2175

1–3, 5, 8

LAB21750MW

371D426G05

O

—

—

HM2P400J5W

1–3, 5, 8

LAB21750SMW

371D426G25

O

—

—

HM2P400J5W

1–5, 8

LAB2175A

372D301G47

O

—

—

KDB2175

1–3, 5, 8

LAB2175S

372D300G39

O

—

—

KDB2175

1–5, 8

LAB2175SW

371D333G39

O

—

—

KDB2175W

1–5, 8

LAB2175W

371D333G07

O

—

—

KDB2175W

1–3, 5, 8

LAB2200

372D300G08

O

—

—

KDB2200

1–3, 5, 8

LAB2200A

371D301G48

O

—

—

KDB2200

1–3, 5, 8

LAB2200S

372D300G40

O

—

—

KDB2200

1–5, 8

LAB2200SW

371D333G40

O

—

—

KDB2200W

1–5, 8

LAB2200W

371D333G08

O

—

—

KDB2200W

1–3, 5, 8

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

1

25
V12-T3-139

3
1
2
3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Replacement Breaker Cross-Reference
Replacements

Replacement Breaker
Catalog Number

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75 Catalog Number

MARK 75 Style Number

Series C Catalog Number

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

LAB2225

372D300G09

O

—

—

KDB2225

1–3, 5, 8

LAB22250MW

371D426G06

O

—

—

HM2P400L5W

1–3, 5, 8

LAB22250SMW

371D426G26

O

—

—

HM2P400L5W

1–5, 8

LAB2225A

372D301G49

O

—

—

KDB2225

1–3, 5, 8

LAB2225S

372D300G41

O

—

—

KDB2225

1–5, 8

LAB2225SW

371D333G41

O

—

—

KDB2225W

1–5, 8

5

LAB2225W

371D333G09

O

—

—

KDB2225W

1–3, 5, 8

LAB22400A

NO STYLE

O

—

—

KDB2400

1–3, 5, 8

6

LAB2250

372D300G10

O

—

—

KDB2250

1–3, 5, 8

LAB2250A

372D301G50

O

—

—

KDB2250

1–3, 5, 8

7

LAB2250S

372D300G42

O

—

—

KDB2250

1–5, 8

LAB2250SW

371D333G42

O

—

—

KDB2250W

1–5, 8

8

LAB2250W

371D333G10

O

—

—

KDB2250W

1–3, 5, 8

LAB2300

372D300G11

O

—

—

KDB2300

1–3, 5, 8

9

LAB23000MW

371D426G07

O

—

—

HM2P400N5W

1–3, 5, 8

LAB23000SMW

371D426G27

O

—

—

HM2P400N5W

1–5, 8

LAB2300A

372D301G51

O

—

—

KDB2300

1–3, 5, 8

LAB2300S

372D300G43

O

—

—

KDB2300

1–5, 8

4

10
11
12
13

LAB2300SW

371D333G43

O

—

—

KDB2300W

1–5, 8

LAB2300W

371D333G11

O

—

—

KDB2300W

1–3, 5, 8

LAB2350

372D300G12

O

—

—

KDB2350

1–3, 5, 8

LAB2350A

372D301G52

O

—

—

KDB2350

1–3, 5, 8

LAB2350S

372D300G44

O

—

—

KDB2350

1–5, 8

LAB2350W

371D333G12

O

—

—

KDB2350W

1–3, 5, 8

LAB2400

372D300G13

O

—

—

KDB2400

1–3, 5, 8

LAB24000MW

371D426G08

O

—

—

HM2P400X5W

1–3, 5, 8

LAB24000SMW

371D426G28

O

—

—

HM2P400X5W

1–5, 8

LAB2400S

372D300G45

O

—

—

KDB2400

1–5, 8

LAB2400SW

371D333G45

O

—

—

KDB2400W

1–5, 8

16

LAB2400W

371D333G13

O

—

—

KDB2400W

1–3, 5, 8

LAB2400WK

752B042G03

O

—

—

KDB2400KW

1–3, 5, 8

17

LAB2400WSK

752B042G04

O

—

—

KDB2400KW

1–3, 5, 8

LAB2700MW

371D426G02

O

—

—

HM2P400D5W

1–3, 5, 8

LAB2700SMW

371D426G22

O

—

—

HM2P400D5W

1–3, 5, 8

14
15

18

LAB3125

372D300G20

O

HLA3125

504C740G20

KDB3125

1–3, 5, 8

19

LAB31250MW

371D426G13

O

HLA31250MW

—

HMCP400F5W

1–3, 5, 8

LAB31250SMW

371D426G33

O

HLA31250MW

—

HMCP400F5W

1–5, 8

20

LAB3125A

372D301G60

O

HLA3125

504C740G20

KDB3125

1–3, 5, 8

LAB3125S

372D300G52

O

HLA3125

504C740G20

KDB3125

1–5, 8

21

LAB3125SW

371D333G52

O

HLA3125W

—

KDB3125W

1–5, 8

LAB3125W

371D333G20

O

HLA3125W

—

KDB3125W

1–3, 5, 8

LAB3150

372D300G21

O

HLA3150

504C740G21

KDB3150

1–3, 5, 8

LAB31500MW

371D426G14

O

HLA31500MW

—

HMCP400G5W

1–3, 5, 8

LAB31500SMW

371D426G34

O

HLA31500MW

—

HMCP400G5W

1–5, 8

LAB3150A

372D301G61

O

HLA3150

504C740G21

KDB3150

1–3, 5, 8

24

LAB3150S

372D300G53

O

HLA3150

504C740G21

KDB3150

1–5, 8

LAB3150SW

371D333G53

O

HLA3150W

—

KDB3150W

1–5, 8

25

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

22
23

V12-T3-140

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Replacement Breaker Cross-Reference
Replacements

Replacement Breaker

Series C Catalog Number

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

—

KDB3150W

1–3, 5, 8

504C740G22

KDB3175

1–3, 5, 8

HLA31750MW

—

HMCP400J5W

1–3, 5, 8

O

HLA31750MW

—

HMCP400J5W

1–5, 8

372D301G62

O

HLA3175

504C740G22

KDB3175

1–3, 5, 8

372D300G54

O

HLA3175

504C740G22

KDB3175

1–5, 8

Catalog Number

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75 Catalog Number

MARK 75 Style Number

LAB3150W

371D333G21

O

HLA3150W

LAB3175

372D300G22

O

HLA3175

LAB31750MW

371D426G15

O

LAB31750SMW

371D426G35

LAB3175A
LAB3175S
LAB3175SW

371D333G54

O

HLA3175W

—

KDB3175W

1–5, 8

LAB3175W

371D333G22

O

HLA3175W

—

KDB3175W

1–3, 5, 8

LAB3200

372D300G23

O

HLA3200

504C740G23

KDB3200

1–3, 5, 8

LAB3200A

372D301G63

O

HLA3200

504C740G23

KDB3200

1–3, 5, 8

LAB3200S

372D300G55

O

HLA3200

504C740G23

KDB3200

1–5, 8

LAB3200SW

371D333G55

O

HLA3200W

—

KDB3200W

1–5, 8

LAB3200W

371D333G23

O

HLA3200W

—

KDB3200W

1–3, 5, 8

LAB3225

372D300G24

O

HLA3225

504C740G24

KDB3225

1–3, 5, 8

LAB32250MW

371D426G16

O

HLA32250MW

—

HMCP400L5W

1–3, 5, 8

LAB32250SMW

371D426G36

O

HLA32250MW

—

HMCP400L5W

1–5, 8

LAB3225A

372D301G64

O

HLA3225

504C740G24

KDB3225

1–3, 5, 8

LAB3225S

372D300G56

O

HLA3225

504C740G24

KDB3225

1–5, 8

LAB3225SW

371D333G56

O

HLA3225W

—

KDB3225W

1–5, 8

LAB3225W

371D333G24

O

HLA3225W

—

KDB3225W

1–3, 5, 8

LAB3250

372D300G25

O

HLA3250

504C740G25

KDB3250

1–3, 5, 8

LAB3250A

372D301G65

O

HLA3250

504C740G25

KDB3250

1–3, 5, 8

LAB3250S

372D300G57

O

HLA3250

504C740G25

KDB3250

1–5, 8

LAB3250SW

371D333G57

O

HLA3250W

—

KDB3250W

1–5, 8

LAB3250W

371D333G25

O

HLA3250W

—

KDB3250W

1–3, 5, 8

LAB3300

372D300G26

O

HLA3300

504C740G26

KDB3300

1–3, 5, 8

LAB33000MW

371D426G17

O

HLA33000MW

—

HMCP400N5W

1–3, 5, 8

LAB33000SMW

371D426G37

O

HLA33000MW

—

HMCP400N5W

1–5, 8

LAB3300A

372D301G66

O

HLA3300

504C740G26

KDB3300

1–3, 5, 8

LAB3300S

372D300G58

O

HLA3300

504C740G26

KDB3300

1–5, 8

LAB3300SW

371D333G58

O

HLA3300W

—

KDB3300W

1–, 5, 8

LAB3300W

371D333G26

O

HLA3300W

—

KDB3300W

1–3, 5, 8

LAB3350A

372D301G67

O

HLA3350

504C740G27

KDB3350

1–3, 5, 8

LAB3350S

372D300G59

O

HLA3350

504C740G27

KDB3350

1–5, 8

LAB3350SW

371D333G59

O

HLA3350W

—

KDB3350W

1–5, 8

LAB3400

372D300G28

O

HLA3400

504C740G28

KDB3400

1–3, 5, 8

LAB34000MW

371D426G18

O

HLA34000MW

—

HMCP400X5W

1–3, 5, 8

LAB34000SMW

371D426G38

O

HLA34000MW

—

HMCP400X5W

1–5, 8

LAB3400A

372D301G68

O

HLA3400

504C740G28

KDB3400

1–3, 5, 8

LAB3400S

372D300G60

O

HLA3400

504C740G28

KDB3400

1–5, 8

LAB3400SW

371D333G60

O

HLA3400W

—

KDB3400W

1–5, 8

LAB3400W

371D333G28

O

HLA3400W

—

KDB3400W

1–3, 5, 8

LAB3400WK

752B042G08

O

—

—

KDB3400KW

1–3, 5, 8

LAB3400WSK

752B042G09

O

—

—

KDB3400KW

1–3, 5, 8

LAB3700MW

371D426G12

O

HLA3700MW

—

HMCP400D5W

1–3, 5, 8

LAB3700SMW

371D426G32

O

HLA3700MW

—

HMCP400D5W

1–5, 8

LAY3250

NO STYLE

O

—

—

HKD3250

—

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

1

25
V12-T3-141

3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Replacement Breaker Cross-Reference
Replacements

Replacement Breaker
Catalog Number

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75 Catalog Number

MARK 75 Style Number

Series C Catalog Number

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

LAY3300

NO STYLE

O

—

—

HLD3300

—

LAY3350

NO STYLE

O

—

—

HLD3350

—

LAY3400

NO STYLE

O

—

—

HLD3400

—

LAY3500

NO STYLE

O

—

—

HLD3500

—

LAY3600

NO STYLE

O

—

—

HLD3600

—
—

LAY3600F

1240C53G01

O

—

—

HLD3600F

LB2070

179C800G01

O

—

—

KD2070

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LB2070S

179C803G01

O

—

—

KD2070

1–5, 8, 9

LB2090

179C800G02

O

—

—

KD2090

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LB2090S

179C803G02

O

—

—

KD2090

1–5, 8, 9

LB2100

179C800G03

O

—

—

KD2100

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LB2100S

179C803G03

O

—

—

KD2100

1–5, 8, 9

8

LB2125

179C800G04

O

—

—

KD2125

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LB2125S

179C803G04

O

—

—

KD2125

1–5, 8, 9

9

LB2150

179C800G05

O

—

—

KD2150

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LB2150S

179C803G05

O

—

—

KD2150

1–5, 8, 9

10

LB2175

179C800G06

O

—

—

KD2175

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LB2175S

179C803G06

O

—

—

KD2175

1–5, 8, 9

11

LB2200

179C800G07

O

—

—

KD2200

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LB2200S

179C803G07

O

—

—

KD2200

1–5, 8, 9

12

LB2225

179C800G08

O

—

—

KD2225

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LB2225S

179C803G08

O

—

—

KD2225

1–5, 8, 9

13

LB2250

179C800G09

O

—

—

KD2250

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LB2250S

179C803G09

O

—

—

KD2250

1–5, 8, 9

14

LB2300

179C800G10

O

—

—

KD2300

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LB2300S

179C803G10

O

—

—

KD2300

1–5, 8, 9

15

LB2350

179C800G11

O

—

—

KD2350

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LB2400

179C800G12

O

—

—

KD2400

1–3, 5, 8, 9

16
17
18

LB2400F

5680D03G07

O

—

—

KD2400F

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LB2400FS

5680D03G11

O

—

—

KD2400F

1–5, 8, 9
1–5, 8, 9

LB2400S

179C803G12

O

—

—

KD2400

LB2400WK

752B048G02

O

—

—

KD2400KW

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LB2400WSK

752B048G04

O

—

—

KD2400KW

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LB3070

179C800G16

O

—

—

KD3070

1–3, 5, 8, 9
1–5, 8, 9

LB3070S

179C803G16

O

—

—

KD3070

19

LB3090

179C800G17

O

—

—

KD3090

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LB3090S

179C803G17

O

—

—

KD3090

1–5, 8, 9

20

LB3100

179C800G18

O

—

—

KD3100

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LB3100S

179C803G18

O

—

—

KD3100

1–5, 8, 9

21

LB3125

179C800G19

O

—

—

KD3125

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LB3125S

179C803G19

O

—

—

KD3125

1–5, 8, 9

LB3150

179C800G20

O

—

—

KD3150

1–3, 5, 8, 9
1–5, 8, 9

22

LB3150S

179C803G20

O

—

—

KD3150

23

LB3175

179C800G21

O

—

—

KD3175

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LB3175S

179C803G21

O

—

—

KD3175

1–5, 8, 9

24

LB3200

179C800G22

O

—

—

KD3200

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LB3200S

179C803G22

O

—

—

KD3200

1–5, 8, 9

25

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

V12-T3-142

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Replacement Breaker Cross-Reference
Replacements

Replacement Breaker
Catalog Number

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75 Catalog Number

MARK 75 Style Number

Series C Catalog Number

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

LB3225

179C800G23

O

—

—

KD3225

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LB3225S

179C803G23

O

—

—

KD3225

1–5, 8, 9

LB3250

179C800G24

O

—

—

KD3250

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LB3250S

179C803G24

O

—

—

KD3250

1–5, 8, 9

LB3300

179C800G25

O

—

—

KD3300

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LB3300S

179C803G25

O

—

—

KD3300

1–5, 8, 9

LB3350

179C800G26

O

—

—

KD3350

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LB3400

179C800G27

O

—

—

KD3400

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LB3400F

5680D03G08

O

—

—

KD3400F

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LB3400FS

5680D03G12

O

—

—

KD3400F

1–5, 8, 9

LB3400S

179C803G27

O

—

—

KD3400

1–5, 8, 9

LB3400WK

752B048G07

O

—

—

KD3400KW

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LB3400WSK

752B048G09

O

—

—

KD3400KW

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB2125

179C806G04

O

—

—

KDB2125

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB21250MW

179C811G02

O

—

—

HM2P400F5W

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB21250SMW

179C832G02

O

—

—

HM2P400F5W

1–5, 8.9

LBB2125A

179C807G04

O

—

—

KDB2125

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB2125S

179C827G04

O

—

—

KDB2125

1–5, 8, 9

LBB2125SA

179C828G04

O

—

—

KDB2125

1–5, 8, 9

LBB2125SW

179C830G04

O

—

—

KDB2125W

1–5, 8, 9

LBB2125W

179C809G04

O

—

—

KDB2125W

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB2150

179C806G05

O

—

—

KDB2150

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB21500MW

179C811G03

O

—

—

HM2P400G5W

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB21500SMW

179C832G03

O

—

—

HM2P400G5W

1–5, 8, 9

LBB2150A

179C807G05

O

—

—

KDB2150

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB2150S

179C827G05

O

—

—

KDB2150

1–5, 8, 9

LBB2150SA

179C828G05

O

—

—

KDB2150

1–5, 8, 9

LBB2150SW

179C830G05

O

—

—

KDB2150W

1–5, 8, 9

LBB2150W

179C809G05

O

—

—

KDB2150W

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB2175

179C806G06

O

—

—

KDB2175

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB21750MW

179C811G04

O

—

—

HM2P400J5W

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB21750SMW

179C832G04

O

—

—

HM2P400J5W

1–5, 8, 9

LBB2175A

179C807G06

O

—

—

KDB2175

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB2175S

179C827G06

O

—

—

KDB2175

1–5, 8, 9

LBB2175SA

179C828G06

O

—

—

KDB2175

1–5, 8, 9

LBB2175SW

179C830G06

O

—

—

KDB2175W

1–5, 8, 9

LBB2175W

179C809G06

O

—

—

KDB2175W

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB2200

179C806G07

O

—

—

KDB2200

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB2200A

179C807G07

O

—

—

KDB2200

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB2200S

179C827G07

O

—

—

KDB2200

1–5, 8, 9

LBB2200SA

179C828G07

O

—

—

KDB2200

1–5, 8, 9

LBB2200SW

179C830G07

O

—

—

KDB2200W

1–5, 8, 9

LBB2200W

179C809G07

O

—

—

KDB2200W

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB2225

179C806G08

O

—

—

KDB2225

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB22250MW

179C811G05

O

—

—

HM2P400L5W

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB22250SMW

179C832G05

O

—

—

HM2P400L5W

1–5, 8, 9

LBB2225A

179C807G08

O

—

—

KDB2225

1–3, 5, 8, 9

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

1

25
V12-T3-143

3
1
2
3
4
5

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Replacement Breaker Cross-Reference
Replacements

Replacement Breaker
Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75 Catalog Number

MARK 75 Style Number

Series C Catalog Number

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

LBB2225S

179C827G08

O

—

—

KDB2225

1–5, 8, 9

LBB2225SA

179C828G08

O

—

—

KDB2225

1–5, 8, 9

LBB2225SW

179C830G08

O

—

—

KDB2225W

1–5, 8, 9

LBB2225S

179C827G08

O

—

—

KDB2225

1–5, 8, 9

Catalog Number

LBB2225SA

179C828G08

O

—

—

KDB2225

1–5, 8, 9

LBB2225SW

179C830G08

O

—

—

KDB2225W

1–5, 8, 9
1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB2225W

179C809G08

O

—

—

KDB2225W

LBB2250

179C806G09

O

—

—

KDB2250

1–3, 5, 8, 9

6

LBB2250A

179C807G09

O

—

—

KDB2250

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB2250S

179C827G09

O

—

—

KDB2250

1–5, 8, 9

7

LBB2250SA

179C828G09

O

—

—

KDB2250

1–5, 8, 9

LBB2250SW

179C830G09

O

—

—

KDB2250W

1–5, 8, 9
1–3, 5, 8, 9

8
9

LBB2250W

179C809G09

O

—

—

KDB2250W

LBB2300

179C806G10

O

—

—

KDB2300

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB23000MW

179C811G06

O

—

—

HM2P400N5W

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB23000SMW

179C832G06

O

—

—

HM2P400N5W

1–5, 8, 9

10

LBB2300A

179C807G10

O

—

—

KDB2300

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB2300S

179C827G10

O

—

—

KDB2300

1–5, 8, 9

11

LBB2300SA

179C828G10

O

—

—

KDB2300

1–5, 8, 9

LBB2300SW

179C830G10

O

—

—

KDB2300W

1–5, 8, 9
1–3, 5, 8, 9

12
13
14
15

LBB2300W

179C809G10

O

—

—

KDB2300W

LBB2350

179C806G11

O

—

—

KDB2350

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB2350A

179C807G11

O

—

—

KDB2350

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB2350SA

179C828G11

O

—

—

KDB2350

1–5, 8, 9

LBB2350SW

179C830G11

O

—

—

KDB2350W

1–5, 8, 9

LBB2350W

179C809G11

O

—

—

KDB2350W

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB2400

179C806G12

O

—

—

KDB2400

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB24000MW

179C811G07

O

—

—

HM2P400X5W

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB24000SMW

179C832G07

O

—

—

HM2P400X5W

1–5, 8, 9

16

LBB2400A

179C807G12

O

—

—

KDB2400

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB2400S

179C827G12

O

—

—

KDB2400

1–5, 8, 9

17

LBB2400SA

179C828G12

O

—

—

KDB2400

1–5, 8, 9

LBB2400SW

179C830G12

O

—

—

KDB2400W

1–5, 8, 9

18

LBB2400W

179C809G12

O

—

—

KDB2400W

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB2400WK

752B048G01

O

—

—

KDB2400KW

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB2400WSK

752B048G03

O

—

—

KDB2400KW

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB2700MW

179C811G01

O

—

—

HM2P400D5W

1–3, 5, 7–9

LBB2700SMW

179C832G01

O

—

—

HM2P400D5W

1–5, 7–9

LBB3125

179C806G19

O

—

—

KDB3125

1–3, 5, 8, 9

21

LBB31250MW

179C811G17

O

—

—

HMCP400F5W

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB31250SMW

179C832G17

O

—

—

HMCP400F5W

1–5, 8, 9

22

LBB3125A

179C807G19

O

—

—

KDB3125

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB3125S

179C827G19

O

—

—

KDB3125

1–5, 8, 9

23

LBB3125SA

179C828G19

O

—

—

KDB3125

1–5, 8, 9

LBB3125SW

179C830G19

O

—

—

KDB3125W

1–5, 8, 9

19
20

24

LBB3125W

179C809G19

O

—

—

KDB3125W

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB3150

179C806G20

O

—

—

KDB3150

1–3, 5, 8, 9

25

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

V12-T3-144

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Replacement Breaker Cross-Reference
Replacements

Replacement Breaker
Catalog Number

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75 Catalog Number

MARK 75 Style Number

Series C Catalog Number

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

LBB31500MW

179C811G18

O

—

—

HMCP400G5W

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB31500SMW

179C832G18

O

—

—

HMCP400G5W

1–5, 8, 9

LBB3150A

179C807G20

O

—

—

KDB3150

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB3150S

179C827G20

O

—

—

KDB3150

1–5, 8, 9

LBB3150SA

179C828G20

O

—

—

KDB3150

1–5, 8, 9

LBB3150SW

179C830G20

O

—

—

KDB3150W

1–5, 8, 9

LBB3150W

179C809G20

O

—

—

KDB3150W

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB3175

179C806G21

O

—

—

KDB3175

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB31750MW

179C811G19

O

—

—

HMCP400J5W

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB31750SMW

179C832G19

O

—

—

HMCP400J5W

1–5, 8, 9

LBB3175A

179C807G21

O

—

—

KDB3175

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB3175S

179C827G21

O

—

—

KDB3175

1–5, 8, 9

LBB3175SA

179C828G21

O

—

—

KDB3175

1–5, 8, 9

LBB3175SW

179C830G21

O

—

—

KDB3175W

1–5, 8, 9

LBB3175W

179C809G21

O

—

—

KDB3175W

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB3200

179C806G22

O

—

—

KDB3200

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB3200A

179C807G22

O

—

—

KDB3200

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB3200S

179C827G22

O

—

—

KDB3200

1–5, 8, 9

LBB3200SA

179C828G22

O

—

—

KDB3200

1–5, 8, 9

LBB3200SW

179C830G22

O

—

—

KDB3200W

1–5, 8, 9
1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB3200W

179C809G22

O

—

—

KDB3200W

LBB3225

179C806G23

O

—

—

KDB3225

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB32250MW

179C811G20

O

—

—

HMCP400L5W

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB32250SMW

179C832G20

O

—

—

HMCP400L5W

1–5, 8, 9

LBB3225S

179C827G23

O

—

—

KDB3225

1–5, 8, 9

LBB3225SA

179C828G23

O

—

—

KDB3225

1–5, 8, 9

LBB3225SW

179C830G23

O

—

—

KDB3225W

1–5, 8, 9

LBB3225W

179C809G23

O

—

—

KDB3225W

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB3250

179C806G24

O

—

—

KDB3250

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB3250A

179C807G24

O

—

—

KDB3250

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB3250S

179C827G24

O

—

—

KDB3250

1–5, 8, 9

LBB3250SA

179C828G24

O

—

—

KDB3250

1–5, 8, 9

LBB3250SW

179C830G24

O

—

—

KDB3250W

1–5, 8, 9

LBB3250W

179C809G24

O

—

—

KDB3250W

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB3300

179C806G25

O

—

—

KDB3300

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB33000MW

179C811G21

O

—

—

HMCP400N5W

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB33000SMW

179C832G21

O

—

—

HMCP400N5W

1–5, 8, 9

LBB3300A

179C807G25

O

—

—

KDB3300

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB3300S

179C827G25

O

—

—

KDB3300

1–5, 8, 9

LBB3300SA

179C828G25

O

—

—

KDB3300

1–5, 8, 9

LBB3300SW

179C830G25

O

—

—

KDB3300W

1–5, 8, 9

LBB3300W

179C809G25

O

—

—

KDB3300W

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB3350

179C806G26

O

—

—

KDB3350

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB3350A

179C807G26

O

—

—

KDB3350

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB3350SA

179C828G26

O

—

—

KDB3350

1–5, 8, 9

LBB3350W

179C809G26

O

—

—

KDB3350W

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB3400

179C806G27

O

—

—

KDB3400

1–3, 5, 8, 9

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

1

25
V12-T3-145

3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Replacement Breaker Cross-Reference
Replacements

Replacement Breaker
Catalog Number

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75 Catalog Number

MARK 75 Style Number

Series C Catalog Number

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

LBB34000MW

179C811G22

O

—

—

HMCP400X5W

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB34000SMW

179C832G22

O

—

—

HMCP400X5W

1–5, 8, 9

LBB3400A

179C807G27

O

—

—

KDB3400

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB3400S

179C827G27

O

—

—

KDB3400

1–5, 8, 9

LBB3400SA

179C828G27

O

—

—

KDB3400

1–5, 8, 9

LBB3400SW

179C830G27

O

—

—

KDB3400W

1–5, 8, 9
1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB3400W

179C809G27

O

—

—

KDB3400W

LBB3400WK

752B048G06

O

—

—

KDB3400KW

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB3400WSK

752B048G08

O

—

—

KDB3400KW

1–3, 5, 8, 9

LBB3700MW

179C811G16

O

—

—

HMCP400D5W

1–3, 5, 7–9
1–5, 7–9

LBB3700SMW

179C832G16

O

—

—

HMCP400D5W

LC2150F

1242C91G01

O

—

—

KD3400F/KES3150LS

1–3, 5, 8

LC2150FM

1242C91G03

O

—

—

KD3400F/KES3150LS

1–3, 5, 8

LC2300F

1242C91G05

O

—

—

KD3400F/KES3400LS

1–3, 5, 8

LC2300FM

1242C91G07

O

—

—

KD3400F/KES3400LS

1–3, 5, 8

LC2400F

1242C91G09

O

—

—

KD3400F/KES3400LS

1–3, 5, 8

10

LC2400FM

1242C91G11

O

—

—

KD3400F/KES3400LS

1–3, 5, 8

LC2600F

1242C91G13

O

—

—

LD3600F/LES3600LS

1–3, 5, 8

11

LC2600FM

1242C91G15

O

—

—

LD3600F/LES3600LS

1–3, 5, 8

LC2600WK

752B043G03

O

—

—

LD2600WK

1–3, 5, 8

12

LC3150F

1242C91G02

O

HLC3150F

1284C66G02

KD3400F/KES3150LS

1–3, 5, 8

LC3150FM

1242C91G04

O

HLC3150F

1284C66G02

KD3400F/KES3150LS

1–3, 5, 8

13

LC3300F

1242C91G06

O

HLC3300F

2612D41G46

KD3400F/KES3400LS

1–3, 5, 8

LC3300FM

1242C91G08

O

HLC3300F

2612D41G46

KD3400F/KES3400LS

1–3, 5, 8

14

LC3400F

1242C91G10

O

HLC3400F

2613D44G08

KD3400F/KES3400LS

1–3, 5, 8

LC3400FM

1242C91G12

O

HLC3400F

2613D44G08

KD3400F/KES3400LS

1–3, 5, 8

15

LC3600F

1242C91G14

O

HLC3600F

2612D41G48

LD3600F/LES3600LS

1–3, 5, 8

LC3600FM

1242C91G16

O

HLC3600F

2612D41G48

LD3600F/LES3600LS

1–3, 5, 8

LC3600WK

752B043G08

O

—

—

LD3600WK

1–3, 5, 8

16

LCA2150F

1242C91G23

O

—

—

KD3400F/KES3150LSI

1–3, 5, 8

LCA2150FM

1242C91G25

O

—

—

KD3400F/KES3150LSI

1–3, 5, 8

LCA2300F

1242C91G27

O

—

—

KD3400F/KES3400LSI

1–3, 5, 8

17
18

LCA2300FM

1242C91G29

O

—

—

KD3400F/KES3400LSI

1–3, 5, 8

LCA2400F

1242C91G31

O

—

—

KD3400F/KES3400LSI

1–3, 5, 8

LCA2400FM

1242C91G33

O

—

—

KD3400F/KES3400LSI

1–3, 5, 8

19

LCA2600F

1242C91G35

O

—

—

LD3600F/LES3600LSI

1–3, 5, 8

LCA2600FM

1242C91G37

O

—

—

LD3600F/LES3600LSI

1–3, 5, 8

20

LCA3150F

1242C91G24

O

HLCA3150F

1242C92G24

KD3400F/KES3150LSI

1–3, 5, 8

21

LCA3150FM

1242C91G26

O

HLCA3150F

1242C92G24

KD3400F/KES3150LSI

1–3, 5, 8

LCA3300F

1242C91G28

O

HLCA3300F

1242C92G28

KD3400F/KES3400LSI

1–3, 5, 8

LCA3300FM

1242C91G30

O

HLCA3300F

1242C92G28

KD3400F/KES3400LSI

1–3, 5, 8

LCA3400F

1242C91G32

O

HLCA3400F

1242C92G32

KD3400F/KES3400LSI

1–3, 5, 8

LCA3400FM

1242C91G34

O

HLCA3400F

1242C92G34

KD3400F/KES3400LSI

1–3, 5, 8

23

LCA3600F

1242C91G36

O

HLCA3600F

1284C66G36

LD3600F/LES3600LSI

1–3, 5, 8

LCA3600FM

1242C91G38

O

HLCA3600F

1284C66G36

LD3600F/LES3600LSI

1–3, 5, 8

24

LCC2600WK

NO STYLE

O

—

—

—

1–3, 5, 8

LCC3600F

6590C10G14

O

HLCC3600F

6590C11G14

CLD3600F/LES3600LS

1–3, 5, 8

25

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

22

V12-T3-146

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Replacement Breaker Cross-Reference
Replacements

Replacement Breaker

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75 Catalog Number

MARK 75 Style Number

Series C Catalog Number

LCC3600WK

NO STYLE

O

—

—

—

1–3, 5, 8

LCCA3600F

6590C10G36

O

HLCCA3600F

6590C11G36

CLD3600F/LES3600LSI

1–3, 5, 8

LCCG3600F

1242C93G04

O

HLCCG3600F

1242C94G04

CLD3600F/LES3600LSG

1–3, 5, 8

LCCGA3600F

1242C93G12

O

HLCCGA3600F

1242C94G12

CLD3600F/LES3600LSIG

1–3, 5, 8

LCG3150F

1242C88G01

O

HLCG3150F

1242C89G01

KD3400F/KES3150LSG

1–3, 5, 8

LCG3300F

1242C88G02

O

HLCG3300F

1242C89G02

KD3400F/KES3400LS

1–3, 5, 8

Catalog Number

LCG3400F

1242C88G03

O

HLCG3400F

1242C89G03

KD3400F/KES3400LSG

1–3, 5, 8

LCG3600F

1242C88G04

O

HLCG3600F

1371D17G40

LD3600F/LES3600LSG

1–3, 5, 8

LCGA3150F

1242C88G09

O

HLCGA3150F

1242C89G09

KD3400F/KES3150LSIG

1–3, 5, 8

LCGA3300F

1242C88G10

O

HLCGA3300F

1242C89G10

KD3400F/KES3400LSIG

1–3, 5, 8

LCGA3400F

1242C88G11

O

HLCGA3400F

1242C89G11

KD3400F/KES3400LSIG

1–3, 5, 8

LCGA3600F

1242C88G12

O

HLCGA3600F

1270C61G12

LD3600F/LES3600LSIG

1–3, 5, 8

LCY3600F

6590C12G04

O

—

—

HLD3600F/LES3600LS

1–3, 5, 8

LCYA3600F

6590C12G08

O

—

—

HLD3600F/LES3600LSI

1–3, 5, 8

LCYG3600F

1242C95G04

O

—

—

HLD3600F/LES3600LSG

1–3, 5, 8

LCYGA3600F

1242C95G08

O

—

—

HLD3600F/LES3600LSIG

1–3, 5, 8

MA2125

1252C17G01

O

—

—

KD2125

1–3, 5, 8

MA2125S

1252C21G01

O

—

—

KD2125

1–5, 8

MA2150

1252C17G02

O

—

—

KD2150

1–3, 5, 8

MA2150S

1252C21G02

O

—

—

KD2150

1–5, 8

MA2175

1252C17G03

O

—

—

KD2175

1–3, 5, 8

MA2175S

1252C21G03

O

—

—

KD2175

1–5, 8

MA2200

1252C17G04

O

—

—

KD2200

1–3, 5, 8

MA2200S

1252C21G04

O

—

—

KD2200

1–5, 8

MA2225

1252C17G05

O

—

—

KD2225

1–3, 5, 8

MA2225S

1252C21G05

O

—

—

KD2225

1–5, 8

MA2250

1252C17G06

O

—

—

KD2250

1–3, 5, 8

MA2250S

1252C21G06

O

—

—

KD2250

1–5, 8

MA2300

1252C17G07

O

—

—

MDL2300

1–3, 5, 8

MA2300S

1252C21G07

O

—

—

MDL2300

1–5, 8

MA2350

1252C17G08

O

—

—

MDL2350

1–3, 5, 8

MA2350S

1252C21G08

O

—

—

MDL2350

1–5, 8

MA2400

1252C17G09

O

—

—

MDL2400

1–3, 5, 8

MA2400S

1252C21G09

O

—

—

MDL2400

1–5, 8

MA2500

1252C17G10

O

—

—

MDL2500

1–3, 5, 8

MA2500S

1252C21G10

O

—

—

MDL2500

1–5, 8

MA2600

1252C17G11

O

—

—

MDL2600

1–3, 5, 8

MA2600S

1252C21G11

O

—

—

MDL2600

1–5, 8

MA2700

1252C17G14

O

—

—

MDL2700

1–3, 5, 8

MA2700S

1252C21G14

O

—

—

MDL2700

1–5, 8

MA2800

1252C17G15

O

—

—

MDL2800

1–3, 5, 8

MA2800F

2600D43G01

O

—

—

MDL2800F

1–3, 5, 8

MA2800FS

2600D43G03

O

—

—

MDL2800F

1–5, 8

MA2800S

1252C21G15

O

—

—

MDL2800

1–5, 8

MA2800WK

752B071G01

O

—

—

MDL2800WK

1–3, 5, 8

MA2800WSK

752B071G02

O

—

—

MDL2800WK

1–3, 5, 8

MA3125

1252C17G16

O

HMA3125

504C741G16

KD3125

1–3, 5, 8

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

1

25
V12-T3-147

3
1
2
3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Replacement Breaker Cross-Reference
Replacements

Replacement Breaker
Catalog Number

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75 Catalog Number

MARK 75 Style Number

Series C Catalog Number

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

MA3125S

1252C21G16

O

HMA3125

504C741G16

KD3125

1–5, 8

MA3150

1252C17G17

O

HMA3150

504C741G17

KD3150

1–3, 5, 8

MA3150S

1252C21G17

O

HMA3150

504C741G17

KD3150

1–5, 8

MA3175

1252C17G18

O

HMA3175

504C741G18

KD3175

1–3, 5, 8

MA3175S

1252C21G18

O

HMA3175

504C741G18

KD3175

1–5, 8

MA3200

1252C17G19

O

HMA3200

504C741G19

KD3200

1–3, 5, 8

5

MA3200S

1252C21G19

O

HMA3200

504C741G19

KD3200

1–5, 8

MA3225

1252C17G20

O

HMA3225

504C741G20

KD3225

1–3, 5, 8

6

MA3225S

1252C21G20

O

HMA3225

504C741G20

KD3225

1–5, 8

MA3250

1252C17G21

O

HMA3250

504C741G21

KD3250

1–3, 5, 8

7

MA3250S

1252C21G21

O

HMA3250

504C741G21

KD3250

1–5, 8

MA3300

1252C17G22

O

HMA3300

504C741G22

MDL3300

1–3, 5, 8

8

MA3300S

1252C21G22

O

HMA3300

504C741G22

MDL3300

1–5, 8

MA3350

1252C17G23

O

HMA3350

504C741G23

MDL3350

1–3, 5, 8

9

MA3350S

1252C21G23

O

HMA3350

504C741G23

MDL3350

1–5, 8

MA3400

1252C17G24

O

HMA3400

504C741G24

MDL3400

1–3, 5, 8

10

MA3400S

1252C21G24

O

HMA3400

504C741G24

MDL3400

1–5, 8

MA3500

1252C17G25

O

HMA3500

504C741G25

MDL3500

1–3, 5, 8

11

MA3500S

1252C21G25

O

HMA3500

504C741G25

MDL3500

1–5, 8

MA3600

1252C17G26

O

HMA3600

504C741G26

MDL3600

1–3, 5, 8

12

MA3600S

1252C21G26

O

HMA3600

504C741G26

MDL3600

1–5, 8

MA3700

1252C17G27

O

HMA3700

504C741G27

MDL3700

1–3, 5, 8

MA3700S

1252C21G27

O

HMA3700

504C741G27

MDL3700

1–5, 8

MA3800

1252C17G28

O

HMA3800

504C741G28

MDL3800

1–3, 5, 8

MA3800F

2600D43G02

O

HMA3800F

373B237G04

MDL3800F

—

MA3800FS

2600D43G04

O

HMA3800F

373B237G04

MDL3800F

1–5, 8

MA3800S

1252C21G28

O

HMA3800

504C741G28

MDL3800

1–5, 8

MA3800WK

752B071G06

O

—

—

MDL3800WK

1–3, 5, 8

4

13
14
15

MA3800WSK

752B071G07

O

—

—

MDL3800WK

1–3, 5, 8

16

MAY3600

NO STYLE

O

—

—

HMDL3600

—

MAY3700

NO STYLE

O

—

—

HMDL3700

—

17

MAY3800

NO STYLE

O

—

—

HMDL3800

—

MAY3800F

1240C54G01

O

—

—

HMDL3800F

—

18

MC2800F

6590C16G01

O

—

—

MDL3800F/MES3800LS

1–3, 5, 8

MC2800FM

6590C16G03

O

—

—

MDL3800F/MES3800LS

1–3, 5, 8

19

MC2800WK

752B071G03

O

—

—

MDL2800WK

1–3, 5, 8

MC3800F

6590C16G02

O

HMC3800F

6590C16G06

MDL3800F/MES3800LS

1–3, 5, 8

20

MC3800FM

6590C16G04

O

HMC3800F

6590C16G06

MDL3800F/MES3800LS

1–3, 5, 8

MC3800WK

752B071G08

O

—

—

MDL3800WK

1–3, 5, 8

21

MCA2800F

6590C16G13

O

—

—

MDL3800F/MES3800LSI

1–3, 5, 8

MCA3800F

6590C16G14

O

HMCA3800F

6590C16G18

MDL3800F/MES3800LSI

1–3, 5, 8

22

MCC2800WK

NO STYLE

O

—

—

—

1–3, 5, 8

MCC3800F

6590C14G02

O

HMCC3800F

6590C14G06

CMDL3800F/MES3800LS

1–3, 5, 8

MCC3800WK

NO STYLE

O

—

—

—

1–3, 5, 8

MCCA3800F

6590C14G14

O

HMCCA3800F

6590C14G18

CMDL3800F/MES3800LSI

1–3, 5, 8

24

MCCG3800F

1242C62G01

O

HMCCG3800F

1242C62G09

CMDL3800F/MES3800LSG

1–3, 5, 8

MCCGA3800F

1242C62G03

O

HMCCGA3800F

1242C62G11

CMDL3800F/MES3800LSIG

1–3, 5, 8

25

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

23

V12-T3-148

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Replacement Breaker Cross-Reference
Replacements

Replacement Breaker

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

Catalog Number

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75 Catalog Number

MARK 75 Style Number

MCG3800F

1242C60G01

O

HMCG3800F

2612D86G08

MDL3800F/MES3800LSG

1–3, 5, 8

MCGA3800F

1270C62G03

O

HMCGA3800F

1242C60G11

MDL3800F/MES3800LSIG

1–3, 5, 8

MCP03150CR

2610D55G04

A

—

—

HMCP015E0C

1–3, 5, 7, 8

MCP03150R

2610D54G24

A

—

—

HMCP015E0

1–3, 5, 7, 8

Series C Catalog Number

MCP0322CR

2610D55G02

A

—

—

HMCP003A0C

1–3, 5, 7, 8

MCP0322R

2610D54G22

A

—

—

HMCP003A0

1–3, 5, 7, 8

MCP0358CR

2610D55G03

A

—

—

HMCP007C0C

1–3, 5, 7, 8

MCP0358R

2610D54G23

A

—

—

HMCP007C0

1–3, 5, 7, 8

MCP13300CR

2610D55G05

A

—

—

HMCP030H1C

1–3, 5, 7, 8

MCP13300R

2610D54G25

A

—

—

HMCP030H1

1–3, 5, 7, 8

MCP23480CR

2610D55G06

A

—

—

HMCP050K2C

1–3, 5, 7, 8

MCP23480R

2610D54G26

A

—

—

HMCP050K2

1–3, 5, 7, 8

MCP331000CR

2610D55G07

A

—

—

HMCP100R3C

1–3, 5, 7, 8

MCP331000R

2610D54G27

A

—

—

HMCP100R3

1–3, 5, 7, 8

MCP431550CR

2610D55G09

A

—

—

HMCP150T4C

1–3, 5, 7, 8

MCP431550R

2610D54G28

A

—

—

HMCP150T4

1–3, 5, 7, 8

MCP431800CR

2610D55G08

A

—

—

HMCP150U4C

1–3, 5, 7, 8

MCP431800R

2610D54G30

A

—

—

HMCP150U4

1–3, 5, 7, 8

MCP532500

752B418G21

O

—

—

HMCP250W5

1–3, 5, 7, 8

MCP532500C

752B418G11

O

—

—

HMCP250W5C

1–3, 5, 7, 8

MCP534000

673B019G15

O

HLB34000M

179C850G22

HMCP400X5

1–3, 5, 7, 8

MCP534000C

673B019G21

O

HLB34000M

179C850G22

HMCP400X5C

1–3, 5, 7, 8

NB21000

1234C24G15

O

—

—

ND212T33W/12NES1000T+

1–3, 5, 8

NB21000S

1234C25G16

O

—

—

ND212T33W/12NES1000T+

1–5, 8

NB21200

1234C24G17

O

—

—

ND212T33W/12NES1200T+

1–3, 5, 8

NB21200F

2610D64G01

O

—

—

ND212T33W

—

NB21200FS

4997D20G03

O

—

—

ND212T33W/12NES1200T+

1–5, 8

NB21200S

1234C25G18

O

—

—

ND212T33W/12NES1200T+

1–5, 8

NB21200WK

752B682G01

O

—

—

ND312WK

1–3, 5, 8

NB21200WSK

752B682G02

O

—

—

ND312WK

1–3, 5, 8

NB2700

1234C24G12

O

—

—

ND2800T33W/8NES700T+

1–3, 5, 8

NB2700S

1234C25G13

O

—

—

ND2800T33W/8NES700T+

1–5, 8

NB2800

1234C24G13

O

—

—

ND2800T33W/8NES800T+

1–3, 5, 8

NB2800S

1234C25G14

O

—

—

ND2800T33W/8NES800T+

1–5, 8

NB2900

1234C25G14

O

—

—

ND212T33W/12NES900T+

1–3, 5, 8

NB2900S

1234C25G15

O

—

—

ND212T33W/12NES900T+

1–5, 8

NB31000

1234C24G33

O

HNB31000

177C099G33

ND312T33W/12NES1000T+

1–3, 5, 8

NB31000S

1234C25G33

O

HNB31000

177C099G33

ND312T33W/12NES1000T+

1–5, 8

NB31200

1234C24G35

O

HNB31200

177C099G35

ND312T33W/12NES1200T+

1–3, 5, 8

NB31200F

2610D64G02

O

HNB31200F

625B494G08

ND312T33W

—

NB31200FS

2610D64G04

O

HNB31200F

625B494G08

ND312T33W

1–5, 8

NB31200S

1234C25G35

O

HNB31200

177C099G35

ND312T33W/12NES1200T+

1–5, 8

NB31200WK

752B682G06

O

—

—

ND312WK

1–3, 5, 8

NB31200WSK

752B682G07

O

—

—

ND312WK

1–3, 5, 8

NB3700

1234C24G30

O

HNB3700

177C099G30

ND3800T33W/8NES700T+

1–3, 5, 8

NB3700S

1234C25G30

O

HNB3700

177C099G30

ND3800T33W/8NES700T+

1–5, 8

NB3800

1234C24G31

O

HNB3800

177C099G31

ND3800T33W/8NES800T+

1–3, 5, 8

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

1

25
V12-T3-149

3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Replacement Breaker Cross-Reference
Replacements

Replacement Breaker
Catalog Number

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75 Catalog Number

MARK 75 Style Number

Series C Catalog Number

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

NB3800S

1234C25G31

O

HNB3800

177C099G31

ND3800T33W/8NES800T+

1–5, 8

NB3900

1234C24G32

O

HNB3900

177C099G32

ND312T33W/12NES900T+

1–3, 5, 8

NB3900S

1234C25G32

O

HNB3900

177C099G32

ND312T33W/12NES900T+

1–5, 8

NBY31000

NO STYLE

O

—

—

HND312T33W/12NES1000T+

—
—

NBY31200F

1240C62G01

O

—

—

HND312T33W/12NES1200T+

NBY3700

NO STYLE

O

—

—

HND3800T33W/8NES700T+

—

NBY3800

NO STYLE

O

—

—

HND3800T33W/8NES800T+

—

NBY3900

NO STYLE

O

—

—

HND312T33W/12NES900T+

—

NC21200F

2613D29G10

O

—

—

ND212T33W

1–3, 5, 8

NC21200FM

2613D29G12

O

—

—

ND212T33W

1–3, 5, 8

NC21200WK

752B682G03

O

—

—

ND312WK

1–3, 5, 8

NC31200F

2613D29G09

O

HNC31200F

2613D29G05

ND312T33W

1–3, 5, 8

8

NC31200FM

2613D29G11

O

HNC31200F

2613D29G05

ND312T33W

1–3, 5, 8

NC31200WK

752B682G08

O

—

—

ND312WK

1–3, 5, 8

9

NCA21200F

2613D29G22

O

OMIT

OMIT

ND312T32W

1–3, 5, 8

NCA31200F

2613D29G21

O

HNCA31200F

2613D29G17

ND312T32W

1–3, 5, 8

NCG31200F

1242C72G18

O

HNCG31200F

2612D87G07

ND312T35W

1–3, 5, 8

NCGA31200F

1242C72G11

O

HNCGA31200F

1373D87G12

ND312T36W

1–3, 5, 8

11

PB21000

177C181G29

O

—

—

RD316T33W/16RES10T+

1–3, 5, 8

PB210000TM

373D488G04

O

—

—

—

2, 8

12

PB21200

177C181G30

O

—

—

RD316T33W/16RES12T+

1–3, 5, 8

PB212000TM

373D488G06

O

—

—

—

2, 8

PB21400

177C181G31

O

—

—

RD316T33W/16RES14T

1–3, 5, 8

PB21600

177C181G32

O

—

—

RD316T33W/16RES16T

1–3, 5, 8

PB21800

177C181G33

O

—

—

—

—

PB22000

177C181G34

O

—

—

RD320T33W/20RES20T

1–3, 5, 8

10

13
14
15

PB22000WK

752B076G01

O

—

—

RD320WK

1–3, 5, 8

PB22500F

654D456G05

O

—

—

—

1–3, 5, 8

PB22500WK

752B076G02

O

—

—

—

1–3, 5, 8

16

PB25000TM

373D487G02

O

—

—

—

2, 8

PB2600

177C181G25

O

—

—

RD316T33W/16RES08T

1–3, 5, 8

17

PB26000TM

373D487G04

O

—

—

—

2, 8

PB2700

177C181G26

O

—

—

RD316T33W/16RES08T

1–3, 5, 8

18

PB27000TM

373D487G06

O

—

—

—

2, 8

PB2800

177C181G27

O

—

—

RD316T33W/16RES08T

1–3, 5, 8

19

PB28000TM

373D488G02

O

—

—

—

2, 8

PB2900

177C181G28

O

—

—

—

—

20

PB31000

177C181G41

A

—

—

RD316T33W/16RES10T+

1–3, 5, 8

PB31200

177C181G42

A

—

—

RD316T33W/16RES12T+

1–3, 5, 8

21

PB31400

177C181G43

A

—

—

RD316T33W/16RES14T+

1–3, 5, 8

PB31600

177C181G44

A

—

—

RD316T33W/16RES16T+

1–3, 5, 8

22

PB31800

177C181G45

A

—

—

—

—

PB32000

177C181G46

A

—

—

RD320T33W/20RES20T+

1–3, 5, 8

23

PB32000WK

752B076G12

A

—

—

RD320WK

1–3, 5, 8

PB32500F

654D456G06

A

—

—

RD325T33W

1–3, 5, 8

24

PB32500WK

752B076G13

A

—

—

—

1–3, 5, 8

PB3600

177C181G37

A

—

—

—

—

25

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

V12-T3-150

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Replacement Breaker Cross-Reference
Replacements

Replacement Breaker

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

Catalog Number

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75 Catalog Number

MARK 75 Style Number

Series C Catalog Number

PB3700

177C181G38

A

—

—

—

—

PB3800

177C181G39

A

—

—

RD316T33W+/16RES08T

1–3, 5, 8

PB3900

177C181G40

A

—

—

—

—

PBF21000

177C771G05

O

—

—

RD316T33W/16RES10T+

1–3, 5, 8

PBF210000TM

506C131G32

O

—

—

—

2, 8

PBF21200

177C771G06

O

—

—

RD316T33W/16RES12T+

1–3, 5, 8

PBF212000TM

506C131G33

O

—

—

—

2, 8

PBF21400

177C771G07

O

—

—

RD316T33W/16RES14T

1–3, 5, 8

PBF21600

177C771G08

O

—

—

RD316T33W/16RES16T

1–3, 5, 8

PBF21800

177C771G09

O

—

—

—

—

PBF22000

177C771G10

O

—

—

RE320T33W/20RES20T

1–3, 5, 8

PBF22000F

5663D38G03

O

—

—

—

1–3, 5, 8

PBF22000K

PBF22000K

O

—

—

RD320WK

1–3, 5, 8

PBF25000TM

506C131G28

O

—

—

—

2, 8

PBF2600

177C771G01

O

—

—

—

—

PBF26000TM

506C131G29

O

—

—

—

2, 8

PBF2700

177C771G02

O

—

—

—

—

PBF27000TM

506C131G30

O

—

—

—

2, 8

PBF2800

177C771G03

O

—

—

RD316T33W/16RES08T

1–3, 5, 8

PBF28000TM

506C131G31

O

—

—

—

2, 8

PBF2900

177C771G04

O

—

—

—

—

PBF31000

177C771G17

A

—

—

RD316T33W+

1–3, 5, 8

PBF31200

177C771G18

A

—

—

RD316T33W+

1–3, 5, 8

PBF31400

177C771G19

A

—

—

RD316T33W+

1–3, 5, 8

PBF31600

177C771G20

A

—

—

RD316T33W+

1–3, 5, 8

PBF31800

177C771G21

A

—

—

—

—

PBF32000

177C771G22

A

—

—

RD320T33W+

1–3, 5, 8

PBF32000F

5663D38G01

A

—

—

—

1–3, 5, 8

PBF32000WK

752B076G13

A

—

—

RD320WK

1–3, 5, 8

PBF3600

177C771G13

A

—

—

RD316T33W/16RES08T+

1–3, 5, 8

PBF3700

177C771G14

A

—

—

RD316T33W/16RES08T+

1–3, 5, 8

PBF3800

177C771G15

A

—

—

RD316T33W/16RES08T+

1–3, 5, 8

PBF3900

177C771G16

A

—

—

RD316T33W/16RES10T+

1–3, 5, 8

PC22000F

6590C19G01

O

—

—

RD320T33W

1–3, 5, 8

PC22000FM

6590C19G03

O

—

—

RD320T33W

1–3, 5, 8

PC22000WK

753B081G04

O

—

—

RD320WK

1–3, 5, 8

PC22500F

6590C19G05

O

—

—

RD325T33W

1–3, 5, 8

PC22500FM

6590C19G07

O

—

—

RD325T33W

1–3, 5, 8

PC22500WK

752B076G05

O

—

—

—

1–3, 5, 8

PC23000F

6590C19G09

O

—

—

—

1–3, 5, 8

PC23000FM

6590C19G11

O

—

—

—

1–3, 5, 8

PC23000K

753B081G06

O

—

—

—

1–3, 5, 8

PC32000F

6590C19G02

A

—

—

RD320T33W

1–3, 5, 8

PC32000FM

6590C19G04

O

PC32000F

6590C19G02

RD320T33W

1–3, 5, 8

PC32000WK

753B081G15

A

—

—

RD320WK

1–3, 5, 8

PC32500F

6590C19G06

A

—

—

RD325T33W

1–3, 5, 8

PC32500FM

6590C19G08

O

PC32500F

6590C19G06

RD325T33W

1–3, 5, 8

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

1

25
V12-T3-151

3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Replacement Breaker Cross-Reference
Replacements

Replacement Breaker
Catalog Number

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75 Catalog Number

MARK 75 Style Number

Series C Catalog Number

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

PC32500WK

753B081G16

A

—

—

—

1–3, 5, 8

PC33000F

6590C19G10

A

—

—

—

1–3, 5, 8

PC33000FM

6590C19G12

O

PC33000F

6590C19G10

—

1–3, 5, 8

PC33000K

753B081G17

A

—

—

—

1–3, 5, 8

PCA22000F

6590C19G17

O

—

—

RD320T32W

1–3, 5, 8
1–3, 5, 8

PCA22500F

6590C19G21

O

—

—

RD325T32W

PCA22500FM

6590C19G07

O

—

—

RD325T32W

1–3, 5, 8

PCA23000F

6590C19G25

O

—

—

—

1–3, 5, 8

PCA32000F

6590C19G18

A

—

—

RD320T32W

1–3, 5, 8

PCA32500F

6590C19G22

A

—

—

RD325T32W

1–3, 5, 8

PCA33000F

6590C19G26

A

—

—

—

1–3, 5, 8

PCC22000F

6590C20G01

O

—

—

CRD320T33W

1–3, 5, 8
1–3, 5, 8

PCC22000FM

6590C20G03

O

—

—

CRD320T33W

PCC22000WK

752B076G09

O

—

—

—

1–3, 5, 8

PCC22500F

6590C20G05

O

—

—

—

1–3, 5, 8

PCC22500FM

6590C20G07

O

—

—

—

1–3, 5, 8

10

PCC22500WK

753B081G05

O

—

—

—

1–3, 5, 8

PCC23000F

6590C20G09

O

—

—

—

1–3, 5, 8

11

PCC23000FM

6590C20G11

O

—

—

—

1–3, 5, 8

PCC23000K

753B081G11

O

—

—

—

1–3, 5, 8

PCC32000F

6590C20G02

A

—

—

CRD320T33W

1–3, 5, 8

PCC32000FM

6590C20G04

O

PCC32000F

6590C20G02

CRD320T33W

1–3, 5, 8

9

12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19

PCC32000WK

753B081G20

A

—

—

—

1–3, 5, 8

PCC32500F

6590C20G06

A

—

—

—

1–3, 5, 8

PCC32500FM

6590C20G08

O

PCC32500F

6590C20G06

—

1–3, 5, 8

PCC32500WK

753B081G21

A

—

—

—

1–3, 5, 8

PCC33000F

6590C20G10

A

—

—

—

1–3, 5, 8

PCC33000FM

6590C20G12

O

PCC33000F

6590C20G10

—

1–3, 5, 8

PCC33000K

753B081G22

A

—

—

—

1–3, 5, 8

PCCA22000F

6590C20G17

O

—

—

CRD320T32W

1–3, 5, 8

PCCA22500F

6590C20G21

O

—

—

—

1–3, 5, 8

PCCA23000F

6590C20G25

O

—

—

—

1–3, 5, 8

PCCA32000F

6590C20G18

A

—

—

CRD320T32W

1–3, 5, 8

PCCA32500F

6590C20G22

A

—

—

—

1–3, 5, 8

PCCA33000F

6590C20G26

A

—

—

—

1–3, 5, 8

PCCF22000F

6590C18G01

O

—

—

CRD320T33W

1–3, 5, 8

PCCF22000FM

6590C18G03

O

—

—

CRD320T33W

1–3, 5, 8

20

PCCF22500F

6590C18G05

O

—

—

—

1–3, 5, 8

PCCF22500FM

6590C18G07

O

—

—

—

1–3, 5, 8

21

PCCF32000F

6590C18G02

A

—

—

CRD320T33W

1–3, 5, 8

PCCF32000FM

6590C18G04

O

PCCF32000F

6590C18G02

CRD320T33W

1–3, 5, 8

22

PCCF32500F

6590C18G06

A

—

—

—

1–3, 5, 8

PCCF32500FM

6590C18G08

O

PCCF32500F

6590C18G06

—

1–3, 5, 8

23

PCCFA22000F

1225C07G13

O

—

—

CRD320T32W

1–3, 5, 8

PCCFA22500F

6590C18G17

O

—

—

—

1–3, 5, 8

24

PCCFA32000F

6590C18G14

A

—

—

CRD320T32W

1–3, 5, 8

PCCFA32500F

6590C18G18

A

—

—

—

1–3, 5, 8

25

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

V12-T3-152

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Replacement Breaker Cross-Reference
Replacements

Replacement Breaker
Catalog Number

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75 Catalog Number

MARK 75 Style Number

Series C Catalog Number

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

PCCFG32000F

1242C76G17

A

—

—

CRD320T35W

1–3, 5, 8

PCCFG32500F

1242C76G18

A

—

—

—

1–3, 5, 8

PCCFGA32000F

1242C78G21

A

—

—

CRD320T36W

1–3, 5, 8

PCCFGA32500F

1242C78G22

A

—

—

—

1–3, 5, 8

PCCG32000F

1242C75G25

A

—

—

CRD320T35W

1–3, 5, 8

PCCG32500F

1242C75G26

A

—

—

—

1–3, 5, 8

PCCG33000F

1242C75G27

A

—

—

—

1–3, 5, 8

PCCGA32000F

1242C75G31

A

—

—

CRD320T36W

1–3, 5, 8

PCCGA32500F

1242C75G32

A

—

—

—

1–3, 5, 8

PCCGA33000F

1242C75G33

A

—

—

—

1–3, 5, 8

PCF22000F

6590C17G01

O

—

—

RD320T33W

1–3, 5, 8

PCF22000FM

6590C17G03

O

—

—

RD320T33W

1–3, 5, 8

PCF22000K

753B081G08

O

—

—

RD320WK

1–3, 5, 8

PCF22500FM

6590C17G07

O

—

—

RD325T33W

1–3, 5, 8

PCF32000F

6590C17G02

A

—

—

RD320T33W

1–3, 5, 8

PCF32000FM

6590C17G04

O

PCF32000F

6590C17G02

RD320T33W

1–3, 5, 8

PCF32000K

753B081G19

A

—

—

RD320WK

1–3, 5, 8

PCF32500F

6590C17G06

A

—

—

RD325T33W

1–3, 5, 8

PCF32500FM

6590C17G08

O

PCF32500F

6590C17G06

RD325T33W

1–3, 5, 8

PCFA22000F

6590C17G13

O

—

—

RD320T32W

1–3, 5, 8

PCFA22500F

6590C17G17

O

—

—

RD325T32W

1–3, 5, 8

PCFA32000F

6590C17G14

A

—

—

RD320T32W

1–3, 5, 8

PCFA32500F

6590C17G18

A

—

—

RD325T32W

1–3, 5, 8

PCFG32000F

1242C76G01

A

—

—

RD320T35W

1–3, 5, 8

PCFG32500F

1242C76G02

A

—

—

RD325T35W

1–3, 5, 8

PCFGA32000F

1242C76G05

A

—

—

RD320T36W

1–3, 5, 8

PCFGA32500F

1242C76G06

A

—

—

RD325T36W

1–3, 5, 8

PCG32000F

1242C75G01

A

—

—

RD320T35W

1–3, 5, 8

PCG32500F

1242C75G02

A

—

—

RD325T35W

1–3, 5, 8

PCG33000F

1242C75G03

A

—

—

—

1–3, 5, 8

PCGA32000F

1242C75G07

A

—

—

RD320T36W

1–3, 5, 8

PCGA32500F

1242C75G08

A

—

—

RD325T36W

1–3, 5, 8

PCGA33000F

1242C75G09

A

—

—

—

1–3, 5, 8

RE1010

1375D81G01

O

—

—

—

3, 10

RE1015

1375D81G02

O

—

—

Reconditioned E1015

10

RE1020

1375D81G03

O

—

—

Reconditioned E1020

10

RE1025

1375D81G04

O

—

—

Reconditioned E1025

10

RE1030

1375D81G05

O

—

—

Reconditioned E1030

10

RE1040

1375D81G07

O

—

—

Reconditioned E1040

10

RE1050

1375D81G08

O

—

—

Reconditioned E1050

10

RE1060

1375D81G09

O

—

—

Reconditioned E1060

10

RE1070

1375D81G10

O

—

—

Reconditioned E1070

10

RE1080

1375D81G11

O

—

—

Reconditioned E1080

10

RE1090

1375D81G12

O

—

—

Reconditioned E1090

10

RE1100

1375D81G13

O

—

—

Reconditioned E1100

10

RE2015

1375D81G18

O

—

—

Reconditioned E2015

10

RE2020

1375D81G19

O

—

—

Reconditioned E2020

10

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

1

25
V12-T3-153

3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Replacement Breaker Cross-Reference
Replacements

Replacement Breaker
Catalog Number

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75 Catalog Number

MARK 75 Style Number

Series C Catalog Number

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

RE2025

1375D81G20

O

—

—

Reconditioned E2025

10

RE2030

1375D81G21

O

—

—

Reconditioned E2030

10

RE2040

1375D81G23

O

—

—

Reconditioned E2040

10

RE2050

1375D81G24

O

—

—

Reconditioned E2050

10

RE2060

1375D81G25

O

—

—

Reconditioned E2060

10

RE2070

1375D81G26

O

—

—

Reconditioned E2070

10

RE2080

1375D81G27

O

—

—

Reconditioned E2080

10

RE2090

1375D81G28

O

—

—

Reconditioned E2090

10

RE2100

1375D81G29

O

—

—

Reconditioned E2100

10

RE3015

1375D81G34

O

—

—

Reconditioned E3015

10

RE3020

1375D81G35

O

—

—

Reconditioned E3020

10

RE3025

1375D81G36

O

—

—

Reconditioned E3025

10

RE3030

1375D81G37

O

—

—

Reconditioned E3030

10

RE3040

1375D81G39

O

—

—

Reconditioned E3040

10

9

RE3050

1375D81G40

O

—

—

Reconditioned E3050

10

RE3060

1375D81G41

O

—

—

Reconditioned E3060

10

10

RE3070

1375D81G42

O

—

—

Reconditioned E3070

10

RE3080

1375D81G43

O

—

—

Reconditioned E3080

10

11

RE3090

1375D81G44

O

—

—

Reconditioned E3090

10

RE3100

1375D81G45

O

—

—

Reconditioned E3100

10
—

12
13

REA1010

1375D82G01

O

—

—

—

REA1015

1375D82G02

O

—

—

Reconditioned EA1015

10

REA1020

1375D82G03

O

—

—

Reconditioned EA1020

10

REA1025

1375D82G04

O

—

—

Reconditioned EA1025

10

14

REA1030

1375D82G05

O

—

—

Reconditioned EA1030

10

REA1035

1375D82G06

O

—

—

Reconditioned EA1035

10

15

REA1040

1375D82G07

O

—

—

Reconditioned EA1040

10

REA1050

1375D82G08

O

—

—

Reconditioned EA1050

10

REA1060

1375D82G09

O

—

—

Reconditioned EA1060

10

16

REA1070

1375D82G10

O

—

—

Reconditioned EA1070

10

17
18
19
20
21
22

REA1080

1375D82G11

O

—

—

Reconditioned EA1080

10

REA1090

1375D82G12

O

—

—

Reconditioned EA1090

10

REA1100

1375D82G13

O

—

—

Reconditioned EA1100

10

REA2015

1375D82G18

O

—

—

Reconditioned EA2015

10

REA2020

1375D82G19

O

—

—

Reconditioned EA2020

10

REA2025

1375D82G20

O

—

—

Reconditioned EA2025

10

REA2030

1375D82G21

O

—

—

Reconditioned EA2030

10

REA2040

1375D82G23

O

—

—

Reconditioned EA2040

10

REA2050

1375D82G24

O

—

—

Reconditioned EA2050

10

REA2060

1375D82G25

O

—

—

Reconditioned EA2060

10

REA2070

1375D82G26

O

—

—

Reconditioned EA2070

10

REA2080

1375D82G27

O

—

—

Reconditioned EA2080

10

REA2090

1375D82G28

O

—

—

Reconditioned EA2090

10

REA2100

1375D82G29

O

—

—

Reconditioned EA2100

10

REA3015

1375D82G34

O

—

—

Use REH3015

10

24

REA3020

1375D82G35

O

—

—

Use REH3020

10

REA3025

1375D82G36

O

—

—

Use REH3025

10

25

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

23

V12-T3-154

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Replacement Breaker Cross-Reference
Replacements

Replacement Breaker
Catalog Number

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75 Catalog Number

MARK 75 Style Number

Series C Catalog Number

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

REA3030

1375D82G37

O

—

—

Use REH3030

10

REA3040

1375D82G39

O

—

—

Use REH3040

10

REA3050

1375D82G40

O

—

—

Use REH3050

10

REA3060

1375D82G41

O

—

—

Use REH3060

10

REA3070

1375D82G42

O

—

—

Use REH3070

10

REA3080

1375D82G43

O

—

—

Use REH3080

10

REA3090

1375D82G44

O

—

—

Use REH3090

10

REA3100

1375D82G45

O

—

—

Use REH3100

10

REH1010

1375D83G01

O

—

—

—

3, 10

REH1015

1375D83G02

O

—

—

Reconditioned EH1015

10

REH1020

1375D83G03

O

—

—

Reconditioned EH1020

10

REH1025

1375D83G04

O

—

—

Reconditioned EH1025

10

REH1030

1375D83G05

O

—

—

Reconditioned EH1030

10

REH1040

1375D83G07

O

—

—

Reconditioned EH1040

10

REH1050

1375D83G08

O

—

—

Reconditioned EH1050

10

REH1060

1375D83G09

O

—

—

Reconditioned EH1060

10

REH1070

1375D83G10

O

—

—

Reconditioned EH1070

10

REH1080

1375D83G11

O

—

—

Reconditioned EH1080

10

REH1090

1375D83G12

O

—

—

Reconditioned EH1090

10

REH1100

1375D83G13

O

—

—

Reconditioned EH1100

10

REH2015

1375D83G18

O

—

—

Reconditioned EH2015

10

REH2020

1375D83G19

O

—

—

Reconditioned EH2020

10

REH2025

1375D83G20

O

—

—

Reconditioned EH2025

10

REH2030

1375D83G21

O

—

—

Reconditioned EH2030

10

REH2040

1375D83G23

O

—

—

Reconditioned EH2040

10

REH2050

1375D83G24

O

—

—

Reconditioned EH2050

10

REH2060

1375D83G25

O

—

—

Reconditioned EH2060

10

REH2070

1375D83G26

O

—

—

Reconditioned EH2070

10

REH2080

1375D83G27

O

—

—

Reconditioned EH2080

10

REH2090

1375D83G28

O

—

—

Reconditioned EH2090

10

REH2100

1375D83G29

O

—

—

Reconditioned EH2100

10

REH3015

1375D83G34

A

—

—

—

3, 10

REH3020

1375D83G35

A

—

—

—

3, 10

REH3025

1375D83G36

A

—

—

—

3, 10

REH3030

1375D83G37

A

—

—

—

3, 10

REH3040

1375D83G39

A

—

—

—

3, 10

REH3050

1375D83G40

A

—

—

—

3, 10

REH3060

1375D83G41

A

—

—

—

3, 10

REH3070

1375D83G42

A

—

—

—

3, 10

REH3080

1375D83G43

A

—

—

—

3, 10

REH3090

1375D83G44

A

—

—

—

3, 10

REH3100

1375D83G45

A

—

—

—

3, 10

RF2015

1375D86G02

O

—

—

Reconditioned F2015

3, 10

RF2020

1375D86G03

O

—

—

Reconditioned F2020

3, 10

RF2025

NO STYLE

O

—

—

Reconditioned F2025

3, 10

RF2030

1375D86G05

O

—

—

Reconditioned F2030

3, 10

RF2040

1375D86G07

O

—

—

Reconditioned F2040

3, 10

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

1

25
V12-T3-155

3
1

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Replacement Breaker Cross-Reference
Replacements

Replacement Breaker
Catalog Number

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75 Catalog Number

MARK 75 Style Number

Series C Catalog Number

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

RF2050

1375D86G08

O

—

—

Reconditioned F2050

3, 10

RF2060

1375D86G09

O

—

—

Reconditioned F2060

3, 10

RF2070

1375D86G10

O

—

—

Reconditioned F2070

3, 10

RF2080

1375D86G11

O

—

—

Reconditioned F2080

3, 10

RF2090

1375D86G12

O

—

—

Reconditioned F2090

3, 10

RF2100

1375D86G13

O

—

—

Reconditioned F2100

3, 10

5

RF3015

1375D86G18

O

RHF3015

1375D87G18

—

3, 10

RF3020

1375D86G19

O

RHF3020

1375D87G19

—

3, 10

6

RF3025

1375D86G20

O

RHF3025

1375D87G20

—

3, 10

RF3030

1375D86G21

O

RHF3030

1375D87G21

—

3, 10

7

RF3040

1375D86G23

O

RHF3040

1375D87G23

—

3, 10

RF3050

1375D86G24

O

RHF3050

1375D87G24

—

3, 10

8

RF3060

1375D86G25

O

RHF3060

1375D87G25

—

3, 10

RF3070

1375D86G26

O

RHF3070

1375D87G26

—

3, 10

9

RF3080

1375D86G27

O

RHF3080

1375D87G27

—

3, 10

RF3090

1375D86G28

O

RHF3090

1375D87G28

—

3, 10

10

RF3100

1375D86G29

O

RHF3100

1375D87G29

—

3, 10

RFA2010

1375D84G01

O

—

—

—

3, 10

11

RFA2015

1375D84G02

O

—

—

Reconditioned FA2015

3, 10

RFA2020

1375D84G03

O

—

—

Reconditioned FA2020

3, 10

12

RFA2025

1375D84G04

O

—

—

Reconditioned FA2025

3, 10

RFA2030

1375D84G05

O

—

—

Reconditioned FA2030

3, 10

RFA2040

1375D84G07

O

—

—

Reconditioned FA2040

3, 10

RFA2045

1375D84G16

O

—

—

Reconditioned FA2045

3, 10

RFA2050

1375D84G08

O

—

—

Reconditioned FA2050

3, 10

RFA2060

1375D84G09

O

—

—

Reconditioned FA2060

3, 10

RFA2070

1375D84G10

O

—

—

Reconditioned FA2070

3, 10

RFA2080

1375D84G11

O

—

—

Reconditioned FA2080

3, 10

RFA2090

1375D84G12

O

—

—

Reconditioned FA2090

3, 10

16

RFA2100

1375D84G13

O

—

—

Reconditioned FA2100

3, 10

RFA2100K

1375D84G17

O

—

—

—

3, 10

17

RFA3010

1375D84G21

O

RHFA3010

1375D85G21

—

—

RFA3015

1375D84G22

O

RHFA3015

1375D85G22

—

3, 10

RFA3020

1375D84G23

O

RHFA3020

1375D85G23

—

3, 10

2
3
4

13
14
15

18
19
20
21
22
23

RFA3025

1375D84G24

O

RHFA3025

1375D85G24

—

3, 10

RFA3030

1375D84G25

O

RHFA3030

1375D85G25

—

3, 10

RFA3040

1375D84G27

O

RHFA3040

1375D85G27

—

3, 10

RFA3045

1375D84G36

O

RHFA3045

1375D85G36

—

3, 10

RFA3050

1375D84G28

O

RHFA3050

1375D85G28

—

3, 10

RFA3060

1375D84G29

O

RHFA3060

1375D85G29

—

3, 10

RFA3070

1375D84G30

O

RHFA3070

1375D85G30

—

3, 10

RFA3080

1375D84G31

O

RHFA3080

1375D85G31

—

3, 10

RFA3090

1375D84G32

O

RHFA3090

1375D85G32

—

3, 10

RFA3100

1375D84G33

O

RHFA3100

1375D85G33

—

3, 10
—

RFA3100K

1375D84G37

O

—

—

—

24

RHF2015

1375D87G02

O

—

—

Reconditioned HF2015

10

RHF2020

1375D87G03

O

—

—

Reconditioned HF2020

10

25

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

V12-T3-156

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Replacement Breaker Cross-Reference
Replacements

Replacement Breaker
Catalog Number

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75 Catalog Number

MARK 75 Style Number

Series C Catalog Number

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

RHF2030

1375D87G05

O

—

—

Reconditioned HF2030

10

RHF2040

1375D87G07

O

—

—

Reconditioned HF2040

10

RHF2050

1375D87G08

O

—

—

Reconditioned HF2050

10

RHF2060

1375D87G09

O

—

—

Reconditioned HF2060

10

RHF2070

1375D87G10

O

—

—

Reconditioned HF2070

10

RHF2080

1375D87G11

O

—

—

Reconditioned HF2080

10

RHF2090

1375D87G12

O

—

—

Reconditioned HF2090

10

RHF2100

1375D87G13

O

—

—

Reconditioned HF2100

10

RHF3015

1375D87G18

A

—

—

—

10

RHF3020

1375D87G19

A

—

—

—

10

RHF3025

1375D87G20

A

—

—

—

10

RHF3030

1375D87G21

A

—

—

—

10

RHF3040

1375D87G23

A

—

—

—

10

RHF3050

1375D87G24

A

—

—

—

10

RHF3060

1375D87G25

A

—

—

—

10

RHF3070

1375D87G26

A

—

—

—

10

RHF3080

1375D87G27

A

—

—

—

10

RHF3090

1375D87G28

A

—

—

—

10

RHF3100

1375D87G29

A

—

—

—

10

RHFA2015

1375D85G02

O

—

—

Reconditioned FA2015

10

RHFA2020

1375D85G03

O

—

—

Reconditioned FA2020

10

RHFA2025

1375D85G04

O

—

—

Reconditioned FA2025

10

RHFA2030

1375D85G05

O

—

—

Reconditioned FA2030

10

RHFA2040

1375D85G07

O

—

—

Reconditioned FA2040

10

RHFA2050

1375D85G08

O

—

—

Reconditioned FA2050

10

RHFA2060

1375D85G09

O

—

—

Reconditioned FA2060

10

RHFA2070

1375D85G10

O

—

—

Reconditioned FA2070

10

RHFA2080

1375D85G11

O

—

—

Reconditioned FA2080

10

RHFA2090

1375D85G12

O

—

—

Reconditioned FA2090

10

RHFA2100

1375D85G13

O

—

—

Reconditioned FA2100

10

RHFA2150

1375D85G15

O

—

—

Reconditioned FA2150

10

RHFA3015

1375D85G22

A

—

—

—

10

RHFA3020

1375D85G23

A

—

—

—

10

RHFA3025

1375D85G24

A

—

—

—

10

RHFA3030

1375D85G25

A

—

—

—

10

RHFA3040

1375D85G27

A

—

—

—

10

RHFA3050

1375D85G28

A

—

—

—

10

RHFA3060

1375D85G29

A

—

—

—

10

RHFA3070

1375D85G30

A

—

—

—

10

RHFA3080

1375D85G31

A

—

—

—

10

RHFA3090

1375D85G32

A

—

—

—

10

RHFA3100

1375D85G33

A

—

—

—

10

RHFA3150

1375D85G35

A

—

—

—

10

RHK2070

1376D14G02

O

—

—

Reconditioned HK2070

10

RHK2090

1376D14G03

O

—

—

Reconditioned HK2090

10

RHK2100

1376D14G04

O

—

—

Reconditioned HK2100

10

RHK2125

1376D14G05

O

—

—

Reconditioned HK2125

10

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

1

25
V12-T3-157

3
1

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Replacement Breaker Cross-Reference
Replacements

Replacement Breaker
Catalog Number

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75 Catalog Number

MARK 75 Style Number

Series C Catalog Number

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

RHK2150

1376D14G06

O

—

—

Reconditioned HK2150

10

RHK2175

1376D14G07

O

—

—

Reconditioned HK2175

10

RHK2200

1376D14G08

O

—

—

Reconditioned HK2200

10

RHK2225

1376D14G09

O

—

—

Reconditioned HK2225

10

RHK2225K

NO STYLE

O

—

—

—

—

RHK3070

1376D14G22

A

—

—

—

10

5

RHK3090

1376D14G23

A

—

—

—

10

RHK3100

1376D14G24

A

—

—

—

10

6

RHK3125

1376D14G25

A

—

—

—

10

RHK3150

1376D14G26

A

—

—

—

10

7

RHK3175

1376D14G27

A

—

—

—

10

RHK3200

1376D14G28

A

—

—

—

10

8

RHK3225

1376D14G29

A

—

—

—

10

RHK3225K

NO STYLE

O

—

—

—

—

9

RHKL2125

1376D15G05

O

—

—

Reconditioned KL2125

10

RHKL2150

1376D15G06

O

—

—

Reconditioned KL2150

10

10

RHKL2175

1376D15G07

O

—

—

Reconditioned KL2175

10

RHKL2200

1376D15G08

O

—

—

Reconditioned KL2200

10

11

RHKL2225

1376D15G09

O

—

—

Reconditioned KL2225

10

RHKL2250

1376D15G10

O

—

—

Reconditioned KL2250

10

12

RHKL2300

1376D15G12

O

—

—

Reconditioned KL2300

10

RHKL2350

1376D15G14

O

—

—

Reconditioned KL2350

10

RHKL2400

1376D15G15

O

—

—

Reconditioned KL2400

10

RHKL2400K

NO STYLE

O

—

—

—

—

14

RHKL3125

1376D15G25

A

—

—

—

10

RHKL3150

1376D15G26

A

—

—

—

10

15

RHKL3175

1376D15G27

A

—

—

—

10

RHKL3200

1376D15G28

A

—

—

—

10

RHKL3225

1376D15G29

A

—

—

—

10

16

RHKL3250

1376D15G30

A

—

—

—

10

2
3
4

13

17

RHKL3300

1376D15G32

A

—

—

—

10

RHKL3350

1376D15G34

A

—

—

—

10

RHKL3400

1376D15G35

A

—

—

—

10

18

RHKL3400K

NO STYLE

A

—

—

—

10

RHLM2125

1376D16G05

O

—

—

Reconditioned LM2125

10

19

RHLM2150

1376D16G06

O

—

—

Reconditioned LM2150

10

RHLM2175

1376D16G07

O

—

—

Reconditioned LM2175

10

20

RHLM2200

1376D16G08

O

—

—

Reconditioned LM2200

10

RHLM2225

1376D16G09

O

—

—

Reconditioned LM2225

10

21

RHLM2250

1376D16G10

O

—

—

Reconditioned LM2250

10

RHLM2275

1376D16G11

O

—

—

Reconditioned LM2275

10

22

RHLM2300

1376D16G12

O

—

—

Reconditioned LM2300

10

RHLM2350

1376D16G14

O

—

—

Reconditioned LM2350

10

23

RHLM2400

1376D16G15

O

—

—

Reconditioned LM2400

10

RHLM2450

1376D16G16

O

—

—

Reconditioned LM2450

10

24

RHLM2500

1376D16G17

O

—

—

Reconditioned LM2500

10

RHLM2550

1376D16G18

O

—

—

Reconditioned LM2550

10

25

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

V12-T3-158

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Replacement Breaker Cross-Reference
Replacements

Replacement Breaker

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

Catalog Number

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75 Catalog Number

MARK 75 Style Number

Series C Catalog Number

RHLM2600

1376D16G19

O

—

—

Reconditioned LM2600

10

RHLM2600K

1376D16G20

O

—

—

—

—

RHLM2700

NO STYLE

O

—

—

Reconditioned LM2700

10

RHLM2800

1376D16G22

O

—

—

Reconditioned LM2800

10

RHLM3125

1376D16G35

A

—

—

—

10

RHLM3150

1376D16G36

A

—

—

—

10

RHLM3175

1376D16G37

A

—

—

—

10

RHLM3200

1376D16G38

A

—

—

—

10

RHLM3225

1376D16G39

A

—

—

—

10

RHLM3250

1376D16G40

A

—

—

—

10

RHLM3275

1376D16G41

A

—

—

—

10

RHLM3300

1376D16G42

A

—

—

—

10

RHLM3325

1376D16G43

A

—

—

—

10

RHLM3350

1376D16G44

A

—

—

—

10

RHLM3400

1376D16G45

A

—

—

—

10

RHLM3450

1376D16G46

A

—

—

—

10

RHLM3500

1376D16G47

A

—

—

—

10

RHLM3550

1376D16G48

A

—

—

—

10

RHLM3600

1376D16G49

A

—

—

—

10

RHLM3600K

1376D16G50

O

—

—

—

—

RHLM3700

1376D16G51

A

—

—

—

10

RHLM3800

1376D16G52

A

—

—

—

10

RJ2070

1376D10G02

O

—

—

Reconditioned J2070

3, 10

RJ2090

1376D10G03

O

—

—

Reconditioned J2090

3, 10

RJ2100

1376D10G04

O

—

—

Reconditioned J2100

3, 10

RJ2125

1376D10G05

O

—

—

Reconditioned J2125

3, 10

RJ2150

1376D10G06

O

—

—

Reconditioned J2150

3, 10

RJ2175

1376D10G07

O

—

—

Reconditioned J2175

3, 10

RJ2200

1376D10G08

O

—

—

Reconditioned J2200

3, 10

RJ2225

1376D10G09

O

—

—

Reconditioned J2225

3, 10

RJ2225K

NO STYLE

O

—

—

—

—

RJ3070

1376D10G22

A

—

—

—

3, 10

RJ3090

1376D10G23

A

—

—

—

3, 10

RJ3100

1376D10G24

A

—

—

—

3, 10

RJ3125

1376D10G25

A

—

—

—

3, 10

RJ3150

1376D10G26

A

—

—

—

3, 10

RJ3175

1376D10G27

A

—

—

—

3, 10

RJ3200

1376D10G28

A

—

—

—

3, 10

RJ3225

1376D10G29

A

—

—

—

3, 10

RJ3225K

NO STYLE

O

—

—

—

—

RK2070

1376D11G02

O

—

—

Reconditioned K2070

3, 10

RK2090

1376D11G03

O

—

—

Reconditioned K2090

3, 10

RK2100

1376D11G04

O

—

—

Reconditioned K2100

3, 10

RK2125

1376D11G05

O

—

—

Reconditioned K2125

3, 10

RK2150

1376D11G06

O

—

—

Reconditioned K2150

3, 10

RK2175

1376D11G07

O

—

—

Reconditioned K2175

3, 10

RK2200

1376D11G08

O

—

—

Reconditioned K2200

3, 10

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

1

25
V12-T3-159

3
1

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Replacement Breaker Cross-Reference
Replacements

Replacement Breaker

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

Catalog Number

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75 Catalog Number

MARK 75 Style Number

Series C Catalog Number

RK2225

1376D11G09

O

—

—

Reconditioned K2225

3, 10

RK2225K

1376D11G10

O

—

—

—

—

RK3070

1376D11G22

O

RHK3070

1376D14G22

—

3, 10

RK3090

1376D11G23

O

RHK3090

1376D14G23

—

3, 10

RK3100

1376D11G24

O

RHK3100

1376D14G24

—

3, 10

RK3125

1376D11G25

O

RHK3125

1376D14G25

—

3, 10

5

RK3150

1376D11G26

O

RHK3150

1376D14G26

—

3, 10

RK3175

1376D11G27

O

RHK3175

1376D14G27

—

3, 10

6

RK3200

1376D11G28

O

RHK3200

1376D14G28

—

3, 10

RK3225

1376D11G29

O

RHK3225

1376D14G29

—

3, 10

7

RK3225K

1376D11G30

O

—

—

—

—

RKL2125

1376D12G05

O

—

—

Reconditioned L2125

3, 10

8

RKL2150

1376D12G06

O

—

—

Reconditioned L2150

3, 10

RKL2175

1376D12G07

O

—

—

Reconditioned L2175

3, 10

9

RKL2200

1376D12G08

O

—

—

Reconditioned L2200

3, 10

RKL2225

1376D12G09

O

—

—

Reconditioned L2225

3, 10

10

RKL2250

1376D12G10

O

—

—

Reconditioned L2250

3, 10

RKL2275

NO STYLE

O

—

—

—

3, 10

11

RKL2300

1376D12G12

O

—

—

Reconditioned L2300

3, 10

RKL2350

1376D12G14

O

—

—

Reconditioned L2350

3, 10

12

RKL2400

1376D12G15

O

—

—

Reconditioned L2400

3, 10

RKL2400K

NO STYLE

O

—

—

—

—

RKL3125

1376D12G25

O

RHKL3125

1376D15G25

—

3, 10

RKL3150

1376D12G26

O

RHKL3150

1376D15G26

—

3, 10

2
3
4

13
14

RKL3175

1376D12G27

O

RHKL3175

1376D15G27

—

3, 10

RKL3200

1376D12G28

O

RHKL3200

1376D15G28

—

3, 10

15

RKL3225

1376D12G29

O

RHKL3225

1376D15G29

—

3, 10

RKL3250

1376D12G30

O

RHKL3250

1376D15G30

—

3, 10

RKL3300

1376D12G32

O

RHKL3300

1376D15G32

—

3, 10

16

RKL3350

1376D12G34

O

RHKL3350

1376D15G34

—

3, 10

RKL3400

1376D12G35

O

RHKL3400

1376D15G35

—

3, 10

17

RLM2125

1376D13G05

O

—

—

Reconditioned LM2125

3, 10

RLM2150

1376D13G06

O

—

—

Reconditioned LM2150

3, 10

RLM2175

1376D13G07

O

—

—

Reconditioned LM2175

3, 10
3, 10

18

RLM2200

1376D13G08

O

—

—

Reconditioned LM2200

19

RLM2225

1376D13G09

O

—

—

Reconditioned LM2225

3, 10

RLM2250

1376D13G10

O

—

—

Reconditioned LM2250

3, 10

20

RLM2275

1376D13G11

O

—

—

Reconditioned LM2275

3, 10

RLM2300

1376D13G12

O

—

—

Reconditioned LM2300

3, 10

21

RLM2350

1376D13G14

O

—

—

Reconditioned LM2350

3, 10

RLM2400

1376D13G15

O

—

—

Reconditioned LM2400

3, 10

RLM2500

1376D13G17

O

—

—

Reconditioned LM2500

3, 10

22
23

RLM2600

1376D13G19

O

—

—

Reconditioned LM2600

3, 10

RLM2600K

1376D13G20

O

—

—

—

—

RLM2700

1376D13G21

O

—

—

Reconditioned LM2700

3, 10

24

RLM3150

1376D13G36

O

RHLM3150

1376D16G36

—

3, 10

RLM3175

1376D13G37

O

RHLM3175

1376D16G37

—

3, 10

25

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

V12-T3-160

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Replacement Breaker Cross-Reference
Replacements

Replacement Breaker
Catalog Number

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75 Catalog Number

MARK 75 Style Number

Series C Catalog Number

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

RLM3200

1376D13G38

O

RHLM3200

1376D16G38

—

3, 10

RLM3225

1376D13G39

O

RHLM3225

1376D16G39

—

3, 10

RLM3250

1376D13G40

O

RHLM3250

1376D16G40

—

3, 10

RLM3275

1376D13G41

O

RHLM3275

1376D16G41

—

3, 10

RLM3300

1376D13G42

O

RHLM3300

1376D16G42

—

3, 10

RLM3350

1376D13G44

O

RHLM3350

1376D16G44

—

3, 10

RLM3400

1376D13G45

O

RHLM3400

1376D16G45

—

3, 10

RLM3500

1376D13G47

O

RHLM3500

1376D16G47

—

3, 10

RLM3600

1376D13G49

O

RHLM3600

1376D16G49

—

3, 10

RLM3600K

1376D13G50

O

—

—

—

—

RLM3700

1376D13G51

O

RHLM3700

1376D16G51

—

3, 10

RLM3800

1376D13G52

O

RHLM3800

1376D16G52

—

3, 10

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-161

3
1
2

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Mining Breaker Replacement Cross-Reference
Replacement Breaker

Replacements

Mining and 1000V
Catalog Number

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75
Catalog Number

E2
Style Number

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

1227C36G09

1227C36G09

O

1227C36G11

E2N312W

1–3, 5, 7, 8

3

1227C36G10

1227C36G10

O

1227C36G12

E2N310W

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1227C36G11

1227C36G11

A

—

E2NM312W

1–3, 5, 7, 8

4

1227C36G12

1227C36G12

A

—

E2NM310W

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1227C36G13

1227C36G13

O

—

E2N310WS10

1–3, 5, 7, 8

5

1227C36G14

1227C36G14

O

—

E2N312WS10

1–3, 5, 7, 8

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

1227C36G19

1227C36G19

O

—

E2N312MW

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1227C37G15

1227C37G15

O

—

E2N310WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1227C37G16

1227C37G16

O

—

E2N312WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1227C37G17

1227C37G17

O

1227C36G12

E2N310W

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1227C37G18

1227C37G18

O

1229C37G19

E2N310WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1227C37G19

1227C37G19

O

—

E2N310WS10

1–3, 5, 7, 8
1–3, 5, 7, 8

1227C37G21

1227C37G21

O

—

E2N312WS10

1227C37G22

1227C37G22

O

1227C36G12

E2N312W

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1227C37G23

1227C37G23

O

1229C37G20

E2N312WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1227C37G27

1227C37G27

O

—

E2N312MW

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1227C37G28

1227C37G28

O

1229C37G18

E2N312MWU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1228C81G01

1228C81G01

A

—

—

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1228C81G02

1228C81G02

A

—

—

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1228C81G03

1228C81G03

A

—

—

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1228C81G04

1228C81G04

A

—

—

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1228C82G01

1228C82G01

A

—

—

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1228C82G02

1228C82G02

A

—

—

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1228C82G03

1228C82G03

A

—

—

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1228C82G04

1228C82G04

A

—

—

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1229C37G13

1229C37G13

O

—

E2N310WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8
1–3, 5, 7, 8

1229C37G14

1229C37G14

O

—

E2N312WU66

1229C37G15

1229C37G15

O

1229C37G19

E2N310WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1229C37G16

1229C37G16

O

—

E2N312WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1229C37G17

1229C37G17

O

1227C37G28

E2N312MWU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

17

1229C37G18

1229C37G18

A

—

E2NM312MWU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1229C37G19

1229C37G19

A

—

E2NM310WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

18

1229C37G20

1229C37G20

A

—

E2NM312WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1259C52G12

1259C52G12

O

—

E2FM050YM

1–3, 5, 7, 8

19

1259C52G13

1259C52G13

O

—

E2FM050KM

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1259C52G14

1259C52G14

O

—

E2FM100KM

1–3, 5, 7, 8

20

1259C52G15

1259C52G15

O

—

E2FM150TM

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1259C52G16

1259C52G16

O

—

E2FM050YM

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1259C52G17

1259C52G17

O

—

E2FM100KM

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1278C71G03

1278C71G03

O

5685D48G87

E2KE3225W

1–3, 5, 7, 8

16

21
22
23
24
25

1278C71G04

1278C71G04

O

5685D48G86

E2KE3225W

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1278C71G07

1278C71G07

O

—

E2KE3225WS10

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1278C71G08

1278C71G08

O

—

E2KE3225WS10

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1278C71G11

1278C71G11

O

—

E2KE3225MW

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1278C71G12

1278C71G12

O

—

E2KE3225MW

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1278C72G02

1278C72G02

O

5685D48G85

E2KE34002W

1–3, 5, 7, 8

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

V12-T3-162

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Mining Breaker Replacement Cross-Reference

1

Replacement Breaker

Replacements

Mining and 1000V
Catalog Number

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75
Catalog Number

E2
Style Number

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

1278C72G04

1278C72G04

O

—

E2KE34002WS10

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1278C72G06

1278C72G06

O

—

E2KE3400M2W

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1278C73G01

1278C73G01

O

—

E2N3600WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1278C73G02

1278C73G02

O

—

E2N3800WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1278C73G03

1278C73G03

O

5685D48G84

E2N3600WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1278C73G04

1278C73G04

O

2609D60G28

E2N3600WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1278C73G05

1278C73G05

O

—

E2N3600WS10

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1278C73G07

1278C73G07

O

—

E2N3800WS10

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1278C73G08

1278C73G08

O

5685D48G83

E2N3800W

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1278C73G09

1278C73G09

O

2609D60G29

E2N3800WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1278C73G11

1278C73G11

O

—

E2N3800MW

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1278C73G12

1278C73G12

O

2609D60G57

E2N3800MWU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1278C73G13

1278C73G13

O

—

E2N3800MW

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1278C73G14

1278C73G14

O

2609D60G58

E2N3800MWU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1284C67G01

1284C67G01

O

1284C68G01

E2KE3150W

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1284C67G02

1284C67G02

O

1284C68G02

E2KE3150WS10

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1284C67G03

1284C67G03

O

1284C68G03

E2KE3150WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1284C67G04

1284C67G04

O

1284C68G04

E2KE3150WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1284C67G05

1284C67G05

O

1284C68G05

E2LE3300W

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1284C67G06

1284C67G06

O

1284C68G06

E2LE3300WS10

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1284C67G07

1284C67G07

O

1284C68G07

E2LE3300WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1284C67G08

1284C67G08

O

1284C68G08

E2LE3300WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1284C67G09

1284C67G09

O

1284C68G09

E2LE3600W

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1284C67G10

1284C67G10

O

1284C68G10

E2LE3600WS10

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1284C67G11

1284C67G11

O

1284C68G11

E2LE3600WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1284C67G12

1284C67G12

O

1284C68G12

E2LE3600WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1284C68G01

1284C68G01

A

—

E2KEM3150W

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1284C68G02

1284C68G02

A

—

E2KEM3150WS10

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1284C68G03

1284C68G03

A

—

E2KEM3150WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1284C68G04

1284C68G04

A

—

E2KEM3150WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1284C68G05

1284C68G05

A

—

E2KEM3400W

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1284C68G06

1284C68G06

A

—

E2KEM3400WS10

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1284C68G07

1284C68G07

A

—

E2KEM3400WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1284C68G08

1284C68G08

A

—

E2KEM3400WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1284C68G09

1284C68G09

A

—

E2LEM3600W

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1284C68G10

1284C68G10

A

—

E2LEM3600WS10

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1284C68G11

1284C68G11

A

—

E2LEM3600WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1284C68G12

1284C68G12

A

—

E2LEM3600WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1284C80G01

1284C80G01

O

1284C68G01

E2KE3150W

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1284C80G02

1284C80G02

O

1284C68G02

E2KE3150WS10

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1284C80G03

1284C80G03

O

1284C68G03

E2KE3150WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1284C80G04

1284C80G04

O

1284C68G04

E2KE3150WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1284C80G05

1284C80G05

O

1284C68G05

E2LE3300W

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1284C80G06

1284C80G06

O

1284C68G06

E2LE3300WS10

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1284C80G07

1284C80G07

O

1284C68G07

E2LE3300WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1284C80G08

1284C80G08

O

1284C68G08

E2LE3300WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

2

25
V12-T3-163

3
1

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Mining Breaker Replacement Cross-Reference
Replacement Breaker

Replacements

Mining and 1000V
Catalog Number

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75
Catalog Number

E2
Style Number

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

1284C80G09

1284C80G09

O

1284C68G09

E2LE3600W

1–3, 5, 7, 8

3

1284C80G10

1284C80G10

O

1284C68G10

E2LE3600WS10

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1284C80G11

1284C80G11

O

1284C68G11

E2LE3600WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

4

1284C80G12

1284C80G12

O

1284C68G12

E2LE3600WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8
1–3, 5, 7, 8

2

1284C81G01

1284C81G01

O

1284C83G01

E2N3800W

5

1284C81G02

1284C81G02

O

1284C83G02

E2N3800WS10

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1284C81G03

1284C81G03

O

1284C83G03

E2N3800WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

6

1284C81G04

1284C81G04

O

1284C83G04

E2N3800WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1284C82G01

1284C82G01

O

1284C83G01

E2N3800W

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1284C82G02

1284C82G02

O

1284C83G02

E2N3800WS10

1–3, 5, 7, 8
1–3, 5, 7, 8

7

1284C82G03

1284C82G03

O

1284C83G03

E2N3800WU66

1284C82G04

1284C82G04

O

1284C83G04

E2N3800WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1284C83G01

1284C83G01

A

—

E2NM3800W

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1284C83G02

1284C83G02

A

—

E2NM3800WS10

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1284C83G03

1284C83G03

A

—

E2NM3800WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1284C83G04

1284C83G04

A

—

E2NM3800WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1291C26G01

1291C26G01

O

—

E2K3225AWU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1291C26G02

1291C26G02

O

—

E2K3225DWU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1291C26G03

1291C26G03

O

1291C26G12

E2K3225AWU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1291C26G04

1291C26G04

O

1291C26G13

E2K3225DWU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

12

1291C26G05

1291C26G05

O

1291C26G14

E2K3400MAWU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1291C26G06

1291C26G06

O

1291C26G15

E2K3400MDWU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

13

1291C26G07

1291C26G07

O

—

E2K3400MAWU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1291C26G08

1291C26G08

O

1291C26G16

E2K3400MAWU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

14

1291C26G12

1291C26G12

A

—

E2KEM3225WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1291C26G13

1291C26G13

A

—

E2KEM3225WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

15

1291C26G14

1291C26G14

A

—

E2KEM3225MWU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1291C26G15

1291C26G15

A

—

E2KEM3225MWU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

16

1291C26G16

1291C26G16

A

—

E2KEM3225MWU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1291C26G17

1291C26G17

O

—

E2KE3225WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

17

1291C26G18

1291C26G18

O

—

E2KE3225WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1291C26G19

1291C26G19

O

1291C26G12

E2KE3225WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

18

1291C26G20

1291C26G20

O

1291C26G13

E2KE3225WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1291C26G21

1291C26G21

O

—

E2KE3225MWU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

19

1291C26G22

1291C26G22

O

1291C26G15

E2KE3225MWU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1291C32G01

1291C32G01

O

—

E2LE3400WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

20

1291C32G02

1291C32G02

O

1291C32G07

E2LE3400WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1291C32G03

1291C32G03

O

OMIT

E2LE3400WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

21

1291C32G04

1291C32G04

O

1291C32G09

E2LE3400MWU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1291C32G05

1291C32G05

O

—

E2KE3400WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1291C32G06

1291C32G06

O

1291C32G07

E2KE34002WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1291C32G07

1291C32G07

A

—

E2KEM34002WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

8
9
10
11

22

1291C32G08

1291C32G08

O

1291C32G09

E2KE3400M2WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

23

1291C32G09

1291C32G09

A

—

E2KEM3400M2WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1366D21G01

1366D21G01

O

—

E2F030EM

1–3, 5, 7, 8

24

1366D21G02

1366D21G02

O

—

E2F050YM

1–3, 5, 7, 8

25

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

V12-T3-164

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Mining Breaker Replacement Cross-Reference

1

Replacement Breaker

Replacements

Mining and 1000V
Catalog Number

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75
Catalog Number

E2
Style Number

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

1366D21G03

1366D21G03

O

—

E2F050YM+
625B229G08

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1366D21G04

1366D21G04

O

—

E2F100KM

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1366D21G05

1366D21G05

O

—

E2F100KMU62+
625B229G08

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1366D21G06

1366D21G06

O

—

E2F050YM+
625B229G08

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1366D21G07

1366D21G07

O

—

E2F100KMU62+
625B229G08

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1366D21G08

1366D21G08

O

—

E2F030EM

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1366D21G09

1366D21G09

O

—

E2F030EM+
625B229G08

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1366D21G10

1366D21G10

O

—

E2F030EMU62+
625B229G08

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1366D21G11

1366D21G11

O

—

E2F030EMS22+
625B229G08

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1366D21G12

1366D21G12

O

—

E2F030EMU62

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1366D21G13

1366D21G13

O

—

E2F030EM

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1366D21G14

1366D21G14

O

—

E2F3030

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1366D21G15

1366D21G15

O

—

E2F3030U62

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1366D21G16

1366D21G16

O

—

E2F3030S22

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1366D21G17

1366D21G17

O

—

E2F050YM

1–3, 5, 7, 8

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

1366D21G18

1366D21G18

O

—

E2F100KM

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1366D21G19

1366D21G19

O

—

E2F100KM+
625B229G08

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1366D21G20

1366D21G20

O

—

E2F100KMU62+
625B229G08

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1366D21G22

1366D21G22

O

—

E2F100KMS22+
625B229G08

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1366D21G23

1366D21G23

A

—

E2F100KM+
625B229G08

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1366D21G24

1366D21G24

A

—

E2F100KMU62+
625B229G08

1–3, 5, 7, 8

15
16

1366D21G27

1366D21G27

O

—

E2F100KMU62

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1366D21G28

1366D21G28

O

—

E2F3100

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1366D21G29

1366D21G29

O

—

E2F3100U62

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1366D21G30

1366D21G30

A

—

E2F100KM

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1366D21G31

1366D21G31

A

—

E2F100KMU62

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1366D21G32

1366D21G32

A

—

E2F100KMS22

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1366D21G33

1366D21G33

O

—

E2F3100S22

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1366D21G34

1366D21G34

O

—

E2F050YMU62

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1366D21G35

1366D21G35

O

—

E2F050YM+
625B229G08

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1366D21G36

1366D21G36

O

—

E2F050YMU62+
625B229G08

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1366D21G37

1366D21G37

O

—

E2F050YMS22

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1366D21G38

1366D21G38

A

—

E2F050YMU62

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1366D21G39

1366D21G39

A

—

E2F050YM+
625B229G08

1–3, 5, 7, 8

12
13
14

17
18
19
20
21
22
23

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

V12-T3-165

3
1
2
3
4
5
6

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Mining Breaker Replacement Cross-Reference
Replacements

Replacement Breaker
Mining and 1000V
Catalog Number

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75
Catalog Number

E2
Style Number

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

1366D21G40

1366D21G40

A

—

E2F050YMU62+
625B229G08

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1366D21G41

1366D21G41

A

—

E2F050YMS22

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1366D21G42

1366D21G42

A

—

E2F030EMU62+
625B229G08

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1366D21G43

1366D21G43

O

—

E2F100KMS22+
625B229G08

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1366D21G44

1366D21G44

A

—

E2F100KMS22+
625B229G08

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1366D21G45

1366D21G45

O

—

E2F100RMS22

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1366D21G46

1366D21G46

O

—

E2F3015U62

1–3, 5, 7, 8

7

1373D88G13

1373D88G13

O

1373D89G09

E2N312W

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1373D88G14

1373D88G14

O

1373D89G10

E2N312WS10

1–3, 5, 7, 8

8

1373D88G15

1373D88G15

O

1373D89G11

E2N312WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1373D88G16

1373D88G16

O

1373D89G12

E2N312WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

9

1373D88G17

1373D88G17

O

1373D89G09

E2N312W

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1373D88G18

1373D88G18

O

1373D89G10

E2N312WS10

1–3, 5, 7, 8

10

1373D88G19

1373D88G19

O

1373D89G11

E2N312WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1373D88G20

1373D88G20

O

1373D89G12

E2N312WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

11

1373D89G09

1373D89G09

A

—

E2NM312W

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1373D89G10

1373D89G10

A

—

E2NM312WS10

1–3, 5, 7, 8

12

1373D89G11

1373D89G11

A

—

E2NM312WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

1373D89G12

1373D89G12

A

—

E2NM312WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

13

2600D43G11

2600D43G11

O

1264C99G03

—

—

2600D43G12

2600D43G12

O

1264C99G03

—

—

14

2600D43G14

2600D43G14

O

1264C99G03

—

—

2602D86G11

2602D86G11

O

1264C99G05

—

—

15

2602D86G12

2602D86G12

O

1264C99G05

—

—

2602D86G13

2602D86G13

O

1264C99G05

—

—

2602D86G14

2602D86G14

O

1264C99G05

—

—

2602D99G05

2602D99G05

O

1264C99G02

—

—

2602D99G06

2602D99G06

O

1264C99G02

—

—

2602D99G07

2602D99G07

O

1264C99G02

—

—

2602D99G08

2602D99G08

O

1264C99G02

—

—

2603D48G07

2603D48G07

O

2603D48G09

—

—

16
17
18

2603D48G08

2603D48G08

O

2603D48G09

—

—

19

2609D60G01

2609D60G01

O

—

E2K3225AWS10

1–3, 5, 7, 8

2609D60G02

2609D60G02

O

—

E2K3225DWS10

1–3, 5, 7, 8

20

2609D60G03

2609D60G03

O

—

E2LE3400WS10

1–3, 5, 7, 8

2609D60G04

2609D60G04

O

—

E2N3600WS10

1–3, 5, 7, 8

21

2609D60G05

2609D60G05

O

—

E2N3800WS10

1–3, 5, 7, 8

2609D60G08

2609D60G08

O

—

E2FM100KM

1–3, 5, 7, 8

22

2609D60G09

2609D60G09

O

—

E2FM100KMU13

1–3, 5, 7, 8

2609D60G10

2609D60G10

O

—

E2FM050YM

1–3, 5, 7, 8

23

2609D60G17

2609D60G17

O

—

E2N3600WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

2609D60G18

2609D60G18

O

—

E2N3800WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

24

2609D60G19

2609D60G19

O

—

E2N3600W

1–3, 5, 7, 8

2609D60G20

2609D60G20

O

2609D60G29

E2N3800WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

25

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.
V12-T3-166

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

Mining Breaker Replacement Cross-Reference

1

Replacement Breaker

Replacements

Mining and 1000V
Catalog Number

Style Number

Status 1

MARK 75
Catalog Number

E2
Style Number

Notes
(See Page V12-T3-114)

2609D60G28

2609D60G28

A

—

E2LEM36002WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

2609D60G29

2609D60G29

A

—

E2NM3800WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

2609D60G40

2609D60G40

O

—

E2K3400MAW

1–3, 5, 7, 8

2609D60G41

2609D60G41

O

—

E2K3400MDW

1–3, 5, 7, 8

2609D60G44

2609D60G44

O

—

E2LE3400MW

1–3, 5, 7, 8

2609D60G46

2609D60G46

O

—

E2N3800MW

1–3, 5, 7, 8

2609D60G47

2609D60G47

O

—

E2N3800MWU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

2609D60G48

2609D60G48

O

—

E2N3800MW

1–3, 5, 7, 8

2609D60G49

2609D60G49

O

2609D60G58

E2N3800MWU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

2609D60G57

2609D60G57

A

—

E2NM3800MW

1–3, 5, 7, 8

2609D60G58

2609D60G58

A

—

E2NM312MW

1–3, 5, 7, 8

2609D60G61

2609D60G61

O

—

E2LE3400MWS86

1–3, 5, 7, 8

2609D60G63

2609D60G63

O

—

E2LE34002WU66

1–3, 5, 7, 8

2609D60G64

2609D60G64

O

—

E2K3400MAW

1–3, 5, 7, 8

2609D60G66

2609D60G66

O

—

E2K3400MAWS10

1–3, 5, 7, 8

2609D60G67

2609D60G67

O

2609D60G70

E2K3400MAW

1–3, 5, 7, 8

2609D60G69

2609D60G69

O

—

E2K3400MAWS10

1–3, 5, 7, 8

2609D60G70

2609D60G70

A

—

E2KEM3225MW

1–3, 5, 7, 8

2610D64G07

2610D64G07

O

2610D64G13

—

—

2610D64G08

2610D64G08

O

2610D64G13

—

—

2610D64G09

2610D64G09

O

2610D64G13

—

—

2610D64G10

2610D64G10

O

2610D64G13

—

—

5685D48G45

5685D48G45

O

—

E2FM100KMU13+
625B229G08

1–3, 5, 7, 8

5685D48G71

5685D48G71

O

5685D48G83

E2N3800W

1–3, 5, 7, 8

5685D48G72

5685D48G72

O

5685D48G84

E2N3600W

1–3, 5, 7, 8

5685D48G73

5685D48G73

O

5685D48G85

E2LE3400W

1–3, 5, 7, 8

5685D48G74

5685D48G74

O

5685D48G86

E2K3225DW

1–3, 5, 7, 8

5685D48G75

5685D48G75

O

1291C26G12

E2K3225AW

1–3, 5, 7, 8

5685D48G83

5685D48G83

A

—

E2NM3800W

1–3, 5, 7, 8

5685D48G84

5685D48G84

A

—

E2LEM36002W

1–3, 5, 7, 8

5685D48G85

5685D48G85

A

—

E2KEM34002W

1–3, 5, 7, 8

5685D48G86

5685D48G86

A

—

E2KEM3225W

1–3, 5, 7, 8

5685D48G87

5685D48G87

A

—

E2KEM3225W

1–3, 5, 7, 8

5685D48G88

5685D48G88

O

—

E2FM100KM+
625B229G08

1–3, 5, 7, 8

5685D48G89

5685D48G89

O

—

E2FM050YM+
625B229G08

1–3, 5, 7, 8

5685D48G90

5685D48G90

O

—

E2FM050YMU13

1–3, 5, 7, 8

2609D99G06

2609D99G06

O

—

—

—

5685D48G42

5685D48G42

O

—

—

—

5685D48G36

5685D48G36

O

—

—

—

5685D48G30

5685D48G30

O

—

—

—

5685D48G24

5685D48G24

O

—

—

—

5685D48G18

5685D48G18

O

—

—

—

5685D48G12

5685D48G12

O

—

—

—

5685D48G06

5685D48G06

O

—

—

—

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

Note
1 O = Obsolete, A = Available.

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

2

25
V12-T3-167

3

Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Replacement Capabilities

1

Pricing Information

2

Vista/VISTALINE Discount Symbol RCB-2

Price and Availability Digest (PAD)

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T3-168

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—July 2016 www.eaton.com

Panelboards
Westinghouse PRL3

4

Panelboards
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product History Time Line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CDP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FDP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PB/PH/PH-L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PRL1 and PRL2 Panelboards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PRL1a and PRL2a Panelboards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PRL3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PRL3a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PRL4B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PRL4F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technology Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Surge Protection Device—SPD Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pow-R-Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Panelboard Retrofits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pow-R-Line 1R and 2R Renovation Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Support Services—Satellite Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Further Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pricing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V12-T4-2
V12-T4-2
V12-T4-3
V12-T4-4
V12-T4-9
V12-T4-10
V12-T4-11
V12-T4-12
V12-T4-13
V12-T4-14
V12-T4-15
V12-T4-15
V12-T4-16
V12-T4-17
V12-T4-18
V12-T4-19
V12-T4-20
V12-T4-20
V12-T4-20
V12-T4-21
V12-T4-21
V12-T4-22
V12-T4-22
V12-T4-22

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T4-1

4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21

Panelboards

Product Description
Panelboards and switchboards
are enclosed assemblies for
lighting and distribution that
accept incoming power and
consist of a series of circuit
breakers and/or fusible
switches. These devices
protect each circuit by
providing overcurrent and
short-circuit protection.

Product History
In 1994, Eaton acquired
the Distribution and Control
Business Unit (DCBU) of
Westinghouse and integrated
it with their Cutler-Hammer®
business unit forming a
powerful new combination.
This product history tracks the
evolution of panelboard and
switchboard products for
both manufacturers.
In the 1920s, prior to the
development of circuit
breakers, Westinghouse
sold panelboards designed
for main and branch circuit
fuses. Circuit breakers were
first introduced in 1927 and
put Westinghouse in the
forefront of circuit breaker
technology. A few years later
the first Westinghouse
“NOFUSE” circuit breakers
were introduced. “NOFUSE”
panelboards were initially
available in ratings up to 225A
at 250V. Panelboards were
designed at higher ratings as
circuit breakers’ ratings
became available. By 1958,
panelboards were available at
ratings up to 800A and 600V.
The most significant
panelboard types were the
CDP and FDP panels. For
more than 34 years, these
two types encompassed
most Westinghouse moldedcase circuit breakers and
fusible switches.

22

In 1962, Eaton’s electrical
business entered the
panelboard and switchboard
market with the purchase of
Mullenbach. Soon after the
Mullenbach acquisition,
Cutler-Hammer entered
into an agreement with
Westinghouse to supply
breakers and fusible
devices for panelboards
and switchboards, and Eaton
also began manufacturing
Westinghouse-type
panelboards under the
agreement. This relationship
made in the early 1960s
provided users of both trade
name products access to
aftermarket service for
add-on branch devices and
hardware. Classic CutlerHammer panelboards and
switchboards were designed
and listed for use with
Westinghouse breakers.
In 1988, Westinghouse
redesigned the panelboard
and switchboard line
to incorporate the new
Series C® design breakers.
This new design became
a true family of products.
These new panelboards and
switchboards became today’s
Pow-R-Line® family, which
are manufactured in state-ofthe-art facilities strategically
located throughout the
United States.
Eaton’s unique Satellite
Plants support aftermarket
services for all current
Pow-R-Line panelboard
and switchboard products.
Aftermarket service for outof-production panelboards
and switchboards for both
the classic Westinghouse
and Cutler-Hammer
designs is supported
by the Aftermarket
Center in Sumter, SC,
(see Page V12-T4-22), and
is staffed with experienced
and knowledgeable
representatives.

Cutler-Hammer NFB

Westinghouse FDP

Cutler-Hammer MP40

Westinghouse Pow-R-Line 3

Cutler-Hammer CHB

Westinghouse WEB

Cutler-Hammer EE

Westinghouse CDP

23
24
25
V12-T4-2

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

4

Panelboards

Product History Time Line
Page

Product

V12-T4-7

Westinghouse A2B

1935

1940

1945

1950

1955

1960

1965

1970

1975

1980

1985

1990

1995

2000 Present

1
2

Westinghouse NM/NMM

3

V12-T4-7

Westinghouse NA1B

V12-T4-7

Westinghouse NLAB

V12-T4-7

Westinghouse NAB

V12-T4-7

Westinghouse ABH

V12-T4-7

Westinghouse NDP

V12-T4-4

Cutler-Hammer CDP

V12-T4-7

Westinghouse CDP/FDP

V12-T4-7

Westinghouse NQB/NQC/NQP

V12-T4-7

Westinghouse NEB/NHEB

7

V12-T4-7

Westinghouse WCA/WEB/WEHB/
WFB/WGB/WGHB

8

V12-T4-4

Cutler-Hammer CHP/CHB

V12-T4-4

Cutler-Hammer NFB

V12-T4-5

Cutler-Hammer MP40/MP100

V12-T4-7

Westinghouse B10B/Q10P

V12-T4-5

Cutler-Hammer PB

V12-T4-5

Cutler-Hammer PH

V12-T4-6

Cutler-Hammer EE

V12-T4-7

Westinghouse W10B/W10P

V12-T4-6

Cutler-Hammer EP

V12-T4-8

Westinghouse PRL3

V12-T4-8

Westinghouse PRL1, PRL2

V12-T4-8

Cutler-Hammer PRL1a, 2a

V12-T4-8

Cutler-Hammer PRL3a

V12-T4-8

Westinghouse PRL4B, F

V12-T4-5

Cutler-Hammer PRL5P

4
5
6

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T4-3

4

Panelboards
Replacement Capabilities

1

Replacement
Capabilities

Original Cutler-Hammer Panelboard Breaker Replacement Chart

2

How to Select
Replacement Breakers
A complete line of new,
UL® Listed products,
physically and electrically
interchangeable moldedcase circuit breakers is
offered by Eaton.

Cutler-Hammer
Panelboard Type

Original Branch
Circuit Breaker

New
Panelboard Type

New
Breaker

Panelboard
Replacement Breaker 1

CHP 2
CHB 2
NPLAB 2
NLAB 2
NA1B 2

CH
CHB
P
QL
E
EA
EH
E
EA
EH
EB
EHB
EHC
EC
CA
CC
FB
HFB
FD
FC
FH
FS
HFC
CCH
CHH
E
EA
EH
EB
EHB
F
FA
HF
HFA
FB
HFB
CA
DA
JA
KA
HKA
HK
HKL
LA
HLA
LAB
LM
HLM
MA
HMA
NB
HNB
CC
CCH
CHH

PRL1a
PRL1a
PRL1a
PRL1a
PRL3a
PRL3a
PRL3a
PRL3a
PRL3a
PRL3a
PRL3a or PRL4B
PRL3a or PRL4B
PRL3a or PRL4B
PRL3a or PRL4B
PRL3a or PRL4B
PRL3a or PRL4B
PRL3a or PRL4B
PRL3a or PRL4B
PRL3a or PRL4B
PRL3a or PRL4B
PRL3a or PRL4B
PRL3a or PRL4B
PRL3a or PRL4B
PRL3a or PRL4B
PRL3a or PRL4B
PRL4B
PRL4B
PRL4B
PRL4B
PRL4B
PRL4B
PRL4B
PRL4B
PRL4B
PRL4B
PRL4B
PRL4B
PRL4B
PRL4B
PRL4B
PRL4B
PRL4B
PRL4B
PRL4B
PRL4B
PRL4B
PRL4B
PRL4B
PRL4B
PRL4B
PRL4B
PRL4B
PRL4B
PRL4B
PRL4B

CH
CHB
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
EHD
EHD
FD
EHD
CA
CC
FD
FD
FD
FD
HFD
FD
HFD
—
CHH
—
—
—
EHD
EHD
—
—
—
—
FDB
FD
CA
DK
KDB
KD
HKD
—
—
LD
LD
LDB
—
—
MDL
MDL
ND
ND
CC
—
CHH

—
—
—
—
REH
REH
REH
REH
REH
REH
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
REH
REH
REH
—
—
RHF
RHFA
RHF
RHFA
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
RHK
RHKL
—
—
—
RHLM
RHLM
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

Replacement Solutions

To properly select the
breaker for your existing
panelboard:
1. Identify the panel
type and the existing
branch breaker.

NH1B 2
NDP 2
HNDP 2
NFB

2. Select the appropriate
breaker from the direct
replacement solution
column. As shown, three
options are available.
Option 1: Series C
breakers are available as
direct replacement for
installation in CutlerHammer panelboards.
They are available at
your local distributors
and are the most
economical solution.
Option 2: Original,
but still-in-production
breakers, (sometimes
referred to as replacement breakers) are
available from Eaton
national warehouses.
These are identical
to the existing
branch breakers.
Option 3: Panelboard
replacement breakers,
available for out-ofproduction moldedcase breakers, are
physically and electrically
interchangeable with
the existing breaker.
Available in three-pole
only. Refer to Pages
V12-T3-80 through
V12-T3-87 for further
information.
3. For additional information,
contact Avery Creek, NC,
Technical Resource
Center at 1-800-356-1243
or your local Eaton
Satellite plant.

25
V12-T4-4

CDP 3

Notes
1 New breakers that are a direct physical and electrical replacement for out-of-production breakers. Available in three-pole only.
See Pages V12-T3-80 through V12-T3-87 for further information.
2 Connectors not available.
3 Not rated for 100% rated breakers.

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

4

Panelboards
Replacement Capabilities

Original Cutler-Hammer Panelboard Breaker
Replacement Chart, continued

1

Replacement Solutions

Replacement Solutions

Cutler-Hammer
Panelboard Type

Original Branch
Circuit Breaker

New
Panelboard Type

New
Breaker

Cutler-Hammer
Panelboard Type

Original Branch
Circuit Breaker

New
Panelboard Type

New
Breaker

MP40 1

CC

PRL4B

ED

MP40 1

LC

PRL4B

LD

CCH

PRL4B

—

LS (A)

PRL4B

LD

CHH

PRL4B

ED

LH (A)

PRL4B

HLD

EB

PRL4B

EHD

MA

PRL4B

MDL

EHB

PRL4B

EHD

HMA

PRL4B

MDL

EC

PRL4B

EHD

MC

PRL4B

MDL

EHC

PRL4B

FD

HMC

PRL4B

MDL

FB

PRL4B

FDB

MS

PRL4B

MDL

HFB

PRL4B

FD

MH

PRL4B

MDL

FC

PRL4B

FDB

NB

PRL4B

ND

HFC

PRL4B

HFD

HNB

PRL4B

ND

FH

PRL4B

HFD

NC

PRL4B

ND

FS

PRL4B

FD

HNC

PRL4B

ND

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

JA

PRL4B

KDB

NS

PRL4B

ND

JB

PRL4B

JB

NH

PRL4B

ND

JS

PRL4B

HJD

MP100

PRL4B

HJD

M50
Fusible switch

PRL4F

JH

M50
Fusible switch

JH

PRL4B

HJD

PH 2

CH

PRL3a

CH

JL

PRL4B

JDC

CHB

PRL3a

CHB

KA

PRL4B

KD

KB

PRL4B

JD

HKB

PRL4B

JD

KS-D

PRL4B

KD

KH-D

PRL4B

KD

DA

PRL4B

DK

LA

PRL4B

LD

HLA

PRL4B

LD

HLA

PRL4B

LD

LAB

PRL4B

LDB

LB

PRL4B

KD

LBB

PRL4B

KDB

HLB

PRL4B

KD

PB 23

CC

PRL3a

CC

CCH

PRL3a

CCH

CHH

PRL3a

CHH

EB

PRL3a

EHD

EHB

PRL3a

EHD

EC

PRL3a

EHD

EC

PRL3a

EHD

EHD

PRL3a

EHD

FC

PRL3a

FD

FS

PRL3a

FD

FH

PRL3a

HFD

FD

PRL3a

FD

CH

PRL1a

CH

CHB

PRL1a

CHB

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18

Notes
1 See also Page V12-T4-12.
2 See also Page V12-T4-11.
3 Connectors not available.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T4-5

4
1
2

Panelboards
Replacement Capabilities

Plug-In Power Panelboards and Switchboards
Replacement Solutions
Cutler-Hammer
Panelboard Type
EE 12

3

Replacement Solutions

Original Branch
Circuit Breaker

New
Panelboard Type

New
Breaker

Cutler-Hammer
Panelboard Type

Original Branch
Circuit Breaker

EP 13

FS

PRL5P

FD

FH

PRL5P

HFD

New
Panelboard Type

New
Breaker

FS

PRL5P

FD

FH

PRL5P

HFD

FL

PRL5P

HDC

FL

PRL5P

FDC

4

JS

PRL5P

JD

JS

PRL5P

JD

JH

PRL5P

HJD

JH

PRL5P

HJD

5

JL

PRL5P

JDC

JL

PRL5P

JDC

KS

PRL5P

KD

KS

PRL5P

KD

KH

PRL5P

HKD

KH

PRL5P

HKD

LS

PRL5P

LD

LS

PRL5P

LD

7

LS(A)

PRL5P

LD

LS(A)

PRL5P

LD

LS(E)

PRL5P

LD

LS(E)

PRL5P

LD

8

LH(B)

PRL5P

HLD

LH(B)

PRL5P

HLD

LH(A)

PRL5P

HLD

LH(A)

PRL5P

HLD

LL(E)

PRL5P

LDC

LL(E)

PRL5P

LDC

LS(B)

PRL5P

LD

LS(B)

PRL5P

LD

LH(E)

PRL5P

HLD

LH(E)

PRL5P

HLD

MS

PRL5P

MDL

MS

PRL5P

MDL

NS

PRL5P

ND

NS

PRL5P

ND

6

9
10
11
12
13

MH

PRL5P

—

MH

PRL5P

—

CC

PRL5P

CC

NH

PRL5P

HND

CCH

PRL5P

—

CC

PRL5P

CC

CHH

PRL5P

CHH

CCH

PRL5P

—

CHH

PRL5P

CHH

Notes
1 Not rated for 100% rated breakers.
2 See also Page V12-T4-13.
3 See also Page V12-T4-14.

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T4-6

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Panelboards
Replacement Capabilities

4

Original Westinghouse Panelboard Breaker Replacement Chart
Westinghouse
Panelboard Type

1

Replacement Solutions

Existing Branch
Circuit Breaker

New Panelboard Type

New Breaker

Panelboard Replacement Breaker 1

PRL3a
PRL3a
PRL1a
PRL1aLX
PRL1aLX
PRL1a
PRL4B
PRL4B
PRL4B
PRL4B
PRL4B
PRL4B
PRL4B
PRL4B
PRL4B
PRL4B
PRL4B
PRL4B
PRL4B
PRL4B
PRL4F
PRL2a
PRL2a
PRL3a
PRL3a
PRL3a
PRL3a
PRL3a
PRL3a
PRL2a
PRL1a
PRL1aLX
PRL3a
PRL3a
PRL1a
PRL1a
PRL1a
PRL1a
PRL1a
PRL1a
PRL1a
PRL1a
PRL2a
PRL1a
PRL1a
PRL1a
PRL1a
PRL3a
PRL3a
PRL3a
PRL3a
PRL2a
PRL2a

—
—
BAB
BAB
BAB
—
—
EHD, FDB, FD, HFD, FDC
FB-P TRI-PAC
JDB, JD, HJD, JDC
ED, EDH, EDC

REH
REH
—
—
—
HBAW, HBAX
REH, RHF, RHFA

6

5

DK, KD, HKD, KDC
LD, HLD
LA-P TRI-PAC
LD, HLD, LDC
MDL
LCL
ND, HND
NB-P TRI-PAC
—
HQP
BAB
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
HQP
HQP
—
BAB
HQP
HQP
QPHW
QBHW
QHPW
BAB
HQP
QBHW
QPHW
CA
EB, EHD
EHB, EHD
FB, FDB
GB
GHB

5

Panelboards Manufactured Between 1937 and 1988
ABH 2
A2B 2
B10B 2
B10B-LX 2
B10B-LXX 2
B65B 2
CDP/HCDP 23
CDP/HCDP 34

FDP 7
H10P 2
H10B 2
NAB 2
NA1B 2
NDP 2
NEB 2
NHDP 2
NHEB 2
NH1B 2
NLAB 2
NLAB-LX 2
NLAB-AB 2
NLAB-ABH 2
NPLAB 2
NPLAPQ 2
NQC 2
NQB 2
NQP 2
Q10P 2
Q22P 2
Q22B 2
Q65P 2
W10B 2
W10P 2
W22B 2
W22P 2
WCA
WEB
WEHB
WFB
WGB 2
WGHB 2

E
E
BA
BA
BA
HBA
E, EA, EH, F, FA
EB, EHB, EHD, FB, HFB, FDB, FD, HFD, FDC
FB-P TRI-PAC
JB, KB, HKB, JDB, JD, HJD, JDC
CA, CAH, HCA
DA, LB, LBB, HLB 6
JA, KA, HKA, DK, KD, HKD, KDC
LA, LAB, HLA (400A)
LA-P TRI-PAC
LA, LC, HLA (600A)
MA, HMA, MC, HMC
LCL
NB, HNB, NC, HNC
NB-P TRI-PAC®
Fusible switches
HQP
BA
E
E
E, EA, EAH
EA
EH
EH, FA
E-277
QC
QC
QC
QC
QP
QP
QC
BA
QP
QP
QPH
QBH
HP
BA
HQP
QBH
QPH
CA
EB
EHB
FB
GB
GHB

Notes
1 Not rated for 100% rated breakers.
Available in three-pole only. See
Pages V12-T3-80 through V12-T3-87
for further information.
2 Connectors not available.
3 See also Page V12-T4-9.

4

Only breakers of the same frame size
can be installed across from each other
(i.e., in the same horizontal plane).
For other configurations, contact the
Aftermarket Center in Sumter, SC
(see Page V12-T4-22).

5
6

7

2
3
4
5

5
5

6

5
5

7

5

8

5
5
5

9

5
5

10

5

Fusible switches
—
—
REH
REH
REH
REH
REH
REH, RHFA
REH
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23

Contact your local Eaton Field Sales office.
KD breakers can be mounted across from
LB breakers if a TAD3 line side adapter
is used. All hardware works with
this configuration.
See also Page V12-T4-10.

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

24
25
V12-T4-7

4
1
2
3

Panelboards
Replacement Capabilities

Original Westinghouse Panelboard Breaker Replacement Chart, continued
Westinghouse
Panelboard Type

Original Branch
Circuit Breaker

Replacement Solutions
New Panelboard Type

New Breaker

Panelboard Replacement Breaker

BAB, QBHW

PRL1a 1

BAB, QBHW

—

1

BAB, QBHW

—

Panelboards Manufactured After 1988
PRL1 1

HQP, QPHW

PRL1a

PRL2 1

GB, GHB, GHBS

PRL2a 1

GB, GHB, GHBS-D

—

PRL3 2

BAB, QBH

PRL3a 3

BAB, QBHW

—

GB, GHB, GHBS

PRL3a 3

GB, GHB, GHBS-D

—

5

EHD, FD, FDB, HFD, FDC

PRL3a 3

EHD, FD, FDB, HFD, FDC

—

ED, EDH, EDC

PRL3a 3

ED, EDH, EDC

—

6

CA, HCA, CAH

PRL3a 3

ED

—

EHD, FD, FDB, HFD, FDC

PRL4B

EHD, FD, FDB, HFD, FDC

—

7

ED, EDH, EDC

PRL4B

ED, EDH, EDC

—

CA, CAH, HCA

PRL4B

CA, CAH, HCA

—

8

FCL, FB-P, FDB/LFB

PRL4B

FCL, FB-P, FDB/LFB

—

JD, JDB, HJD, JDC

PRL4B

JD, JDB, HJD, JDC

—

9

DK, KDB, KD, HKD, KDC

PRL4B

DK, KDB, KD, HKD, KDC

—

LCL

PRL4B

LCL

—

10

LA-P TRI-PAC

PRL4B

LA-P TRI-PAC

—

LC, HLC, LA, HLA

PRL4B

LC, HLC, LA, HLA

—

11

LD, HLD, LDC, MD, MDS, ND, HND, NDC

PRL4B

LD, HLD, LDC, MDL, ND, HND, NDC

—

MC, HMC, MA, HMA

PRL4B

MC, HMC, MA, HMA

—

12

NC, HNC, NB, HNB

PRL4B

NC, HNC, NB, HNB

—

NB-P TRI-PAC

PRL4B

NB-P TRI-PAC

—

BAB, QBGF, QBHW, QBHGF, GB, GHB

PRL4B

BAB, QBGF, QBHW, QBHGF, GB, GHB

—

Fusible switches 6

PRL4F

—

Fusible switches

4

13
14
15
16

PRL4B 4

PRL4F 5

Notes
1 See also Page V12-T4-15.
2 See also Page V12-T4-16.
3 See also Page V12-T4-17.
4 See also Page V12-T4-18.
5 See also Page V12-T4-19.
6 400A, 600A, 800A, 1200A, FDP connectors are NOT compatible with FDPW switches.

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T4-8

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Panelboards
Replacement Capabilities

CDP

4

CDP Panel Layout

1

Originally a
Westinghouse Product

2
7-1/2"

3
5X
7X
9X
13X
13X

Solid Neutral Bar
225A
400A
600A
800A
1200, 1600A

10X
13X
17X

Thru-Feed Lugs
225A
250–400A
600, 800A

13X
15X
17X
19X
21X
23X

12
18
24
30
36
42

4
5
6
7
8

●

●

Determine the amount
of space available in the
panelboard for adding
circuit breakers.
1.38 inches (35.1 mm)
of panel height =
one X space
Determine the type of
breaker needed for the
required ampere rating
and number of poles

Ratings
●
1600A maximum
Replacement Capabilities
Breakers
Refer to renewal parts
data RP01400002E for a
complete list of available
parts including branch device
retrofit kits, which include
the device, as well as, the
bus connectors and the
required mounting hardware.
Contact the Aftermarket
Center in Sumter, SC
(see Page V12-T4-22).

2X

1-Pole EB
EHB, HFB

/

1-Pole EB
EHB, HFB

2-Pole EB
EHB, FB

0

2-Pole EB
EHB, FB

3-Pole EB
EHB, FB

3-Pole
EHB, FB

3X

2- and 3-Pole
HFB

2- and 3-Pole
HFB

2X

2-Pole
CA, CAH

2-Pole
CA, CAH

3X

3-Pole
CA, CAH

3-Pole
CA, CAH

2- or 3-Pole
JB, KB, HKB

2- or 3-Pole
JB, KB, HKB

3X

5"

3X

4X

9"

6X

8"

6X

11"

5X
7X
9X
12X

2- or 3-Pole
DA
LBB, LB
HLB

13

225A
Main Lug
250–400A
Section
600A
800, 1200, 1600A

14

5"

15

9"

2- or 3-Pole
LC, HLC
LA

2- or 3-Pole
MC, HMC
LCL
NC, HNC

11
12

2- or 3-Pole
DA
LBB, LB
HLB

2- or 3-Pole
LC, HLC
LA

10

30" Wide Box

1X

9

16

8"

17
11"

18

48" Wide Box

The panel layouts shown on
this and the following pages
will aid in determining the
space available for the
addition of molded-case
circuit breakers into your
existing CDP panelboards.

48" Wide Box

Westinghouse CDP

30" Wide Box

Total Number of Poles

19
20
21

7-1/2"

22

One X space = 1.38 inches (35.1 mm).
Blank fillers are required for unused X space.

23

Notes
1 When only one EB, EHB or HFB single-pole breaker is required in conjunction with other
frame size breakers, the single-pole breaker space required changes from 1X to 2X.
2 Must use three-pole connector kit.

24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T4-9

4
2

Replacement Capabilities

FDP

FDP Panel Layout

Originally a
Westinghouse Product

7-1/2"

Top Gutter
225A
Solid
400A
Neutral
600A
Bar
800A
1200, 1600A

5X
7X
9X
13X
13X

3
4
5

4X

30A

30A

4X

60A

60A

4X

100A

100A

5X

100A

6

6X

Main or Branch
200A
(Horizontal Mounted)

7

4X

30A

30A

4X

60A

60A

5X

100A

8
10
11
12

The panel layouts shown
on this and the following
pages will aid in determining
the space available for the
addition of fusible switches
into your existing FDP
panelboards.
●

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22

2P, 3P
240 Vac
2P
250 Vdc

2P, 3P
240V or
600 Vac
2P
250 Vdc

2P, 3P
600 Vac

100A

Westinghouse FDP

●

Determine the amount
of space available in the
panelboard for adding
fusible switches.
1.38 inches (35.1 mm)
of panel height =
one X space
Determine the type of
fusible switch needed for
the required ampere rating
and number of poles

Ratings
●
1600A maximum

11X

16X

21X

Side Gutters Tables B and C

9

Side Gutters Tables F and G

1

Panelboards

Main or Branch
400 or 600A
(Horizontal Mounted)

Main or Branch
800 or 1200A
(Horizontal Mounted)
Main or Branch
800 or 1200A
(Vertical Mounted)

5X
8X
9X
12X

Main Lug
225A
Section
250–400A
600A
800, 1200, 1600A

7-1/2"

Bottom Gutter

One X space = 1.38 inches (35.1 mm).
Blank fillers are required for unused X space.

FDP and CDP Bus Dimensions

Replacement Capabilities
Fusible Switches
Refer to renewal parts
data RP01400002E for a
complete list of available
parts including branch device
retrofit kits, which include
the device, as well as, the
bus connectors and the
required mounting hardware.
Contact the Aftermarket
Center in Sumter, SC
(see Page V12-T4-22).

Vertical Busbar

1.38" TYP.

3.50"

23

2P, 3P
240 or
600 Vac
2P
250 Vdc

3.50"

24
25

Mounting Rails 19.50"

V12-T4-10

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Panelboards
Replacement Capabilities

4

PB/PH/PH-L

1

Originally a
Cutler-Hammer Product

2
3
4
5
6

21 Inches Wide
Cutler-Hammer PH-L

15 or 21 Inches Wide
Cutler-Hammer PB

7

Ratings
●
PB
400A maximum
●
PH
800A main lug only or
600A main breaker
●
PH-L
225A maximum

8
9
10

Replacement Capabilities
Breakers
Refer to renewal parts
data RP01400003E for a
complete list of available
parts including branch device
retrofit kits, which include
the device, as well as, the
bus connectors and the
required mounting hardware.
Contact the Aftermarket
Center in Sumter, SC
(see Page V12-T4-22).

11
12
13
14
15
16
17

21 or 26 Inches Wide
Cutler-Hammer PH

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T4-11

4
MP40

MP40 Panel Layout

Originally a
Cutler-Hammer Product

14
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23

2P EC
EHC, FC

3X

3P EC, EMC,
FC, 2P or
3P HFB

3P EC, EMC,
FC, 2P or
3P HFB

2X

2P CC
CCH

0

3X

3P CC, CCH,
2P or 3P
JB, KB, HKB

0

●

Determine the amount
of space available in the
panelboard for adding
circuit breakers.
1.38 inches (35.1 mm)
of panel height =
one X space
Determine the type of
breakers needed for the
required ampere rating
and number of poles

Ratings
●
1600A maximum
Replacement Capabilities
Breakers
Refer to renewal parts data
RP01400003E for a complete
list of available parts
including branch device
retrofit kits, which include
the device, as well as, the
bus connectors and the
required mounting hardware.
Contact the Aftermarket
Center in Sumter, SC
(see Page V12-T4-22).

2P or 3P
DA, LBB,
LB, HLB

0

2P or 3P
LA, HLA,
LC, HLC

This space is
not usable
when C.B. to
left is used
as a main 0

8-1/2"
6X

6X

5" Side Gutters

2P EC
EHC, FC

26" Wide

1P EB
EHB, HFB

Cutler-Hammer MP40

●

Nameplate /
1P EB
EHB, HFB

4X

The panel layouts shown on
this and the following pages
will aid in determining the
space available for the
addition of molded-case
circuit breakers into your
existing MP40 panelboards.

Neutral

8-1/2"

38" Wide

9

15

1600A

2P or 3P
MC, HMC

2P or 3P
NC, HNC 1

6X

3X

225,
600A

4X

800,
1200A

9X

1600A 2

Main
Lugs

Bottom Gutter
6.50" up through 400A
12.0" 600–1600A

30" Wide

8

13

7X

2X

7

12

225–
1200A

1X

6

11

4X

1X

5

10

None

26" Wide

4

0X

5" Side Gutters

3

Top Gutter
6.50" through 400A
12.0" 600–1600A

30" Wide

2

Replacement Capabilities

38" Wide

1

Panelboards

Notes
1 If the panelboard has a main breaker, no neutral, no split bus, or no sub-feed or feed-through
lugs, add 1X to provide space for a nameplate.
2 Breakers of the same frame size, regardless of poles, may be mounted opposite of each other.
3 Only Type NC and HNC breakers require a 11.38-inch (289.1 mm) deep box. Standard box
depth is 10.50 inches (266.7 mm).
4 When 1600A lug mains are for (4)–600 kcmil maximum copper cables per phase, the X unit
space can be reduced to 4X.

24
25
V12-T4-12

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Panelboards
Replacement Capabilities

EE

4

EE Panelboard Panel Layout

Originally a
Cutler-Hammer Product

1

48"
42"

2

10" Gutter

7"

7"

3

Neutral—No X Space
(May Be At Bottom)

4

20X
10X

400–600A Main Switch 
400–600A Branch Switch

10X

7X

14X
1200A Lug Unit /
200A Branch Switch
(600V With R Fusing)

7X

10"
10X

Cutler-Hammer EE Panelboard

The panel layouts shown on
this and the following pages
will aid in determining the
space available for the
addition of molded-case
circuit breakers and fusible
switches into your existing
EE panelboards.
●

●

Determine the amount
of space available in the
panelboard for adding
replacement devices.
1.38 inches (35.1 mm)
of panel height =
one X space
Determine the type of
replacement device
needed for the required
ampere rating and number
of poles

Ratings
●
1200A maximum
Replacement Capabilities
Breakers and
Fusible Switches
Refer to renewal parts data
RP01400003E for a complete
list of available parts
including branch device
retrofit kits, which include
the device, as well as, the
bus connectors and the
required mounting hardware.
Contact the Aftermarket
Center in Sumter, SC
(see Page V12-T4-22).

8X

6X

6X

20X
800A Main Switch /
800A Branch Switch

600A 
Branch
Lug Unit

600A 
Branch
Lug Unit

12X
MS, MH Main Breaker /
NS, NH Main Breaker

LS, LH 0
Breaker

LS, LH 0
Breaker

7X

200A Branch 0
Switch
240V—R&T Fuse
600V—T-Fuse Only

400A 
Branch
Lug Unit

6X

100A 0
Branch
Switch

30A, 60A
Branch
Switch

10"

7
8

8X

9
6X

10
11

6X

12

8X

13
5X

CC, CCH, CHH 0
FS, FH, JS, JH, JL

CC, CCH, CHH 0
FS, FH, JS, JH, JL

3X

4X

KS, KH 0
Breaker

KS, KH 0
Breaker

4X

12X
MS, MH
Main Breaker

6

10X

3X

6X

5

14
15
16

6X

17

10" Gutter

18

Notes
1 Main device must be mounted at neutral end of double-bus panel.
2 May be used in 30.00-inch (762.0 mm) wide single bus interiors.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T4-13

4
1
2

Panelboards
Replacement Capabilities

EP

EP Panelboard Panel Layout

Originally a
Cutler-Hammer Product

42"
10"

3

2-Pole FS, FH, FL,
2-Pole FS, FH, FL,
CC, CCH, CHH
CC, CCH, CHH
3-Pole
FS,
FH,
FL,
3-Pole FS, FH, FL,
3X
CC, CCH, CHH
CC, CCH, CHH
2P FS, FH, 2P FS, FH,
Blank Wireway /
2X CC, CCH CC, CCH
2P FS, FH, 2P FS, FH,
Blank Wireway /
2X
CC, CCH CC, CCH
2-Pole
2-Pole
Blank Wireway /
2X
CHH
CHH
3-Pole
3-Pole
3X
Blank Wireway /
CHH
CHH
2X

4
5
6
7

3X

8

11
12
13

●

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23

●

Determine the amount
of space available in the
panelboard for adding
circuit breakers.
1.38 inches (35.1 mm)
of panel height =
one X space
Determine the type of
breaker needed for the
required ampere rating
and number of poles

10"

3-Poles
FS, FH,
CC, CHH

3 Poles
JS, JH, JL

3X

Filler Plate

7"
2X
3X
2X
2X
2X
3X

Blank Wireway /

3X

2-3 Pole
LSB, LHB, LLB, LC

6X

6X

12X
800A MS, MH, MC
Main Breaker 1

6X

6X

12X
800A MS, MH, MC, HMC
Branch Breaker

6X

6X

12X
1200A NS, NH, NC, HNC
Branch or Main Breaker 1

6X

Cutler-Hammer EP Panelboard

The panel layouts shown on
this and the following pages
will aid in determining the
space available for the
addition of molded-case
circuit breakers into your
existing EP panelboards.

3-Poles
FS, FH,
CC, CHH

3X

9
10

Neutral—No X Space
Top or Bottom

7"

10"

0

10"

48"

Notes
1 Blank wireway fillers are required opposite any dual breaker unit or adapter.
2 May be used in 30.00-inch (762.0 mm) wide single bus interiors.
3 Main device must be mounted at neutral end of double-bus panel.

Ratings
●
1200A maximum
Replacement Capabilities
Breakers
Refer to renewal parts data
RP01400003E for a complete
list of available parts
including branch device
retrofit kits, which include
the device, as well as, the
bus connectors and the
required mounting hardware.
Contact the Aftermarket
Center in Sumter, SC
(see Page V12-T4-22).

24
25
V12-T4-14

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Panelboards
Replacement Capabilities

PRL1 and PRL2 Panelboards
Originally a
Westinghouse Product

4

PRL1a and PRL2a
Panelboards

1

Current Product

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

PRL2 with Trim

Ratings
●
600A maximum
Replacement Capabilities
Breakers
Refer to renewal parts data
RP01400002E for a complete
list of available parts including
branch device bus connectors
mounting hardware. For
further information, contact
the Aftermarket Center
in Sumter, SC. Refer to
Page V12-T4-22.

PRL1a

11

Ratings
●
400A maximum
Replacement Capabilities
Breakers
Refer to renewal parts
data RP01400001E and
RP01414001E for a complete
list of available parts including
branch device bus connectors
and mounting hardware.
Renewal parts are available
from your Eaton Satellite plant.
Refer to Page V12-T4-22.

12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T4-15

4
1
2

Panelboards
Replacement Capabilities

PRL3

PRL3 Panel Layout

Originally a
Westinghouse Product

No Neutral

2X 100–600A
2X 100, 225A

Neutral Section

8X 400, 600A

3
Sub Chassis

4

Poles
10X-12
13X-18
15X-24
17X-30
19X-36
21X-42

5
6
8

12

Westinghouse PRL3

The panel layouts shown on
this and the following pages
will aid in determining the
space available for the
addition of molded-case
circuit breakers into your
existing PRL3 panelboards.

13
14
16

●

Determine the amount
of space available in the
panelboard for adding
circuit breakers.
1.38 inches (35.1 mm)
of panel height =
one X space
Determine the type of
breaker needed for the
required ampere rating
and number of poles

17

Ratings
●
600A maximum

18

Replacement Capabilities
Breakers
Refer to renewal parts data
RP01400002E for a complete
list of available parts
including branch device
retrofit kits, which include
the device, as well as, the
bus connectors and the
required mounting hardware.
Contact the Aftermarket
Center in Sumter, SC
(see Page V12-T4-22).

19
20
21
22

1-Pole

2-Pole

2-Pole

2-Pole

●

15

1-Pole

1-Pole

9
11

(100A Max.)

400A Maximum
Bus Rating

7

10

BAB /0
QBH /
GB 12
GHB 12

23

3-Pole

2- and 3-Pole
Main Lug
Section

Horizontal
Mounting

Main
Breaker
Section

Vertically
Mounted

1X
2X
3X

EHD (100A Max.)
FDB
FD
HFD
FDC

(150A Max.)

3X CA, CAH, HCA 3
(225A Max.)
2X 100, 225A
7X 400, 600A

3X 2P EHD (100A Max.) 4
3X 2P FDB, FD, HFD, FDC 4
(150A Max.)
4X 3P EHD (100A Max.) 4
4X 3P FDB, FD, HFD, FDC
(150A Max.) 4
4X 2P and 3P CA, CAH, HCA 4
(225A Max.)
7X EHD (100A Max.)
7X FDB, FD, HFD, FDC
(150A Max.)
9X CA, CAH
(225A Max.)
9X FCL, FB-P 5
(100A Max.)
14X JD, JDB, HJD, JDC
(250A Max.)
14X DK, KD, KDB, HKD,
KDC (400A Max.)
19X LC, HLC, LA
(600A Max.)
22X LCL 6 , LA-P 7
(400A Max.)

Notes
1 If panel contains only BAB or QBH branch breakers, use a PRL1 panelboard.
2 BAB and QBH breakers with shunt trips require one additional pole space, i.e.; one-pole
is two-pole size, two-pole is three-pole size, and three-pole is four-pole size.
3 GB and GHB breakers cannot be mixed on same subchassis as BAB or QBH.
4 If panel contains only GB or GHB branch breakers, use a PRL2 panelboard.
5 Not recommended for motor loads. Use JD circuit breaker.
6 Horizontally mounted 15–150A main breakers EHD, FDB, FD, HFD and FDC will
be furnished as branch breaker construction. Branch breakers one, two or three poles as
required, may be located opposite these main breakers.
7 FBP and LAP top mounting only.
8 100% rated breaker.
9 LCL main breaker requires 6.50-inch (165.1 mm) deep box.

24
25
V12-T4-16

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Panelboards
Replacement Capabilities

PRL3a

PRL3a Panel Layout

Current Product

Main Lugs

4.01"

4.01"

Neutral
2P

10.00"

3.92"

PRL3a

The panel layouts shown on
this and the following pages
will aid in determining the
space available for the
addition of molded-case
circuit breakers into your
existing PRL3a panelboards.
●

●

4

Determine the amount
of space available in the
panelboard for adding
circuit breakers.
1.38 inches (35.1 mm)
of panel height =
one X space
Determine the type of
breaker needed for the
required ampere rating
and number of poles

4.01"

3.92"

5X

100A Oversized #6–350 kcmil
100A Subfeed (2) #14–1/0

5X

250A Std #6–350 kcmil

6X

250A Oversized 4/0–500 kcmil

6X

250A Subfeed (2) #6–350 kcmil

8X

400A Std (2) 4/0–500

10X

400A Oversized (2) 3/0–750 kcmil

8X

600A Std (2) 4/0–500

10X

600A Oversized (2) 3/0–750 kcmil

5X
8X
11X

Same Cable Size as MLO

(1)–1P

1X

(2)–1P

(2)–1P

(3)–1P

(3)–1P

2X

(3)–1P

(1)–3P

3X

(1)–3P

3X

2P

2P

2X

3P

3P

3X
4.01"

QUICKLAG

BAB–5.70"
GHB–5.68"

GHB
Twin
Subfeed
Breaker
Single Subfeed
Breaker
Through Feed
Lugs

X

4
5

ED, EDH, EDC
225A Max.
Note:
Line Side May Be Either Left or
Right. Distance From Load Side of
Breaker To Box Will Always Be 3.92 inches

7

EHD 100A Max.
FD, HFD, FDC, FDB 150A Max.

8
9

Same Cable Size as MLO

12X

Bus Connected

19X
16X

Cable Connected
(Wireout)

3X

6

Ckt.

5X

12

Ckt.

8X

18

Ckt.

24

Ckt.

10X

4.01"

3

6

3X

(1)–1P
(1)–2P

Split Bus
Meter Loop

2

2X

(1)–1P

3.92"

1

2X

3X

GHB–5.68"

4.01"

100A Std #14–1/0

3P

ASCO
920
(Split Bus)
BAB–5.70"

2X

10

ASCO 920 (30–225A)
225A Max.
100A Max.

For Lug Size See Main
Lug Size Chart

BAB, QBGF, QBHW, QBHGF 100A Max.
or
GB, GHB 100A Max.
Note:
May Have Multiple Sections
Per Panel, Max. 24 Ckts. Per
Section.

20X

JD, JDB, HJD, JDC, 250A Max.

X

Size Per Main Breaker Layout

X

Size Per MLO Size Chart
Not Available With Subfeed Breaker

11
12
13
14
15
16
17

Ratings
●
600A maximum

18

Replacement Capabilities
Breakers
Refer to renewal parts
data RP01400001E and
RP01414001E for a complete
list of available parts
including branch device
retrofit kits, which include
the device, as well as, the
bus connectors and the
required mounting hardware.
Retrofit kits and renewal
parts are available from
your Eaton Satellite plant.
Refer to Page V12-T4-22.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T4-17

4
2

Replacement Capabilities

PRL4B

PRL4B Panel Layout

Current Product (Originally a
Westinghouse Product)

400 A Maximum
Bus Rating
1P
1P
2P
2P
3P

3P

2P

2P

3P

3P

7

PRL4B

15

21
22
23
24

●

Determine the amount
of space available in the
panelboard for adding
circuit breakers.
1.38 inches (35.1 mm)
of panel height =
one X space
Determine the type of
breaker needed for the
required ampere rating
and number of poles

Ratings
●
1200A maximum

36" Wide Box

3X
2X

CA, CAH, HCA 225 A Max.
3X

2 or 3P

4X

DK, KD, KDB
HKD, KDC

6X

LC, LCC, HLC,
HLCC, LCY, LD,
LDB, HLD, LDC, LA

Load
2 or 3P
2 or 3P

2 or 3P

2 or 3P

2 or 3P
44" Wide Box

●

14

20

2 or 3P

The panel layouts shown on
this and the following pages
will aid in determining the
space available for the
addition of molded-case
circuit breakers into your
existing PRL4B panelboards.

EHD 1 100 A Max.
FDB, FD 1
HFD, FDC 1 225 A Max.

2X

JD, JDB, HJD, JDC 250 A Max.

2 or 3P

10

19

42

100 A Max.

3X

2 or 3P

9

18

20X

QBH
QBHGF
GB 0
GHB 0

2 or 3P

8

17

30

BAB

1X
24" Wide Box

6

16

16X

36" Wide Box

24" Wide Box

5

13

Poles
18

QBGF

4

12

11X

Sub Panel /

3

11

Breaker To Fusible
Transition, All Widths

1X

Filler

2 or 3P

2 or 3P

44" Wide Box

1

Panelboards

400 A Max.

600 A Max.

3X

FCL, FB-P 100 A Max.

3X

JD, JDB, HJD, JDC 250 A Max.

6X

LCL, LA-P, 400 A Max.
MC, MCC, HMC,
HMCC, MCY, MA
800 A Max.

6X

NC, HNC,
NB, NCY

1200 A Max.

4X

DK, KD, KDB,
HKD, KDC

6X

NB-P 800 A Max.

400 A Max.

One X space = 1.38 inches (35.1 mm).
Blank fillers are required for unused X space.
Notes
1 Maximum amperes connected to any one connector cannot exceed 140A.
2 GB and GHB breakers cannot be mixed on the same subchassis as BAB or QBHW.
3 When only one single-pole breaker of the group is required on either side of chassis, the single-pole breaker
space required changes from 1X to 2X.

Replacement Capabilities
Breakers
Refer to renewal parts
data RP01400001E and
RP01414001E for a complete
list of available parts
including branch device
retrofit kits, which include
the device, as well as, the
bus connectors and the
required mounting hardware.
Retrofit kits and renewal
parts are available from
your Eaton Satellite plant.
Refer to Page V12-T4-22.

25
V12-T4-18

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Panelboards
Replacement Capabilities

PRL4F

4

PRL4F Panel Layout

Current Product (Originally a
Westinghouse Product)

1
2

1X

30A

30A

4X

3

60A

60A

4X

4

100A
250V Max.

100A
250V Max.

4X

5

5X

6

100A

200A
Main or Branch
Switch
100A
600 Vac

36" Wide Box

36" Wide Box

Fusible To Breaker
Transition, All Widths

7

6X

8

100A
600 Vac

5X

9
10

PRL4F

400 or 600A
Branch Switch

The panel layouts shown
on this and the following
pages will aid in determining
the space available for the
addition of fusible switches
into your existing PRL4F
panelboards.

●

12

800 or 1200A
Branch Switch

11X
44" Wide Box

Determine the amount
of space available in the
panelboard for adding
fusible switches.
1.38 inches (35.1 mm)
of panel height =
one X space
Determine the type of
fusible switch needed for
the required ampere rating
and number of poles

11

400 or 600A
Main or Branch Switch
44" Wide Box

●

11X

13
14
15

16X

16
17

Ratings
●
1200A maximum

18

Replacement Capabilities
Fusible Switches
Refer to renewal parts
data RP01400001E and
RP01414001E for a complete
list of available parts
including branch device
retrofit kits, which include
the device, as well as, the
bus connectors and the
required mounting hardware.
Retrofit kits and renewal
parts are available from
your Eaton Satellite plant.
Refer to Page V12-T4-22.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T4-19

4
1
2

Panelboards
Technology Upgrades

Technology Upgrades

Pow-R-Command™

Surge Protection Devices—
SPD Series

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23

Eaton SPD Series—
Surge Protection Device

The Eaton SPD Series of
surge protection products
ensures that equipment is
protected with the safest,
most reliable and most
advanced UL 1449 3rd
Edition certified surge
protectors. The array of
features, options and
configurations ensures
that there is a unit for
all electrical applications,
including service entrances,
distribution switchboards,
panelboards and point-of-use
applications. Field installation
is required.
Benefits
●
The SPD Series can be
externally mounted to
existing distribution
equipment
●
Surge ratings: 50, 80, 100,
120, 160, 200, 250, 300
and 400 kA
●
Standard NEMA 1
enclosure, optional
NEMA 4 and 4X
●
Surface or flush mounting
●
Full range of diagnostic
and monitoring options
●
Remote mountable
display panel
●
Available with optional
internal disconnect

Pow-R-Command Lighting Control

Eaton’s Pow-R-Command is
a family of microprocessorbased lighting control systems
designed for today’s modern
facilities. They may be used as
a standalone, or networked for
the control of lighting and
other branch circuits.
Existing facilities can be
retrofitted to include various
Pow-R-Command scenarios
allowing customers varying
degrees of control. For more
information on upgrading
your building to include the
energy savings and control
of Pow-R-Command lighting
control systems, contact your
local Eaton Field Sales office.

System Features
Day/Date/Time of Day
scheduling
●
Holiday scheduling—
up to 30 days/year
●
Astronomical time
scheduling
●
Real-time clock
●
Hardware diagnostics
●
Off warning by
blinking lights
●
Manual load override
control
●
Brownout and power
failure recovery
●
Telephone override
of schedules
●
Switch override of
schedules
●
Remote access to system
●
Dimming systems for
fluorescent fixtures
●
Priority load management
●

For more information about
the SPD Series surge
protection, contact your local
Eaton Field Sales office.

24
25
V12-T4-20

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

4

Panelboards
Replacement Capabilities

Panelboard Retrofits

Armed with the necessary
information about the existing
installation and the needed
upgrade, the professional
staff at your local Satellite
plant can offer the assistance
and application support to
ensure an accurate quotation
and on-time delivery of a
quality retrofit product.

Pow-R-Line 1R and 2R
Renovation Panel

Application Description
●

●
●

●

Standards and Certifications
●
●

●

Another Custom-Assembled
Panelboard Capability from
Your Local Eaton Satellite
Save time and money when
upgrading and expanding
existing electrical services
by using existing panelboard
enclosures and conduit runs.
Retrofitting existing
panelboards can be an
effective solution for:

●

●

●

●

●
●

Providing additional circuits
for load growth
Replacing obsolete
equipment
Upgrading protective
device interrupting ratings
Accommodating system
change and additions
Adding ground fault circuit
interrupters
Adding lighting controls
Adding surge protection
devices

The unique capabilities of
the Eaton Satellite plants can
provide special configurations
to meet the special needs
encountered in retrofit
applications.

Renovation Panel

Product Description
●
●

●

●
●

●

●

●

●

●
●

Pow-R-Line 1R and 2R
renovation panelboards,
or custom-built panelboard
interiors and trims can be
provided to retrofit most
any manufacturer’s existing
panelboard enclosure.

UL 67
Federal Specification
W-P-115c
CSA® C22.2 No. 29

The Pow-R-Line 1R and
2R retrofit panelboard is
designed specifically for use
in the renovation of existing
electrical systems. This
innovative solution employs a
chassis design that enables
the use of the existing back
box, conduit and cables. An
exclusive depth-adjusting
mechanism and an integrated
trim assembly provides for
fast, trouble-free mounting of
the new panelboard interior
into any existing enclosure.

Type PRL1a

●

Lighting and appliance
branch panelboards
Fully rated or series rated
Interrupting capacities to
100 kA symmetrical
Suitable for use as service
entrance equipment where
specified on the order

240 and 480 Vac
Single-phase three-wire or
single-phase two-wire
Three-phase three-wire or
three-phase four-wire
225A maximum
100A maximum
branch breakers
Fits existing box depths
from 4.50 to 6.00 inches
(114.3 to 152.4 mm) deep
Integrally mounted
neutral assembly
Ground bar and bonding
conductor included
Neutral and ground
convertible from left-right
Bolt-on branch breakers
Factory assembled—
custom and standard
trims available

Chassis Features
Designed to accommodate
minimal box widths at
14.00 inches (355.6 mm).
Innovative telescoping chassis
accommodates depths from
4.50 to 6.00 inches (114.3 to
152.4 mm) without the need
for box modifications.
Universal mounting locations
allow the neutral and grounds
to be relocated from top to
bottom or left to right side of
back plate.
High quality laser cut trim
with lock.
Trim and door mount directly
to the chassis assembly.
Concealed trim hardware is
not dependent on back box
for mounting.
Refer to publication
CA01417001E for
complete information.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

The panelboard chassis is
designed for the use of main
lugs or a main breaker and
can accommodate 18, 30 or
42 branch circuits.

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22

Pow-R-Line 1R Retrofit Chassis

23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T4-21

4

Panelboards
Satellite Locations

1

Product Support Services

2

Satellite Locations
Baltimore
7451 Coca Cola Drive
Suite C
Hanover, MD 21076
(410) 796-7777
Fax (410) 796-7755

3
4

Seattle
1604 15th Street SW
Suite 114
Auburn, WA 98001
(253) 833-5021
Fax (253) 833-5058

5
6

Chicago
220 Windy Point Drive
Glendale Heights, IL 60139
(630) 260-6303
Fax (630) 690-7453

New Jersey
96 Stemmers Lane
Westampton, NJ 08060
(609) 835-4230
Fax (609) 835-4777

Hartford
40A International Drive
Windsor, CT 06095
(860) 298-1305
Fax (860) 298-1306

Cleveland
12875 Corporate Drive
Parma, OH 44130
(216) 433-0616
Fax (216) 433-0545

7
8
9
10
11
12

San Francisco
20923 Cabot Boulevard
Hayward, CA 94545
(510) 784-8981
Fax (510) 784-8980

Los Angeles
11120 Philadelphia Street
Mira Loma, CA 91752
(951) 685-5788
Fax (951) 685-3775

13
14
15
16
17

Denver
2450 Airport Boulevard
Unit C, Dock 8
Aurora, CO 80011
(303) 366-2080
Fax (303) 366-9993
Phoenix
921 South Park Lane
Suite 1
Tempe, AZ 85281
(480) 449-4222
Fax (480) 449-4223

The Eaton satellite concept is unique to the industry and
remains the only manufacturer to provide this service. Eaton
manufactures and delivers standard and custom assembled
panelboards and switchboards within days. A phone call is all
that is necessary for immediate order entry.

Further Information

Dallas
631 Westport Parkway
Suite 100
Grapevine, TX 76051
(817) 251-6797
Fax (817) 251-6249
Houston
10810 West Little York
Suite 100
Houston, TX 77041
(713) 939-9696
Fax (713) 939-0427
Main manufacturing plant.

Raleigh
9400 Globe Center Drive
Suite 121
Morrisville, NC 27560
(919) 544-7074
Fax (919) 572-9751
Sumter
(803) 481-6843
Atlanta
7000 Highlands Parkway SE
Suite 102
Smyrna, GA 30082
(678) 309-4260
Fax (770) 433-1863
Orlando
9436 South Ridge Park Court
Suite 100
Orlando, FL 32819
(407) 264-9306
Fax (407) 264-9310

Pricing Information
Price List for MP40 and MP-200—PL01400003E

Publication
Number

Description

RP01400003E

Renewal Parts Data for MP40 and MP-200

RP01400003E

Renewal Parts Data for PB, PH, PH-L, EP and EE

19

RP01400002E

Renewal Parts Data for CDP/HCDP, FDP, PRL1-LX, PRL1, PRL2 and PRL3

RP01400001E

Renewal Parts Data for PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3a, PRL4B, PRL4F and PRL5P

20

RP01414001E

Panelboard Renewal Parts Supplement

18

St. Louis
56 Soccer Park Road
Fenton, MO 63026
(636) 717-3445
Fax (636) 717-3505

Price List for PB, PH, PH-L, EP and EE—PL01400003E
Price List for CDP/HCDP, FDP, PRL1-LX, PRL1, PRL2 and
PRL3—PL01400002E
Price List for PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3a, PRL4B, PRL4F and
PRL5P—PL01400001E
Discount Symbol CE9

21
22
23
24
25
V12-T4-22

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Loadcenters
BR Renovation and CH Loadcenters

5

Loadcenters
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type CH Family . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type BR Family . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product History Time Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type CH Replacement Parts and Mechanical Interlocks. . . . . . . . .
Type CH Vintage Replacement Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type BR Replacement Parts and Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Classified Replacement Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type CL and CHQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type CHNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type CTL and CHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technology Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Renovation Loadcenter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Plug-On Neutral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Retrofit Interiors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Surge Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Further Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pricing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V12-T5-2
V12-T5-2
V12-T5-2
V12-T5-2
V12-T5-3
V12-T5-3
V12-T5-4
V12-T5-10
V12-T5-12
V12-T5-20
V12-T5-20
V12-T5-20
V12-T5-20
V12-T5-21
V12-T5-21
V12-T5-22
V12-T5-23
V12-T5-25
V12-T5-26
V12-T5-26

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T5-1

5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

Loadcenters

Product Description
Loadcenters are enclosed
assemblies used for power
distribution and circuit
protection in residential,
commercial and light
industrial applications.
The assembly consists
of an enclosure, an interior
assembly and a cover. The
interior assembly consists
of a backpan where the bus
assembly is mounted.
Incoming power is
terminated at main lugs or a
main circuit breaker. Load
circuit protection is provided
by molded-case circuit
breakers that plug onto the

15
16
17
18

Extra 1.50-Inch (38.1 mm)
Knockout for Bundling
Provides for easier installation,
less installation time.
Top or Bottom Feed

■ Straight-in wiring saves labor and material
■ Only one panel for either application—

no modifications necessary

21
22
23

Type CH Family
Eaton’s electrical business
began manufacturing the CH
series of loadcenters and
circuit breakers in 1962.
Changes have occurred over
the years due to code
changes, UL® listed

Type BR Family
With the acquisition of
Westinghouse’s Distribution
and Control Business Unit
(DCBU) in 1994, Eaton
gained the circuit breaker
and loadcenter manufacturing

and marketing operations of
Westinghouse. Prior to 1989,
these products were
manufactured by
Westinghouse’s Bryant
subsidiary in Bridgeport, CT.
The products from this facility
bore the Westinghouse and
Bryant nameplates. In 1988,
Westinghouse purchased
Challenger Electric,
redesigned the product, and
moved all production from
Bridgeport to Jackson, MS.
As Eaton integrated the
product lines in 1995, all
loadcenter production shifted
to the Lincoln, IL, facility.

“Tangential” Center Knockout for
easier installation

Single Keyhole Mounting
Just one keyhole at top and bottom
for easier mounting and leveling.
Unique Sandalwood Finish
Immediately recognizable,
aesthetically appealing, scratchresistant powder coating.

Separately Packaged Covers
Commercial Grade Main Breaker
■ 35 kAIC series rated main breaker in
150 and 200A loadcenters
■ 42 and 100 kAIC series ratings available

Drywall Marking on Enclosure
Indicates proper mounting depth for
flush applications.
One-Piece Silver Flash Plated Copper Bus
Provides superior conductivity throughout the
entire product line.

19
20

Product History

requirements and product
enhancements. Three major
design changes occurred in
1969, 1982 and 1995. The
3/4-inch wide feeder circuit
breakers, silver flash plated
copper bus, sandalwood (tan)
painted box and industryleading warranties have
been the trademarks of this
premium product through
the years.

Type CH Loadcenter

13
14

bus assembly. Loadcenters
are used on services
providing no more than
240 Vac, and are available
with bus rated from 40 to
600A. Loadcenter covers
are available as surface,
flush or combination.

■ Full line of “true” surface and

combination covers

■ Built-in flush leveling feature
■ Choice of circuit identification by

breaker labels or circuit directory

Neutral Design
(for styles as indicated)
■ Bonding strap is easily removable
for sub-panel applications
providing a ground and neutral
■ Factory-bonded for service
entrance applications providing
a split neutral
■ Ample additional 2/0 lugs
provided; no kits necessary
■ 200% size neutral

Steel Backpan

■ Provides positive, reliable breaker mounting
■ One-piece designed for stability

Convertible Styles Available
■ Uses field-installable main breaker or main
lug kits
■ Flexible inventory—same breaker is used in
loadcenter and circuit breaker enclosures

Improved Endwall Knockouts
Larger KOs are balanced to enhance
installed appearance and to ease
use of existing wiring.

24
25
V12-T5-2

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

5

Loadcenters

Product History Time Line

1

Originally a Cutler-Hammer Product—3/4-Inch Non-Interchangeable Product Line

2
Door latch is tan plastic, twin neutrals,
CH8_S or F. (Blank is 1 letter indicating
box size, i.e., B, C, E, J, K.)

3
4

Metal latch, single neutral, CH7_S
or F. (Blank is 2 letters indicating box
size, i.e., BB, CC, JJ, KK.)

5

Cover catalog numbers CH7_S or F.
(Blank is 1 letter indicating box size,
i.e., B, C, D, 3, G, J, K.)

6
7

Originally a Westinghouse Product—1-Inch Interchangeable Product Line

8
9
10
Replacement Capabilities

11

Replacement Capabilities

12

Type

Loadcenter Generations

Part 2

CH

CH1

CH2

BR

BR1

BR2

BR3

Breakers

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Surge arresters

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Covers

■

■

■

■

Deadfronts (NEMA® 3R)

■

■

■

■

Door assemblies (NEMA 3R)

■

■

■

■

MCB kits

■

■

■

■

Neutral bars

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Ground bars

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Breaker accessories

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Labels

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Lugs

■

■

■

■

Door locks

■

■

■

■

Door latches

■

Paint

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Closure plates

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Hubs

■

■

■

■

Spare parts kit

■

Whole house AC surge protection

■

■

■

13
14
15
16
17
18
19

■

20
21

■
■

■

■

■

Notes
1 CH and BR are the current product designations. CH1, CH2, BR1, BR2 and BR3 are used only to identify previous generations of the product described in the replacement capabilities chart above.
These are not actual product designations.
2 Catalog number of loadcenter required to obtain correct part.

22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T5-3

5
1

CHSF2125

Loadcenters
Type CH

Type CH Replacement Parts
Description

Ordering Quantity 1

Catalog Number

2

Subfeed lug blocks—two-pole, 125A, 3/4-inch (19.1 mm) spaces needed

1

CHSF2125

Subfeed lug blocks—three-pole, 125A, 3/4-inch (19.1 mm) spaces needed

1

CHSF3125

3

Neutral/ground lug—add-on neutral or ground lug

1

NL20

1

NL30

1

NL300

Filler plates—3/4-inch (19.1 mm) space circuit breaker space

25

CHFP

CSR main circuit breaker filler plate (with hardware)

1

CSRFP

Door lock—12–42 circuits, and 100–225A

1

TDL

Sandlewood spray paint

1

SPCSW

ANSI-61 light gray touchup paint for outdoor loadcenters

1

SPC61

Isolated neutral assembly (computer circuits)

1

BINA

Circuit directory—adhesive backed

10

TCD

Cover screws

25

LCCS

Cover replacement latch 14-5/16 inch (363.55 mm) wide loadcenters only

1

CHRLS

Circuit marking strip (next to breakers)

10

CHMS

Circuit identification label (preprinted breaker labels next to breakers)

25

CHBL

Series rated caution label

25

SRL

10

Branch circuit numbering strip

20

CHNS

Bonding strap with screw

1

BSSUSE

11

125A retainer bracket for sub-fed devices

1

CH125RB

4

CHSF3125

5
6
7

CHFP

8
9

TDL

BINA

12

Replacement lock 400A devices

1

52-2751

Replacement latch for NEMA 3R—four circuits and above

1

CH3RLATCH

Lock for vintage CH7 cover

1

CH9FL

13
14

CHRLS

15
16

Mechanical Interlocks

17

Fits Loadcenter
Catalog Numbers

Mechanical Interlock Panel Cover Catalog Number

Type

Flush

Surface

A

CH12L125B, CH16L125B, CH12L3125B, CH14B100B

CH8BFM

CH8BSM

CH20L125C, CH24L125C, CH18L3125C, CH24L3125C, CH22B100C, CH22N100C

CH8CFM

CH8CSM

19

CH24L150D, CH32L150D, CH24L3225D, CH30L3150D

CH8DFM

CH8DSM

CH42L225G, CH42L3225G

CH8GFM

CH8GSM

20

Inner cover of Box B raintight

—

CH8BRM
CH8CRM

18

CH8BRM Type A

Inner cover of Box C raintight

—

CH24B150E, CH24B200E

CH8EFM

CH8ESM

CH32B150J, CH32B200J, CH3242B200J, CH32N200J, CH32B225J

CH8JFM

CH8JSM

22

CH42B200K, CH42N200K, CH42B225K

CH8KFM

CH8KSM

CHPC32B150L, CHPC32B200L, CHPC32N200L

CHPC8B32LFM

—

23

CHPC42B150L, CHPC42B200L, CHPC42N200L

CHPC8B42LFM

—

21

CH8EFM Type B

24

B

CH8B150RF, CH8B200RF, CH8N200RF, CH24B150R, CH24B200R

CH3RDF7M

—

CH32B150R, CH32B200R, CH32N200R, CH32B225R

CH3RDF9M

—

CH42B200R, CH42N200R, CH42B225R

CH3RDF10M

—

Note
1 Must be purchased in multiples of ordering quantities indicated.

25
V12-T5-4

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

5

Loadcenters
Type CH

Replacement Rainproof Conduit Hubs

DS100H1

Conduit Size
Description

Inches (mm)

Ordering
Quantity 1

Catalog
Number

Group 1—for use with 70, 100 and 125A MLO and MCB loadcenters and circuit breaker enclosures,
and the following 150 and 200A panels: CH8B150RF, CH8B200RF

0.75 (19.1)

1

DS075H1

1.00 (25.4)

1

DS100H1

1.25 (31.8)

1

DS125H1

1.50 (38.1)

1

DS150H1

2.00 (50.8)

1

DS200H1

2.00 (50.8)

1

DS200H2

2.50 (63.5)

1

DS250H2

3.00 (76.2)

1

DS300H2

Adapter kit—allows Installing a Group 1 hub on devices arranged for Group 2 hubs

—

1

DS900AP

Group 1—small blank hub closure plate

—

1

DS900CP1

Group 2 —þlarge blank hub closure plate

—

1

DS900CP2

Group 2—for use with 150, 200 and 225A MLO and MCB loadcenters and circuit breaker enclosure
except for the following 150 and 200A panels: CH8B150RF, CH8B200RF

Length
Inches (mm)

Ordering
Quantity 2

Catalog
Number

dssssds

2.54 (64.5)

1

GBK5 2

dssssdsj

3.59 (91.2)

1

GBK520 2

Description (See Legend)

3
4
5
6
7
9
10

2

4.29 (109.0)

1

GBK10

5.34 (135.6)

1

GBK1020 2

1

GBK13 2

f
d
f
f
f
k
f
d
f
k
f
f
f
k
f

dssssdssssss
dssssdssssssj

4.61 (117.1)

dssssdssssssssss

5.69 (144.5)

1

GBK14 2

dssssdssssssssssj

6.74 (171.2)

1

GBK1420 2

dssssdsssssssssssssssss

8.14 (206.8)

1

GBK21 2

dssssdsssssssssssssssssj

9.19 (233.4)

1

GBK2120 2

ssssssssdssssssdsssssss

7.94 (201.7)

1

CH9GP21 34

Ground Bar Legend
s = (3) #14–#10 Cu/Al or (1) #14–#4 Cu/Al
j = (1) #6–2/0 Cu/Al
= (1) 1/0–14 or (3) #10–12 Cu/Al
= (1) #14–1/0 Cu/Al or (3) #14–#10 Cu/Al
d = Mounting hole

11
12
13
14

f k

15
16

Replacement Grounded “B” Phase Adapters

17

Replacement Neutral Bar Accessories

Maximum
Amperes

Three-Phase Loadcenter
Types of Panels

Kit Catalog
Number 5

Description

Catalog
Number 5

125

12–32 circuit main lug

CHGRD1

Split neutral kit for 22 circuit 125A maximum

CHSN125C

225

Main lug and CHH main breaker panels

CHGRD2

Split neutral kit for 32 circuit 200A maximum

CHSN225J

CC main CB panels

CHGRD3

Split neutral kit for 42 circuit 200A maximum

CHSN225K

Replacement neutral for all C type boxes

CHN125C

Replacement neutral for all D type boxes

CHN125D

Replacement neutral for all L type boxes

CHN225L

Isolated Neutral Assembly (computer circuits)

BINA

Replacement Neutral Lugs for Vintage Loadcenters
Catalog
Number

Description

2

8

Replacement Ground Bar Kits

GBK14

1

Vintage 1 (CH1) 125A

CH9CM1

Vintage 1 (CH1) 225A

CH9CM2

Vintage 2 (CH2) 125A

CH9SU3

Vintage 2 (CH2) 225A

CH9SU2

18
19
20
21
22

Notes
1 Must be purchased in multiples of ordering quantities indicated.
2 Distance between mounting holes is 1-3/4 inches (44.5 mm).
3 For single- and three-phase 400A loadcenters.
4 Distance between mounting holes is 2-13/32 inches.
5 Cannot be used in Safety Breaker Panels. Classic Plus Panels only.

23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T5-5

5
1

CHHT

Loadcenters
Type CH

Breaker Replacement Accessories
Description

2

Catalog
Number

25

CHHT

Handle Ties 2
Handle tie bar for physically joining the handles of two adjacent single-pole Type CH circuit breakers (molded plastic handle cover)

3

Ordering
Quantity 1

CHPL

Handle Lockoffs 34
Padlockable device for locking the handle of single-, two- or three-pole Type CH circuit breakers (escutcheon mounted) 5

1

CHPL

Padlockable device for locking the handle of a single-, two- or three-pole Type CHGFI circuit breaker (escutcheon mounted) 5

1

CHPLGF

Padlockable device for locking the handle of main circuit breaker Types CC and CCH into the ON or OFF position.(screw mounted) 6

1

CCPL

5

Padlockable device for locking the handle of main breaker Types BW and CSR into the ON or OFF position (escutcheon mounted) 5

1

MCBPL

6

Device used to secure handle in ON or OFF position for single-pole Type CH circuit breakers (handle mounted) 8

10

CHLO

Hold-down retainer kit for single-, two-, three-pole Type CH circuit breakers. For 6–24 circuit 125A single- and three-phase,
12–42 circuit single-phase 225A and 24–42 circuit three-phase 225A MLO Type CH loadcenters

1

CH125RB

Hold-down retainer kit for single-, two-, three-pole Type CH circuit breakers for 2–4 circuit MLO CH loadcenters.

1

CH125RB24

1

CH9MB270

4

7
8

CHPLGF

Handle Lockdogs

47

Hold-Down Kits 9
MCBPL

Mounting Bases
CHLO

9

Mounting base for two-pole Type CH circuit breaker—70A maximum
Main Breaker Lug Kits
Types CC and CCH main breaker lug kit (2) 300 kcmil

1

CCL300

Type CSR main breaker lug kit (2) 300 kcmil

1

MCBL300

10

CHML

10

CHPLOFF

12

10

CHPLOFFA

10

CHL1P

13

10

CHL2P

10
11

14

CH125RB

Mechanical Interlock
Type CH for two-, three- and four-pole breakers

CH9MB270

15
16
17

CHML

18
19
20

Notes
1 Must be purchased in multiples of ordering quantities indicated.
2 Handle ties: typically used to join two similar independent single-pole breakers to form a two-pole noncommon trip breaker.
3 Handle lockoffs: devices that use a padlock to lock the circuit breaker’s handle in the ON or OFF position.
4 Requires one additional pole space.
5 Escutcheon mounted: device mounted semipermanently to the face of the circuit breaker and secured by the loadcenter deadfront.
6 Screw mounted: device permanently mounted to the face of the circuit breaker by the use of a non-removable screw.
7 Handle lockdogs: devices that are used to secure a circuit breaker’s handle in the ON or OFF position. Handle lockdogs are not padlockable devices.
8 Handle mounted: device mounted above or below handle using spring pressure.
9 Hold-down kits: devices used to secure the circuit breaker to the loadcenter for back-feed main application. See NEC Article 384.16(g).

21
22
23
24
25
V12-T5-6

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

5

Loadcenters
Type CH

Renewal Parts List for Type CH Loadcenter Covers and Deadfronts

1

Single-Phase with Main Circuit Breaker
Catalog
Number

Combination
Covers

Surface
Covers

NEMA 3R
Covers

NEMA 3R
Deadfronts

Catalog
Number

Combination
Covers

Surface
Covers

NEMA 3R
Covers

NEMA 3R
Deadfronts

CH1420B100B

CH8BF

CH8BS

—

—

CH30B125R

—

—

CH3RDOOR10

CH3RDF6

CH1420B100R

——

—

CH3RDOOR5

CH3RDF4

CH3242B200J

CH8JF

CH8JS

—

—

CH14B100B

CH8BF

CH8BS

—

—

CH3242B200R

—

—

CH3RDOOR12

CH3RDF9

CH14B100R

—

—

CH3RDOOR5

CH3RDF4

CH32B150J

CH8JF

CH8JS

—

—

CH1824B100C

CH8CF

CH8CS

—

—

CH32B150R

—

—

CH3RDOOR12

CH3RDF9

CH1824B100R

—

—

CH3RDOOR8

CH3RDF5

CH32B200J

CH8JF

CH8JS

—

—

CH18B100C

CH8CF

CH8CS

—

—

CH32B200R

—

—

CH3RDOOR12

CH3RDF9

CH18B100R

—

—

CH3RDOOR8

CH3RDF5

CH32B225J

CH8JF

CH8JS

—

—

CH20H100C

CH8CF

CH8CS

—

—

CH32B225R

—

—

CH3RDOOR12

CH3RDF9

CH20H100R

—

—

CH3RDOOR7

CH3RDF5

CH32H150L

CH8LF

CH8LS

—

—

CH22B100C

CH8CF

CH8CS

—

—

CH32H150R

—

—

CH3RDOOR6

CH3RDF10

CH22B100R

—

—

CH3RDOOR7

CH3RDF5

CH32H200L

CH8LF

CH8LS

—

—

CH22B125C

CH8CF

CH8CS

—

—

CH32H200R

—

—

CH3RDOOR6

CH3RDF11

CH22B125R

—

—

CH3RDOOR8

CH3RDF5

CH42B200K

CH8KF

CH8KS

—

—

CH24B150E

CH8EF

CH8ES

—

—

CH42B200R

—

—

CH3RDOOR13

CH3RDF10

CH24B150R

—

—

CH3RDOOR11

CH3RDF7

CH42B225K

CH8KF

CH8KS

—

—

CH24B200E

CH8EF

CH8ES

—

—

CH42B225R

—

—

CH3RDOOR13

CH3RDF10

CH24B200R

—

—

CH3RDOOR11

CH3RDF7

CH42H200L

CH8LF

CH8LS

—

—

CH28H100D

CH8DF

CH8DS

—

—

CH42H200R

—

—

CH3RDOOR6

CH3RDF11

CH28H100R

—

—

CH3RDOOR9

CH3RDF6

CH42H225L

CH8LF

CH8LS

—

—

CH28H125D

CH8DF

CH8DS

—

—

CH42H225R

—

—

CH3RDOOR6

CH3RDF11

CH28H125R

—

—

CH3RDOOR9

CH3RDF6

CH42PM300

CH7PMF (flush)

CH7PMS

—

—

CH30B100D

CH8DF

CH8DS

—

—

CH42PM400

CH7PMF (flush)

CH7PMS

—

—

CH30B100R

—

—

CH3RDOOR10

CH3RDF6

CH8B150RF

—

—

CH3RDOOR11

CH3RDF7

CH30B125D

CH8DF

CH8DS

—

—

CH8B200RF

—

—

CH3RDOOR11

CH3RDF7

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T5-7

5
1

Loadcenters
Type CH

Single-Phase with Main Lugs
Catalog
Number

Combination
Covers

Surface
Covers

NEMA 3R
Covers

NEMA 3R
Deadfronts

Catalog
Number

Combination
Covers

Surface
Covers

NEMA 3R
Covers

NEMA 3R
Deadfronts

CH4L125RP

—

—

CH3RDOOR2

CH3RDF2

CH2L125SP

—

CH82S

—

—

3

CH12L125B

CH8BF

CH8BS

—

—

CH2L40FP

—

—

—

—

CH12L125R

—

—

CH3RDOOR5

CH3RDF4

CH2L40RP

—

—

BKRCVR

—

4

CH12L200D

CH8DF

CH8DS

—

—

CH2L40SP

—

—

—

—

CH12L200R

—

—

CH3RDOOR9

CH4RDF6

CH2L70FP

—

—

—

—

5

CH1624L125B

CH8BF

CH8BS

—

—

CH2L70RP

—

—

BKRCVR

—

CH1624L125R

—

—

CH3RDOOR5

CH3RDF4

CH2L70SP

—

—

—

—

6

CH16L125B

CH8BF

CH8BS

—

—

CH3242L225D

CH8DF

CH8DS

—

—

CH16L125R

—

—

CH3RDOOR5

CH3RDF4

CH3242L225R

—

—

CH3RDOOR11

CH3RDF6

7

CH16L200D

CH8DF

BH8DS

—

—

CH32L150D

CH8DF

CH8DS

—

—

CH16L200R

—

—

CH3RDOOR11

CH3RDF6

CH32L150R

—

—

CH3RDOOR11

CH3RDF6

8

CH20L125C

CH8CF

CH8CS

—

—

CH32L225D

CH8DF

CH8DS

—

—

CH20L125R

—

—

CH3RDOOR8

CH3RDF5

CH32L225R

—

—

CH3RDOOR11

CH3RDF6

CH24L125C

CH8CF

CH8CS

—

—

CH42L225G

CH8GF

CH8GS

—

—

CH24L125R

—

—

CH3RDOOR8

CH3RDF5

CH42L225R

—

—

CH3RDOOR12

CH3RDF8

CH24L150D

CH8DF

CH8DS

—

—

CH42PL400

CH7PF (flush)

CH7PS

—

—

CH24L150R

—

—

CH3RDOOR11

CH3RDF6

CH4L125FP

CH84F (flush)

—

—

—

CH24L225D

CH8DF

CH8DS

—

—

CH4L125SP

—

CH84S

—

—

CH24L225R

—

—

CH3RDOOR11

CH3RDF6

CH8L125FP

CH88F (flush)

—

—

—

CH2L125FP

CH82F (FLUSH)

—

—

—

CH8L125RP

—

—

CH3RDOOR4

CH3RDF3

CH2L125RE2P

—

—

—

—

CH8L125SP

—

CH88S

—

—

CH2L125RP

—

—

CH3RDOOR1

CH3RDF1

2

9
10
11
12
13
14
15

Single-Phase Convertible
Catalog
Number

Combination
Covers

Surface
Covers

NEMA 3R
Covers

NEMA 3R
Deadfronts

CH22N125C

CH8CF

CH8CS

—

—

16

CH22N125R

—

—

—

—

CH32N200J

CH8JF

CH8JS

—

—

17

CH32N200R

—

—

CH3RD00R12

CH3RDF9

CH42N225K

CH8KF

CH8KS

—

—

18

CH42N225R

—

—

—

—

CH8N200RF

—

—

—

CH3RDF7

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T5-8

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

5

Loadcenters
Type CH

Three-Phase with Main Circuit Breakers

Three-Phase with Main Lugs

Catalog
Number

Combination
Covers

Surface
Covers

NEMA 3R
Covers

NEMA 3R
Deadfronts

Catalog
Number

Combination
Covers

Surface
Covers

NEMA 3R
Covers

NEMA 3R
Deadfronts

CH30B3150L

CH8LF

CH8LS

—

—

CH12L3125B

CH8BF

CH8BS

—

—

CH30B3150R

—

—

CH3RDOOR6

CH3RDF11

CH12L3125R

—

—

CH3RDOOR5

CH3RDF4

CH30B3200L

CH8LF

CH8LS

—

—

CH18L3125C

CH8CF

CH8CS

—

—

CH30B3200R

—

—

CH3RDOOR6

CH3RDF11

CH18L3125R

—

—

CH3RDOOR8

CH3RDF5

CH30B3225L

CH8LF

CH8LS

—

—

CH24L3125C

CH8CF

CH8CS

—

—

CH30B3225R

—

—

CH3RDOOR6

CH3RDF11

CH24L3125R

—

—

CH3RDOOR8

CH3RDF5

CH30H3200L

CH8LF

CH8LS

—

—

CH24L3225D

CH8DF

CH8DS

—

—

CH30H3200R

—

—

CH3RDOOR6

CH3RDF11

CH24L3225R

—

—

CH3RDOOR11

CH3RDF6

CH424PM300

CH7PMF (flush)

CH7PMS

—

—

CH30L3150D

CH8DF

CH8DS

—

—

CH424PM400

CH7PMF (flush)

CH7PMS

—

—

CH30L3150R

—

—

CH3RDOOR11

CH3RDF6

CH42B3200L

CH8LF

CH8LS

—

—

CH30L3225D

CH8DF

CH8DS

—

—

CH42B3200R

—

—

CH3RDOOR6

CH3RDF11

CH30L3225R

—

—

CH3RDOOR11

CH3RDF6

CH42B3225L

CH8LF

CH8LS

—

—

CH424PL400

CH7PF (flush)

CH7PS

—

—

CH42B3225R

—

—

CH3RDOOR6

CH3RDF11

CH42L3225R

—

—

CH3RDOOR12

CH3RDF8

CH42H3200L

CH8LF

CH8LS

—

—

CH42L3225G

CH8GF

CH8GS

—

—

CH42H3200R

—

—

CH3RDOOR6

CH3RDF11

CH6L3125FP

CH86F (flush)

—

—

—

CH42H3225L

CH8LF

CH8LS

—

—

CH6L3125RP

—

—

CH3RDOOR3

CH3RDF3

CH42H3225R

—

—

CH3RDOOR6

CH3RDF11

CH6L3125SP

—

CH86F

—

—

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T5-9

5
1
2

Loadcenters
Type CH

Renewal Parts List for Vintage Type CH Loadcenter Covers and Deadfronts
Single-Phase with Main Circuit Breaker

Single-Phase with Main Lugs

Flush
Covers

Surface Covers Flush Covers
w/ Mechanical w/ Mechanical
Interlock
Interlock

Catalog
Number

Surface
Covers

Flush
Covers

Surface Covers Flush Covers
w/ Mechanical w/ Mechanical
Interlock
Interlock

Catalog
Number

Surface
Covers

CH22CCM100N

CH7CCS

CH7CCF

CH7CCSM

CH7CCFM

CH2S

—

—

—

—

CH30JJM150N

CH7JJS

CH7JJF

—

—

CH2F

—

—

—

—

4

CH30JJM200N

CH7JJS

CH7JJF

—

—

CH2R

—

—

—

—

CH40KKM200N

CH7KKS

CH7KKF

—

—

CH2AS

—

—

—

—

5

CH14BBM100

CH7BBS

CH7BBF

CH7BBSM

CH7BBFM

CH2AF

—

—

—

—

CH14BBM100R

—

—

—

—

CH2AR

—

—

—

—

CH18CCM100

CH7CCS

CH7CCF

—

—

CH2BS

—

—

—

—

6

CH18CCM100R

—

—

—

—

CH2BF

—

—

—

—

CH22CCM125

CH7CCS

CH7CCF

—

—

CH2BR

—

—

—

—

7

CH22CCM125R

—

—

—

—

CH4S

—

—

—

—

CH20JJM150

CH7JJS

CH7JJF

—

—

CH4F

—

—

—

—

CH20JJM150R

—

—

—

—

CH4R

—

—

—

—

8

CH20JJM200

CH7JJS

CH7JJF

—

—

CH8S

—

—

—

—

CH20JJM200R

—

—

—

—

CH8F

—

—

—

—

9

CH24JJM150

CH7JJS

CH7JJF

—

—

CH8R

—

—

—

—

CH24JJM150R

—

—

—

—

CH12BB

CH7BBS

CH7BBF

CH7BBSM

CH7BBFM
—

3

CH24JJM200

CH7JJS

CH7JJF

—

—

CH12BBR

—

—

—

10

CH24JJM200R

—

—

—

—

CH12EE200

CH7EES

CH7EEF

—

—

CH30JJM150

CH7JJS

CH7JJF

—

—

CH12EE200R

—

—

—

—

11

CH30JJM150R

—

—

—

—

CH16BB

CH7BBS

CH7BBF

CH7BBSM

CH7BBFM

CH30JJM200

CH7JJS

CH7JJF

—

—

CH16BBR

—

—

—

—

CH30JJM200R

—

—

—

—

CH16EE200

CH7EES

CH7EEF

—

—

12

CH30KKM225

CH7KKS

CH7KKF

—

—

CH16EE200R

—

—

—

—

CH30KKM225R

—

—

—

—

CH20CC

CH7CCS

CH7CCF

CH7CCSM

CH7CCFM

13

CH40KKM200

CH7KKS

CH7KKF

—

—

CH20CCR

—

—

—

—

CH40KKM200R

—

—

—

—

CH24CC

CH7CCS

CH7CCF

CH7CCSM

CH7CCFM

CH42KKM225

CH7KKS

CH7KKF

—

—

CH24CCR

—

—

—

—

CH42KKM225R

—

—

—

—

CH24EE150

CH7EES

CH7EEF

CH7EESM

CH7EEFM

CH42PM300

CH7PMS

CH7PMF

—

—

CH24EE150R

—

—

—

—

CH42PM400

CH7PMS

CH7PMF

—

—

CH24EE225

CH7EES

CH7EEF

—

—

CH20CCM100H2

CH7CCS

CH7CCF

—

—

CH24EE225R

—

—

—

—

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

CH20CCM100H2R —

—

—

—

CH30EE

CH7EES

CH7EEF

CH7EESM

CH7EEFM

CH26EEM125H2

CH7EES

CH7EEF

—

—

CH30EER

—

—

—

—

CH26EEM125H2R

—

—

—

—

CH30EE225

CH7EES

CH7EEF

—

—

CH20CCM100H4

CH7CCS

CH7CCF

—

—

CH30EE225R

—

—

—

—

CH20CCM100H4R —

—

—

—

CH42GG

CH7GGS

CH7GGF

CH7GGSM

CH7GGFM

CH26EEM100H4

CH7EES

CH7EEF

—

—

CH42GGR

—

—

—

—

CH26EEM100H4R

—

—

—

—

CH42PL400

CH7PS

CH7PF

—

—

CH26EEM125H4

CH7EES

CH7EEF

—

—

CH48S

—

—

—

—

CH26EEM125H4R

—

—

—

—

CH48F

—

—

—

—

CH30JJM150H

CH7JJS

CH7JJF

—

—

CH48R

—

—

—

—

CH30JJM150HR

—

—

—

—

CH816S

—

—

—

—

CH30JJM200H

CH7JJS

CH7JJF

—

—

CH816F

—

—

—

—

CH30JJM200HR

—

—

—

—

CH816R

—

—

—

—

CH40KKM200H

CH7KKS
—

CH7KKF
—

—
—

—
—

CH1624BB

CH7BBS
—

CH7BBF
—

—
—

—
—

CH7EES

CH7EEF

—

—

—

—

—

—

CH40KKM200HR
CH42KKM225H

CH7KKS

CH7KKF

—

—

CH1624BBR
CH3042EE225

CH42KKM225HR

—

—

—

—

CH3042EE225R

CH1420BBM100

CH7BBS

CH7BBF

—

—

CH1420BBM100R

—

—

—

—

CH1824CCM100

CH7CCS

CH7CCF

—

—

CH1824CCM100R

—

—

—

—

CH3040JJM200

CH7JJS

CH7JJF

—

—

CH3040JJM200

—

—

—

—

25
V12-T5-10

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

5

Loadcenters
Type CH

Three-Phase with Main Lugs

Three-Phase with Main Circuit Breaker

Catalog
Number

Surface
Covers

Flush
Covers

Surface Covers Flush Covers
w/ Mechanical w/ Mechanical
Interlock
Interlock

CH64S

—

—

—

—

CH304JJM150

CH7JJS

CH7JJF

—

—

CH64R

—

—

—

—

CH304JJM150R

—

—

—

—

CH124BB

CH7BBS

CH7BBF

CH7BBSM

CH7BBFM

CH304JJM200

CH7JJS

CH7JJF

—

—

CH124BBR

—

—

—

—

CH304JJM200R

—

—

—

—

CH184CC

CH7CCS

CH7CCF

CH7CCSM

CH7CCFM

CH304LLM225

CH7LLS

CH7LLF

—

—

CH184CCR

—

—

—

—

CH424KKM200

CH7KKS

CH7KKF

—

—

CH244CC

CH7CCS

CH7CCF

CH7CCSM

CH7CCFM

CH424KKM200R

—

—

—

—

CH244CCR

—

—

—

—

CH424LLM225

CH7LLS

CH7LLF

—

—

CH244EE225

CH7EES

CH7EEF

CH7EESM

CH7EEFM

CH424PM300

CH7PMS

CH7PMF

—

—

CH244EE225R

—

—

—

—

CH424PM400

CH7PMS

CH7PMF

—

—

CH304EE

CH7EES

CH7EEF

CH7EESM

CH7EEFM

CH304JJM200H

CH7JJS

CH7JJF

—

—

CH304EER

—

—

—

—

CH304JJM200HR

—

—

—

—

CH304EE225

CH7EES

CH7EEF

—

—

CH424KKM200H

CH7KKS

CH7KKF

—

—

CH304EE225R

—

—

—

—

CH424KKM200HR

—

—

—

—

CH424GG225

CH7GGS

CH7GGF

CH7GGSM

CH7GGFM

CH424LLM225H

CH7LLS

CH7LLF

—

—

CH424GG225R

—

—

—

—

CH424PL400

CH7PS

CH7PF

—

—

Catalog
Number

Surface
Covers

Flush
Covers

Surface Covers Flush Covers
w/ Mechanical w/ Mechanical
Interlock
Interlock

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

Type CH Loadcenter Interior Assemblies
Catalog
Number

Ampere
Rating

Maximum Number 1.00-Inch (25.4 mm)
Spaces

Single-Pole

UL File
Reference

Main Terminal Wire Size Range
(per phase) Cu/Al 60ºC or 75ºC

Standard
Package Quantity

Single-Phase, Single-Row Breaker Mounting—Copper Bus 120/24 Vac, Three-Wire

12
13

CH9MB270

70

2

2

E8741

(1) #8–#2 AWG Cu/Al

1

CH2L125INT

125

2

2

E8741

(1) 2/0–#6 AWG Cu/Al

20

14
15

Single-Phase, Double-Row Breaker Mounting—Copper Bus 120/240 Vac, Three-Wire
CH4L125INT

125

4

4

E8741

(1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al

20

CH8L125INT

125

8

8

E8741

(1) 2/0–#6 AWG Cu/Al

20

CH12L125INT

125

12

12

E8741

(1) 2/0–#6 AWG Cu/Al

20

CH16L125INT

125

16

16

E8741

(1) 2/0–#6 AWG Cu/Al

20

CH12L200INT

200

12

12

E8741

(1) 300 kcmil–#4 AWG Cu/Al

20

CH16L200INT

200

16

16

E8741

(1) 300 kcmil–#4 AWG Cu/Al

10

CH24L225INT

225

24

24

E8741

(1) 300 kcmil–#4 AWG Cu/Al

10

CH32L225INT

225

32

32

E8741

(1) 300 kcmil–#4 AWG Cu/Al

10

CH42L225INT

225

42

42

E8741

(1) 300 kcmil–#4 AWG Cu/Al

10

16
17
18
19

Three-Phase, Double-Row Breaker Mounting—Copper Bus 208Y/120 Vac, Four-Wire—240 Vac, Three-Wire—120/240 Vac, Four-Wire Delta
CH12L3125INT

125

12

12

E8741

(1) 2/0–#6 AWG Cu/Al

10

CH18L3125INT

125

18

18

E8741

(1) 2/0–#6 AWG Cu/Al

10

CH24L3125INT

125

24

24

E8741

(1) 2/0–#6 AWG Cu/Al

10

CH24L3225INT

225

24

24

E8741

(1) 300 kcmil–#4 AWG Cu/Al

10

CH30L3225INT

225

30

30

E8741

(1) 300 kcmil–#4 AWG Cu/Al

10

CH42L3225INT

225

42

42

E8741

(1) 300 kcmil–#4 AWG Cu/Al

10

20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T5-11

5
1

BRSF125

Loadcenters
Type BR

Type BR Replacement Parts and Covers
Number
of Poles

2
3BRS225

4

3

5

Main Lugs

6

Number of 1.00-Inch (25.4 mm)
Spaces Needed

Wire Size Range
Cu/Al 60°C or 75°C

Ordering
Quantity 2

Catalog
Number

125

2

#8–2/0

1

BRSF125

150

2

#8–2/0

1

BRSF150 2

Main and Subfeed Lug Blocks
2

3

Ampere
Rating

BRL200

225

4

#2–300 kcmil

1

BRS225

150

3

#8–2/0

1

3BRSF150 2

225

6

#2–300 kcmil

1

3BRS225

Two-pole, 200A stud mounted (includes deadfront filler plate)

#1–300 kcmil

1

BRL200

Neutral/ground lug
Add-on neutral or ground lug

#2/0 maximum

1

NL20

#3/0 maximum

1

NL30

300 kcmil maximum

1

NL300

7

Filler Plates

8

1.00-inch (25.4 mm) circuit breaker space

25

BRFP

BW main circuit breaker space (with hardware)

1

BWFP

Door lock —12–42 circuits, and 100–225A

1

TDL

9

TDL

10
11
12
13
14
15
16

Door lock—4–8 circuits, 125A

1

CH9FL

ANSI-61 light gray touchup paint for current loadcenters

1

SPC61

Isolated neutral assembly (computer circuits)

1

BINA

Circuit directory—adhesive backed

10

TCD

Cover screws

25

LCCS

Cover replacement latch (gray) 14-5/16 (363.5 mm) wide loadcenters only

1

BRRL

Circuit marking strip (next to breaker)

10

BRMS

Circuit identification label (preprinted breaker labels)

25

CHBL

Series rated caution label

25

SRL

Bonding strip with screw

1

BSSUSE

Mechanical Interlock Cover
Covers mechanically interlock two breakers—Type BW
or BWH main breaker with a Type BR branch breaker.
BR4040B200

17
18
19
20

Mechanical Interlock Covers
Fits Loadcenter
Catalog Number

Mechanical Interlock Panel Cover
Catalog Number

BR816B200RF

BR3RDF5M

BR2040B200R

BR3RDF11M

BR3040B200R

BR3RDF12M

BR4040B200R

BR3RDF13M

BR2040B200

BRCOV20D1FM

BR3040B200

BRCOV30G1FM

BR4040B200

BRCOV40L1FM

Notes
1 Must be purchased in multiples of ordering quantities indicated.
2 #8–2/0 wire size range is 75°C rated only.

21
22
23
24
25
V12-T5-12

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

5

Loadcenters
Type BR

DS300H2

Replacement Rainproof Conduit Hubs
Conduit Size
Inches (mm)

Description
Group 1—for use with 70, 100 and 125A MLO and MCB loadcenters and circuit breaker
enclosures and the following 150 and 200A panels: BR48B200RF

Group 2—for use with 150, 200 and 225A MLO and MCB loadcenters and circuit breaker enclosures
except for the following 200A loadcenters: BR48B200RF. Also for use with 400 and 600A loadcenters
and New York City loadcenters manufactured after November 1, 2005
Type H conduit hubs for loadcenters PL0724R and S3100RN

GBK14

Ordering
Quantity 1

Catalog
Number

0.75 (19.1)

1

DS075H1

1.00 (25.4)

1

DS100H1

1.25 (31.8)

1

DS125H1

1.50 (38.1)

1

DS150H1

2.00 (50.8)

1

DS200H1

2.00 (50.8)

1

DS200H2

2.50 (63.5)

1

DS250H2

3.00 (76.2)

1

DS300H2

0.75 (19.1)

1

RH75P

1.00 (25.4)

1

RH100P

1.25 (31.8)

1

RH125P

1.50 (38.1)

1

RH150P

Adapter kit—Allows Installing a Group 1 hub on devices arranged for Group 2 hubs

—

1

DS900AP

Group 1 small blank hub plate with bump

—

1

DS900CP1

Group 2 Large blank hub plate with bump

—

1

DS900CP2

Length
Inches (mm)

Ordering
Quantity 1

Catalog
Number

dssssds

2.54 (64.5)

1

GBK5 2

dssssdsj

Replacement Ground Bar Kits

3.59 (91.2)

1

GBK520 2

dssssdssssss

4.29 (109.0)

1

GBK10 2

dssssdssssssj

5.34 (135.6)

1

GBK1020 2

4.61 (117.1)

1

GBK13 2
2

dssssdssssssssss

5.69 (144.5)

1

GBK14

dssssdssssssssssj

6.74 (171.2)

1

GBK1420 2

dssssdsssssssssssssssss

8.14 (206.8)

1

GBK21 2

dssssdsssssssssssssssssj

9.19 (233.4)

1

GBK2120 2

f
k
f
d
f
k
f
f
f
k
f
d
f
k
f
f
f
k
f

BRGBK39512

f
d
f
f
f
k
f
d
f
k
f
f
f

Description
(See Legend)

5.78 (146.8)

1

BRGBK39512 34

1.84 (46.7)

1

GB4NM 5

sssss

Ground Bar Legend

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17

s (3) #14–10 Cu/Al or (1) #14–4 Cu/Al
j (1) #6–2/0 Cu/Al
(1) #14–1/0 Cu/Al or (3) #14–10 Cu/Al
(1) #14–6 Cu/Al or (2) #14–12 Cu/Al
d Mounting Hole

fk

18
19

Notes
1 Must be purchased in multiples of ordering quantities indicated.
2 Distance between mounting holes is 1.75 inches (44.5 mm).
3 For single- and three-phase 400 and 600A applications.
4 Distance between mounting holes is 2.34 inches (59.5 mm).
5 For non-metallic enclosures. Snaps into molded base.

20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T5-13

5
1

THS1

Loadcenters
Type BR

Replacement Breaker Accessories
Ordering
Quantity 1

Catalog
Number

Handle tie bar for physically joining the handles of two adjacent single-pole Type BR circuit breakers (metal cylinder pin type)

10

BHT

Handle tie bar for joining two independent outside poles of Types BQ and BQC Quadplex and outside poles of two Type BD
duplex circuit breakers

10

THOW

Description

2
3

Handle Ties 2

BHLW2

Handle tie bar for joining two adjacent outside poles of Types BQ and BQC Quadplex and outside poles of two Type BD duplex circuit breakers 10

4
5

BRQLW

6
7

THS1

Handle Lockoffs 3
Padlockable device for locking the handle of single-, two- or three-pole Type BR Circuit Breakers and single-pole of a Type BD Duplex
or one independent outside pole of a Type BQ or BQC Quadplex circuit breakers (escutcheon mounted) 5

10

BRLW

Padlockable device for locking the handle of a single-pole Type BR circuit breaker.(handle mounted) 5

10

BRLW1

Padlockable device for locking the handle of a two- and three-pole Type BR circuit breaker (handle mounted)

MCBPL (Installed)

5

10

BRLW2

Padlockable device for locking the handle of a single-pole Type BD Duplex, BQ or BQC Quadplex breaker (handle mounted) 5

10

BRDL1

Padlockable device for locking the handle of the two center poles and the two outer poles of a two-pole Types BQ and BQC quadplex
circuit breakers (escutcheon mounted) 4

10

BRQLW

8

Padlockable device for locking the handle of main circuit breaker Types CC and CHH into the ON or OFF position (screw mounted) 6

1

CCPL

Padlockable device for locking the handle of main breaker Types BW and BWH into the ON or OFF position (escutcheon mounted) 4

1

MCBPL

9

Handle Lockdog 7
Device used to secure handle in ON or OFF position for single-, two- or three-pole Type BR circuit breakers and single-pole of Type BD
duplex and one independent outside pole of Type BQ or BQC Quadplex circuit breakers (escutcheon mounted) 5

10

BHLW

Device used to secure handle in ON or OFF position for single-pole Type BR circuit breakers (handle mounted) 5

10

BHLW1

10
11
12

Device used to secure handle in ON or OFF position for two- and three-pole Type BR circuit breakers (handle mounted)
BHLW

14
BREQS125

BHLW2

10

BHGW

Device used to secure handle in ON or OFF position for one independent outside pole of Types BQ and BQC Quadplex or single-pole
Type BD duplex circuit breakers (handle mounted) 5

10

HLW1

Hold-down retainer kit for three-pole Type BR circuit breakers in S3100 and 3100R loadcenters only

1

BRHDB

Hold-down screw kit for two-pole Type BR circuit breakers in single-phase MLO loadcenters through 125A

1

BREQS125

Hold-down screw kit for two-pole Type BR circuit breakers in MLO loadcenters 150–225A (single-phase only)

1

BRHDK125

Hold-down screw kit for two-pole Types BJ and BJH circuit breakers in MLO loadcenters 125–225A

1

BJHDS

Hold-down screw kit for three-pole Types BJ and BJH circuit breakers in MLO loadcenters 125–225A

1

BJHDS3P

Types CC and CHH main breaker lug kit (2) 300 kcmil

1

CCL300

Types BW/BWH main breaker lug kit (2) 300 kcmil

1

MCBL300

10

BRML

Main Breaker Lug Kits

16
17

10

Device used to secure handle in ON or OFF position for single-pole Type GFCB ground fault circuit breakers (handle mounted) 5

Hold-Down Kits 8
BRLW2

13
15

5

Mechanical Interlock
BRHDK125

Types BR for two-, three- and four-pole breakers

18
19

Notes
1 Must be purchased in multiples of ordering quantities indicated.
2 Handle ties: typically used to join two similar independent single-pole breakers to form a two-pole noncommon trip breaker.
3 Handle lockoffs: devices that use a padlock to lock the circuit breaker’s handle in the ON or OFF position.
4 Escutcheon mounted: device mounted semipermanently to the face of the circuit breaker and secured by the loadcenter deadfront.
5 Handle mounted: device mounted directly to the handle by the use of a set screw.
6 Screw mounted: device permanently mounted to the face of the circuit breaker by the use of a non-removable screw.
7 Handle lockdogs: devices that are used to secure a circuit breaker’s handle in the ON or OFF position. Handle Lockdogs are not padlockable devices.
8 Hold-down kits: devices used to secure the circuit breaker to the loadcenter for back-feed main application. See NEC Article 384.16(g).

20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T5-14

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

5

Loadcenters
Type BR

Renewal Parts for Type BR Loadcenter Covers and Deadfronts

1

Single-Phase with Main Circuit Breakers
Catalog
Number

Combination
Covers

Surface
Covers

NEMA 3R
Covers

NEMA 3R
Deadfronts

Catalog
Number

Combination
Covers

Surface
Covers

NEMA 3R
Covers

NEMA 3R
Deadfronts

B4242DFN

315-003-28

—

—

—

BR2040B150R

—

—

BR3RDOOR8

BR3RDF11

B4242DR1N

—

—

Not available

—

BR2040B200

BRCOVC35

—

—

—

B4242DSN

—

315-003-27

—

—

BR2040B200R

—

—

BR3RDOOR9

BR3RDF11

B4242EFN

315-003-28

—

—

—

BR2040H200

BRCOVC35

—

—

—

B4242ESN

—

315-003-27

—

—

BR2430B150

BRCOVC40

—

—

—

BR1020B100RF

—

—

BR3RDOOR2

BR3RDF1

BR2440B200

BRCOVC41

—

—

—

—

—

—

BR1212B100

BRCOVC12

—

—

—

BR3030BC100

BRCOVC59

BR1220B100

BRCOVC12

—

—

—

BR3030B150

BRCOVC40

—

BR3RDOOR2

BR1224B100R
BR1224B100SFG 47-37466

BR3030B150R

—

—

BR3RDOOR10

BR3RDF12

BR3030BC150

BRCOVC40

—

—

—

BRCOVC16

—

—

—

BR3040B150

BRCOVC40

—

—

—

BR1620B100

BRCOVC16

—

—

—

BR3040B200

BRCOVC41

—

—

—

BR1624B100

BRCOVC16

—

—

—

BR3040B200R

—

—

BR3RDOOR11

BR3RDF12

BR1624B100R

—

—

BR3RDOOR3

BR3RDF2

BR3040H200

BRCOVC41

—

—

—

BRCOVC17

—

—

—

BR304242F

315-003-28

—

—

—

—

—

—

BR304242S

—

315-003-27

—

—

BR1632B200

BRCOVC31

—

—

—

BR4040B200

BRCOVC44

—

—

—

BR2020B100

BRCOVC22

—

—

—

BR4040BC200

BRCOVC44

—

—

—

7
8

BR1616B100

BRCOVC29

4
6

BR3RDF1

BR1624B125

3
5

47-37469

BR1630B150

2

9
10
11

BR2024B100R

—

—

BR3RDOOR4

BR3RDF4

BR4040B200R

—

—

BR3RDOOR12

BR3RDF13

BR2024B125

BRCOVC23

—

—

—

BR4040H200

BRCOVC44

—

—

—

BR2024B125R

—

—

BR3RDOOR4

BR3RDF4

BR4242B225

BRCOVC53 (2)

—

—

—

BR2024H100

BRCOVC22

—

—

—

BR4242B225R

—

—

BR3RDOOR13

BR3RDF15

BR2030B150

BRCOVC32

—

—

—

BR48B200RF

—

—

BR3RDOOR15

BR3RDF14

BR2030B150R

—

—

BR3RDOOR8

BR3RDF11

BR816B100

BRCOVC10

—

—

—

BR2030H150

BRCOVC32

—

—

—

BR816B150RF

—

—

BR3RDOOR5

BR3RDF5

BR2040B150

BRCOVC40

—

—

—

BR816B200RF

—

—

BR3RDOOR6

BR3RDF5

12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T5-15

5
1
2
3
4
5

Loadcenters
Type BR

Convertible
Catalog
Number

Combination
Covers

Surface
Covers

NEMA 3R
Covers

NEMA 3R
Deadfronts

3BR1224N125

BRCOVC20

—

—

—

3BR1224N125R

—

—

BR3RDOOR29

BR3RDF2

3BR1224N125S
3BR3030N100

—

BRCOVS20

BRCOVC37

—

—
—

—
—

3BR3030N100R

—

—

BR3RDOOR30

—

3BR3030N100S

—

BRCOVS37

—

—

BR1224N125
BR1224N125R

BRCOVC13
—

—
—

—
BR3RDOOR2

—
BR3RDF1

6

BR1224NC125R
BR1224N200

BRCOVC30

—

—

—

7

BR1224N200R

—

—

BR3RDOOR6

BR3RDF5

8
9
10
11
12
13
14

BR1624N125
BR1624N125R
BR1632N200

BR3RDOOR2

BRCOVC17
—

—
—

BRCOVC31

—

BR1632N200SFG
BR2024N125
BR2024N125R
BR2040N200
BR2040N200R
BR2440N200

BRCOVC23
—

—
—

BRCOVC35
—

—
—

BRCOVC41

—

—
BR3RDOOR3
—

—
BR3RDF2
—

47-37460

47-37375

—

—

BR3RDOOR4
—
BR3RDOOR9
—

BR3RDF4
—
BR3RDF11
—

BR3040N200

BRCOVC41

—

—

—

BR3040N200R

—

—

BR3RDOOR11

BR3RDF12

BR4040N200

BRCOVC44

—

—

—

BR4040N200R

—

—

BR3RDOOR12

BR3RDF13

BR816N200RF

—

—

BR4040NL200G BRCOVC44 + BWFP —

BR3RDOOR6
—

BR3RDF5
—

Manufactured Housing Loadcenters
Single-Phase with Main Circuit Breaker
Catalog
Number

Cover
Number

BR1020B100GK

MBCOVC10

BR1020B100PK

MBCOVC10

BR1220B100GK

MBCOVC11

BR1220B100PK

MBCOVC11

BR1224B100PK

MBCOVC24

BR1224B100GK

MBCOVC24

BR1224B100GK

MBCOVC25 1

BR1224B150GK

MBCOVC12

BR1224B150PK

MBCOVC12

BR1630B150GK

MBCOVC13

BR1630B150PK

MBCOVC13

BR1224B200GK

MBCOVC14

BR1224B200PK

MBCOVC14

BR1632B200GK

MBCOVC15

BR1632B200PK

MBCOVC15

BR2040B200GK

MBCOVC16

BR2040B200PK

MBCOVC16

BR1020B100PKW

MBCOVC17 1

BR1220B100PKW

MBCOVC18 1

BR1224B100PKW

MBCOVC25 1

BR1224B150PKW

MBCOVC19 1

BR1630B150PKW

MBCOVC20 1

BR1224B200PKW

MBCOVC21 1

BR1632B200PKW

MBCOVC22 1

BR2040B200PKW

MBCOVC23 1

Note
1 These covers are painted white (standard color is gray).

15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T5-16

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

5

Loadcenters
Type BR

Single-Phase with Main Lugs
Catalog
Number

Combination
Covers

Surface
Covers

NEMA 3R
Covers

NEMA 3R
Deadfronts

Catalog
Number

Combination
Covers

1224DRIN

—

—

1224DSN

—

Not available

2442DSN

—

2460FGNM

—

2460FNM
2460RNM

Surface
Covers

NEMA 3R
Covers

NEMA 3R
Deadfronts

Not available

—

BR24L70RP

—

—

BR24L70SGP

—

—

Not available

—

—

Not available

—

—

Not available

—

—

—

—

—

BR24L70SP

—

Not available

—

—

BR1224L125RIS

BRCOVC66

—

—

—

—

BR1224L125RISBP BRCOVC66

—

—

—

—

BR2024L125RIS

BRCOVC66

2460SGNM

—

—

—

—

BR3040L200

BRCOVC36

—

—

—

2460SNM

—

—

—

—

BR3040L200G

BRCOVC36

—

—

—

4242DFN

315-003-06

—

—

—

BR3040L200R

—

—

BR3RDOOR9

BR3RDF8

4242DRIN

—

Not available

—

—

BR4040L200

BRCOVC42

—

—

—

4242DSN

—

315-003-05

—

—

BR4040L200R

—

—

BR3RDOOR11

BR3RDF9

4242ESN

—

315-003-05

—

—

BR4242L225

BRCOVC45

—

—

—

BR1212L125

BRCOVC11

—

—

—

BR4242L225R

—

—

BR3RDOOR14

BR3RDF10

BR1224L125

BRCOVC11

—

—

—

BR48L125FDP

BRCOVC62 (flush)

—

—

—

2
3
4
5

BR1224L125DG

BRCOVC11

—

—

—

BR48L125FGP

BRCOVC63 (flush)

—

—

—

BR1224L125G

BRCOVC11

—

—

—

BR48L125FP

BRCOVC61 (flush)

—

—

—

BR1224L125R

—

—

BR3RDOOR1

BR3RDF3

BR48L125RP

—

—

BR3RDOOR26

BR3RDF22

BR1224L200

BRCOVC15

—

—

—

BR48L125SGP

—

BRCOVS60

—

—

BR1224L200R

—

—

BR3RDOOR7

BR3RDF6

BR48L125SP

—

BRCOVS59

—

—

BR1616L125

BRCOVC14

—

—

—

BR612L125FDGP

BRCOVC08

—

—

—

BR1624L125

BRCOVC14

—

—

—

BR612L125FDP

BRCOVC08

—

—

—

—

—

—

BR612L125FGP

BRCOVC63

—

—

—

—

BR3RDOOR2

BR3RDF1

BR612L125FP

BRCOVC08

—

—

—

BR1630L150

BRCOVC25

—

—

—

BR612L125RP

—

—

BR3RDOOR27

BR3RDF23

BR2020L125

BRCOVC18

—

—

—

BR612L125SDGP

—

BRCOVS08

—

—

BRCOVC18

—

—

—

BR612L125SDP

—

BRCOVS08

—

—

BRCOVC18

—

—

—

BR612L125SGP

—

BRCOVS60

—

—

BR2024L125R

—

—

BR3RDOOR3

BR3RDF2

BR612L125SP

—

BRCOVS59

—

—

BR2030L150

BRCOVC25

—

—

—

BR816L125FDGP

BRCOVC64 (flush)

—

—

—

16

BRCOVC25

—

—

—

BR816L125FDP

BRCOVC64 (flush)

—

—

—

BRCOVC25

—

—

—

BR816L125FGP

BRCOVC09

—

—

—

BR2040L200R

—

—

BR3RDOOR6

BR3RDF7

BR816L125FP

BRCOVC09

—

—

—

BR2424L125

BRCOVC24

—

—

—

BR816L125RP

BR3RDOOR28

BR3RDF23

BRCOVC24

—

—

—

BR816L125SDGP

—

—

—

BR816L125SDP

—

BRCOVS61

—

—

BRCOVS61

—

—

13
15

BR2040L200

BRCOVC33

10

14

BR2040L200G

BR2424L125G

8

12

BRCOVC14
—

BR2024L125

7

11

BR1624L125G

BR2024L125G

6

9

BR1624L125R

BR2440L200

1

17
18

BR24L125FP

BRCOVC60 (FLUSH) —

—

—

BR816L125SGP

BRCOVS09

—

—

BR24L125RP

—

—

BR3RDOOR25

BR3RDF21

BR816L125SP

BRCOVS09

—

—

BR24L125RSE2P

—

—

—

BR3RDF21

BR816L200RF

—

—

BR3RDOOR7

BR3RDF6

BR24L125RSEP

—

—

—

BR3RDF21

BR816LC125FDP

BRCOVC64 (flush)

—

—

—

BR24L125SP

—

BRCOVS62

—

—

TT120FLGNM

—

—

—

—

BR24L70FGP

Not available

—

—

—

TT120SLGNM

—

—

—

—

19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T5-17

5
1

Loadcenters
Type BR

Three-Phase with Main Lugs

Three-Phase with Main Circuit Breaker

Catalog
Number

Combination
Covers

Surface
Covers

NEMA 3R
Covers

NEMA 3R
Deadfronts

Catalog
Number

Combination
Covers

Surface
Covers

NEMA 3R
Covers

31836DFN

Not available

—

—

—

3B4242DFN

315-003-28

—

—

—

31836DR1N

—

—

Not available

—

3B4242DR1N

—

—

Not available

—

3

31836DSN

—

Not available

—

—

3B4242DSN

—

315-003-27

—

—

32442DSN

—

Not available

—

—

3B4242EFN

315-003-28

—

—

—

4

34242DFN

315-003-06

—

—

—

3B4242ESN

—

315-003-27

—

—

34242DR1N

—

—

Not available

—

3BR1224B100

BRCOVC19

—

—

—

5

34242DSN

—

315-003-05

—

—

3BR1224B100R

—

—

BR3RDOOR29

BR3RDF2

34242EFN

315-003-06

—

—

—

3BR1224B100S

—

BRCOVS19

—

—

6

34242ESN

—

315-003-05

—

—

3BR1224H100

BRCOVC19

—

—

—

3BR1224L125

BRCOVC21

—

—

—

3BR1224H100S

—

BRCOVS19

—

—

7

3BR1224L125R

—

—

BR3RDOOR29

BR3RDF2

3BR3042B125

BRCOVC54

—

—

—

3BR1224L125S

—

BRCOVS21

—

—

3BR3042B125S

—

BRCOVS54

—

—

8

3BR1224L200

BRCOVC34

—

—

—

3BR3042B150

BRCOVC55

—

—

—

3BR1224L200R

—

—

BR3RDOOR16

BR3RDF7

3BR3042B150R

—

—

BR3RDOOR20

BR3RDF17

9

3BR1224L200S

—

BRCOVS34

—

—

3BR3042B150S

—

BRCOVS55

—

—

3BR1836L150

BRCOVC27

—

—

—

3BR3042B200

BRCOVC56

—

—

—

10

3BR1836L150R

—

—

BR3RDOOR17

BR3RDF7

3BR3042B200R

—

—

BR3RDOOR21

BR3RDF17

3BR1836L150S

—

BRCOVS27

—

—

3BR3042B200S

—

BRCOVS56

—

—

11

3BR1836L200

BRCOVC34

—

—

—

3BR3042H150

BRCOVC55

—

—

—

3BR1836L200R

—

—

BR3RDOOR16

BR3RDF7

3BR3042H150S

—

BRCOVS55

—

—

12

3BR1836L200S

—

BRCOVS34

—

—

3BR3042H200

BRCOVC56

—

—

—

3BR2442L150

BRCOVC39

—

—

—

3BR3042H200S

—

BRCOVS56

—

—

13

3BR2442L150R

—

—

BR3RDOO18

BR3RDF16

3BR4242B200

BRCOVC57

—

—

—

3BR2442L150S

—

BRCOVS39

—

—

3BR4242B200R

—

—

BR3RDOOR22

BR3RDF19

14

3BR2442L200

BRCOVC43

—

—

—

3BR4242B200S

—

BRCOVS57

—

—

3BR2442L200S

—-

BRCOVS43

—

—

3BR4242B225

BRCOVC58

—

—

—

15

3BR3042L200

BRCOVC43

—

—

—

3BR4242B225R

—

—

BR3RDOOR23

BR3RDF19

3BR3042L200R

—

—

BR3RDOO19

BR3RDF18

3BR4242B225S

—

BRCOVS58

—

—

2

16
17
18
19

NEMA 3R
Deadfronts

3BR3042L200S

—

BRCOVS43

—

—

3BR4242H200

BRCOVC57

—

—

—

3BR4242L200

BRCOVC48

—

—

—

3BR4242H200S

—

BRCOVS57

—

—

3BR4242L200R

—

—

BR3RDOOR21

BR3RDF20

3BR4242L200S

—

BRCOVS48

—

—

3BR4242L225

BRCOVC49

—

—

—

3BR4242L225R

—

—

BR3RDOOR24

BR3RDF20

3BR4242L225S

—

BRCOVS49

—

—

20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T5-18

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

5

Loadcenters
Type BR

Replacement Interior Assembly
BR Loadcenter
Interior Assembly

1

Type BR Loadcenter Interior Assemblies
Ampere
Rating

Maximum Number 1.00-Inch (25.4 mm)
Spaces

Single Poles

UL File
Reference

Main Terminal Size
(Per Phase)

Standard
Package Quantity

Catalog
Number

Single-Phase Single Row Breaker Mounting—Aluminum Bus—120/240 Vac, Three-Wire

2
3

70

2

4

—

(1) #8–#2 AWG Cu/Al

20

24INT70B

125

2

4

E8741

(1) 1/0–#14 AWG Cu
2/0–12 AWG All

20

24INT125B

4

125

6

12

E52977

(1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al

20

612INT125SRB

5
6

Single-Phase Double Row Breaker Mounting—Aluminum Bus—120/240 Vac, Three-Wire
125

4

8

E8741

(1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al

20

48INT125B

125

6

12

E8741

(1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al

20

612INT125B

125

8

16

E8741

(1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al

20

816INT125B

125

12

12

E52977

(1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al

20

1212INT125B

125

12

24

E52977

(1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al

20

1224INT125B

125

16

24

E52977

(1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al

20

1624INT125B

125

20

24

E52977

(1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al

10

2024INT125B

125

24

24

E52977

(1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al

10

2424INT125B

200

8

16

E52977

(1) 300 kcmil–#1 AWG Cu/Al

20

816INT200B

200

12

24

E52977

(1) 300 kcmil–#1 AWG Cu/Al

20

1224INT200B

200

30

40

E52977

(1) 300 kcmil–#1 AWG Cu/Al

10

3040INT200B

200

42

42

E52977

(1) 300 kcmil–#1 AWG Cu/Al

10

4242INT225B

11
12

Single-Phase Double Row Breaker Mounting—Copper Bus—120/240 Vac, Three-Wire
125

8

16

E5297

(1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al

20

816INT125BC

125

12

12

E5297

(1) 2/0–#14 AWG Cu/Al

20

1212INT125BC

200

12

24

E5297

(1) 300 kcmil–#1 AWG Cu/Al

20

1224INT200BC

Three-Phase Double Row Breaker Mounting—Aluminum Bus—208Y/120 Vac, Four-Wire—240 Vac, Three-Wire—
120/240 Vac, Four-Wire Delta
125

12

34

E52977

(1) 2/0–#8 AWG Cu/Al

10

1224INT3125B

150

18

36

E52977

(1) 300 kcmil–#2 AWG Cu/Al

10

1836INT3150B

150

24

42

E52977

(1) 300 kcmil–#2 AWG Cu/Al

10

2442INT3150B

200

30

42

E52977

(1) 300 kcmil–#2 AWG Cu/Al

10

3042INT3200B

225

42

42

E52977

(1) 300 kcmil–#2 AWG Cu/Al

10

4242INT3225B

Three-Phase Double Row Breaker Mounting—Copper Bus—208Y/120 Vac, Four-Wire—240 Vac, Three-Wire—
120/240 Vac, Four-Wire Delta
125

12

24

E52977

(1) 2/0–#8 AWG Cu/Al

10

1224INT3125BC

200

12

24

E52977

(1) 300 kcmil–#2 AWG Cu/Al

10

1224INT3200BC

7
8
9
10

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T5-19

5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

Loadcenters
Replacement Breakers

Product Description
Eaton UL classified
replacement circuit breakers
are available in both 3/4-inch
Type CHQ and 1.00-inch
Type CL, single- and two-pole
configurations. These
breakers are classified as
direct replacements by
Underwriters Laboratories.
In addition to a UL listing,
they also come with a
15-year warranty.

Specified vs. UL Classified
Specified breakers are listed
by the manufacturer of the
panelboard for use in a
particular panel. This doesn’t
mean that the panelboard
manufacturer produced the
specified breaker; it merely
means that the panelboard
manufacturer has tested the
breaker in the panel. In fact,
through the years, Eaton has
manufactured thousands of
breakers for other panelboard
manufacturers.

UL classified breakers
are produced by one
manufacturer for use in
place of the breakers
specified on the panelboard.
Like specified breakers, UL
classified breakers have been
tested in the panels for which
they are approved.

Testing
Classified breakers are tested
extensively in numerous
General Electric®, Siemens®,
Murray®, Thomas & Betts®,
Square D® and CrouseHinds® panels. The tests
are conducted with
witnesses from Underwriters
Laboratories and involve
short circuit, temperature
and insertion/withdrawal
applications. This level of
testing ensures that the
breakers meet identified
standards and have been
found suitable by UL for
the specified purpose.

Listed Breaker—The listing
of a circuit breaker is by an
independent third party. Eaton
classified breakers are listed
by UL.
Labeled Breaker—A breaker
with a label affixed by an
independent third party.

Single-Pole Requires
One 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Space
10 per Shelf Carton
Catalog Number

16
17

20

Classified Circuit Breaker—
A breaker that is considered
suitable, by a qualified thirdparty organization, for use
in another manufacturer’s
panelboard.

3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) per Pole 120 Vac, Non-CTL 10 kAIC

15

19

Definitions
Specified Circuit Breaker—
Each manufacturer lists the
brands of circuit breakers
that can be used in their
panelboards. Often,
manufacturers will not list
competitors as specified,
even though they are
suitable replacements.

Non-CTL Plug-On Replacement Circuit Breakers, Type CHNT 10 kAIC, 120/240 Vac
For use as replacement in loadcenters built prior to 1968 and within the current style
loadcenters as indicated in the loadcenter section.

14

18

Understanding Classified
Breaker Terminology

Ampere
Rating

Wire Size Range
Cu/Al 60ºC or 75°C

15–15

#14–8

CHNT1515 12

15–20

#14–8

CHNT1520 12

20–20

#14–8

CHNT2020 12

120/240 Vac
120/240 Vac

CTL Plug-On Circuit Breakers, Type CHT Twin 10 kAIC, 120/240 Vac
All circuit breakers have rejection feature. Use only with loadcenters marked for use with CHT breakers.
Type CH and CHT
Circuit Breakers
Mounted in Twin
Breaker Panel

Twin (CTL) 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) per Pole 120 Vac Class CTL 10 kAIC
Single-Pole Requires
One 3/4-Inch (19.1 mm) Space
10 per Shelf Carton
Catalog Number

21

Ampere
Rating

Wire Size Range
Cu/Al 60ºC or 75°C

15–15

#14–8

CHT1515 12

23

15–20

#14–8

CHT1520 12

20–20

#14–8

CHT2020 12

24

Notes
1 Switching duty rated.
2 HACR rated.

22

120/240 Vac
120/240 Vac

25
V12-T5-20

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

5

Loadcenters
Type CH

Type CH Renovation
Loadcenter

Product Selection

1

Single-Phase—Main Circuit Breaker Loadcenters 35 kAIC 1

Product Description
Eaton’s Renovation
Loadcenter is designed
for the service contractor.
With the addition of a fivecircuit terminal block factory
mounted in the top left
corner of the loadcenter, the
service contractor can
terminate short-circuit wires
instead of having to use
expensive wire nuts. Also,
the Renovation Loadcenter
incorporates a twin-stacked
neutral design that places the
neutral and ground
terminations higher in the
loadcenter. Both of these
features were added without
increasing any size from a
standard loadcenter. These
features will eliminate the
need for wire nuts and make
for a much neater installation.
There is a provision to field
mount a second five-circuit
terminal block (RN5TB) in
the top right corner of the
loadcenter. Choose amongst
Eaton’s Type CH breaker
family for use in the
Renovation Panel.

Renovation Panel

2

Single-Phase, Three-Wire—120/240 Vac—Factory-Bonded Stacked
Split Neutral
Cover
Catalog Number 2

3

Combination Surface

4

Max.
Number
Main
Main
3/4-Inch
Breaker Ampere (19.1 mm) Enclosure Box
Type
Rating of Poles Type
Size

Wire Size
Range Cu/Al
60 or 70ºC for
Main Breakers

Loadcenter
Catalog
Number

CH

100

20

Indoor

C

#6–1/0

CH22B100CRN CH8CFF

CH8CS

CSH

150

32

Indoor

J

#2–300 kcmil

CH32B150JRN CH8JF

CH8JS

CSH

200

32

Indoor

J

#2–300 kcmil

CH32B200JRN CH8J

CH8JS

CSH

200

42

Indoor

K

#2–300 kcmil

CH42B200KRN CH8KF

CH8KS

5
6
7

Branch Circuit Breakers (CH)
See Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial, CA08100002E, Tab 1.

8
9

Renovation Loadcenter
Description

Catalog Number

Five-circuit terminal block kit
Ground bar kits (two maximum per panel)

RN5TB
(See Page V12-T5-5)

10
11

Notes
1 100A main breaker is rated 10 kAIC.
2 Combination style covers may be used in surface or flush applications.

12

All main circuit breaker loadcenters are listed for use as service entrance equipment.
Loadcenters are factory-bonded for service entrance applications. Remove bonding strap
for separate neutral and ground bars for sub-feed applications.

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T5-21

5

Loadcenters
Type CH

1

Plug-On Neutral
Loadcenter

2

Product Description

3
4
5
6
7

Features and Benefits
●

●

Code changes and higher
safety standards are leading
to more arc fault and ground
fault circuit interrupter
installations. Eaton offers a
unique product solution that
enables a direct connection of
the breaker to the neutral bar,
eliminating the need for
wiring a pigtail.

●
●

●

Time savings up to 25%
per AFCI/GFCI installation
Eliminates nuisance
tripping due to loose pigtail
connections
Clean gutter space
Easier troubleshooting
due to less wiring
Backed by a limited
lifetime warranty

Product Selection
Plug-On Neutral
Loadcenter

8
9

Main Breaker Plug-On Neutral Loadcenters
Main
Breaker
Type

Main
Ampere
Rating

Max.
Number
3/4-Inch
Circuits

Max.
Number
of Poles

Enclosure
Type

Box
Size

Wire Size
Range Cu/Al

Catalog
Number

Combination

Surface

CSH 35
kAIC

100

24

24

Indoor

E

#2–300 kcmil

CH24BPN100E

CH8EF

CH8ES

200

32

32

Indoor

J

#2–300 kcmil

CH32BPN200J

CH8JF

CH8JS

200

42

42

Indoor

K

#2–300 kcmil

CH42BPN200K

CH8KF

CH8KS

200

60

120 1

Indoor

N

#2–300 kcmil

CH60BPN200N

CH8NF

—

10

Cover
Catalog Number

11
12
13

Main Lug Only/Convertible Plug-On Neutral Loadcenters—With Factory Installed Main Lugs

15

Max.
Ampere
Rating

Max.
Number
3/4-Inch
Poles

Enclosure
Type

Box
Size

125

24

Indoor

16

225

32

Indoor

14

Main
Breaker
Kit

Wire Size
Range
For Main
Breaker

Cover
Catalog Number

Catalog
Number

Wire Size
Range for
Main Lug

Combination

Surface

E

CH24NLPN125E

#6–300 kcmil

CSH2100N

#2–300 kcmil

CH8NLEF

CH8NLES

J

CH32NLPN225J

#6–300 kcmil

#2–300 kcmil

CH8NLJF

CH8NLJS

#2–300 kcmil

CH8NLKF

CH8NLKS

CSH2125N
CSH2125N
CSH2200N

17

CSH2100N
225

42

Indoor

18

K

CH42NLPN225K

#6–300 kcmil

CSH2125N
CSH2150N
CSH2200N

19

Note
1 Requires the use of type CHNT breakers.

20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T5-22

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Loadcenters
Type CH

Type CH Retrofit
Interior Kits

Type CH Retrofit Adjustable Interior

Type CH Retrofit Interior Collar
and Assembly with Trim

Product Description
Replacing existing
loadcenters and panelboards
can be a time consuming
and expensive job. CH retrofit
kits can be the solution to
save time and money. The
kit consists of a standard trim
to fit the interior, a picture
frame trim to fit the existing
box, and a field-adjustable
interior assembly that
includes neutral and ground
bars. These are especially
applicable when the existing
box is flush mounted in
drywall, plaster or block
wall. The existing box, and
many times existing wiring,
can remain.

Features and Benefits

Standards and Certifications

Upgrading Existing Electrical
Infrastructure is Simple
●
Replaces vintage brands
that have hard to find,
expensive replacement
breakers
●
Allows safety upgrade
to arc fault and ground
fault breakers
●
Maximizes number of
circuits available with
compact design
●
Meets 2008 NEC wire
bending requirements
●
Eco-friendly in asbestosfilled environments
●
Exclusive design

Interiors are UL Recognized
under UL 67, Panelboard
standard.

Save Time and Money
Throughout the Installation
●
Uses existing panel
box and wires
●
Eliminates expensive
drywall/paint repair
●
Saves 2–3 hours compared
to a complete panel
changeout—get off the
job faster
●
Eliminates precise
measurements with
field-adjustable kit

Product Selection
To select the retrofit kit:
1. From the existing box
size determine which
retrofit groups are
suitable (may be more
than one).
2. Use type of interior,
number of phases, and
type of main to find the
selection chart.

5

3. Select part number from
chart (if main breaker,
replace XXX with specific
amp rating).
4. Note that the overlap
of the existing wall is
the retro cover size
minus the existing
box size. If specific
measurements are
needed, communicate
that you need a custom
trim size.
5. Contact the Lincoln Flex
Center at 800-330-6479
for pricing, lead-times
and order entry
instructions.

●

●

2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Retro Size Groups

9
10
11
12
13

Detailed Product Guide
All standard retrofit kits are
suitable for a range of
existing box sizes:
●

1

14
15

Box width ranging from
14.50 to 22.00 inches
(368.3 to 558.8 mm)
Box depth ranging from
4.25 inches (108.0 mm)
for CH to 6.00 inches
(152.4 mm)
Box height ranging from
21.00 to 45.00 inches
(533.4 to 1143.0 mm)

16
17
18
19

For box dimensions outside
of these ranges, contact
the Lincoln Flex Center at
800-330-6479. Be sure to
provide the existing incoming
line wire size.

20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T5-23

5
1
2
3

Loadcenters
Type CH

Retrofit Stocking Kits (BR and CH Kits Available) 12
Five recommended groups: existing box height determines retro group size.
Retrofit
Kit Interior
Catalog Number

Description

Collar
Catalog
Number

Cover
Catalog
Number

Existing Enclosure Parameters—Inches (mm)
Height

Width

Depth

Existing Box Height
Determines Retro
Size Group—Inches (mm)

BR-Aluminum Bus/CH-Copper Bus
BR 125A MLO 12/24 circuit retro kit

RAABR12L125

Included

Included

14.00–18.00
(355.6–457.2)

10.50–12.50
(266.7–317.5)

3.50–5.25
(88.9–133.35)

Retro size AA/size
14.00–21.00 (355.6–533.4)

BR 100A MCB 10/20 circuit retro kit

RAABR10B100

Included

Included

14.00–18.00
(355.6–457.2)

10.50–12.50
(266.7–317.5)

3.50–5.25
(88.9–133.35)

Retro size AA/size
14.00–21.00 (355.6–533.4)

BR 125A MLO 12/24 circuit retro kit

RAABR12L125A

Included

Included

14.00–21.00
(355.6–533.4)

10.50–15.50
(266.7–393.7)

3.50–5.25
(88.9–133.35)

Retro size AA/size
14.00–21.00 (355.6–533.4)

BR 100A MCB 10/20 circuit retro kit

RAABR10B100A

Included

Included

14.00–21.00
(355.6–533.4)

10.50–15.50
(266.7–393.7)

3.50–5.25
(88.9–133.35)

Retro size AA/size
14.00–21.00 (355.6–533.4)

CH interior 125A MCB 22 circuits

RACH22B125I

RACHFRAME

CH8CF

21.00–30.00
(533.4–762.0)

13.00–22.00
(330.2–558.8)

4.25–6.00
(108.0–152.4)

Retro size A/size
21.00–30.00 (533.4–762.0)

CH interior 125A MLO 24 circuits

RACH24L125I

RACHFRAME

CH8CF

21.00–30.00
(533.4–762.0)

13.00–22.00
(330.2–558.8)

4.25–6.00
(108.0–152.4)

Retro size A/size
21.00–30.00 (533.4–762.0)

CH interior 150A MCB 24 circuits

RBCH24B150I

RACHFRAME

CH8EF

29.00–36.00
(736.6–914.4)

13.00–22.00
(330.2–558.8)

4.25–6.00
(108.0–152.4)

Retro size B/size
29.00–36.00 (736.6–914.4)

9

CH interior 225A MLO 32 circuits

RBCH32L225I

RACHFRAME

CH8DF

29.00–36.00
(736.6–914.4)

13.00–22.00
(330.2–558.8)

4.25–6.00
(108.0–152.4)

Retro size B/size
29.00–36.00 (736.6–914.4)

10

CH interior 200A MCB 32 circuits

RCCH32B200I

RCCHFRAME

CH8JF

34.00–41.00
(863.3–1041.4)

13.00–22.00
(330.2–558.8)

4.25–6.00
(108.0–152.4)

Retro size C/size
34.00– 41.00 (863.3–1041.4)

CH interior 225A MLO 42 circuits

RCCH42L225I

RCCHFRAME

CH8GF

34.00–41.00
(863.3–1041.4)

13.00–22.00
(330.2–558.8)

4.25–6.00
(108.0–152.4)

Retro size C/size
34.00– 41.00 (863.3–1041.4)

CH interior 200A MCB 42 circuits

RDCH42B200I

RDCHFRAME

CH8KF

37.00–45.00
(939.8–1143.0)

13.00–22.00
(330.2–558.8)

4.25–6.00
(108.0–152.4)

Retro size D/size
37.00–45.00 (939.8–1143.0)

CH interior 225A MLO 42 circuits

RDCH42L225I

RDCHFRAME

CH8KF

37.00–45.00
(939.8–1143.0)

13.00–22.00
(330.0–558.8)

4.25–6.00
(108.0–152.4)

Retro size D/size
37.00–45.00 (939.8–1143.0)

4
5
6
7
8

11
12
13
14

Notes
1 Other options are available.
2 CH retrofit interiors and collar cartons are color coded to ensure accuracy of kit.

15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T5-24

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Loadcenters
Type CH

Surge Panel

Surge Panel

Replacement Covers for Surge Panels

Product Description

Catalog Number

Cover Number

Replacement Module

Eaton’s Type CH Surge
Loadcenter includes a
factory-mounted and wired
surge suppressor device.
There is a knockout in the
cover that allows the user
to view the status indication
lights on the surge
suppressor. The CH Surge
Loadcenter reduces the
surge current, helping to
protect sensitive home
electronic equipment.

CHSUR22B100D

CHPC8DF

CHSPT2ULTRA

CHSUR24L125D

CHPC8DF

CHSPT2ULTRA

CHPC22B100D

CHPC8DF

CHSPT2ULTRA

CHPC24L125D

CHPC8DF

CHSPT2ULTRA

CHPC12L125C

CHPC8CF

CHSPT2ULTRA

CHPC30B100J

CHPC8JF

CHSPT2ULTRA

CHPC32L150J

CHPC8JF

CHSPT2ULTRA

CHSUR32B150L

CHPC8B32LF

CHSPT2ULTRA

CHSUR32B200L

CHPC8B32LF

CHSPT2ULTRA

CHSUR32L225L

CHPC8B32LF

CHSPT2ULTRA

CHPC32B125L

CHPC8B32LF

CHSPT2ULTRA

CHPC32B150L

CHPC8B32LF

CHSPT2ULTRA

CHPC32B200L

CHPC8B32LF

CHSPT2ULTRA

CHPC32N200L

CHPC8B32LF

CHSPT2ULTRA

CHSUR42B200L

CHPC8B42LF

CHSPT2ULTRA

CHPC42B150L

CHPC8B42LF

CHSPT2ULTRA

CHPC42B200L

CHPC8B42LF

CHSPT2ULTRA

CHPC42N200L

CHPC8B42LF

CHSPT2ULTRA

CHSUR42L225L

CHPC8L42LF

CHSPT2ULTRA

CHPC42L225L

CHPC8L42LF

CHSPT2ULTRA

Save labor
by installing
a factorymounted surge
protective
device.
Factory-Installed
Surge Protection
●
Includes a CHSPULTRA
and a two-pole 15A
circuit breaker
●
Increases the
effectiveness of
surge protection due
to reduced lead length
●
A modified deadfront
allows for easy viewing
of indicating lights

5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14

Surge Ready
●
Provides a mounting
provision for CHSPULTRA
●
A modified deadfront
allows for easy viewing
of indicating lights

15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T5-25

5
1
2
3
4
5

Loadcenters
Type CH

Further Information
Publication
Number

Description

CA08100002E

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial Catalog, Tab 1

CA08100011E

Volume 9—OEM Product Guide

Pricing Information
Price and Availability Digest (PAD)
Vista/VISTALINE™ Discount Symbol 22CD

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T5-26

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Meter Centers
Group Metering Lineup

6

Meter Centers
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Meter Packs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Residential Meter Stacks—Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Residential Meter Stacks—Ringless. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commercial Meter Stacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Miscellaneous Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Further Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pricing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V12-T6-2
V12-T6-2
V12-T6-2
V12-T6-3
V12-T6-4
V12-T6-7
V12-T6-8
V12-T6-8
V12-T6-9
V12-T6-9
V12-T6-9

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T6-1

6
1

Meter Centers

Meter Centers

Product History

Product Description

2
3

In the beginning, all multiple
metering applications were
assembled at the job site using
wire troughs, individual meter
sockets and enclosed circuit
breakers.

6

In the early 1960s, factoryassembled meter packs
began to be made on a jobby-job basis. Soon after,
modular metering was
introduced for single-phase
200A maximum ring-style
applications.

7

Product History Time Line

4
5

8
9
10
11
12

In 1981, a few utilities began
to require ringless meter
covers and, in 1983, the first
three-phase commercial meter
modules with lever type
bypass were introduced.
The Westinghouse Meter
Center designs, Type WM
and/or WP, and facilities were
sold to Thomas & Betts in
1994. Today, wall-hung
multiple metering is used in
virtually all areas of the
country for both residential
and commercial applications.

Product
WCG3 Meter Center

Cutler-Hammer® Meter
Centers from Eaton’s
electrical business are
designed for use where
an individually metered
distribution center is
required. Meter centers
house meter sockets that
measure power consumption
at service entrances.
Metering is designed for use
with multi-family dwelling
units, commercial units and
light industrial applications.

Main ratings range from 250
to 2000A, and 125, 200 and
320A sockets are available in
both single-phase and threephase versions.

1970 1975 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 Present

Westinghouse QS, QP
Cutler-Hammer CG2, 4
Cutler-Hammer CG3, 5, 7, 9, 11
Westinghouse WM, WP
Cutler-Hammer/Westinghouse WCG3, 5, 7, 9, 11
Cutler-Hammer 1MM, 3MM, 35MM, 37MM, 35SS, 37SS

Replacement Capabilities
Type

Accessories

Covers

Jaws

Bussed
End Caps

CG3

■

■

■

■

CG5

■

■

■

CG7

■

■

■

■

■

■

CG9

■

■

■

■

■

■

CG11

■

■

■

■

■

16

WCG3

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

WCG5

■

■

■

■

■

■

17

WCG7

■

■

■

■

■

■

WCG9

■

■

■

■

■

■

18

WCG11

■

■

■

■

■

1MM

■

■

■

■

■

■

19

3MM

■

■

■

■

■

■

35MM

■

■

■

■

■

■

20

37MM

■

■

■

■

■

■

35SS

■

■

■

■

■

■

21

37SS

■

■

■

■

■

■

13
14
15

Tenant Breaker
Hinged Cover

Drip
Hoods

Socket
Replacement

■

■

■

■

22
23
24
25
V12-T6-2

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

6

Meter Centers

Meter Packs

1
Wireway Cover

2

Utility Pull Section Cover

3
Meter Socket Assembly

4

Tenant Breaker Cover

5
6
7
8

Meter Cover

9
10

Endwall
Meter Pack

11

Meter Packs

12

Catalog Number
Meter
Pack

Utility
Pull Section
Cover

1MP2122R

Wireway
Cover

Meter
Socket
Assembly

Tenant
Breaker
Cover

MP2122UCVR

MPCCVR01

1MMMS

1MP3124R

MP1234UCVR

MPCCVR04

1MP4124R

MP1234UCVR

MPCCVR05

1MP5126R

MP1256UCVR

1MP6126R

MP1256UCVR

1MP2204R
1MP3206R

Meter
Cover

Endwall
(with
Knockouts)

Endwall
(without
Knockouts)

Vertical
Busbars

1MMBC1

1MMCP1 1

MP122NWLK

MP122NWL

MM1223VBUS

1MMMS

1MMBC1

1MMCP1

MP1234NWLK

MP1234NWL

MM1223VBUS

1MMMS

1MMBC1

1MMCP1

MP1234NWLK

MP1234NWL

MM1224VBUS

MPCCVR02 2

1MMMS

1MMBC1

1MMCP1 3

MP1256NWLK

MP1256NWL

MM1223VBUS

MPCCVR03 2

1MMMS

1MMBC1

1MMCP1 3

MP1256NWLK

MP1256NWL

MM1223VBUS

MP202UCVR

MPCCVR06

1MMMS

1MMBC2

1MMCP2

MP2024NWLK

MP2024NWL

MM202VBUS

MP2034UCVR

MPCCVR09

1MMMS

1MMBC2

1MMCP2

MP2024NWLK

MP2024NWL

MM2023VBUS

1MP4206R

MP2034UCVR

MPCCVR10

1MMMS

1MMBC2

1MMCP2

MP2024NWLK

MP2024NWL

MM204VBUS

1MP5206R

MP2056UCVR

MPCCVR07 4

1MMMS

1MMBC2

1MMCP2

MP2056NWLK

MP2056NWL

MM2023VBUS

1MP6206R

MP2056UCVR

MPCCVR08 4

1MMMS

1MMBC2

1MMCP2

MP2056NWLK

MP2056NWL

MM2023VBUS

1MP2122RRL 5

MP2122LUCVR

MPCCVR01

1MMMS 6

1MMBC1

1MMRC125 7

MP122NWLK

MP122NWL

MM1223VBUS

1MP3124RRL 5

MP1234UCVR

MPCCVR04

1MMMS 6

1MMBC1

1MMRC125 7

MP1234NWLK

MP1234NWL

MM1223VBUS

6

MM124VBUS

13

5

MP1234UCVR

MPCCVR05

1MMMS

1MMBC1

1MMRC125

MP1234NWLK

MP1234NWL

1MP5126RRL 5

MP1256UCVR

MPCCVR02

1MMMS 6

1MMBC1

1MMRC125 7

MP1256NWLK

MP1256NWL

MM1223VBUS

1MP6126RRL 5

MP1256UCVR

MPCCVR03

1MMMS 6

1MMBC1

1MMRC125 7

MP1256NWLK

MP1256NW

MM1223VBUS

1MP2204RRL 5

MP202UCVR

MPCCVR06

1MMMS 6

1MMBC2

1MMRC200 7

MP2024NWLK

MP2024NWL

MM202VBUS

1MP3206RRL 5

MP2034UCVR

MPCCVR09

1MMMS 6

1MMBC2

1MMRC200

MP2024NWLK

MP2024NWL

MM2023VBUS

1MP4206RRL 5

MP2034UCVR

MPCCVR10

1MMMS 6

1MMBC2

1MMRC200

MP2024NWLK

MP2024NWL

MM204VBUS

5

MP2056UCVR

MPCCVR07

1MMMS 6

1MMBC2

1MMRC200

MP2056NWLK

MP2056NWL

MM2023VBUS

1MP6206RRL 5

MP2056UCVR

MPCCVR08

1MMMS 6

1MMBC2

1MMRC200

MP2056NWLK

MP2056NWL

MM2023VBUS

1MP4124RRL

1MP5206RRL

Notes
1 For top position, use meter socket cover 1MMCP1T.
2 For center wireway cover, order MPCENCVR1.
3 For top position, use meter socket cover 1MMCP1T.
4 For center wireway cover, order MPCENCVR2.
5 For catalog numbers with a “B” suffix (ringless with horn bypass), all replacement parts are the same with the exception of the meter socket assembly.
Refer to Footnote 6 for correct catalog number.
6 For ringless style meter packs with horn bypass, order 1MMMSB.
7 For top position, use meter socket cover 1MMRC200T.
Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

V12-T6-3

6
1
2

Meter Centers

Main Devices
Drip Hood
Front Cover

3
4
End Caps

5
6
7
8
9
10
Endwall

11
12

Meter Main Device

End Caps

13

Description

Catalog
Number

Right side (bumped)

47-28172-2A

14

Left side (flat)

47-24139A

15
16

Terminal Box
Catalog Number
Terminal
Box

Front
Cover

Drip
Hood

Endwall
(with Knockouts)

Endwall
(without Knockouts)

1MTB800R

MMFCVR1

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

17

1MTB1200R

MMFCVR1

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

3MTB400R

MTBFCVR1

MMDH4

MTBEW1

MTBEWNK01

18

3MTB600R

MTBFCVR1

MMDH4

MTBEW1

MTBEWNK01

3MTB800R

MMFCVR1

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

19

3MBT1200R

MMFCVR1

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T6-4

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

6

Meter Centers

Main Circuit Breaker

1

Catalog Number
Circuit
Breaker

Front
Cover

Drip
Hood

Endwall
(with Knockouts)

Endwall
(without Knockouts)

Main
Breaker Cover

1MCB250R

MCBFCVR1

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

49-7060

1MHCB250R

MCBFCVR1

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

49-7060

1MCB300R

MCBFCVR1

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

49-7060

1MHCB300R

MCBFCVR1

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

49-7060

1MCB350R

MCBFCVR1

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

49-7060

1MHCB350R

MCBFCVR1

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

49-7060

1MCB400R

MCBFCVR1

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

49-7060

1MHCB400R

MCBFCVR1

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

49-7060

1MCB500R

MCBFCVR1

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

49-7060

1MHCB500R

MCBFCVR1

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

49-7060

1MCB600R

MCBFCVR1

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

49-7060

1MHCB600R

MCBFCVR1

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

49-7060

1MCB700R

MCBFCVR2

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

49-7060

1MHCB700R

MCBFCVR2

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

49-7060

1MCB800R

MCBFCVR2

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

49-7060

1MHCB800R

MCBFCVR2

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

49-7060

1MCB900R

MCBFCVR2

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

49-7060

1MHCB900R

MCBFCVR2

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

49-7060

1MCB1000R

MCBFCVR2

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

49-7060

1MHCB1000R

MCBFCVR2

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

49-7060

1MCB1200R

MCBFCVR2

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

49-7060

1MHCB1200R

MCBFCVR2

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

49-7060

1MCB1400RB

MCBFCVR3

MCBDH1

—

MMEWNK03

49-7060

1MCB1400RT

MCBFCVR3

MCBDH1

—

MMEWNK03

49-7060

1MCB1600RB

MCBFCVR3

MCBDH1

—

MMEWNK03

49-7060

1MCB1600RT

MCBFCVR3

MCBDH1

—

MMEWNK03

49-7060

1MCB2000RB

MCBFCVR3

MCBDH1

—

MMEWNK03

49-7060

1MCB2000RT

MCBFCVR3

MCBDH1

—

MMEWNK03

49-7060

3MCB250R

MCBFCVR1

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

49-7060

3MHCB250R

MCBFCVR1

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

49-7060

3MCB300R

MCBFCVR1

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

49-7060

3MHCB300R

MCBFCVR1

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

49-7060

3MCB350R

MCBFCVR1

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

49-7060

3MHCB350R

MCBFCVR1

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

49-7060

3MCB400R

MCBFCVR1

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

49-7060

3MHCB400R

MCBFCVR1

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

49-7060

3MCB500R

MCBFCVR1

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

49-7060

3MHCB500R

MCBFCVR1

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

49-7060

3MCB600R

MCBFCVR1

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

49-7060

3MHCB600R

MCBFCVR1

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

49-7060

3MCB700R

MCBFCVR2

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

49-7060

3MHCB700R

MCBFCVR2

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

49-7060

3MCB800R

MCBFCVR2

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

49-7060

3MHCB800R

MCBFCVR2

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

49-7060

3MCB900R

MCBFCVR2

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

49-7060

3MHCB900R

MCBFCVR2

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

49-7060

3MCB1000R

MCBFCVR2

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

49-7060

3MHCB1000R

MCBFCVR2

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

49-7060

3MCB1200R

MCBFCVR2

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

49-7060

3MHCB1200R

MCBFCVR2

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

49-7060

3MCB1400RB

MCBFCVR3

MCBDH1

—

MMEWNK03

—

3MCB1400RT

MCBFCVR3

MCBDH1

—

MMEWNK03

—

3MCB1600RB

MCBFCVR3

MCBDH1

—

MMEWNK03

—

3MCB1600RT

MCBFCVR3

MCBDH1

—

MMEWNK03

—

3MCB2000RB

MCBFCVR3

MCBDH1

—

MMEWNK03

—

3MCB2000RT

MCBFCVR3

MCBDH1

—

MMEWNK03

—

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T6-5

6
1
2

Meter Centers

Main Fusible Switch
Catalog Number
Fusible
Switch

Front
Cover

Drip
Hood

Endwall
(with Knockouts)

Endwall
(without Knockouts)
MMEWNKO1

1MFS400RB

MMFCVR1

MMDH1

MMEW1

3

1MFS400RT

MFSFCVR1

MMDH1

—

MMEWNKO1

1MFS600RB

MMFCVR1

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNKO1

4

1MFS600RT

MFSFCVR1

MMDH1

—

MMEWNKO1

1MFS800RB

MMFCVR1

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNKO1

1MFS800RT

MFSFCVR1

MMDH1

—

MMEWNKO1

1MFS1200RB

MFSFCVR2

MMDH2

MMEW2

MMEWNKO2
MMEWNKO1

5

3MFS400RB

MMFCVR1

MMDH1

MMEW1

6

3MFS400RT

MFSFCVR1

MMDH1

—

MMEWNKO1

3MFS600RB

MMFCVR1

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNKO1

7

3MFS600RT

MFSFCVR1

MMDH1

—

MMEWNKO1

3MFS800RB

MMFCVR1

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNKO1

8
9
10
11

3MFS800RT

MFSFCVR1

MMDH1

—

MMEWNKO1

3MFS1200RB

MFSFCVR2

MMDH2

MMEW2

MMWENKO2

Drip
Hood

Endwall
(with Knockouts)

Endwall
(without Knockouts)

Main Bolted Pressure Contact Switch
Catalog Number
Bolted Pressure
Contact Switch

Front
Cover

1BPS1200RB

No replacement parts available at this time.

1BPS1200RT
3BPS1200RB

12

3BPS1200RT

13

3BPS1600RT

14

3BPS1600RB

No replacement parts available at this time.

3BPS2000RB
3BPS2000RT

Main Fusible Switch with Pullbox

15

Catalog Number

16

Fusible Switch
with Pullbox

Front
Cover

Pullbox
Cover

Drip
Hood

Endwall
(with Knockouts)

Endwall
(without Knockouts)

1MFS400RUG

MFPFCVR1

MFPBCVR1

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

1MFS600RUG

MFPFCVR1

MFPBCVR1

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

1MFS800RUG

MFPFCVR1

MFPBCVR1

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

1MFS1200RUG

MFPFCVR2

MFPBCVR2

MMDH2

MMEW2

MMEWNK02

18

3MFS400RUG

MFPFCVR1

MFPBCVR1

MMDH1

MMEW1

MMEWNK01

3MFS600RUG

MFPFCVR3

MFPBCVR3

MMDH5

MMEW4

MMEWNK04

19

3MFS800RUG

MFPFCVR3

MFPBCVR3

MMDH5

MMEW4

MMEWNK04

3MFS1200RUG

MFPFCVR2

MFPBCVR2

MMDH2

MMEW2

MMEWNK02

17

20
21
22
23
24

Pullbox
Catalog Number
Pullbox

Front Cover
Pullbox Cover

Drip
Hood

Endwall
(with Knockouts)

Endwall
(without Knockouts)

1UGPB400R

PBFCVR1

PBDH1

PBEW1

PBEWNK01

1UGPB800R

PBFCVR2

PBDH2

PBEW2

PBEWNK02

1UGPB1200R

PBFCVR3

PBDH3

PBEW3

PBEWNK03

3UGPB400R

PBFCVR1

PBDH1

PBEW1

PBEWNK01

3UGPB800R

PBFCVR2

PBDH2

PBEW2

PBEWNK02

3UGPB1200R

PBFCVR3

PBDH3

PBEW3

PBEWNK03

25
V12-T6-6

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

6

Meter Centers

Residential Meter Stacks—Ring

1

Drip Hood

2
3

Wireway Cover

4

Meter Socket Assembly

5
6
7

Tenant Breaker Cover

8

Meter Cover
Endwall

9

Ring Style Meter Stack

10

Residential Meter Stacks—Ring
Catalog Number
Meter
Stack

Wireway
Cover

Meter
Socket
Assembly

Tenant
Breaker
Cover

Meter
Cover

Endwall
(with
Knockouts)

Endwall
(without
Knockouts)

Drip
Hood

Vertical
Busbar

11

3MM212

MMCCVR2123

—

1

1MMCP1 2

MM12N1WLK

MM12N1WL

MMDH3

MM1223VBUS

3MM212R

MMCCVR2123R

1MMMS

1MMBC1

1MMCP1 2

MM12N1WLK

MM12N1WL

MMDH3

MM1223VBUS

1MM312

MMCCVR3121

1MMMS

1

1MMCP1 2

MM12N1WLK

MM12N1WL

MMDH3

MM1223VBUS

1MM312R

MMCCVR3121R

1MMMS

1MMBC1

1MMCP1 2

MM12N1WLK

MM12N1WL

MMDH3

MM1223VBUS

3MM312

MMCCVR3123

1MMMS

1

1MMCP1 2

MM12N1WLK

MM12N1WL

MMDH3

MM1223VBUS

3MM312R

MMCCVR3123R

1MMMS

1MMBC1

1MMCP1 2

MM12N1WLK

MM12N1WL

MMDH3

MM1223VBUS

1MM412

MMCCVR4121

1MMMS

1

1MMCP1 2

MM12N1WLK

MM12N1WL

MMDH3

MM124VBUS

1MM412R

MMCCVR4121R

1MMMS

1MMBC1

1MMCP1 2

MM12N1WLK

MM12N1WL

MMDH3

MM124VBUS

3MM412

MMCCVR4123

1MMMS

1

1MMCP1 2

MM12N1WLK

MM12N1WL

MMDH3

MM124VBUS

3MM412R

MMCCVR4123R

1MMMS

1MMBC1

1MMCP1 2

MM12N1WLK

MM12N1WL

MMDH3

MM124VBUS

1MM512

MMCCVR5121

1MMMS

1

1MMCP1 2

MM12N1WLK

MM12N1WL

MMDH3

MM125VBUS

1MM512R

MMCCVR5121R

1MMMS

1MMBC1

1MMCP1 2

MM12N1WLK

MM12N1WL

MMDH3

MM125VBUS

3MM512

MMCCVR5123

1MMMS

1

1MMCP1 2

MM12N1WLK

MM12N1WL

MMDH3

MM125VBUS

3MM512R

MMCCVR5123R

1MMMS

1MMBC1

1MMCP1 2

MM12N1WLK

MM12N1WL

MMDH3

MM125VBUS

1MM612

MMCCVR6121

1MMMS

1

1MMCP1 2

MM12N1WLK

MM12N1WL

MMDH3

MM126VBUS

1MM612R

MMCCVR6121R

1MMMS

1MMBC1

1MMCP1 2

MM12N1WLK

MM12N1WL

MMDH3

MM126VBUS

3MM612

MMCCVR6123

1MMMS

1

1MMCP1 2

MM12N1WLK

MM12N1WL

MMDH3

MM126VBUS

3MM612R

MMCCVR6123R

1MMMS

1MMBC1

1MMCP1 2

MM12N1WLK

MM12N1WL

MMDH3

MM126VBUS

3MM220

MMCCVR2203

1MMMS

1

1MMCP2 3

MM20N1WLK

MM20N1WL

MMDH4

MM2023VBUS

3MM220R

MMCCVR2203R

1MMMS

1MMBC2

1MMCP2 3

MM20N1WLK

MM20N1WL

MMDH4

MM2023VBUS

1MM320

MMCCVR3201

1MMMS

1

1MMCP2 3

MM20N1WLK

MM20N1WL

MMDH4

MM2023VBUS

1MM320R

MMCCVR3201R

1MMMS

1MMBC2

1MMCP2 3

MM20N1WLK

MM20N1WL

MMDH4

MM2023VBUS

3MM320

MMCCVR3203

1MMMS

1

1MMCP2 3

MM20N1WLK

MM20N1WL

MMDH4

MM2023VBUS

3MM320R

MMCCVR3203R

1MMMS

1MMBC2

1MMCP2 3

MM20N1WLK

MM20N1WL

MMDH4

MM2023VBUS

1MM420

MMCCVR4201

1MMMS

1

1MMCP2 3

MM20N1WLK

MM20N1WL

MMDH4

MM204VBUS

1MM420R

MMCCVR4201R

1MMMS

1MMBC2

1MMCP2 3

MM20N1WLK

MM20N1WL

MMDH4

MM204VBUS

3MM420

MMCCVR4203

1MMMS

1

1MMCP2 3

MM20N1WLK

MM20N1WL

MMDH4

MM204VBUS

3MM420R

MMCCVR4203R

1MMMS

1MMBC2

1MMCP2 3

MM20N1WLK

MM20N1WL

MMDH4

MM204VBUS

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

Notes
1 Type 1 meter stacks do not come with breaker covers.
2 For top position, order meter cover 1MMCP1T.
3 For top position, order meter cover 1MMCP2T.
Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

12

25
V12-T6-7

6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Meter Centers

Residential Meter Stacks—Ringless
Residential Meter Stacks—Ringless
Catalog Number
Meter
Stack

Wireway
Cover

Meter
Socket
Assembly

Tenant
Breaker
Cover

Meter
Cover

Endwall
(with
Knockouts)

Endwall
(without
Knockouts)

Drip
Hood

Vertical
Busbar

3MM212RRL 1
1MM312RRL 1
3MM312RRL 1
1MM412RRL 1
3MM412RRL 1
1MM512RRL 1
3MM512RRL 1
1MM612RRL 1
3MM612RRL 1
3MM220RRL 1
1MM320RRL 1
3MM320RRL 1
1MM420RRL 1
3MM420RRL 1

MMCCVR2123R
MMCCVR3121R
MMCCVR3123R
MMCCVR3121R
MMCCVR4123R
MMCCVR5121R
MMCCVR5123R
MMCCVR6121R
MMCCVR6123R
MMCCVR2203R
MMCCVR3201R
MMCCVR3203R
MMCCVR4201R
MMCCVR4203R

1MMMS 2
1MMMS 2
1MMMS 2
1MMMS 2
1MMMS 2
1MMMS 2
1MMMS 2
1MMMS 2
1MMMS 2
1MMMS 2
1MMMS 2
1MMMS 2
1MMMS 2
1MMMS 2

1MMBC1
1MMBC1
1MMBC1
1MMBC1
1MMBC1
1MMBC1
1MMBC1
1MMBC1
1MMBC1
1MMBC2
1MMBC2
1MMBC2
1MMBC2
1MMBC2

1MMRC125 3
1MMRC125 3
1MMRC125 3
1MMRC125
1MMRC125
1MMRC125
1MMRC125
1MMRC125
1MMRC125
1MMRC200
1MMRC200
1MMRC200
1MMRC200
1MMRC200

MM12NWLK
MM12NWLK
MM12NWLK
MM12NWLK
MM12NWLK
MM12NWLK
MM12NWLK
MM12NWLK
MM12NWLK
MM20NWLK
MM20NWLK
MM20NWLK
MM20NWLK
MM20NWLK

MM12NWL
MM12NWL
MM12NWL
MM12NWL
MM12NWL
MM12NWL
MM12NWL
MM12NWL
MM12NWL
MM20NWL
MM20NWL
MM20NWL
MM20NWL
MM20NWL

MMDH3
MMDH3
MMDH3
MMDH3
MMDH3
MMDH3
MMDH3
MMDH3
MMDH3
MMDH4
MMDH4
MMDH4
MMDH4
MMDH4

MM1223VBUS
MM1223VBUS
MM1223VBUS
MM124VBUS
MM124VBUS
MM125VBUS
MM125VBUS
MM126VBUS
MM126VBUS
MM2023VBUS
MM2023VBUS
MM2023VBUS
MM204VBUS
MM204VBUS

Commercial Meter Stacks
Commercial Meter Stacks (Lever Bypass)
Catalog Number
Meter
Stack

Wireway
Cover

35MM120R12
35MM220R12
35MM320R12
35MM420R12
37MM140R12
37MM120R12
37MM220R12
37MM320R12
37MM420R12

MSLWCVR1
MSLWCVR2
MSLWCVR3
MSLWCVR4 4
MSLWCVR9 4
MSLWCVR5 4
MSLWCVR6 4
MSLWCVR7 4
MSLWCVR8 4

—
—
—
MSLWCVR13 5
MSLWCVR14 5
MSLWCVR15 5
MSLWCVR16 5
MSLWCVR17 5
MSLWCVR18 5

Meter
Socket
Assembly

Tenant
Breaker
Cover

Meter
Cover

MSLMSA1
MSLMSA1
MSLMSA1
MSLMSA1
MSLMSA2
MSLMSA2
MSLMSA2
MSLMSA2
MSLMSA2

MSBCVR1
MSBCVR1
MSBCVR1
MSBCVR1
MSBCVR1
MSBCVR1
MSBCVR1
MSBCVR1
MSBCVR1

MSLMCVR1 4
MSLMCVR1 4
MSLMCVR1 4
MSLMCVR1 4
MSLMCVR1 4
MSLMCVR1 4
MSLMCVR1 4
MSLMCVR1 4
MSLMCVR1 4

37MMSK1 5
37MMSK1 5
37MMSK1 5
37MMSK1 5
37MMSK1 5
37MMSK1 5
37MMSK1 5
37MMSK1 5
37MMSK1 5

Endwall
(with
Knockouts)

Endwall
(without
Knockouts)

Drip
Hood

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

MSLEW1
MSLEW1
MSLEW1
MSLEW2
MSLEW1
MSLEW1
MSLEW1
MSLEW1
MSLEW2

MSLDH1
MSLDH1
MSLDH1
MSLDH2
MSLDH1
MSLDH1
MSLDH1
MSLDH1
MSLDH2

Commercial Meter Stack (Test Bypass)
Catalog Number

Meter Stack

Wireway
Cover

Meter
Socket
Assembly

Tenant
Breaker
Cover

Meter
Cover

Endwall
(with
Knockouts)

Endwall
(without
Knockouts)

Drip
Hood

35SS120RAB
35SS120RAC
35SS120RBC
35SS220RAB
35SS220RAC
35SS220RBC
35SS320RAB
35SS320RAC
35SS320RBC
37SS120R
37SS220R
37SS320R

MSTWCVR1
MSTWCVR2
MSTWCVR3
MSTWCVR4
MSTWCVR5
MSTWCVR6
MSTWCVR7
MSTWCVR8
MSTWCVR9
MSTWCVR10
MSTWCVR11
MSTWCVR12

MSTMSA1
MSTMSA1
MSTMSA1
MSTMSA1
MSTMSA1
MSTMSA1
MSTMSA1
MSTMSA1
MSTMSA1
MSTMSA2
MSTMSA2
MSTMSA2

MSBCVR1
MSBCVR1
MSBCVR1
MSBCVR1
MSBCVR1
MSBCVR1
MSBCVR1
MSBCVR1
MSBCVR1
MSBCVR1
MSBCVR1
MSBCVR1

MSTMCVR1
MSTMCVR1
MSTMCVR1
MSTMCVR1
MSTMCVR1
MSTMCVR1
MSTMCVR1
MSTMCVR1
MSTMCVR1
MSTMCVR1
MSTMCVR1
MSTMCVR1

MSTEW1
MSTEW1
MSTEW1
MSTEW2
MSTEW2
MSTEW2
MSTEW2
MSTEW2
MSTEW2
MSTEW1
MSTEW2
MSTEW2

MSTEWNK01
MSTEWNK01
MSTEWNK01
MSTEWNK02
MSTEWNK02
MSTEWNK02
MSTEWNK02
MSTEWNK02
MSTEWNK02
MSTEWNK01
MSTEWNK02
MSTEWNK02

MSTDH1
MSTDH1
MSTDH1
MSTDH1
MSTDH1
MSTDH1
MSTDH1
MSTDH1
MSTDH1
MSTDH1
MSTDH1
MSTDH1

Notes
1 For catalog numbers with a “B” suffix (ringless with horn bypass), all replacement parts are the same with the exception of the meter socket assembly.
Refer to Footnote 2 for correct catalog number.
2 For ringless style meter stacks with horn bypass, order 1MMMSB meter socket assembly.
3 For top position, use meter socket cover 1MMRC125T.
4 Used for product built October 2002 and prior.
5 Used for product built after October 2002.

V12-T6-8

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Meter Centers

6

Miscellaneous Parts

1

Miscellaneous Parts
Description

Part
Number

Phase balancing kit, single-phase commercial metering

99-4177-3

A and C phase balancing kit (3MM)

99-4184

Breaker mounting kit, commercial metering (one three-pole breaker per kit)

99-4176-2

Breaker mounting kit, 1MM/1MP, 200A, (one two-pole breaker per kit)

99-4176

Mounting kit, meter center

99-4172

Mounting kit, meter pack

99-4173

Bonding strap kit, all meter packs (except CECHA three and four socket)

99-4174

Bonding strap kit, CHECA three and four socket meter packs

99-2379

Sealing screw kit, ringless devices (six screws)

99-4175

Sealing screw kit, three and four meter sockets, ringless devices (four screws)

99-2589

Padlock bracket

99-2512-5

Mounting bracket kit—all breaker and fusible mains

99-4183

Mounting bracket kit—400 and 600A 3MTB

99-4183-3

Exterior breaker cover

49-6070

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

Further Information
Publication
Number

Description

RP32A01BTE

Renewal parts data for new 1MM, 3MM, 35MM, 37MM, 35SS and 37SS

RP00501001E

Renewal parts data for multiple metering

11
12

Pricing Information

13

Price and Availability Digest (PAD)
Vista/VISTALINE™ Discount Symbol 22-CD

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T6-9

Safety Switches
Safety Switch Product Family

7

Safety Switches
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product History Time Line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Further Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pricing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V12-T7-2
V12-T7-2
V12-T7-2
V12-T7-2
V12-T7-2
V12-T7-2

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08105001E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T7-1

7
1

Safety Switches

Safety Switches

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19

Safety Switch Product Family

The Westinghouse safety
switch design and facilities
were sold to Thomas & Betts
in 1994. Prior to this, there
were various design and code
changes that caused changes
in catalog numbering and
utilization of the switches. In
1984, an “N” was added to

the middle of the catalog
numbers to signify the
new National Electrical
Code® (NEC®) regulations.
During this time period,
Westinghouse’s safety
switches were manufactured
in Beaver, PA. In 1989, the
manufacture of the switches

was moved to Vidalia, GA.
There was then another
code change in 1992 that
necessitated another change
in catalog numbering. The
previous “N” in the middle
of the catalog number was
deleted for the 400 to
1200A units.

Product History Time Line

Product Description
Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer®
series of safety switches
have a number of applications
from service entrance to
branch circuit protection. They
are also horsepower rated for
use as motor circuit switches.
Non-fusible safety switches
provide a means to manually
connect or disconnect the
load from the source. Fusible
safety switches provide a
means to manually open and
close a circuit and overcurrent
protection by means of
installed fuses. Safety
switches offer a wide variety
of switching capabilities with
general-duty, heavy-duty and
double-throw switches.

Product

1955 1960 1965 1970 1975 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 2005 2010 Present

Cutler-Hammer 4103
Cutler-Hammer 4105
Cutler-Hammer K-Series
Westinghouse HFN365N
(Bacalyte Base)
Westinghouse HFN365N
Westinghouse HF365N
(Red Base, 400–1200A)
Eaton R-Series
Rotary Disconnects
Cutler-Hammer C362/C363
Rotary Disconnects
Eaton’s Pringle® Bolted
Pressure Switches

Replacement Capabilities

Product History
Eaton began manufacturing
safety switches with the
4103 line in 1957. In 1977,
the new 4105 line was
moved from the New York
plant to the manufacturing
facility in Lincoln, IL. The last
design change came in 1983,
where the manufacture of
the new K-Series switch was
moved to Eaton’s Cleveland,
TN, facility. The K-Series
design represents our
current product offering and
is still manufactured at the
Cleveland plant.

Type

Operating
Handle

Ground

Neutral

Fuse
Base

Fuse
Block

Line
Shield

Operating
Mechanism

Switching
Base

K-Series

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Note: Specific applicable renewal parts for safety switches are identified on the inside door label of the product.

Further Information
Publication Number

Description

RP00801001E

Safety Switch Renewal Parts

CA08100003E

Commercial Distribution Catalog, Volume 2, Tab 1 (Switching Devices)

CA08104001E

Consulting Application Guide

CA08100006E

Motor Control & Protection Catalog, Volume 5, Tab 8 (Rotary Disconnects)

PG00802002E

Rotary Disconnect Product Guide

Pricing Information

20

Price and Availability Digest
(PAD)

21

Vista/VISTALINE™ Discount
Symbol SWD-1, SWD-2,
SWD-3 for Safety Switches

22
23
24
25
V12-T7-2

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08105001E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Dry-Type Distribution Transformers
Family of Dry-Type
Distribution Transformers

8

Dry-Type Distribution Transformers
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product History Time Line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Further Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pricing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V12-T8-2
V12-T8-2
V12-T8-2
V12-T8-3
V12-T8-4
V12-T8-4

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T8-1

8
1

Dry-Type Distribution Transformers

Dry-Type Distribution
Transformers

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21

Family of Dry-Type
Distribution Transformers

Product History

manufactured numerous
varieties of transformers
for countless applications
worldwide.

Originally a
Westinghouse Product
The first transformer
built in the United States
was manufactured by
Westinghouse Electric in
1892. It was a 2 kVA drytype transformer. For over
a century, Westinghouse

The Westinghouse design
transformer is now available
through Eaton. Dry-type
transformers, the workhorse
of modern industry, are the
foundation of modern AC
power distribution. It is a

transformer that solves the
problems of maintenance,
installation, safety and
efficiency by using air to cool
the coils instead of liquids.
Many older transformers,
which in some cases pre-date
the product families listed
above, can be updated to the
modern designs currently
manufactured by Eaton.

Product History Time Line

Product Description
Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer®
series of dry-type distribution
transformers are electrical
devices that transfer energy
by magnetic induction from
one circuit to another. They
are typically used to change
the voltage in an electric
power system from its
distribution level to the
proper level for practical
and safe use.
Typical loads for dry-type
distribution transformers
include lighting, heating,
air conditioning, fans and
machine tools. Such loads
are found in commercial,
institutional, industrial and
residential structures.

Type

1955

1960

1965

1970

1975

1980

1985

1990

1995

2000

2005

DS-3
DT-3
MTA
MTC
EP
EPT
MPC
MD
KT
NEMA TP-1
HMT
CSL3
NEMA Premium

Different types of dry-type
distribution transformers
are used for various
applications throughout
facilities. Therefore, dry-type
distribution transformers are
classified in distinct product
groups as follows: general
purpose—sand and resin
encapsulated (EP and EPT);
general purpose—ventilated
(DS-3, DT-3, CSL3-2007,
NEMA® Premium®); energy
efficient (NEMA TP-1);
shielded isolation; motor
drive isolation (MD);
nonlinear (KT); mini–power
center (MPC); hazardous
location, Buck-Boost and
industrial control (MTA
and MTC).

22
23
24
25
V12-T8-2

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

2010 Present

8

Dry-Type Distribution Transformers
Replacement Capabilities

Replacement Capabilities

1

Replacement Parts

2

Terminal Lug Kits for Type DT-3 Transformers 1
Typical Sizing

Terminal Lugs
Cable Range

Terminal Lugs
Quantity

Hardware
Bolt Size

Hardware
Quantity

15–37.5 kVA single-phase
15–45 kVA three-phase

#14–#2
#6–250 kcmil

8
4

1/4–20 x 3/4

8

LKS1

50–75 kVA single-phase
75–112.5 kVA three-phase

#6–250 kcmil

12

1/4–20 x 3/4
1/4–20 x 1-3/4

8
8

LKS2

100–167 kVA single-phase
150–300 kVA three-phase

#6–250 kcmil
#2–600 kcmil

3
22

1/4–20 x 3/4
3/8–16 x 2

3
16

LKS3

5

500 kVA three-phase

#2–600 kcmil

29

3/8–16 x 2

18

LKS4

6

Rodent Screens

Rodent screens are used to discourage
entry by birds or rodents.

3
4

Replacement Parts for Mini–Power Centers
Frame
Size(s) 2

Description

Catalog
Number

908, 909

RS01

910A, 911, 912

RS02

913B, 914B, 915B

RS03

916

Frame

Deadfront Cover
(Breaker Cover)
Part Number

Front Cover
Part Number

283

47-37503

7074C98H04

284

47-37503-2

7074C98H01

285

47-37503-3

7074C98H02

286

47-37503-4

7074C98H02

287

47-37503-5

7074C98H03

289

47-37459

7074C44H01

290

47-37459-2

7074C44H02

291

47-37459-3

7074C44H03

289A

47-42072-1

7074C44H01

290A

47-42072-2

7074C44H02

291A

47-42072-3

7074C44H03

Catalog
Number

RS04

917, 918, 918A

RS05

919, 920

RS06

916A, 916B

RS07

922

RS08

923

RS09

814, 821

RS11

815

RS12

816

RS13

817, 818

RS14

819, 820

RS15

912B

RS16

914D, 915D

RS17

924

RS18

928

RS19

929

RS20

7
8
9
10
11
12
13

Notes
1 Lugs are rated Al/Cu and are suitable for use with either aluminum or copper conductors.
2 Effective June 1, 2001, frame numbers have a prefix of FR, i.e., FR819. Dimensions, accessories,
etc. are still applicable as if the FR did not exist.

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T8-3

8
1

Dry-Type Distribution Transformers
Replacement Capabilities

Replacement Parts
Case Parts for Ventilated Transformers

2

Panels
Front or Back
Part Number

Side (Two Required Per Transformer)
Part Number

Bottom
Part Number

Top Cover
Part Number

3

Frame(s) 1

4

908, 909

7073C37P01

1714C44P03

7073C20P05

1714C45P01

910, 911, 912

1714C46P01

1714C44P01

7073C20P01

1714C45P01

5
6
7
8
9
10

Three-Phase, 600V Class

913A, 914A, 915A

1714C47P03

1714C44P07

7073C20P02

1714C45P02

916

1714C60P01

1714C56P01

7073C20P03

1714C58P01

917, 918

1714C65P01

1714C64P01

7073C20P04

1714C67P01

918A

47-41801

47-41800

47-41799

47-41802

919, 920

2D46331P03 (upper panel)
2D46331P04 (lower panel)

2D46332P01
2D46331P01 (cutout cover plate)

—
—

2D46331P02

922

2D46391H03 (back upper panel)
2D46391H06 (front upper panel)
2D46391H08 (lower panel)

2D46392H01

—
—
—

2D46391H02

923

47-45927-1

47-45925-1

47-45759-1

47-45926-1

910A, 911A, 912A

47-40592

47-40591

47-40589

1714C45P01

913B, 914B, 915B

47-40580

47-40578
47-41789

47-41792

1714C45P02

916A

47-41790

47-41789

47-41788

47-41791

FR916B

47-47351-1

47-47350-1

47-47-347-1

47-41791

912B

47-49323-1

47-49321-1

47-51964-1

47-49322-1

914D, 915D

47-49317-1

47-49315-1

47-51965-1

47-49316-1

924

47-53089-2 (upper panel)
47-53089-1 (lower panel)

47-53088-1

47-53087-1

47-53089-1

13

928

47-53777-1

47-53779-1

47-53778-1

1714C67H15

929

47-53786-1

47-53788-1

47-53787-1

47-41802-3

14

Single-Phase, 600V Class
809

7073C16P03

7073C18P04

7073C14P03

7073C17P01

15

810, 811, 835

7073C16P01

7073C18P01

7073C14P01

7073C17P01

812, 813, 836, 837, 838

7073C16P02

7073C18P02

7073C14P02

7073C17P02

16

814

7073C54P01

7073C18P05

7073C14P04

7073C17P03

815

47-39433

47-39430

47-39429

47-39431

17

816

47-40452

47-40451

47-40449

47-40453

817, 818

47-40457

47-40456

47-40454

47-40458

18

819, 820

47-40574

47-40573

47-40459

47-40575

11
12

Further Information

Pricing Information

Publication
Number

Price and Availability Digest (PAD)
Description

20

B.36B.01.S.E

K-Factor Dry-Type Distribution Transformer Brochure

CA08100003E

Commercial Distribution Catalog, Volume 2, Tab 2

21

CA08104001E

Consulting Application Guide

B1228A

Industrial Control Transformer Binder

22

B.36F.01.S.E

Mini–Power Center Brochure

B.36D.01.S.E

Class 1, Division 2, Hazardous Location Transformer Brochure

19

Vista/VISTALINE™ (Discount Symbol DT-1)
Notes
1 Effective June 1, 2001 frame numbers have a prefix of FR, i.e., FR819.
Dimensions, accessories, etc. are still applicable as if the FR did not exist.
Parts listed are for standard catalog listed transformers. Units with modifications may require
different parts. (Frame No. from transformer nameplate required.) Transformer nameplate and
UL® label are not field replaceable.

23
24
25
V12-T8-4

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Busway (Low Voltage)
Circuit Breaker Enclosure

9

Busway (Low Voltage)
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product History Time Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Plug-In Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vintage Busway Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
100 Ampere Busway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standard Plug-In Busway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standard and Low Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Quick-Assembled Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CP2, CP3 or CP4 SAFETYBUS Busway Plug-In Units . . . . . . . . . .
Technology Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clipper Power Systems, Busway TVSS Protection . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Energy Sentinel for Bus Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Further Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pricing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V12-T9-2
V12-T9-2
V12-T9-3
V12-T9-4
V12-T9-4
V12-T9-4
V12-T9-6
V12-T9-7
V12-T9-8
V12-T9-10
V12-T9-11
V12-T9-14
V12-T9-14
V12-T9-15
V12-T9-15
V12-T9-15

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T9-1

9
1

Busway (Low Voltage)

Busway (Low Voltage)

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17

Standard Plug-In

Product Description
Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer®
low voltage busway consists
of aluminum or copper bars
inside a metal housing
used for power distribution.
Busway is available in
ampere ratings of 100–5000A.
Busway is available as feeder
(indoor or outdoor) and plug-in.
Feeder busway routes power
from point-to-point, whereas
plug-in busway allows for
power to be tapped off
along a run as needed.
Busway is typically used in
manufacturing buildings and
high-rise office buildings.

Product History
Westinghouse began
marketing low voltage
busway in 1938. The first
product offering was power
distribution busway, using a
multiple bolt joint that later
evolved into standard plug-in
busway. Victory bus duct was
developed during the Second
World War to comply with
federal limitations placed on
usage of materials such as
steel and copper, which were
critical to the war effort. In
1947, Westinghouse began
manufacturing busway at
the newly acquired facility in
Beaver, PA, with standard

plug-in and feeder bus in
ratings up to 1500A. All of
these early designs used
separated, uninsulated
busbars inside a totally
enclosed or perforated
steel housing.
In 1951, low impedance
feeder busway was
introduced as the first
design to use heat-shrinkable
tubing for insulation on the
busbars and a ventilated steel
housing. An internal ground
bus was not available with
this product line, but
provisions were made for
mounting an external ground
bus directly to the busway
housing. Low impedance
feeder and standard plug-in
busway accounted for the
majority of busway business
written by Westinghouse
through the 1950s and into
the 1960s. Low impedance
plug-in busway was
introduced in 1961. With
this design, the product
offering was expanded to
a maximum of 5000A for
feeder and 4000A for plug-in.
During the 1950s, various
other designs were introduced
to meet specific customer
needs. Westinghouse Lifeline
Unibus, rolled out in 1955,
provided low impedance
characteristics with plug-in
openings and incorporated
flexible armored cable
into the design for use as
elbows, offsets and flat to
edgewise adapters.

Westinghouse high frequency
busway was introduced in
1958 to address the inherent
problems of transmitting
power at frequencies from
180 to 20,000 Hz. CutlerHammer high frequency BV
(balanced voltage) busway
was also marketed during
the late 1950s and early
1960s. Westinghouse high
frequency busway and
Cutler-Hammer BV busway
both found success in
aircraft manufacturing plants,
industrial induction heating
systems, military missiles
and radar bases.
Electric utility busway
was also introduced by
Westinghouse in 1958 and
was designed to conduct
direct current with low
voltage drop. By 1963,
electric utility busway had
been expanded to meet the
growing industrial market
for direct current power and
was marketed simply as DC
busway. This product line
was applied to feeding
plating processes, welding
installations, mill drives
and motors.
In 1958, Westinghouse sold
the rights to the Life Line
Unibus product line to EDP
of Allentown, PA, which
marketed EDP Unibus until
1962 when EDP became
a wholly owned subsidiary
of Eaton. Eaton successfully
marketed Unibus until
the product line was
discontinued in 1974.

In 1966, Westinghouse
introduced its first true
sandwich bus design with
H5000 feeder busway.
H5000 was also the first
single bolt joint design
offered by Westinghouse and
it initially used a PVC shrink
tubing and later a Mylar®
wrap for busbar insulation.
A combination of steel and
aluminum channels were
used to form a lightweight
non-magnetic housing. The
grounding method for H5000
was similar to low impedance
busway and an external
ground bus mounted onto
the housing was the only
offering. H5000 plug-in
busway rolled out in 1968
as a non-sandwich design
with separated and
uninsulated busbars.
In 1970, the Eaton’s CutlerHammer Bethlehem, PA,
plant introduced CP2
SAFETYBUS that used an
innovative single bolt, bridge
joint design with a steel
housing for plug-in, and a
combination of steel and
aluminum channels for the
feeder housing. CP2 used
a Mylar wrap for busbar
insulation and an Alstan®
process for plating. The
feeder busway was a
sandwich design while the
plug-in design used separated
busbars that were braced and
supported by corrugations
formed in the housing sides.

18
19

Standard Plug-In

H5000 Feeder

Low Impedance Feeder

High Frequency

Electric Utility (DC)

Low Impedance Plug-In

20
21

H5000 Plug-In 225–1000A

Current Limiting

22
23

Typical Pow-R-Way Plug-In Straight Length

Typical Pow-R-Way II Plug-In Straight Length

24
25
V12-T9-2

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Busway (Low Voltage)

Westinghouse introduced
the Pow-R-Way product
line in 1971. Pow-R-Way
employed the sandwich
design in both feeder and
plug-in. At that time, Pow-RWay used a combination of
PVC, applied by the fluidized
bed process, and Mylar
sheeting for busbar insulation
that achieved a Class A,
105°C rating. Silver-plating of
all joint and contact surfaces
was applied by a Zincate
process. Pow-R-Way is a
bolt-end/slot-end design with
a single bolt connection at
the joint and is rated from
600 to 5000A. Pow-R-Way II
was rolled out in 1975 with
ratings of 225A and 400A in
feeder and plug-in. Pow-RWay II is a single, captive
bolt per bar design for indoor,
horizontal applications only.
During 1980, the CutlerHammer busway design was
upgraded and they began
marketing CP3 SAFETYBUS.
CP3 featured an improved
bridge joint package and a
polyethylene terephthalate
wrap for busbar insulation.
CP3 maintained the CP2
housing design with busbar
separation in the plug-in
product configuration.

Cutler-Hammer CP4
SAFETYBUS was introduced
in 1985 and incorporated
the sandwich design into the
plug-in busway. CP4 featured
a UL® recognized case ground
path rating and 130°C Mylar
busbar insulation. CP4 used
the CP3 bridge joint package
and accepted CP2 and CP3
bus plugs. The CP4 product
line was successful in both
the commercial and industrial
markets until it was
discontinued in 1994.

In 1988, Westinghouse
moved the busway product
line to the Greenwood, SC,
manufacturing facility.
At that time, an improved
Alstan plating process was
implemented for silverplating the joint and contact
surfaces. In 1993, the
automated fluidized bed
process was changed to
Class B, 130°C, epoxy
insulation.

9

Cutler-Hammer Pow-RWay III® was introduced in
1997. As in the past, specific
customer needs have driven
the design of this product
line. High short-circuit ratings,
finger-safe protection at the
plug-in openings, integral
housing ground path, twopiece extruded aluminum
housing and an optional
200% neutral are just some
of the features with this
product line.

2
3
4
5
6
7

Product History Time Line
Product

1

8

1935 1940 1945 1950 1955 1960 1965 1970 1975 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 Present

Power distribution bus

9

Victory bus duct
Standard plug-in

10

Low impedance bus
Life line Unibus

11

High frequency bus
Cutler-Hammer BV bus

12

Current limiting bus

13

Electric utility bus
DC busway

14

100 ampere busway
Low impedance plug-in

15

Cutler-Hammer Unibus
H5000 feeder

16

H5000 plug-in
Cutler-Hammer CP2

17

Pow-R-Way

18

Pow-R-Way II
Cutler-Hammer CP3

19

Cutler-Hammer CP4
Pow-R-Way III

20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T9-3

9
1
2

Busway (Low Voltage)
Replacement Capabilities—Plug-In Units

Replacement Capabilities

Vintage Busway Products

Plug-In Units

●

Replacement Capabilities
Busway Types

Bus

Adapter 1

Plugs

Power distribution bus

No

No

No

Victory bus duct

No

No

No

4

Standard plug-in

Yes

No

Yes

Low impedance bus

No

Yes

—

5

Life line Unibus

No

No

No

High frequency bus

No

No

No

6

Cutler-Hammer BV bus

No

No

No

Current limiting bus

No

Yes

—

3

7

Electric utility bus

No

No

No

DC busway

No

No

No

8

100 ampere busway

Yes

No

Yes

Low impedance plug-in

No

Yes

Yes

Cutler-Hammer Unibus

No

No

No

H5000 feeder

No

No

—

10

H5000 plug-in

No

No

Yes

Cutler-Hammer CP2

No

Yes

Yes 2

11

Pow-R-Way

Yes

No

Yes

Pow-R-Way II

Yes

No

Yes

Cutler-Hammer CP3

No

Yes

Yes 2

Cutler-Hammer CP4

No

Yes

Yes 2

Pow-R-Way III

Yes

—

Yes

9

12
13
14

Notes
1 Busway adapter (transposition) available from old line to Pow-R-Way III only.
2 Fusible units only. No breaker units available.

●

●

Replacement pieces or
additions to vintage CutlerHammer bus (CP2, CP3,
CP4) are being handled
whenever possible by
making transition to
Eaton’s current design
Pow-R-Way III bus
Obtain style number
and complete nameplate
information from existing
busway and contact your
local Eaton Field Sales
office for pricing and
availability
Plugs for vintage
Cutler-Hammer bus,
Pow-R-Way bus, and
Pow-R-Way III bus are
not interchangeable

Pow-R-Way Plug-In Unit
Stab base assembly for
breaker and fusible types.

Vintage Busway Plug-In Unit
Stab base assembly for
breaker and fusible types.

Top View

Bottom View

Fuse Base Assembly
For all busway.

30A Maximum
Top View

15

200A Maximum

16
17

Bottom View

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T9-4

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

9

Busway (Low Voltage)
Replacement Capabilities—Plug-In Units

Originally a Westinghouse Product
Breaker Plug-In Units
Reference Catalog Number for
Existing Complete Plug-In Unit 1

Replacement Stab
Base Assembly

Pow-R-Way
IBPFB

1

Fusible Plug-In Units
Reference Catalog Number
for Existing Complete Plug-In Unit 1

Replacement Stab
Base Assembly

Replacement
Fuse Base

2
3

Pow-R-Way
2528D04G01

ITAP321

2528D04G02

5009D52G01

IBPFBP

2528D04G01

ITAP361

2528D04G02

5009D52G13

IBPFCL

2528D04G01

ITAP322

2528D04G02

5009D52G03

IBPFD

2528D04G01

ITAP362

2528D04G02

5009D52G04

IBPJD

2528D04G12

ITAP323

2528D04G02

5009D52G05

IBPKB

2528D04G07

ITAP363

2528D04G02

5009D52G05

IBPKD

2554D03G06

ITAP324

767A373G02

2532D78G01

IBPLAP

2532D45G06

ITAP364

767A373G02

2532D78G01

IBPLB

2554D03G05

ITAP325

2554D03G03

627B426G02

IBPLCL

2554D03G03

ITAP365

2554D03G03

627B426G02

IBPMC

2537D17G03

ITAP326

2554D03G02

627B426G04

IBPNBP

2537D17G07

ITAP366

2554D03G02

627B426G04

4
5
6
7
8
9

Standard Plug-In and Low Impedance Busway 2

ITAP367

2554D03G01

2553D93G02

BPFB

2528D03G01

ITAP361H

2528D04G02

2535D92G09

BPFBP

2528D03G01

ITAP362H

2528D04G02

2535D92G10

BPFCL

2528D03G01

ITAP363H

2528D04G02

2535D92G11

BPFD

2528D03G01

ITAP364H

2568D13G09

2532D78G02

BPJD

2528D03G10

ITAP365H

2554D03G03

1205C02G02

BPKB

2528D03G07

ITAP366H

2554D03G02

2599D97G02

BPKD

2537D20G06

Standard Plug-In and Low Impedance Busway 2

12

BPLB

2537D20G05

TAP321

2528D03G02

5009D52G01

BPLCL

2537D20G01

TAP361

2528D03G02

5009D52G13

13

BPMC

374D017G03

TAP322

2528D03G02

5009D52G03

TAP362

2528D03G02

5009D52G04

TAP323

2528D03G02

5009D52G05

TAP363

2528D03G02

5009D52G05

TAP324

767A373G01

2532D78G01

TAP364

767A373G01

2532D78G01

TAP325

2537D20G04

627B426G02

TAP365

2537D20G04

627B426G02

TAP326

2584D73G01

627B426G04

TAP366

2584D73G01

627B426G02

TAP361H

2528D03G02

2535D92G09

TAP362H

2528D03G02

2535D92G10

TAP363H

2528D03G02

2535D92G11

TAP364H

767A373G01

2532D78G02

TAP365H

2537D20G04

1448D09G05

TAP366H

374D017G03

373D043G06

Notes
1 Check Vista for pricing and minimum order quantities.
2 Replacement stab base assembly and fuse base style numbers specified correspond to the
most recent design of the reference catalog number for the complete plug-in unit. For
verification that this style number is the correct replacement for your existing plug-in unit,
contact your local Eaton Field Sales office.

10
11

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T9-5

9
1

Busway (Low Voltage)
Replacement Capabilities—100 Ampere Busway

100 Ampere Busway

Fusible Plug-In Units
Voltage
Rating

Ampere
Rating

Fusible Enclosure
Catalog Number

Ground (If Required)
Catalog Number

240

30

FAN321

PIGS100

240

60

FAN322

PIGS100

3

240

100

FAN323

PIGS100

600

30

FAN361

PIGS100

4

600

60

FAN362

PIGS100

600

100

FAN363

PIGS100

2

5
Circuit Breaker Plug-In Units

6
7
8
9
10
11

Elbow, Busway and Cable Tap Box

100 Ampere Busway—Copper
(Includes 50% Internal Ground Bar)
Three-Phase,
Four-Wire FN
277/480V
Catalog Number

Single-Phase,
Three-Wire
120/240V
Catalog Number

10 ft (3048 mm)

CST13G

CST14G

CST13NG

5 ft (1524 mm)

CST135G

CST145G

CST13N5G

3 ft (914.4 mm)

CST133G

CST143G

CST13N3G

Description
Straight Lengths

2 ft (609.6 mm)

12

1 ft (304.8 mm)

CST132G
CST131G

CST142G

CST13N2G

CST141G

CST13N1G

Elbows

13

Forward

CFE13G

Rearward

CRE13G

CRE14G

CRE13NG

14

Upward

CUE13G

CUE14G

CUE13NG

Downward

CDE13G

CDE14G

CDE13NG

15

Tees
Forward

CFT13G

16

Rearward

CRT13G

CRT14G

CRT13NG

Upward

CUT13G

CUT14G

CUT13NG

17

Downward

CDT13G

CDT14G

CDT13NG

18

Ampere
Rating

QUICKLAG HQP

15–50

PINQP

LCNQP

PIGS100

HMQP

ED, EHD, FDB

15–100

PINFD

LCNFD

PIGS100

HMFD

Voltage
Rating

Three-Phase,
Three-Wire
600V Maximum
Catalog Number

CFE14G

CFE13NG

Ground
(If Required)
Catalog
Number

External Handle
(Required for
Hook-Stick
Operation)
Catalog
Number

Circuit
Breaker
Enclosure
Catalog
Number

Receptacle
Enclosure
Catalog
Number

Accessories
Item

Catalog Number

End closer

EC1

Outlet cover

OC1

Edgwise hanger

EH1

“C” clamp hanger

FH1

Slip-on wall flange

WF1

End Closers—EC1

Replacement Outlet
Cover—OC1

CL Joint

CFT14G

Outlet Cover

CFT13NG
4.00
(101.6)

Cable Tap Boxes

19

Description

Three-Wire or Four-Wire
Catalog Number

Ground (If Required)
Catalog Number

Plug-in

PIB14

PIGS100

20

End

EB14

GL100

Center

CBIB14G

(Included)

21
22
23
24
25
V12-T9-6

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

9

Busway (Low Voltage)
Replacement Capabilities—Standard Plug-In Busway

Standard Plug-In Busway

1

Originally a Westinghouse Product

2
3
4

Typical Standard Plug-In Straight Length

5

Catalog Numbers
Duct Only Includes One Hanger
per 10 Feet of Busway 1

Catalog Number
for 10-Feet Lengths 2

Ampere
Rating

Aluminum
Catalog Number

Fittings
(Price of Footage Through Each Fitting Must be Added)
Copper
Catalog Number

Universal Cable Tap
Box (Lugs Included) 3
Catalog Number

End Closer
Aluminum
Catalog Number

Copper
Catalog Number

6
7

Three-Phase, Three-Wire, 600V with 50% Ground Bus
225

AST302G

ST302G

UCTB302G

UEC10

UEC10

400

AST304G

ST304G

UCTB304G

UEC20

UEC15

600

AST306G

ST306G

UCTB306G

UEC35

UEC20

800

AST308G

ST308G

UCTB308G

UEC50

UEC30

1000

AST310G

ST310G

UCTB310G

UEC60

UEC40

8
9
10

Three-Phase, Four-Wire, Full Neutral, 277/480V with 50% Ground Bus
225

AST502G

ST502G

UCTB402G

UEC10

UEC10

400

AST504G

ST504G

UCTB404G

UEC20

UEC15

600

AST506G

ST506G

UCTB406G

UEC35

UEC20

800

AST508G

ST508G

UCTB408G

UEC50

UEC30

1000

AST510G

ST510G

UCTB410G

UEC60

UEC40

11
12
13

Cantilever Hangers
Ampere
Rating

Miscellaneous Accessories
Aluminum
Catalog Number

Copper
Catalog Number

Three-Phase, Three-Wire, 600V

14

Description
Wall/floor flange

15

Extra cantilever hangers

225

CLH10

CLH10

400

CLH20

CLH15

600

CLH35

CLH20

800

CLH50

CLH30

1000

CLH60

CLH40

Hookstick kit (8–14 feet)

HS8-14 4

16

Renewal Parts
Joint hardware–EXWK10

17

Access covers (two)
Splice plates (two)

Three-Phase, Four-Wire, Full Neutral, 277/480V
225

CLH10

CLH10

400

CLH20

CLH15

600

CLH35

CLH20

800

CLH50

CLH30

1000

CLH60

CLH40

Notes
1 When ordering from stock, all hangers must be shown as a separate item marked included
in price.
2 Suitable for horizontal mounting only. Contact your local Eaton Field Sales office for pricing
and lead times.
3 If UCTB is used on end of run, an end closer must also be used for that end.
4 Normally available from stock.

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T9-7

9
1
2

Busway (Low Voltage)
Replacement Capabilities—Standard and Low Impedance

Standard and Low Impedance

Circuit Breaker Selection and Interrupting Ratings

Originally a Westinghouse Product
Circuit Breaker Plug-In Units

Breaker
Frame

Ampere
Rating

Symmetrical Amperes
240 Vac

480 Vac

EHD

15–60

18,000

14,000

—

70–100

18,000

14,000

—

The enclosure, circuit
breaker, neutral and
ground are ordered and
shipped assembled.

3

Note: Breaker and fusible
plugs must be ordered as
assembled units. See V12-T9-10
for instructions on how to build
the assembled catalog numbers.

4
5
6

Circuit Breaker Plug-In Unit (Closed)

7

Note: For units mounting at the
joint and feeder type ducts, see
bolt-on units—standard plug-in,
low impedance and H5000.

FDB

FD

HFD

FDC

8
9
10
11

JDB
Circuit Breaker Plug-In Unit (Open)

JD

HJD

Catalog Numbers
Neutral (If Required) 1

12

Breaker
Frame

13

EHD, FDB,
FD, HFD, FDC
(15–150A)

Enclosure
Catalog
Standard Plug-In
Number
Catalog Number
BPFD 3

Low Impedance
Catalog Number

N110 (15–110A) 3
ZN110 (15–110A) 3
N250KB (125–150A) 3 ZN250KB (125–150A)

Ground
(If Required) 2
Catalog
Number

JDC

GS104 3

14

JDB, JD, HJD, BPJD 3
JDC (70–250A)

N250KB (125–250A) 3 ZN250KB (125–250A) 3 GS104 3

15

KDB, KD,
HKD, KDC
(125–400A)

N400 (250–400A) 3

BPKD

4

ZN400 (250–400A) 3

4

GS104 3

4

16

LDB, LD,
HLD, LDC
(300–600A)

BPLD

17

MC, HMC
(500–800A)

BPMD

N/A

4

4

NC, HNC
(900–1200A)

BPND

4

4

4

18
19
20

FB (TRI-PAC®) BPFBP
(15–100A)
LA (TRI-PAC)
(125–400A)
NB (TRI-PAC)
(500–800A)

21

N110 (15–100A) 3

ZN110 (15–100A)

GS104 3

BPLAP 5

N400 (125–400A) 3

ZN400 (125–400A) 3

GS104 3

BPNBP

4

4

GS104 3

600 Vac

15–60

18,000

14,000

14,000

70–100

18,000

14,000

14,000

110–150

18,000

14,000

14,000

15–60

65,000

25,000

18,000

70–100

65,000

25,000

18,000

110–150

65,000

25,000

18,000

15–60

100,000

65,000

25,000

70–100

100,000

65,000

25,000
25,000

110–150

100,000

65,000

15–60

200,000

100,000

50,000

70–100

200,000

100,000

50,000
50,000

110–150

200,000

100,000

70–225

65,000

25,000

18,000

250

65,000

25,000

18,000

70–225

65,000

25,000

18,000

250

65,000

25,000

18,000

70–225

100,000

65,000

25,000

250

100,000

65,000

25,000

70–225

200,000

100,000

50,000

250

200,000

100,000

50,000

KDB

250–400

65,000

35,000

25,000

KD

250–400

65,000

35,000

25,000

HKD

250–400

100,000

65,000

35,000

KDC

250–400

200,000

100,000

50,000

LDB

300–600

65,000

45,000

25,000

LD

300–600

65,000

45,000

25,000

HLD

300–600

100,000

65,000

35,000
50,000

LDC

300–600

200,000

100,000

MDL

400–800

65,000

50,000

25,000

HMDL

400–800

100,000

65,000

35,000

NP

400–1200

65,000

50,000

25,000

HND

400–1200

100,000

65,000

35,000

FB (TRI-PAC)

15–100

200,000

200,000

200,000

LA (TRI-PAC)

70–400

200,000

200,000

200,000

70–400

200,000

200,000

200,000

600–800

200,000

200,000

200,000

600–800

200,000

150,000

200,000

NB (TRI-PAC)

Notes
1 Full neutral. For half neutral, contact your local Eaton Field Sales office.
2 Not available for low impedance bus duct.
3 Normally available from stock.
4 Contact your local Eaton Field Sales office for delivery. Order by description on suffix BUS.
5 Obsolete; no longer available.

22
23
24
25
V12-T9-8

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

9

Busway (Low Voltage)
Replacement Capabilities—Standard and Low Impedance

Originally a
Westinghouse Product
Fusible Plug-In Units
●
For standard plug-in and
low impedance plug-in
busway (not for use on
Pow-R-Way busway.
Not available for low
impedance bus duct)
●
Fuses not included
●
Mechanical lugs only
●
Plug-in unit, neutral and
ground can be ordered
separately and shipped
unassembled

Fusible Switch Horsepower Ratings
240V

480V

NEC®
Standard

Time
Delay

NEC
Standard

Time
Delay

NEC
Standard

Time
Delay

30

3

7-1/2

5

15

7-1/2

20

60

7-1/2

15

15

30

15

50

100

15

30

25

60

30

75

200

25

60

50

125

60

150

400

50

100

100

250

125

350

600

75

100

200

400

200

500

Special Industry Fusible
Plug-In Units
●
Special industry plugs
are I2t rated
●
Knockouts are not provided
●
Grounding lug included
on 200A and above
●
Lugs ordered and
shipped separately
●
Fuses are not included
●
If neutral or ground
assembly is required,
contact your local Eaton
Field Sales office

2
3
4
5
6

Fusible Plug-In Units 1
Neutral (If Required)

Fusible TAP

1

600V

Ampere
Rating

Ampere
Rating

600V
Catalog
Number

240V
Catalog
Number

Standard Plug-In
Catalog
Number

Low Impedance
Catalog
Number

Ground
(If Required)
Catalog
Number

30

TAP361 2

TAP321 2

N110 2

ZN110 2

60

TAP362 2

TAP322 2

N110 2

100

TAP363 2

TAP323 2

N110 2

200

TAP364 2

TAP324 2

N250KB 2

400

2

Class R Fuse Clips
(If Required)
600V
Catalog
Number

240V
Catalog
Number

GS104 12

RFK161 2

RFK121 2

ZN110 2

GS104 12

RFK262 2

RFK222 2

ZN110 2

GS104 12

RFK464 2

RFK464 2

ZN250KB

GS104 12

RFK464 2

RFK464 2

12

2

RFK666 2

2

GS104

TAP365

TAP325

N400

RFK666

600

TAP366

TAP326

N400 23

ZN400 2

4

RFK666 2

RFK666 2

800

5

5

—

4

—

—

—

If Required

8
9
10
11
12

Special Industry Fusible Plug-In Units
Three-Wire, 600V
Plug-In Unit

7

13

Terminal Kits for Industry Fusible Plug-In Units
Mechanical Lugs 2

Compression Lugs 2

Ampere
Rating

Catalog
Number

Neutral
Catalog
Number

Ground
Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Lugs Per
Phase

Wire
Size

Catalog
Number

Lugs Per
Phase

Wire
Size

30

TAP361H

6

6

MTK30SC

1

#14–#4

CTK30SC

1

#12–#10

60

TAP362H

6

6

MTK160SC

1

#14–1/0

CTK60SC

1

#8

100

TAP363H

6

6

MTK160SC

1

#14–1/0

CTK100SC

1

#4

200

TAP364H

6

6

MTK200SC

1

#6–350 kcmil

CTK200BSC

1

2/0

400

TAP365H

6

6

MTK400DPW

2

#2–4/0

CTK400SPW

1

750 kcmil

600

TAP366H

6

6

MTK600DFW

2

500 kcmil

CTK600DPM

2

500 kcmil

Catalog Number

600

GND36

15
16
17
18

Three-Wire—Ground Detector and Neutralizer Plug
Maximum Volts

14

19
20

Notes
1 Not available for low impedance bus duct.
2 Normally available from stock.
3 Only half neutral available. For full neutral, use a TAP366BO or TAP326BO unit.
4 Must be factory assembled. Order by description on suffix BUS.
5 Plug-in unit not available. Contact your local Eaton Field Sales office for bolt-on type.
6 Must be factory assembled. Order by description.

21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T9-9

9
1
2
3
4
5
6

Busway (Low Voltage)
Replacement Capabilities—Quick-Assembled Plugs

Quick-Assembled Plugs
The Mod Center in
Spartanburg, SC, will perform
the assembly of the bus
plugs in 3 days or less for
most orders. Bid Manager™
enables you to “build” the
appropriate catalog number.
When the order is entered
in Bid Manager, it will
automatically transfer the
order to suffix “QAP.”
Please see the following
rules for building the
assembled catalog number.

Catalog Numbering Selection
Quick-Assembled Plugs—Breaker Unit 12

P3B HFD 3 015 G N
Bus Style
P3B = PRWIII
IBP = PRW
BP = Old-line

Breaker Frame
(Example FD,
JDC, KDB)

Three-Pole
Only

Trip Rating
(Example 015,
060, 150, 400)

Ground Option
G = 50% internal
I = Isolated ground
(PRWIII only)

Neutral Options
N = 100% neutral
N2 = 200% neutral
(PRW III only)
ZN = Low Z
(old line only)

Quick-Assembled Plugs—Fusible Unit 234

7

P3F 3 6 4 R G N

8

Bus Style
P3F = PRWIII
ITAP = PRW
TAP = Old-line

9
10

Three-Pole Only

11
12

Voltage
6 = 600V
2 = 240V

Ampere
1 = 30
5 = 400
2 = 60
6 = 600
3 = 100
7 = 800
4 = 200

Fuse Clips
R or J ≤ 600A
T or L for 800A

Neutral Options
N = 100% neutral
N2 = 200% neutral
(PRW III only)
ZN = Low Z
(old line only)
Ground Options
G = 50%
I = Isolated (PRW III only)

Notes
1 Do not leave space between characters. Example: P3BHFD3015GN.
2 Contact your local Eaton Field Sales office for help in assigning a catalog number for a specific application.
3 Do not leave space between characters. Example: P3F264RGN.
4 “H” clips are standard for Pow-R-Way and vintage busway products unless specified by adding “R” or “J” in the catalog number.
Example: P3F264RGN, ITAP361JGN.

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T9-10

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

9

Busway (Low Voltage)
Replacement Capabilities—CP2, CP3 or CP4 SAFETYBUS Busway Plug-In Units

CP2, CP3 or CP4 SAFETYBUS Busway Plug-In Units

Circuit Breaker Selection and Interrupting Ratings 6

Originally a Westinghouse Product

Breaker
Frame

Ampere
Rating

Symmetrical Amperes

EHD

15–60

18,000

14,000

—

70–100

18,000

14,000

—

15–60

18,000

14,000

14,000

70–100

18,000

14,000

14,000

110–150

18,000

14,000

14,000

15–60

65,000

25,000

18,000

Bolt-On Units 1

Breaker
Frame

Ampere
Rating

Enclosure
Catalog
Number

Neutral 2
(If Required)
Catalog
Number

Ground 3
(If Required)
Catalog
Number

FDB

Circuit Breaker Bolt-On Units (Breaker Not Included)

240 Vac

480 Vac

EHD, FDB, FD
HFD, FDC

15–150

BPFDBO

4

4

JDB, JD, HJD,
JDC

125–250

BPJDBO

4

4

KDB, KD, HKD,
KDC

250–400

LDB, LD, HLD
LDC

300–600

BPLDBO

4

4

MDL, HMDL

400–800

BPMDBO

4

4

FB (TRI-PAC)

15–100

BPFBPBO

4

4

70–100

200,000

100,000

50,000

4

110–150

200,000

100,000

50,000

4

BPKDBO

4

LA (TRI-PAC)

125–400

BPLAPBO

4

NB (TRI-PAC)

500–800

BPNBPBO

4

4

FD

HFD

FDC

JDB

Fusible Bolt-On Units 5
240V

30

4

4

60

TAP322BO

4

4

100

TAP323BO

4

4

200

TAP324BO

4

4

400

TAP325BO

4

4

TAP326BO

4

4

600

600V

TAP321BO

JD

HJD

JDC

1

600 Vac

70–100

65,000

25,000

18,000

110–150

65,000

25,000

18,000

15–60

100,000

65,000

25,000

70–100

100,000

65,000

25,000

110–150

100,000

65,000

25,000

15–60

200,000

100,000

50,000

70–225

65,000

25,000

18,000

250

65,000

25,000

18,000

70–225

65,000

25,000

18,000

250

65,000

25,000

18,000

70–225

100,000

65,000

25,000

250

100,000

65,000

25,000

70–225

200,000

100,000

50,000

250

200,000

100,000

50,000

250–400

65,000

35,000

25,000

800

TAP327BO

4

4

KDB

30

TAP361BO

4

4

KD

250–400

65,000

35,000

25,000

250–400

100,000

65,000

35,000

60

TAP362BO

4

4

HKD

100

TAP363BO

4

4

KDC

250–400

200,000

100,000

50,000

4

LDB

300–600

65,000

45,000

25,000

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14

200

TAP364BO

4

400

TAP365BO

4

4

LD

300–600

65,000

45,000

25,000

600

TAP366BO

4

4

HLD

300–600

100,000

65,000

35,000

800

TAP367BO

4

4

LDC

300–600

200,000

100,000

50,000

MDL

400–800

65,000

50,000

25,000

HMDL

400–800

100,000

65,000

35,000

NP

400–1200

65,000

50,000

25,000

HND

400–1200

100,000

65,000

35,000

200,000

200,000

200,000

FB (TRI-PAC) 15–100

2

15
16
17

LA (TRI-PAC) 70–400

200,000

200,000

200,000

70–400

200,000

200,000

200,000

NB (TRI-PAC) 600–800

200,000

200,000

200,000

600–800

200,000

150,000

200,000

Notes
1 Factory assembled. Contact your local Eaton Field Sales office for delivery and order entry
information. When ordering, you must specify:
1. Load left or load right.
2. Front or rear mounting.
3. Type of busway to which unit is to be mounted.
2 Full neutral. For half neutral, contact your local Eaton Field Sales office.
3 Not available for low impedance bus duct.
4 Order by description with bolt-on unit.
5 These bolt-on units include an adapter for mounting at the joint. They do not require a power
take-off unit.
6 Refer to the current Price and Availability Digest (PAD) for breaker list prices.

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T9-11

9
1

Busway (Low Voltage)
Replacement Capabilities—CP2, CP3 or CP4 SAFETYBUS Busway Plug-In Units

Originally a Cutler-Hammer Product
Fusible Switch Plug-In Units

2

Class R Fuse Clip Included

3

240V, Three-Phase, Three-Wire
30

7-1/2

CP4HD321

5

CP4HD421

4

60

15

CP4HD322

10

CP4HD422

100

30

CP4HD323

25

CP4HD423

5

200

60

CP4HD324

60

CP4HD424

400

100

CP4HD325

250

CP4HD425

6

600 4

100

CP4HD326

400

CP4HD426

Maximum hp Rating 1

Ampere Rating

Catalog Number

Maximum hp Rating 12

Catalog Number 3

120–208V, Three-Phase, Four-Wire

600V, Three-Phase, Three-Wire

277–480V, Three-Phase, Four-Wire

7

30

20

CP4HD361

15

CP4HD461

60

50

CP4HD362

30

CP4HD462

8

100

75

CP4HD363

60

CP4HD463

200

100

CP4HD364

100

CP4HD464

400

350

CP4HD365

250

CP4HD465

600 4

500

CP4HD366

400

CP4HD466

9
10

Plug-In Cable Tap Boxes—Plug Into CP2, CP3 or CP4 Busway 5—600A and 800A Sizes Also Have Bolt-On Clips

11
12

Approximate Dimensions in Inches
Volts
Three-phase, three-wire
600V maximum

13
14
15
16
17
18

Three-phase, four-wire
120/208V or 277/480V
100% neutral

Mounting Clearance

Ampere
Rating

Wide

High

Deep

Top

Front

Conduit
Sizes

Load Lugs
Each Phase

Catalog
Number

225

15.50

8.10

6.90

6.30

10.50

1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, 3

(1) #6–300 kcmil Al/Cu

CP2SB34

400

22.30

8.10

7.90

7.00

11.30

1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, 3

(1) #1/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu 6

CP2SB35

600

37.20

15.80

11.70

12.50

16.80

1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, 3

(2) #2–600 kcmil Al/Cu

CP2SB36 4

800

37.20

15.80

11.70

12.50

16.80

1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, 3

(3) #2–600 kcmil Al/Cu

CP2SB37 4

225

15.50

8.10

6.90

6.30

10.50

1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, 3

(1) #6–300 kcmil Al/Cu

CP2SB44
6

400

22.30

8.10

7.90

7.00

11.30

1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, 3

(1) #1/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu

600

37.20

15.80

11.70

12.50

16.80

1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, 3

(2) #2–600 kcmil Al/Cu

CP2SB46 4

800

37.20

15.80

11.70

12.50

16.80

1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, 3

(3) #2–600 kcmil Al/Cu

CP2SB47 4

CP2SB45

Notes
1 Maximum hp ratings apply when time delay fuses are used.
2 120–208V hp ratings are based on 200V motor usage.
3 All units ship as three-phase, four-wire plugs.
4 Requires two adjacent plug-in outlets that do not span a busway joint.
5 For ground stab to engage internal ground bus, add suffix “G” to catalog number.
6 Also accepts (2) #1–300 kcmil Al/Cu.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T9-12

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

9

Busway (Low Voltage)
Replacement Capabilities—CP2, CP3 or CP4 SAFETYBUS Busway Plug-In Units

Originally a Cutler-Hammer Product
Approximate Dimensions

1

Required Mounting Clearances

2

Typical Side and Front

E

Edge of
Busway

44° Ref.

C

.34

3

A

4

ON

5
B

6

OFF

7

Plug-in
Busway

8

D

F

9

Plug-In Units—May be Used with Either CP2, CP3 or CP4 Plug-In Busway Sections—Fusible Switch Type
Frame
or Type

Maximum
Ampere
Rating

A

B

C

D

E

F

Conduit Sizes
Top, Bottom and Side

Wire Size Range
Al/Cu

CP4HD

30

19.30

11.50

8.80

5.20

7.00

9.00

1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2

(1) #14–2

60

19.30

11.50

8.80

5.20

7.00

9.00

1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2

(1) #14–2

100

19.30

11.50

8.80

5.20

7.00

9.00

1/2, 3/4, 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2, 2

(1) #14–1/0

200

23.00

16.50

9.20

6.00

7.50

13.30

1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, 3

(1) #6–300 kcmil

CP4HD

Dimensions in Inches

10
11
12

12

45.60

24.30

15.80

13.10

14.00

20.50

1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, 3

(1) #1/0–300 kcmil or (1) 750 kcmil

600 12

45.60

24.30

15.80

13.10

14.00

20.50

1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2, 3

(2) #2–600 kcmil

400

13
14

Notes
1 Provided with busway bolt-on clip and straps for 0.50-inch hanger rods.
2 Unit extends 10.50 inches below busway.

15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T9-13

9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

Busway (Low Voltage)
Technology Upgrades—Clipper Power Systems (TVSS)

Technology Upgrades
Clipper Power Systems,
Busway TVSS Protection
The low voltage busway
aftermarket product offering
includes transient voltage
surge suppression (TVSS),
which is ideal for busway fed
distribution systems. Eaton
has developed the Clipper
Power System (CPS) family
of products to ensure that
the quality power required
to maximize productivity
in today’s competitive
environment is supplied
to commercial, industrial,
medical and institutional
facilities. Without power

protection devices,
microprocessors and
electronic-based loads are
not provided with the noise
and disturbance-free power
that they require. Because
microprocessor-based loads
are now common in every
facility, engineers must
ensure the AC power supply
is properly filtered. The CPS
busway family of products
consists of TVSS and filter
components (TVSS filter)
integrated into a bus plug
with a fusible disconnect.
TVSS bus plugs are available
for the following types of
plug-in busway:

12
13

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Westinghouse
standard plug-in
Westinghouse low
impedance plug-in
Westinghouse
H5000 plug-in
Cutler-Hammer
CP2 plug-in
Cutler-Hammer
CP3 plug-in
Cutler-Hammer
CP4 plug-in
Westinghouse
Pow-R-Way
Westinghouse
Pow-R-Way II
Cutler-Hammer
Pow-R-Way III

Significant performance
advantages are achieved
by integrating TVSS filters
into busway systems.
Because the TVSS unit is
directly connected to the
busway, the CPS minimizes
let-through voltage. This is a
significant performance
advantage compared to
cable-connected TVSS
solutions. Due to the
integrated design, the
CPS bus plug also saves
the user wall space and
greatly reduces the installed
project cost.

Catalog Numbering Selection
Visor Series Bus Plug

10
11

●

P3BCPS 250 480Y S A
Bus Style
P3BCPS = Pow-R-Way
TAPCPS = Std. plug-in
ZTAPCPS = Low impedance
HTAPCPS = H5000
CP4CPS = CP2/CP3/CP4
ITAPCPS = Pow-R-Way

14
15

Surge Rating
(kA/Phase)
100 = 100
120 = 120
160 = 160
200 = 200
250 = 250
300 = 300
400 = 400
500 = 500

Voltage
Code
Three-phase
wye (4W+G)
Three-phase
delta (4W+G)

Voltage Requirements
120/208 230/400 277/480 347/600
240V
400V
480V
600V
208Y
400Y
480Y
600Y
240D

—

480D

600D

Diagnostics Package
A = AdVisor complete with status indicator lights on each
phase. Form C. Audible Alarm—Enable/Disable
S = SuperVisor complete with status indicator lights
on each phase, 1-Form C. Audible Alarm—
Enable/Disable, Transient Counter, Push-to-Teat.
PQ Meter (no date stamp)
N = NetVisor complete with status indicator lights on
each phase. Form C. Audible Alarm—Enable/Disable,
Transient Counter, Push to Test, PQ Meter (no date
stamp). Modbus® and Ethernet Communications
Port, % Life Remaining, % Voltage THD

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T9-14

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

9

Busway (Low Voltage)
Technology Upgrades—Submetering—IQ Energy Sentinel

IQ Energy Sentinel
for Bus Plugs

Bus Plug with Energy Sentinel

Customer Required Information
If Originally a
Westinghouse Product
1. Style number or shop
order number from
existing busway
nameplate and complete
nameplate information.
2. Height and width
dimensions of housing
from existing busway.
3. Order by style number
on suffix Q77.
If Originally a
Cutler-Hammer Product
1. Check Vista for pricing.
2. Order by catalog number
on suffix Q73.
The Cutler-Hammer IQ Energy
Sentinel™ was designed
as part of the PowerNet™
system and is a highly
accurate, microprocessorbased submeter that monitors
power and energy. It offers
a centralized alternative
to individually mounted
wattmeters, watthour meters
and watt demand meters.

Key advantages include
unmatched savings in space,
lower installation costs, and
the capability to communicate
data readings in a variety of
ways. IQ Energy Sentinels
with built-in current
transformers (CTs) and
communications have the
added benefit of overall
system accuracy. The IQ
Energy Sentinel mounts on
the load side of CutlerHammer F, J and K breakers
within the bus-plug enclosure.

Further Information

The IQ Energy Sentinel is
also available with a universal
mounting that uses external
CTs and is offered for fusible
bus plug applications.
Sub-metering application
examples for the IQ Energy
Sentinel include energy
monitoring and demand
management, energy cost
analysis/allocation, and
tenant or interdepartmental
billing. To accomplish the
communications system,
the customer must provide
a twisted pair communication
cable in 1/2-inch conduit
between the IQ Energy
Sentinel bus plug and a
Cutler-Hammer Central
Energy Display, or customer
computer to display the
information. IQ Energy
Sentinel bus plugs are
available for Pow-R-Way,
Pow-R-Way II and
Pow-R-Way III busway.

Note: Additional information may be required for manufacturing.

Publication
Number

Description

AD 30-560

Application Data for Pow-R-Way

AD 30-560

Application Data for Pow-R-Way II

TD01701001E

Technical Data for Pow-R-Way III

TD01701002E

Technical Data for 100 Ampere Busway

1
2
3
4

Pricing Information

5

Vista/VISTALINE™ Discount Symbols CE3 and CE4
Note: Contact your local Eaton Field Sales office.

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T9-15

IQ Products
Power Management Products

10 IQ Products
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product History Time Line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Information
Metering Selection Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protective Relay Selection Chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technology Upgrades
Power Xpert 4000/6000/8000 Series Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert 2000 Series Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 250/260 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 130/140/150 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 150S/250S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 35M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enclosed Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current Products
IQ Analyzer 6400/6600 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ DP-4000/4100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Energy Sentinel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 230. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-3000 Motor Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FP-5000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Digitrip 3000 (DT-3000) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories
IQ Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 250-PMAK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Floor-Mounted Enclosure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Addressable Relay II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CTs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Discontinued Product—Recommended Replacement
IQ 2000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Analyzer 6000/6200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RTD Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 1000 and IQ 1000 II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Data Plus and IQ Data Plus II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 300. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 210/220 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 110/115 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Power Sentinel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Multipoint Energy Submeter II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Further Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pricing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V12-T10-2
V12-T10-3

1

V12-T10-3

2

V12-T10-4

3

V12-T10-12

4

V12-T10-15

5

V12-T10-17
V12-T10-18
V12-T10-19
V12-T10-20
V12-T10-21
V12-T10-22

6
7

V12-T10-23

8

V12-T10-24

9

V12-T10-25
V12-T10-26
V12-T10-27
V12-T10-28
V12-T10-29

10
11

V12-T10-30

12

V12-T10-31

13

V12-T10-31
V12-T10-31
V12-T10-31
V12-T10-31
V12-T10-32
V12-T10-32

14
15
16

V12-T10-33

17

V12-T10-36

18

V12-T10-36
V12-T10-36
V12-T10-37
V12-T10-37
V12-T10-37
V12-T10-38
V12-T10-38
V12-T10-39
V12-T10-40
V12-T10-41
V12-T10-42
V12-T10-43
V12-T10-43

19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T10-1

10
1

IQ Products

Electronic Metering and Protection
Product Description

2

Eaton’s electrical business IQ Metering and Protection group
of Cutler-Hammer® series products are multifunctional
communicating products based on microprocessor technology.
They are designed to replace existing electromechanical devices
and can be applied at low, medium and high voltage points in
the electrical distribution system. These devices offer
communications capabilities to link electrical distribution
equipment to Eaton’s PowerNet™ Power Management
Software.

3
4
5
6

Power Management Products

7
8

These products generally surpass capabilities available with
older analog/electromechanical technologies. Depending on
the features available from each device, information from these
devices may be used to record and analyze power system and
power quality events or problems and may improve power
systems protection and coordination. With communications,
these devices may be used for energy monitoring and
management with trended data for use in future power
system planning.

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T10-2

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

10

IQ Products

Product History
Originally a
Westinghouse Product
In the early 1980s, power
metering and protective
relaying functions were
performed by electromechanical devices. Analog
meters and induction disk
protective relays were found
on virtually every switchgear
lineup manufactured up to
that time. With the maturing
of solid-state electronics,
microprocessor-based
replacements for the electromechanical devices became
available. These new devices
provided increased
functionality and flexibility,
in a smaller space, for less
cost. Westinghouse led the
movement toward electronic
metering and protection
devices with the introduction
of the IQ 2000 motor
protection and control
relay. In 1987, the IQ 2000
functions were split and
two new products were
introduced—the IQ 1000
and the IQ Data Plus. The
IQ 1000 provided all current
monitoring and motor
protection functions and
was developed for use on
AMPGARD® medium voltage
starters and low voltage motor
control assemblies. The IQ
Data Plus provided complete
electrical metering and
system voltage protection,
and was developed for use
on low and medium voltage
switchgear, as well as
AMPGARD and low voltage
motor control assemblies.

The latest next generation
addition to metering is the
Power Xpert® Meter product
series. The Power Xpert
Meter power quality
instrument monitors critical
aspects of an electrical
distribution system. This
premier power quality
metering instrument uses the
latest in advanced technology
to make it simple to use,
powerful, scalable and highly
flexible. Power Xpert Meters
offer a new level of intuitive
user interface design,
presenting critical electrical
distribution system information
in a simple-to-navigate
and easy-to-understand
information architecture.
The Power Xpert Meter’s
4000/6000/8000 graphic
display visualizes the
information from up to 16
Power Xpert PQ instruments.
The embedded Web server
displays complex power
quality data using standard
Internet browsers and allows
for device configuration from
the browser. Both the local
graphic display and the
embedded Web server
present real time, historical
and event information in a
browser-style graphical format
to help the user interpret key
circuit information such as
current loading, voltage and
power levels, power factor,
energy usage, I/O status and
power quality measurements,
as well as harmonic plots,
disturbance and transient
waveforms, and an ITIC
disturbance summary screen.
The Power Xpert 2000 Series
Meter offers the same level
of intuitive user interface
design as the Power Xpert
4000/6000/8000 Meter with
its embedded Web server
to provide data logging and
e-mail and the ability to
visualize steady-state harmonic
content as well as waveform
recording that is critical for
power quality analysis.
Since then, the IQ Metering
and Protection product
family has grown to include
additional products for both
metering and protective
functions.

The IQ 250 and IQ 260
meters provide revenue
grade accuracy with standard
Modbus® communications
and optional I/O capability.
The IQ 130/140/150 meters
provide basic monitoring and
energy metering for feeder
applications and optional
Modbus communications.

The IQ DP-4000 and the IQ
AnaIyzer provide advanced
metering functions including
the ability to monitor power
quality parameters. IQ Energy
Sentinels provide a low cost
method to monitor energy
usage for individual feeders
or loads.
The Power Xpert Multi-Point
Meter provides cost-effective
and space-saving energy
submetering for a wide
variety of applications.

The IQ 35M provides energy
monitoring at the panelboard
level as well as retrofit
applications.

The MP-3000 added
increased motor protection
capability. The FP-5000,
introduced in 2001, provides
overcurrent protection for
distribution feeders.

The IQ 150S/250S provides
wireless energy metering.
The enclosed metering
offering adds flexibility in
monitoring with Eaton’s
latest line of meters where
metering is needed.

Product

V12-T10-36

IQ 2000 Model (A)

V12-T10-36

IQ 2000 Model (B)

V12-T10-37

IQ 1000

V12-T10-37

IQ 1000 II

V12-T10-28

MP-3000

V12-T10-37

IQ Data Plus

V12-T10-37

IQ Data Plus II

V12-T10-25

1980

1990

1995

2000

2005

2010

IQ Generator

IQ Energy Sentinel
(Breaker Mount)
IQ Energy Sentinel
(Universal Mount)

15
16

Digitrip MV
V12-T10-30

17

DT-3000
CED
CED II

V12-T10-24

IQ Analyzer

V12-T10-36

IQ Analyzer 6000/6200

V12-T10-24

IQ Analyzer 6400/6600

V12-T10-15

Power Xpert 4000/6000/8000

V12-T10-17

Power Xpert 2000

V12-T10-29

FP-5000

V12-T10-19

IQ 250/260

V12-T10-27

IQ 230

V12-T10-38

IQ 300

18
19
20
21

IQ Multipoint Energy
Submeter
V12-T10-42

IQ Multipoint Energy
Submeter II

V12-T10-40

IQ 110/115

V12-T10-41

IQ Power Sentinel

V12-T10-39

IQ 210/220

V12-T10-20

IQ 130/140/150

V12-T10-21

IQ 150S/250S

V12-T10-22

IQ 35M

V12-T10-23

Enclosed Meters

8

14

AR (Addressable Relay)

V12-T10-26

7

13

IQ Data

V12-T10-26

6

12

IQ 500

ARII (Addressable Relay II)

5

11

IQ DP-4000

V12-T10-32

4

Present

AEM II

V12-T10-38

3

10
1985

AEM

V12-T10-37

2

9

Product History Time Line
Page

1

22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T10-3

10
1
2

IQ Products
General Information

Metering Selection Chart—Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Device Name
Accessories
See Page V12-T10-31

Power Xpert 4000/6000/8000 Series

Power Xpert 2000

IQ 250/260 Series

Section Page Number

V12-T10-15

V12-T10-17

V12-T10-19

3
4
5

Electrical Parameters
Volts

0.1% of RV + 0.02% FS

0.1% of RV

0.1% of RV

6

Amperes

0.05% of RV + 0.01% FS

0.1% of RV

0.1% of RV

Current range (% of nominal)

0.005–20A (400%)

0.1–200%

0.1–200%

7

Watts

0.1% of RV + 0.0025% FS

0.2% of RV

0.2% of RV

VARs

0.1% of RV + 0.0025% FS

0.2% of RV

0.2% of RV

8

VA

0.1% of RV + 0.0025% FS

0.2% of RV

0.2% of RV

PF-apparent

0.1%

0.2% of RV

0.2% of RV

9

PF-displacement

0.1%

—

—

Frequency

±0.01 Hz

±0.03 Hz

10
11
12
13

THD-voltage

127th

THD-current

127th

40th

2345

±0.03 Hz
40th 6
40th 6

±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class

1

VAR-hours

±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class

1

VA-hours

±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class 1

±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class 1

Ampere-demand

0.05% of RV + 0.01% FS

±0.1% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class

±0.1% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class

Watt-demand

±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class 1

±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class 1

±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class 1

VAR-demand

±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class 1

±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class 1

±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class 1

1

1

±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class 1

Watthours

VA-demand

14

40th

2345

±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class

Class 1

±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class

1

±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class 1

±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class

1

±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class 1
±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class 1

±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class

Revenue accuracy

±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2

ANSI C12.20 (0.2%)

ANSI C12.20 (0.2%)

Individual ampere harmonics

85th 7

40th 345

—

15

Individual voltage harmonics

85th 7

40th 345

—

Interharmonics

Yes

—

—

16

Minimum and/or Maximum Values
Volts

L-L, L-N, N-G, VAUX L-L

L-L, L-N

L-L, L-N

17

Current

A, B, C, N, G

A, B, C, N

A, B, C

Power

Watt, VAR, VA

Watt, VAR, VA

Watt, VAR, VA

18

Power Factor

Apparent/displacement

Apparent

Apparent

Frequency

Hertz

Hertz

Hertz

19

THD

Amperes/volts (L-L, L-N, AUX L-L)

Amperes/volts 2345

Amperes/volts 6

Demand values

kW, kVAR, kVA, amperes

kW, kVAR, kVA, amperes

kW, kVAR, kVA, amperes

20

Trend analysis

2 / 4 8 / 8 9 GB

256 / 512 2 / 768 345 MB

128 KB j

21
22
23
24

Event logging

2 / 4 8 / 8 9 GB

100,000 alarms/events with timestamp

k

Disturbance recording

2 / 4 8 / 8 9 GB
60 cycles per event

768 MB 45
up to 64 cycles per event 45

—

Notes
1 Under typical operating conditions.
2 PXM 2260 only.
3 PXM 2270 only.
4 PXM 2280 only.
5 PXM 2290 only.
6 IQ 260 only.

7

8
9
j
k

Individual values reported to 85th
harmonic; anti-alias filtering prevents
higher frequencies from distorting
readings (see IEC 61000-4-7).
PMX 6000 only.
PXM 8000 only.
Optional.
At computer only.

Legend: PG = Programmable
FS
= Full scale
RV
= Read value
Auxiliary voltage
(optional)
= Provides three additional voltage inputs to the
meter: Va2, Vb2, Vc2.
Interharmonics = Power Xpert Meter 6000/8000 supported.

25
V12-T10-4

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

IQ Products
General Information

10

Metering Selection Chart—Dimensions in Inches (mm), continued
Device Name
Accessories
See Page V12-T10-31

Power Xpert 4000/6000/8000 Series

Power Xpert 2000

1

IQ 250/260 Series

2
3

Section Page Number

4

V12-T10-15

V12-T10-17

V12-T10-19

Storage

2 / 4 1 / 8 2 GB

256 / 512 3 / 768 4 MB Standard

128 KB for logging, up to 8 parameters every 15
minutes for 30 days

PG output relays

5 maximum

Optional (2) Form C, 5A or (4) Form A, 120 mA

Optional (2) Form C, 5A or (4) Form A, 120 mA

Other Features

PG analog outputs

—

Optional (4) 4–20 mA or (4) 0–1 mA

Optional (4) 4–20 mA or (4) 0–1 mA

Discrete contact inputs

8

Optional (2) or (4)

Optional (2) or (4)

Analog inputs

—

—

—

Synch-input kW utility

Via status input

Via end of interval pulse with optional digital inputs

Via end of interval pulse with optional digital
inputs

Auxiliary voltage 5

Yes

—

—

kWh pulse initiator

Yes

Yes

Yes

Waveform display

Local/computer

6

—

Waveform capture, samples/cycle

Yes, 512 (4096 oversampling)

Yes, up to 64 7, up to 512 8

—

Frequency distribution display

—

—

—

Display type

LCD 9

Red LED

Red LED

5
6
7
8
9
10
11

Display lines/character

Graphic (320 x 240 pixels)

3 lines, 4 characters

3 lines, 4 characters

Display character height

5.5 mm H x 4 mm W

0.56 (14.2) H

0.56 (14.2) H

Communications

Serial: Modbus RTU, Modbus ASCII
Network: Modbus TCP, Ethernet TCP/IP,
HTTP, SNMP, SMTP, FTP, DNP 3.0 9

Serial: Modbus RTU, Modbus ASCII, DNP 3.0
Network: Modbus TCP, BACnet/IP, Ethernet TCP/IP,
HTTP, HTTPS, SNMP, SMTP

Serial: Modbus RTU, Modbus ASCII, DNP 3.0
Network: Modbus TCP via Power Xpert Gateway

13
14

Setup configuration

Via Web browser/display

Via Web browser/display

Via configuration software/display

Dimensions

Refer to TD02601007E

Refer to TD02601017E

Refer to TD02601016E

Operating temperature range

–20° to 60°C display unit
–20° to 70°C meter base unit

–20° to 70°C

–20° to 70°C

Reference literature

TD02601007E

TD02601017E

TD02601016E

Notes
1 PXM 6000 only.
2 PXM 8000 only.
3 PXM 2260 only.
4 PXM 2270 only.
5 The auxiliary voltage option adds three additional voltage
input channels to Power Xpert Meters.
6 At computer only.
7 PXM 2280 only.
8 PXM 2290 only.
9 Optional.

12

15

Legend: PG = Programmable
FS
= Full scale
RV
= Read value
Auxiliary voltage
(optional)
= Provides three additional voltage inputs to the
meter: Va2, Vb2, Vc2.
Interharmonics = Power Xpert Meter 6000/8000 supported.

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T10-5

10
1
2

IQ Products
General Information

Metering Selection Chart, continued
Device Name
Accessories
See Page V12-T10-31

IQ 130/140/150 Series

IQ 150S/250S Series

IQ 35M Series

Section Page Number

V12-T10-20

V12-T10-21

V12-T10-22

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

Electrical Parameters
Volts

±0.25% of RV

0.1% of RV

0.4% +0.015% per °C deviation from 25°C

Amperes

±0.25% of RV

0.1% of RV

0.4% (5–100%), 0.8% (1–5%) +0.015% per °C from 25°C

Current range (% of nominal)

0.1–200%

0.1–200%

1–120%

Watts

0.5% of RV 1

0.2% of RV

0.5% per ANSI C12.20 and IEC 62053-22 Class 0.5S

VARs

0.5% of RV 1

0.2% of RV

2.0% per IEC 62053-23 Class 2

VA

0.5% of RV 1

0.2% of RV

Calculated: vector sum of watts and VARs

PF-apparent

0.5% of RV 1

0.2% of RV

Calculated: Watts / VAs

PF-displacement

—

—

—

Frequency

±0.03% Hz 1

±0.03 Hz

±0.02 Hz

THD-voltage

—

—

—

THD-current

—

—

—

Watthours

±0.5% per ANSI C12.20 0.5 Class 2

±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class

0.5% per ANSI C12.20 and IEC 62053-22 Class 0.5S

2

11

Varhours

±0.5% per ANSI C12.20 0.5 Class

±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class

±2.0% per IEC 62053-23 Class 2

VA-hours

±0.5% per ANSI C12.20 0.5 Class 2

±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class

—

12

Ampere-demand

±0.5% per ANSI C12.20 0.5 Class 2

±0.1% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class

—

Watt-demand

±0.5% per ANSI C12.20 0.5 Class 2

±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class

0.5% per ANSI C12.20 and IEC 62053-22
Class 0.5S

VAR-demand

±0.5% per ANSI C12.20 0.5 Class 2

±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class

2.0% per IEC 62053-23 Class 2

VA-demand

±0.5% per ANSI C12.20 0.5 Class 2

±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class

Calculated: vector sum of watts and VARs

Revenue accuracy

ANSI C12.20 (0.5%)

ANSI C12.20 (0.2%)

0.5% per ANSI C12.20 and IEC 62053-22 Class 0.5S

Individual ampere harmonics

—

—

—

Individual voltage harmonics

—

—

—

Interharmonics

—

—

—

13
14
15
16

Minimum and/or Maximum Values
Volts

L-L, L-N

L-L, L-N

—

17

Current

A, B, C

A, B, C

—

Power

Watt, VAR, VA

Watt, VAR, VA

—

18

Power factor

Apparent 1

Apparent

Apparent (low alert)

Frequency

Hertz 1

Hertz

Hertz (out of range alert)

19

THD

Ampere/Volts

—

—

Demand values

kW, kVAR, kVA, amperes 1

kW, kVAR, kVA, amperes

kW, kVAR, kVA; Maximum kW, kVAR, kVA

20

Trend analysis

3

2 MB 5

—

Event logging

3

2 MB 5

Logging on demand interval or Modbus command 4

Disturbance recording

—

—

—

21
22
23

Notes
1 IQ 140 and IQ 150.
2 IQ 150 only.
3 At computer only.
4 Optional.
5 IQ 250S only.

Legend: PG
FS
RV

= Programmable
= Full scale
= Read value

24
25
V12-T10-6

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

IQ Products
General Information

10

Metering Selection Chart, continued
Device Name
Accessories
See Page V12-T10-31

IQ 130/140/150 Series

IQ 150S/250S Series

1

IQ 35M Series

2
3
V12-T10-20

V12-T10-21

V12-T10-22

4

Storage

—

2 MB 2

10 registers (16 bit) by 5760 entries each (115 KB) 1

5

PG output relays

—

—

—

PG analog outputs

—

—

—

Discrete contact inputs

—

—

2 pulse inputs with BACnet

Analog inputs

—

—

—

Synch-input kW Utility

—

—

Optional demand synchronization via Modbus

Auxiliary voltage 3

—

—

—

kWh pulse initiator

1

Yes

Yes

Section Page Number
Other Features

Waveform display

—

—

—

Waveform capture

—

—

—

Frequency distribution display

—

—

—

Display type

Red LED

Red LED

Backlit LCD

6
7
9
10

Display lines/character

3 lines, 4 characters

3 lines, 4 characters

2 lines by 5 characters each (full alphanumeric top row)

Display character height

0.56 (14.2) H

0.56 (14.2) H

7.5 mm

Communications

Serial: Modbus RTU, Modbus ASCII 1
Network: Modbus TCP 1

Serial: Modbus RTU, Modbus ASCII, DNP 3.0
Network: Modbus TCP, wired or wireless

Serial: Modbus RTU 1, BACnet MS/TP 1
Network: Modbus TCP via Power Xpert Gateway

Setup configuration

Via configuration software/display

Via configuration software/display

Via display/configuration software

Dimensions

4.85 (123.2) H x 4.85 (123.2) W x 4.97 (126.2) D

7.90 (200.7) H x 7.50 (190.5) W x 3.10 (78.7) D

3.60 (91.4) H x 4.20 (106.7) W x 2.30 (58.4) D

Operating temperature range

–20 to 70°C

–20 to 70°C

–20 to 70°C

Reference literature

TD02601015E

TD02601019E

TD02601015E

Notes
1 Optional.
2 IQ 250S only.
3 The auxiliary voltage option adds three additional voltage input channels to
Power Xpert Meters.

Legend: PG
FS
RV

8

11
12
13
14

= Programmable
= Full scale
= Read value

15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T10-7

10
1
2

IQ Products
General Information

Metering Selection Chart—Dimensions in Inches (mm), continued
Device Name
Accessories
See Page V12-T10-31

IQ Analyzer 6400/6600 Series

IQ DP-4000 Series

IQ 230 Series

Section Page Number

V12-T10-24

V12-T10-25

V12-T10-27

3
4
5

Electrical Parameters
Volts

±0.2% FS 1

±0.3% FS

±0.5% FS

6

Amperes

±0.2% FS 1

±0.3% FS

±0.5% FS

Current range (% of nominal)

3–800%

10–250%

1–200%

7

Watts

0.4% FS, 6 RV 2

±0.6% FS

±1.0% FS

VARs

0.4% FS, 6 RV 3

±0.6% FS

±1.0% FS

8

VA

0.4% FS, 6 RV 2

±0.6% FS

±1.0% FS

PF-apparent

0.8% FS 1

±1.0% FS

±2.0% FS

9

PF-displacement

0.8% FS 1

±1.0% FS

±2.0% FS

±0.17% FS

±0.1% Hz

10
11
12
13
14
15
16

1

Frequency

0.04%

THD-voltage

50th

31st

—

THD-current

50th

31st

—

Watthours

0.5% RV 2

±0.6% FS

±1.0% per ANSI C12

Varhours

1% RV 3

±0.6% FS

±1.0% per ANSI C12

VA-hours

0.5% RV 2

±0.6% FS

±1.0% per ANSI C12

Ampere-demand

±0.2% FS 1

±0.3%

±0.5% per ANSI C12

Watt-demand

±0.4% FS 1

±0.6%

±1.0% per ANSI C12

VAR-demand

±0.4% FS

1

±0.6%

±1.0% per ANSI C12

VA-demand

±0.4% FS 1

±0.6%

±1.0% per ANSI C12

Revenue accuracy

ANSI C12.20 (0.5%)

—

ANSI C12.1 (1%)

Individual ampere harmonics

50th

—

—

Individual voltage harmonics

50th

—

—

Interharmonics

—

—

—

L-L, L-N

L-L, L-N

or 0.01 Hz

Minimum and/or Maximum Values
Volts

L-L, L-N

17

Current

A, B, C, N, G

A, B, C

A, B, C

Power

Watt, VAR, VA

Watt, VAR, VA

Watt, VAR, VA

18

Power factor

Apparent/displacement

Apparent/displacement

Apparent/displacement

Frequency

Hertz

Hertz

Hertz

19

THD

Amperes/volts

Amperes/volts

—

Demand values

All

All

All

20

Trend analysis

Time/date

2 alarms

4

Event logging

504 events w/timestamp

4

4

21

Disturbance recording

10 waveform events

—

22
23

Notes
1 From 3–300% of FS.
2 At unity power factory and 5–300% of FS.
3 At a power factor <±0.5 and 5–300% of FS.
4 At computer only.

—

Legend: PG
FS
RV

= Programmable
= Full scale
= Read value

24
25
V12-T10-8

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

IQ Products
General Information

10

Metering Selection Chart—Dimensions in Inches (mm), continued
Device Name
Accessories
See Page V12-T10-31

IQ Analyzer 6400/6600 Series

IQ DP-4000 Series

1

IQ 230 Series

2
3

Section Page Number

V12-T10-24

V12-T10-25

V12-T10-27

Storage

90 KB

15 parameters

—

PG output relays

(4) 10A Form C 1

(3) 10A Form C 2

(2) 100 mA Form A

PG analog outputs

(4) 0–10/4–20 mA

—

—

Discrete contact inputs

(3) + 30 Vdc differential

(1) kW Demand 2

(2) +30 Vdc differential

Analog inputs

(1) 0–20/4–20 mA

—

(1) 4–20 mA

4
5

Other Features

Synch-input kW Utility

At device or via communications

At device or via communications 2

Via communications only

Auxiliary voltage

—

—

—

kWh pulse initiator

Yes

Yes 2

Yes

—

—

Waveform display

Local

2/computer

6
7
8
9

Waveform capture, samples/cycle

Yes, 128

—

—

Frequency distribution display

Local 2/computer

—

—

Display type

Graphic LCD with LED backlight

7 Segment LED

Backlit LCD

Display lines/character

7 lines, 147 characters

1 line, 7 characters

4 lines, 20 characters

Display character height

Up to 7 lines

1 line

1.60 (40.6) H x.09 (2.3) W

Communications

Serial: INCOM 3
Network: via Power Xpert Gateway 3

Serial: INCOM 3
Network: via Power Xpert Gateway 3

Serial: INCOM, Modbus RTU 4
Network: via Power Xpert Gateway

Setup configuration

Via configuration software/display

Via configuration software/display

Via configuration software/display

Dimensions

Refer to TD1702BTE

Refer to TD1703ATE

Refer to TD1706ATE

Operating temperature range

–20° to 70°C

–20° to 70°C

0° to 50°C

Reference literature

TD1702BTE

TD1703ATE

TD1706ATE

Notes
1 Relays programmable to operate on any measured function.
2 Optional.
3 An IPONI is required.
4 IQ 230M only.

Legend: PG
FS
RV

10
11
12
13
14
15

= Programmable
= Full scale
= Read value

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T10-9

10
1
2

IQ Products
General Information

Metering Selection Chart—Dimensions in Inches (mm), continued
Device Name
Accessories
See Page V12-T10-31

Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter

IQ Energy Sentinel

Section Page Number

V12-T10-18

V12-T10-26

3
4
5

Electrical Parameters
Volts

±0.2% RV

—

6

Amperes

±0.2% RV

—

Current range (% of nominal)

—

—

7

Watts

±0.5% RV

±1.0% FS

VARs

±0.5% RV

—

8

VA

±0.5% RV

—

9
10
11

PF-apparent

±0.5% RV

—

PF-displacement

—

—

Frequency

±0.1 Hz

—

THD-voltage

—

—

THD-current

—

—

Watthours

±0.5% per ANSI C12.20 0.5 class

±1.0% FS

VAR-hours

±0.5% per ANSI C12.20 0.5 class

—

VA-hours

±0.5% per ANSI C12.20 0.5 class

—

12

Ampere-demand

—

—

Watt-demand

±0.5% per ANSI C12.20 0.5 class

±1.0% FS

13

VAR-demand

±0.5% per ANSI C12.20 0.5 class

—

VA-demand

±0.5% per ANSI C12.20 0.5 class

—

14

Revenue accuracy

ANSI C12.20 (0.5%)

—

Individual ampere harmonics

—

—

15

Individual voltage harmonics

—

—

Interharmonics

—

—

16

Minimum and/or Maximum Values
Volts

L-L, L-N

—

17

Current

A, B, C

—

Power

Watts, VAR, VA

—

18

Power factor

Apparent

—

Frequency

Hertz

—

19

THD

—

—

Demand values

Watts (Delivered & Received), Watts (Q1–Q4), VA —
(Q1, Q4), VA (Q2, Q3)

20

Trend analysis

Interval data

1

Event logging

20 latest events and historical

1

21

Disturbance recording

—

—

22

Note
1 At computer only.

Legend: PG
FS
RV

= Programmable
= Full scale
= Read value

23
24
25
V12-T10-10

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

IQ Products
General Information

10

Metering Selection Chart—Dimensions in Inches (mm), continued
Device Name
Accessories
See Page V12-T10-31

Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter

1

IQ Energy Sentinel

2
3
V12-T10-18

V12-T10-26

4

Storage

256 MB standard, 2 GB optional

—

5

PG output relays

1 standard, 8 each module 1

—

Discrete contact inputs

3 standard, 8 each module 1

—

Analog inputs

—

—

Synch-input kW utility

Via communications and digital input

Via communications only

Auxiliary voltage

—

—

kWh pulse initiator

Aggregate or main-digital output, LED output on
meter modules (accuracy check)

—

Waveform display

—

—

Waveform capture

—

—

Frequency distribution display

—

—

Display type

LCD color touchscreen

—

Display lines/character

6-inch diagonal

—

Display character height

Graphics

—

Communications

Serial: INCOM
Serial: Modbus RTU
1 Network: Modbus TCP, BACnet/IP, Ethernet TCP/ Network: via Power Xpert Gateway
IP, HTTP, HTTPS, SNMP, SMTP, SFTP

Section Page Number
Other Features

Setup configuration

Via PXMP configuration software

Via configuration software

Dimensions

Refer to TD150006EN

Refer to TD1707TE

Operating temperature range

–20° to 70°C

–25° to 70°C

Reference literature

TD150006EN

TD1707TE

Note
1 Optional.

Legend

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

PG = Programmable
FS = Full Scale
RV = Read Value

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T10-11

10
1

IQ Products
General Information

Protective Relay Selection Chart
DT-3000

FP-5000

MP-3000

TD.17.10.T.E

TD02602003E

TD.17.11.T.E

2
3
4

For Further Details and Information,
See TD02600001TE.

Device Name

Technical Data Number

IEEE Device Number

5

Protection Functions
Directional power

32

■

6

Phase directional

67

■

Ground directional

67N

7

Phase inst. OC

50

■

■

■

Phase TOC

51

■

■

■

Calc. residual ground IOC

50G

8
9
10

■

■
■

Calc. residual ground TOC

51G

Ground inst. OC (measured)

50G (N)

■

Ground TOC (measured)

51G (N)

■

Phase voltage restrained OC

51VR

No. of curves (ANSI/IEC/thermal)

■
■

11

10

Negative sequence OC (unbalance)

46

■

Negative sequence voltage

47

■

12

Overvoltage

59

■

Undervoltage

27

■

Underfrequency

81U

■

Overfrequency

81O

■

Breaker failure

50BF

■

14
15

1

■

TOC time reset

11
13

■

■

■

Zone interlocking

■

■

Thermal overload

49

■

Locked rotor

49S/51

■

Jam/stall

51R

16

Cold load pickup

17

Power factor

■
■
■

Loss of load
■

55

Control Functions
■

18

Synchronization check
Remote open/close

■

■

Trip only

19

Programmable I/O

■

■

■

20
21
22

25

Programmable logic

■

Multiple setting groups

■

Number of starts limit

■

Starts per hour

■

Time between starts

■

Emergency restart

■
■

Reduced voltage starting
Trip lockout

■

■

■

23
24
25
V12-T10-12

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

IQ Products
General Information

10

Protective Relay Selection Chart, continued
DT-3000

FP-5000

1

MP-3000

2
3
For Further Details and Information,
See TD02600001TE.

Device Name

Technical Data Number

IEEE Device Number

TD.17.10.T.E

TD02602003E

TD.17.11.T.E

4

Amperes

■

■

■

5

Ampere demand

■

■

Metering Functions

Volts

■

Phase angle current voltage

■

Positive, negative and zero sequence

■

Watts

■

Watt demand

■

Watthour

■

VARs

■

VAR-demand

■

VAR-hour

■

VA

■

VA-demand

■

VA-hour

■

Frequency

■

Trending (load profile)

■

Minimum/maximum recording

■

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

Monitoring Functions
Trip circuit monitor

■

Breaker wear

■

Failure to close

■

Oscillography

■

Sequence of events
■

Trip target data
Clock

14
15

■

■

■

■

■

■

Number of starts

■

Acceleration time

■

RTD temperature

■

Hottest RTD

■

16
17
18
19

Communications
■

Local HMI

■

Local communication port RS-232

■

Local communication port RS-485

■

■

20
21

Remote communication port

■

■

■

FSK

■

■

Optional

Addressable

■

■

■

22

■

■

■

23

Protocols
INCOM™
Modbus

■

24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T10-13

10
1

IQ Products
General Information

Protective Relay Selection Chart, continued)
DT-3000

FP-5000

MP-3000

TD.17.10.T.E

TD.17.30.T.E

TD.17.11.T.E

■

2
3
4

For Further Details and Information,
See TD02600001TE.

Device Name

Technical Data Number

IEEE Device Number

5

Construction
Panel-mount case

■

■

6

Drawout

Optional

■

Optional

Operating temperature range

–30°C to +55°C

–40°C to +60°C

–20°C to +60°C

7

Power supply options

120–240 Vac

48–125 Vac/Vdc

120–240 Vac

24–250 Vdc

100–240 Vac/Vdc

8

Dual source power supply

Optional

AC current inputs

■

9

AC voltage inputs

10

■

■

■
■

Wye PTs

■

Delta/open delta PTs
Binary inputs

1

8

2

11

Alarm outputs

2 Form C

2 Form C

3

Trip outputs

2

12

Analog outputs
Local display

13

LEDs (local targets)

14
15
16

5

1

Optional

1

■

■

■

■

■

■

ANSI

■

■

■

IEC

■

■

■

UL®

■

■

■

CE

DT-3030 only

■

CSA®

■

■

Standards

■

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T10-14

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

IQ Products
Technology Upgrades

Power Xpert 4000/6000/
8000 Series Meters

The Power Xpert Meter 4000/
6000/8000 graphic display
uses a simple “twist and
click” navigation control dial
to easily navigate the menus
and drill down into increasing
levels of important detail.
A “back” key enhances the
browser-like navigation of the
graphic display.

The Web server provides the
energy and demand readings
required to help manage
the cost of energy. It also
provides critical information
regarding power quality,
such as harmonic distortion,
flicker, crest factor, K-factor
and more.

10

Note: Features and functionality
may vary depending on the meter
model and options being used.
Review the Features and Benefits
chart on Page V12-T10-16 for
details.

4

The Power Xpert Meter
4000/6000/8000 Series
monitors the critical aspects
of an electrical distribution
system. This premier power
quality metering instrument
is simple to use, powerful,
scalable and highly flexible.
The Power Xpert Meter
4000/6000/8000 offers a new
level of intuitive user
interface design, presenting
critical electrical distribution
system information in
simple-to-navigate and easyto-understand information
architecture. The Power
Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000
graphic display visualizes
the information from up
to 16 meter modules. The
embedded Web server
displays complex power
quality data using standard
Internet browsers and allows
for device configuration from
the browser.
Both the local graphic display
and the embedded Web
server present real time,
historical and event
information in a browserstyle graphical format to help
the user interpret key circuit
information, such as:
●
●
●
●
●
●

●
●

●

Current loading
Voltage and power levels
Power factor
Energy usage
I/O status
Power quality
measurements
Harmonic plots
Disturbance and transient
waveforms
ITIC disturbance summary
screen

5

Power Xpert 4000/6000/8000 Meter

6

PXM 8 0 5 1 A 1 B B

General Description

2
3

Catalog Number Selection
Power Xpert 4000/6000/8000 Series
Display and Meter

1

7
8
Model Series
4 = 4000 (Standard power quality, 2 GB)
6 = 6000 (Enhanced power quality, 4 GB)
8 = 8000 (Premium PQ with transient
capture, 8 GB)
Voltage Input Configuration
0 = Standard (V1, V2, V3, V4)
2 = Standard plus auxiliary (V6, V7, V8)
Power Supply Configuration
1 = Standard 100–240 Vac or
110–250 Vdc power supply
4 = 24–48 Vdc option (future option)

9

Card Slot 3 Configuration
A = No card option
B = I/O option card (8 digital inputs,
2 solid-state outputs, 3 relay outputs)

10

Card Slot 2 Configuration
A = No card option
B = Communication expansion card for
LAN/WAN Ethernet networking with
10/100Base-T, 100F, RS-485, RS-232 ports

11
12

Card Slot 1 Configuration
1 = Standard Communications Module with RS-485

13
14

Example 1: PXM8251A1BB (PXM 8000 meter, w/ VAUX, std. pwr., com. exp. and I/O cards)
Example 2: PXM6251A1BA (PXM 6000 meter, w/ VAUX, std. pwr., com. exp.card)

15

Accessories

16

Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000
Description

Catalog
Number

Graphic display module

PXD-MMG

Communication expansion card for LAN/WAN Ethernet networking: 100FX fiber-optic, 10/100T, RS-485, RS-232

PXMCE-B 1

Digital I/O card: eight digital input, two solid-state output, three relay output

PXMIO-B 1

Panel mounting bracket assembly for back-to-back meter to graphic display mounting

PX-PMBA

Panel mounting bracket assembly for retrofitting a graphic display to an IQ Analyzer cutout

PX-PMBB

Panel mounting bracket assembly for reduced graphic display rear clearance

PX-PMBC

Power Xpert Meter 4000 to 6000 license upgrade key

PXM-4KUPG

18
19
20
21

Notes
1 These items can be ordered separately or preinstalled in the meter by selecting option B in the model number.
Communication cable (standard Modbus RTU) is not included in the package for meter module connection.

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

17

22
23
24
25
V12-T10-15

10
1
2

IQ Products
Technology Upgrades

Features and Benefits
Power Xpert 4000/6000/8000 Meters
Power Xpert
Feature

4000

6000

8000

Benefit

3

General
Embedded Web server

■

■

■

Use a standard Web browser to monitor and manage the meter over the network, Internet

4

TOU metering support

■

■

■

Time of usage can be set up to support 4 different schedules

Firmware flash update support

■

■

■

Enables you to flash the meter with the latest firmware updates

5

Self-learning capability (characterizes “normal” per circuit)

■

■

■

The meter can automatically adjust to the environment and alarm only when
“real” events occur

Voltage, current: per phase minimum, maximum, average, trend graph
analysis, export, print

■

■

■

Review voltage and current trends, export, print and analyze parameters right on the meter or external
software

7

Energy and demand plot comparisons month-to-month, week-to-week

■

■

■

Plot two months or two weeks for vivid energy or demand comparison

Power: power factor, apparent, real, reactive, frequency

■

■

■

Review power usage and power factor and avoid potential PF penalties

8

Energy, demand: forward, reverse, net, sum, tou, profile, previous month
comparison, graph analysis, export, print

■

■

■

Keep track of your energy usage, compare time of usage and usage against previous month, identify
peaks to conserve energy usage

Statistical analysis (min., max., average)

■

■

■

Review statistical trends, identify past and future problem areas

Sag and swell monitoring, management and recording

■

■

■

Capture electrical sags and swells and analyze the waveforms

Symmetrical Components: Zero, Negative, Positive

■

■

■

Analyze possibly unbalanced three-phase power systems

Low frequency transient detection and capture

■

■

■

Capture lower frequency transient waveforms for retrospective analysis or e-mailing

Sampling rate, maximum samples/cycle

4096 1 4096 1 100,000 Extremely high sampling rate will effectively capture impulsive transients

“Number of Nines” uptime data (e.g., 6 nines = 99.9999%)

■

■

■

Review uptime availability per cent

12

K-factor

■

■

■

Review the ratio of eddy current losses, e.g., when driving nonlinear and linear loads

Crest factor

■

■

■

Review the peak-to-average ratio of the waveform

13

Security
■

■

■

Define appropriate security access level per user

14

Communications and I/O
Modbus TCP

■

■

■

Easy integration with standard protocol to power management and other software

15

Modbus RTU

■

■

■

Integrate meters to existing Modbus networks, daisy chain several (1–16) meters together

HTML

■

■

■

Communicate to the meter over the Internet via standard Web browser

16

SNMP (simple network management protocol)

■

■

■

Communicate with the meter via Simple Network Protocol; hook to existing NMS system

SMTP (simple mail transfer protocol)

■

■

■

Send e-mail messages via standard Simple Mail Transfer Protocol

17

FTP (file transfer protocol)

■

■

■

Access, copy, paste, cut waveform capture files on the meter with an FTP Client

NTP (network time protocol)

■

■

■

Network Time Protocol support enables the meter to synchronize time over the network up to the 1
millisecond resolution

COMTRADE, open IEEE Standard file format for
Waveform capture export

■

■

■

Import waveform captures in standard IEEE (C37.111-1999) COMTRADE file format to third-party
software

DNP 3.0 over Ethernet (Distributed Network Protocol)

■

■

■

Communicate with the meter via DNP 3.0 over Ethernet; hook to existing utility systems

Trend measurements CSV file export

■

■

■

Easily export trend measurements to third-party applications, e.g., Microsoft Excel in standard
CSV file format

I/O (8 digital inputs, 3 relay outputs, 2 solid-state KYZ outputs)

■

■

■

The Power Xpert I/O Card is extremely flexible and can be used in a large variety of different
applications. Digital inputs and relay outputs can be programmed to interact during various
conditions defined by the user. Various third-party devices, such as alarm, pulse meters, trip units,
sensors can be easily integrated to the Power Xpert Meter. Triggers and events can be tied to the
meters standard functions such as e-mail, logs and trends

6

9
10
11

18
19
20

Power, Energy and Demand

Power Quality Analysis

Secure 5 level user access privileges

21
22
23

Notes
1 Delta-Sigma A/D oversampling rate.
These specifications are subject to change without notice and represent the maximum capabilities of the product with all options installed. This is not a complete feature list. Features and functionality
may vary depending on selected options, firmware version and product model. Please refer to the technical data sheet and User Manual for detailed specifications.

24
25
V12-T10-16

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

IQ Products
Technology Upgrades

Power Xpert 2000 Series
Meters

information in a browser-style
graphical format to help the
user interpret information
such as current loading,
voltage and power levels,
power factor, energy usage,
I/O status, power quality
measurements, as well as
harmonic plots. The embedded
Web server also allows for
waveform capture and for
visualizing steady-state
harmonic content that is critical
for power quality analysis.

10

The Web server provides the
energy and demand readings
required to help manage the
cost of energy.

1
2
3
4
5

Catalog Number Selection

6

Power Xpert 2000 Meter

7

PXM 2250 M A 6 5 1 0 5
Model Series
2250 = Energy meter
2260 = Power quality meter
2270 = Power quality plus meter
2280 = Power quality plus with up to 64 samples/
cycle waveform recording meter
2290 = Power quality plus with up to 512 samples/
cycle recording meter
Meter Type
M = Meter (with integral display)
T = Transducer only (no display)
Power Xpert 2000 Series

Frequency
5 = 50 Hz system
6 = 60 Hz system

General Description
The Power Xpert Meter
2000 Series power quality
instrument monitors the
most critical aspects of an
electrical distribution system.
This premier power quality
metering instrument uses
the latest in advanced
technology to make it simple
to use, powerful, scalable
and highly flexible. The
Power Xpert Meter 2000
offers the same level of
intuitive user interface design
as the Power Xpert Meter
4000/6000/8000, presenting
critical electrical distribution
system information in a
simple to navigate and
easy-to-understand
information architecture.
The embedded Web server
displays comprehensive
power quality data using
standard Internet browsers
and allows for device
configuration from the
browser. The embedded
Web server presents real
time, historical and event

8
9

I/O Slot 2
5 = Gateway card

10

I/O Slot 1
0 = None
1 = 2 Relay outputs/2 status inputs
2 = 4 KYZ pulses/4 status inputs
3 = 4 Analog outputs: 0–1 mA
4 = 4 Analog outputs: 4–20 mA

11
12

Power Supply
1 = 90–265 Vac/Vdc
4 = 24–60 Vdc

13
14

Current Input
1 = 1 Amp secondary
5 = 5 Amp secondary

15

Example 1: PXM2270MA65145 (PXM 2270 Meter/Display 60 Hz, 5A, 90–265 Vac/Vdc W/4AO)
Example 2: PXM2250MA65105 (PXM 2250 Meter/Display 60 Hz, 5A, 90–265 Vac/Vdc)

Accessories

16

Power Xpert 2000 Meter

17

Description

Catalog
Number

Panel-mounting bracket assembly for retrofitting a PXM 2000 to an
IQ Analyzer/IQ DP-4000/IQ Data cutout

IQ250-PMAK

PXM 2000 Gateway Card kit to upgrade an IQ 250/260 to a PXM 2000

PXM2000-GCK

18
19
20

Power Xpert Meter 2000 I/O Cards
Description

Catalog
Number

PXM 2000 I/O card—2 relay outputs/2 status inputs

IQ250/260-IO1

PXM 2000 I/O card—4 KYZ Pulses/4 status inputs

IQ250/260-IO2

PXM 2000 I/O card—4 analog outputs—0–1 mA

IQ250/260-IO3

PXM 2000 I/O card—4 analog outputs—4–20 mA

IQ250/260-IO4

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

21
22
23
24
25
V12-T10-17

10
1

IQ Products
Technology Upgrades

Power Xpert™
Multi-Point Meter

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter

General Description
Eaton’s Power Xpert Multi-Point
Meter is an ANSI C12.20
revenue class Web enabled
electronic submetering device
that can be mounted in
panelboards, switchboards or
enclosures. When mounted in
a panelboard or a switchboard,
the Power Xpert Multi-Point
Meter provides customers
with an integrated power
distribution and energy
metering solution that saves
space, reduces installation
labor and lowers total cost.
The Eaton Power Xpert MultiPoint Meter (PXMP Meter)
offers a highly modular
approach to high-density
metering applications in
electrical power distribution
systems. The PXMP Meter is
compatible with most threephase industrial, commercial
and single-phase residential
low voltage electrical power
systems. The PXMP is
equipped with two Modbus
RTU communication ports
for local display and remote
serial communications.
The PXMP also has optional
pulse input and digital output
modules along with one
standard digital output and
three digital inputs. The
PXMP Energy Portal Module
is Web enabled, making it
suitable for use with Ethernet
networks and modems.
The Power Xpert Multi-Point
Meter can measure up to any
of the following number of
circuits:
●

●

●

Sixty single-phase,
two-wire (single-pole)
Thirty single-phase,
three-wire (two-pole)
Twenty three-phase,
four-wire (three-pole)

V12-T10-18

The circuits listed above
can be mixed provided that
the total number of current
sensors does not exceed 60.

Product Selection

The Power Xpert Multi-Point
Meter can be used with three
different ratings of current
sensors: 100 mA, 10 mA
or 333 mV. Switchboard/
panelboard applications
will use the 100 mA current
sensors, which are highly
accurate, self-protecting in
the event of an open circuit
condition under load and
are supplied with an integral
plug-in connector. The PXMP
automatically detects the rating
of the current sensor that is
connected. The PXMP can also
use 10 mA current sensors
that were previously installed
for IQMESII retrofit applications.
Additionally the PXMP can
use 333 mV split core current
sensors for retrofit applications
where metering has not
previously existed. The 10 mA
and 333 mV current sensors
are also self-protecting in
the event of an open circuit
condition under load.

Description

Application Description

KIT, PXMP CS125 sensor, quantity of 3

PXMP-CS125-3

The Power Xpert Multi-Point
Meter is ideally suited to
handle submetering in low
voltage power distribution
equipment applications with
the use of voltage and current
transformers.

KIT, PXMP CS250 sensor, quantity of 3

PXMP-CS250-3

KIT, PXMP CS400 sensor, quantity of 3

PXMP-CS400-3

The Power Xpert Multi-Point
Meter provides a cost-effective
solution for residential or
commercial metering
installations, including:
●
●
●

●
●
●

●
●
●
●

High-rise buildings
Government institutions
K–12, universities and
campuses
Office buildings
Medical facilities
Apartment and
condominium complexes
Airports
Shopping malls
Industrial sites
Mixed-use facilities

Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter Products
Catalog
Number

Meter Bases and Meter Modules with ABCN Voltage Inputs
PXMP meter base—three-phase with ABCN voltage inputs

PXMP-MB

PXMP meter module with six 100 mA inputs for use with PXMP
current sensors

PXMP-MM100MA

PXMP meter module with six 10 mA inputs for use with IQMESII
current sensors

PXMP-MM10MA

PXMP meter module with six 333 mV inputs for use with 333 mV
current sensors

PXMP-MM333MV

Meter Bases and Meter Modules with ABN Voltage Inputs
PXMP meter base—single-phase, three-wire with ABN
voltage inputs

PXMP-MB-AB

PXMP meter module with six 100 mA inputs for use with PXMP
current sensors

PXMP-MM100MA-AB

PXMP meter module with six 10 mA inputs for use with IQMESII
current sensors

PXMP-MM10MA-AB

PXMP meter module with six 333 mV inputs for use with 333 mV
current sensors

PXMP-MM333MV-AB

IO Modules
PXMP meter pulse input module with eight inputs

PXMP-PIM

PXMP meter digital output module with eight outputs

PXMP-DOM

Communication Module
PXMP meter energy portal module

PXMP-EPM

Current Sensor Kits

Current Sensor Cable Kits
KIT, PXMP sensor cable, 4 ft (1.2m), quantity of 3

PXMP-SC4-3

KIT, PXMP sensor cable, 6 ft (1.8m), quantity of 3

PXMP-SC6-3

KIT, PXMP sensor cable, 8 ft (2.4m), quantity of 3

PXMP-SC8-3

KIT, PXMP sensor cable, 12 ft (3.7m), quantity of 3

PXMP-SC12-3

Current Sensor Extension Cable Kits
KIT, PXMP sensor extension cable, 8 ft (2.4m), quantity of 3

PXMP-SCE-8-3

KIT, PXMP sensor extension cable, 16 ft (4.9m), quantity of 3

PXMP-SCE-16-3

Interface Modules
PXMP current sensor interface module for 333 mV, kit X 3

PXMP-IM333MV-3

Note
Total sensor lead length must not exceed 28 ft (8.5m).

Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter Support Products
Description

Catalog
Number

Communication cable, 1000 ft (305m), 600V insulation

IMPCABLE

PXMP meter display—6-inch color touchscreen (with cable)

PXMP-DISP-6

Power supply—single-phase 90–264 Vac, 24 Vdc at 2.5A

PSG60E

Power supply—three-phase 360–575 Vac, 24 Vdc at 2.5A

PSG60F

Power supply—three-phase 600 Vac, 24 Vdc

PSS55D

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

IQ Products
Technology Upgrades

IQ 250/260 Electronic
Power Meters

10

Catalog Number Selection

1

IQ 250/260 Meter

2

IQ 250 M A 6 5 1 1 0
Model Series
250 = Power
260 = Power quality
Meter Type
M = Meter (with integral display)
T = Transducer only (no display)

The IQ 250 and IQ 260
Meters provide capabilities
you would not normally
expect in affordable, ultracompact meters, such as fast
sampling rate and accurate
metering for a full range of
power attributes. Providing
the first line of defense
against costly power
problems, Eaton’s IQ 250
and IQ 260 electronic power
meters can perform the work
of an entire wall of legacy
metering equipment using
today’s technology.
When space is at a premium,
yet you need ANSI C12.20
accuracy, the IQ 250/ 260
series fit the bill. These
meters are ideal for electrical
equipment assemblies,
machine control panels,
such as panelboard and
switchboard mains and
feeders, low voltage metalenclosed switchgear feeders
and motor control centers.
Requiring far less space than
other meters with similar
functionality, IQ 250/260
series fit into a standard
ANSI or IEC cutout on a
panelboard or other electrical
equipment, and therefore fit
easily into retrofit applications.

0 = None
1 = Two relay outputs/two status inputs
2 = Four KYZ pulses/four status inputs
3 = Four analog outputs: 0–1 mA
4 = Four analog outputs: 4–20 mA

Frequency
5 = 50 Hz system
6 = 60 Hz system

IQ 250/260 Electronic Power Meter
Data Logging
A = None
L = Data logging

General Description

3

I/O Slot 2

Current Input
1 = 1A secondary
5 = 5A secondary
Power Supply
1 = 90–265 Vac/Vdc
4 = 24–48 Vdc

4
5

I/O Slot 1
0 = None
1 = Two relay outputs/two status inputs
2 = Four KYZ pulses/four status inputs
3 = Four analog outputs: 0–1 mA
4 = Four analog outputs: 4–20 mA

6
7
8

Accessories

9

IQ 250/260 Meter
Catalog
Number

10

Panel-mounting adapter for retrofitting an IQ 250/260 to an
IQ Analyzer/IQ DP-4000/IQ Data cutout

IQ250-PMAK

11

PXM 2000 Gateway Card kit to upgrade an IQ 250/260 to a PXM 2000

PXM2000-GCK

Description

12

IQ 250/260 Meter I/O Cards
Description

Catalog
Number

13

IQ 250/260 I/O card—2 relay outputs/2 status inputs

IQ250/260-IO1

IQ 250/260 I/O card—4 KYZ pulses/4 status inputs

IQ250/260-IO2

14

IQ 250/260 I/O card—4 analog outputs—0–1 mA

IQ250/260-IO3

IQ 250/260 I/O card—4 analog outputs—4–20 mA

IQ250/260-IO4

15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T10-19

10
1

IQ Products
Technology Upgrades

IQ 130/140/150 Series
Electronic Power Meters

IQ 130/140/150 Meters

2

IQ 150 M A 6 5 1 1

3

Model Series
130 = Volts/amps
140 = Power
150 = Energy

4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19

Catalog Number Selection

IQ 100 Electronic Power Meter

General Description
The IQ 100 Meter family
provides capabilities you
would not normally expect in
affordable, compact meters,
such as fast sampling rate
and accurate metering for a
full range of power attributes.
Providing the first line of
defense against costly power
problems, Eaton’s IQ 100
series electronic power
meters can perform the work
of an entire wall of legacy
metering equipment utilizing
today’s technology.

Meter Type
M = Meter (with integral display)
T = Transducer only (no display)

Frequency
5 = 50 Hz system
6 = 60 Hz system
Current Input
1 = 1A secondary
5 = 5A secondary

Communications
0 = None
1 = Modbus RTU and KYZ pulse
2 = Modbus TCP and KYZ output (RJ45)
Power Supply
1 = 90–265 Vac/Vdc
4 = 24–48 Vdc

Accessories
IQ 130/140/150 Meters
Description
Panel Mounting Adapter for retrofitting an IQ 100 to an
IQ Analyzer/IQ DP-4000/IQ Data Cutout

Catalog
Number
IQ250-PMAK

When space is at a premium,
yet you need ANSI C12.20
accuracy, the IQ 100 series
fit the bill. These meters are
ideal for electrical equipment
assemblies, machine control
panels, such as panelboard
and switchboard mains and
feeders, low voltage metalenclosed switchgear feeders
and motor control centers.
Requiring far less space than
other meters with similar
functionality, IQ 100 series fit
into a standard ANSI or IEC
cutout on a panelboard or
other electrical equipment,
and therefore fit easily into
retrofit applications.

20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T10-20

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

IQ Products
Technology Upgrades

IQ 150S/250S SelfEnclosed Electronic
Meters

10

Catalog Number Selection

1

IQ 150S/250S Meter

2

IQ 150 S A 6 5 1 1
Model Series
150 = Energy
250 = Energy plus
Meter Type
S = Self-enclosed meter

Frequency
5 = 50 Hz system
6 = 60 Hz system
Current Input
1 = 1A secondary
5 = 5A secondary

3

Communications
1 = Modbus RTU (RS-485)
2 = Modbus RTU (RS-485)
or TCP—(RJ45)
or 802.11b (Wi-Fi)

4
5

Power Supply
1 = 90–400 Vac/Vdc

6
7
8

IQ 150S/250S Self-Enclosed
Electronic Meters

General Description

9

With energy costs
skyrocketing, you need the
ability to verify the accuracy
of utility billing and allocation
of energy costs among
business units, different
manufacturing areas or
facilities, and tenants.
Production equipment and
IT systems are vulnerable to
power anomalies; therefore,
you must ensure that power
is always up to specifications.
If your infrastructure is an
established facility, you may
not currently have metering
or may have addressed these
concerns by deploying a
variety of analog gauges
and meters—one for volts,
one for amperes and so on,
with separate meters for
each measurement.

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18

If you’re planning an upgrade
or a new power infrastructure,
no doubt you would like
to capitalize on the latest
technology to improve upon
that cumbersome architecture
and its patchwork view.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T10-21

10
1

IQ Products
Technology Upgrades

Catalog Number Selection

IQ 35M

IQ 35M Meter

2

IQ35M A 1 1

3

Model Series

4

Enclosure Type
1 = Standard energy
2 = Four quadrant energy

5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18

Accessories

IQ 35M

General Description
The Eaton IQ 35M Meter is a
DIN rail meter that combines
exceptional performance and
easy installation to deliver
a cost-effective solution for
energy and power monitoring
applications, as well as submetering applications. Most
models include pulse output,
alarm contact and phase
alarms for true versatility.
The BACnet version offers
two digital inputs for
accumulating other meter
pulses in place of the digital
output and alarm contact.
The Modbus output options
offer added flexibility for
configuration and data analysis.
The IQ 35M allows you to:
●
●

●

●
●

Output Option
1 = Pulse output only
2 = Pulse output + Modbus
3 = Pulse output + Modbus + data logging
5 = Pulse inputs + BACnet + data logging

Verify energy bills
Make informed load
shifting and shedding
decisions
Fairly and accurately
allocate energy costs to
users
Identify wasteful practices
Decrease unnecessary
usage
Produce an energy profile
Secure the optimum utility
rate structure

IQ 35M Accessories
Description

Catalog
Number

IQ35M enclosure, NEMA 4X

IQ35M-ENC

IQ35M fuse pack, single, 1/2A slow-blow

IQ35M-FP1

IQ35M fuse pack, double, 1/2A slow-blow

IQ35M-FP2

IQ35M fuse pack, triple, 1/2A slow-blow

IQ35M-FP3

IQ35M replacement mounting clips

IQ35M-RMC

IQ35M DIN rail

IQ35M-DR

IQ35M DIN rail stop clips (10 pack)

IQ35M-DRSC

IQ 35M Current Transformers
Description

Catalog
Number

Solid Core
IQ35M CT, solid core, 5A:0.33 Vac, 0.30 inch

IQ35M-SO-030-5

IQ35M CT, solid core, 20A:0.33 Vac, 0.30 inch

IQ35M-SO-030-20

IQ35M CT, solid core, 50A:0.33 Vac, 0.50 inch

IQ35M-SO-050-50

IQ35M CT, solid core, 50A:0.33 Vac, 0.75 inch

IQ35M-SO-075-50

IQ35M CT, solid core, 100A:0.33 Vac, 1.25 inch

IQ35M-SO-125-100

IQ35M CT, solid core, 200A:0.33 Vac, 1.25 inch

IQ35M-SO-125-200

IQ35M CT, solid core, 250A:0.33 Vac, 1.25 inch

IQ35M-SO-125-250

IQ35M CT, solid core, 300A:0.33 Vac, 1.25 inch

IQ35M-SO-125-300

IQ35M CT, solid core, 400A:0.33 Vac, 1.25 inch

IQ35M-SO-125-400

Split Core
IQ35M CT, split core, 5A:0.33 Vac, 0.75 inch

IQ35M-SP-075-5

IQ35M CT, split core, 30A:0.33 Vac, 0.75 inch

IQ35M-SP-075-30

IQ35M CT, split core, 50A:0.33 Vac, 0.75 inch

IQ35M-SP-075-50

IQ35M CT, split core, 100A:0.33 Vac, 0.75 inch

IQ35M-SP-075-100

20

IQ35M CT, split core, 200A:0.33 Vac, 0.75 inch

IQ35M-SP-075-200

IQ35M CT, split core, 250A:0.33 Vac, 1.25 inch

IQ35M-SP-125-250

21

IQ35M CT, split core, 300A:0.33 Vac, 1.25 inch

IQ35M-SP-125-300

IQ35M CT, split core, 400A:0.33 Vac, 1.25 inch

IQ35M-SP-125-400

22

IQ35M CT, split core, 600A:0.33 Vac, 1.25 inch

IQ35M-SP-125-600

IQ35M CT, split core, 800A:0.33 Vac, 2.50 inch

IQ35M-SP-253-800

23

IQ35M CT, split core, 1000A:0.33 Vac, 2.50 inch

IQ35M-SP-255-1000

IQ35M CT, split core, 1200A:0.33 Vac, 2.50 inch

IQ35M-SP-255-1200

24

IQ35M CT, split core, 1600A:0.33 Vac, 2.50 inch

IQ35M-SP-255-1600

IQ35M CT, split core, 2000A:0.33 Vac, 2.50 inch

IQ35M-SP-255-2000

25

IQ35M CT, split core, 2400A:0.33 Vac, 2.50 inch

IQ35M-SP-255-2400

19

●
●

V12-T10-22

Note: Specifications are subject
to change without notice and
represent the maximum
capabilities of the product with all
options installed. This is not a
complete feature list. Features
and functionality may vary
depending on selected options,
firmware version and product
model. Please refer to User
Manual for detailed
specifications.

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

IQ Products
Technology Upgrades

Enclosed Meters

multi-unit enclosed meter
solution helps meet any
measurement and verification
requirement to show energy
efficiency improvements and

10

results. In addition to the
standard offering, Eaton can
also provide an enclosed
metering solution tailored
around your project needs.

1
2

Catalog Number Selection

3

Single Unit Enclosed Meter

4

NEMA 12 Single- and Multi-Unit
Enclosed Meters

PXM2250MA65105 - 2 B

5

General Description
The Eaton enclosed meter
line provides a complete
energy metering and data
acquisition solution in a
single enclosure. Designed
for Eaton’s IQ 35M, IQ 150,
IQ 250/260, and Power Xpert®
2000/4000/6000/8000 and
Multi-Point Meters, Eaton’s
enclosed meter line offers
mounting and installation
flexibility, especially in retrofit
applications where no
metering compartment or
mounting space is available
in the existing electrical
distribution equipment or
where installation time is a
premium. Factory designed
and wired, Eaton’s enclosed
meter line offers savings in
labor and installation costs
because input current and
voltage wiring as well as I/O
wiring is prewired to terminal
blocks inside the enclosure.
The enclosed meter line has
two standard offerings:
single-, prewired unit
(specific IQ 150, IQ 250/260,
PXM 2000, PXM 4000/6000/
8000 or PXMP) and a multiunit (specific IQ 150, IQ 250/
260 or IQ 35M models).
Because the multi-unit
automatically includes Eaton’s
Power Xpert Gateway 200E,
it facilitates measurement
and verification of the energy
usage on processes and in
buildings. This provides a
convenient way to monitor
energy usage from multiple
points, collect and log specific
energy use parameters, and
display and generate logs
for historical energy usage
reports. Simply put, Eaton’s

Meter Type
PXM4051A1BA
PXM2270MA65105
PXM4051A1BB
PXM2270MA65115
PXM6051A1BA
PXM2270MA65145
PXM6051A1BB
IQ250MA65100
PXM8051A1BA
IQ250MA65110
PXM8051A1BB
IQ250MA65114
PXM2250MA65105 IQ260MA65100
PXM2250MA65115 IQ260MA65110
PXM2250MA65145 IQ260MA65114
PXM2260MA65105 IQ150MA6511
PXM2260MA65115 IQ150MA6512
PXM2260MA65145

NEMA Rating
2 = NEMA 12
3 = NEMA 3R
4 = NEMA 4X

CPT Option
A = 120/240 Vac (no CPT)
B = 480 Vac (CPT)

6
7
8
9
10

Enclosed PXMP Meter

11

PXMP - 2 B D
Meter Type
PXMP-MB
PXMP-MB-AB

NEMA Rating
2 = NEMA 12
3 = NEMA 3R
4 = NEMA 4X

12

Display
A = None
D = 6-inch color
touchscreen

CPT Option
A = None
B = 120/240 Vac
C = 480 Vac
D = 600 Vac

13
14

Multi Unit Enclosed Meter

15

IQ150MA6511 - 2 B 4 C
Meter Type
IQ35MA12
IQ150MA6511
IQ250MA65100
IQ260MA65100

NEMA Rating
2 = NEMA 12 1
3 = NEMA 3R
4 = NEMA 4X

16

Communications
C = Includes PXG-200E
CPT Option
A = 120/240 Vac No CPT
B = 480 Vac CPT 1

17

Number of Meters
4 = 4 meters

18

Accessories

19

Meter Subpanel Assembly
Catalog
Number

20

Meter subpanel assembly for PXM 2000
and IQ 150/250/260 Meters

PXM2K-MSPA-A

21

Meter subpanel assembly with CPT for PXM 2000
and IQ 150/250/260 Meters

PXM2K-MSPA-B

Description

22

Notes
1 Not available with IQ 35M.

23

Other meter models available upon request in single- and multi-unit enclosed versions.

24
25
Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T10-23

10
1

IQ Products
Current Products

IQ Analyzer 6400/6600

●

2

●

3

●

4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

Features and Benefits

●

IQ Analyzer 6400/6600

General Description
Eaton’s IQ Analyzer 6400/
6600 is a complete solution
for users who want to
monitor all aspects of their
electrical distribution system.
It provides extensive
metering, power quality
analysis, remote input
monitoring, control relaying,
analog input/outputs and
communications capability.
All programming can be done
through the faceplate or
through the communications
option. Its online Help
pushbutton feature displays
information on device
operation, programming and
troubleshooting.

14

All information is
accessible through the
communications port
Quality true rms readings
through 50th harmonic
Meets ANSI C12.16
Class 10 revenue metering
specifications
Accurate readings for nonsinusoidal waveforms with
up to 3.0 crest factor

●

●
●

●

Screens display auto
ranging units, kilo units and
mega units as needed
10-digit energy readings
Displays multiple
parameters at the
same time
Programmable custom
screens

The new IQ Analyzer Model
6600 with waveform display
at the device and sub-cycle

voltage disturbance capture
provides the capability to
monitor a wide range of
harmonic parameters. These
include harmonic voltage,
current magnitudes and
phase angles as well as
system disturbances such
as transient voltage
disturbances and sub-cycle
voltage interruptions.

Product Selection
IQ Analyzer 6400/6600 Ordering Information
Description

Catalog
Number

IQ Analyzer, separate source power module

IQA6410

IQ Analyzer, 24–48 Vdc power module

IQA6420

IQ Analyzer, three-phase power module

IQA6430

IQ Analyzer, separate source power module with waveform display and sub-cycle voltage distribution capture

IQA6610

IQ Analyzer, 24–48 Vdc power module with waveform display and sub-cycle voltage distribution capture

IQA6620

IQ Analyzer, three-phase power module with waveform display and sub-cycle voltage distribution capture

IQA6630

IQ Flange, to provide extra clearance when mounting

IQFLANGE

45.00-inch (114.3 mm) extension cable for remote mounting of power module

IQA45CABLE

24–48 Vdc separate source power module

IQMDCPM

100–240 Vac and 100–250 Vdc separate source power module

IQMSSPM

Three-phase, self-powered power module

IQM3PPM

INCOM communication module

IPONI

RS-485 communication module with Modbus protocol

MPONI

15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T10-24

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

IQ Products
Current Products

IQ DP-4000/4100

Features and Benefits
●

●

●

●
●

IQ DP-4000/4100

General Description
Eaton’s IQ DP-4000 is a
microprocessor-based meter
providing complete electrical
metering and system voltage
protection. In one compact,
standard package the IQ
DP-4000 provides an
alternative to individually
mounted and wired
conventional meters and
switches. The IQ DP-4000
also monitors apparent power
(VA), reactive energy (VARhours), apparent energy (VAhours), and % total harmonic
distortion (THD) to provide the
user with basic power quality
information. The IQ DP-4000
meets and surpasses
UL/CSA/CE standards.

●

●

●

●

Space savings in
structure—replaces
conventional individual
metering devices
Standardization of
design—one doormounted device
Direct voltage input up
to 600V
New DIP switch design
Standardization of CT and
PT connections
With additional PTs and set
points the device can be
used in HV setting
Relaying included in I/O
module (Model 4100)
Optional interface capability
to computer network for
data collection, storage and/
or printout via PowerNet—
Eaton leading power
distribution monitoring
network
Retains present
parameters through power
failure with non-volatile
memory

10

Product Selection

1

IQ DP-4000/4100 Ordering Information
Description

Catalog
Number

Separate source without I/O capability

IQDP4010

Separate source control power without I/O, DC supply

IQDP4020

Three-phase without I/O capability

IQDP4030

Separate source with I/O capability

IQDP4110

Separate source control power with three Form C relay output contacts
and one sync pulse input, DC supply

IQDP4120

Three-phase with I/O capability

IQDP4130

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T10-25

10
1

IQ Products
Current Products

IQ Energy Sentinels™

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17

IQ Energy Sentinels

Eaton’s IQ Energy Sentinel
is a highly accurate,
microprocessor-based
submeter designed to monitor
power and energy readings.
It represents an alternative to
installing separate wattmeters,
watthour meters and wattdemand meters.
Key advantages include
unmatched savings in
space, lower installation
costs, and the capability to
communicate data readings
in a variety of ways.
IQ Energy Sentinels
with built-in CTs and
communications have the
added benefit of greater
overall system accuracy.
Conventional metering often
is less accurate because
external CTs and separate
transducers may each have
inaccuracies of 1% or more.
The IQ Energy Sentinel
provides a unique and
cost-effective method to
implement energy
submetering at lower
levels in the distribution
system economically.

Submetering application
examples for the IQ Energy
Sentinel include energy
monitoring and demand
management, product cost
analysis, process/machine
tool efficiency and
productivity improvement.
Additional applications
include energy cost allocation
of tenant billing for
commercial, industrial,
recreational and residential
facilities.
Retrofitting
The space-saving design
characteristics of the breaker
mount IQ Energy Sentinels
allow them to be added to
existing Series C® circuit
breakers at any time—often
with no additional space or
modifications required. Or,
they may be installed when
upgrading to Series C from
older circuit breakers—often
with no additional space or
modifications required.

Product Selection
IQ Energy Sentinels Ordering Information
Description

Catalog
Number

For F-Frame breakers

IQESF_ _ _ 1

For J-Frame breakers

IQESJ_ _ _ 1

For K-Frame breakers

IQESK_ _ _ 1

Universal with internal CTs

IQESUI_ _ _ 1

Universal for external CTs

IQESUE_ _ _ 1

Note
1 Final three characters of catalog number are for voltage rating,i.e., 2 0 8 for 120/240, 240,
208Y/120 systems.

The Universal Mount IQ
Energy Sentinel with internal
CTs may be used wherever
breaker mounting is not
feasible or possible.
The Universal Mount
IQ Energy Sentinel for
external CTs may be used for
monitoring loads larger than
400A or for when the use of
existing CTs is desired.

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T10-26

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

IQ Products
Current Products

IQ 230

IQ 230

General Description
Eaton’s IQ 230 compact
size and flexible mounting
capabilities make it perfectly
suited for machine control
panels such as panelboard
and switchboard mains and
feeders, low voltage metalenclosed switchgear feeders,
motor control centers, and
especially for individual load
monitoring. The base module
can be display mounted, panel
mounted, DIN rail mounted or
side mounted. The display fits
into a standard 1/4 DIN cutout,
and for retrofit applications, a
100 mm ANSI collar is available.
One IQ 230 provides an
alternative to an assortment
of individually wired and
mounted ammeters,
voltmeters, ammeter and
voltmeter switches,
wattmeters, VAR-meters,
power factor meters,
frequency meters, watthour
and demand meters.

10

ANSI C12 Class 10 revenue
metering accuracy makes the
IQ 230 an ideal choice for
submetering and subbilling applications.

Product Selection

The IQ 230 can be easily
programmed and monitored
from the faceplate keypad
that features a 4 line x 20
character LED backlit LCD
display. Opting for the
compatible PowerNet system
allows the user to program and
monitor the meter remotely
from a PC.

IQ 230 complete meter with base module, display and 14.00-inch
IQ230
(355.6 mm) cable—with INCOM communications, pulse output,
two contact outputs, two digital inputs, one analog input and anti-tamper seal

3

IQ 230M complete meter with base module, display and 14.00-inch
IQ230M
(355.6 mm) cable—with RS-485 Modbus communications, pulse output, two
contact outputs, two digital inputs, one analog input and anti-tamper seal

4

1

IQ 230 Ordering Information
Description

Catalog
Number

3 foot (0.9m) Category 5 cable

IQ23CABLE

6 foot (2.0m) Category 5 cable

IQ26CABLE

10 foot (3.0m) Category 5 cable

IQ210CABLE

Retrofit Opportunities
Retrofit of existing electrical
distribution systems with
the IQ 230 for load and
energy monitoring
●
Five mounting options
makes installation easier

2

5
6
7

●

8
9

Ratings
●
Application to 200 kV,
no PTs to 600V
●
CT ratios selectable 5 to
8000A
●
Single-phase two- or
three-wire; three-phase
three- or four-wire

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T10-27

10
1

IQ Products
Current Products

MP-3000 Motor
Protection

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21

MP-3000 Motor Protection

General Description
Eaton’s MP-3000 motor
protection relay is a
multi-functional
microprocessor-based
protective relay for the
protection of three-phase
AC motors. Though it may
be applied to any size motor
at any voltage level, it is most
commonly applied on medium
voltage or larger motors. The
MP-3000 relay is a current
only device that provides
complete and reliable motor
protection, monitoring and
starting control functions.
The MP-3000 motor
protection relay is available in
either a fixed mount, semiflush case or in a semi-flush
quick release drawout case.
Both housings are compact
and fit a standard IQ cutout.
The optional quick release
drawout case features twostage contact disconnects
and self-shorting CT circuit
terminal blocks. A spare
self-shorting terminal pair
is available for use as relay
removal alarm or for continuous
motor operation (non-failsafe
mode) on relay removal.
The optional communication
module is externally mounted
on the fixed mount case and
internally mounted in the
drawout case.

The MP-3000 motor protection
relay has three phase and one
ground current inputs. Both a
5A and 1A version are available.
The ground protection and
metering functions can be used
with either a zero sequence
ground CT or from the residual
connection of the phase CTs.
The zero sequence ground CT
provides greater ground fault
sensitivity than the residual
connection. The unit is userprogrammable for 60 Hz or
50 Hz operation.
The MP-3000 motor protection
relay provides adaptive
overload trip characteristics
based on motor temperature
when motor RTDs are
connected through an optional
URTD module. Metering
of RTD inputs (individual
winding, motor bearing, load
and auxiliary temperatures)
is also provided.
The MP-3000 motor
protection relay has two
discrete inputs, four Form C
(1NO and 1NC) contacts and
one 4 to 20 mA analog
output. The relay provides
maximum user flexibility to
configure the I/O. All inputs
and outputs (except for the
trip output) are userprogrammable. In addition,
the relay has 10 LEDs for the
indication of protection on,
program mode, monitor
mode, view setting mode,
history mode, log mode, trip,
alarm, auxiliary 1 and auxiliary
2 operation. A test page in
the program mode provides
display indication of the
discrete input states and
testing of the output
relays, target LEDs and
analog circuit.

A user-friendly operator
interface and display provides
quick access to the settings,
monitored values, motor
history and operational logs.
Large LED alphanumeric
character display provides
easy viewing from any angle
in any light. Simple keypad
operation provides quick and
easy navigation through all
settings and stored data.
The program mode and
emergency override buttons
are access restricted via
sealing provisions and latched
cover. An integrated help
function provides an online
description display of
functions, abbreviations
and operations.

Optimum Motor Protection
The MP-3000 motor protection
relay has been designed for
maximum motor operation
and protection. It permits
running the motor as close
to its design limits while
protecting it against excessive
heating and damaging overload
conditions. The MP-3000
field-proven protection
algorithms were developed
based on motor designs
and operating parameters
for optimum operation and
protection while minimizing
nuisance tripping.
The MP-3000 motor protection
relay uses a protection
algorithm and measurement
technique based on proven
positive and negative
(unbalance) sequence
current sampling and true
rms calculations.

Product Selection
MP-3000 Motor Protection Ordering Information
Description

Catalog
Number

Motor protection in fixed case, 5A CT, communication capable with PONI

MP-3000

Motor protection in drawout case, 5A CT, no communication

MP-3001

Motor protection in drawout case, 5A CT, with INCOM PONI

MP-3002

Motor protection in fixed case, 1A CT, communication capable with PONI

MP-3100

Motor protection in drawout case, 1A CT, no communication

MP-3101

Motor protection in drawout case, 1A CT, with INCOM PONI

MP-3102

Motor protection drawout case inner chassis, 5A, CT, no communication

MP3001-IC

Motor protection drawout case inner chassis, 5A, CT, with INCOM PONI

MP3002-IC

Motor protection drawout case inner chassis, 1A, CT, no communication

MP-3101-IC

Motor protection drawout case inner chassis, 1A, CT, with INCOM PONI

MP3102-IC

Motor protection drawout case outer chassis

MP3-OC

Motor protection, 5A, URTD, INCOM PONI, fiber optic link

MP3000VPI

Motor protection, 1A, URTD, INCOM PONI, fiber optic link

MP3100VPI

16-foot (5m) fiber optic cable for MP-3000/URTD communication

MPFO-5

Universal RTD module

URTP

22
23
24
25
V12-T10-28

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

IQ Products
Current Products

FP-5000 Feeder
Protection

Feeder Protection FP-5000

General Description
●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●
●

Microprocessor-based
protection with monitoring
and control for medium
voltage main and feeder
applications
Current, voltage,
frequency and power
protection for electric
power distribution
systems
Complete metering of
voltage, currents, power,
energy, minimum/
maximum and demand
functions
Programmable logic
control functions for maintie-main transfer schemes
Trip logs, event logs and
waveform capture for
better fault analysis and
system restoration
Data Logger to provide
energy usage profiles for
better planning, utilization
and energy usage
Compact, drawout case
design
Meets ANSI, UL and cUL®
standards
Multiple setting groups
ANSI, IEC and thermal
protection curves for
greater flexibility

Application Description
Eaton’s FP-5000 feeder
protection relay provides
complete three-phase and
ground overcurrent and
voltage protection plus
metering in a single, compact
drawout case. It may be used
as primary protection on
feeders, mains and tie circuit
breaker applications, and as
backup protection for
transformers, high voltage
lines and differential
protection. The relay is
most commonly used on
medium voltage switchgear
applications.
The FP-5000 takes full
advantage of its
microprocessor technology
providing the user new
freedoms and a wealth of datagathering features. The relay
performs self-checking of all
major hardware and firmware
protection elements to ensure
their operation in the event of a
system or component electrical
failure or fault. Protection
functions are well suited for
main and distribution feeder
circuit applications.
Programmable logic control
functions make the FP-5000
relay ideally suited for main-tiemain and main 1/main 2
transfer schemes.

The multiple settings groups
can be used for arc flash
mitigation when an alternative
setting group, set to have
instantaneous elements only
is activated using a selector
switch and the programmable
I/O in the FP-5000.

When an electrical fault
or disturbance occurs, the
FP-5000 begins to store the
following in non-volatile
memory:
●

●

Features and Benefits
The zone interlocking feature
can be used for bus
protection instead of an
expensive and complicated
bus differential (87B)
scheme. The FP-5000 works
directly with the Eaton Digitrip
3000 and Digitrip MV relays.
Breaker failure logic provides
faster remote backup clearing
times for stuck breaker
operation.
The FP-5000 provides trip and
close circuit monitoring and
alarming features. It
continually monitors the
complete trip and close
circuits for continuity and
readiness to trip. Open and
close pushbuttons are
conveniently located on the
front of the relay for local
breaker operation.

10

●

Voltage and current
sampled data
Calculated values
Status of internal protection
functions, logic, contact
inputs and outputs

Retrieval and viewing of the
data is easy, aiding in the quick
analysis and restoration of
your electric power system.
When the FP-5000 isn’t
responding to disturbances
in the power system, it’s
providing valuable metering
information at the relay and
remotely. It provides energy
usage and demand reading,
and can alarm when usage
reaches a set value. Power
factor measurements can
be used for capacitor bank
switching to control cover
demand. Inboard data
trending can provide load
profiles for up to 40 days.

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
14
15
16

FP-5000 Feeder Protection

17

FP5 2 00 - 0 1
Control Voltage
0 = 48 – 125 Vac/Vdc
1 = 100 – 240 Vac/Vdc

2

13

Loss-of-vacuum monitoring is
activated when the breaker is
open. Residual current is
monitored and alarmed if
detected.

Catalog Number Selection

Current Range
2 = 5 Amperes
3 = 1 Ampere

1

18

Communications Protocol
0 = INCOM
1 = Modbus

19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T10-29

10
1

IQ Products
Accessories

Digitrip 3000 (DT-3000)

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

DT-3000

General Description
●

●

●

●

●

Microprocessor-based,
three-phase and ground
overcurrent relay
Independent phase and
ground measuring circuits
and operation
ANSI, IEC and thermal
protection curves
Fixed mount or
drawout design
Dual-source power supply
option for AC control
power applications

Eaton’s Digitrip 3000 trip unit
(DT-3000) is a multifunction,
microprocessor-based
overcurrent trip unit designed
for both ANSI and IEC
applications. The DT-3000
design provides true rms
sensing design of each
phase and ground current.

It can be power from either
AC or DC control power. The
DT-3000 can be used for
any application where
instantaneous and/or time
overcurrent protection
is required.
The DT-3000 may be applied
as the transformer primary
protection or as backup to the
differential protection. The
DT-3000 also has zone
selective interlocking to
minimize equipment damage
resulting from a phase or
ground fault in an area where
long time and/or short time
delay is in use.

The integral Dual-Source
Power Supply allows
the DT-3000 to operate
solely from the main CTs
during a fault if the
normally connected
AC voltage is not available,
i.e., an electromechanical
or electronic “self
powered” relay.
Electrical Power System
Protection
The DT-3000 provides phase
and ground protection for
most types of medium
voltage electrical power
distribution systems.

Protection curves are similar
to those on low voltage
power circuit breaker trip
units, and provide close
coordination with
downstream devices, as well
as upstream fuse and/or
electromagnetic relays. Just
one DT-3000 replaces the
normal complement of three
or four conventional
electromagnetic overcurrent
relays, an ammeter, a
demand ammeter, an
ammeter switch and, in some
situations, a lockout relay
switch (device 86).

Product Selection
DT-3000 Ordering Information
Description

Catalog
Number

DT-3000 protective relay

DT3000

DT-3000 protective relay Chicago version

DT3100

DT-3030 protective relay (24–48 Vdc CE Mark version)

DT3030

DT-3000 drawout case protective relay

DT3001

DT-3000 Chicago version drawout case protective relay

DT3101

DT-3030 drawout case protective relay (24–48 Vdc CE Mark version)

DT3031

DT-3000 protective relay with 120 Vac dual-source power supply

DT3010

DT-3000 protective relay with 240 Vac dual-source power supply

DT3020

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T10-30

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

10

IQ Products
Accessories

IQ Flange

Panel Mounting Adapter
Kit for IQ 100/200 Series
and PXM 2000 Meters

IQ DC Power Supply

IQ Cable

1
2
3
4
5
IQ Cable

IQ Flange

For applications where extra
door-mounting space is
required, a flange-mounting
unit is available. Eaton’s IQ
Flange provides an extra 2.50
inches (63.5 mm) of clearance
for the device.

Product Selection
IQ Flange
Description

Catalog
Number

IQ Flange option, to provide IQFLANGE
extra clearance when mounting

IQ DC Power Supply
Panel Mounting Adapter Kit

The flange adapter plate can
be installed as follows:
1. Remove the old meter
from the panel or door.
Many IQ metering
products use the typical
IQ drilling pattern shown
in for mounting.
2. Install the flange adapter
plate. Mount it from the
rear using the six screws
provided in the kit.
The flange adapter
plate screw hole pattern
should match the typical
IQ drilling pattern. If not,
perform the next step.
3. Drill six holes in the panel
or the door to mount
the flange adapter plate.
Follow the typical IQ
drilling pattern. You need
only the top, center and
bottom sets of holes.

The IQ DC Power Supply is a
DC to AC inverter module
intended for use where DC
power is available, but some
AC is required. The unit will
operate an MP-3000 or other
AC powered IQ devices
requiring no more than 75 VA
of power at any power factor.

For applications where
remote mounting of the
power supply is required, an
extension cable is available.
Two types of cable are
available. The first (catalog
number IQCABLE) is for the
obsolete IQ Data, Generator,
and Data Plus II. The
second (catalog number
IQA45CABLE) is for the
IQ Analyzer and IQ DP-4000.

Product Selection

Product Selection

IQ Cable
IQ DC Power Supply
Description

Catalog
Number

IQ DC power supply

IQDCPS

Description

Catalog
Number

36.00-inch (914.4 mm)
extension cable
IQ Data, Generator,
Data Plus II

IQCABLE

45.00-inch (1143.0 mm)
extension cable
IQ Analyzer/IQ DP-4000

IQA45CABLE

9
10
11
12
13
15
17
18
19
20
21
22

Ordering Information
Catalog
Number

23

IQ250-PMAK

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

8

16

Product Selection

Panel mounting adapter kit
IQ 100/200 and PXM 2000
Series adapter kit to
IQ Analyzer/IQ DP-4000/
IQ Data

7

14

4. Install the new IQ 100/
200 Series or PXM 2000
meter in the flange
adapter plate. Secure it
from behind with four flat
washers, lock washers
and nuts provided with
the meter.

Description

6

24
25
V12-T10-31

10
1

IQ Products
Accessories

IQ Floor-Mounted
Enclosure

Addressable Relay II

Eaton and Westinghouse
have produced a number of
different meters dating back
to the 1980s. Many of these
meters used and continue to
use power modules to
provide voltage sensing
isolation and control power
to the meter.

2
3
4
5
Addressable Relay II

The Addressable Relay II has
two status inputs and a Form C
contact output.

7

●

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18

Power modules are available
to power the meter directly
from the voltage source being
sensed or for separate control
power input. Renewal part
power modules are available
for the meters shown in the
table below.

Product Selection

6
8

Power Modules

Two 10-Inch Wide Enclosures (Shown
with Optional 10-Inch High Bus
Compartment)

Type 1
Standard AMPGARD
structure construction,
painted ASA-61. To be used
as a lineup extension for
mounting IQ products. Each
10.00-inch (254.0 mm) wide
section comes with (two)
doors with “works-in-adrawer” drawout panel. Each
door has three standard IQ
cutouts with device panels,
and can be supplied with or
without IQ devices.

●

Input rating: 48–120 Vac,
48–125 Vdc
Output contact rating: 10A
at 277 Vac, 10A at 30 Vdc

Features include a
communications watchdog
and relay pulse. Baud rate
is selectable.

Product Selection
Addressable Relay II
Description

Catalog
Number

Addressable Relay II

ARII

Power Modules
Description

Used with Meter
Style Number

Power Module
Catalog Number

Old IQ DP-4000 and IQ Analyzer self-powered
three-phase power module

2D82302GXX 1
4D13110GXX 1

IQA3PPM

Old IQ DP-4000 and IQ Analyzer
separate source 110 to 240 Vac or 110 to 250 Vdc
power module

2D82302GXX 1
4D13110GXX 1

IQASSPM

New IQ DP-4000 and IQ Analyzer
self-powered three-phase
power module

66D2045GXX 1
66D2040GXX 1

IQM3PPM

New IQ DP-4000 and IQ Analyzer
24/48 Vdc power module

66D2045GXX 1
66D2040GXX 1

IQMDCPM

New IQ DP-4000 and IQ Analyzer
separate source 110 to 240 Vac or 110 to 250 Vdc
power module

66D2045GXX 1
66D2040GXX 1

IQMSSPM

Note
1 The adjacent power modules will work with each basic meter style, regardless of the last
two digits of the meter style number.

Product Selection
IQ Floor-Mounted Enclosure
Description

Style
Number

10.00-inch W x 30.00-inch D 2147A95G35
x 90.00-inch H
(254.0 mm W x 762.0 mm D
x 2286.0 mm H)
Bus compartment optional

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T10-32

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

10

IQ Products
Accessories

Current Transformers
(CTs)

Product Selection

1

Solid Core ANSI Metering Accuracy
Primary
Current
Rating

ANSI B0.1
Metering Class at 60 Hz
(Accuracy in %)

Window Size
in Inches (mm)
Diameter

Catalog
Number

Mounting Bracket
Catalog
Number

1.25 (31.8) Window

Current Transformers (CTs)

General Description

50

1.2

1.25 (31.8)

S060-500

1

100

0.6

1.25 (31.8)

S060-101

1

150

0.3

1.25 (31.8)

S060-151

1

200

0.3

1.25 (31.8)

S060-201

1

300

0.3

1.56 (39.6)

S050-301

S050BRAC

400

0.3

1.56 (39.6)

S050-401

S050BRAC

500

0.3

1.56 (39.6)

S050-501

S050BRAC

600

0.3

1.56 (39.6)

S050-601

S050BRAC

750

0.3

1.56 (39.6)

S050-751

S050BRAC

800

0.3

1.56 (39.6)

S050-801

S050BRAC

1000

0.3

1.56 (39.6)

S050-102

S050BRAC

1200

0.3

1.56 (39.6)

S050-122

S050BRAC

Split core CTs are specifically
designed to be installed
around primary conductors
without disconnecting wires
or breaking the circuit to be
monitored. These current
transformers are perfect
solutions for energy
management applications
and are manufactured for
installation ease.

4.25 (108.0) Window

3
4
5

1.56 (39.6) Window

Eaton’s low voltage current
transformers are available in
both solid core and split core
designs. Engineered for
electronic metering
applications, all solid core
designs and selected split
core designs offer ANSI
metering quality accuracy.
The solid core designs also
meet ANSI C57.13 relay
accuracy requirements
including over-ranging
capabilities. The current
transformer offering has a
5 ampere secondary at the
rated primary current.

2

6
7
8
9

3.25 (82.6) Window
400

0.3

3.25 (82.6)

S080-401

S080BRAC

500

0.3

3.25 (82.6)

S080-501

S080BRAC

600

0.3

3.25 (82.6)

S080-601

S080BRAC

750

0.3

3.25 (82.6)

S080-751

S080BRAC

800

0.3

3.25 (82.6)

S080-801

S080BRAC

1000

0.3

3.25 (82.6)

S080-102

S080BRAC

1200

0.3

3.25 (82.6)

S080-122

S080BRAC

12
13

500

0.3

4.25 (108.0)

S090-501

S090BRAC

600

0.3

4.25 (108.0)

S090-601

S090BRAC

750

0.3

4.25 (108.0)

S090-751

S090BRAC

800

0.3

4.25 (108.0)

S090-801

S090BRAC

1000

0.3

4.25 (108.0)

S090-102

S090BRAC

1200

0.3

4.25 (108.0)

S090-122

S090BRAC

1500

0.3

4.25 (108.0)

S090-152

S090BRAC

1600

0.3

4.25 (108.0)

S090-162

S090BRAC

2000

0.3

4.25 (108.0)

S090-202

S090BRAC

2500

0.3

4.25 (108.0)

S090-252

S090BRAC

3000

0.3

4.25 (108.0)

S090-302

S090BRAC

10
11

14
15
16
17

6.31 (160.3) Window
600

0.3

6.31 (160.3)

S025-601

S025BRAC

750

0.3

6.31 (160.3)

S025-751

S025BRAC

800

0.3

6.31 (160.3)

S025-801

S025BRAC

1000

0.3

6.31 (160.3)

S025-102

S025BRAC

1200

0.3

6.31 (160.3)

S025-122

S025BRAC

1500

0.3

6.31 (160.3)

S025-152

S025BRAC

1600

0.3

6.31 (160.3)

S025-162

S025BRAC

2000

0.3

6.31 (160.3)

S025-202

S025BRAC

2500

0.3

6.31 (160.3)

S025-252

S025BRAC

3000

0.3

6.31 (160.3)

S025-302

S025BRAC

3500

0.3

6.31 (160.3)

S025-352

S025BRAC

4000

0.3

6.31 (160.3)

S025-402

S025BRAC

18
19
20
21
22
23

Note
1 Contact Eaton for further information.

24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T10-33

10
1
2

IQ Products
Accessories

Split Core ANSI Metering Accuracy

Split Core Current Transformers

Primary
Current
Rating

Primary
Current
Rating

ANSI B0.1
Metering Class at 60 Hz
(Accuracy in %)

Window Size
in Inches (mm)

Catalog
Number

Accuracy
at 60 Hz (in %)

Window Size
in Inches (mm)

Catalog
Number

0.80 x 1.95 (20.3 x 49.5)

2.00 x 5.50 (50.8 x 139.7)

3

400

2.4

2.00 x 5.50 (50.8 x 139.7)

M000-401

100

5.0

0.80 x 1.95 (20.3 x 49.5)

M030-101

500

2.4

2.00 x 5.50 (50.8 x 139.7)

M000-501

150

5.0

0.80 x 1.95 (20.3 x 49.5)

M030-151

4

600

2.4

2.00 x 5.50 (50.8 x 139.7)

M000-601

200

4.0

0.80 x 1.95 (20.3 x 49.5)

M030-201

800

1.2

2.00 x 5.50 (50.8 x 139.7)

M000-801

300

2.0

0.80 x 1.95 (20.3 x 49.5)

M030-301

5

1000

1.2

2.00 x 5.50 (50.8 x 139.7)

M000-102

400

2.0

0.80 x 1.95 (20.3 x 49.5)

M030-401

1200

0.6

2.00 x 5.50 (50.8 x 139.7)

M000-122

1.42 x 1.53 (36.1 x 38.9)

6

1500

0.6

2.00 x 5.50 (50.8 x 139.7)

M000-152

100

5.0

1.42 x 1.53 (36.1 x 38.9)

M040-101

1600

0.6

2.00 x 5.50 (50.8 x 139.7)

M000-162

150

4.0

1.42 x 1.53 (36.1 x 38.9)

M040-151

2000

0.6

2.00 x 5.50 (50.8 x 139.7)

M000-202

200

1.5

1.42 x 1.53 (36.1 x 38.9)

M040-201

300

1.5

1.42 x 1.53 (36.1 x 38.9)

M040-301

1.5

1.42 x 1.53 (36.1 x 38.9)

M040-401

7

4.10 x 7.10 (104.1 x 180.3)

8

600

4.8

4.10 x 7.10 (104.1 x 180.3)

M050-601

400

750

4.8

4.10 x 7.10 (104.1 x 180.3)

M050-751

2.60 x 2.75 (66.0 x 69.9)

9

800

2.4

4.10 x 7.10 (104.1 x 180.3)

M050-801

200

1.0

2.60 x 2.75 (66.0 x 69.9)

M060-201

1000

2.4

4.10 x 7.10 (104.1 x 180.3)

M050-102

300

1.0

2.60 x 2.75 (66.0 x 69.9)

M060-301

1200

1.2

4.10 x 7.10 (104.1 x 180.3)

M050-122

400

1.0

2.60 x 2.75 (66.0 x 69.9)

M060-401

10

1500

1.2

4.10 x 7.10 (104.1 x 180.3)

M050-152

500

1.0

2.60 x 2.75 (66.0 x 69.9)

M060-501

2000

0.6

4.10 x 7.10 (104.1 x 180.3)

M050-202

600

1.0

2.60 x 2.75 (66.0 x 69.9)

M060-601

2500

0.6

4.10 x 7.10 (104.1 x 180.3)

M050-252

750

1.0

2.60 x 2.75 (66.0 x 69.9)

M060-751

3000

0.6

4.10 x 7.10 (104.1 x 180.3)

M050-302

800

1.0

2.60 x 2.75 (66.0 x 69.9)

M060-801

3500

0.6

4.10 x 7.10 (104.1 x 180.3)

M050-352

1000

1.0

2.60 x 2.75 (66.0 x 69.9)

M060-102

4000

0.3

4.10 x 7.10 (104.1 x 180.3)

M050-402

1200

1.0

2.60 x 2.75 (66.0 x 69.9)

M060-122

11
12
13

2.60 x 6.25 (66.0 x 158.8)
500

1.0

2.60 x 6.25 (66.0 x 158.8)

M080-501

14

600

1.0

2.60 x 6.25 (66.0 x 158.8)

M080-601

800

1.0

2.60 x 6.25 (66.0 x 158.8)

M080-801

15

1000

1.0

2.60 x 6.25 (66.0 x 158.8)

M080-102

1200

1.0

2.60 x 6.25 (66.0 x 158.8)

M080-122

16

1500

1.0

2.60 x 6.25 (66.0 x 158.8)

M080-152

1600

1.0

2.60 x 6.25 (66.0 x 158.8)

M080-162

17

2000

1.0

2.60 x 6.25 (66.0 x 158.8)

M080-202

2500

1.0

2.60 x 6.25 (66.0 x 158.8)

M080-252

3000

1.0

2.60 x 6.25 (66.0 x 158.8)

M080-302

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T10-34

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

IQ Products
Accessories

Clamp-On Current
Transformers

10

Product Selection

1

Ordering Information
Description

Catalog
Number

150–300–600A

IQAPORT0600CT

500–1000–1500A

IQAPORT1500CT

2
3
4
5

IQ Accessories—Clamp-On CTs

6

General Description
Eaton’s optional Clamp-on
Current Transformers (CTs)
are designed to be used in
cases where there are no
existing CTs or the existing
CTs cannot be accessed,
these clamp-on CTs can
be used.

7

These clamp-on CTs are
packaged individually. Most
applications will require at
least three clamp-on CTs,
one for each phase.

10

8
9
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T10-35

10
1
2

■

IQ Products
Replacement Capabilities—Discontinued Product—Recommended Replacement

Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products and services.

IQ 2000

IQ Analyzer 6000/6200

●

3

●

4

●

5

●

6
7

●

IQ 2000 Model A

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19

Features and Benefits

IQ 2000 Model B

Recommended Replacement
Production of IQ 2000
devices has been
discontinued. The IQ 2000
can be replaced with the
MP-3000 electronic motor
protective relay and the
IQ DP-4000 electronic meter.
The MP-3000 provides motor
current protective relaying,
while the IQ DP-4000
provides complete electrical
metering and voltage
protective alarming
functions. For specific
application consideration,
contact your local Eaton
Field Sales office.

IQ Analyzer 6000/6200

Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer
IQ Analyzer 6000/6200 is a
complete solution for users
who want to monitor all
aspects of their electrical
distribution system.
It provides extensive
metering, power quality
analysis, remote input
monitoring, control relaying,
analog input/outputs and
communications capability.
All programming can be done
through the faceplate or
through the communications
option. Its online Help
Pushbutton feature displays
information on device
operation, programming
and troubleshooting.

●
●

●

All information accessible
through communications
port
Quality true rms readings
through 50th harmonic
Meets ANSI C12.16 Class
10 revenue metering spec
Accurate readings for nonsinusoidal waveforms with
up to 3.0 crest factor
Screens display auto
ranging units, kilo units,
mega units as needed
10-digit energy readings
Displays multiple
parameters at the
same time
Programmable custom
screens.The IQ Analyzer
Model 6200 with waveform
display at the device
and sub-cycle voltage
disturbance capture
provides the capability to
monitor a wide range of
harmonic parameters.
These include harmonic
voltage, current magnitudes
and phase angles, as well
as system disturbances
such as transient voltage
disturbances and sub-cycle
voltage interruptions. This
unit is also available in a
portable version.

RTD Modules

Universal RTD Module

Recommended Replacement
The RTD Modules for
the IQ 2000 have been
discontinued. Now available
is the new Universal RTD
Module that replaces all of
the RTD modules for the
Model A and B IQ 2000
units, as well as the IQ 1000,
IQ 1000 II and all current
IQ metering and protection
products.

Product Selection
Universal RTD
Description

Catalog
Number

Universal module

URTD

Recommended Replacement
Eaton’s IQ Analyzer 6400/
6600

20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T10-36

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

IQ Products
Replacement Capabilities—Discontinued Product—Recommended Replacement

■

10

Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products and services.

IQ Data Plus and
IQ Data Plus II

IQ 1000 and IQ 1000 II

1

IQ Data

●

IQ 1000 II

IQ Data

IQ Data Plus II

Recommended Replacement

Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer IQ
Data Plus was discontinued
in 1989 and was replaced by
the IQ Data Plus II. The
IQ Data Plus II was
discontinued in 1998.

Both the IQ 1000 and the
IQ 1000 II have been discontinued and replaced by
the MP-3000 for complete
motor protection. A detailed
application note
(MP3K01R4.PDF) describing
replacement of the IQ 1000 II
with an MP-3000 is available
at www.eaton.com.

Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer IQ
Data provides simultaneous
current and voltage metering.
In one compact, standard
package, this device provides
an alternative to individually
mounted and wired ammeters,
voltmeters, and ammeter
and voltmeter switches.

Recommended Replacement
IQ DP-4000

Retains preset parameters
through power failure with
use of field-settable DIP
switches (no batteries)

Product Selection

3

IQ Data

4

Description

Catalog
Number

Basic metering

IQDATA

●

●

●

●

●
●

●

●

5

Basic metering with
IQDATAPM
three-phase power module

6

Recommended Replacement

7

IQ DP-4000

8
9
10

Features and Benefits
●

2

11

Space savings in
structure—replaces
ammeter, voltmeter,
selector switches
and frequency meter
(IQ Generator)
Standardization of
design—one doormounted device
Direct voltage input up
to 600V—no additional
potential transformers
(PTs) required
User-friendly—fieldsettable DIP switches
Standard model derives
power from separate
source 120/240 Vac supply
Only two style numbers
No need to stock multiple
units for different current
transformers (CT)
and PT ratios
Interface capability to
computer network for data
collection, storage and/or
printout via IMPACC
Membrane faceplate,
designed and tested
to perform in a harsh
industrial environment
(Type 3R, 12)

12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T10-37

10
1
2

■

IQ Products
Replacement Capabilities—Discontinued Product—Recommended Replacement

Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products and services.

IQ Generator

●

4
5

9
10
11
12

Features and Benefits
●

●

●

●

●
●

●

21
●

23
●

24
25

●

●

IQ 300

20
22

IQGENPM

Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer IQ
300’s thin display and flexible
mounting capabilities make it
perfectly suited for any
application where an
accurate, multifunction meter
is desired, such as
panelboard and switchboard
mains and feeders, motor
control centers, and both low
voltage and high voltage
metal-enclosed switchgear.

15

19

IQGEN

Basic metering with
three-phase power module

Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer
IQ Generator provides
simultaneous current and
voltage metering. In addition,
the IQ Generator monitors
frequency. This device
provides an alternative to
individually mounted and
wired ammeters, voltmeters,
ammeter and voltmeter
switches, and frequency
meters.

●

18

Basic metering

IQ Generator

14

17

Catalog
Number

IQ DP-4000

13

16

Description

Recommended Replacement

6
8

Features and Benefits

IQ Generator

3

7

IQ 300

Product Selection

Space savings in
structure—replaces
ammeter, voltmeter,
selector switches
and frequency meter
(IQ Generator)
Standardization of
design—one doormounted device
Direct voltage input up
to 600V—no additional
PTs required
User-friendly—fieldsettable DIP switches
Standard model derives
power from separate
source 120/240 Vac supply
Only two style numbers
No need to stock multiple
units for different CT and
PT ratios
Interface capability to
computer network for data
collection, storage and/or
printout via IMPACC
Membrane faceplate,
designed and tested to
perform in harsh industrial
environment (Type 3R, 12)
Retains preset parameters
through power failure with
use of field-settable DIP
switches (no batteries)

V12-T10-38

Bright display with eight
large numeric digits along
with a 10-character
description of the
measured value makes the
IQ 300 ideal for switchgear
mounting
Base unit can be display
mounted for simple, onehole installation
Base unit can be mounted
up to 10 feet (3m) away
from display and has three
mounting options

Product Selection
IQ 300
Description

Catalog
Number

IQ 310 complete meter with base module, display and 14.00-inch
(355.6 mm) cable—no communications, no pulse output

IQ310

IQ 320 complete meter with base module, display and 14.00-inch
(355.6 mm) cable—with INCOM communications and pulse output

IQ320

IQ 330 complete meter with base module, display and 14.00-inch
(355.6 mm) cable—with INCOM communications, pulse output, two contact
outputs, two digital inputs, one analog input and anti-tamper seal

IQ330

IQ 330M complete meter with base module, display and 14.00-inch
IQ330M
(355.6 mm) cable—with RS-485 Modbus communications, pulse output, two
contact outputs, two digital inputs, one analog input and anti-tamper seal
IQ 300D display module only

Recommended Replacement
IQ DP-4000/4100

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

IQ300D

IQ Products
Replacement Capabilities—Discontinued Product—Recommended Replacement

■

10

Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products and services.

IQ 210/220

IQ 210/220

General Description
Eaton’s IQ 210/220 compact
size and flexible mounting
capabilities make it perfectly
suited for machine control
panels such as panelboard
and switchboard mains and
feeders, low voltage metalenclosed switchgear feeders,
motor control centers, and
especially for individual load
monitoring. The base module
can be display mounted,
panel mounted, DIN rail
mounted or side mounted.
The display fits into a
standard 1/4 DIN cutout,
and for retrofit applications,
a 100 mm ANSI collar
is available.
One IQ 210/220 provides an
alternative to an assortment of
individually wired and mounted
ammeters, voltmeters,
ammeter and voltmeter
switches, wattmeters,
VAR-meters, power factor
meters, frequency meters,
watthour and demand meters.

1

ANSI C12 Class 10 revenue
metering accuracy makes
the IQ 200 an ideal choice
for submetering and subbilling applications.

Product Selection

Description

Catalog
Number

3

The IQ 200 can be easily
programmed and monitored
from the faceplate keypad
that features a 4 line x 20
character LED backlit LCD
display. Opting for the
compatible PowerNet
system allows the user to
program and monitor the
meter remotely from a PC.

IQ 210 complete meter — includes base, display and 14.00-inch (355.6 mm) cable

IQ210

IQ 220 complete meter — includes base display module and 14.00-inch
(355.6 mm) cable with INCOM communications and KYZ output

IQ220

4

IQ 220 transducer base only with INCOM communications and KYZ output

IQ220TRAN

IQ 200D IQ 210/220 display module

IQ200D

3 foot (0.9m) Category 5 cable

IQ23CABLE

6 foot (2.0m) Category 5 cable

IQ26CABLE

10 foot (3.0m) Category 5 cable

IQ210CABLE

Retrofit Opportunities
●
Retrofit of existing
electrical distribution
systems with the IQ 210/
220 for load and energy
monitoring
●
Five mounting options
makes installation easier

Recommended Replacement

2

IQ 210/220 Ordering Information

5
6
7
8

IQ 230

9
10

Ratings
●
Application to 200 kV,
no PTs to 600V
●
CT ratios selectable
5 to 8000A
●
Single-phase two- or
three-wire; three-phase
three- or four-wire

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T10-39

10
1
2

■

IQ Products
Replacement Capabilities—Discontinued Product—Recommended Replacement

Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products and services.

IQ 110/115 Electronic
Power Meters

Features and Benefits
●

3
4

●

5

●

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

●

IQ 110 Electronic Power Meter

General Description
The IQ 100 Meter family
provides capabilities you
would not normally expect in
affordable, compact meters,
such as fast sampling rate
and accurate metering for a
full range of power
attributes. Providing the first
line of defense against costly
power problems, Eaton’s IQ
100 series electronic power
meters can perform the work
of an entire wall of legacy
metering equipment utilizing
today’s technology.

●

●

●

Measure and display realtime information about
critical power parameters
with a sampling rate of
400 samples per cycle
Monitor power utilization
and quality with ANSI
C12.20 accuracy (0.5%)
Verify meter accuracy with
KYZ test pulse selfcertification capabilities
Optional Modbus RTU
communications
Available as transducer
only or with display
Designed to
accommodate upgrades
Integrate into Eaton’s
Power Xpert Architecture
for a holistic systemlevel view

Product Selection
IQ 110/115 Ordering Information
Description

Catalog
Number

Measures voltage and current

IQ 110

Measures voltage, current and frequency

IQ 115

Recommended Replacement
IQ 130/140

When space is at a premium,
yet you need ANSI C12.20
accuracy, the IQ 100 series
fit the bill. These meters are
ideal for electrical equipment
assemblies, machine control
panels, such as panelboard
and switchboard mains and
feeders, low voltage metalenclosed switchgear feeders
and motor control centers.
Requiring far less space than
other meters with similar
functionality, IQ 100 series fit
into a standard ANSI or IEC
cutout on a panelboard or
other electrical equipment,
and therefore fit easily into
retrofit applications.

21
22
23
24
25
V12-T10-40

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

IQ Products
Replacement Capabilities—Discontinued Product—Recommended Replacement

■

10

Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products and services.

IQ Power Sentinel

●

●
●

●

IQ Power Sentinal

General Description
Like the IQ Energy Sentinel,
the IQ Power Sentinel
is a highly accurate
microprocessor-based
submeter designed to monitor
power and energy. In addition
to watts, watthour and wattdemand, the IQ power
sentinel monitors current,
voltage, reactive power
(VARs), apparent power (VA),
power factor and frequency.
The IQ Power Sentinel offers
an accurate and economic
alternative to separate
meters and transducers.
The IQ Power Sentinel is
only available in the universal
mount with internal CTs up to
400 amperes.

Features and Benefits
Features
●
Monitors (accuracy stated
full scale)
●
AC line current (each
phase) ±0.5%
●
AC line-to-line voltage
±0.5%
●
AC line-to-neutral
voltages ±0.5%
●
Watts (each phase and
total) ±1.0%
●
VARs (each phase and
total) ±1.0%
●
VA (each phase and
total) ±1.0%
●
Apparent Power Factor
(each phase and total)
±0.5%
●
Displacement Power
Factor (each phase and
total) ±0.5%
●
Demand (total watts)
±1.0%
●
Frequency ±0.5%
●
Watthours ±1.0%

●

●
●

Built-in CTs version up to
400 amperes
Panel or DIN rail mounted
Powered directly off
the line
Built-in communication
capability
●
Address set by
DIP switches
●
Communication at
9600 baud
●
Noise immune
INCOM protocol
Choice of operator
interfaces
●
Subnetwork Master
Local Display
●
Breaker Interface
Module
●
Power Management
Energy Billing software
●
Power Management
Software
UL and CSA listed
CE mark

1

Product Selection

2

IQ Power Sentinal Ordering Information
Description

Catalog
Number

3

Universal with internal CTs, 120/240, 240, 208Y/120

IQPSUI208

Universal with internal CTs, 220/380, 230/400, 240/415

IQPSUI400

4

Universal with internal CTs, 480, 480Y/277

IQPSUI480

Universal with internal CTs, 600, 600Y/347

IQPSUI600

Recommended Replacement

6

PM3

7
8
9
10
11
12

Benefits
●
One device replaces
multiple meters
and/or transducers
●

Improved system accuracy

●

Savings in product cost

●

Savings in space

●

Savings in installation cost

●

No external power source
is needed

●

Permits remote
monitoring and
interconnection with
programmable logic
controllers and building
management systems.
For further information
see section on Power
Management Software
Systems

5

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21

●

Designed to interface
directly with Power
Management Software
Energy Billing software

●

Flexibility—displays what
is needed where it is
needed

23

Power Management
Software

24

●

22

25
Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T10-41

10
1
2

■

IQ Products
Replacement Capabilities—Discontinued Product—Recommended Replacement

Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products and services.

IQ Multipoint Energy
Submeter II

●

●

3
4

●

5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19

●

IQ Multipoint Energy Submeter II

General Description
Eaton’s IQ Multipoint Energy
Submeter II is a revenue
class electronic submetering
device that can be mounted in
panelboards or switchboards.
When mounted in a
panelboard or switchboard,
the IQ Multipoint Energy
Submeter II provides
customers with an integrated
power distribution and energy
metering solution that saves
space, reduces installation
labor and lowers total cost.

●

●

●

●

●

Features and Benefits
The IQ Multipoint Energy
Submeter II offers low-cost
metering of kW and kWh
for multiple tenants of
residential and commercial
office buildings for one- to
three-phase voltage loads
not exceeding 347/600 volts.
The IQ Multipoint Energy
Submeter II contains INCOM
networking to chain together
multiple meters in locations
throughout the facility. See
above for a typical apartment
building layout.
●

●

●
●

●

●

Flexible metering
configuration
Monitors single-phase and
three-phase loads from
120 Vac to 600 Vac in
three voltage ranges
Monitors power in watts
and energy in watthours
for up to 16 Current
Sensors
Very low profile design,
less than 1.50 inches
(38.1 mm) in height
Energy values stored in
non-volatile memory
Stores extensive energy
profile data for each
metering point. Can
be used to identify
coincidental peak
demand contribution
Space-saving stacking
design allows two units
to be mounted together
Supports Time-of-Use
energy monitoring
Demand interval adjustable
from 5 to 60 minutes
Measures bus voltage
Front panel LEDs provide
status of unit and
communication activity
Meets rigid ANSI C12.1
and IEC 61036 accuracy
specifications for revenue
meters
Can be directly mounted in
a UL-approved panelboard
or switchboard

Product Selection
IQ Multipoint Energy Submeter II Ordering Information
Description

Catalog
Number

IQ Multipoint Energy Submeter II 120V with INCOM

IQMESIIN1

IQ Multipoint Energy Submeter II 277V with INCOM

IQMESIIN2

IQ Multipoint Energy Submeter II 347V with INCOM

IQMESIIN3

Current Sensors—5 amperes, Qty. 3

CS005 1

Current Sensors—50 amperes, Qty. 6

CS050

Current Sensors—70 amperes, Qty. 6

CS070

Current Sensors—125 amperes, Qty. 3

CS125

Current Sensors—200 amperes, Qty. 3

CS200

Current Sensors—400 amperes, Qty. 3

CS400

Current Sensor Extensions—4 feet (1.2m), Qty. 6

CSET04

Current Sensor Extensions—8 feet (2.4m), Qty. 3

CSET08

Current Sensor Extensions—16 feet (4.9m), Qty. 3

CSET16

1

CS005 is not discontinued and is still being used.

Recommended Replacement
Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter

Multipoint electrical
energy metering
Built-in communication
interface

20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T10-42

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

IQ Products
Replacement Capabilities—Discontinued Product—Recommended Replacement

10

Further Information
Publication Number

1

Description

2

Metering Devices
TD02600001E
TD02601007E
TD02601017E
TD150006EN
TD02601016E
TD02601015E
TD02601019E
TD02601018E
TD.17.02B.T.E
TD.17.03A.T.E

Selection Chart
Power Xpert 4000/6000/8000
Power Xpert 2000
Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter
IQ 250/260
IQ 130/140/150
IQ 150S/250S
IQ 35M
IQ Analyzer
IQ DP-4000

TD.17.31.T.E
TD.17.06A.T.E
TD02601003E
TD.17.07.T.E

IQ 300
IQ 200
IQ 110/115
IQ Sentinels

TD17C02TE
TD17C01TE
TD17C03TE

IQ Multipoint Energy Submeter II
Portable IQ Analyzer
Optional Clamp-on CTs

TD.17.08A.T.E
TD.17.08A.T.E
TD02601002E

IQ DP-4000 I/O Module
IQ Analyzer/IQ DP-4000 Auxiliary Power Supply
Current Transformers

3
4
5
6
7
8
9

Protective Relays
TD02600001E
TD.17.10.T.E
TD.17.11.T.E

Selection Chart
Digitrip 3000 Overcurrent Relay
MP-3000 Motor Protection Relay

10

TD.17.30.T.E
TD.17.12.T.E
TD.17.13.T.E

FP-5000 Feeder Relay
Dual-Source Power Supply
Digitrip 3000 Optional Drawout Case

11

TD.17.14.T.E
TD.17.08A.T.E

Universal RTD Module
IQ DC Power Supply

12
13

Pricing Information
IQ/PXM Products

14

Vista/VISTALINE™ Discount
Symbol C10-S24.

15

DT-3000
Vista/VISTALINE Discount
Symbol MV-3.

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T10-43

Communication Systems
Monitoring Software
and Communications

11

Communication Systems
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PowerNet Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Eaton’s Electrical Services & Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technology Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Communications Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
mMINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Gateway 200E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Gateway 400E/600E/800E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PONI Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IPONI/MPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MINT II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Addressable Relay II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IMPCABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Further Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pricing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V12-T11-2
V12-T11-2
V12-T11-3
V12-T11-4
V12-T11-6
V12-T11-8
V12-T11-12
V12-T11-12
V12-T11-13
V12-T11-16
V12-T11-25
V12-T11-25
V12-T11-25
V12-T11-25
V12-T11-26
V12-T11-26
V12-T11-26

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T11-1

11

Communication Systems
Product Description

1

PowerNet Software

2

PowerNet™ (available on the
Power Xpert® Software DVD).
Updates to the PowerNet
system are available;
however, the recommended
update path is to upgrade to
Power Xpert Software. See
Page V12-T11-4 for details
on Power Xpert Software.

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

Integrated PowerNet Support

General Description
The features of Eaton’s
PowerNet software suite
are available as a standard
part of Power Xpert Software.
PowerNet is a family of
software applications, client/
server configuration, that help
provide a window into an
electrical distribution system.
Existing PowerNet systems
can be easily integrated with
Power Xpert Software.

PowerNet Features
●

Connectivity bundle
●
Communication to 1000
INCOM™ devices
●
Auto learn of all INCOM
connected devices for
maximum usability
●
Security configuration
●
Trending/logging
configurations
●
Device set point editing/
printing/viewing
●
MSDE/SQL data storage
●
Dynamic Data Exchange
(DDE) server
●
OLE for Process Control
(OPC) server
●
Modbus RTU Gateway
to data from Eaton
INCOM communicating
devices

●

Power quality bundle
●
Viewing of captured
waveforms
●
Up to eight cycles of
actual waveform
●
Zoomed-in view of
high-speed waveform
samples
●
Spectrum chart showing
frequency content and
magnitude (Fourier
analysis)
●
CBEMA/ITIC
representation of events
●
Top down access to
specific Waveform
events from event lists
and CBEMA/ITIC curves
●
Trip curve display for
coordination and
selectivity needs
●
Log-log coordination
curve plotted on-screen
for trip units and motor
protective relays with
the click of a button

●

●

●

●

●
●

Online modification of
trip curve pickups and
time delays; instant
verification of
coordination with an
updated trip curve
Automatic scale
adjustment based on
device pickup level
Addition or removal of
trip curves directly from
the display screen
Color-coded curves tied
to the device description
for added clarity
Overlay multiple curves
View motor start profiles
next to motor protection
relay trip curve

11
12

PowerNet Digitrip Screen Viewed
in Power Xpert Software

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T11-2

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Communication Systems
Product Description

Eaton’s Electrical
Services & Systems

monitoring of the plant with
industry experts in energy and
power quality are all services
provided by our local field
representatives. These
services will ensure that you
get maximum return on all of
your system investments.

PowerNet Software

Supplementing the hardware
and software, Eaton’s
Electrical Services & Systems
can provide local startup
and integration services to
customize the PowerNet
system to your specific
business needs. Basic
field startup, integration of
PowerNet into other plant
systems, and remote

Note: PowerNet systems do
not consist of exclusively CutlerHammer® (Eaton) products.
Hundreds of drivers exist to
communicate with many thirdparty meters, protective relays
and PLCs.

Flexible Network
Architecture
A PowerNet network
can be built in a variety of
configurations. Systems can
be built using existing Ethernet
networks as the backbone,
as well as on a dedicated

twisted shielded pair running
throughout a facility.
Telephone, radio and fiber
modems can be used to
create networks where it
is cost prohibitive to run
dedicated cables. The most
flexible, highest performance
network architecture includes
a dedicated twisted shielded
pair network within the
switchboard or equipment
room connecting into a high
speed Ethernet backbone.
For a layout of a typical facility
network, refer to the 15th
Edition of the Consulting
Application Guide.

Ethernet Backbone
TCP/IP Ethernet networks
have become the worldwide
standard for moving
information. Industry has
recognized Ethernet as a high

11

speed, flexible, low-cost
network that is not vendor
dependent. The PowerNet
network uses a standard
TCP/IP Ethernet as the high
speed backbone for carrying
information to clients across
the plant or across the world.

1

Dedicated Twisted
Shielded Pair

4

Customers who desire to run
a dedicated network for the
power monitoring network
have a choice between a
dedicated Ethernet network
or running a twisted shielded
pair. A network of 1000
devices running up to
10,000 feet can be
networked through one
twisted shielded pair of wire.

5

2
3

6
7
8
9
10

Eaton PowerNet System

Load Interrupter
Switchgear

Medium Voltage
Unit Substation

Medium Voltage
Starter

Transformer

Personal Computer
with Eaton
PowerNet Software

■ Power quality
■ Metering data
■ Energy information
■ Switch/breaker starter status/control
■ Time stamped events
■ Breaker operations
■ Motor runtime
■ Motor winding/bearing temperature
■ Trip curve monitoring/configuration
■ Transformer data

11
12
13
14

Load Interrupter
Switchgear

■ Power quality
■ Metering data
■ Energy information
■ Starter/breaker status/control
■ Time stamped events
■ Breaker operations
■ Trip curve monitoring/configuration

Low Voltage
Secondary Unit
Substation
Transformer

Low Voltage
Switchboard

Lighting
Control
Panelboard

Motor
Control
Center

Adjustable
Frequency
Control

■ Power quality
■ Metering data
■ Energy information
■ Starter/breaker status/control
■ Time stamped events
■ Breaker operations
■ Motor operations runtime
■ Trip curve monitoring/configuration
■ Drive status
■ Drive metering data
■ Drive speed adjustment/control

15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T11-3

11

Communication Systems
Product Description

1

Power Xpert Software

Product Selection Guide

Key Features

General Description

●

2

Power Xpert Software
aggregates the information
arriving from different types
of device families via various
communication methods. Its
unique Web-based design,
alarm bubble-up and
advanced trend and
waveform analysis tools
help you to quickly turn
your attention to the most
important events and to
identify reliability issues
and cost-saving opportunities.
The standard custom
graphic package, the
Layout Manager, with an
icon library and standard
vertical templates, allows
you to import and mimic
your physical environment
and gauges. Open protocol
support makes Power Xpert
Software compatible with
most newer generation
third-party equipment. Older
legacy, proprietary protocols
are supported by Power
Xpert Gateways (see
Page V12-T11-13), and
custom software drop-in
drivers made available by
Eaton. Power Xpert Software
is the first power system
software of this caliber
to put all these powerful
features at your fingertips.

Power Xpert Software
Professional Edition
●
Geared toward end users,
with built-in support for
Eaton power distribution
products such as
switchgear, UPSs,
breakers, PDUs, RPPs,
meters, relays, VFDs and
MCCs, among others
●
Eaton products connect
with the software directly
via an Ethernet connection,
while legacy devices use
a Power Xpert Gateway
to Web-enable their
communications
●
A subset of third-party
meters and devices are
supported as standard via
the gateway connection
Power Xpert Software
Enterprise Edition
●
Geared toward advanced
power users, system
integrators and enterprises
with heterogeneous
device spectrum and
system developers who
can take advantage of
the included SNMP and
Modbus integration
development utilities
●
Extensive support for
third-party devices via
standard SNMP and
Modbus TCP protocols
●
Large variety of ready
made, optional third-party
drop in drivers available

●

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

●

●

●

●

●

Connects to your existing
network
Data trending and graphing
for detailed information
for troubleshooting,
problem prevention
and costs savings
Web-based views that
allow access to critical
information from any
location via a Web browser
A modular, scalable
architecture that allows the
addition of capabilities and
devices as the power
system expands
Alarm conditions bubble
up through the system to
allow personnel to identify
which device is in alarm
and where it is located
All the functionality of
Eaton’s PowerNet
software suite
Connectivity to a wide
range of Eaton and thirdparty devices. For a full
list of compatible devices,
refer to the hardware
compatibility list found
at www.eaton.com/pxs

Power Xpert Software Layout Manager

The Power Xpert Software
Layout Manager module
provides the user a library
of powerful design tools and
standard templates for the
creation of custom Human–
Machine Interface (HMI)
graphical layouts. Objects can
be easily animated, various
gauges can be selected,
and custom bitmaps can be
imported with little effort.

Power Xpert Software Edition Features

Feature Sets

Power Xpert
Software
Professional
Edition

Power Xpert
Software
Enterprise
Edition

Server module

■

■

Trend viewer module

■

■

Layout manager module

■

■

Quality manager module

■

■

Eaton device support (switchgear, UPSs, breakers,
ePDUs, meters, relays, VDFs, MCCs, etc.)

■

■

18

Power Xpert Gateway third-party device support

■

SNMP connector

■

19

Modbus connector

■

Optional third-party driver support

■

20

Custom third-party device driver support

■

16
17

■

Note: For a full list of supported devices, see the Hardware Compatibility
List at www.eaton.com/pxs.

21

For detailed information regarding Power Xpert Software
modules, system requirements, supported devices and more,
please see www.eaton.com/pxs or the Consulting Application
Guide, CA08104001E, Tab 2.

22
23
24
25
V12-T11-4

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Communication Systems
Product Description

11

Power Xpert Software General Features

1

Features

Features

General

UPS Shutdown

Web browser user interface

File saving during shutdown

Web-based monitoring capabilities

Automatic, orderly and sequential shutdown

Downloadable software version updates

Parallel redundant UPS shutdown capability

Event Notification

Security and Administration

Event notification via e-mail notification

Windows authentication security

Event notification via pagers, text message or third-party interfaces

Two tier secure system access support

Alarm state management

SSL

Event indicator displayed without Web page active

Secure Web browser access (support for HTTPS)

Alarm/event searching and filtering

Trend object support

Waveform attached to applicable power event

Time Synchronization

Web browser based waveform viewing

Time synchronization support for connected devices with 1 millisecond time resolution

Alarm capabilities based on device driven events

Export and Integration

Analysis and Trending

Extended Excel® spreadsheet support

Graphic trend viewer

SQL database query support

Chart or data option selection

Logs

Multiple trends display

System log

Multiple axis support

Error log

View multiple variables (i.e., Ia, Ib, Ic, Vab, Vbc, etc.) for a single waveform

Service

Standard COMTRADE file format support

Eaton help desk services (1-877-ETN-CARE)

Customizable trend viewer look and feel

Turnkey startup service

Fixed or custom time frames

System Backup

Trend analysis capabilities

Power Xpert Software system backup

Data export

Documentation and Training Videos

Custom Graphics and Layouts

System Administrator’s Guide

Custom graphics development via Web browser

Power Xpert Software User’s Guide

Four user view example templates included as standard

Layout Manager Guide

iFrame capability

Quick Start Guide

Browser portal widget support

Power Xpert Software introduction and training video

Streaming media support

Power Xpert Reporting introduction and training video

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

Graphic object library included as standard
ISO standard electrical picture objects available

17

Graphic files import capability
Graphic object animation capability

18

Gauge object library support
External Web Links support

19

Alarm bubble-up support through several page layers

20
21
22
23
24
25
Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T11-5

11
1
2

Foreseer
Software
(one or more
instances)

4CR Data
Acquisition
Engine

6

10
11
12

Greenhouse Gas Report:
Captures the six offensive
greenhouse gasses:
carbon dioxide, sulfur
dioxide, nitrogen oxide,
mercury, methane and
nitrous oxide broken
down by selected locations
within a facility

●

Utilities Report: Captures
consumption of water, air,
gas, electricity and steam
(WAGES)

Power Xpert Reporting

5

9

●

Power Xpert Reporting
Architectural Overview

4

8

Product Description

Power Xpert Reporting

3

7

Communication Systems

Power Xpert
Software
(one or more
instances)

Device
Aggregators
(PowerNet,
Gateways)

●

Capacity Summary
Report: The summary of
top- and bottom-loaded
circuits, as well as loading
details for each circuit
according to user-defined
date/time range and facility
hierarchy location

●

Branch Circuit Monitoring
Report: Determine branch
circuit loading levels at a
glance with color-coded
graphics indicating loading
status against capacity.
Redundant sources can be
reviewed, as well as single
source loads

Power Xpert
Devices
(Meters,
Gateways,
Other)

Third-Party Devices, Non-Power Xpert Devices

Power Xpert Reporting
brings the power system
information together to
compare and contrast.
Power Xpert Reporting
provides a standard set
of reports, including:
●

Greenhouse Gas Report

Data Center Efficiency
Report: A summary of
data center infrastructure
efficiency and power usage
effectiveness, including
such information as
temperature and humidity,
and energy consumption

13
14

Capacity Summary Report
Branch Circuit Monitoring Report

15

Utilities Report

16
17
18

Data Center Efficiency Report

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T11-6

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

11

Communication Systems
Product Description

●

Energy Summary
Report: The summary of
consumption (kWh) and
demand (kW) for a userdefined date/time range and
facility hierarchy location

●

Power Quality Report:
The distribution and trend
for amps, volts and THD
according to user-defined
date/time ranges and
facility hierarchy location

Joint Commission
Report: Standard Joint
Commission Compliant
Report supports hospital
power test requirements.
It checks events, key
metrics of generators and
automatic transfer switches
(ATS) during generator
testing at user-defined
date/time ranges and
facility hierarchy location

Startup Service Packs Include
the Following Services
●
Startup Scope
Determination: Eaton
services will help you
to evaluate your service
needs and check that the
service pack you have
selected has appropriate
coverage for your
circumstances
●
Pre-Installation Checkup:
Eaton services will contact
you to go through the preinstallation checklist, which
ensures efficient, prime
quality installation and
configuration services
●
Installation and
Configuration: Eaton
services will install Power
Xpert Software and
configure it for operation
with your equipment
according to startup
scope determination.
Configuration may also
include creating custom
graphic layouts if necessary
and if required
●
System Test: Eaton
services will test the
Power Xpert Software
for operability and will
validate communications
with key components
●
Optional Hands-On
Training: If required,
Eaton services can provide
hands-on training for Power
Xpert Software, using the
software on-site or using
simulated demo systems

Joint Commission Report

Energy Summary Report
●

●

Energy Cost Allocation
Report: The total energy
bill dollar value or a cost
per kWh across a facility
hierarchy for a user-defined
date/time range

Service Offerings

Power Quality Report
●

Event Summary Report:
Provides a Pareto chart of
events according to userdefined date/time ranges
and facility hierarchy
location

Energy Cost Allocation Report

Available Power Xpert Startup
Service Packs
At Eaton, we want to make
it as easy and non-disruptive
as possible to implement
our Power Xpert products.
Eaton offers several startup
service packs from partial
help to full turnkey solution
implementation.
All services are performed
by authorized Eaton’s
Electrical Services &
Systems group personnel.

Power Xpert 1 Day
Power Xpert 2 Day
Power Xpert 5 Day

15–30 2

31–75 2

>75 2

Non-Eaton
Devices 3

■

4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

19
20

■
■

Customer Fixed Price Quote 4
Event Summary Report

3

18

Number of Eaton Devices to be Integrated
<15 2

2

17

Selecting the Appropriate Service Pack 1

Startup Service Product

1

■

■

Notes
1 Available and valid in continental United States only.
2 Typical number of Eaton devices that can be configured in the Power Xpert Software during
the course of the selected Startup Service Pack.
3 We strongly recommend a review of the latest Hardware Capability List at www.eaton.com/pxs.
4 Please call the Technical Resource Center for custom Startup Service at 800-809-2772,
option 4, 1, for a price quote.
The number of devices that can be configured during the course of a selected Start Pack can vary
depending on the devices’ installation readiness levels. Maximum numbers indicated require full
configuration readiness levels defined in the Power Xpert Startup Services Checklist document
in the service’s brochure at www.eaton.com/pxs.

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T11-7

21
22
23
24
25

11
1
2
3

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19

Technology Upgrades

Technology Upgrades
The INCOM network consists
of a twisted shielded pair
of conductors that interface
to one of the following
hardware devices:
●

4
5

Communication Systems

●

Master INCOM Network
Translator II (MINT II)
attached to the COM
port of computer
Power Xpert Gateway
(PXG 200E, PXG 400E,
PXG 600E, PXG 800E)

When updating the software
at an existing installation,
careful consideration should
be administered and all new
PowerNet interface hardware
options considered when
constructing the update bill
of material.
In some instances, the
computer running the
Series III software is an
industrial computer that
has no monitor, keyboard
or mouse, and is installed
as a part of a larger system
solution. This device is
referred to as the Power
Xpert Gateway, catalog
numbers PXG 200E,
PXG 400E, PXG 600E
and PXG 800E. In these
situations, there is, typically,
a main system computer
that uses additional software
solutions to integrate the
system. The Power Xpert
Gateway is used as a way
of using the infrastructure of
the currently installed Local
Area Network (LAN) as a
means of collecting data
from remote substations.
This is not the only item that
will require updating if existing
in the system.

20

Series III system solutions, in
some cases, incorporated a lot
of non-standard equipment
to meet various connectivity
needs. In some instances,
where multiple COM ports
are required, port splitters
were used to expand one
COM port into 8, or even
16, equivalent COM ports
for communications with
remote or local MINT II
devices (DIGIBOARD). These
various system configuration
requirements will have to be
ascertained and accounted
for before updating.

Inventory Existing
Series III Software
Series III software consists
of the main Series III package
that includes the engine
communicating to the
devices through the MINT II
hardware. Series III came in
various packages supporting
20, 200 and/or 1000 devices.
The Series III software
included most functionality in
a single operator interface. It
included, but was not limited
to, the following features:
●

Update Path
Note: When updating the
computer for the new system
software, ISA slots may not be
available. In these instances,
PXG-E products are typically
employed.
●

●

●

MINT II devices are
compatible with PowerNet
and will not require
updating
NetLink products should
be replaced with PXG 600E
or PXG 800E hardware
mMINT

For those unique applications
that may have Ethernet
and Modbus® on the same
gateway node. For Ethernet,
use the correct PXG-E model,
and for Modbus serial, use
the mMINT.

●

●

●

●

Monitoring of all real-time
parameters from the
configured devices
Access to change or to
view the set points of
those devices that
support this functionality
Logging of selected
parameters to ASCII
Comma Separated Variable
(CSV) files
Device Alarming
notification and
confirmation viewable
via user interface and
historically captured in
ASCII CSV files
Built-in Dynamic Data
Exchange (DDE) server
capabilities

In addition to the basic
Series III software package,
add-on applications were
available that expanded
the basic functionality of
the monitoring software
including, but not limited
to, the following features:
●

●
●
●

Energy billing and cost
allocation
Waveform display
Trip curve display
Modbus Gateway
capabilities

Master PC Requirements
When planning to update
a Series III system,
replacement of the personal
computer will be required.
Due to the operating
system as well as memory
requirements, the Series III
computer will not meet
the requirements for a
PowerNet computer.
Update Path
The PC requirements may
change with later versions
of the PowerNet software
applications. Please refer
to the Eaton website for
updated information
on PC requirements:
www.eaton.com.

In all other instances where
custom third-party equipment
was used to achieve
connectivity solutions, thirdparty vendors should be
consulted for appropriate
update paths and careful
consideration of compatibility
with the new PowerNet
software to ensure a smooth
update path.

21
22
23
24
25
V12-T11-8

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

11

Communication Systems
Technology Upgrades

Series III and Old NetPower Codes with PowerNet Product Codes

1
NPBILLDDE

NPBILLTRACK

NPBILL1000

NPBILL200

NPBILL20

NPCOREMOD

NPMODBUS

NPDDE

NPOPC

NPETREND

Energy Billing

NPSETPOINT

NPWAVEFORM

NPEVENT

NPMONITOR

NPCORE1000

NPCORE200

NPCORE100

Add-on Mods

NPCORE20

ETRACK

ETREND

EBILLUL

EBILL200

EBILL20

ELOG3

TRIPDPS3

MODGATE3

WDISP3

S31000

Energy Billing

NPCORE2

Core

Add-on Mods

S30200

New PowerNet
v. 3.3x Product Codes

PowerNet v.3.22 and Older Product Codes

Core

S3020

Description

IMPACC Series III Product Codes

Connectivity Bundles Device Support
5-device

PNCONNECT5

10-device

PNCONNECT10

32-device

PNCONNECT34

100-device

PNCONNECT100

200-device

PNCONNECT200

500-device

PNCONNECT500

1000-device

PNCONNECT1000

5

■
■
■

6

■

■

7

■

PowerNet Bundles
Standard client

PNSTD

Power quality

PNPQ

■
■

■

■

■

8

■
■

■

9

Integrator Package
Includes OPC,
PNINTEGRATOR
DDE, and Modbus
Gateway

Identify Graphics
Interface Used
The IMPACC Series III
software was sold with an
option for an Enhanced
Graphics application, a
Wonderware InTouch
software HMI solution.
The screens were typically
developed by Eaton as a
turnkey solution, but this
software could be purchased
separately with development
performed by the customer,
or by independent local
integrators.
The graphics application
could be located on the
local Series III computer
or on remote networked
computers. It is important
to identify all computers in
the system that have the
Enhanced Graphics
application installed.

■

Update Path
PowerNet is compatible
with Wonderware InTouch
version 7.1 and above. All
HMI software locations will
require updating to the latest
version via the following
catalog numbers:
Note: When updating the
graphics application to interface
with the PowerNet DDE Server,
due to DDE Tag changes, a review
of the Tags displayed and used for
control will be required for proper
modification. Development time
must be allocated for this update.

For those computers
networked and running
Wonderware InTouch
runtime or view-only nodes,
PowerNet DDE can be
removed and local DDE
Server client applications
installed for more reliable
and quality local DDE
communications.

3
4

■

■

2

■

Identify Connectivity
Solutions Employed
Communication system
solutions will, in some cases,
implement software and/or
hardware equipment to share
the information gathered
from installed meters, relays
and I/O devices with other
software and/or systems
including Distributed Control
Systems (DCS), Building
Management Systems
(BMS) or Programmable
Logic Controllers (PLC).

■

■

■

10

When reviewing an
installation, this fact may
not be readily discernible
and some investigation may
be necessary.

11
12

Update Path
When updating the Series III
software in the section
above, DDE comes as a
part of the update path.

13

Note: For remote nodes running
Wonderware or any other
HMI software application, the
following catalog number can
be purchased and installed on
the remote PC, eliminating the
need for implementation of the
Microsoft® NETDDE solution.

15

Dynamic Data
Exchange (DDE)

NPDDE PowerNet DDE Server
client application software.

18

Used in conjunction with
Human Machine Interface
(HMI) software applications
such as Wonderware and
Intellusion. These applications
could also be installed on
remote computers when
PowerNet DDE is used
to share information over
a network.

Locate this software on the same
computer as the HMI software.

19

Connectivity with the Series III
system solutions included the
following methods:

14
16
17

20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T11-9

11
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14

Communication Systems
Technology Upgrades

Modbus (Series III Computer
as Modbus Gateway)

Modbus (Industrial PC
as Modbus Gateway)

RS-232 (MINT II with Custom
Driver in Master System)

Used in conjunction with
Building Management
Systems, Distributed Control
Systems, or even PLCs
where the Modbus master
equipment is connected to
the communication serial port
of the Series III computer.
The Modbus add-on to
Series III enables the COM
port of the computer to be
configured as a Modbus
slave, providing the customer
the ability to configure input
and holding registers.

Used in conjunction with
Building Management
Systems, Distributed Control
Systems or even PLCs where
the Modbus master
equipment is connected to
the communication serial port
of the Series III computer.
Available for sale was an
industrial computer (no
monitor, keyboard or mouse)
with a Modbus server
software application installed.
The functionality of the
software installed on the
industrial PC focuses
on Modbus register
configuration and availability.
Other monitor, DDE and
trending features common to
Series III are not available.

Used in conjunction with
Building Management
Systems, Distributed Control
Systems or even PLCs. In
this case, the customer has
written or contracted to have
written a custom driver that
communicates directly to the
installed INCOM devices via
the MINT II RS-232 interface.

Update Path
NPMODBUS: Client
application that turns the
COM port of the computer
into a Modbus server
application. Client can be
located on any computer with
appropriate operating system
and on the same network as
the rest of the PowerNet
system software.
NPCOREMOD: Turns the
COM port of the computer
running the PowerNet
software core into a Modbus
server. This can only be
located where the Core
software application is located.

15

Update Path
Power Xpert Gateway

Update Path
Series III software is not a
part of this configuration.
There is no update path;
the MINT II is still a viable
solution. For those
applications that connect
with the Johnson Controls®
Metasys® System via the
MINT II and Metasys
Integrator, the JMI should
be used.

RS-232 (Series III PC COM
Port Gateway, Custom Driver
in Master System)
Used in conjunction with
Building Management
Systems, Distributed Control
Systems or even PLCs. Most
common applications include
BMS software such as
Johnson Controls Metasys
System integration. Where
customers implemented this
solution, the need for the
functionality of the Series III
is apparent but the sharing
of data is required. When
updating to PowerNet,
customers must pay close
attention to this need.
Update Path
Series III had the ability to
configure the COM port of
the computer into a gateway,
which made the COM port
look like a MINT II to the
master communicating
software application. This
functionality is not included in
the PowerNet software suite
of applications. Connectivity is
left to DDE, OPC or Modbus
communications. Before
updating, the master software
suite vendor should be
consulted as to which of the
above protocols is supported
and the appropriate steps for
integration taken.

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T11-10

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

11

Communication Systems
Technology Upgrades

PowerNet Device Selection Chart

■

■

■

Current phases

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Current ground

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

2
Quad XYZ

■

■

Power Manager

■

■

Addressable Relay II

■

■

IQ Transfer Switch

■

■

Advantage

FP-5000

■

■

RTD Module

Network Protector
Relays

■

■

IQ 500

Digitrip RMS 910

■

■

MP-3000

Digitrip 1150

■

■

Digitrip 3000

Power Sentinel

■

Voltage (phase-neutral)

Digitrip RMS 810

IQ 200/IQ 300

Voltage (phase-phase)

Energy Sentinel

Communicating Device
Function Selection Chart

■

1

Miscellaneous Devices

IQ DP-4000/
IQ DP-4100

Digitrip OPTIM 750

Protective Relays
Digitrip OPTIM 1050

LV Breaker Trip Units

IQ Analyzer

Metering Devices

4
5

■

6

Power
kW

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

kWh

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

kVA

■

■

■

■

kVAh

■

■

■

VARs

■

■

■

VARh

■

■

■

PF

■

■

■

■

kW demand

■

■

■

■

■

■

kVA demand

■

■

■

■

■

■

Ampere demand

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

kVAR demand

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

11

THD

50

31

■

12

Current THD

■

■

Voltage THD

■

■

CBEMA/crest factor

■

Frequency

■

Current waveform

■

Voltage waveform

■

■

■

3

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

7
8

■
■

■

■

■

■

■

■

9

■

Demand
■

■

10
■

Power Quality

■

31
■

■

■

31

■

■

■

■

■
■

13
14

■
■

■
■

15

Other Features
■

■

Operations count

■

■

■

■

■

High load

■

■

■

■

■

Trip target data

■

■

■

■

■

Remote open/close

■

■

■

■

■

Downloadable set points

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

16
17

■
■

■

■

18

■

Start profile
Auxiliaries
Input/Output
Digital input

3

1
3

Digital output

4(3)

Analog input

1

Analog output

4

8

1

2

5

4

2

4

1

20

11
1

21

Communication Modules
IPONI

≥1.06

INCOM communications std.
BIM

■

■
■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

19

■

■

■

22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T11-11

11

Communication Systems
Communication Hardware

1

Communications
Hardware

2

mMINT

3

Features

Simplified Wiring Rules

The mMINT module is a
slave device on the Modbus
network and as such requires
a master that will exchange
register objects with the
mMINT module.

INCOM Network
The following simplified
rules apply to a given system
consisting of a single daisychained main cable link
between master and
slave devices (see figure
below). For more complex
considerations including
star configurations, please
refer to the IMPACC wiring
specification T.D. 17513.

●

4

●

5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

mMINT Module

Product Description
The mMINT (Modbus Master
INCOM Network Translator)
Module is an Eaton accessory
product that will provide
communication between
a Modbus RTU network
and an INCOM (INdustrial
COMmunications) network
(see the mMINT in a
Communications Network
figure). This module is
transparent to the Modbus
network. It communicates
to a master on the Modbus
network using the Modbus
RTU (Remote Terminal Unit)
protocol. It communicates to
slave devices on the INCOM
network using the IMPACC
(Integrated Monitoring,
Protection, and Control
Communication) protocol.
The catalog number of this
product is mMINT.

17

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Handles generic passthrough commands
(Modbus/INCOM/Modbus)
Capable of passing
Modbus register objects
from Eaton’s existing
products and newer PnP
(Plug-‘n-Play) products to a
Modbus RTU master
Data in IEEE® Floating
Point format and fixed
point
Modbus RTU
communications data
transfer rates of 1200,
9600 or 19,200 baud with
one start bit, eight data
bits, no parity, and either
one or two stop bits
Up to 32 products
connected to INCOM
network port (246 unique
addresses maximum)
Flashing Status LED to
indicate an active module
LED indicators for INCOM
transmit and receive
communications
exchanges
LED indicators for Modbus
RS-485 transmit and
receive communications
exchanges
Input power for the module
from either 120 Vac or
24–125 Vdc
DIN rail mount package
0° to 60°C ambient
operation

18

●

19

Module Mounting
When mounting the mMINT,
verify that an 11 mm H x 28 mm
W DIN rail is used and that it is
within an enclosed space.

20
21

Modbus RS-485 Network
The following simplified
rules apply to a given system
consisting of a cable link
between master and slave
devices (see figure below). For
more complex configurations,
please refer to standard
Modbus RTU wiring
specification rules for
the RS-485 network.
●

mMINT in a
Communications Network
Modbus RTU Serial Network

●

(Slave)
Modbus
mMINT

Modbus
Master

(Master)
INCOM Network

INCOM
Slaves
●

●

●

●

Recommended INCOM
cable styles are Belden
9463 or C-H style
2A957805G01
The maximum system
capacity is 10,000 feet of
communications cable and
32 slave devices on the
INCOM network under
the mMINT
Non-terminated taps, up to
200 feet in length, off the
main link are permitted,
but add to the total cable
length
Make sure that there
is twisted-pair wire that
is recommended for
IMPACC network use.
Use shielded twisted-pair
wire to connect each slave
to the INCOM network,
daisy-chain style. The
polarity of the twisted
pair is not important

●

The recommended
Modbus cable has twistedpair wires (24 AWG
stranded 7x32 conductors
with PVC insulation) having
an aluminum/mylar foil
shield with drain wire
The maximum system
capacity is 4000 feet of
communications cable
and 247 devices on the
Modbus RTU network
Make sure that there is
twisted-pair wire that is
recommended for Modbus
RTU network use. Use
shielded twisted-pair wire
to connect each slave to
the Modbus RTU network,
daisy-chain style. The
polarity of the twisted pair
is critically important

mMINT Module
Dimensions
RS-485
Modbus
A B COM SHD

J3

4.25
(108.0)

J2

J1

24–125 Vdc
120 Vac

Shield INCOM
3.54
(89.9)

Burden
●
24 Vac/Vdc, 3 VA
Safety Standards
●
UL®
●
CSA®
●
CE mark

22
23

Communications Speed
●
INCOM: 1200, 9600 baud
●
N2 bus: 9600 baud

24
25
V12-T11-12

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Communication Systems
Communication Hardware

Power Xpert
Gateway 200E

Fixed list of supported
devices (no ability to add
new product support via
EDS upload); however,
new supported devices will
be added during firmware
updates.

Power Xpert Gateway 200E
●

Product Description
The Power Xpert Gateway
200E (PXG 200E) is designed
to provide a Web-enabled
gateway to serially
communicating energy
meters via a standard Web
browser. These can be new
or existing meters. The PXG
200E supports revenue grade
single and multipoint energy
meters via Modbus RTU and
INCOM. This product provides
a cost-effective, retrofit
hardware solution for better
energy management without
the need for software.
The PXG 200E allows you to:
●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Monitor energy usage
patterns and reveal
opportunities for efficiency
improvements using
existing communicating
meters
Remotely monitor real-time
conditions and profile
5-minute interval trend
logs, and export data in
csv, without a software
implementation
Allocate energy costs to
departments or processes
Reduce peak demand
surcharges
Reduce power factor
penalties
Identify billing
discrepancies
Allows user to daisy-chain
multiple Ethernet
compatible downstream
devices via RJ-45 port
(for specifics, see
Page V12-T11-15, PXG-E
Daisy Chain Application)
Connect to downstream
devices via a Web browser,
Modbus master or
SNMP client separately
or concurrently

●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●

IQ 35M
IQ Energy Sentinel
IQ 130
IQ 140
IQ 150
IQ 220/230
IQ 220M/230M
IQ 250
IQ 260
IQ MESII
DIM KYZ (WAGES)
EI NEXUS 1200 Series
PM710

11

Technical Data and Specifications

1

PXG 200E Part Numbers

2

Style
Number

Catalog
Number

Power Xpert Gateway 200E

103008420-5591

PXG200E

Power supply—24 Vdc

ELC-PS02

ELC-PS02

Mounting bracket kit

66B2146G01

PXGACC01

Description

Features

Features

PXG 200E

Total number of supported devices

64

Maximum number of INCOM devices supported

64

Maximum number of Modbus devices supported

32

Protocols supported on downstream devices: (INCOM and Modbus RTU)

Yes

Number of downstream communication ports

2
2

For detailed technical
specifications, please
reference the Technical
Data Sheet for this product
at www.eaton.com/pxg, then
the Power Xpert Gateway
200E link.

USB port for configuration

Yes

Power Xpert Gateway
Screenshots

Home Page

Bus Page

Two RJ-45 Ethernet ports—10/100Base-T

Yes

Modbus TCP/IP protocols supported

Yes

SNMP client access v.1

Yes

INCOM slave action commands supported

Yes

INCOM date and time settings supported

Yes

Modbus write commands supported from Modbus master

Yes

Device summary screens per main, bus and device

Yes

Event notification via the Web interface

Yes

Secure Ethernet communications—SSL encryption

Yes

Secure communication ports via access control/trusted host list

Yes

IPv4 support

Yes

Save and restore configuration file

Yes

Interval logging—csv file format, downloadable to Excel

Yes

Ability to upload additional or modified EDS files

No

Device waveform access and storage—COMTRADE file format

No

Set user-defined events

No

Trend graph displayed

Yes

Data logging—csv file format, downloadable to Excel

No

Event logging—csv file format, downloadable to Excel

No

E-mail notification on events and threshold alarms

No

Custom summary Web page creation

No

Ability to create custom events

No

Supports SAM3Z energy meters

No

BACnet/IP support

1

4
5

PXG 200E Features

Number of downstream protocols supported simultaneously

●

3

Yes

Note
1 Expected availability 2Q12.

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

Device Page

25
Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T11-13

11
1
2
3

Communication Systems
Communication Hardware

Supported Devices
Supported Devices

Web
Services

INCOM
Pass-Thru

File
Export csv

Modbus
Pass-Thru

Protocol

Device Type

Device Name

INCOM

I/O

DIM KYZ (WAGES)

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

INCOM

Meter

IQ MESII

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

IQ 220/230

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

INCOM

Meter

HTTP

MB TCP

SNMP

BACnet/IP

INCOM

Meter

IQ Energy Sentinel

■

■

■

■

■

Modbus

Meter

IQ 130

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Modbus

Meter

IQ 140

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

5

Modbus

Meter

IQ 150

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Modbus

Meter

IQ 220M/230M

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

6

Modbus

Meter

IQ 250

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Modbus

Meter

IQ 260

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

4

7
8
9
10
11
12

Modbus

Meter

EI NEXUS 1200 Series

■

Modbus

Meter

IQ 35M

■

The Eaton Power Xpert
Gateway 200E Includes:
●

●

●

The Power Xpert
Gateway module
Mounting provisions and
required hardware for panel
and DIN rail mounting
CD-ROM: contains the
user manual, Modbus
register maps, USB driver
and other associated files

■

Power Xpert Gateway
with DIN Rail Mounting
(Brackets Included)

13

Power Xpert Gateway—Dimensions in Inches (mm)

14

Power Xpert Gateway 200E

15
16
17
18
19
20

24 Vdc
Input Power

COM 1 Port:
RS-485 Connection
for up to 32 Modbus
RTU Devices

INCOM Port:
RS-485 Connection
for up to 64 INCOM
Devices

RJ-45
Connection
to the LAN

RJ-45 Connection
to the Other
Ethernet Devices

USB Connection for
Local Configuration
Capability

Power and Traffic
Indicator Lights

21
22
23
24
25
V12-T11-14

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Communication Systems
Communication Hardware

11

Power Xpert Gateway 200E with Standard Panel Mounting (Brackets Included)
Ø 0.19 (6)
(4.8)

1

10.75
(273.1)

10.25
(260.4)

2
3

0.56
(14.2) 1.60
(40.6)

2.00 1.12
(50.8) (28.5) 0.56
(14.2)

4
0.24
(6.1)

8.75
(222.3)

5

0.25
(6.4)

Front

6

Power Xpert Gateway 200E

7

8.75
(222.3)

8
9
10
11

4.30
(109.2)

12
13
14
0.60
(15.2)

15

PXG-E Daisy Chain Application
The PXG-E allows for units to
be connected together
through two RJ-45 10/100
connectors on the front of
the PXG-E series of products.
This arrangement is a
pass-through of Ethernet
communications allowing
a single network drop to

16

connect up to five Ethernet
communicating devices. The
maximum length of a copper
cable run should not exceed
295 ft (90m) total.

17
18

Note: In this configuration, if any
of the PXG-E units go offline or
lose power, the communication to
the downstream Ethernet devices
will lose connection to the LAN.

19
20

PXG-E Daisy Chain Application

21

Ethernet LAN

22

LAN Connection

23

Cat-5 Patch Cables

24
295 ft (90m)

25

PXM2000

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T11-15

11
1

Communication Systems
Communication Hardware

Power Xpert Gateway
400E/600E/800E

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Power Xpert Gateways 400E,
600E and 800E

Power Xpert Gateways 400E,
600E and 800E are typically
installed in an electrical
assembly—a motor control
center, low/medium voltage
switchgear or switchboard
to consolidate data available
from components such as
trip units, meters, motor
controllers and protective
relays. It can be installed
later to provide the same
valuable information.

Product Description
Power Xpert Gateways 400E,
600E and 800E (PXG 400E/
600E/800E) provide a costeffective method to easily
Web-enable Eaton and thirdparty products.
The PXG 400E/600E/800E
series offers improved
performance over the
previously offered series,
including logging in the
PXG 600E/800E, daisy
chaining capabilities
(Page V12-T11-19,
Figure PXG-E Daisy Chain
Application) and design
enhancements including a
new processor and additional
RAM and Flash memory.
The gateway consists of an
embedded Web server that
allows the user to connect to
installed Eaton products such
as breakers, meters and relays
found in MCCs, LV and MV
switchgear and switchboards
—to name a few—that
communicate via Eaton
protocols INCOM and QCPort,
in addition to third-party
products that communicate
via Modbus RTU. The
Gateway provides the central
connection point for the
power metering/monitoring/
protective devices, allowing
their parameters to be
monitored via the Web.

V12-T11-16

The PXG 400E/600E/800E
provide data communications
to Eaton’s Power Xpert
Software and other thirdparty systems to facilitate
centralizing and gathering
data for long-term data
archival, analysis and
trending features.
The PXG 400E/600E/800E
are compatible with and
facilitate integration with
many third-party building
and factory automation
systems via Modbus TCP
and Web services.

In the PXG 400E/600E/800E,
information is presented in
organized, user-friendly Web
pages and includes, but is not
limited to, the following:
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●

Note: Enclosed solution available.
Contact your Eaton sales office
for more details.

The PXG 600E/800E allow
you to enable pre-selected
parameters to be trended
for each supported device.
Selecting the trend symbol
will generate a real-time
graph for that parameter
and can be viewed for the
past 24 hours, seven days,
30 days or all past history.
The PXG 600E/800E
also offer direct e-mail
notifications to up to 10
users. Select from event
notifications, data logs,
interval log, event logs
and heartbeat e-mails.
The PXG 800E brings this
communication hardwareonly solution closer to those
requirements that have
previously only been met
by a software package. The
PXG 800E includes all the
functionality of the PXG 600E.
Additional features include:
●

●

●

Creation of custom
summary Web pages
on the user interface
Ability to create custom
events from existing
device parameters or
events
Ability to communicate
wirelessly with the SAM3Z
submetering system

Device status
Comm status
Voltage
Current
Power
Power factor
Energy
Power quality
Temperature
I/O states

Power Xpert Gateway
Screenshots
Downstream devices on the
Power Xpert Gateways often
report key operating status
information that warrants
immediate attention. The
PXG identifies a set of key
status values for each device
and generates “Events” in
response to changes in these
status values. An example of a
device event is an overcurrent
trip on a circuit breaker.
In addition to displaying
events on its home page,
the PXG reports events to
monitoring software such as
Power Xpert Software. These
events will then be integrated
with those from across the
power system, providing
unified enterprise level
event management.

Home Page

Bus Page

Device Page

Trending Page (PXG 600E/800E Only)

For detailed technical
specifications, please
reference the Technical Data
Sheet for this product series
at www.eaton.com/pxg, then
the Power Xpert Gateway
400E/600E/800E link.

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

11

Communication Systems
Communication Hardware

Features of the PXG-E Product Offering
Features

PXG 400E

PXG 600E

PXG 800E

Total number of supported devices

64

96

96

Maximum number of INCOM devices supported

64

64

64

Protocols supported on downstream devices: (INCOM, Modbus RTU and QCPort)

Yes

Yes

Yes

Number of downstream communication ports

2

3

3

Number of downstream protocols supported simultaneously

2

3

3

USB port for configuration

Yes

Yes

Yes

Two RJ-45 Ethernet ports—10/100Base-T

Yes

Yes

Yes

Modbus TCP/IP protocols supported

Yes

Yes

Yes

SNMP client access v.1

Yes

Yes

Yes

INCOM slave action commands supported

Yes

Yes

Yes

INCOM date and time settings supported

Yes

Yes

Yes

Modbus write commands supported from Modbus master

Yes

Yes

Yes

Device summary screens per main, bus and device

Yes

Yes

Yes

Event notification via the Web interface

Yes

Yes

Yes

Secure Ethernet communications—SSL encryption

Yes

Yes

Yes

Secure communication ports via access control/trusted host list

Yes

Yes

Yes

IPv4 support

Yes

Yes

Yes

Ability to upload additional or modified EDS files

Yes

Yes

Yes

Save and restore configuration file

Yes

Yes

Yes

Device waveform access and storage—COMTRADE file format

No

Yes

Yes

Set user-defined events

No

Yes

Yes

Trend graph displayed

No

Yes

Yes

Data logging—csv file format, downloadable to Excel

No

Yes

Yes

Interval logging—csv file format, downloadable to Excel

No

Yes

Yes

Event logging—csv file format, downloadable to Excel

No

Yes

Yes

E-mail notification on events and threshold alarms

No

Yes

Yes

Custom summary Web page creation

No

No

Yes

Ability to create custom events

No

No

Yes

Supports SAM3Z energy meters

No

No

Yes

BACnet/IP protocol supported 1

—

—

—

The Eaton Power Xpert
Gateway includes:
●

●

●

The Power Xpert
Gateway module
Mounting provisions
and required hardware
for panel and DIN rail
mounting
CD-ROM: contains the
user manual, Modbus
register maps, USB driver
and other associated files

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

Power Xpert Gateway
with DIN Rail Mounting
(Brackets Included)

17
18
19
20
21

Note
1 Expected availability 2Q12.

22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T11-17

11
1

Communication Systems
Communication Hardware

Power Xpert Gateway 400E/600E/800E

2
3
4
5
6

24 Vdc
Input Power

COM 1 Port:
RS-485 Connection for
up to Either (32) QCPort
or Modbus RTU Devices

INCOM Port:
RS-485 Connection
for up to 64 INCOM
Devices

RJ-45
Connection
to the LAN

RJ-45
Connection
to the Other
Ethernet Devices

USB Connection
for Local
Configuration
Capability

7

Data and Link
Indicator Lights:
Available Only
with 800E

8
9
10

COM 2 Port: Either
RS-485
or RS-232
Connection
for up to Either (32)
QCPort or Modbus
RTU Devices

11

Power and Traffic
Indicator Lights

Wireless antenna available only with
800E for communication to SAM3Z device

PXG 600E or 800E

12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T11-18

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Communication Systems
Communication Hardware

PXG-E Daisy Chain Application
The PXG-E allows for units
to be connected together
through two RJ-45 10/100
connectors on the front of the
PXG-E series of products. This
arrangement is a pass-through

of Ethernet communications
allowing a single network drop
to connect up to five Ethernet
communicating devices. The
maximum length of a copper
cable run should not exceed
295 ft (90m) total.

11

Note: In this configuration, if any
of the PXG-E units go offline or
lose power, the communication to
the downstream Ethernet devices
will lose connection to the LAN.

1
2
3
4

PXG-E Daisy Chain Application
Ethernet LAN

5
LAN Connection

6
7

Cat-5 Patch Cables

8

295 ft (90m)

9

PXM2000

Technical Data and Specifications

10

PXG Part Numbers
Description

Style
Number

Catalog
Number

11

Power Xpert Gateway 400E

103008421-5591

PXG400E

Power Xpert Gateway 600E

103008422-5591

PXG600E

12

Power Xpert Gateway 800E

103008423-5591

PXG800E

Wireless energy meter for PXG 800E

P-103000007-591

SAM3Z

Wireless repeater module for SAM3Z

P-103000008-591

EZR

Power supply—24 Vdc

ELC-PS02

ELC-PS02

Mounting bracket kit

66B2146G01

PXGACC01

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T11-19

11
1

Communication Systems
Communication Hardware

Data Acquisition and Integration Table for Supported Devices
Supported Devices

2
PXG 400E/600E/800E
Modbus TCP
(BMS and
SCADA)

Pass-through
INCOM
(PowerNet)

SNMP
(NMS)

BACnet/IP

SMTP
(E-mail
Client)

File Export
(Data File
Format)

Accutrol 400

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Drive

AF97

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

I/O

Universal RTD

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

I/O

DIM

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

I/O

DIM KYZ

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Meter

IQ DP-4000 1

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Meter

IQ Energy Sentinel

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Meter

IQ 220/IQ 320

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Meter

IQ 230/IQ 330

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

9

Meter

IQ Analyzer (6000/6200) 1

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Meter

IQ Analyzer (6400/6600) 1

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

10

Meter

IQ Data 1

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Meter

IQ Data Plus 1

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Meter

IQ Data Plus II 1

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Meter

Power Manager

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Meter

IQ Power Sentinel

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

12

Meter point

IQ MES II

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Protective

Digitrip 3000

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

13

Protective

Digitrip 3200

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Protective

FP-6000

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Protective

FP-5000

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Protective

FP-4000

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Protective

MP-3000 1

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

5
6
7
8

11

14

Device Type

Device Name

INCOM

15

Protective

MP-4000 1

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Protective

Digitrip 520MC

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

16

Protective

NRX520

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Protective

IQ 500

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Protective

MPCV Relay

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Protective

Digitrip 1150/DT1150V

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Protective

Digitrip 810

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Protective

Digitrip 910

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Protective

Digitrip MV

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Protective

Digitrip OPTIM 1050

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Protective

Digitrip OPTIM 550

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Protective

Digitrip OPTIM 750

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

20

Starter

Advantage 2

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Starter

Advantage ACM 2

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

21

Subnetwork master

AEM II 1

■

■

■

■

■

■

Subnetwork master

BIM II 1

■

■

■

■

■

■

Subnetwork master

CMU 2

■

■

■

■

■

■

Subnetwork master

IQ CED II 1

■

■

■

■

■

■

Subnetwork master

IQ MES II

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

23

Transfer switch

ATC-400 1

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Transfer switch

ATC-600 1

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

24

Transfer Switch

ATC-800 1

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

17
18
19

22

25

File Export
(Waveform
File Export)

Web Services
(Power Xpert
Software)

Drive

4

Pass-through
QCPort
(CHStudio)

HTTP (Web
Browser)

3

PXG 600E/800E Only

Notes
1 Required IPONI for connection to the Power Xpert Gateway.
2 Required a WPONI for connection to the Power Xpert Gateway.

V12-T11-20

■

■

Information subject to change without notice. Visit www.eaton.com/pxg for latest up-to-date
details on connectivity.

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

11

Communication Systems
Technology Upgrades Communication Hardware

Data Acquisition and Integration Table for Supported Devices (continued)

1

Supported Devices

2
BACnet/IP

SMTP
(E-mail
Client)

File Export
(Data File
Format)

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

SVX9000

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Insulation monitor

InsulGard

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Meter

IQ 130

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Meter

IQ 140

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Meter

IQ 150

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Meter

IQ 220M/230M

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Meter

IQ 250

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Meter

IQ 260

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Meter

IQ 35M

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Meter

Nexus 1262

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Meter

SQD CM3000 Series

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Meter

SQD CM4000 Series

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Meter

SQD PM710

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Meter

SQD PM850

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Meter

PML 7350

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Meter

PML 7550

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Meter

PML 7650

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Meter

PM3

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Protective

GE 369 Motor Relay

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Protective

GE 469 Motor Relay

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Protective

FP-4000/FP-5000

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Protective

FP-6000

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Overload relay

C441

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Temp monitor

Qualitrol 118

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Temp monitor

TC-50

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Temp monitor

TC-100

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Transformer differential relay

ABB TPU 2000

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

18

I/O

D77A-AI16

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

D77A-AI8

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

19

I/O
I/O

D77A-DI16

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

I/O

D77A-DI8

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Starter

IT. S811 (MV811)

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

File Export
(Waveform
File Export)

SNMP
(NMS)

MVX9000

Drive

Device Name

Pass-through
QCPort
(CHStudio)

Drive

Device Type

Pass-through
INCOM
(PowerNet)

Modbus TCP
(BMS and
SCADA)

3

Web Services
(Power Xpert
Software)

PXG 600E/800E Only

HTTP (Web
Browser)

PXG 400E/600E/800E

Modbus

5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17

QCPort

1

Starter

IT. Starter

Starter

IT. Starter QSNAP 1

4

20
21
22

Notes
1 Requires a QSNAP for connection to the Power Xpert Gateway.

23

Information subject to change without notice. Visit www.eaton.com/pxg for latest up-to-date details on connectivity.
Additional supported devices will be available via firmware updates. Contact your local Eaton sales office for help with devices not currently listed in table above.

24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T11-21

11

Communication Systems
Technology Upgrades Communication Hardware

1

The table below represents many of the parameters displayed on the Web page for a given device; however, it is not exhaustive.
For the complete list of parameters display, per device, refer to the Device Data Map file at http://www.eaton.com/pxg.

2

Web UI Device Parameters Displayed via Power Xpert Gateway

6

■ ■

■

Average

V

Voltage (line-line)

V

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Voltage (line-neutral)

V

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

7

Average

A

8

Phase

A

Ground

A

■ ■

Neutral

A

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Peak

A

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

■ ■ ■

Demand

A

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

■ ■ ■

■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

■

■

■ ■

■

■ ■

■

■ ■ ■

■

■

■ ■ ■ ■

■ ■ ■ ■

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

■

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

■ ■

■

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

■ ■

■

■

■ ■ ■

■ ■

■

■

Apparent

VA

■ ■

■ ■ ■

■

■ ■

■

11

Reactive

VAR

■ ■

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

■ ■ ■

■

■ ■ ■

■

Real

W

■ ■

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

■ ■ ■ ■ ■

■ ■ ■

■ ■ ■

■

Apparent

PF

■ ■

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

■ ■ ■

■

■ ■

■

Displacement

PF

■

■ ■

■
■

Power Factor
■

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

13

Energy
Real

Wh

14

Forward

Wh

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Reverse

Wh

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Apparent

Vah

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

■ ■

Reactive

VARh

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

■ ■

Leading

VARh

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

■ ■

■ ■

Lagging

VARh

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

■ ■

■ ■

THD

%

■ ■ ■

■

Current THD

%

■ ■ ■

■

Voltage THD

%

■ ■ ■

■

18

Frequency

Hz

Waveform capture

N/A

19

Temperature

15
16
17

■ ■

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■

■ ■ ■

■ ■

■ ■

■ ■ ■ ■
■

■ ■ ■

■ ■

■ ■

■

■ ■ ■

■ ■

■

■ ■

■

■ ■

Power Quality

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■

■
■

■

■

■ ■

■

■ ■

■ ■ ■

■ ■
■

■

■ ■

Ambient

C°

Auxiliary

C°

■ ■

Load bearing

C°

■ ■

Motor bearing

C°

■ ■

21

Winding

C°

■ ■

Phase (L, C, R)

C°

22

Terminal block

C°

20

Input Status
Number of inputs

23
24
25

EDR-3000

■ ■ ■ ■ ■

10

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

■

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Power

12

FP-6000

MP-4000

MP-3000

FP-5000

FP-4000

MPVCV Relay

IQ 500

Digitrip 3200

Digitrip 3000

Digitrip MV

Digitrip OPTIM 750

Digitrip OPTIM 550

Digitrip OPTIM 1050

Digitrip RMS 810

Digitrip RMS 910

Digitrip 520MC

Digitrip 1150

Power Manager

Protective Relays

Voltage

Current

9

IQ 35M

IQ 150

IQ 140

IQ 130

IQ MESII

IQ Energy Sentinel

IQ Power Sentinel

IQ 260

IQ 250

IQ 230/330M

IQ 230/330

IQ 220/320

IQ DP-4000

IQ Analyzer 6400/6600

Units

Circuit Breaker Trip Units
IQ Analyzer 6000/6200

5

IQ Data

4

IQ Data Plus

3

IQ Data Plus II

IQ Meters

Status/cause of trip

■ ■

■ ■ ■

2

2

Thermal memory
Pole temperature
Winding temp.
Fan status
■

Alarm/trip relay

V12-T11-22

■

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

11

Communication Systems
Communication Hardware

Web UI Device Parameters Displayed via Power Xpert Gateway (Continued)

TC-100

TC-50

2
PM3

Nexus 1262/1272

Qualitrol 118

ABB TPU 2000

GE 469 Motor Relay

GE 369 Motor Relay

PML 7650

PML 7550

PML 7350

SQD PM 850

SQD PM 710

SQD CM 4000 Series

SQD CM 3000 Series

Universal RTD

D77A-DI8
DIM KYZ

D77A-DI16

■

D77A-AI8

ACT-800

■

1

Third-Party Devices

D77A-AI16

ACT-600

■

I/O
Digital Input Module

ATC-400

SVX & MVX Drives

C441 Overload Relay

Transfer
Switches
IT. Starters/QSNAP

IT. S811

Advantage Starters

AF97

Accutrol 400

Units

InsulGard

Insulation Motor Starters
Monitor
and VFDs

Voltage
Average

V

Voltage (line-line)

V

Voltage (line-neutral)

V

■

■ ■
■

■

■ ■

■ ■ ■ ■

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

■ ■
■ ■

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

■ ■

6

Current
■

■ ■ ■ ■

■ ■ ■

■ ■ ■

■ ■

■ ■

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

■ ■ ■

■ ■

■ ■

■ ■

Average

A

Phase

A

Ground

A

Neutral

A

■ ■ ■

Peak

A

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Demand

A

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

■

■◗

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

■ ■

■ ■

■ ■ ■
■

■ ■ ■

7

■

8

■

9

Power
■

4
5

■ ■
■

3

Apparent

VA

Reactive

VAR

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

■ ■ ■

■ ■

Real

W

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

■ ■ ■

■ ■

10

Apparent

PF

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

■ ■ ■

■ ■

Displacement

PF

■ ■ ■

11

■ ■ ■

■ ■

■

■ ■

Power Factor

12

Energy
■

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Real

Wh

Forward

Wh

■ ■

■ ■ ■ ■

Reverse

Wh

■ ■

■ ■ ■ ■

■ ■

Apparent

Vah

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

■

Reactive

VARh

■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Leading

VARh

■ ■

■ ■ ■ ■

■ ■

VARh

■ ■

■ ■ ■ ■

■ ■

Lagging

13
14

■

15

Power Quality
■

THD

%

Current THD

%

■

Voltage THD

%

■ ■

Frequency

Hz

Waveform capture

N/A

■

■

■ ■

■

■

■

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

■ ■

16

■

17

Temperature
■

■

■

Ambient

C°

Auxiliary

C°

■

Load bearing

C°

■

■ ■

Motor bearing

C°

■

■ ■

Winding

C°

■

■ ■

Phase (L, C, R)

C°

■

Terminal block

C°

■

■ ■

19
■ ■

Input Status
Number of inputs

■ ■

■

Status/cause of trip

■ ■ ■ ■

Thermal memory

■ ■ ■ ■

Pole temperature

■ ■

8

16

8 16 8

4

8

2

■ ■

Winding temp.

■ ■

■ ■

Fan status

■ ■

■ ■

■ ■

■ ■

Partial discharge intensity (PDI)

■

21
23
24
25

Note: Information subject to change without notice. Visit www.eaton.com for latest information.

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

20
22

■

Alarm/trip relay

18

V12-T11-23

11

Communication Systems
Communication Hardware

1

Power Xpert Gateway—Dimensions in Inches (mm)

2

Power Xpert Gateway 400E/600E/800E with Standard Panel Mounting (Brackets Included)

3
4
5

Ø 0.19 (6)
(4.8)

0.56
(14.2) 1.60
(40.6)

2.00 1.12
(50.8) (28.5) 0.56
(14.2)

6

0.24
(6.1)

8.75
(222.3)

7
8

10.75
(273.1)

10.25
(260.4)

0.25
(6.4)

Front

Power Xpert Gateway 400E/600E/800E
8.75
(222.3)

9
10
11
12

4.30
(109.2)

13
14
15
16

0.60
(15.2)

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T11-24

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

11

Communication Systems
Communication Hardware

Product Operated
Network Interface
(PONI) Devices

PONI Family

The Product Operated
Network Interface (PONI)
cards attach to CutlerHammer/Eaton devices to
enable communications.
These cards serve various
functions from Ethernet-type
applications, to non-Ethernettype applications, ultimately
playing a key role in facilitating
the access to information that
each of the Cutler-Hammer/
Eaton devices offer.
The IPONI enables
communications over a
twisted shielded pair INCOM
device network. Each PONI
attaches to its associated
product. The PONI modules
obtain power from the host
product. PONI modules can
be used as solutions for
various applications.
The non-Ethernet product
offerings include the IPONI
and the MPONI. These
devices are typically applied
where there are more than
one device connected in
a network of devices by
a dedicated twisted
shielded pair of conductors
(Ref. IMPCABLE).

The communications
medium is formatted to
enable clean noise-immune
communications even when
routed around areas of high
noise and typical electrical
communication disrupting
equipment. The IPONI and
MPONI daisy chain are in the
same format as that used
in devices that have built-in
communications such as the
Digitrip trip units and can be
used in series with these
communication network
wiring. To Ethernet enable
IPONI and MPONI products,
use the PXG-E series Power
Xpert Gateways.
The PXG-E with IPONI or
MPONI product offering puts
a Cutler-Hammer/Eaton
metering product on the Web.
No other software is required
when specifying a PXG-E. All
software needed to enable
any internet browser program
such as Microsoft Internet
Explorer or Mozilla Firefox is
packed into the PXG-E. The
data can then be viewed
directly in any Internet
Web browser window.
The WEBPONI provides live
updating data for the meter
being monitored, as well as
waveform display capabilities
and e-mail direct from the
device to defined key e-mail
addresses that need to know
when an event occurs.

IPONI/MPONI
With the addition of the
IPONI or the MPONI card,
a Cutler-Hammer/Eaton
device or series of devices
can communicate with the
PowerNet software via a
master unit such as a MINT II
and the PXG-E. The PONIs
can be easily mounted to
the appropriate CutlerHammer/Eaton device
and daisy chain together to
form a robust deterministic
communication network
of devices in a system
solution. Systems employing
the IPONI/MPONI type
communications medium
provide deterministic
communication performance
relied on by those critical
solution applications,
where this is of the
utmost importance.

The MINT II can be used to
interface multiple IMPACC
devices to Broadband LANs,
telephone modem or short
haul modem. It can also be
used to allow additional
branches of the INCOM data
line (five additional branches
per MINT II). The MINT II
can be either table or panel
mounted and requires a
120 Vac, 60 Hz supply.
Selectable communication
rate of 1200 or 9600 baud is
available. The burden for the
MINT II is 7 VA.

Addressable Relay II (ARII)

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

MINT II

11
Master INCOM Network Translator
(MINT) II

The MINT II interfaces the
IMPACC network to a master
control unit with an RS-232
port, such as a personal
computer serial port, a
programmable controller
RS-232 “smart card,”
building management system
interface card, etc. (Some
software will have to be
written in the master control
unit to request and receive
messages. The MINT II
protocol is 10-character,
ASCII coded hex.)

12
Addressable Relay II

The Addressable Relay II
is designed for use where
information or control of
non-communicating devices
is required remotely. The
relays communicate on the
PowerNet system. Devices
are assigned a three-digit
address to uniquely identify
them on the daisy-chained
twisted shielded pair network.
The ARII has a Form C relay
on board with two status
indicating circuit inputs. The
output relay can be activated
and monitored remotely.
Input status 1 and 2 can
be monitored remotely.

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T11-25

11
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

Communication Systems
Communication Hardware

IMPCABLE

IMPCABLE

The IMPCABLE was
designed to be run in
switchgear where codes
require a 600V insulation
rating. Typical “blue hose”
cables are rated at 300V. The
IMPCABLE is an 18 AWG
cable with a 100 ohm
impedance at 100 kHz tuned
to work optimally with the
FSK signal from CutlerHammer/Eaton devices.
The cable has been designed
with characteristics that
allow up to 1000 devices or
distances up to 10,000 feet
from the master.

Polyethylene
Filler

Aluminum
Shield

PVC
Outer
Jacket

Tinned
Copper
Braid

Publication
Number

Description

TD.17.15.T.E

PowerNet

10

PowerPort

TD02603010E

Power Xpert Gateway 200E

11

TB02603002E

Power Xpert Gateway 400E/600E/800E

TB02603002E

mMINT

12

TD.17.19.T.E

MINT II RS-232 Converter

TD.17.20.T.E

PONI Communication Modules

13

TB02603002E

MPONI

TD.17.22.T.E

Addressable Relay II

14

TD.17.24.T.E

Breaker Interface Module (BIM)

TD.17.26.T.E

Advantage Central Monitoring Unit (CMU)

TD.17.28.T.E

IMPCABLE

16
17

Polyethylene
Insulator

Further Information

TD17B.01.T.E

15

Drain
Wire

Conductors

Pricing Information
Price and Availability Digest (PAD)
Vista/VISTALINE™ Discount Symbol C10-S25

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T11-26

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Programmable Logic Controllers
Programmable Logic Controllers

12

Programmable Logic Controllers
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D32LT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D320 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product History Time Line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Discontinued Products—Replacement Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
100/110 Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
300 Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
400 Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D120 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPC1 Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D500 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Support Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Further Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pricing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V12-T12-2
V12-T12-2
V12-T12-2
V12-T12-2
V12-T12-3
V12-T12-3
V12-T12-3
V12-T12-3
V12-T12-4
V12-T12-4
V12-T12-4
V12-T12-4
V12-T12-4
V12-T12-4
V12-T12-4

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T12-1

12

Programmable Logic Controllers

1

Programmable
Logic Controllers

2

Product Description
D32LT

3

6
7
8
9
10
11
12

The company has offered
programmable controller
products since the
early 1970s.
These products have been
marketed under several trade
names such as Numa-Logic
and model names such
as D100.

4
5

Product History

D32LT

Cutler-Hammer® D32LT from
Eaton’s electrical business
handles applications that are
too large for a D50 but don’t
quite need the power and
performance of the D320.
The D32LT is expandable up
to 256 I/O points, capable of
handling analog, digital, high
speed inputs and outputs
making the D32LT one of the
more versatile PLCs on the
market. With access to the
real-time clock, 8 PID loops
and two communication ports
allow you to interface with
multiple networks including
Modbus® RTU, ASCII, binary,
or interface to a RS-232 to
Ethernet adapter.

Westinghouse entered the
solid-state logic and control
business with the NumaLogic 300 series products.
The 300 series was a set of
hardwired logic components
that could be custom wired
to perform the desired
logic functions.
Westinghouse NL-500
The Numa-Logic 500 was
a remote I/O system that
consisted of a “master”
chassis and a “slave” chassis
connected by a single twisted
pair cable. Signals entered
into one chassis would be
repeated over the twisted
pair and made available as a
signal at the opposite chassis.

14

Chronology
1975 through 1980 (largely
superseded by remote
I/O capabilities of PC700
and PC900).

15

Replacement
D320 Remote I/O PLC.

13

16
17
18
19
20
21
22

D320

D320

The D320 PLC delivers
superior processing power,
modular flexibility, enhanced
scan speed, and advanced
functions and communications
capabilities with a combination
of 2K program memory, up to
2048 I/O expansion points,
real-time clock functionality
and PID loop control capability.
I/O modules cover all standard
control voltages and current
ranges for both digital and
analog signals. Special
function modules provide an
array of specific-purpose
solutions, such as networking
and remote I/O applications.

Note: NL-500 is different than
PC-500.

Westinghouse PC-900
The PC-900 programmable
controller supported up to
128 digital and 16 analog I/O,
either local or remote with up
to 3.5K of memory.
Chronology
1981 through 1998.
Replacement
D32LT PLC.
Westinghouse PC-1100/1200/1250
This family of programmable
controllers featured built
in LAN, PID functions and
supported up to 16K memory.
Chronology
1982 through 1998.
Replacement
Direct replacement
unavailable, best replacement
D32LT or D320 PLC.
Westinghouse I/O Plus
Operator interface that was
originally manufactured by
Cincinnati Electrosystems
and brand-labeled with the
Westinghouse logo for
Westinghouse.
Chronology
1989 through 1992.
Replacement
No direct replacement
available, but the PanelMate
product family provides far
more functionality.

Westinghouse PC-700
The PC-700 was a
programmable controller
that supported up to 256
digital and 32 analog I/O,
either local or remote with
up 8K of memory.

Westinghouse PC50/55
Programmable controller
manufactured by Siemens®
(S5-90, S5-95 for PC50 and
PC55, respectively) and
brand-labeled with
Westinghouse logo for
Westinghouse.

Chronology
1980 through 1998.

Chronology
1992 through 1994.

Replacement
D32LT PLC.

Replacement
Siemens still offers
replacement parts for
this system.

Westinghouse PC-500
Programmable controller
manufactured by Siemens
(S5-100U, S5-102U, S5-103
for PC500, PC502 and PC503
respectively) and brandlabeled with Westinghouse
logo for Westinghouse.
Chronology
1988 through 1997.
Replacement
Siemens still offers
replacement parts for this
system.
Westinghouse PC-2000
Programmable controller
manufactured by Siemens
(S5-115U) and brand-labeled
with Westinghouse logo for
Westinghouse.
Chronology
1988 through 1997.
Replacement
Siemens still offers
replacement parts for
this system.
Eaton entered the market
with its first programmable
control in 1977. The unit was
called the D120 and was a
true programmable control
with no hardwiring required.
Many models have been
introduced since then.
Today, three PLC product
families are available: D50,
D32LT and D320. One
software package can
program each of these
platforms. Contact your
local Eaton salesperson or
distributor for more details.

23
24
25
V12-T12-2

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Programmable Logic Controllers

12

Product History Time Line
Page

Product

1965

1970

1975

1980

1985

1990

1995

1

2000 Present

2

Westinghouse PC50/55
V12-T12-3

Westinghouse NL100/110

V12-T12-3

Westinghouse NL300

V12-T12-4

Westinghouse PC400

V12-T12-2

Westinghouse NL500

3
4

Westinghouse PC700

5

Westinghouse PC900
Westinghouse PC1100

6

Westinghouse PC1200/1250
Westinghouse PC1500/1700

7

Westinghouse PC500
Westinghouse PC2000

8

Westinghouse I/O Plus
V12-T12-4

Cutler-Hammer D120

V12-T12-4

Cutler-Hammer MPC1

9

Cutler-Hammer D100
V12-T12-4

10

Cutler-Hammer D500
Cutler-Hammer D200

11

Cutler-Hammer D50
Cutler-Hammer D300
V12-T12-2

Cutler-Hammer D320

V12-T12-2

Cutler-Hammer D32LT

Replacement Capabilities
Discontinued Products
100/110 Series

100/110 Series

The Numa-Logic 100/110
Series, known as “the Pico,”
consisted of the PC-100
and PC-110 models. Both
products were “brick” style
PLCs and provided a small
number of digital inputs and
outputs mounted in the same
enclosure as the processor.

Various styles offered the
ability to select the type and
amount of l/O required. I/O
expanders were available to
expand the l/O capacity.

12
13
All 300 Series components
can be identified by catalog
numbers of NL-3XX.

300 Series

Chronology
The 100/110 Series PLCs
were offered as current
product from 1981 until
1989. In 1989 the product
was discontinued.
Replacement
No direct replacement
available, contact a local
Eaton salesperson or
distributor about upgrading to
a D50, D32LT or D320 PLC.

300 Series

The Numa-Logic 300 Series
was Westinghouse’s original
solid-state controls offering.
The 300 Series consisted
of printed circuit boards
(modules) that performed
specific logic functions
(AND, OR, NOT, etc.).
These modules could then
be custom wired by the user
to perform the required
control functions.

Chronology
The Numa-Logic 300 Series
products were manufactured
by Westinghouse beginning
in the early 1970s and
continuing until 1988.
Replacement products are
currently available from
Instrument Specialties, Inc.
Replacement
For replacement of the
300 Series, contact:
Instrument Specialties, Inc.
248-542-5640

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T12-3

12
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

Programmable Logic Controllers

400 Series
The Numa-Logic 400 Series
was Westinghouse’s first
PLC offering. After being
manufactured for twoyears,
the 400 Series was replaced
by the 700 Series of
products. Few, if any,
400 Series systems remain
in service today.
Chronology
The 400 Series was
manufactured by
Westinghouse in Madison
Heights, Ml from 1975 until
1978. The product was
no longer manufactured
after 1979.

12
13
14
16
17
18
19

ATS Inc.
Peoria, lL
1-800-328-7287
MPC1 Series

D120 Series

D500 Series

The D500 family of PLCs
consisted of several l/O
cards and the racks used to
mount them. The D500 was
a full function programmable
logic controller offering all
of the capabilities of larger
frame PLCs in a compact,
economical, space-saving
design.

Product Support Services
Technical Application
Assistance
Eaton can provide technical
application assistance via the
Technical Resource Center.
Available by telephone, Eaton
personnel quickly respond to
customer needs, including
troubleshooting, analyzing
system operation, and
coordinating component repair
or replacement. The Technical
Resource Center can be
reached at: 1-800-356-1243

Further Information
Publication
Number
CA08100011E

Chronology
The Cutler-Hammer D500
products were offered from
1985 through 1994.
MPC1 Series

D120 Series

D500 Series

Replacement
For replacements of the D120
products, contact:

Replacement
No direct replacement
available, contact a local
Eaton salesperson or
distributor about upgrading to
a D50, D32LT or D320 PLC.

11

15

Chronology
The Cutler-Hammer D120
products were offered from
1976 through 1983.

The MPC1 was a complete
PLC system for applications
up to 128 I/O. Programmed in
easily understood relay ladder
logic with digital and analog
capabilities. Analog processor
has the same functions as
the discrete version and
supports “intelligent” analog
input and output modules.

The D120 family of PLCs
consisted of several l/O
cards and the racks used
to mount them.

Chronology
The Cutler-Hammer MPC1
products were offered from
1983 through 1993.

The self-contained
troubleshooting was identical
in concept to the buzzer and
jumpers common to relay
controls. The D120 requires
no new language. It utilizes
decimal numbering and
memory size is determined
simply by adding all elements
on the ladder diagram.

Replacement
For replacements of the
MPC1 products, contact:

Replacement or parts
are no longer available
for D500 products.

Description
Volume 9—OEM
Product Guide

Pricing Information
Vista/VISTALINE™ Discount
Symbol 2CD-3.

ICS Inc.
Decatur, lL
217-422-6700

20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T12-4

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Motor Control
Motor Control

13

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustable Frequency AC Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Synchronous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starters (Medium Voltage). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V12-T13-2
V12-T13-69
V12-T13-73
V12-T13-84

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T13-1

13

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

1

Contents

2

Pre 3-Star
Product History Time Line, Replacement
Capabilities, Technology Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-4
3-Star
Product History Time Line, Replacement
Capabilities, Technology Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-5
Citation
Product History Time Line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-6
Replacement Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-7
Type N
Product History Time Line, Replacement
Capabilities, Technology Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-22
A200
Product History Time Line, Replacement
Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-23
Technology Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-26
A202
Product History Time Line, Replacement
Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-33
V201 and V200
Replacement Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-36
Freedom
Product Description, Product History Time Line . . . V12-T13-37
Replacement Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-38
Technology Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-46
IT. Electromechanical NEMA
Product Description, Product History Time Line,
Replacement Capabilities, Technology Upgrades . . V12-T13-47
IT. Electromechanical IEC
Product Description, Product History Time Line,
Replacement Capabilities, Technology Upgrades . . V12-T13-48
XT IEC Power Control
Product Description, Product History Time Line,
Replacement Capabilities, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-49
Advantage
Product Description, Product History Time Line,
Replacement Capabilities, Technology Upgrades . . V12-T13-51
Definite Purpose
Product History Time Line, Replacement
Capabilities, Technology Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-52
JF Autostarter
Product History Time Line, Replacement
Capabilities, Technology Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-53
ME and MD dc Contactors
Product Description, Product History,
Product History Time Line, Replacement
Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-54
Technology Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-57
C80 Mill Type dc Contactors
Product Description, Product History Time Line,
Replacement Capabilities, Technology Upgrades . . V12-T13-58

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23

Description

24

Page

Description

Page

511 AC and DC Brakes
Product Description, Product History Time Line,
Replacement Capabilities, Technology Upgrades . . .V12-T13-61
DPM-Contactor
Product Description, Product History Time Line,
Replacement Capabilities, Technology Upgrades . . .V12-T13-62
AVD-Contactor
Product Description, Product History,
Product History Time Line,
Replacement Capabilities, Technology Upgrades . . .V12-T13-63
D-Contactor
Product Description, Product History,
Product History Time Line, Replacement
Capabilities, Technology Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . .V12-T13-64
Reversing/Assignment Contactors
Product Description, Product History,
Product History Time Line, Replacement
Capabilities, Technology Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . .V12-T13-65
P- & S-Contactors
Product Description, Product History,
Product History Time Line, Replacement
Capabilities, Technology Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . .V12-T13-66

Overview

Type N Contactor

Citation Starter

Product Description
Cutler-Hammer® Starters and Contactors from Eaton’s electrical
business were and are designed to control functions of a
connected motor by starting, stopping, reversing, regulating and
protecting. When functions do not include speed regulation, this
device is known as a starter rather than a controller.
Applications for starter functions are fans, pumps, constant
horsepower, constant or variable torque machine tools, constant
torque metalworking machinery, variable torque and horsepower
fans and blowers, constant power heating, lighting, pumps and
motors for all types of applications.

25
V12-T13-2

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

13

Product History

Freedom

IT.

The Cutler-Hammer line of
contactors and starters dates
back to the early 1920s in
Milwaukee, WI. Changes
in coil construction, making
the first moisture-proof
vacuum with impregnated
coils, were innovations
in this line of contactors and
starters manufactured before
the 3-Star line (now known as
the Pre 3-Star). Eutectic alloy
overloads were used later in
this design with the design
change to the 3-Star line. A
few of the new features of
the 3-Star line of contactors
and starters were the first
standard three-coil overload
relays, new molding
compounds, new metals
and cast resin coils.

The Type F magnetic
contactor is the first
magnetically controlled
contactor in our
Westinghouse® records.
It was open in design,
simple in construction and
was state-of-the-art due to
its magnetically controlled
armature. The Type F
contactor was replaced by
the DE-ION® contactor, which
featured the Westinghouse
trademark DE-ION arc
quenching. The DE-ION was
followed by the Type DN,
Type N and the Type A, today
known as the A200. The Type
B was developed in the late
1970s and was obsoleted
two or three years later. The
A200 open control is still a
current offering. Prior to
1985, some of the larger
sizes (5–9) were known as
GCA and GCD.

1

The Citation line of contactors
and starters was introduced
in 1968 with many new
features: the new CI nonwearing totally enclosed
permanent air gap magnet
structure; dual wound
magnet coil with plug-in
feature; color coded, twin
break dust-safe contacts;
and straight-through wiring.
Although the Citation line
was obsoleted in 1997,
replacement contact kits,
magnet coils and heater coils
will continue to be available.

2
3
4
5
6
7

Today, the Freedom™
contactor, launched in 1986,
coexists with the solid-state
heaterless IT. contactor, a
microprocessor-controlled
magnetic contactor
introduced in 2002.

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T13-3

13
1
2

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

Pre 3-Star

Product History Time Line for Pre 3-Star, Bulletin 9586 1

Originally a Cutler-Hammer
Product

1920

1940

1960

1980

2000

Sizes 00 – 5

3
4
5

Size

Size 1 Contactor

6

Replacement Capabilities

Technology Upgrades

There are no replacement
parts available. Replace with
new contactor or starter.

Size 00–3—Freedom or IT.
Sizes 4–5—Freedom,
Vacuum or IT.
Note
1 For all NEMA® rated starters, please
contact Standard Open Control
Aftermarket at 1-800-535-8992.

7
8
9
10

Size 2 Contactor

11
12
13
14
15
16
17

Size 5 Contactor

Parts are no longer available
for Pre-3 Star.

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T13-4

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Present

13

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

3-Star
Originally a Cutler-Hammer
Product

Product History Time Line for 3-Star, Bulletin 9560, 9586, 9589, 9591, 9556, 9658,
9736 and 9739 1
Size

1950

1955

1960

1965

1970

1975

1985

2000

1
Present

2

Size 0

3

Size 1
Size 2

4

Size 3
Size 4

5

Size 5

Typical Size 0—Starter

Replacement Capabilities

Technology Upgrades

There are no replacement
parts available. Replace with
new contactor or starter.

Sizes 00–3—Freedom or IT.
Sizes 4–5—Freedom,
Vacuum or IT.

6
7
8

Note
1 For all NEMA rated Bulletin 9586
starters, please contact Standard
Open Control Aftermarket
at 1-800-535-8992.

9
10
11

Typical Size 1—Contactor

12
13
14
15
16
Typical Size 5—Starter

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T13-5

13
1

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

Citation
Originally a Cutler-Hammer Product

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Catalog
Number

9
10
11
12

Coil 1

Series

Product History Time Line for Citation A10, A11, A13, A30, A31, A40, A41, A50, A51, A70, A71, A80, A81, B10, B11, B50, B51,
B52, C10, C30 and C50
NEMA Size Series
Size 00

1965

1970

1975

1980

1985

1990

1995

2000

A1
B1
C1
D1

14

Size 0

A1

Size 1

A1

15

Size 2

A1

16

Size 3

A1

17

Size 4

A1

18

Size 5

A1

Size 6

A1

B1
B1
B1

B1

19

C1
Size 7

A1

Size 8

A1

B1

21
22

Contact
Kit

Citation Starter and Nameplate

13

20

Parts
Publication

B1
Note
1 Although the number “9” is not imprinted on the coil, it must be used when ordering. For example, the proper ordering number for a 120V, 60 Hz,
AC magnet coil would be 9-1887-1 (refer to the style numbers on Page V12-T13-7).

23
24
25
V12-T13-6

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Present

13

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

Replacement Capabilities

1

Replacement Capabilities—Contacts and Coils
Style and Part Numbers
Coil
Suffix

Size 00

Size 00

Size 00

Size 00

Series A1 1

Series B1

Series C1

Series D1

—

6-21

2

2

2

6-22

Three-pole without interlock

—

6-21-2

2

2

2

6-22-2

6-23-2

6-24-2

6-34-2

6-25-2

6-35-2

Three-pole with interlock

—

6-21-3

2

2

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Description

Size 0

Size 1

Size 2

Size 2

Size 3

Size 3

Series A1

Series B1

Series A1

Series B1

6-24

6-34

6-25

6-35

Contact Kits

3
4

Part number on contactor or
starter nameplate
Two-pole without interlock

2

6-23

5

Four-pole without interlock

—

—

—

—

—

6-22-3

6-23-3

—

6-34-3

—

—

Five-pole without interlock

—

—

—

—

—

6-22-4

6-23-4

—

6-34-4

—

—

6

120V, 60 Hz or 110V, 50 Hz

A

9-1945-1

9-2183-1

9-2650-1

9-2823-1

9-1887-1

9-1887-1

9-1889-1

9-2526-1

9-1891-1

9-1889-1

7

240V, 60 Hz or 220V, 50 Hz

B

9-1945-2

9-2183-2

9-2650-2

9-2823-2

9-1887-2

9-1887-2

9-1889-2

9-2526-2

9-1891-2

9-1889-2

480V, 60 Hz or 440V, 50 Hz

C

9-1945-3

9-2183-5

9-2650-3

9-2823-3

9-1887-3

9-1887-3

9-1889-3

9-2526-3

9-1891-3

9-1889-3

600V, 60 Hz or 550V, 50 Hz

D

9-1945-4

9-2183-19

9-2650-4

9-2823-4

9-1887-4

9-1887-4

9-1889-4

9-2526-4

9-1891-4

9-1889-4

208V, 60 Hz

E

9-1945-5

9-2183-17

9-2650-5

9-2823-5

9-1887-5

9-1887-5

9-1889-13

9-2526-5

9-1891-13

9-1889-13

24V, 60 Hz

T

9-1945-8

9-2183-16

9-2650-7

9-2823-18

9-1887-7

9-1887-7

9-1889-20

9-2526-6

9-1891-15

9-1889-20

Magnet Coils

380V, 50 Hz

L

9-1945-6

9-2183-3

9-2650-6

9-2421-18 3

9-1887-8

9-1887-8

9-1889-14

9-2526-7

9-1891-14

9-1889-14

277V, 60 Hz

H

9-1945-16

9-2183-18

9-2650-13

9-2823-12

9-1887-16

9-1887-16

9-1889-31

9-2526-15

9-1891-26

9-1889-31

120 Vdc 4

A1

—

—

—

—

9-2024-2

9-2024-2

9-2025-2

9-2626-2

9-2026-2

9-2025-2

240 Vdc 4

B1

—

—

—

—

9-2024-1

9-2024-1

9-2025-1

9-2626-1

9-2026-1

9-2025-1

24 Vdc 4

T1

—

—

—

—

9-2024-4

9-2024-4

9-2025-4

9-2626-4

9-2026-4

9-2025-4

48 Vdc 4

W1

—

—

—

—

9-2024-3

9-2024-3

9-2025-3

9-2626-3

9-2026-3

9-2025-3

9-2823-17

Style and Part Numbers
Description

Size 4

Size 4

Series A1

Series B1

Size 5

9
10
11
12
13

Replacement Capabilities—Contacts and Coils, continued
Coil
Suffix

8

Size 6

Size 6

Size 6

Size 7

Size 7

Size 8

Size 8

Series A1

Series B1

Series C1

Series A1

Series B1

Series A1

Series B1

14
15

Contact Kits
Part number on contactor or
starter nameplate
Two-pole

—

6-26

6-36-3

6-27

6-28

—

6-601-2

6-28

—

—

—

Three-pole

—

6-26-2

6-36-4

6-27-2

6-28-2

6-570

6-601

6-28-2

6-570

646C829G05

6-571

120V, 60 Hz or 110V, 50 Hz

A

9-1891-1

9-1891-1

9-1891-1

9-1875-1

9-2651

9-2698

9-1875-1

9-2651

438C805G12

9-2654

240V, 60 Hz or 220V, 50 Hz

B

9-1891-2

9-1891-2

9-1891-2

9-1875-2

9-2651-2

9-2698-2

9-1875-2

9-2651-2

438C805G11

9-2654-2

480V, 60 Hz or 440V, 50 Hz

C

9-1891-3

9-1891-3

9-1891-3

9-1875-3

9-2651-3

9-2698-3

9-1875-3

9-2651-3

438C805G10

9-2654-3

600V, 60 Hz or 550V, 50 Hz

D

9-1891-4

9-1891-4

9-1891-4

9-1875-4

9-2651-4

9-2698-4

9-1875-4

9-2651-4

—

9-2654-4

208V, 60 Hz

E

9-1891-13

9-1891-13

9-1891-13

9-1875-14

9-2651-6

9-2698-5

9-1875-14

9-2651-6

438C805G11

9-2654-6

24V, 60 Hz

T

9-1891-15

9-1891-15

9-1891-15

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

380V, 50 Hz

L

9-1891-14

9-1891-14

9-1891-14

—

9-2651-5

9-2698-6

—

9-2651-5

438C805G15

9-2654-5

277V, 60 Hz

H

9-1891-26

9-1891-26

9-1891-26

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

120 Vdc 4

A1

9-2026-2

9-2026-2

9-2026-2

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

240 Vdc 4

B1

9-2026-1

9-2026-1

9-2026-1

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

24 Vdc 4

T1

9-2026-4

9-2026-4

9-2026-4

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

48 Vdc 4

W1

9-2026-3

9-2026-3

9-2026-3

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Magnet Coils

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23

Notes
1 Citation overload relays are no longer available. A Freedom overload may be an option. Contact Control Aftermarket at 1-800-535-8992.
2 Replace complete contactor.
3 Non-encapsulated coil.
4 For use in existing DC operated devices. Not for conversion of existing AC operated devices to DC.

24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T13-7

13

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

1
2
3
4
5

Three-Pole Contact Kit, Size 3, Series B1

Magnet Coil, 120V/60 Hz for Size 3,
Series A1

Three-Pole Contact Kit, Size 5

Replacement Capabilities—Overload Relays
Style and Part Numbers

6
7
8
9
10

Size 00

Size 00

Size 00

Size 00

Series A1

Series B1

Series C1

Series D1

Standard trip (Class 20)
Eutectic —
1 Element
3 Element
3 Element with
alarm circuit

1

1

1

1

1

Slow trip (Class 30)
Eutectic —
1 Element
3 Element

1

1

1

1

Description

Size 0

Size 1

Size 2

Size 2

Size 3

Size 3

Series A1

Series B1

Series A1

Series B1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

Overload Relays
Without mounting plates—
for replacement on existing starters

11

Replacement Thermal Elements
Standard trip eutectic

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

12

Slow trip eutectic

10-5018 3

10-5018 3

10-5018 3

10-5018 3

10-5018 3

10-5018 3

10-5018 3

10-5018 3

10-5018 3

10-5018 3

13

Replacement Capabilities—Overload Relays, continued
Style and Part Numbers

14

Description

15

Without mounting plates—
for replacement on existing starters

16
17

Size 4

Size 4

Series A1

Series B1

1

1

Standard trip (Class 20)
Eutectic —
1 Element
3 Element
3 Element with
alarm circuit

2

Slow trip eutectic

10-5018

19

—

23
24

1

2

Current transformer

22

Size 6

Size 6

Size 7

Size 7

Size 8

Size 8

Series A1

Series B1

Series C1

Series A1

Series B1

Series A1

Series B1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

42-3418-3 4

42-3418-3 4

—

—

—

—

Replacement Thermal Elements
Standard trip eutectic

21

Size 6

Overload Relays

18
20

Size 5

Technology Upgrades
Sizes 00–3—Freedom or IT.
Sizes 4–6—Freedom, Vacuum
or IT.
Sizes 7–8—Freedom

Adapter Plates
The adapter plates make it
possible to replace a Citation
starter with a Freedom or
Advantage starter and the
same mounting holes can
be used.

3

10-5018
—

2
3

10-5018
—

3

Notes
1 Citation overload relays are no longer
available. Replace with up-to-date
starter, or contact Standard Open Control
Aftermarket at 1-800-535-8992
to determine Freedom overload relay
compatibility.
2 No longer available. Replace with up-todate overload relay or starter.
3 Will no longer be available once stock
is depleted. If stock is out, replace with
up-to-date overload relay or starter.
4 On Vista; no price.

Adapter Plates Ordering Information
NEMA
Size

Adapter Plate Catalog Number
Freedom

Advantage

00, 0

C321CMP0

—

1

C321CMP1

WBASE12

2

C321CMP2

WBASE 12

3

C321CMP3

WBASE 34

4

C321CMP4

WBASE 34

5

C321CMP5

—

25
V12-T13-8

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

13

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

Heaters

Heater Selection Index

Overload relays do not include
heaters. Please see table for
heater element index.

Note: Use this index to cross-reference tables on Pages V12-T13-9 through V12-T13-21.

1

Index of Overload Relay Heater Selection Tables

2

Heater Selection
For Replacement in Existing
Applications Only
Heaters are rated to protect
40°C rise of motors; and,
open and drip-proof motors
having a service factor of
1.15 where the motor and
the controller are at the same
ambient temperature.

Starter
Type
Catalog
Prefix

Type

A10

Open

ST-1

ST-3

ST-5

ST-7

ST-16

ST-10

ST-11

ST-12

Enclosed

ST-2

ST-4

ST-6

ST-7

ST-16

ST-10

ST-11

ST-12

A11

A13

For other conditions:
1. For 50°C, 55°C and 75°C
(122°F, 131°F and 167°F)
rise motors and
enclosed motors having
a service factor of 1.0,
select one size smaller.
2. Ambient temperature of
the starter lower than
the motor by 26°C
(79°F), use one size
smaller.
3. Ambient temperature of
the starter higher than
the motor by 26°C
(79°F), use one size
larger.
Ultimate tripping current of
heaters is approximately 1.25
times the minimum current
rating listed in the tables.

Heater Selection Table Number

3

NEMA Size of Starter
00-0-1
(1-1/2)

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Open

BNC-1

BNC-3

BNC-5

BNC-7

BNC-9

—

—

—

Enclosed

BNC-2

BNC-4

BNC-6

BNC-7

BNC-9

—

—

—

Open

LT-2

LT-4

LT-6

LT-7

LT-8

—

—

—

Enclosed

LT-1

LT-3

LT-5

LT-7

LT-8

—

—

—

A30 and A40

Enclosed

ST-9

ST-3

ST-6

ST-7

ST-16

ST-10

ST-11

ST-12

A31 and A41

Enclosed

BNC-8

BNC-3

BNC-6

BNC-7

BNC-9

—

—

—

A50

Open

ST-1

ST-3

ST-5

ST-7

ST-16

ST-10

ST-11

ST-12

Enclosed

ST-2

ST-4

ST-6

ST-7

ST-16

ST-10

ST-11

ST-12

A51

Open

BNC-1

BNC-3

BNC-5

BNC-7

BNC-9

—

—

—

Enclosed

BNC-2

BNC-4

BNC-6

BNC-7

BNC-9

—

—

—

A70 and A80

Enclosed

ST-9

ST-3

ST-6

ST-7

ST-16

ST-10

ST-11

ST-12

A71 and A81

Enclosed

BNC-8

BNC-3

BNC-5

BNC-7

BNC-9

—

—

—

A400-A420

Enclosed

—

—

ST-14

ST-15

ST-16

ST-10

ST-11

ST-12

A460 1

Enclosed

ST-2 1

ST-4 1

ST-6 1

ST-7 1

ST-16 1

ST-10 1

ST-11 1

ST-12 1

A490 2

Enclosed

ST-2 2

ST-4 2

ST-6 2

ST-7 2

ST-16 2

ST-10 2

ST-11 2

ST-12 2

A700

Open

ST-1

ST-3

ST-5

ST-7

ST-16

—

—

—

Enclosed

ST-2

ST-4

ST-6

ST-7

ST-16

ST-10

—

—

A800-A803

Enclosed

ST-9

ST-3

ST-5

ST-7

ST-16

ST-10

ST-11

—

A804-A806

Enclosed

ST-9

ST-3

ST-5

—

—

—

—

—

A808-A809

Enclosed

—

ST-13

ST-5

ST-5

—

—

—

—

B10 and B50

Enclosed

ST-1

ST-3

ST-5

ST-7

—

—

—

—

B11 and B51

Open

BNC-1

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Enclosed

BNC-2

BNC-3

BNC-5

—

—

—

—

—

C300

Open and
enclosed

ST-1

ST-3

ST-5

ST-7

—

—

—

—

C301

Open and
enclosed

BNC-1

BNC-4

BNC-5

BNC-7

—

—

—

—

C303

Open and
enclosed

LT-2

LT-4

LT-6

LT-7

—

—

—

—

Notes
1 Select heaters for 50% of rated full load current.
2 Select heaters for 68% of rated full load current.

4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19

Individually boxed heaters master packed 10 per carton.

20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T13-9

13
1
2
3
4
5

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

Overload Relay Heater Selection Tables
Type ST Standard Trip Eutectic Alloy
For replacement in existing applications only; for motors with 1.15 service factor.
Table ST-1

Table ST-2

Table ST-3

Table ST-4

Table ST-5

NEMA Sizes 00, 0, 1, 1-1/2

NEMA Sizes 00, 0, 1, 1-1/2

NEMA Size 2

NEMA Size 2

NEMA Size 3

For Enclosed Type
Catalog Prefix A10, A50,
A460 1, A490 2, A700

For Open Type
Catalog Prefix A10, A50,
A700, B10, C300
For Enclosed Type
Catalog Prefix B10, C300, A30,
A40, A70, A80, A800-A803

For Enclosed Type
Catalog Prefix A10, A50,
A460 1, A490 2, A700

For Open Type
Catalog Prefix A10, A50,
A700, B10, C300
For Enclosed Type
Catalog Prefix A70, A80,
A800-A803, A808-A809, B10

For Open Type
Catalog Prefix A10, A50,
A700, B10, B50, C300
For Enclosed Type
Catalog Prefix B10,
B50, C300
Heater Ampere Range

Heater
Catalog
Number

6

0.167–0.187

0.155–0.173

—

—

—

H1101

0.188–0.210

0.174–0.195

—

—

—

H1102

7

0.211–0.237

0.196–0.220

—

—

—

H1103

0.238–0.266

0.221–0.247

—

—

—

H1104

0.267–0.298

0.248–0.278

—

—

—

H1105

0.299–0.334

0.279–0.310

—

—

—

H1106

0.335–0.376

0.311–0.349

—

—

—

H1107

0.377–0.422

0.350–0.391

—

—

—

H1108

0.423–0.474

0.392–0.441

—

—

—

H1109

10

0.475–0.532

0.442–0.495

—

—

—

H1110

0.533–0.598

0.496–0.555

—

—

—

H1111

11

0.599–0.672

0.556–0.624

—

—

—

H1112

0.673–0.757

0.625–0.703

—

—

—

H1113

12

0.758–0.855

0.704–0.795

—

—

—

H1114

0.865–0.959

0.796–0.895

—

—

—

H1115

13

0.960–1.07

0.896–0.999

—

—

—

H1116

1.08–1.21

1.00–1.12

—

—

—

H1117

14

1.22–1.35

1.13–1.25

—

—

—

H1018

1.36–1.52

1.26–1.41

—

—

—

H1019

1.53–1.70

1.42–1.58

—

—

—

H1020

1.71–1.90

1.59–1.77

—

—

—

H1021

1.91–2.10

1.78–1.96

—

—

—

H1022

2.11–2.33

1.97–2.17

—

—

—

H1023

2.34–2.62

2.18–2.44

—

—

—

H1024

17

2.63–2.93

2.45–2.72

—

—

—

H1025

2.94–3.27

2.73–3.04

—

—

—

H1026

18

3.28–3.64

3.05–3.38

—

—

—

H1066

8
9

15
16

3.65–4.06

3.39–3.73

3.72–4.10

—

—

H1027

19

4.07–4.55

3.74–4.18

4.11–4.59

3.86–4.31

—

H1028

4.56–5.03

4.19–4.63

4.60–5.07

4.32–4.77

—

H1029

20

Notes
1 For A460 controllers, select heaters at 50% of rated full load current.
2 For A490 controllers, select heaters at 58% of rated full load current.

21

Individually boxed heaters master packed 10 per carton.

22
23
24
25
V12-T13-10

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

13

Type ST Standard Trip Eutectic Alloy, continued
For replacement in existing applications only; for motors with 1.15 service factor.
Table ST-1

Table ST-2

NEMA Sizes 00, 0, 1, 1-1/2

1

Table ST-3

Table ST-4

Table ST-5

NEMA Sizes 00, 0, 1, 1-1/2

NEMA Size 2

NEMA Size 2

NEMA Size 3

For Enclosed Type
Catalog Prefix A10, A50,
A460 1, A490 2, A700

For Open Type
Catalog Prefix A10, A50,
A700, B10, C300
For Enclosed Type
Catalog Prefix B10, C300, A30,
A40, A70, A80, A800-A803

For Enclosed Type
Catalog Prefix A10, A50,
A460 1, A490 2, A700

For Open Type
Catalog Prefix A10, A50,
A700, B10, C300
For Enclosed Type
Catalog Prefix A70, A80,
A800-A803, A808-A809, B10

5.04–5.59

4.64–5.15

5.08–5.65

4.78–5.31

5.60–6.25

5.16–5.68

5.66–6.29

6.26–6.92

5.69–6.30

6.93–7.75

6.31–7.05

For Open Type
Catalog Prefix A10, A50,
A700, B10, B50, C300
For Enclosed Type
Catalog Prefix B10,
B50, C300

2
3
Heater
Catalog
Number

4

—

H1030

5.32–5.90

—

H1031

5

6.30–7.00

5.91–6.55

—

H1032

7.01–7.82

6.56–7.33

—

H1033

Heater Ampere Range

7.76–8.63

7.06–7.76

7.83–8.79

7.34–8.15

8.32–9.27

H1034

8.64–9.59

7.77–8.63

8.80–9.67

8.16–9.03

9.28–10.1

H1035

9.60–10.6

8.64–9.51

9.68–10.8

9.04–10.1

10.2–11.4

H1036

10.7–11.9

9.52–10.5

10.9–12.0

10.2–11.2

11.5–12.8

H1037

12.0–13.3

10.6–11.8

12.1–13.4

11.3–12.5

12.9–14.3

H1038

13.4–14.7

11.9–13.1

13.5–14.9

12.6–13.9

14.4–16.0

H1039

14.8–16.6

13.2–14.8

15.0–17.6

14.0–15.7

16.1–17.8

H1040

16.7–18.8

14.9–16.7

17.7–19.0

15.8–17.5

17.9–20.3

H1041

18.9–21.2

16.8–18.9

19.1–21.5

17.6–19.8

20.4–22.9

H1042

21.3–23.9

19.0–21.3

21.6–24.5

19.9–22.3

23.0–26.0

H1043

24.0–27.0

21.4–24.1

24.6–27.9

22.4–25.4

26.1–29.5

H1044

—

24.2–27.0

28.0–32.0

25.5–28.7

29.6–33.5

H1045

—

—

32.1–36.6

28.8–32.5

33.6–37.8

H1046

—

—

36.7–41.8

32.6–36.6

37.9–42.8

H1047

—

—

41.9–45.0

36.7–41.0

42.9–48.5

H1048

—

—

—

41.1–45.0

48.6–55.1

H1049

—

—

—

—

55.2–62.3

H1050

—

—

—

—

62.4–69.5

H1051

—

—

—

—

69.6–79.1

H1052

—

—

—

—

79.2–90.0

H1054

—

—

—

—

—

H1055

—

—

—

—

—

H1056

—

—

—

—

—

H1057

—

—

—

—

—

H1058

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18

Notes
1 For A460 controllers, select heaters at 50% of rated full load current.
2 For A490 controllers, select heaters at 58% of rated full load current.

19

Individually boxed heaters master packed 10 per carton.

20
21
22
23
24
25
Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T13-11

13

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

1

Type ST Standard Trip Eutectic Alloy, continued
For replacement in existing applications only; for motors with 1.15 service factor.

2

Table ST-6

Table ST-7

Table ST-8

Table ST-9

Table ST-10

NEMA Size 3

NEMA Size 4

NEMA Size 5

NEMA Size 0 and 1

NEMA Size 6

For Enclosed Type
Catalog Prefix A10, A30,
A40, A50, A460 1, A490 2,
A700

For Open Type
Catalog Prefix A10, A50, C300
For Enclosed Type
Catalog Prefix A10, A30,
A40, A50, A70, A80, A460 1,
A490 2, A700, A800-A803

For Open and Enclosed
Catalog Prefix A10, A50,
A30-40, A70, A80, A400,
A410, A420, A460, A490,
A800-A801

For Enclosed Type
Catalog Prefix A30, A40,
A70, A80, A800-A803

For Open Type
Catalog Prefix A10, A50,
A700
For Enclosed Type
Catalog Prefix A10, A30,
A40, A50, A70, A80, A400,
A460 1, A490 2, A700

—

—

—

0.164–0.183

—

H1101

—

—

—

0.184–0.205

—

H1102

—

—

—

0.206–0.232

—

H1103

—

—

—

0.233–0.260

—

H1104

—

—

—

0.261–0.293

—

H1105

—

—

—

0.294–0.328

—

H1106

8

—

—

—

0.329–0.369

—

H1107

—

—

—

0.370–0.414

—

H1108

9

—

—

—

0.415–0.465

—

H1109

—

—

—

0.466–0.522

—

H1110

10

—

—

—

0.523–0.586

—

H1111

—

—

—

0.587–0.659

—

H1112

—

—

—

0.660–0.743

—

H1113

—

—

—

0.744–0.839

—

H1114

—

—

—

0.840–0.943

—

H1115

—

—

—

0.944–1.05

—

H1116

—

—

—

1.06–1.17

—

H1117

13

—

—

—

1.18–1.31

—

H1018

—

—

—

1.32–1.47

154–171

H1019

14

—

—

92–101

1.48–1.66

172–192

H1020

—

—

102–113

1.67–1.85

193–215

H1021

—

—

114–125

1.86–2.04

216–237

H1022

—

—

126–139

2.05–2.26

238–263

H1023

—

—

140–157

2.27–2.54

264–295

H1024

—

—

158–175

2.55–2.85

296–330

H1025

—

—

176–196

2.86–3.18

331–369

H1026

17

—

—

197–218

3.19–3.53

370–410

H1066

—

—

219–243

3.54–3.95

411–458

H1027

18

—

—

244–270

3.96–4.41

459–512

H1028

—

—

—

4.42–4.88

513–574

H1029

19

Notes
1 For A460 controllers, select heaters for 50% of rated full load current.
2 For A490 controllers, select heaters for 58% of rated full load current.

20

Individually boxed heaters master packed 10 per carton.

3
4
5
6
7

11
12

15
16

Heater Ampere Range

21
22
23
24
25
V12-T13-12

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Heater
Catalog
Number

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

13

Type ST Standard Trip Eutectic Alloy, continued
For replacement in existing applications only; for motors with 1.15 service factor.

1

Table ST-6

Table ST-7

Table ST-8

Table ST-9

Table ST-10

NEMA Size 3

NEMA Size 4

NEMA Size 5

NEMA Size 0 and 1

NEMA Size 6

2

For Open Type
Catalog Prefix A10, A50, C300
For Enclosed Type
Catalog Prefix A10, A30,
A40, A50, A70, A80, A460 1,
A490 2, A700, A800-A803

For Open and Enclosed
Catalog Prefix A10, A50,
A30-40, A70, A80, A400,
A410, A420, A460, A490,
A800-A801

For Enclosed Type
Catalog Prefix A30, A40,
A70, A80, A800-A803

For Open Type
Catalog Prefix A10, A50,
A700
For Enclosed Type
Catalog Prefix A10, A30,
A40, A50, A70, A80, A400,
A460 1, A490 2, A700

—

—

—

4.89–5.42

—

H1030

—

—

—

4.89–5.42

—

H1031

—

—

—

6.08–6.64

—

H1032

—

—

—

6.65–7.43

—

H1033

For Enclosed Type
Catalog Prefix A10, A30,
A40, A50, A460 1, A490 2,
A700
Heater Ampere Range

3
Heater
Catalog
Number

8.24–9.19

—

—

7.44–8.23

—

H1034

9.20–10.1

—

—

8.24–9.19

—

H1035

10.2–11.3

—

—

9.20–10.1

—

H1036

11.4–12.7

—

—

10.2–11.3

—

H1037

12.8–14.1

—

—

11.4–12.6

—

H1038

14.2–15.8

—

—

12.7–14.0

—

H1039

15.9–17.7

—

—

14.1–15.7

—

H1040

17.8–20.1

—

—

15.8–17.7

—

H1041

20.2–22.7

20.6–23.3

—

17.8–19.8

—

H1042

22.8–25.5

23.4–26.3

—

19.9–22.0

—

H1043

25.6–28.9

26.4–30.8

—

22.1–24.9

—

H1044

29.0–32.5

30.9–34.0

—

25.0–27.0

—

H1045

32.6–36.7

34.1–38.3

—

—

—

H1046

36.8–41.0

38.4–43.4

—

—

—

H1047

41.1–46.0

43.5–49.3

—

—

—

H1048

46.1–51.8

49.4–55.8

—

—

—

H1049

51.9–58.6

55.9–63.1

—

—

—

H1050

58.7–64.6

63.2–70.4

—

—

—

H1051

64.7–72.7

70.5–79.9

—

—

—

H1052

72.8–83.1

80.0–92.7

—

—

—

H1054

4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

Notes
1 For A460 controllers, select heaters for 50% of rated full load current.
2 For A490 controllers, select heaters for 58% of rated full load current.

17

Individually boxed heaters master packed 10 per carton.

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T13-13

13

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

1

Type ST Standard Trip Eutectic Alloy, continued
For replacement in existing applications only; for motors with 1.15 service factor.

2

Table ST-11

Table ST-12

Table ST-13

Table ST-14

Table ST-15

NEMA Size 7

NEMA Size 8

NEMA Size 2

NEMA Size 3

NEMA Size 4

For Open Type
Catalog Prefix A10, A50, A700
For Enclosed Type
Catalog Prefix A10, A30,
A40, A50, A70, A80, A400,
A460 1, A490 2, A700

For Open Type
Catalog Prefix A10, A50, A700
For Enclosed Type
Catalog Prefix A10, A30,
A40, A50, A70, A80, A400,
A460 1, A490 2, A700

For Enclosed Type
Catalog Prefix A808, A809

For Enclosed Type
Catalog Prefix A400

For Enclosed Type
Catalog Prefix A400

Heater
Catalog
Number

3
4

Heater Ampere Range

5

—

—

—

—

—

H1101

—

—

—

—

—

H1102

6

—

—

—

—

—

H1103

—

—

—

—

—

H1104

7

—

—

—

—

—

H1105

—

—

—

—

—

H1106

—

—

—

—

—

H1107

—

—

—

—

—

H1108

—

—

—

—

—

H1109

—

—

—

—

—

H1110

—

—

—

—

—

H1111

10

—

—

—

—

—

H1112

—

—

—

—

—

H1113

11

—

—

—

—

—

H1114

—

—

—

—

—

H1115

—

—

—

—

—

H1116

—

—

—

—

—

H1117

229–255

—

—

—

—

H1018

256–287

384–429

—

—

—

H1019

288–321

430–482

—

—

—

H1020

14

322–359

483–538

—

—

—

H1021

360–397

539–595

—

—

—

H1022

15

398–439

596–657

—

—

—

H1023

440–492

658–741

—

—

—

H1024

16

493–551

742–827

—

—

—

H1025

552–615

828–924

—

—

—

H1026

17

616–685

925–1027

—

—

—

H1066

1028–1147

—

—

—

H1027

18

764–855

1148–1285

3.89–4.35

—

—

H1028

—

—

4.36–4.81

—

—

H1029

19

Notes
1 For A460 controllers, select heaters for 50% of rated full load current.
2 For A490 controllers, select heaters for 58% of rated full load current.

8
9

12
13

20

686–763

Individually boxed heaters master packed 10 per carton.

21
22
23
24
25
V12-T13-14

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

13

Type ST Standard Trip Eutectic Alloy, continued
For replacement in existing applications only; for motors with 1.15 service factor.
Table ST-11

1

Table ST-12

Table ST-13

Table ST-14

Table ST-15

NEMA Size 7

NEMA Size 8

NEMA Size 2

NEMA Size 3

NEMA Size 4

For Open Type
Catalog Prefix A10, A50, A700
For Enclosed Type
Catalog Prefix A10, A30,
A40, A50, A70, A80, A400,
A460 1, A490 2, A700

For Open Type
Catalog Prefix A10, A50, A700
For Enclosed Type
Catalog Prefix A10, A30,
A40, A50, A70, A80, A400,
A460 1, A490 2, A700

For Enclosed Type
Catalog Prefix A808, A809

For Enclosed Type
Catalog Prefix A400

For Enclosed Type
Catalog Prefix A400

Heater
Catalog
Number

4

—

—

4.82–5.35

—

—

H1030

—

—

5.36–5.96

—

—

H1031

5

—

—

5.97–6.63

—

—

H1032

—

—

6.64–7.41

—

—

H1033

—

—

7.42–8.23

7.84–8.71

—

H1034

—

—

8.24–9.19

8.72–9.67

—

H1035

—

—

9.20–10.2

9.68–10.8

—

H1036

—

—

10.3–11.4

10.9–12.0

—

H1037

—

—

11.5–12.8

12.1–13.5

—

H1038

—

—

12.9–14.1

13.6–15.0

—

H1039

—

—

14.2–15.9

15.1–16.8

—

H1040

2
3

Heater Ampere Range

—

—

16.0–18.1

16.9–19.1

—

H1041

—

—

18.2–20.4

19.2–21.6

19.5–21.9

H1042

—

—

20.5–23.3

21.7–24.5

22.0–24.7

H1043

—

—

23.4–26.5

24.6–27.8

24.8–29.0

H1044

—

—

26.6–30.3

27.9–31.5

29.1–31.9

H1045

—

—

30.4–34.7

31.6–35.5

32.0–36.1

H1046

—

—

34.8–39.6

35.6–40.3

36.2–40.7

H1047

—

—

39.7–45.0

40.4–45.6

40.8–46.2

H1048

—

—

—

45.7–51.8

46.3–52.4

H1049

—

—

—

51.9–58.6

52.5–59.2

H1050

—

—

—

58.7–65.2

59.3–66.3

H1051

—

—

—

65.3–74.3

66.4–75.1

H1052

—

—

—

74.4–86.3

75.2–87.1

H1054

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

Notes
1 For A460 controllers, select heaters for 50% of rated full load current.
2 For A490 controllers, select heaters for 58% of rated full load current.

16

Individually boxed heaters master packed 10 per carton.

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T13-15

13
1
2
3

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

Type BNC Bimetal
For replacement in existing applications only; for motors with 1.15 service factor.
Table BNC-1

Table BNC-2

Table BNC-3

Table BNC-4

NEMA Sizes 00, 0, 1, 1-1/2

NEMA Sizes 00, 0, 1, 1-1/2

NEMA Size 2

NEMA Size 2

For Enclosed Type
Catalog Prefix A11, A51, B11, B51

For Open Type
Catalog Prefix A11, A51, B11, C301
For Enclosed Type
Catalog Prefix A31, A41, A71, A81, B11

For Enclosed Type
Catalog Prefix A11, A51, C301

Heater
Catalog
Number

For Open Type
Catalog Prefix A11, A51, B11, B51, C301
For Enclosed Type
Catalog Prefix C301

4

Heater Ampere Range
0.180–0.201

0.167–0.187

—

—

H1101

5

0.202–0.226

0.188–0.210

—

—

H1102

0.227–0.254

0.211–0.236

—

—

H1103

6

0.255–0.285

0.237–0.266

—

—

H1104

0.286–0.320

0.267–0.297

—

—

H1105

7

0.321–0.357

0.298–0.332

—

—

H1106

0.358–0.402

0.333–0.373

—

—

H1107

0.403–0.451

0.374–0.419

—

—

H1108

0.452–0.506

0.420–0.470

—

—

H1109

0.507–0.568

0.471–0.528

—

—

H1110

0.569–0.638

0.529–0.592

—

—

H1111

0.639–0.716

0.593–0.663

—

—

H1112

0.717–0.799

0.664–0.743

—

—

H1113

0.800–0.911

0.744–0.847

—

—

H1114

11

0.912–1.01

0.848–0.951

—

—

H1115

1.02–1.14

0.952–1.06

—

—

H1116

12

1.15–1.29

1.07–1.20

—

—

H1117

1.30–1.44

1.21–1.33

—

—

H1018

13

1.45–1.61

1.34–1.49

—

—

H1019

1.62–1.80

1.50–1.67

—

—

H1020

14

1.81–2.03

1.68–1.89

—

—

H1021

2.04–2.25

1.90–2.09

—

—

H1022

15

2.26–2.49

2.10–2.32

—

—

H1023

2.50–2.76

2.33–2.57

—

—

H1024

16

2.77–3.05

2.58–2.83

—

—

H1025

3.06–3.39

2.84–3.15

—

—

H1026

17

3.40–3.83

3.16–3.51

3.87–4.18

—

H1066

3.84–4.22

3.52–3.87

4.19–4.60

3.94–4.33

H1027

18

4.23–4.63

3.88–4.25

4.61–5.10

4.34–4.78

H1028

4.64–5.19

4.26–4.76

5.11–5.60

4.79–5.27

H1029

19

Note
Individually boxed heaters master packed 10 per carton.

8
9
10

20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T13-16

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

13

Type BNC Bimetal
For replacement in existing applications only; for motors with 1.15 service factor.
Table BNC-1

Table BNC-2

NEMA Sizes 00, 0, 1, 1-1/2

1

Table BNC-3

Table BNC-4

NEMA Sizes 00, 0, 1, 1-1/2

NEMA Size 2

NEMA Size 2

For Enclosed Type
Catalog Prefix A11, A51, B11, B51

For Open Type
Catalog Prefix A11, A51, B11, C301
For Enclosed Type
Catalog Prefix A31, A41, A71, A81,
B11

For Enclosed Type
Catalog Prefix A11, A51, C301

Heater
Catalog
Number

5.20–5.73

4.77–5.27

5.61–6.20

5.28–5.83

H1030

5.74–6.49

5.28–5.90

6.21–6.92

5.84–6.51

H1031

6.50–7.32

5.91–6.63

6.93–7.76

6.52–7.29

H1032

7.33–8.07

6.64–7.35

7.77–8.63

7.30–8.07

H1033

8.08–9.03

7.36–8.15

8.64–9.67

8.08–9.03

H1034

For Open Type
Catalog Prefix A11, A51, B11, B51,
C301
For Enclosed Type
Catalog Prefix C301
Heater Ampere Range

2

9.04–9.99

8.16–8.87

9.68–10.5

9.04–9.99

H1035

10.0–11.1

8.88–9.99

10.6–11.8

10.0–11.1

H1036

11.2–12.5

10.0–11.1

11.9–13.2

11.2–12.3

H1037

12.6–14.1

11.2–12.5

13.3–15.0

12.4–14.1

H1038

14.2–15.9

12.6–14.1

15.1–17.2

14.2–16.1

H1039

16.0–18.0

14.2–16.1

17.3–19.1

16.2–17.8

H1040

18.1–19.8

16.2–17.7

19.2–21.5

17.9–19.9

H1041

19.9–22.2

17.8–19.8

21.6–23.6

20.0–21.9

H1042

22.3–25.0

19.9–22.2

23.7–27.0

22.0–24.7

H1043

25.1–27.0

22.3–25.0

27.1–30.6

24.8–27.9

H1044

—

25.1–27.0

30.7–35.1

28.0–31.6

H1045

—

—

35.2–39.8

31.7–35.3

H1046

—

—

39.9–45.0

35.4–39.4

H1047

—

—

—

39.5–44.4

H1048

—

—

—

44.5–45.0

H1049

—

—

—

—

H1050

—

—

—

—

H1051

—

—

—

—

H1052

—

—

—

—

H1054

—

—

—

—

H1055

—

—

—

—

H1056

—

—

—

—

H1057

—

—

—

—

H1058

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18

Note
Individually boxed heaters master packed 10 per carton.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T13-17

13
1
2
3

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

Type BNC Bimetal, continued
For replacement in existing applications only; for motors with 1.15 service factor.
Table BNC-5

Table BNC-6

Table BNC-7

Table BNC-8

Table BNC-9

NEMA Size 3

NEMA Size 3

NEMA Size 4

NEMA Sizes 0 and 1

NEMA Size 5

For Open Type
Catalog Prefix A11, A51, C301
For Enclosed Type
Catalog Prefix A11, A31, A41,
A51, A71, A81

For Enclosed Type
Catalog Prefix A31, A41,
A71, A81

For Open and
Enclosed Type
Catalog Prefix A11,
A31-41, A51, A71, A81

For Open Type
Catalog Prefix A11, B11, A51, C301 For Enclosed Type
For Enclosed Type
Catalog Prefix A11, A31,
Catalog Prefix B11, A71, A81
A41, A51

Heater
Catalog
Number

4

Heater Ampere Range

5

—

—

—

0.176–0.198

—

H1101

—

—

—

0.199–0.221

—

H1102

6

—

—

—

0.222–0.249

—

H1103

—

—

—

0.250–0.279

—

H1104

—

—

—

0.280–0.313

—

H1105

7

—

—

—

0.314–0.350

—

H1106

8
9
10

—

—

—

0.351–0.395

—

H1107

—

—

—

0.396–0.442

—

H1108

—

—

—

0.443–0.497

—

H1109

—

—

—

0.498–0.556

—

H1110

—

—

—

0.557–0.626

—

H1111

—

—

—

0.627–0.703

—

H1112
H1113

—

—

—

0.704–0.783

—

—

—

—

0.784–0.895

—

H1114

—

—

—

0.896–0.999

—

H1115

12

—

—

—

1.00–1.12

—

H1116

—

—

—

1.13–1.25

—

H1117

13

—

—

—

1.26–1.40

—

H1018

—

—

—

1.41–1.56

—

H1019

14

—

—

—

1.57–1.74

96.8–108

H1020

—

—

—

1.75–1.97

109–121

H1021

15

—

—

—

1.98–2.19

122–135

H1022

—

—

—

2.20–2.42

136–149

H1023

—

—

—

2.43–2.68

150–166

H1024

—

—

—

2.69–2.95

167–182

H1025

—

—

—

2.96–3.29

183–203

H1026

—

—

—

3.30–3.72

204–229

H1066

—

—

—

3.73–4.10

230–253

H1027

—

—

—

4.11–4.49

254–283

H1028

—

—

—

4.50–5.04

—

H1029

11

16
17
18
19

Note
Individually boxed heaters master packed 10 per carton.

20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T13-18

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

13

Type BNC Bimetal, continued
For replacement in existing applications only; for motors with 1.15 service factor.

1

Table BNC-5

Table BNC-6

Table BNC-7

Table BNC-8

Table BNC-9

NEMA Size 3

NEMA Size 3

NEMA Size 4

NEMA Sizes 0 and 1

NEMA Size 5

For Open Type
Catalog Prefix A11, A51, C301
For Enclosed Type
Catalog Prefix A11, A31, A41,
A51, A71, A81

For Enclosed Type
Catalog Prefix A31, A41,
A71, A81

For Open and
Enclosed Type
Catalog Prefix A11,
A31-41, A51, A71, A81

For Open Type
Catalog Prefix A11, B11, A51, C301 For Enclosed Type
For Enclosed Type
Catalog Prefix A11, A31,
Catalog Prefix B11, A71, A81
A41, A51
Heater Ampere Range

2
Heater
Catalog
Number

—

—

—

5.05–5.56

—

H1030

—

—

—

5.57–6.23

—

H1031

—

—

—

6.24–7.03

—

H1032

7.57–8.47

7.57–8.39

—

7.04–7.75

—

H1033

8.48–9.35

8.40–9.27

—

7.76–8.71

—

H1034

9.36–10.1

9.28–10.1

—

8.72–9.59

—

H1035

10.2–11.2

10.2–11.1

—

9.60–10.5

—

H1036

11.3–12.2

11.2–12.1

—

10.6–11.8

—

H1037

12.3–13.7

12.2–13.6

—

11.9–13.3

—

H1038

13.8–15.7

13.7–15.5

—

13.4–14.9

—

H1039

15.8–17.3

15.6–17.2

—

15.0–16.9

—

H1040

17.4–19.9

17.3–19.8

—

17.0–18.5

—

H1041

20.0–22.9

19.9–22.7

20.0–22.9

18.6–20.7

—

H1042

23.0–26.4

22.8–26.0

23.0–26.4

20.8–23.0

—

H1043

26.5–30.6

26.1–30.0

26.5–30.6

23.1–25.7

—

H1044

30.7–35.5

30.1–34.4

30.7–35.5

25.8–27.0

—

H1045

35.6–41.2

34.5–39.5

35.6–41.2

—

—

H1046

41.3–46.5

39.6–44.3

41.3–46.5

—

—

H1047

46.6–52.4

44.4–49.9

46.6–52.4

—

—

H1048

52.5–57.8

50.0–54.3

52.5–57.8

—

—

H1049

57.9–63.6

54.4–59.8

57.9–63.6

—

—

H1050

63.7–69.9

59.9–65.1

63.7–69.9

—

—

H1051

70.0–79.5

65.2–73.1

70.0–79.5

—

—

H1052

79.6–90.0

73.2–83.9

79.6–92.0

—

—

H1054

Note
Individually boxed heaters master packed 10 per carton.

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T13-19

13
1
2
3
4

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

Type 8LT Slow Trip Eutectic Alloy
For replacement in existing applications only; for motors with 1.15 service factor.
Table LT-1

Table LT-2

NEMA Size 00, 0, 1, 1-1/2
For Enclosed
Type
Catalog Prefix
A13

For Open Type
Catalog Prefix A13,
C303
For Enclosed Type
Catalog Prefix C303

Table LT-3

Table LT-4

Table LT-5

Table LT-6

Table LT-7

Table LT-8

NEMA Size 2

NEMA Size 2

NEMA Size 3

NEMA Size 3

NEMA Size 4

NEMA Size 5

For Enclosed
Type
Catalog Prefix
A13

For Open Type
Catalog Prefix A13,
C303
For Enclosed Type
Catalog Prefix C303

For Enclosed
Type
Catalog Prefix
A13

For Open Type
Catalog Prefix
A13, C303

For Open Type
Catalog Prefix A13,
C303
For Enclosed Type
Catalog Prefix A13

Heater Ampere Range

For Open and
Enclosed Type
Heater
Catalog Prefix A13 Catalog
Number

0.167–0.186

0.167–0.186

—

—

—

—

—

—

H1001

0.187–0.209

0.187–0.209

—

—

—

—

—

—

H1002

0.210–0.233

0.210–0.233

—

—

—

—

—

—

H1003

0.234–0.260

0.234–0.260

—

—

—

—

—

—

H1004

0.261–0.293

0.261–0.293

—

—

—

—

—

—

H1005

7

0.294–0.329

0.294–0.329

—

—

—

—

—

—

H1006

0.330–0.373

0.330–0.373

—

—

—

—

—

—

H1007

8

0.374–0.417

0.374–0.417

—

—

—

—

—

—

H1008

0.418–0.471

0.418–0.471

—

—

—

—

—

—

H1009

9

0.472–0.531

0.472–0.531

—

—

—

—

—

—

H1010

0.532–0.591

0.532–0.591

—

—

—

—

—

—

H1011

10

0.592–0.660

0.592–0.660

—

—

—

—

—

—

H1012

0.661–0.739

0.661–0.739

—

—

—

—

—

—

H1013

11

0.740–0.823

0.740–0.823

—

—

—

—

—

—

H1014

0.824–0.919

0.824–0.919

—

—

—

—

—

—

H1015

12

0.920–1.01

0.920–1.01

—

—

—

—

—

—

H1016

1.02–1.14

1.02–1.14

—

—

—

—

—

—

H1017

13

1.15–1.27

1.15–1.27

—

—

—

—

—

—

H1018

1.28–1.41

1.28–1.41

—

—

—

—

—

—

H1019

14

1.42–1.61

1.42–1.61

—

—

—

—

—

—

H1020

1.62–1.86

1.62–1.86

—

—

—

—

—

96.8–111

H1021

1.87–2.01

1.87–2.01

—

—

—

—

—

112–120

H1022

2.02–2.27

2.02–2.27

—

—

—

—

—

121–136

H1023

2.28–2.51

2.28–2.51

—

—

—

—

—

137–150

H1024

2.52–2.80

2.52–2.80

—

—

—

—

—

151–168

H1025

2.81–3.21

2.81–3.21

—

—

—

—

—

169–192

H1026

3.22–3.51

3.22–3.51

—

—

—

—

—

193–210

H1066

3.52–3.86

3.52–3.86

3.67–3.99

3.67–3.99

—

—

—

211–231

H1027

3.87–4.36

3.87–4.36

4.00–4.51

4.00–4.51

—

—

—

232–261

H1028

4.37–4.78

4.37–4.83

4.52–5.03

4.52–5.03

—

—

—

262–293

H1029

5
6

15
16
17
18
19
20

Notes
Individually boxed heaters master packed 10 per carton.
Individually boxed heater coils master packed 10 per carton.

21
22
23
24
25
V12-T13-20

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

13

Type LT Slow Trip Eutectic Alloy, continued
For replacement in existing applications only; for motors with 1.15 service factor.
Table LT-1

Table LT-2

NEMA Size 00, 0, 1, 1-1/2
For Enclosed
Type
Catalog Prefix
A13

For Open Type
Catalog Prefix A13,
C303
For Enclosed Type
Catalog Prefix C303

Table LT-3

1

Table LT-4

Table LT-5

Table LT-6

Table LT-7

Table LT-8

NEMA Size 2

NEMA Size 2

NEMA Size 3

NEMA Size 3

NEMA Size 4

NEMA Size 5

For Enclosed
Type
Catalog Prefix
A13

For Open Type
Catalog Prefix A13,
C303
For Enclosed Type
Catalog Prefix C303

For Enclosed
Type
Catalog Prefix
A13

For Open Type
Catalog Prefix
A13, C303

For Open Type
Catalog Prefix A13,
C303
For Enclosed Type
Catalog Prefix A13

Heater
For Open and
Catalog
Enclosed Type
Catalog Prefix A13 Number

2

Heater Ampere Range
4.79–5.35

4.84–5.41

5.04–5.59

5.04–5.59

—

—

—

—

H1030

5.36–6.00

5.42–6.07

5.60–6.20

5.60–6.20

—

—

—

—

H1031

6.01–6.59

6.08–6.66

6.21–6.88

6.21–6.88

—

—

—

—

H1032

6.60–7.35

6.67–7.51

6.89–7.80

6.89–7.80

—

—

—

—

H1033

7.36–8.14

7.52–8.31

7.81–8.71

7.81–8.71

8.16–9.11

8.24–9.19

—

—

H1034

8.15–9.11

8.32–9.27

8.72–9.59

8.72–9.59

9.12–9.99

9.20–10.0

—

—

H1035

9.12–10.0

9.28–10.3

9.60–10.5

9.60–10.7

10.0–11.2

10.1–11.3

—

—

H1036

10.1–11.3

10.4–11.7

10.6–11.8

10.8–12.0

11.3–12.3

11.4–12.5

—

—

H1037

11.4–12.5

11.8–13.0

11.9–13.3

12.1–13.4

12.4–13.9

12.6–14.1

—

—

H1038

12.6–13.9

13.1–14.5

13.4–14.8

13.5–14.9

14.0–15.5

14.2–15.7

—

—

H1039

14.0–15.5

14.6–16.3

14.9–16.6

15.0–16.8

15.6–17.4

15.8–17.6

—

—

H1040

15.6–17.0

16.4–18.1

16.7–18.5

16.9–18.8

17.5–19.6

17.7–19.8

—

—

H1041

17.1–18.9

18.2–20.3

18.6–20.7

18.9–21.1

19.7–21.9

19.9–22.1

20.0–22.3

—

H1042

19.0–21.2

20.4–23.0

20.8–23.3

21.2–24.1

22.0–24.7

22.2–25.2

22.4–25.5

—

H1043

21.3–23.3

23.1–25.9

23.4–26.5

24.2–27.3

24.8–28.1

25.3–28.7

25.6–28.9

—

H1044

23.4–26.1

26.0–27.0

26.6–30.0

27.4–31.3

28.2–31.8

28.8–32.7

29.0–33.7

—

H1045

26.2–27.0

—

30.1–33.7

31.4–35.5

31.9–36.1

32.8–37.3

33.8–37.5

—

H1046

—

—

33.8–37.5

35.6–40.3

36.2–40.7

37.4–42.3

37.6–42.6

—

H1047

—

—

37.6–41.9

40.4–45.0

40.8–45.5

42.4–47.9

42.7–48.2

—

H1048

—

—

42.0–45.0

—

45.6–52.0

48.0–55.4

48.3–55.9

—

H1049

—

—

—

—

52.1–58.2

55.5–61.9

56.0–62.3

—

H1050

—

—

—

—

58.3–63.2

62.0–67.9

62.4–68.4

—

H1051

—

—

—

—

63.3–68.3

68.0–73.3

68.5–73.7

—

H1052

—

—

—

—

68.4–79.9

73.4–87.9

73.8–88.7

—

H1054

Notes
Individually boxed heaters master packed 10 per carton.
Individually boxed heater coils master packed 10 per carton.

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T13-21

13
1
2

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

Type N

Product History Time Line for Type N

Originally a Westinghouse
Product

Size

1940

1950

1960

1970

1980

1990

2000

Present

0–4

3

Replacement Capabilities

4

Contact Kits
NEMA
Size

Poles

Style
Number

0

3

1605226

6

1

3

1605212

2

3

1605202

7

3

3

1625563

4

3

1625564

5

8

AC Coils
Type N Contactor

9

Part Number
Two-, Three-Pole
Voltage

Hz

Original

Four-, Five-Pole
New

Original

New

9969D90G18

10

Sizes 0, 1
220/380/440

25/50/60

1470243

9969D90G03

1470263

11

550

60

1470244

9969D90G04

N/A

N/A

120

60

1605268

9969D90G09

N/A

N/A

12

115/208/230

60/60/60

1605513

9969D90G15

N/A

N/A

600

60

1470245

9969D90G20

N/A

N/A

9969D93G02

13

Size 2
110/208/220

25/60/60

1470202

9969D92G02

1470222

14

220/380/440/480

25/50/60/60

1470203

9969D92G03

N/A

N/A

600

60

1470205

9969D92G08

1470225

9969D93G08

15

120/110

60/50

1605478

9969D92G10

N/A

N/A

Size 3

16

110/208/220

25/60/60

1490646

9969D96G05

1490646

9969D96G05

220/380/400/440

25/50/50/60

1490647

9969D96G06

1490647

9969D96G06

120/110

60/50

1600770

9969D96G09

1600770

9969D96G09

600/500

60/50

1490649

9969D96G21

1490649

9969D96G21

17

Size 4

18
19
20

110/208/220

25/60/60

1490658

9969D96G11

1597724

9969D96G02

600/500

60/50

1596635

9969D96G16

1490649

9969D96G21

440

60

1490659

9969D96G12

N/A

N/A

120/110

60/50

1600771

9969D96G20

N/A

N/A

Technology Upgrades

21

Sizes 00–3—Freedom or IT.
Sizes 4–5—Freedom,
Vacuum or IT.

22
23
24
25
V12-T13-22

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

13

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

A200
Originally a Westinghouse
Product

Product History Time Line for A200, A201, A203, A204, A206, A210, A211, A213, A214, A216,
A220, A223, A224, A226, A250, A251, A600, A603, A604, A606, A700, A703, A704, A706, A800,
A804 and A806
Size

Model

00–3

J

4

J

4

K

5–6

Electrically held

5–6

Mechanically held

1960

1965

1970

1975

1980

1985

1990

1995 2000 Present

4
5
6

9

7

Replacement Capabilities

Contact Kit for A200 Model J,
Size Two-, Three-Pole

8

Kits for Model J, Sizes 00, 0, 1 and 2 1
Description

Poles

Size 00

Size 0

Size 1

Size 2

Contact kit

2

373B331G17

373B331G02

373B331G07

373B331G11

3

373B331G18

373B331G04

373B331G09

373B331G12

4

373B331G18

373B331G04

373B331G09

373B331G13 2

5

373B331G19

373B331G05

373B331G10

373B331G14 3

2–4

6714C74G01

6714C74G02

6714C74G03

6714C74G07 (two-, three-pole)

5

6714C74G04

6714C74G05

6714C74G06

6714C74G08 (four-, five-pole)

Arc box 4

Cross bar

A200 AC Coil, 120/110V, 60/50 Hz,
Two-, Three-, Four-Pole, Sizes 00, 0 and 1

2–3

N/A

N/A

N/A

672B788G32

4–5

N/A

N/A

N/A

672B788G34

Upper base (for single rated coils only)

2–3

N/A

N/A

N/A

672B788G33

4–5

N/A

N/A

N/A

672B788G35

Lower base

2–3

N/A

N/A

N/A

1250C33G09

4–5

N/A

N/A

N/A

1250C33G05

KO spring (pk. of 10)

All

N/A

N/A

N/A

503C796G01

Terminal line/load (pk. of 3)

All

N/A

N/A

N/A

371B870G03

9
10

Sizes 00, 0 and 1

Size 2

11
12
13
14
15
16

AC Coils
Voltage

Hz

Two-, Three-, Four-Pole Five-Pole

Two-, Three-Pole

Four-, Five-Pole

120/110

60/50

505C806G01

505C808G01

505C806G01

505C818G01

208

60

505C806G02

505C808G02

505C806G02

505C818G02

600/550

60/50

505C806G05

505C808G05

505C806G05

505C818G05

380

50

505C806G07

505C808G07

505C806G07

505C818G07

240/220

60/50

505C806G12

505C808G12

505C806G12

505C818G12

480/440

60/50

505C806G13

505C808G13

505C806G13

505C818G13

24

60

505C806G16

N/A

505C806G16

505C818G15

277

60

505C806G18

505C808G16

505C806G18

505C818G16

240/480 5

60/60

505C806G03

505C808G03

505C806G03

505C818G03

5

60/60

505C806G10

505C808G10

505C806G10

505C818G10

120/240

2
3

7–8

A200 Size 1 Starter

1

Notes
1 Model C contact kits and coils 00–4, two-, three-, four- and five-pole contactors are same as Model J.
All other parts are unavailable.
2 Use quantity two—373B331G11 (two-pole kit).
3 Use one each of 373B331G11 (two-pole kit) and 373B331G12 (three-pole kit).
4 Mounting hardware included.
5 Dual voltage coils. Use only on contactors or starters originally supplied with a dual voltage coil.

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T13-23

13

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

DC Coils 1

1

Size 0

Size 1

Size 2

Voltage

Single-, Two-, Three-, Four-Pole

Single-, Two-, Three-, Four-Pole

Single-, Two-, Three-, Four-Pole

12

1268C86G07

1268C86G07

1268C86G07

24

1268C86G04

1268C86G04

1268C86G04

48

1268C86G05

1268C86G05

1268C86G05

125

1268C86G02

1268C86G02

1268C86G02

4

250

1268C86G01

1268C86G01

1268C86G01

125/250 2

1268C86G03

1268C86G03

1268C86G03

5

Kits for Model J–K, Sizes 3 and 4 3

2
3

A200 AC Coil, 110/120V, 60 Hz, Size 6

Description
Contact kit

6
7

A200 AC Coil, 120/110V, 60/50 Hz,
Two-, Three-Pole, Sizes 3 and 4, Model J

Arc box

8

Cross bar

9

Upper base
Lower base

10
11

Poles

Size 3—Model J

Size 4—Model J

Size 4—Model K 4
5250C81G16

2

626B187G12

626B187G16

3

626B187G13

626B187G17

5250C81G17

4

626B187G14 5

626B187G18 7

5250C81G18

5

626B187G15 6

626B187G19 8

5250C81G19

2–3

6714C74G09

6714C74G11

6714C74G11

4–5

6714C74G10

6714C74G12

6714C74G12

2–3

672B788G36

672B788G36

672B788G40

4–5

672B788G38

672B788G38

—

2–3

672B788G37

672B788G37

672B788G52

4–5

672B788G39

672B788G39

—
1250C33G10

2–3

1250C33G03

1250C33G03

4–5

1250C33G06

1250C33G06

—

KO spring (pk. of 10)

All

503C796G02

503C796G02

672B788G50

Terminals line/load (pk. of 3)

All

372B357G12

372B357G13

372B357G13

AC Coils

12

Model K, Size 4 9

Model J, Sizes 3–4

13
14
15
16
17

Voltage

Hz

Two-, Three-Pole

Four-, Five-Pole

Two-, Three-Pole

120/110

60/50

505C633G01

505C635G01

5250C79G01

Four-, Five-Pole
5250C80G01

208

60

505C633G02

505C635G02

5250C79G02

5250C80G02

600/550

60/50

505C633G05

505C635G05

5250C79G05

5250C80G05

380

50

505C633G07

505C635G07

5250C79G07

5250C80G07
5250C80G12

240/220

60/50

505C633G12

505C635G12

5250C79G12

480/440

60/50

505C633G13

505C635G13

5250C79G13

5250C80G13

24

60

505C633G34

N/A

5250C79G34

N/A

277

60

505C633G14

N/A

5250C79G14

N/A

240/480 j

60/60

505C633G03

505C635G03

5250C79G03

5250C80G03

120/240 j

60/60

505C633G10

505C635G10

5250C79G10

5250C80G10

DC Coils k
Model J, Sizes 3–4

18

Voltage

Two-, Three-Pole

24

1255C68G04

48

1255C68G05

125

1255C68G01

20

250

1255C68G02

125/250

1255C68G03

21

Notes
1 Use only on contactors originally supplied with a DC coil.
2 Dual voltage coils. Use only on contactors or starters originally supplied with a dual voltage coil.
3 Model C contact kits and coils 00–4, two-, three-, four- and five-pole contactors are same as Model J.
All other parts are unavailable.
4 Model K replaces Model J.
5 Use quantity two–626B187G12 (two-pole kits).
6 Use one of each of 626B187G12 (two-pole kit) and 626B187G13 (three-pole kit).
7 Use quantity two–626B187G16 (two-pole kit).
8 Use one each of 626B187G16 (two-pole kit) and 626B187G17 (three-pole kit).
9 Model K replaces Model J.
j Dual voltage coils. Use only on contactors or starters originally supplied with a dual voltage coil.
k Use only on units originally supplied with DC coil.

19

22
23
24
25
V12-T13-24

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

13

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

Kits for GCA 530/630, Sizes 5–9—and GPD Sizes 7–9 1
Kit

Size 5
2

Size 6

Size 7

Size 8

Size 9

1

2066A10G11

461A757G17

646C829G05

5264C42G01 (rear connected)

—

—

—

—

5264C42G02 (front connected)

Arc box

2050A15G45

2066A10G45

831D580G01

831D580G01

9917D69G02

Magnet assembly

2050A15G46

2050A15G46

N/A

N/A

N/A

Magnet spacing kit

2050A15G47

2050A15G47

N/A

N/A

N/A

Arc cup kit

2050A15G48

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Load connection kit

2050A15G49

2066A10G49

N/A

N/A

N/A

Line connection kit

2050A15G50

2066A10G50

N/A

N/A

N/A

KO spring-6

2050A15G51

2066A10G46

N/A

N/A

N/A

CT 300/5

655C285H03

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

CT 400/5

655C285H04

—

—

—

—

CT 600/5

N/A

2066A10G18 3

N/A

N/A

N/A

CT 800/5

N/A

2066A10G19 3

N/A

N/A

N/A

Contact kit (one per pole)

477B477G05

3
4
5
6
7

Phase barrier

N/A

N/A

640C441G01

640C441G01

5264C35G03 (rear connected)

Cross bar

2050A15G12

2066A10G15

N/A

N/A

N/A

Shunt

N/A

2066A10G48

650C129G01

646C831G02 (set of three)

5264C39G02 (set of four)

Coils
Voltage

2

8
9

Coils
Hz

Size 5

Size 6

Line Voltage

Sizes 7–8

Required

Size 9

110/120

60

2050A14G05

2050A12G05

115 Vdc

438C805G01

2

110/120

50

2050A14G06

2050A12G06

125 Vdc

438C805G04

2

100 Vdc
5264C34G01
(contains coil
and resistor)

200/208

50

2050A14G07

2050A12G07

230 Vdc

438C805G02

2

220/240

50

2050A14G08

2050A12G08

250 Vdc

438C805G03

2

200/208

60

2050A14G09

2050A12G09

110/120 Vac 47

438C805G12

2

220/240

60

2050A14G10

2050A12G10

220/240 Vac 57

438C805G11

2

277/303

60

2050A14G12

2050A12G12

380 Vac 67

438C805G15

2

380/415

50

2050A14G14

2050A12G14

440/480 Vac 67

438C805G10

2

67

438C805G13

2

2050A12G15

550/575 Vac

440/480

50

2050A14G16

2050A12G16

550/600

60

2050A14G17

2050A12G17

Notes
1 Catalog No. A201/A200 Series replaces GCA/GPD Series. Renewal parts are the same.
2 Use 477B477G06 for Silver Tungsten applications.
3 CT Kit replaces the single molded one CT assembly used on the old Size 6 airbrake. The kit
includes a single molded three CT assembly, two busbars and hardware. This CT Kit also
replaces the single molded three CT assembly used on the present Size 6 airbrake and Size 6
vacuum contactor.
4 Rectifier 125V 2018A40G01 (one required).
5 Rectifier 250V 2018A40G02 (one required).
6 Rectifier 600V 2018A40G03 (one required).
7 These coils require an external rectifier. If the rectifier needs to be replaced, order by the
appropriate style number.

550/600

50

2050A14G18

2050A12G18

60

2050A14G19

2050A12G19

120/240

60

2050A14G20

2050A12G20

24 DC

—

2050A14G21

2050A12G21

48 DC

—

2050A14G22

2050A12G22

125 DC

—

2050A14G25

2050A12G25

250 DC

—

2050A14G27

2050A12G27

12
14

2050A14G15

380/415

11
13

60

440/480

10

15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T13-25

13

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

Accessories for Size 5–9 AC Contactors—Coils

1

AC Contactors

2
3
4
5

Size 5
DC Coil Conversion Kit—
Style Number 7864A29G01

A rectifier circuit converts the
AC supply to DC supply. This
conversion provides quiet
operation and improves
pickup and dropout
characteristics. All necessary
parts are included in the kit.

Size 6

Voltage

AC/DC Coil
Conversion Kit

Replacement
Coil

120 Vac

7864A28G01

7856A15G05

240 Vac

7864A28G02

7856A15G10

480 Vac

7864A28G03

7856A15G15

120 Vac

7864A29G01

7856A16G05

240 Vac

7864A29G02

7856A16G10

480 Vac

7864A29G03

7856A16G15

Accessories for Size 5–9 AC Contactors—Auxiliary Electrical Interlock

Contactor Size

Catalog
Number
(Obsolete)

Style Number
(Obsolete)

Circuits

Catalog
Number
(Current)

Style
Number
(Current)

00–6

(L-56)

(2609D01G01)

1NO and 1NC

J11

9084A17G01

(L-56D)

8

(L-56E)

(2609D01G02)

2NO

J20

9084A17G02

(2609D01G03)

1NO and 1NC

J11

9084A17G01

(L-56B)

(2609D01G04)

2NO

J20

9084A17G02

9

(L-56H)

(2609D01G05)

2NO

J20

9084A17G02

(L-56J)

(2609D01G06)

1NO and 1NC DB

J1C

N/A

10

(T-56A)

(2609D01G07)

N/A

N/A

N/A

6
7

L63—Style Number 578D461G01

(T-56A)

(2609D01G07)

N/A

N/A

N/A

11

(T-56B)

(2609D01G08)

N/A

N/A

N/A

(L-56F)

(2609D01G09)

N/A

N/A

N/A

12

(L-56G)

(2609D01G10)

1NO and 1NC DB

J1C

9084A17G04
9084A17G03

(L-56C)

(2609D01G11)

2NC

J02

(L-56M)

(2609D01G12)

N/A

N/A

N/A

(L-56P)

(2609D01G17)

1NO and 1NC

J11

9084A17G01

(L-56R)

(2609D01G18)

2NC

J02

9084A17G03

(L-56S)

(2609D01G19)

1NO and 1NC

J11

9084A17G01

7–8

L63

—

NO

—

578D461G01

L63

—

NC

—

578D461G03

9

L64

—

NO/NC

—

843D943G04

L64

—

2NO

—

843D943G05

L64

—

2NC

—

843D943G06

13
14

L64—Style Number 843D943G04

15
16
17

Technology Upgrades
Sizes 00–3—Freedom or IT.
Sizes 4–6—Freedom, Vacuum or IT.
Sizes 7–8—Freedom
Size 9—No upgrade available

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T13-26

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

13

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

Manual Reset, Class 20,
Thermal Type B Overload
Relay

Type B Overload Relay, Panel Mounted

Operation

Ambient Compensation

Design Standards

The Type B overload relay is a
bimetallic actuated device. The
bimetal elements are operated
by precisely calibrated heaters.
The heater elements connect
either directly in the circuit to
be measured, or through
current transformers on
applications NEMA Size 5
and larger.

The Type B ambient
compensated design is
supplied as standard on all
A200 starters. This design
uses a second compensating
bimetal responsive to
ambient air temperature in
the surrounding enclosure.
This feature reduces
nuisance tripping in
applications using compact
control panels and motor
control centers where
internal temperature rise is
significant compared to
motor ambient temperature.
The compensating
characteristic is maintained in
ambient temperatures from
40°C to 77°C.

UL® 508, CSA®, ANSI/NEMA
ICS 2-222.

As the bimetals are heated by
motor current flow, a
deflection force is produced.
Upon a sustained level of
abnormal current flow, the
deflection becomes great
enough to open the snap
action output contact.

4
5
6
7
8
9

Starter Mounted Catalog Number

Field-Mountable Alarm Contact

Note: Alarm contact available as
factory modification of field
mountable. For factory
modification, add suffix B.

Panel Mounted
Catalog Number

Replacement for Type B
Overload Relays

Replacement for Type A Overload
Relays in Manual Reset Mode
(Three-Pole Only) 1

Ambient
Comp.

Non-Comp.

Ambient
Comp.

Non-Comp.

Ambient
Comp.

Non-Comp.

Single-Pole (One NC Contact)
0.25–26.2

BA11JP

BN11JP

BA11A

BN11A

—

—

26.3–45.0

BA21JP

BN21JP

BA21A

BN21A

—

—

19.0–90.0
19.0–135.0

The Type B overload relay is
designed to protect industrial
motors against overload
conditions. Using modern
block-type, bimetallic design,
this relay will provide Class 20
operation in either singlephase or three-phase
applications.

Three-Pole (One NC Contact)

Features
●

●

●
●
●

●

●

Ambient compensation
standard
Alarm contact field
mountable
Class 20—600V design
Inverse time delay trip
Test trip device for weld
check
High visibility up-front trip
indication
Trip-free reset mechanism

10
11
12
13

Use three-pole design, wire three-poles in series

Application Description

2
3

Overload Relay Selection Table
For replacement in existing applications only.

Motor Full
Load
Amperes

1

14

0.25–26.2

BA13JP

BN13JP

BA13A 2

BN13A 2

BA13J

BN13J

26.3–45.0

BA23JP

BN23JP

BA23A

BN23A

BA23J

BN23J

19.0–90.0

BA33P

BN33P

BA33A

BN33A

BA33A

BN33A

19.0–135.0

BA43P

BN43P

BA43A

BN43A

BA43A

BN43A

Alarm Contact Kit Selection

Heaters

Type B Overload
Relay Size

Catalog
Number

1, 2
3, 4

B3NO-2
B3NO-4

Price of overload relay does
not include heaters. Select
from the tables on Pages
V12-T13-30 to V12-T13-32.

15
16
17
18
19

Notes
1 Includes contactor mounting bracket,
overload relay and connection straps
to contactor.
2 For replacement on B200 sizes 00, 0
and 1, use BA23A instead of BA13A
and use BN23A instead of BN13A.

20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T13-27

13
1
2

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

Auto/Manual Reset,
Class 20, Thermal Type A
Overload Relay

3
4
5
6
Three-Pole Panel Mounted

7
8

Operation

Automatic Reset

Design Standards

The Type A overload relay is a
bimetallic actuated device. The
bimetal elements are operated
by precisely calibrated heaters.
The heater elements
connected either directly in the
circuit to be measured, or
through current transformers
on applications NEMA Size 5
and larger.

The Type A overload relay can
be supplied as an option on all
A200 starters to provide
automatic reset operation.
The overload relay is always
shipped in the non-automatic
mode. To set up auto
operation, reposition the
reset rod by loosening and retightening a hold-down clamp
at the base of overload relay.

UL 508, CSA, ANSI/NEMA
ICS 2-222.

As the bimetals are heated by
motor current flow, a
deflection force is produced.
Upon a sustained level of
abnormal current flow, the
deflection becomes great
enough to open the snap
action output contact.

Overload Relay Selection Table
For replacement in existing applications only.

9

Motor Full
Load Amperes

Panel Mounted Catalog Number

Starter Mounted Catalog Number

Ambient Comp.

Ambient Comp.

Non-Comp.

AN11A

Non-Comp.

10

Single-Pole (One NC Contact)

11

0.25–26.2

AA11P

AN11P

AA11A

26.3–45.0

AA21P

AN21P

AA21A

AN21A

19.0–90.0

AA31P

AN31P

AA31A

AN31A

19.0–135.0

AA41P

AN41P

AA41A

AN41A

AA13P

AN13P

AA13A

AN13A

12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

Single-Pole Panel Mounted

Application Description
The Type A overload relay is
designed to protect industrial
motors against overload
conditions. Using modern
block-type, bimetallic design,
this relay will provide Class 20
operation in either singlephase or three-phase
applications.

Features
●

●

●
●
●

●

Field selectable manual/
auto reset
Alarm contact factory
available
Class 20—600V design
Inverse time delay trip
Adjustable trip rating
±15%
Color-coded reset rod:
Compensated (gray)
Non-compensated (red)

Three-Pole (One NC Contact) 1
0.25–26.2
26.3–45.0

AA23P

AN23P

AA23A

AN23A

19.0–90.0

AA33P

AN33P

AA33A

AN33A

19.0–135.0

AA43P

AN43P

AA43A

AN43A

Heaters
Price of overload relay does
not include heaters. Select
from the tables on Pages
V12-T13-30 to V12-T13-32.

Notes
1 Three-pole Type B Overload Relay is a
suitable alternative to a three-pole Type
A Overload Relay in Manual Reset Mode.
For example, use BA13JP for AA13P
and BN23J for AN23A, etc. (See
Page V12-T13-27.)
Alarm contact available only as factory
modification on Type A relay.

21
22
23
24
25
V12-T13-28

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

13

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

Type FT Fast Trip,
Class 10 Overload Relay

Single-Pole Fast Trip, Panel Mounted

Operation
The Type FT overload relay is
a bimetallic actuated device.
The bimetal elements are
operated directly from line
current, thus separate
calibrating heater elements
are not used. The overload
relay may be wired directly in
the motor circuit, or through
current transformers on
applications larger than 150A.

1

As the bimetals are heated
by motor current flow, a
deflection is produced. Upon
a sustained level of abnormal
current flow, the deflection
becomes great enough to
open the snap action output
contact.

2
3
4
5

Overload Relay Selection Table
For replacement in existing applications only.
Motor Full Load
Amperes

6

Panel Mounted Catalog Number

Starter Mounted Catalog Number 1

Single-Pole 1

NEMA Size

Three-Pole 2

Single-Pole

7
8

Single-Pole (One NC Contact); Three-Phase (Three NC Contacts in Series)

Three-Pole Fast Trip, Panel Mounted

Application Description
The Type FT overload relay is
designed to protect special
purpose motors having
restricted thermal and locked
rotor capabilities. Using
modern block-type, bimetallic
design, this relay will provide
Class 10 operation in singlephase or three-phase
applications.

Features
●
●
●

●

●

●

●

Class 10—600V design
Inverse time delay trip
Color-coded reset rod—
green
Alarm contact factory
available
Field selectable manual/
auto reset
Adjustable trip rating
±20%
Ambient compensation
included

0.76–1.1

FT11P-1.1

FT13P-1.1

—

FT11A-1.1

1.1–1.6

FT11P-1.6

FT13P-1.6

—

FT11A-1.6

1.6–2.4

FT11P-2.4

FT13P-2.4

0, 1

FT11A-2.4

2.4–3.6

FT11P-3.6

FT13P-3.6

0, 1

FT11A-3.6

3.6–5.4

FT11P-5.4

FT13P-5.4

0, 1

FT11A-5.4

5.4–8.0

FT11P-8

FT13P-8

0, 1

FT11A-8

8.0–12

FT11P-12

FT13P-12

0, 1

FT11A-12

12–18

FT11P-18

FT13P-18

1

FT11A-18

16–24

FT11P-24

FT13P-24

1

FT11A-24

22–32

FT11P-32

FT13P-32

0, 1

FT11A-32

24–36

FT21P-36

FT23P-36

2

FT21A-36

36–54

FT21P-54

FT23P-54

2

FT21A-54

22–32

FT31P-32

FT33P-32

3

FT31A-32

32–48

FT31P-48

FT33P-48

3

FT31A-48

48–72

FT31P-72

FT33P-72

3

FT31A-72

72–110

FT41P-110

FT43P-110

4

FT41A-110

100–150

FT41P-150

FT43P-150

4

FT41A-150

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

Notes
1 Single-pole (one NO–NC contact): Add suffix B.
2 Three-pole (three NO–NC contacts): Add suffix B. Example: FT13PB-12.

17

Alarm contact available only as factory modification on FT relay.

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T13-29

13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

Heaters for Thermal
Types A and B Overload
Relays
Product Description

Heater Selection for Types A and B Overload Relays, Sizes 00, 0, 1 and 2 Starters
Non-Compensated Open Starters and
Ambient Compensated Open and Enclosed Starters

Non-Compensated
Enclosed Starters

Block-Type Overload
Using Three Heaters

Block-Type Overload
Using Three Heaters

Single-Pole
Type Overload

Heater
Catalog
Number

Single-Pole
Type Overload

Each heater is identified by
a catalog number stamped
on one terminal. The heater
application table indicates
the range of full load motor
current to which a given
heater may be applied.

Full Load Current of Motor (Amperes)

Heaters should be selected
on the basis of the actual
full load current and service
factor as shown on the
motor nameplate or in the
manufacturer’s published
literature.
When motor and overload
relay are in the same ambient
and the service factor of the
motor is 1.15 to 1.25, select
heaters from the heater
application table. If the service
factor of the motor is 1.0, or
there is no service factor
shown, or a maximum of
115% protection is desired,
select one size smaller
heater than indicated.
When motor and overload
relay are in different
ambients and when using
non-compensated overload
relays, select heaters from
the tables on Pages
V12-T13-30 through
V12-T13-32 using adjusted
motor currents as follows:
decrease rated motor current
1% for each °C motor
ambient exceeds controller
ambient. Increase rated
motor current 1% for each °C
controller ambient exceeds
motor ambient.
For temperature
compensated overload
relays, select heaters
according to the tables on
Pages V12-T13-30 through
V12-T13-32 and selection
information above regardless
of ambient.

12

For Sizes 0, 1 and 2 Starters
0.25–0.27

0.29–0.31

0.24–0.25

0.28–0.30

FH03

0.28–0.31

0.32–0.35

0.26–0.28

0.31–0.34

FH04

0.32–0.34

0.36–0.39

0.29–0.31

0.35–0.37

FH05

0.35–0.38

0.40–0.43

0.32–0.35

0.38–0.42

FH06

0.39–0.42

0.44–0.48

0.36–0.39

0.43–0.47

FH07

0.43–0.46

0.49–0.53

0.40–0.43

0.48–0.52

FH08

0.47–0.50

0.54–0.58

0.44–0.47

0.53–0.56

FH09

0.51–0.55

0.59–0.64

0.48–0.51

0.57–0.63

FH10

0.56–0.62

0.65–0.71

0.52–0.57

0.64–0.70

FH11

0.63–0.68

0.72–0.79

0.58–0.63

0.71–0.77

FH12

0.69–0.75

0.80–0.87

0.64–0.70

0.78–0.85

FH13

0.76–0.83

0.88–0.96

0.71–0.77

0.86–0.94

FH14

0.84–0.91

0.97–1.06

0.78–0.85

0.95–1.03

FH15

0.92–1.00

1.07–1.16

0.86–0.93

1.04–1.13

FH16

1.01–1.11

1.17–1.28

0.94–1.03

1.14–1.25

FH17

1.12–1.22

1.29–1.41

1.04–1.13

1.26–1.38

FH18

1.23–1.34

1.42–1.55

1.14–1.25

1.39–1.52

FH19

1.35–1.47

1.56–1.71

1.26–1.37

1.53–1.67

FH20

1.48–1.62

1.72–1.87

1.38–1.51

1.68–1.83

FH21

1.63–1.78

1.88–2.06

1.52–1.65

1.84–2.01

FH22

1.79–1.95

2.07–2.26

1.66–1.81

2.02–2.21

FH23

1.96–2.15

2.27–2.48

1.82–1.99

2.22–2.43

FH24

2.16–2.35

2.49–2.72

2.00–2.19

2.44–2.66

FH25

2.36–2.58

2.73–2.99

2.20–2.39

2.67–2.92

FH26

2.59–2.83

3.00–3.28

2.40–2.63

2.93–3.21

FH27

2.84–3.11

3.29–3.60

2.64–2.89

3.22–3.53

FH28

3.12–3.42

3.61–3.95

2.90–3.17

3.54–3.87

FH29

3.43–3.73

3.96–4.31

3.18–3.47

3.88–4.22

FH30

3.74–4.07

4.32–4.71

3.48–3.79

4.23–4.61

FH31

4.08–4.39

4.72–5.14

3.80–4.11

4.62–4.9

FH32

4.40–4.87

5.15–5.6

4.12–4.55

5.0–5.5

FH33

4.88–5.3

5.7–6.2

4.56–5.0

5.6–6.0

FH34

Notes
1 Based on 60°C and 75°C wire for 30A or less.
2 Based on 60°C wire for 31 to 95A.
Heaters are packaged in strips of six. Minimum ordering quantity is 12.

Protect the starter against
short circuits by providing
branch circuit protection
per National Electrical
Code® (NEC®).

24
25
V12-T13-30

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

13

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

Heater Selection for Types A and B Overload Relays, Sizes 00, 0, 1 and 2 Starters, continued

1

Non-Compensated Open Starters and
Ambient Compensated Open and Enclosed Starters

Non-Compensated
Enclosed Starters

Block-Type Overload
Using Three Heaters

Single-Pole
Type Overload

Block-Type Overload
Using Three Heaters

Single-Pole
Type Overload

Heater
Catalog
Number

5.4–5.9

6.3–6.8

5.1–5.5

6.1–6.6

FH35

6.0–6.4

6.9–7.5

5.6–5.9

6.7–7.3

FH36

6.5–7.1

7.6–8.2

6.0–6.6

7.4–8.0

FH37

7.2–7.8

8.3–9.0

6.7–7.2

8.1–8.7

FH38

7.9–8.5

9.1–9.9

7.3–7.9

8.8–9.7

FH39

Full Load Current of Motor (Amperes) 12
For Sizes 0, 1 and 2 Starters

8.6–9.4

10.0–10.8

8.0–8.7

9.8–10.5

FH40

9.5–10.3

10.9–11.9

8.8–9.5

10.6–11.7

FH41

10.4–11.3

12.0–13.1

9.6–10.5

11.8–12.7

FH42

11.4–12.4

13.2–14.3

10.6–11.5

12.8–14.0

FH43

12.5–13.5

14.4–15.7

11.6–12.6

14.1–15.3

FH44

13.6–14.9

15.8–17.2

12.7–13.8

15.4–16.6

FH45

2
3
4
5
6
7
8

15.0–16.3

—

13.9–15.1

—

FH46

16.4–18.0

—

15.2–16.7

—

FH47

9

17.3–18.9

—

16.7–18.3

FH46

10

For Sizes 1 and 2 Starters
—
—

19.0–20.8

—

18.4–20.0

FH47

18.1–19.8

20.9–22.9

16.8–18.3

20.1–21.9

FH48

19.9–21.7

23.0–25.2

18.4–20.2

22.0–23.9

FH49

21.8–23.9

25.3–27.6

20.3–22.2

24.0–26.2

FH50

24.0–26.2

—

22.3–24.3

—

FH51

—

—

24.4–26.6

—

FH52

13
14

11
12

For Size 2 Starters
—

27.7–30.3

—

26.3–28.8

FH51

26.3–28.7

30.4–33.3

—

28.9–31.4

FH52

28.8–31.4

33.4–36.4

26.7–29.1

31.5–34.5

FH53

31.5–34.0

36.5–39.9

29.2–32.0

34.6–37.9

FH54

34.6–37.9

42.0–43.9

32.1–35.2

38.0–41.9

FH55

38.0–41.5

—

35.3–38.5

42.0–45.0

FH56

41.6–45.0

—

38.6–42.3

—

FH57

15
16
17

Notes
1 Based on 60°C and 75°C wire for 30A or less.
2 Based on 60°C wire for 31 to 95A.

18

Heaters are packaged in strips of six. Minimum ordering quantity is 12.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T13-31

13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

Heater Selection for Types A and B Overload Relays,
Sizes 3 and 4 Starters 123

Heater Selection for Types A and B Overload Relays,
Sizes 5 and 6 Starters 4

Ambient
Compensated
Enclosed Starters

Compensated Overload Relay
Non-Compensated
Enclosed Starters

All Applications
Full Load Current of Motor (Amperes)

1

Open Starter
Heater
Catalog
Number

For Sizes 3 and 4 Starters

Enclosed Starter

Full Load Current of Motor (Amperes)

Heater
Catalog
Number

Size 5 (With 300/5 Current Transformers)
—

—

FH23

118–129

118–129

FH24

12.8–14.1

11.9–13.0

FH68

14.2–15.5

13.1–14.3

FH69

130–141

130–141

FH25

FH70

142–155

142–155

FH26

156–170

156–170

FH27

FH72

171–187

171–187

FH28

FH73

188–205

188–205

FH29

206–224

206–224

FH30

FH75

225–244

225–244

FH31

245–263

245–263

FH32

264–292

264–292

FH33

FH78

293–300

—

FH34

Size 6 (With 600/5 Current Transformers)

15.6–17.1
17.2–18.9
19.0–20.8
20.9–22.9
23.0–25.2
25.3–27.8

14.4–15.9
16.0–17.4
17.5–19.1
19.2–21.1
21.2–23.2
23.3–25.6

FH71

FH74

27.9–30.6

25.7–28.1

FH76

30.7–33.5

28.2–30.8

FH77

33.6–37.5

30.9–34.5

37.6–41.5

34.6–38.2

FH79

41.6–46.3

38.3–42.6

FH80

46.4–50
51–55
56–61

42.7–46
47–51
52–56

—

—

FH23

FH81

236–259

236–259

FH24

FH82

260–283

260–283

FH25

284–310

284–310

FH26

311–340

FH27

FH83

62–66

57–61

FH84

311–340

67–73

62–67

FH85

341–374

341–374

FH28

375–411

375–411

FH29

FH87

412–448

412–448

FH30

FH88

449–489

449–489

FH31

490–527

490–527

FH32

For Size 4 Starters

528–585

528–540

FH33

15

93–101

586–600

—

FH34

102–110

92–99

FH90

16

111–122

100–110

FH91

123–129

111–122

FH92

17

130–133

123–128

FH93

—

129–133

FH94

12
13

74–78
79–84
85–92

14

—

18

68–72
73–77
78–84
85–91

—

FH86

FH89

FH89

Size 7 and Larger
Advise full load current
Notes
1 Based on 60°C and 75°C wire for 30A or less.
2 Based on 60°C wire for 31 to 95A.
3 Based on 75°C wire for greater than 95A.
4 Based on 75°C wire.
Heaters are packaged in strips of six. Minimum ordering quantity is 12.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T13-32

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

13

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

A202 Lighting Contactor
(Electrically Held/
Magnetically Latched)
Originally a Westinghouse
Product

Product History Time Line for A202 Lighting Contactor
(Electrically Held/Magnetically Latched)
Size

Amperes Model

Size 1

30

Size 2

60

Size 3

100

Size 4

200

J

Size 4

200

K

1965

1970

1975

1980

1
1985

1990

1995

2000 Present

2
3
4

Replacement Capabilities

5

A202 Kits for 30 to 200A

6

Description

Poles

30A

60A

100A

200A—
Model J 1

200A—
Model K 2

Contact kit

2

373B331G07

373B331G11

626B187G12

626B187G16

5250C81G16

3

373B331G09

373B331G12

626B187G13

626B187G17

5250C81G17

4

373B331G09

3

5

7

5250C81G18

5

373B331G10

4

6

8

5250C81G19

2, 3, 4

6714C74G03

6714C74G07

6714C74G09

6714C74G11

6714C74G11

30A, Four-Pole Magnetically Latched

Arc box

7
8
9
10

5

6714C74G06

6714C74G08

6714C74G10

6714C74G12

6714C74G12

Cross bar

2–3

—

672B788G32

672B788G36

672B788G36

672B788G40

4–5

—

672B788G34

672B788G38

672B788G38

—

Upper base
(for single rated
coils only)

2–3

—

672B788G33

672B788G37

672B788G37

672B788G52

4–5

—

672B788G35

672B788G39

672B788G39

—

Lower base

2–3

—

1250C33G09

1250C33G03

1250C33G03

1250C33G10

4–5

—

1250C33G05

1250C33G06

1250C33G06

—

13
14

Electrically Held Only
KO spring
(pack of 10)

All

—

503C796G01

503C796G02

503C796G02

672B788G50

Terminal line/load
(pack of 3)

All

—

371B870G03

372B357G12

372B357G13

372B357G13

Notes
1 For 200A A202 Magnetically Latched Lighting Contactors, order three-pole contact kit style 672B788G07.
2 Model K replaces Model J, offering superior design and life characteristics. Renewal parts are different.
Use parts for proper model only.
3 Use quantity two–373B331G11 (two-pole kit).
4 Use one each of 373B331G11 (two-pole kit) and 373B331G12 (three-pole kit).
5 Use quantity two–626B187G12 (two-pole kit).
6 Use one each of 626B187G12 (two-pole kit) and 626B187G13 (three-pole kit).
7 Use quantity two–626B187G16 (two-pole kit).
8 Use one each of 626B187G16 (two-pole kit) and 626B187G17 (three-pole kit).

11
12

15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T13-33

13
1

120V Coil for
Electrically Held
Lighting Contactor—
Style Number
505C633G01

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

AC Coils Electrically Held
30A

60A

Voltage

Hz

Two-, Three-, Four-Pole

Five-Pole

Two-, Three-Pole

Four-, Five-Pole

120/110

60/50

505C806G01

505C808G01

505C806G01

505C818G01

208

60

505C806G02

505C808G02

505C806G02

505C818G02

600/550

60/50

505C806G05

505C808G05

505C806G05

505C818G05

380

50

505C806G07

505C808G07

505C806G07

505C818G07

240/220

60/50

505C806G12

505C808G12

505C806G12

505C818G12

480/440

60/50

505C806G13

505C808G13

505C806G13

505C818G13

5

24

60

505C806G16

N/A

505C806G16

505C818G15

227

60

505C806G18

505C808G16

505C806G18

505C818G16

6

240/480 1

60/60

505C806G03

505C808G03

505C806G03

505C818G03

120/240 1

60/60

505C806G10

505C808G10

505C806G10

505C818G10

Four-, Five-Pole

Two-, Three-Pole

2
3
4

7
AC Coils Electrically Held, continued

8

200A—Model K 2

100 and 200A—Model J
Voltage

Hz

Two-, Three-Pole

120/110

60/50

505C633G01

505C635G01

52050C79G01

5250C80G01

208

60

505C633G02

505C635G02

52050C79G02

5250C80G02

600/550

60/50

505C633G05

505C635G05

52050C79G05

5250C80G05

380

50

505C633G07

505C635G07

52050C79G07

5250C80G07

11

240/220

60/50

505C633G12

505C635G12

52050C79G12

5250C80G12

480/440

60/50

505C633G13

505C635G13

52050C79G13

5250C80G13

12

24

60

505C633G34

N/A

52050C79G34

N/A

9
10

13
14

Four-, Five-Pole

227

60

505C633G14

N/A

52050C79G14

N/A

240/480 1

60/60

505C633G03

505C635G03

52050C79G03

5250C80G03

120/244 1

60/60

505C633G10

505C635G10

52050C79G10

5250C80G10

Notes
1 Dual voltage coils. Use only on contactors or starters originally supplied with a dual voltage coil.
2 Model K replaces Model J. Renewal parts are different. Use parts for proper model only.

15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T13-34

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

13

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

AC Coils Magnetically Latched
Hz

Two-Pole

Three-Pole

Four-Pole

Five-Pole

1

110/120

50/60

7874A93G01

7874A93G01

7874A93G01

7874A89G01

2

208/240

50/60

7874A93G02

7874A93G02

7874A93G02

7874A89G02

277

50/60

7874A93G03

7874A93G03

7874A93G03

7874A89G03

440/480

50/60

7874A93G04

7874A93G04

7874A93G04

7874A89G04

575

50/60

7874A93G05

7874A93G05

7874A93G05

7874A89G05

4

110/120

50/60

7874A93G01

7874A93G01

7874A87G01

7874A87G01

5

208/240

50/60

7874A93G02

7874A93G02

7874A87G02

7874A87G02

277

50/60

7874A93G03

7874A93G03

7874A87G03

7874A87G03

440/480

50/60

7874A93G04

7874A93G04

7874A87G04

7874A87G04

110/120

50/60

7874A93G01

7874A93G01

7874A87G01

7874A87G05

7

110/120

50/60

7874A85G01

7874A85G01

7874A83G01

7874A83G01

208/240

50/60

7874A85G02

7874A85G02

7874A83G02

7874A83G02

8

277

50/60

7874A85G03

7874A85G03

7874A83G03

7874A83G03

440/480

50/60

7874A85G04

7874A85G04

7874A83G04

7874A83G04

550/575

50/60

7874A85G05

7874A85G05

7874A83G05

7874A83G05

Voltage
30A

3

60A

6

100 and 200A

9
10

Terminals (Line and Load)

11

Size

Two-Pole

Three-Pole

Four-Pole

Five-Pole

30A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

60A

179C755G17

179C755G16

179C755G17 1

179C755G16 + G17 2

100A

179C755G19

179C755G18

179C755G19 1

179C755G18 + G19 2

200A

Model K

Model J

Model K

Model J

Model K

Model J

Model K

Model J

179C755G28

179C755G31

179C755G27

179C755G30

179C755G28 1

179C755G3 1

179C755G27 + G28 2

179C755G30 + G3 2

12
13

Other Accessories
Size

Control Module (Rectifier)

30 to 200A

3915B98G01

14
15
16

Notes
1 Order quantity of two for four-pole design.
2 Group numbers for the five-pole terminals represent the combination of the two-pole and
three-pole number.

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T13-35

13

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

1

V201 and V200 Vacuum
Contactors and Starters

Heater Coils

Replacement Coils

2

Originally a Westinghouse
Product

Heater Coil Selection for
Type B Overload Relay

Vacuum Contactor—Replacement Coils

Motor Full Load Current in Amperes for
Use with Three Heaters Only

Description

3

Open Starter
Ambient Compensated
Overload Relay

4

Size 4 and 160A

5
6
7
8

Heater
Catalog
Number 1

Size 4 Vacuum Contactors

9
10
11
12
13
14

12.8–14.1
14.2–15.5
15.6–17.1
17.2–18.9
19.0–20.8

FH68
FH69
FH70
FH71
FH72

20.9–22.9
23.0–25.2
25.3–27.8
27.9–30.6
30.7–33.5

FH73
FH74
FH75
FH76
FH77

33.6–37.5
37.6–41.5
41.6–46.3
46.4–50
51–55

FH78
FH79
FH80
FH81
FH82

56–61
62–66
67–73
74–78
79–84

FH83
FH84
FH85
FH86
FH87

85–92
93–101
102–110
111–122
123–129
130–133
—

FH88
FH89
FH90
FH91
FH92
FH93
FH94

Suffix

Part
Number

J
K
H
U

9085A57G01
9085A57G02
ID89221G07
9085A57G03

—
—
J
K
H
U

7874A09G07
7874A09G08
7874A09G01 2
7874A09G04 3
7874A09G10
7874A09G05

J
K
H
U

7874A24G01 2
7874A24G02 3
7874A24G07
7874A24G03

Size 4
110/120 Vac, 50/60 Hz
220/240 Vac, 50/60 Hz
380/415 Vac, 50/60 Hz
440/480 Vac, 50/60 Hz
Size 5
24 Vdc
48 Vdc
110/120 Vac, 50/60 Hz
220/240 Vac, 50/60 Hz
380/415 Vac, 50/60 Hz
440/480 Vac, 50/60 Hz
Size 6
110/120 Vac, 50/60 Hz
220/240 Vac, 50/60 Hz
380/415 Vac, 50/60 Hz
440/480 Vac, 50/60 Hz

Notes
1 Three are required per overload relay.
2 125 Vdc can be directly applied to the Size 5 and 6 coil rated for 120V/60 Hz AC
(cannot be applied to Size 4).
3 250 Vdc can be directly applied to the Size 5 and 6 coil rated for 240V/60 Hz AC
(cannot be applied to Size 4).

Size 5 and 320A with 300/5
Current Transformers

15
16
17
18
19

107–117
118–129
130–141
142–155
156–170

FH23
FH24
FH25
FH26
FH27

171–187
188–205
206–224
225–244
245–263

FH28
FH29
FH30
FH31
FH32

264–292
293–318
319–350

FH33
FH34
FH35

Size 6 and 540A with 600/5
Current Transformers

20
21
22
23

236–259
260–283
284–310
311–340
341–374

FH24
FH25
FH26
FH27
FH28

375–411
412–448
449–489
490–527
528–585
586–600

FH29
FH30
FH31
FH32
FH33
FH34

24
25
V12-T13-36

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

13

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

Freedom Series—
NEMA and IEC
Originally a Cutler-Hammer
Product

Product History Time Line for Freedom CN15 and AN15
NEMA Size Series
Size 00

1986

1988

1990

1992

1994

1996

1998

2000

Present

2

A1
B1

Size 0

3

A1
B1

Size 1

4

A1
B1

Size 2

5

A1
B1

Size 3

A1

Size 4

A1

6
7

B1
Size 5

A1

Size 6

A1

8

B1
Freedom

Product Description
The Cutler-Hammer Freedom
Series starters and
contactors feature a compact
space-saving design using
state-of-the-art technology
and the latest in high
strength, impact and
temperature-resistant
insulating materials. Starters
and contactors are available
in two rating/configuration
styles—NEMA (National
Electrical Manufacturers
Association) and IEC
(International
Electrotechnical
Commission). The NEMA
devices are sized based
on traditional NEMA
classifications and the IEC
devices on international
ratings. Internationally rated
starters and contactors, as
compared to NEMA devices,
generally are physically downsized to provide higher
ratings in a smaller package.

Size 7

A1

Size 8

A1

1

9
10

Note: See contactor/starter nameplate to determine Series A1, B1 or C1.

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T13-37

13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

Replacement Capabilities
NEMA Sizes 00, 0, 1, 2 and 3
NEMA Sizes 00 and 0—See Contactor/Starter Nameplate to Determine Series A1, B1 or C1
NEMA Size 00–0

NEMA Size 00

NEMA Size 00

NEMA Size 0

NEMA Size 0

Series A1

Series B1

Series C1

Series B1

Series C1

Description

Part Number

Part Number

Part Number

Part Number

Part Number

Renewal Parts Publication Number

None

None

None

None

None

Contact Kits
Two-pole

1

1

1

1

1

Three-pole

1

1

1

1

1

Four-pole

1

1

1

1

1

Five-pole

1

1

1

1

1

Magnet Coils

Coil Suffix

120V, 60 Hz or 110V, 50 Hz

A

9-2650-1

9-2875-1

9-2875-1

9-2876-1

9-2876-1

240V, 60 Hz or 220V, 50 Hz

B

9-2650-2

9-2875-2

9-2875-2

9-2876-2

9-2876-2

480V, 60 Hz or 440V, 50 Hz

C

9-2650-3

9-2875-3

9-2875-3

9-2876-3

9-2876-3

600V, 60 Hz or 550V, 50 Hz

D

9-2650-4

9-2875-4

9-2875-4

9-2876-4

9-2876-4

208V, 60 Hz

E

9-2650-5

9-2875-5

9-2875-5

9-2876-5

9-2876-5

277V, 60 Hz

H

9-2650-13

9-2875-12

9-2875-12

9-2876-12

9-2876-12

10

208/240V, 60 Hz

J

—

9-2875-37

9-2875-37

9-2876-17

9-2876-17

240V, 50 Hz

K

9-2650-12

9-2875-11

9-2875-11

9-2876-11

9-2876-11

11

380–415V, 50 Hz

L

9-2650-6

9-2875-6

9-2875-6

9-2876-6

9-2876-6

380V, 50 Hz

L

—

—

—

—

—

12

415V, 50 Hz

M

—

—

—

—

—

550V, 50 Hz

N

—

—

—

—

—

13

24V, 60 Hz–24V, 50 Hz

T

—

9-2875-36

9-2875-36

9-2876-36

9-2876-36

24V, 60 Hz

T

9-2650-7

—

—

—

—

14

24V, 50 Hz

U

9-2650-14

9-2875-36

9-2875-36

9-2876-36

9-2876-36

32V, 50 Hz

V

9-2650-9

9-2875-16

9-2875-16

9-2876-16

9-2876-16

15

48V, 60 Hz

W

9-2650-8

9-2875-8

9-2875-8

9-2876-8

9-2876-8

48V, 50 Hz

Y

9-2650-10

9-2875-9

9-2875-9

9-2876-9

9-2876-9

16

Magnet Frame Armature
Lower magnet frame

1

1

1

1

1

17

Upper magnet frame

1

1

1

1

1

18

Note
1 Replace with complete contactor.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T13-38

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

13

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

NEMA Sizes 1, 2 and 3—See Contactor/Starter Nameplate to Determine Series A1 or B1
NEMA Size 1

NEMA Size 1

NEMA Size 2

NEMA Size 2

Series A1

Series B1

Series A1

Series B1

NEMA Size 3

Description

Part Number

Part Number

Part Number

Part Number

Part Number

Renewal Parts Publication Number

20861

22177

20861

22177

20426

6-65

6-65

6-65-7

6-65-7

6-43-5

2
3

Contact Kits
Two-pole

1

4

Three-pole

6-65-2

6-65-2

6-65-8

6-65-8

6-43-6

Four-pole

6-65-9

6-65-9

6-65-15

6-65-15

—

6-65-10

6-65-10

6-65-16

6-65-16

—

5
6

Five-pole
Magnet Coils

Coil Suffix

120V, 60 Hz or 110V, 50 Hz

A

9-2703-1

9-2703-1

9-2703-1

9-2703-1

9-2756-1

240V, 60 Hz or 220V, 50 Hz

B

9-2703-2

9-2703-2

9-2703-2

9-2703-2

9-2756-2

480V, 60 Hz or 440V, 50 Hz

C

9-2703-3

9-2703-3

9-2703-3

9-2703-3

9-2756-3

600V, 60 Hz or 550V, 50 Hz

D

9-2703-4

9-2703-4

9-2703-4

9-2703-4

9-2756-4

208V, 60 Hz

E

9-2703-9

9-2703-9

9-2703-9

9-2703-9

9-2756-5

277V, 60 Hz

H

9-2703-7

9-2703-7

9-2703-7

9-2703-7

9-2756-9
—

208/240V, 60 Hz

J

—

—

—

—

240V, 50 Hz

K

9-2703-14

9-2703-14

9-2703-14

9-2703-14

9-2756-13

380–415V, 50 Hz

L

99-2703-8

9-2703-8

9-2703-8

9-2703-8

—

380V, 50 Hz

L

—

—

—

—

9-2756-12

415V, 50 Hz

M

—

—

—

—

9-2756-8

550V, 50 Hz

N

—

—

—

—

9-2756-14

24V, 60 Hz–24V, 50 Hz

T

—

—

—

—

—

7
8
9
10
11
12

24V, 60 Hz

T

9-2703-6

9-2703-6

9-2703-6

9-2703-6

9-2756-6

24V, 50 Hz

U

9-2703-12

9-2703-12

9-2703-12

9-2703-12

9-2756-11

32V, 50 Hz

V

9-2703-10

9-2703-10

9-2703-10

9-2703-10

9-2756-10

48V, 60 Hz

W

9-2703-11

9-2703-11

9-2703-11

9-2703-11

9-2756-15

48V, 50 Hz

Y

9-2703-13

9-2703-13

9-2703-13

9-2703-13

9-2756-7

14

Lower magnet frame

17-18200

17-18200

17-18200

17-18200

17-8955-2

Upper magnet frame

48-1936

48-1936

48-1936

48-1936

48-1902

15

13

Magnet Frame Armature

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T13-39

13
1

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

NEMA Sizes 4, 5 and 6—See Contactor/Starter Nameplate to Determine Series A1 or B1
NEMA Size 4

NEMA Size 4

NEMA Size 5

NEMA Size 5

NEMA Size 6

Series A1

Series B1

Series A1

Series B1

Series A1

NEMA Size 6
Series B1

2

Description

Part Number

Part Number

Part Number

Part Number

Part Number

Part Number

Renewal Parts Publication Number

20428

20428

20429

20429

20146

20146

3

Contact Kits
Two-pole

6-44

6-26

6-45

6-45

6-601-2

6-648

4

Three-pole

6-44-2

6-26-2

6-45-2

6-45-2

6-601

—

5
6
7

Magnet Coils

Coil Suffix

120V, 60 Hz or 110V, 50 Hz

A

9-1891-1

9-1891-1

9-1891-1

9-1891-1

9-2698

9-2698

240V, 60 Hz or 220V, 50 Hz

B

9-1891-2

9-1891-2

9-1891-2

9-1891-2

9-2698-2

9-2698-2

480V, 60 Hz or 440V, 50 Hz

C

9-1891-3

9-1891-3

9-1891-3

9-1891-3

9-2698-3

9-2698-3

600V, 60 Hz or 550V, 50 Hz

D

9-1891-4

9-1891-4

9-1891-4

9-1891-4

9-2698-4

9-2698-4

208V, 60 Hz

E

9-1891-13

9-1891-13

9-1891-13

9-1891-13

9-2698-5

9-2698-5

277V, 60 Hz

H

9-1891-26

9-1891-26

9-1891-26

9-1891-26

—

—
—

8

208/240V, 60 Hz

J

—

—

—

—

—

240V, 50 Hz

K

9-1891-20

9-1891-20

9-1891-20

9-1891-20

—

—

9

380–415V, 50 Hz

L

—

—

—

—

9-2698-6

9-2698-6

380V, 50 Hz

L

9-1891-14

9-1891-14

9-1891-14

9-1891-14

—

—

415V, 50 Hz

M

9-1891-21

9-1891-21

9-1891-21

9-1891-21

—

—

550V, 50 Hz

N

9-1891-8

9-1891-8

9-1891-8

9-1891-8

—

—

24V, 60 Hz–24V, 50 Hz

T

—

—

—

—

—

—

24V, 60 Hz

T

9-1891-15

9-1891-15

9-1891-15

9-1891-15

—

—

24V, 50 Hz

U

9-1891-16

9-1891-16

9-1891-16

9-1891-16

—

—

32V, 50 Hz

V

9-1891-27

9-1891-27

9-1891-27

9-1891-27

—

—

48V, 60 Hz

W

—

—

—

—

9-2698-8

9-2698-8

13

48V, 50 Hz

Y

9-1891-18

9-1891-18

9-1891-18

9-1891-18

—

—

14

For replacement on existing starters
three-pole—ambient compensated bimetallic

10-6530-4

10-6530-4

C306DN3B

C306DN3B

C306DN3B

C306DN3B

—

—

42-3564

42-3564

42-3598

42-3598

10
11
12

Overload Relays

15

Current Transformer

16

Magnet Frame Armature

17

For replacement on existing starters only

Lower magnet frame

48-1030-2

48-1030-2

48-1030-2

48-1030-2

—

—

Upper magnet frame

48-1029-4

48-1029-4

48-1029-4

48-1029-4

—

—

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T13-40

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

13

NEMA Sizes 7 and 8—See Contactor/Starter Nameplate to Determine Series A1 or B1

1

NEMA Size 7

NEMA Size 7

NEMA Size 8

NEMA Size 8

Series A1

Series B1

Series A1

Series B1

Description

Part Number

Part Number

Part Number

Part Number

Renewal Parts Publication Number

20848

20848

20849

20849

—

—

—

—

6-613

6-613

6-571

6-571

4
5

2
3

Contact Kits
Two-pole
Three-pole
Magnet Coils

Coil Suffix

120V, 60 Hz or 110V, 50 Hz

A

9-2698

9-2698

9-2654

9-2654

240V, 60 Hz or 220V, 50 Hz

B

9-2698-2

9-2698-2

9-2654-2

9-2654-2

480V, 60 Hz or 440V, 50 Hz

C

9-2698-3

9-2698-3

9-2654-3

9-2654-3

600V, 60 Hz or 550V, 50 Hz

D

9-2698-4

9-2698-4

9-2654-4

9-2654-4

208V, 60 Hz

E

9-2698-5

9-2698-5

9-2654-6

9-2654-6

277V, 60 Hz

H

—

—

—

—

208/240V, 60 Hz

J

—

—

—

—

240V, 50 Hz

K

—

—

—

—

380–415V, 50 Hz

L

—

—

—

—

380V, 50 Hz

L

9-2698-6

9-2698-6

9-2654-5

9-2654-5

415V, 50 Hz

M

—

—

—

—

550V, 50 Hz

N

—

—

—

—

24V, 60 Hz–24V, 50 Hz

T

—

—

—

—

24V, 60 Hz

T

—

—

—

—

24V, 50 Hz

U

—

—

—

—

32V, 50 Hz

V

—

—

—

—

48V, 60 Hz

W

—

—

—

—

48V, 50 Hz

Y

—

—

—

—

C306DN3B

C306DN3B

C306DN3B

C306DN3B

14

Lower magnet frame

—

—

—

—

15

Upper magnet frame

—

—

—

—

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

Overload Relays
For replacement on existing starters
three-pole—ambient compensated bimetallic
Magnet Frame Armature 1

16

Note
1 Contact Standard Open Control Aftermarket at 1-800-535-8992 for assistance.

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T13-41

13
1

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

IEC Sizes A–F—See Contactor/Starter Nameplate to Determine Series A1, B1 or C1
IEC Sizes A–F

IEC Sizes A–C 1

IEC Sizes A–C 1

IEC Sizes D–F 1

Series A1

Series B1

Series C1

Series B1

Series C1

Description

Part Number

Part Number

Part Number

Part Number

Part Number

Renewal Parts Publication Number

None

None

None

None

None

Two-pole

2

2

2

2

2

4

Three-pole

2

2

2

2

2

Four-pole

2

2

2

2

2

5

Five-pole

2

2

2

2

2

Magnet Coils

Coil Suffix

6

120V, 60 Hz or 110V, 50 Hz

A

9-2650-1

9-2875-1

9-2875-1

9-2876-1

9-2876-1

240V, 60 Hz or 220V, 50 Hz

B

9-2650-2

9-2875-2

9-2875-2

9-2876-2

9-2876-2

7

480V, 60 Hz or 440V, 50 Hz

C

9-2650-3

9-2875-3

9-2875-3

9-2876-3

9-2876-3

600V, 60 Hz or 550V, 50 Hz

D

9-2650-4

9-2875-4

9-2875-4

9-2876-4

9-2876-4

8

208V, 60 Hz

E

9-2650-5

9-2875-5

9-2875-5

9-2876-5

9-2876-5

277V, 60 Hz

H

9-2650-13

9-2875-12

9-2875-12

9-2876-12

9-2876-12

9

208/240V, 60 Hz

J

—

9-2875-37

9-2875-37

9-2876-37

9-2876-37

240V, 50 Hz

K

9-2650-12

9-2875-11

9-2875-11

9-2876-11

9-2876-11

380–415V, 50 Hz

L

9-2650-6

9-2875-6

9-2875-6

9-2876-6

9-2876-6

24V, 60 Hz–24V, 50 Hz

T

—

9-2875-36

9-2875-36

9-2876-36

9-2876-36

24V, 60 Hz

T

9-2650-7

—

—

—

—

24V, 50 Hz

U

9-2650-14

9-2875-13

9-2875-13

9-2876-13

9-2876-13

32V, 50 Hz

V

9-2650-9

9-2875-16

9-2875-16

9-2876-16

9-2876-16

48V, 60 Hz

W

9-2650-8

9-2875-8

9-2875-8

9-2876-8

9-2876-8

48V, 50 Hz

Y

9-2650-10

9-2875-9

9-2875-9

9-2876-9

9-2876-9

C306DN3B

C306DN3B

C306DN3B

C306DN3B

C306DN3B

—

—

—

—

—

2
3

10
11
12
13
14

IEC Sizes D–F 1

Contact Kits

Overload Relays
For replacement on existing starters:
three-pole—ambient compensated bimetallic
Current Transformer

15

Transformer

16

Lower magnet frame

2

2

2

2

2

Upper magnet frame

2

2

2

2

2

17

Notes
1 Non-encapsulated coils.
2 Replace with complete contactor.

Magnet Frame Armature

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T13-42

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

13

IEC Sizes G and H—See Contactor/Starter Nameplate to Determine Series A1 and B1

1

NEMA Size G

NEMA Size G

NEMA Size H

NEMA Size H

Series A1

Series B1

Series A1

Series B1

Description

Part Number

Part Number

Part Number

Part Number

Renewal Parts Publication Number

20862

22178

20862

22178

Two-pole

6-65-3

6-65-3

6-65-5

6-65-5

Three-pole

6-65-4

6-65-4

6-65-6

6-65-6

Four-pole

6-65-11

6-65-11

6-65-13

6-65-13

6-65-12

6-65-12

6-65-14

6-65-14

5
6

2
3

Contact Kits

Five-pole

4

Magnet Coils

Coil Suffix

120V, 60 Hz or 110V, 50 Hz

A

9-2703-1

9-2703-1

9-2703-1

9-2703-1

240V, 60 Hz or 220V, 50 Hz

B

9-2703-2

9-2703-2

9-2703-2

9-2703-2

480V, 60 Hz or 440V, 50 Hz

C

9-2703-3

9-2703-3

9-2703-3

9-2703-3

600V, 60 Hz or 550V, 50 Hz

D

9-2703-4

9-2703-4

9-2703-4

9-2703-4

208V, 60 Hz

E

9-2703-9

9-2703-9

9-2703-9

9-2703-9

277V, 60 Hz

H

9-2703-7

9-2703-7

9-2703-7

9-2703-7

240V, 50 Hz

K

9-2703-14

9-2703-14

9-2703-14

9-2703-14

380–415V, 50 Hz

L

9-2703-8

9-2703-8

9-2703-8

9-2703-8

24V, 60 Hz–24V, 50 Hz

T

—

—

—

—

24V, 60 Hz

T

9-2703-6

9-2703-6

9-2703-6

9-2703-6

24V, 50 Hz

U

9-2703-12

9-2703-12

9-2703-12

9-2703-12

32V, 50 Hz

V

9-2703-10

9-2703-10

9-2703-10

9-2703-10

48V, 60 Hz

W

9-2703-11

9-2703-11

9-2703-11

9-2703-11

48V, 50 Hz

Y

9-2703-13

9-2703-13

9-2703-13

9-2703-13

C306DN3B

C306DN3B

C306DN3B

C306DN3B

13

—

—

—

—

14

Lower magnet frame

17-18200

17-1820

17-18200

17-18200

15

Upper magnet frame

48-1936

48-1936

48-1936

48-1936

7
8
9
10
11
12

Overload Relays
For replacement on existing starters:
three-pole—ambient compensated bimetallic
Current Transformer
Transformer
Magnet Frame Armature

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T13-43

13
1

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

IEC Sizes J and K—See Contactor/Starter Nameplate to Determine Series A1 and B1
NEMA Size J

NEMA Size J

NEMA Size K

NEMA Size K

Series A1

Series B1

Series A1

Series B1

2

Description

Part Number

Part Number

Part Number

Part Number

Renewal Parts Publication Number

20862

22178

20862

22178

3

Contact Kits
Two-pole

6-65-7

6-65-7

6-65-18

6-65-20

4

Three-pole

6-65-8

6-65-8

6-65-17

6-65-19

Four-pole

6-65-15

6-65-15

—

—

5

Five-pole

6-65-16

6-65-16

—

—

Magnet Coils

Coil Suffix

6

120V, 60 Hz or 110V, 50 Hz

A

9-2703-1

9-2703-1

9-2703-1

9-2703-1

240V, 60 Hz or 220V, 50 Hz

B

9-2703-2

9-2703-2

9-2703-2

9-2703-2

7

480V, 60 Hz or 440V, 50 Hz

C

9-2703-3

9-2703-3

9-2703-3

9-2703-3

600V, 60 Hz or 550V, 50 Hz

D

9-2703-4

9-2703-4

9-2703-4

9-2703-4

8

208V, 60 Hz

E

9-2703-9

9-2703-9

9-2703-9

9-2703-9

277V, 60 Hz

H

9-2703-7

9-2703-7

9-2703-7

9-2703-7

9

240V, 50 Hz

K

9-2703-14

9-2703-14

9-2703-14

9-2703-14

380–415V, 50 Hz

L

9-2703-8

9-2703-8

9-2703-8

9-2703-8

24V, 60 Hz–24V, 50 Hz

T

—

—

—

—

24V, 60 Hz

T

9-2703-6

9-2703-6

9-2703-6

9-2703-6

24V, 50 Hz

U

9-2703-12

9-2703-12

9-2703-12

9-2703-12

32V, 50 Hz

V

9-2703-10

9-2703-10

9-2703-10

9-2703-10

48V, 60 Hz

W

9-2703-11

9-2703-11

9-2703-11

9-2703-11

48V, 50 Hz

Y

9-2703-13

9-2703-13

9-2703-13

9-2703-13

C306GN3B

C306GN3B

C306GN3B

C306GN3B

—

—

—

—

10
11
12

Overload Relays

13

For replacement on existing starters:
three-pole—ambient compensated bimetallic

14

Current Transformer

15

Magnet Frame Armature
Lower magnet frame

17-18200

17-18200

17-18200

17-18200

16

Upper magnet frame

48-1936

48-1936

48-1936

48-1936

Transformer

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T13-44

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

13

IEC Sizes L, M and N

1

IEC Size L

IEC Size M

IEC Size N

Part Number

Part Number

Part Number

Two-pole

6-43-3

6-43

6-43-5

Three-pole

6-43-4

6-43-2

6-43-6

Four-pole

—

—

—

—

—

—

4
5

Description

2

Contact Kits

Five-pole

3

Magnet Coils

Coil Suffix

120V, 60 Hz or 110V, 50 Hz

A

9-2756-1

9-2756-1

9-2756-1

240V, 60 Hz or 220V, 50 Hz

B

9-2756-2

9-2756-2

9-2756-2

480V, 60 Hz or 440V, 50 Hz

C

9-2756-3

9-2756-3

9-2756-3

600V, 60 Hz or 550V, 50 Hz

D

9-2756-4

9-2756-4

9-2756-4

208V, 60 Hz

E

9-2756-5

9-2756-5

9-2756-5

277V, 60 Hz

H

9-2756-9

9-2756-9

9-2756-9

240V, 50 Hz

K

9-2756-13

9-2756-13

9-2756-13

380–415V, 50 Hz

L

—

—

—

380V, 50 Hz

L

9-2756-12

9-2756-12

9-2756-12

415V, 50 Hz

M

9-2756-8

9-2756-8

9-2756-8

550V, 50 Hz

N

9-2756-14

9-2756-14

9-2756-14

24V, 60 Hz–24V, 50 Hz

T

—

—

—

24V, 60 Hz

T

9-2756-6

9-2756-6

9-2756-6

24V, 50 Hz

U

9-2756-11

9-2756-11

9-2756-11

32V, 50 Hz

V

9-2756-10

9-2756-10

9-2756-10

48V, 60 Hz

W

9-2756-15

9-2756-15

9-2756-15

48V, 50 Hz

Y

9-2756-7

9-2756-7

9-2756-7

10-6530

10-6530-2

10-6530-3

14

—

—

—

15

Lower magnet frame

17-8955-2

17-8955-2

17-8955-2

Upper magnet frame

48-1902

48-1902

48-1902

16

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

Overload Relays
For replacement on existing starters
three-pole—ambient compensated bimetallic
Current Transformer
Transformer
Magnet Frame Armature

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T13-45

13
1
2

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

IEC Sizes P, R and S
IEC Size P

IEC Size R

IEC Size S

Description

Part Number

Part Number

Part Number

Renewal Parts Publication Number

22278

22278

22278

6-294

6-288

6-286

Contact Kits

Size

3

Magnet Coils

Coil Suffix

120V, 60 Hz or 110V, 50 Hz

A

9-1891-1

9-1891-1

9-1891-1

4

200V, 50 Hz or 118V, 60 Hz

E

—

—

—

240V, 60 Hz or 220V, 50 Hz

B

9-1891-2

9-1891-2

9-1891-2

5

254V, 50 Hz or 277V, 60 Hz

H

—

—

—

380V, 50 Hz or 415V, 60 Hz

L

—

—

—

6

480V, 60 Hz or 440V, 50 Hz

C

9-1891-3

9-1891-3

9-1891-3

600V, 60 Hz or 550V, 50 Hz

D

9-1891-4

9-1891-4

9-1891-4

7

208V, 60 Hz

E

9-1891-13

9-1891-13

9-1891-13

277V, 60 Hz

H

9-1891-26

9-1891-26

9-1891-26

8

240V, 50 Hz

K

9-1891-20

9-1891-20

9-1891-20

380V, 50 Hz

L

9-1891-14

9-1891-14

9-1891-14

9

415V, 50 Hz

M

9-1891-21

9-1891-21

9-1891-21

24V, 60 Hz

T

9-1891-15

9-1891-15

9-1891-15

Lower magnet frame

48-1030-2

48-1030-2

48-1030-2

Upper magnet frame

48-1029-4

48-1029-4

48-1029-4

10
11
12
13
14

Overload Relays
Reference C316 overload relays
Magnet Frame Armature

IEC Size T, U and V
IEC Size T

IEC Size U

IEC Size V

Description

Part Number

Part Number

Part Number

Renewal Parts Publication Number

22275

22276

22586

6-621

6-622

6-601

Contact Kits

Size

Magnet Coils

Coil Suffix

120V, 60 Hz or 110V, 50 Hz

A

9-3006

9-3006

9-2698

200V, 50 Hz or 118V, 60 Hz

E

9-3006-5

9-3006-5

—

240V, 60 Hz or 220V, 50 Hz

B

9-3006-2

9-3006-2

9-2698-2

254V, 50 Hz or 277V, 60 Hz

H

9-3006-6

9-3006-6

9-2698-2

17

380V, 50 Hz or 415V, 60 Hz

L

9-3006-7

9-3006-7

9-2698-6

480V, 60 Hz or 440V, 50 Hz

C

9-3006-3

9-3006-3

9-2698-3

18

600V, 60 Hz or 550V, 50 Hz

D

9-3006-4

9-3006-4

9-2698-4

208V, 60 Hz

E

—

—

9-2698-5

19

277V, 60 Hz

H

—

—

—

240V, 50 Hz

K

—

—

—

20

380V, 50 Hz

L

—

—

—

415V, 50 Hz

M

—

—

—

21

24V, 60 Hz

T

—

—

—

22

Reference C316 overload relays

23

Lower magnet frame

—

—

—

Upper magnet frame

—

—

—

15
16

24
25

Overload Relays

Magnet Frame Armature

Technology Upgrades
This product currently listed in Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection, CA08100006E, Tab 1.

V12-T13-46

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

13

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

IT. Electromechanical
NEMA

Product History Time Line for IT. Electromechanical NEMA
Product

2000

2005

Present

IT. Electromechanical NEMA

2

Replacement Capabilities

3
4

Replacements for NEMA Contacts and Starters

Contact Kits

NEMA Full Voltage Non-reversing
Starter, Size 0

Product Description
The Cutler-Hammer
Intelligent Technologies® (IT.)
electromechanical starter
from Eaton’s electrical
business consists of an IT.
electromechanical contact
block or contactor and an IT.
electromechanical solid-state
overload relay as a full voltage
non-reversing (FVNR) or a full
voltage reversing (FVR)
device. Size 00 to Size 5
Starters are factory or field
assembled.

1

Coils 2

NEMA
Size

Description

Catalog
Number

1

40A

EMHCKT40 1

1

50A

EMHCKT50

1

2

65A

EMHCKT65 1

2

85A

EMHCKT85 1

2

100A

EMHCKT100 1

3, 4

125A

EMCKT125

3, 4

160A

EMCKT160

3, 4

200A

EMCKT200

5

250A

EMCKT250

5

315A

EMCKT315

5

400A

EMCKT400

1

Coil

EMCC

2

Coil

EMCD

3, 4

Coil

EMCE

5

Coil

EMCF

5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

DIN Rail Catch

00, 0, 1

Catch with leaf spring and pad

EMDRCB

2

Catch with leaf spring and pad

EMDRCD

13
14
15

Lug Kits

Overload Busbars

1

Lug

EMLUGKTC

2

Lug

EMLUGKTD

3, 4

Lug

EMLUGKTE

5

Horizontal box lug kit

EMLUGKTFA

5

Vertical box lug kit

EMLUGKTFB

5

Dual lug kit

EMLUGKTFC

00, 0

For contactors and starters

EMBBB

1

For starters

EMBBC

1

For reversing contactors and reversing starters

EMBBRC

2

For starters

EMBBD

2

For reversing contactors and reversing starters

EMBBRD

3, 4

For starters

EMBBE

3, 4

For reversing contactors and reversing starters

EMBBRE

5

Overload relay

EMBBOF

16
17
18
19
20
21
22

Notes
1 H = Hold-Open.
2 For reversing contactors and starters, order two.

23
24

Technology Upgrades
This product currently listed in Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection,
CA08100006E, Tab 2.

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

25
V12-T13-47

13
1

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

IT. Electromechanical IEC

Product History Time Line for IT. Electromechanical IEC
Product

2000

2

IT. Electromechanical IEC

3

Replacement Capabilities

4
Contact Kits

6
7
9
10
11
12
13
14

Present

Replacements for IEC Contacts and Starters

5

8

2005

IEC FVNR Starter, C-Frame

Product Description
The Cutler-Hammer
Intelligent Technologies (IT.)
electromechanical starter
from Eaton’s electrical
business consists of an IT.
electromechanical contact
block or contactor and IT.
electromechanical solid-state
overload relay as a full voltage
non-reversing (FVNR) or full
voltage reversing (FVR)
device. A-Frame (27 mm) to
F-Frame (140 mm) Starters
are factory or field
assembled.

Coils 2

DIN Rail Catch

Frame
Size

Description

Catalog
Number

C

40A

EMCKT40

C

50A

EMCKT50

D

65A

EMCKT65

D

85A

EMCKT85

D

100A

EMCKT100

E

125A

EMCKT125

E

160A

EMCKT160

E

200A

EMCKT200

F

250A

EMCKT250

F

315A

EMCKT315

F

400A

EMCKT400

C

Coil

EMCC

D

Coil

EMCD

E

Coil

EMCE

F

Coil

EMCF

B, C

Catch with leaf spring and pad

EMDRCB

D

Catch with leaf spring and pad

EMDRCD

C

Lug

EMLUGKTC

D

Lug

EMLUGKTD

E

Lug

EMLUGKTE

15
16

Lug Kits

17
18

F

Horizontal box lug kit

EMLUGKTFA

F

Vertical box lug kit

EMLUGKTFB

19

F

Dual lug kit

EMLUGKTFC

B

For contactors and starters

EMBBB

C

For starters

EMBBC

C

For reversing contactors and reversing starters

EMBBRC

D

For starters

EMBBD

D

For reversing contactors and reversing starters

EMBBRD

E

For starters

EMBBE

E

For reversing contactors and reversing starters

EMBBRE

F

Overload relay

EMBBOF

Overload Busbars

20
21
22
23

Note
1 For reversing contactors and starters, order two.

24

Technology Upgrades
This product currently listed in Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection, CA08100006E, Tab 2.

25
V12-T13-48

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

XT IEC Power Control

13

Replacement Capabilities

1

Replacement Coils
Coil
Suffix

Catalog
Number

2

110/50 120/60

A

XTCERENCOILCA

3

110–130 Vdc

AD

XTCERENCOILCAD

220/50 240/80

B

XTCERENCOILCB

200–240 Vdc

BD

XTCERENCOILCBD

415/50 460/60

C

XTCERENCOILCC

Product Description

550/50 600/60

D

XTCERENCOILCD

Eaton’s line of XT Contactors
and Starters includes nonreversing and reversing
contactors, overload relay
and a variety of related
accessories. Because XT
meets IEC, UL, CSA, CCC
and CE standards, it is the
perfect product solution for
IEC applications all over the
world. The compact, space
saving and easy to install XT
line of IEC contactors and
starters is the efficient and
effective solution for
customer applications from
7A to 2000A.

208/60

E

XTCERENCOILCE

230/50

F

XTCERENCOILCF

190/50 220/60

G

XTCERENCOILCG

240/50 277/60

H

XTCERENCOILCH

380/50 440/60

L

XTCERENCOILCL

400/50

N

XTCERENCOILCN

380/60

P

XTCERENCOILCP

12/50 12/60

R

XTCERENCOILCR

12–14 Vdc

RD

XTCERENCOILCRD

24/5024/60

T

XTCERENCOILCT

24–27 Vdc

TD

XTCERENCOILCTD

24/50 42/50

U

XTCERENCOILCU

48/60

W

XTCERENCOILCW

48–60 Vdc

WD

XTCERENCOILCWD

48/50

Y

XTCEBENCOILCY

13
14

Voltage
Frame C

XT Family of Contactors

Product History Time Line
for XT IEC Power Control
Product
XT IEC
Power
Control

2005

Present

4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

Frame D
110/50 120/60

A

XTCERENCOILDA

110–130 Vdc

AD

XTCERENCOILDAD

220/50 240/80

B

XTCERENCOILDB

200–240 Vdc

BD

XTCERENCOILDBD

415/50 480/60

C

XTCERENCOILDC

550/50 600/60

D

XTCERENCOILDD

208/60

E

XTCERENCOILDE

230/50

F

XTCERENCOILDF

190/50 220/60

G

XTCERENCOILDG

240/50 277/60

H

XTCERENCOILDH

380/50 440/60

L

XTCERENCOILDL

400/50

N

XTCERENCOILDN

380/60

P

XTCERENCOILDP

12/50 12/60

R

XTCERENCOILOR

12–14 Vdc

RD

XTCERENCOILDRD

24/50 24/60

T

XTCERENCOILDT

24–27 Vdc

TD

XTCERENCOILDTD

24/50 42/50

U

XTCERENCOILDU

48/60

W

XTCERENCOILDW

48–60 Vdc

WD

XTCERENCOILDWD

48/50

Y

XTCERENCOILDY

15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T13-49

13
1

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

Replacement Coils, continued
Coil
Suffix

Catalog
Number

110/50 120/60

A

XTCERENCOILFA

3

110–130 Vdc

AD

XTCERENCOILFAD

220/50 240/60

B

XTCERENCOILFB

4

200–240 Vdc

BD

XTCERENCOILFBD

415/50 480/60

C

XTCERENCOILFC

5

550/50 600/60

D

XTCERENCOILFD

208/60

E

XTCERENCOILFE

Voltage

2

6

Frame F

230/50
190/50 220/60

F
G

XTCERENCOILFF
XTCERENCOILFG

Replacement Contact Kits
For use with…

Catalog
Number

XTAE040D–XTAE065D

XTCERENCONTACTD

XTCE185L–XTCE250L

XTCERENCONTACTL

XTCE300M–XTCE500M

XTCERENCONTACTM

Replacement Vacuum Tube Assembly
For use with…

Catalog
Number

XTCE580N

XTCERENVACT580

XTCE650N

XTCERENVACTBB0

XTCE750N

XTCERENVACT750

XTCE820N

XTCERENVACT820

7

240/50 277/60

H

XTCERENCOILFH

380/50 440/60

L

XTCERENCOILFL

8

400/50

N

XTCERENCOILFN

380/60

P

XTCERENCOILFP

For use with…

Catalog
Number

9

12/50 12/60

R

XTCERENCOILFR

XTCE185L

XTCERENARC185

24/50 24/60

T

XTCERENCOILFT

XTCE225L

XTCERENARC225

10

24–27 Vdc

TD

XTCERENCOILFTD

XTCE250L

XTCERENARC250

24/50

U

XTCERENCOILFU

XTCE300M

XTCERENARC300

42/50 48/60

W

XTCERENCOILFW

XTCE400M

XTCERENARC400

48–60 Vdc

WD

XTCERENCOILFWD

XTCE500M

XTCERENARC500

48/50

Y

XTCERENCOILFY

Note
1 Electronic modules including coils.

100–120V 50/60

A

XTCERENCOILGA

110–130 Vdc

AD

XTCERENCOILGAD

190–240V 50/60

B

XTCERENCOILGB

14

200–240 Vdc

BD

XTCERENCOILGBD

480–500V 50/60

C

XTCERENCOILGC

15

380–440V 50/60

L

XTCERENCOILGL

24/50 24/60

T

XTCERENCOILGT

16

24–27 Vdc

TD

XTCERENCOILGTD

42–48V 50/60

W

XTCERENCOILGW

17

48–60 Vdc

WD

XTCERENCOILGWD

18

110–250 Vac/Vdc

A

XTCERENCOILLA

250–500V 40–60

C

XTCERENCOILLC

19

24–48 Vdc

TD

XTCERENCOILLTD

48–110 Vac/Vdc

Y

XTCERENCOILLY

20

Frame M 1
110–250 Vac/Vdc

A

XTCERENCOILMA

21

250–500V 40–60

C

XTCERENCOILMC

24–48 Vdc

TD

XTCERENCOILMTD

48–110 Vac/Vdc

Y

XTCERENCOILMY

110–250 Vac/Vdc

A

XTCERENCOILNA

250–500V 40–60

C

XTCERENCOILNC

48–110 Vac/Vdc

Y

XTCERENCOILNY

11
12
13

22
23
24

Frame G

Replacement Arc Chambers

Frame L 1

Frame N 1

25
V12-T13-50

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

13

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

Advantage™
Originally a Westinghouse
Product

Product History Time Line for Advantage Contactors and Starters
Size

1991

1995

2000

Present

2

Sizes 1–6

3

Replacement Capabilities
Replacements for Contact Kits and Coils

Contact Kits

Description

Catalog
Number

Replacement contact kit, size single, three-pole

WCK13

Replacement contact kit, size two, three-pole

WCK23

Replacement contact kit, size three, three-pole

WCK33

Replacement contact kit, size four, three-pole

WCK43

Replacement contact kit, size five, three-pole

WCK53

Replacement contact kit, size six, three-pole

WCK63

4
5
6
7
8

Advantage Starter

9

Product Description
Setting a new standard in
motor control, revolutionary
in design, Advantage motor
starters employ state-of-theart technology in solving
motor control application
problems that have existed
for ages. Customer focus
group input and 66,000
man-hours of engineering
ingenuity have been
combined to create a motor
starter that dramatically
extends operating life in a
physical space requirement
one half the size of
conventional motor starters.

1

Coils

Size one and two, 110/120V, 60 Hz

WCOIL12F

Size three and four, 110/120V, 60 Hz

WCOIL34F

Size five and six, 110/120V, 60 Hz

WCOIL56F

10
11
12

Technology Upgrades
This product currently listed in Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection, CA08100006E, Tab 2.

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T13-51

13

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

1

Definite Purpose

2

Product History Time Line for Definite Purpose, Bulletin 9560, 9584 and 9586

Originally a Cutler-Hammer Product

Pole

3

Amperes

1955

1960

5

2P, 3P, 4P

25, 30, 40

2P, 3P

50, 60

2P, 3P

75, 90

1P

1990

1995

60
1P

30
40
50
60

Replacement Capabilities

11

Contact Kits for Types 9560, 9584, 9586
Contact Kit Part Number
Contactor or Starter Size, Ampere Rating
Description

12A Inductive
15A Resistive

25, 30A Inductive
30, 40A Resistive

Single-pole kit

1

Three-pole kit

1

40A Inductive
50A Resistive

50, 60A Inductive
60, 75A Resistive

75A Inductive
90A Resistive

90A Inductive
120A Resistive

6-331-3

6-331-4

—

6-331-8

6-331-8

—

—

6-331-39

—

—

Magnetic Coils for Types 9560, 9584 and 9586
Coil Part Number

15

Coil Voltage

Ampere Rating

Coil
Suffix

60 Hz

50 Hz

12, 25 and 30A Inductive
15, 30 and 40A Resistive

40A Inductive
50A Resistive

50, 60, 75 and 90A Inductive
60, 75, 90 and 120A Resistive

-7

—

380

1

1

1

—

1

1

1

104–120

1

1

1

208–240

1

1

1

1

1

-47
-49

277
104–120

18

-50
-69

24

24

1

19

-72

480

480

1

1

1

-74

600

600

1

1

1

208–240

20

Technology Upgrades

21

Definite Purpose Technology Upgrades
Type

A25

C25

C32

22

9560 Contactors

—

15–90A

120–350A

—

9584 Starters

—

—

—

25–40A

9586 Starters

25–60A

—

—

—

24

Present

30

10

23

2000

9586 Starters

9

17

1985

50

8

16

1980

40

7

14

1975

9584 Starters

6

13

1970

9560 Contactors

4

12

1965

B25

Note
1 Replace with new Definite Purpose contactor or starter.

25
V12-T13-52

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

13

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

JF Autostarter
Originally a Westinghouse
Product

Product History Time Line for JF Autostarter
Type

1930

1935

1940

1945

1950

1955

1960

1965 1975

1985

1995

2000 Present

2

AF
A

3

MB
JF

Start Kit—Style Number 550D409G18

4

Replacement Capabilities

5

Manual Autostarter Kits
Frame
Size

Required

Start
Contacts

Required

Run
Contacts

Required

Grid
Stack Kit

2–3

1

38A7018G12

1

38A7018G13

1

3354D90G10

4–5, 5L

1

550D409G18

1

550D409G19

1

3354D90G10

5M–5MM

1

3354D90G08

1

3354D90G09

2

3354D90G10

Run Kit—Style Number 550D409G19

Solenoid Assembly with Coil (All Sizes)
Volt

Hz

Style 2

115

60

5264C05H01

230

60

5264C05H02

460

60

5264C05H03

575

60

5264C05H04

Kits contain a complete
set of moving contacts,
stationary contacts
and springs.

6
7
8
9
10
11

Grid Kit—Style Number 3354D90G10

Product Description

1

12

Technology Upgrades
ECN42–ECN44 reduced voltage auto-transformer starter or IT. solid-state reduced voltage starter.
Notes
1 When replacing solenoid assembly series 416C160, use adapter plate style 9917D02H01—quantity one required.
2 These styles replace coil style 296B892G_ _. When ordering new style as replacement, customer must order adapter plate 9917D02H01—
quantity one required.

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T13-53

13

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

1

ME and MD
DC Contactors

2

Originally a Westinghouse
Product

Product History

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

The Cutler-Hammer ME and
MD line of DC contactors
dates back to the early 1940s
in East Pittsburgh, PA, where
the development of the M
contactors was begun by the
Westinghouse Electric
Corporation to be used in
steel rolling mills and
nicknamed “mill duty”
devices. Added frame sizes
were developed to complete
the line in Buffalo in the late

1940s. These devices were
primarily mounted on
insulating plates and were
rear connected for ease of
wiring the motor current
conductors. In the 1960s,
front-mounted MD versions
of the devices were
developed to mount devices
on steel panels because the
insulating panels were
expensive and difficult
to manufacture.

In the late 1970s, rearconnected devices were rare
and the ME contactor line
was created for front
connection, with a rear
connection kit available and
the M rear connected version
discontinued. The MR
normally closed line was
also introduced as a standard
at that time.

Product History Time Line for M Series DC Contactors
Single-Pole, Cat. No. MD510 with
L-64 Auxiliary Contact

Product Description
The Cutler-Hammer ME and
MD line of DC contactors
were and are designed to
control functions of a
connected motor by starting,
stopping, reversing and
regulating. Motor protection
is provided when the
contactors are combined with
an appropriate protective
device such as an
overcurrent relay.

Application Description
Typical applications for the
contactor functions are as
variable voltage controller
disconnects, fans, pumps,
conveyors, rolling mills,
cranes, or anywhere a DC
motor is used.

17

NEMA Size

1941 1945 1948

1952 1958 1964 1977

1978

1993 2000 Present

Sizes 0–1 small frame
Type M
Type MD
Type ME
Large frame
Type M
Size 2 large frame
Type M
Type ME
Sizes 3–4
Type MME
Type ME
Sizes 3–4
Type M
Type MD
Size 5 front connected
Type M
Type MD
Rear connected
Type MR
Sizes 6–9 front connected
Type M
Type MD
Rear connected
Type MR

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T13-54

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

13

Replacement Capabilities

1

ME Series Renewal Parts—Kits
1NO Pole

2NO Poles
Qty.

Part
Number

1NC Pole

2

1NO/NC Pole

Description

Qty.

Part
Number

Qty.

Part
Number

Qty.

Part
Number

Contact kit

1

2184A10G14

2

2184A10G14

1

2184A10G14

2

2184A10G14

Arc box 10/25/50A

1

2184A10G09

2

2184A10G09

1

2184A10G09

2

2184A10G09

Arc box 100/150A

1

2184A10G10

2

2184A10G10

1

2184A10G10

2

2184A10G10

Shunt kit

1

2184A10G21

1

2184A20G16

1

2084A01G07

1

2184A11G07

Armature kit

1

2184A10G19

1

2184A20G15

1

2084A01G06

1

2184A11G06

10A

1

2184A10G15

1

2184A20G11

1

2184A10G15

2

2184A10G15

25A

1

2184A10G16

1

2184A20G12

1

2184A10G16

2

2184A10G16

50A

1

2184A10G17

1

2184A20G13

1

2184A10G17

2

2184A10G17

110/150A

1

2184A10G18

1

2184A20G14

1

2184A10G18

2

2184A10G18

1

2184A10G08

1

2184A10G08

1

2184A10G08

1

2184A10G08

3
4
5

Blowout assembly

Rear connection kit

6
7
8
9

ME Series Renewal Parts—Coils
Part Number
1

— 1NO/1NC Contactors Only

Operating Coils

Holding Coils (Lower)

Voltage

10/25/50/100/150
Ampere Sizes

10/25/50
Ampere Sizes

100/150
Ampere Sizes

65

30B4376G06

44A6366G10

30B4376G27

90/92

30B4376G25

44A6366G12

427C048G16

115

30B4376G07

44A6366G13

30B4376G01

125

30B4376G08

44A6366G19

30B4376G26

230/240

30B4376G09

44A6366G15

30B4376G02

250

30B4376G10

44A6366G23

30B4376G17

500

30B4376G14

N/A

N/A

550

30B4376G11

44A6366G18

30B4376G03

10
11
12
13
14
15

Note
1 If lower coils are required, order separately.

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T13-55

13
1
2

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

MR and MD Series 1 Sizes 5–9 Renewal Parts—Kits
Type MR
and MD

Part Number
Current

Contact Kit
501/501R

26D2610G22

3

510

26D2610G15

601/701

26D2610G24

4

610/710

26D2610G16

810

26D2610G18

5

810R

26D2610G19

910

26D2610G20

6

Shunt
501/501R

25A1650G02

7

510

25A1641G02

601

25A1666G03

8

610

25A1654G03

701

25A1666G04

9

710

25A1654G04

810/810R

25A1693G02

10

910

45A1425G02

11
12

Arc Box
501/510

25A1646G01

601/610, 701/710

25A1662G01

810/910

25A1677G05

Armature Kit
501/501R

25A1649G05

510

25A1640G05

601/701

25A1667G03

14

610/710

25A1655G04

810/810R

25A1694G05

15

910

38A2269G02

16

M501/510

25A1644G05

M601/610

25A1659G05

17

M701/710

25A1660G03

M810/810R

25A1698G03

18

M910

238A2273G02

19

M501/510

857D505G05

M601/610

857D506G08

20

M701/710

857D516G05

M810

857D508G07

21

M910

857D509G04

13

22

Blowout Coil Assembly Kit 2

Blowout Coil Assembly Kit 3

Notes
1 MR = rear connected; MD = front connected.
2 Type MR only.
3 Type MD only.

23
24
25
V12-T13-56

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

13

M and MD Series Sizes 5–9—Coils
M and MD 501

M and MD 510

1

M and MD 610/710

Voltage

Part
Number

Symmetrical
Wiring

Part
Number

Symmetrical
Wiring

Part
Number

Symmetrical
Wiring

65

N/A

—

45A5515G11

—

—

—

90/92

N/A

—

45A5515G23

—

30B4377G17

—

115

30B4375G04

—

45A5515G01

—

30B4377G04

—

125

30B4375G24

—

45A5515G07

—

30B4377G10

—

230

30B4375G05

—

45A5515G04

—

30B4377G05

—

250

30B4375G12

—

45A5515G12

—

30B4377G07

—

550

30B4375G06

—

45A5515G05

—

30B4377G08

—

M and MD 601/701

M and MD 810

3
4
5
6

M and MD 910

Voltage

Part
Number

Symmetrical
Wiring

Part
Number

Symmetrical
Wiring

Part
Number

Symmetrical
Wiring

92

—

—

435A928G01

1

435A930G01

1

115

30B4377G23

1

435A929G01

1

L483507G01

1

115

30B4377G01

2

L482211G01

2

L483507G01

2

125

30B4377G24

1

435A966G01

1

435A967G01

1

125

30B4377G13

2

—

—

—

—

230

30B4377G01

1

L482211G01

1

L483507G01

1

30B4377G02

2

—

—

—

—

250

30B4377G13

1

334P064G01

1

LR549720G01

2

250

30B4377G08

2

—

—

—

—

230

2

550

30B4377G25

1

L482213G01

2

L483508G01

2

550

30B4377G03

2

—

—

—

—

600

—

—

N/A

—

L548879G01

1

7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14

M and MD 810R
Coil

Resistor

Resistor Mounting

Voltage

Part
Number

Symmetrical
Wiring

Part
Number

Symmetrical
Wiring

Part
Number

Symmetrical
Wiring

115

N/A

—

N/A

—

N/A

—

230

L482211G0

1

57D1336G10

3

57D1340G02

—

N/A

1

57D1336G12

4

57D1340G02

—

550

15
16
17

Technology Upgrades

18

This product currently listed in Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection, CA08100006E, Tab 4.
Notes
1 Two coils connected in series.
2 Two coils connected in parallel.
3 Two resistors connected in parallel.
4 Resistors connected in series.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T13-57

13

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

1

C80 Mill Type DC
Contactors

2

Originally a Cutler-Hammer
Product

3
4
5

These DC mill type
contactors are designed for
heavy industry service and
are suitable for use on
moving machinery. The
contactors listed in this
section are for surface
mounting on steel panels and
front-of-panel wiring. The
power stud assembly is

mounted on the side of the
contactor, rather than as part
of a separate mounting kit.
The contactors feature forged
steel armature levers and
magnet frames for superior
physical strength. Selflubricating bearings eliminate
the need for lubricating the
contactor.

New hot-molded arc chute
assemblies contain no
asbestos and have better arc
extinction characteristics for
longer contact life. The short
stroke armature results in a
mechanical life of more than
20 million operations.

Product History Time Line for C80 Mill Type DC Contactors

6
7

Product Description

Size

1980

1985

1990

1995

2000

Sizes 2 – 8
Size 2—Two-Pole Contactor

Note: The C80 contactors were renumbered in 1984 from the old 6002 Series, which date back to 1919.
Consult factory for old 6002 Series replacements and parts.

8
9
10
11
12
13
14

Present

NO Contactor

15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T13-58

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

13

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

Replacement Capabilities

1

Replacement Capabilities for C80 Mill Type DC Contactors

2

Part Numbers
Size 2
Single-Pole,
Two-Pole,
Three-Pole and
Ltl® 25 and 50A

Size 3
Single-Pole
NO, NC
and Ltl 100A

Single-pole copper

6-599

6-189

6-189

6-189-3

6-189-4

6-189-4

6-215

Single-pole silver

—

6-189-5

6-189-6

6-189-7

6-189-8

6-189-8

6-215-2

Two-pole copper

6-169-4

—

—

—

—

—

—

Three-pole copper

6-169-5

—

—

—

—

—

—

Description
Set of Contact

Size 4
Single-Pole
NO, NC
and Ltl 150A

Size 5
Single-Pole
NO, NC
and Ltl 300A

Size 6
Single-Pole
NO, NC
and Ltl 600A

Size 6A
Single-Pole
NO, NC
and Ltl 810A

Size 8
Single-Pole
NO 1350A

Set of Contacts

3
4
5
6
7

Arc Shield

Coils

8

Arc Shield
Right hand

73-2676-2

62-791

62-791

62-793

62-840

62-840

62-804

Left hand

73-2676

62-791-2

62-791-2

62-793-2

62-840-2

62-840-2

62-804

10

Coils
9-1549-18

9-1583-15

9-1583-15

9-1589-10

9-1688-8

9-1688-8

9-547-7 1

115V

9-1549-2

9-1583-2

9-1583-2

9-1589-2

9-1688-2

9-1688-2

9-547-7 1

115V

9-1549-2

9-1583-2

9-1583-2

9-1589-2

9-1688-2

9-1688-2

9-547-7 1

550V

9-1549-3

9-1583-3

9-1583-3

9-1589-3

9-1688-3

9-1688-3

9-547-28 1

—

9-1585-18

9-1585-18

9-967-13

9-1717-4

—

—

—

9-1585-2

9-1585-2

9-967-8

9-1717-1

—

—

Single-pole NO 100V

Single-pole NC 100V
115V
230V

—

9-1585-1

9-1585-1

9-967-7

9-1717-2

—

—

550V

—

9-1585-3

9-1585-3

9-967-12

9-1717-3

—

—

Single-pole Ltl

9

2

115V

100V

9-1549-18

9-1583-15

9-1583-15

9-1589-10

9-1688-8

—

—

9-1549-2

9-1583-2

9-1583-2

9-1589-2

9-1688-2

—

—

230V

9-1549-1

9-1583-1

9-1583-1

9-1589-1

9-1688-1

—

—

550V

9-1549-3

9-1583-3

9-1583-3

9-1589-3

9-1688-3

—

—

9-1585-18

—

—

—

—

—

—

115V

9-1585-2

—

—

—

—

—

—

230V

9-1585-1

—

—

—

—

—

—

550V

9-1585-3

—

—

—

—

—

—

9-1585-18

—

—

—

—

—

—

115V

9-1585-2

—

—

—

—

—

—

230V

9-1585-1

—

—

—

—

—

—

550V

9-1585-3

—

—

—

—

—

—

Two-pole 100V

Three-pole 100V

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21

Technology Upgrades
This product currently listed in Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection, CA08100006E, Tab 4.

22

Notes
1 Series resistor used with coil for voltage shown.
2 Magnet closing coil only. If holdout coil is required, give number stamped on coil or advise
Bulletin or Serial Number of controller.

23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T13-59

13
1
2

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

511 AC and DC Brakes

Product Description

Originally a Cutler-Hammer
Product

Cutler-Hammer Type S
brakes are field-proven AC/
DC brakes. For applications
up to 1800 rpm/50 hp.
Precision holding and
stopping in 4, 5.5, 7 and
10-inch wheel sizes. With 15
standard bore sizes—straight
or tapered, non-asbestos
linings and off-the-shelf
availability, electrically
released and spring applied,
providing “fail-safe”
operation.

3
4
5

Size 4-Inch Brake and Wheel

6
7
8
9

The retarding torque developed
is directly proportional to the
spring pressure.
Typical applications include
conveyors, machine tools,
printing presses, small
cranes, overhead doors,
dumb waiters, vacuum
molding machines and
carnival rides.

Product History Time Line for 511 AC and DC Brakes
Types

1934

1940

1950

1960

1970

1980

1990

2000

4-inch Small Solenoid
4-inch Large Solenoid
5-1/2-inch Old Style

10

5-1/2-inch Updated

11

7-inch High Torque

12

10-inch

7-inch
8-1/2-inch

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T13-60

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Present

13

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

Replacement Capabilities

1

Renewal Parts for Cat. No. 511 Shoe Brakes 1

2

Part Numbers

Description

4-Inch Brake

5-1/2-Inch Brake

7-Inch Brake

10-Inch Brake

3, 10 and 15 Lb
Torque

25 and 35 Lb
Torque

50 and 75 Lb
Torque

85 and 110 Lb
Torque

125 Lb
Torque

160 Lb
Torque

3

9-941-20

9-941-8

9-758-36

9-758-37

4

Magnet Coils

Coil Suffix

120V, 60 Hz

-39

9-591-9

9-585-9

110V, 50 Hz

-5

9-591-9

9-585-9

9-585-9

9-941-39

9-758-26

9-758-10

120/110V, 50/60 Hz

-66

9-591-9

9-585-9

—

—

—

—

208V, 60 Hz

-45

9-591-16

9-585-33

9-941-35

9-941-45

9-758-30

9-758-31

208/240V, 50/60 Hz

-50

9-591-3

—

—

—

—

—

240V, 60 Hz

-40

9-591-10

9-585-10

9-941-15

9-941-4

9-758-2

9-758-30

220/240V, 50/60 Hz

-67

9-591-10

9-585-10

—

—

—

—

480V, 60 Hz

-41

9-591-11

9-585-16

9-941-12

9-941-6

9-758-4

9-758-20

440/480V, 50/60 Hz

-70

9-591-11

—

—

—

—

—

600V, 60 Hz

-58

9-591-12

9-585-26

9-941-32

9-941-25

9-758-13

9-758-5

550/600V, 50/60 Hz

-71

9-591-12

—

—

—

—

—

220V, 50 Hz

-6

9-591-10

9-585-10

9-585-10

9-941-29

9-758-6

9-758-2

380V, 50 Hz

-7

9-591-13

9-585-5

9-585-5

9-941-30

9-758-4

9-758-28

440V, 50 Hz

-8

9-591-11

9-585-11

9-585-11

9-941-3

9-758-7

9-758-4

550V, 50 Hz

-9

9-591-12

9-585-12

9-585-12

9-941-41

9-758-27

9-758-13

120 Vdc

-97

9-1346-3

9-1347-10

9-1347-10

9-1347-12

—

—

-98

9-1346-4

9-1347-11

9-1347-11

9-1347-13

—

—

6-166

6-166-2

6-166-5

240 Vdc
Lining kit with rivets

2

Shoe with lining

48-306

3

48-1787

3

48-1200-3

6-166-5
3

48-1200-3

5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

6-166-4
3

24-2146-3 Inner

3

13

24-2146-4 Outer 3
Solenoid without coil

AC

88-1553-8

88-2930-4

88-1342-11

88-1342-11

17-17199

DC

88-521-6

88-521-5

88-521-5

88-521-5

—

19320 AC

17377 AC

15475 AC

15475 AC

17379

13864 DC

17378 DC

15477 DC

15477 DC

—

RP publication number

14
15
16

Technology Upgrades
This product currently listed in Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection, CA08100006E, Tab 2.
1
2
3

17

Parts listed are for current line of 511 brakes.
Kit contains two linings and rivets for one brake.
Part number covers one shoe only.

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T13-61

13
1

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

DPM-Contactor

Product History Time Line for DPM-Contactor
Device

2

1970

Replacement Capabilities

4

DPM-Contactor Renewal Parts
Description

Catalog
Number

Contact kit

2131A94G10

Arc box

2131A94G03

Product Description

Shunt

3534C86G01

The Cutler-Hammer DPM
1000 Vdc Definite Purpose
Contactor has been designed
to meet severe environmental
and vibration conditions
found in your worst
applications. The contactor
is of unit construction,
assembled on a molded
insulated base, providing
maximum performance in
minimum space.

Coils

5
7
8
9
10
11

1990

2000

DPM-Contactor

3

6

1980

DPM 1000 Vdc Contactor

28 Vdc

2114A92G04

36 Vdc

2114A92G05

55 Vdc

2114A92G06

74 Vdc

2114A92G09

110/115 Vdc

2114A92G14

125 Vdc

2114A92G15

275 Vdc

2114A92G16

600 Vdc

2114A92G20

Technology Upgrades

12

This product currently listed in Volume 5—Motor Control and
Protection, CA08100006E, Tab 4.

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T13-62

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Present

13

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

AVD-Contactor

Product History
The Cutler-Hammer AVD (Advanced DC Contactor) was released for sale in 1995. The device has
not gone through any significant redesigns since its introduction.
Product History Time Line for AVD-Contactor
Device

1993

1995

2000

Present

AVD-Contactor

1
2
3
4

Replacement Capabilities

5

Replacement Coils
Coil Voltage (Vdc)

Catalog
Number

28

9-3004-2

Product Description

37

9-3004-3

The AVD-Contactor is a
single-pole normally open,
load break, bi-directional
definite purpose DC
contactor. The device is rated
at 1400A continuous and is
capable of switching up to
2000 Vdc loads.

74

9-3004-1

100

9-3004-5

230

9-3004-4

2000 Vdc Contactor

Operating Coil
Characteristics
Current Draw at
Coil
Nominal Voltage
Voltage (± 5% at 20°C)

Catalog
Number

28

1.87

9-3004-2

37

1.58

9-3004-3

74

0.79

9-3004-1

100

0.62

9-3004-5

230

0.25

9-3004-4

6
7
8
9

Auxiliary Contacts
Contact
Configuration

Terminal
Configuration

Catalog
Number

1NO/1NC

Fast-on

10-3519-5

2NO

Fast-on

10-3519-6

2NC

Fast-on

10-3519-7

1NO/1NC

Screw type

10-6817

2NO

Screw type

10-6817-2

2NC

Screw type

10-6817-3

10
11
12
13
14

Replacement Contacts and Arc Chute

Description

Quantity
Required per
Contactor

Stationary contact

1

23-7253

Movable contact

2

23-7255

Arc chute

1

62-1038

15

Catalog
Number

16
17

Technology Upgrades

18

This product currently listed in Volume 5—Motor Control and
Protection, CA08100006E, Tab 4.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T13-63

13
1

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

D-Contactor

Product History
The Cutler-Hammer
D-Contactor was released for
sale in early 1970s. The
original device included a
permanent magnet blowout
coil and square main
contacts. The permanent
magnet blowout coil device
was uni-directional or the
current could only flow
through the device in one
direction. As such, it was
essential that the polarity as
marked on the power
terminals be maintained. The
permanent magnet blowout
device is no longer offered.

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

750 Vdc Contactor

Product Description
The D-Contactor is a singlepole normally open, load
break, bi-directional definite
purpose DC contactor. Two
devices are available rated at
1800 and 3000A at 750 Vdc.

The device was redesigned in
the early 1980s to include
round main contacts and an
intermittent duty blowout
coil in lieu of the permanent
magnet blowout. The
blowout coil device is
bi-directional or current can
flow through the device in
either direction. Although
contact life is maximized if
the +terminal is at the top of
the device, it is not essential
that polarity be maintained.
The present blowout coil
device is a form, fit, function
replacement for the original

Product History Time Line for D-Contactor
Device

1970

1980

12

9-1688-15

Replacement Coils

Auxiliary Contacts

Coil Voltage
(Vdc)

Catalog
Number

Contact
Terminal
Catalog
Configuration Configuration Number

12

9-1688-15

1NO/1NC

Fast-on

10-3519-5

24

9-1688-7

2NO

Fast-on

10-3519-6

32

9-1688-9

2NC

Fast-on

10-3519-7

48

9-1688-12

1NO/1NC

Screw type

10-6817

74

9-2064-3

2NO

Screw type

10-6817-2

16

100

9-1688-8

2NC

Screw type

10-6817-3

115

9-1688-2

17

230

9-1688-1

18

Replacement Contacts, Blowout Coil and Arc Chute

14
15

2000

Blowout Coil Device

Catalog
Number

13

1990

Permanant Magnet Blowout Device

Operating Coil
Characteristics
Current Draw at
Coil
Nominal Voltage
Voltage (± 7.5% at 20°C)

12

permanent magnet blowout
device. In addition, the
present contact kits with the
round contacts can be used
on the original devices that
employed the square main
contacts. Subsequent minor
product enhancements
have been made with the
new parts being a direct
replacement for the parts
that they replaced.

3.96

24

2.00

9-1688-7

32

1.44

9-1688-9

48

1.00

9-1688-12

74

.97

9-2064-3

100

.45

9-1688-8

115

.37

9-1688-2

230

.20

9-1688-1

19
20
21
22

Replacement Capabilities

Device Rating
Amperes

Main Contact
Configuration

Contacts

Catalog
Number

1800

Two-main

Main contacts

6-497

1800

Two-main

Arcing contacts

23-5449

3000

Four-main

Main contacts

6-496

3000

Four-main

Arcing contacts

23-5448

1800 and 3000

Two- and four-main

Blowout coil

9-2592

1800 and 3000

Two- and four-main

Arc chute

62-822

Technology Upgrades

23

This product currently listed in Volume 5—Motor Control and
Protection, CA08100006E, Tab 4.

24
25
V12-T13-64

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Present

13

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

Reversing/Assignment
Contactors

Product History
The Cutler-Hammer
Reversing/Assignment
Contactor was released for
sale in the early 1970s. The
original device incorporated a
leaf spring contact assembly
and square contacts. The
device was redesigned in the

early 1980s to incorporate a
coil spring contact assembly
with round contacts. The
present device is a form, fit,
function replacement for the
original device. In addition,
the original leaf spring contact
assembly devices can be

upgraded to the new coil
spring contact assembly with
the one-time purchase of a
contact upgrade kit. The
standard contact kit can then
be used for subsequent
contact replacements.

1970

1980

1990

2000

Present

8

Replacement Capabilities
Replacement Coils

Auxiliary Contacts

Coil Voltage
(Vdc)

Catalog
Number

Contact
Terminal
Catalog
Configuration Configuration Number

24

9-1903-9

1NO/1NC

Fast-on

10-3519-5

28

9-1903-1

2NO

Fast-on

10-3519-6

36

9-1903-3

2NC

Fast-on

10-3519-7

74

9-1903-7

1NO/1NC

Screw type

10-6817

110

9-1903-6

2NO

Screw type

10-6817-2

125

9-1903-4

2NC

Screw type

10-6817-3

250

9-1903-8

9
10
11
12
13
14

Replacement Contacts

Operating Coil
Characteristics

Device

Configuration

Catalog
Number

Three-position

6-602

Three-position

6-602-3

Two-position

6-602-5

Current Draw at
Coil
Nominal Voltage
Voltage (± 7.5% at 20°C)

Catalog
Number

Reversing/assignment

24

1.60

9-1903-9

Magnetic latched reversing/assignment

28

1.30

9-1903-1

36

1.06

9-1903-3

Technology Upgrades

74

0.49

9-1903-7

110

0.33

9-1903-6

This product currently listed in Volume 5—Motor Control and
Protection, CA08100006E, Tab 4.

125

0.33

9-1903-4

250

0.17

9-1903-8

Reversing/assignment upgrade kit

6
7

Coil Spring Contact Assembly Device

Product Description
The Reversing/Assignment
Contactor is a double-pole,
double-throw, non-load break
definite purpose DC
contactor. A three-position
center-off and a two-position
magnetically-latched
configuration is available.
The device is rated for
1100A, 1000 Vdc. The
Reversing Contactor includes
cross-over busbars for DC
motor reversing applications;
the Assignment Contactor
omits the cross-over busbars
for motor assignment
applications.

3
5

Leaf Spring Contact Assembly Device
1000 Vdc Contactor

2
4

Product History Time Line for Reversing/Assignment Contactors
Device

1

1

15
16
17
18

Note
1 The 6-602-3 contact kit will upgrade the three-position, reversing/assignment device from the
original design that incorporated a leaf spring contact structure to the present design that
incorporates a coil spring contact structure. The 6-602 contact kit can then be used after the
device has been upgraded for the subsequent contact replacement.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T13-65

13
1

Motor Control
Contactors, Starters and Brakes

P- and S-Contactors

The Cutler-Hammer
P-Contactor and S-Contactor
were released for sale in the
1960s. These were singlepole DC contactors that used
two arc chutes.

2
3
4

Device

11
12
13

1970

1980

2000

Replacement Capabilities

7

10

1960

P- & S-Contactors

6

9

They typically carried a
1000 Vdc, 1200A rating and
were discontinued in the mid
1980s. A few renewal parts
are still available.

Product History Time Line for P- and S-Contactors

5

8

Product History

A few renewal parts are still available.
Power Contactor

Product Description

Auxiliary Contacts

The P- and S-Contactors are
single-pole normally open,
load break DC contactors.
Although the devices have
two arc shields, they are
functionally single-pole
devices. The contactors
typically carried a 1000 Vdc,
1000A rating and were
applied in locomotive, rapid
transit and high horsepower
DC drive applications.

Contact
Configuration

Terminal
Configuration

Catalog
Number

1NO/1NC

Fast-on

10-3519-5

2NO

Fast-on

10-3519-6

2NC

Fast-on

10-3519-7

1NO/1NC

Screw type

10-6817

2NO

Screw type

10-6817-2

2NC

Screw type

10-6817-3

Replacement Contacts, Blowout Coil and Arc Chute

14

Description

Quantity
Required per
Contactor

Catalog
Number

Contact kit

1

6-332

15

Arc chute

2

62-469

Blowout coil

2

62-532

16

Technology Upgrades

17

This product can potentially be replaced with the DPM-Contactor
or D-Contactor depending on the application. Please contact our
Technical Resource Center for replacement device selection.

18

Further Information

19

Publication
Number

Description

PT03304001E

Genuine Cutler-Hammer Replacement Contact Kits and Coils Wall Chart

20

B8F01SE

Vacuum Starters and Contactors

CA08100006E

Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection

21

For further replacement parts information, contact Standard
Open Control Aftermarket at 1-800-535-8992.

22

Pricing Information

23

Vista/VISTALINE Discount Symbols 1CD-5C, 1CD-1C, 15CD3
and 1CD-1

Price and Availability Digest (PAD)

24
25
V12-T13-66

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Present

13

Motor Control
Solid-State Low Voltage Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Contents
Description

Page

Low Voltage Reduced
Voltage Motor Starters
Product Description,
Product History,
Product History
Time Line . . . . . V12-T13-67
Replacement
Capabilities,
Technology
Upgrades . . . . . V12-T13-68
Low Voltage Adjustable
Frequency AC Drives
Product Description,
Product History
Time Line . . . . . V12-T13-69
Replacement
Capabilities,
Technology
Upgrades . . . . . V12-T13-71

Reduced Voltage Motor
Starters

cycle by electronically
sensing the motor load and
reducing the voltage applied
to the motor when it is
running at less than full
load torque.
Solid-state motor starters
also provide short circuit and
various types of electronic
protective functions.
Common features include
phase loss, undervoltage,
current balance, phase
rotation, current limit,
overtemperature, etc.
Reduced voltage solid-state
controllers are similar to
reduced voltage motor
starters, except they include
no overload or short-circuit
protection. Motor controllers
are applied in series with
conventional electromechanical
starters to provide the
benefits of reduced voltage
starting at lower cost.
Electromechanical starter
contact life is also improved
by the reduced voltage motor
controller.

Product History
Eaton’s present line of CutlerHammer reduced voltage
starters is the culmination of
38 years of product
development. In 1958,
Vectrol Engineering began
manufacturing SCR Gate
Driver circuitry and
progressed into their own
soft starter product line,
known as the Vectrol Motor
Starter (VMS). In 1980,
Vectrol was purchased by
Westinghouse. The VMS
was quickly phased out of
production and the Vectrol
ES (Energy Saver) solid-state
reduced voltage starter
was introduced. The Vectrol
ES combined features of
automatic power factor
adjustment and reduced
voltage, maximizing the
efficiency of the motor duty
cycle. The Vectrol ES starter
was actively manufactured
until 1988 when the EasyStart Motor Starter was
introduced.
Eaton entered the market in
1975 with the A415, A445
and A485 product lines. By
1983, Eaton had released the
A515/A545 Model A solid-

state reduced voltage starter
and followed up in late 1984
with the improved Model B
A515. This starter used a
solid-state controller, an
overload relay and a six SCR
full-wave power section. In
1988, Westinghouse
introduced its Easy-Start and
Easy-Start Jr. product lines
that also used a solid-state
control circuit and a six SCR
full-wave power section. In
1995, the newly formed SolidState Motor Control Division
(SSMC) of the new Eaton
released the Easy-Start EA
Reduced Voltage Starter,
combining the voltage control
of SCRs with the durability of
the Advantage motor starter
into a uniquely small package.

1

The EA, EJ and the ES
product lines have been
replaced by the IT. line of
solid-state reduced voltage
starters. Introduced in
October of 1999, the IT.
Starter is compact, easy to
install, easy to program and is
the most advanced solidstate reduced voltage starter
available anywhere.

9

IT. Reduced Voltage
Solid-State Motor Starter

Product Description
Reduced voltage solid-state
motor starters serve to
provide reduced voltage
starting, protection and
control for standard threephase induction motors.
They are commonly found in
applications like conveyors,
compressors, extruders,
pumps and blowers, etc.
Reduced voltage starting is
beneficial because current
and torque are reduced
during the motor starting
process. This reduces the
electrical and mechanical
shock experienced during
motor starting, prolonging
motor and equipment life.
Reduced voltage starters
also provide for maximum
efficiency of the motor duty

3
4
5
6
7
8
10
11
12
13
14

Product History Time Line
Product

2

1975

1980

1985

1990

1995

2000 Present

Cutler-Hammer A415/A445/A485

16

Westinghouse Vectrol VMS

17

Westinghouse Vectrol Energy Saver
Westinghouse Vectrol Startrol

18

Westinghouse Vectrol Startrol Power Miser
Cutler-Hammer A515/A545 Model A

19

Westinghouse Power Miser 2
Cutler-Hammer A515/A545 Model B

20

Westinghouse Easy-Start
Westinghouse Easy-Start 120
Cutler-Hammer Easy-Start ES

21

Westinghouse Power Miser 2, Model 3

22

Cutler-Hammer C514
Cutler-Hammer Easy-Start EC

23

Westinghouse Easy-Start Jr.
Westinghouse Easy-Start 100
Cutler-Hammer Easy-Start EJ

24

Cutler-Hammer Easy-Start EA

25

Cutler-Hammer IT. Starter

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

15

V12-T13-67

13
1
2
3
4

Motor Control
Solid-State Low Voltage Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Replacement Capabilities

Technology Upgrades

In most cases, recommended
replacement product is the
Cutler-Hammer IT. Soft Start
Starter. Eaton’s Electrical
Services & Systems (EESS)
has trained technicians
nationwide. See Tab 22 in this
catalog for further information
about EESS capabilities.

The IT. line provides an easy-toprogram, easy-to-install line of
reduced voltage Soft Starters
that is the most advanced
available anywhere in the
world. With a range of 12–
850A and 13 models in four
frame sizes, the IT. Soft
Starter provides advanced
functionality with
unsurpassed configuration
flexibility for open, enclosed
or motor control center
applications.

5
6
7

Support Chart for Non-Current Vintage Products

8

Model

9

A415/A445/A485
A515/A545 Model A

(See below for topic definitions)
Factory Repair

Field Service

Technical Support

Spare Parts

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

10

A515/A545 Model B

■

■

■

■

■

C514

■

■

■

■

■

11

Westinghouse Solid-State Reduced Voltage Starters
Vectrol VMS

■

12

Vectrol Energy Saver

■

Easy-Start/Easy-Start 120

■

■

■

■

■

13

Easy-Start Jr./Easy-Start 100

■

■

■

■

■

14

Startrol Power Miser
Power Miser 2

■

■

■

■

■

15

Power Miser 2, Model 3

■

■

■

■

■

Easy-Start Advantage

■

■

■

■

■

16

Advanced Technology Services, 8200 N. University, Peoria, IL 61615, now provides support for these products.
Their toll-free number is 1-877-645-3606.

17

Definitions

18
19
20
21
22

PCB Repair

Upgrade Kits

Cutler-Hammer Solid-State Reduced Voltage Starters

■
■

■

■1

Startrol

PCB Repair
Printed circuit boards may be
returned to Advanced
Technology Services for
repair. All PCBs are upgraded
to the most current revision at
the time of the repair.
Upgrade Kits
Kits are available to upgrade
the basic performance of
certain vintage products.
Contact Advanced
Technology Services for
more information.

23

■

Service Depot Repairs
Entire assemblies may be
returned to Advanced
Technology Services for
repair, upgrade or
refurbishment.

Technical Support
The trained technicians at
Advanced Technology
Services are available to
provide assistance over
the telephone.

Field Service
Eaton’s Electrical Services &
Systems (EESS) has trained
technicians nationwide. See
Tab 22 in this catalog for further
information about EESS
capabilities.

Spare Parts
Advanced Technology
Services maintains a complete
inventory of spare parts.
Note
1 Original printed circuit boards (PCBs) are
not available as spares. Please select the
appropriate upgrade board for
replacement.

24
25
V12-T13-68

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

13

Motor Control
Adjustable Frequency AC Drives—Solid-State Low Voltage

Cutler-Hammer Adjustable
Frequency Controllers (AFCs)
serve to provide adjustable
speed and control for
standard AC induction
motors. AFCs rectify the
incoming AC line voltage to
supply a fixed potential DC
bus. An inverter section is
employed to invert the DC
bus voltage to an adjustable
frequency output voltage.
The solid-state logic section

The advent of microprocessorbased logic and the
advancements of solid-state
power technology have
dramatically reduced the
costs of AFCs and enhanced

their product features. This
has permitted a more
economical solution for
adjustable speed motor
applications because AFCs
permit the use of standard
squirrel cage induction
motors instead of DC motors,
which are more expensive
and harder to maintain. AFCs
are ideal for variable torque
applications like centrifugal
pumps and fans, and
constant torque applications
like conveyers and extruders.

Typical Adjustable
Frequency Controller
Block Diagram

1

To Motor
A

B

C

Pole A

Pole B

3

Microprocessor Logic

Operator Panel

Status and Fault Indication Panel

4
5
6
7

Product History Time Line
Product

2

Pole C
Converter

Gate Driver

Product Description

controls the inverter and
ultimately the magnitude and
frequency of the output
voltage to the motor. Input to
the solid-state logic can be
manual (from an operator
type keypad) or automatic
(from design features
programmed into the
drive logic).

460 Volt, 60 Hertz

Adjustable Frequency
AC Drives

1965

1970

1975

1980

1985

1990

1995

2000

2005

Present

8
9

Dynamatic AF-3000
Dynamatic VLT-5
Dynamatic AF-2000
Dynamatic AF-300 (Responder)
Dynamatic AF-6000
Westinghouse Accutrol 100
Dynamatic AF-7000
Dynamatic IS-7000
Dynamatic AF-8000
Westinghouse Accutrol 300
Westinghouse Accutrol 150
Westinghouse Accutrol 200
Westinghouse Accuflow
Dynamatic AF-1000
Dynamatic AF-5000
Westinghouse Accutrol 110
Westinghouse Accuflow Jr.
Dynamatic AF-1500
Westinghouse Accuflow 110
Dynamatic AF-1600
Westinghouse Accutrol 400
Westinghouse Accutrol 700
Cutler-Hammer AF97
Dynamatic AF-5000+
Dynamatic IS-5000+
Cutler-Hammer AF93
Cutler-Hammer AF95
Cutler-Hammer AF91
Cutler-Hammer SV9000
Cutler-Hammer HV9000
Cutler-Hammer CP9000
Cutler-Hammer BP9000
Eaton CH MVX 9000
Eaton CH SVX 9000
Eaton CH HVX 9000

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T13-69

13

Motor Control
Adjustable Frequency AC Drives—Solid-State Low Voltage

1

General Information
Model

hp Range

Input Voltage

Output Devices

Output Algorithm

2

VLT-5

1–5

240, 415

SCR

VVI

Analog

AF-1000

1–5 1

230, 480

Transistors

PWM

Analog

AF-1500

1–30

240, 480

Transistors

PWM

Digital

AF-1600

1–20

240, 480

IGBT

Vector PWM

Digital

AF-2000

5–10

230

SCR

VVI

Analog

AF-300

N/A

N/A

SCR

CSI

Analog

AF-3000 2

30–250

230, (460 opt)

SCR

PWM

Analog

3
4

Control Type

5

AF-5000

5 –100

380–480

Transistor

PWM

Analog

AF-5000+

5–600

380–480

Transistor

PWM

Digital

6

AF-6000

15–300

480

SCR

VVI

Analog

AF-7000

20–600

480, 575

Transistor

VVI

Analog

AF-8000

3 and 5

480

SCR

PWM

Analog

Accutrol 100

1–5

230

Transistor

PWM

Analog

Accutrol 110

1–75

230, 460

Transistor

7
8

PWM

Digital 3

4

Accutrol 150

3–50

460

Transistor

PWM

Analog

Accutrol 200

3–250

460

Transistor 4

PWM

Analog

9

Accutrol 300

15–600

460, 575

Gate turn-off thyristor

VVI

Analog

Accutrol 400

3–150

460

Transistor

PWM

Digital

10

Accutrol 700

100–600

480

IGBT

Vector PWM

Digital

AF93

2–20

240, 480

Insulated gate bipolar transistor

Vector PWM

Digital

11

AF95

15–200

480

Insulated gate bipolar transistor

PWM

Digital

AF97

100–600

480

Insulated gate bipolar transistor

Vector PWM

Digital

AF91

Fractional to 10

240, 460

Insulated gate bipolar transistor

PWM

Digital

MVX9000

Fractional to 10

120, 240, 480

Insulated gate bipolar transistor

PWM

Digital

9000 Series

Fractional to 1100

208–575

Insulated gate bipolar transistor

PWM

Digital

SVX9000

Fractional to 2000

208–575

Insulated gate bipolar transistor

PWM

Digital

12
13
14
15

Notes
1 Also available with a single-phase output.
2 Standard 220V output only.
3 Analog controls on pre-1988 models.
4 Gate Turn-off Thyristor (GTO) output devices on pre-1986 models. Transistor versions have a T as the third character in the style number.

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T13-70

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Motor Control
Adjustable Frequency AC Drives—Solid-State Low Voltage

13

Replacement Capabilities
Replacement Capabilities
Recommended
Replacement

Model
Dynamatic Adjustable Frequency Drives
VLT-5

1

Eaton’s Electrical Services &
Systems (EESS) has trained
technicians nationwide. See
Tab 22 in this catalog for
further information about
EESS capabilities.

2
3

MVX9000

AF-1000

MVX9000

AF-1500 1

MVX9000

AF-1600

MVX9000

AF-2000

MVX9000

AF-300 (Responder)

SV/HV/CP9000

AF-3000

SV/HV/CP9000

AF-5000

SV/HV/CP9000

AF-5000+ / IS-5000+

SV/HV/CP9000

AF-6000

SV/HV/CP9000

AF-7000 / IS-7000

SV/HV/CP9000

AF-8000

AF91SV

Westinghouse Adjustable Frequency Drives
Accutrol 100

MVX9000

Accutrol 110/Accuflow Jr. 1

MVX9000

Accutrol 150

SVX/HVX/CPX9000

Accutrol 200/Accuflow

SVX/HVX/CPX9000

Accutrol 300

SVX/HVX/CPX9000

Accutrol 400

SVX/HVX/CPX9000

Accutrol 700

SVX/HVX/CPX9000

Cutler-Hammer Drives
AF91

MVX9000

AV91

MVX9000

AF93

SVX/HVX/CPX9000

AF95

SVX/HVX/CPX9000

AF97

SVX/HVX/CPX9000

SV9000

SVX9000

HV9000

HVX9000

CP9000

CPX9000

Technology Upgrades

4

The SVX9000 improves upon
the SV9000 with modular
construction and greater
program capability. Clean
power, 18-pulse
configurations are available to
meet IEEE-519 requirements
for electro-magnetic
compliance. The HVX9000
provides a simpler parameter
set geared toward the HVAC
industry, and the HVX
Intellipass provides automatic
bypass with 24 Vdc control.
Additionally, the MVX9000
gives customers a compact,
low-cost alternative to the
full-featured drives of 10 hp
or less. The same general
controls are available, with the
exception of closed-loop
(encoder) control. The
MVX9000 boasts a PLC-like
control in the form of a step
sequence program for
repeated process applications.
These units combine digital
microprocessor control, a
user-friendly keypad, IGBT
technology, and a Windows®based programmer to provide
an adjustable frequency drive
that can be customized to
almost any application.

5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

Note
1 The AF-1500, Accutrol 110 and Accuflow
Jr. are identical units.

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T13-71

13
1
2
3

Motor Control
Adjustable Frequency AC Drives—Solid-State Low Voltage

Support Chart for Non-Current Vintage Products
(See below for topic definitions)
Model

PCB Repair

Upgrade Kits

Factory Repair

Field Service

Technical Support

Spare Parts

Dynamatic Adjustable Frequency Drives
VLT-5
AF-1000
AF-1500 1

■

■

■

■

■

4

AF-1600

■

■

■

■

■

5

AF-300 (Responder)

6

AF-5000

■

■

■

■

■

AF-5000+ / IS-5000+

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

7

AF-2000
AF-3000

AF-6000
AF-7000 / IS-7000
AF-8000

8

Westinghouse Adjustable Frequency Drives

9

Accutrol 110/Accuflow Jr. 1

■

Accutrol 100
■

■

■

■

2

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■3

Accutrol 150

■

■

10

Accutrol 200/Accuflow

■

■2

Accutrol 300

■

11

Accutrol 400

■

■

■

■

■

Accutrol 700

■

■

■

■

■

■

12

Cutler-Hammer Drives
AF95

■

■

■

■

■

■

AF97

■

■

■

■

■

■

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23

AF93

Advanced Technology Services, 8200 N. University, Peoria, IL 61615, now provides support for these products.
Their toll-free number is 1-877-645-3606.

Definitions

Product Support Services

PCB Repair
Printed circuit boards may be
returned to Advanced
Technology Services for
repair. All PCBs are upgraded
to the most current revision at
the time of the repair.

Field Service
Eaton’s Electrical Services &
Systems (EESS) has trained
technicians nationwide. See
Tab 22 in this catalog for
further information about
EESS capabilities.

Upgrade Kits
Kits are available to upgrade
the basic performance of
certain vintage products.
Contact Advanced Technology
Services for more
information.

Technical Support
The trained technicians at
Advanced Technology
Services are available to
provide assistance over
the telephone.

Service Depot Repairs
Entire assemblies may be
returned to Advanced
Technology Services for
repair, upgrade or
refurbishment.

Spare Parts
Advanced Technology
Services maintains a complete
inventory of spare parts.

For all Product Support
Services for these “legacy”
products, contact Advanced
Technology Services at
1-877-645-3606. For technical
support with Eaton’s current
line of variable frequency
drives, contact the
Drives Technical Resource
Center at 1-800-322-4986.
Notes
1 The AF-1500, Accutrol 110 and Accuflow
Jr. are identical units.
2 No upgrades are available for Gate Turnoff Thyristor (GTO) versions. Transistor
versions are identified by a leading “A1T”
or “A2T” in the model number.
3 GTOs are not available as spare parts
for models below 100 hp.

24
25
V12-T13-72

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Motor Control
Synchronous—Relay or Solid-State Mark V Slipsyn for Brush and Brushless Motors

Contents
Description

Page

Brush Type Relay Slipsyn Class
14-100 Field Application Panel
Product
Description,
Technology
Upgrades . . . . . V12-T13-75
Brush Type Mark V Solid-State
Slipsyn Class 14-100 Field
Application Panel
Product
Description . . . . V12-T13-77
Replacement
Capabilities,
Technology
Upgrades . . . . . V12-T13-78
Brush Type Mark V Solid-State
Slipsyn Class 14-100 Low
Voltage Motor Starters
Product
Description,
Technology
Upgrades . . . . . V12-T13-79
Brushless Type Relay Slipsyn
Class 14-100 Field Application
Panel
Product
Description . . . . V12-T13-80
Replacement
Capabilities,
Technology
Upgrades . . . . . V12-T13-81
Brushless Type Mark V SolidState Slipsyn Class 14-100 Field
Application Panel
Product
Description,
Technology
Upgrades . . . . . V12-T13-82
Relay and Solid-State Slipsyn
Control
Further
Information,
Pricing
Information . . . . V12-T13-83

Synchronous—Relay or
Solid-State Mark V
Slipsyn for Brush and
Brushless Motors
Product Description
Synchronous Motors
Polyphase synchronous
motors are used primarily to
obtain high pullout torques,
constant operating speed, or
generation of leading reactive
kVA for power factor (PF)
correction. To bring a motor
to a constant speed, DC
power is applied to a special
winding in a synchronous
motor. This winding is called
a field coil winding and is
controlled by “field control.”
Power (DC) for a brush type
motor is usually supplied with
the starter and entails using
an exciter. Power (DC) for a
brushless type motor is
supplied by an exciter
mounted on the motor.
Synchronous Motor Control
Synchronous motor “field
application control” generally
includes a synchronous
device to apply DC power to
the motor field circuit at the
optimum speed. It may also
include protective features
such as locked rotor
protection, failure to
synchronize, incomplete
sequence, field failure,
pullout protection, etc.
depending on the type of field
application control selected.
Relay Type vs. Solid-State
Type—Mark V
Relay Type
The relay type used the ASR
synchronizing relay. Inherent
in using the relay type are the
problems that are associated
with using contacts or
mechanical closing devices
such as arcing, spring and
bearing deterioration and
wear, dirty atmospheres, etc.

Solid-State—Mark V
The Mark V is 100% solidstate and features a “softturn-on” circuit that applies
DC field voltage to the motor
field. It enables all required
functions for correct
synchronization to be
accomplished without the
use of moving contacts or
mechanical closing devices.
With the Mark V, the static
exciter power supply is
always supplied and is part of
the “system.”
Also available as a modification
with the Mark V is a VAR or
power factor, DC field current
regulator. The regulator
consists of a printed circuit
board, auxiliary devices
and potentiometers for
adjustment.

Product History
Originally a Westinghouse
Product
Synchronous Motor Control
Brush type synchronous field
control was originally
available in the 1940s. Motor
starters for brushless
synchronous motors have
been offered since the late
1960s. Synchronous motors
can be medium voltage
(2300–7200V) or low voltage
(600V and below). A
synchronous motor starter
includes the basic motor
control PLUS the
synchronous control and
protection functions.
Typically, the basic motor
control and the field
application control are
mounted in separate
compartments within
the starter. Ratings of
synchronous control are in
terms of the maximum DC
field amperes required by the
motor. Current ratings are 45,
90, 135, 160, 200 or 270A
DC, through 6000 hp at 5 kV.

13

Relay and Solid-State Type
Control
Relay type Slipsyn was
introduced in 1947 and uses
the ASR synchronizing relay.
Forms of solid-state type
Slipsyn were introduced in
the late 1950s and early
1960s, but were not
completely solid-state and
had some of the operation
problems that the relay type
control encountered. These
were called Mark I and Mark
II Static Slipsyn. In 1989, the
Mark V Solid-State Slipsyn
field control was introduced.
Medium Voltage (AMPGARD®)
Starters
The AMI AMPGARD
synchronous starter (1957–
1970) used a 60-inch deep
enclosure with the
synchronous control in the
low voltage section in the
front bottom two thirds of the
starter enclosure. The basic
motor control was located in
the rear bottom two thirds of
the enclosure, barriered off
from the low voltage section.
The AMI AMPGARD for
synchronous motors used the
ASR relay type control.
The LF AMPGARD (1962–
1988) primarily used the ASR
field application relay control.
Mark I and Mark II Static
Slipsyn were also used during
their availability periods. The
LF AMPGARD for synchronous
motors included the basic
induction motor control (ISO®
switch, contactor and starter
control) in the bottom half of
the structure.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T13-73

13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

Motor Control
Synchronous—Relay or Solid-State Mark V Slipsyn for Brush and Brushless Motors

The upper half contained the
step-down static excitation
transformer with current
limiting fuses, the Silicon
Controlled Rectifier (SCR)
type static exciter and the
synchronizing control and
motor field protection panel.
The SJ AMPGARD (1982–
2000) family of synchronous
control is very similar to the
LF AMPGARD. Until the
availability of the Mark V solidstate synchronous control,
the SJ used the ASR relay
type field control. With the
advent of the Mark V, most of
the synchronous starters are
supplied with this type of
control. In both ASR and
Mark V control schemes, the
synchronous gear is usually
mounted in the top half of
the starter.
The SL AMPGARD (2000–
present) is similar to the SJ
AMPGARD but uses the
Mark V solid-state
synchronous controller,
exclusively.

Low Voltage Synchronous
Starters
Low voltage synchronous
starters are similar in nature
to high voltage synchronous
starters except in two
regards. High voltage
starters, unlike low voltage
starters, must isolate the low
voltage from the high voltage.
The components for the field
control are the same.

The second difference lies in
the primary disconnect used
in the starters. Low voltage
starters can be supplied with
no short-circuit protection,
with a non-fusible disconnect,
a fusible disconnect switch or
with a molded-case circuit
breaker. Low voltage
synchronous starters were
manufactured in the late
1940s with the introduction
of the ASR relay, until
September of 1989. In 1991,
the product was reintroduced
using the Mark V solid-state
field control.

Product History Time Line
Page

Product

V12-T13-73

ASR Relay Slipsyn (Brush Type)

1945 1955 1965 1975 1985 1995 2000 Present

Mark I Static Slipsyn (Brush Type)
Mark II Static Slipsyn (Brush Type)
V12-T13-78

Mark V Slipsyn

V12-T13-80

Brushless Motor Control

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T13-74

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Motor Control
Synchronous—Brush Type Relay Slipsyn Class 14-100 Panel

Relay Slipsyn Automatic
Field Application Panel

13

Typical Schematic

1

Product Description

2
3
4
5
6
7

Relay Field Panel

8

■ Shaded area denotes
obsolete or discontinued
products and services.
Automatic Field Application
Control
The field application panel
provides Slipsyn automatic
field application identical
to that in complete
synchronous motor
starters. It is designed for
use in conjunction with a
primary line closing device
such as a circuit breaker or
a linestarter. One interlock
on the primary device is
used to actuate the field
application control. When
the motor accelerates to
proper speed for pull-in, the
field is automatically applied.

9
10
11
Typical 14-100 Panel with Constant Static Exciter
(Optional) for use with Primary Motor Starter

12

Note
1 Not supplied with 14-100 panel or static exciter.

13
14
15
16

The controller is available
for floor mounting. Floormounted cabinets are
NEMA 1 with hinged front
door and removable
rear plates.

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T13-75

13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14

Motor Control
Synchronous—Brush Type Relay Slipsyn Class 14-100 Panel

■ Shaded area denotes
obsolete or discontinued
products and services.
The cabinets contain the
following equipment:
1– Polarized slip frequency
field application relay
type ASR (FR) with halfwave rectifier (REC).
1– Time relay with contacts
available for unloader
circuit (2TR).
1– Pullout relay and
transformer (PO).
1– Field contactor, two-pole
(FC).
1– Damper winding
protective relay (SC).
1– Starting and field
discharge resistor
when size permits;
otherwise, provided for
separate mounting)
(1RES).
1– DC field ammeter, panel
type, semi-flush
mounted (DC AMM).
1– DC field ammeter shunt
(SH).
1– DC field failure
protection (FLA).
2– Auxiliary relays (2TRX),
(2MX).
1– Incomplete sequence
relay (IS).

Static Excitation Power
Supply Panel
Constant Potential Type
Power conversion AC to DC
units are designed for
individual synchronous
motor field excitation.
These units are convection
cooled, solid-state and are
completely assembled and
wired as a self-contained
package with a relay Slipsyn
automatic field application
control. The connections
necessary to the external
circuits are line leads, motor
leads, field connections and
control interconnection.
The static system consists
of a convection-cooled
silicon rectifier three-phase
full-wave bridge assembly,
a set of current limiting
fuses in the secondary side
of the transformer and a set
of surge protecting devices.
The transformer has
secondary taps that are
adjustable with four course
taps that provide
approximately 12%
adjustment per tap, and
three fine taps that
provide 4% adjustment
per tap.

Adjustable Potential Type
An adjustable potential
exciter is similar to the
constant potential exciter
except that it uses SCRs
and the voltage adjustment
is made with a potentiometer
mounted on the door.

Information Required from
Customer for Upgrade
Evaluation

Technology Upgrades

2. Complete motor data
including horsepower,
phase, voltage/Hz, RPM,
FLA, LRA, full-load DC
amperes, power factor,
excitation voltage,
induced field amperes
at 95% speed and at 0%
speed, recommended
discharge resistor ohms
and maximum time at
zero speed (locked rotor).

For Brush-Type, Relay-Panel
Slipsyn (Class 14-100)
Upgrades
New synchronous field
controllers using the latest
solid-state technology are
usually available. Upgrades
for primary starter and
contactor components may
also be available.

1. Original assembly
nameplate data including
general order “GO”
number as well as any
drawing numbers.

3. Excitation control detail
such as “constantpotential” or “adjustablepotential.” Adjustablepotential usually requires
a field rheostat (motor
field-resistor).
4. Detail on the motor’s
function such as the
application data and
other service conditions
such as duty-cycle, etc.

15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T13-76

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Motor Control
Synchronous—Brush Type Mark V Solid-State Slipsyn Class 14-100 Panel

Slipsyn Automatic Field
Application Panel with
Static Exciter
Product Description

The solid-state Mark V
Slipsyn controller will provide
the following protective
functions:

In both designs, a hinged
front door with externally
ventilated heat sinks will
be provided.

A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.

The cabinets will contain
the following equipment:

Locked rotor protection.
Incomplete sequence.
Failure to synchronize.
Fuse failure (Mark V).
Pullout protection.
DC current failure
protection.
Also the application of the DC
power to the motor field
windings is accomplished
without mechanically moving
parts, and the device features
a “soft-turn-on” circuit when
applying DC voltage to the
motor field.

Mark V Field Controller

Automatic Field Application
Control
The Slipsyn panel provides
automatic field application
identical to that in complete
synchronous motor starters.
It is designed for use in
conjunction with a primary line
closing device, such as a
circuit breaker or a linestarter.
When the motor accelerates
to proper speed for pull-in, the
field is automatically applied.

13
1
2
3

1 – Step-down exciter
transformer—
three-phase (TX).
3 – Primary fuses (3 PRI).
3 – Secondary fuses (3 SEC).
1 – “SCR” power supply
panel.
1 – Synchronous control
board (CB).
1 – DC ammeter—panel type
(DC AMM).
3 – “MOV” for surge
protection (MOV).
1 – Starting and field
discharge resistor (when
size permits; otherwise
provided for separate
mounting).
1 – Field failure relay (FLA).
1 – Incomplete SEQ Timer
(FLT).
1 – Start timer (SYTR).
1 – Potentiometer (P2).

Depending on the size of the
solid-state application panel,
the controller is available in
a NEMA 1 floor-mounted
enclosure or an AMPGARD
type cell construction.

4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

Typical Schematic

13

T3
TO PRIMARY CONTROL CIRCUIT – 120 Vac

FIELD

+RECT
AC
D

M

햲
3

M
M2

3

햲

FLA

F
MX

OL

DC
AMM

(+)

P

RLY1
K
K1

RLY3
K2

FLT

(SET 2 SEC LONGER THAN
ACCELERATION TIME)

MOV

TO
QB2

TO
QC2

TO
QA1

TO
QB1

TO
QC1

TO
Q4

KC2
CC2

KA1
CA1

KB1
CB1

KC1
CC1

CQ4
KQ4
(WB)
RLY 3

SO1

ST1
TO
D1

ST2

RLY 1

SO2

IN+

115
IN–

VR

P2

CW

QB2

19

N

TO CB

QA1

QA2

TO 120 V CONTROL CIRCUIT

20

MOV
MOV

21

_ _ AMPS
1L21 1L22 1L23

1x3
1x1

VPF
AV1
AV2
PSC

QB1

3 SEC
FUSE

SET @ .5 SEC

TO
QA2

KB2
CB2

SY
TR

18

QC2

1L31 1L32 1L33

KA2
CA2

ON DELAY
.1 - 30 SEC
ON DELAY
.1 - 30 SEC

QC1

TO CB

TDO

115 IN

17

TO CB
TO CB

TO CB

ST1 ST2 SQ1 SQ1
SYTR

CB

TO CB

TO CB

TDO
MX

Q4

TO CB

FLA

11
14
FLT

M3

* = REMOTE DEVICE
= TERM. BLOCK(S)
= CUST. TERM. BLK.

SH

KB1
CB1

3

KA1
CA1

*
START

16

D1

RES
STARTING/DISCHARGE
R3
R1 RESISTOR
1RES
(–)
VR

MB

–

CQ4
KQ4

HW

KC2
CC2

AC

KB2
CB2

PW

KA2
CA2

M

MA A
C

KC1
CC1

햲
MA

2

F2

F1

MA

1

15

T1

FLA
L N

*
1A STOP

14

MOTOR

T2
12

1x4
1x2

TX
IH1
1L11

IH2
3 PRI
FUSE
1L1

2x3
2x1
2HI

2x4
2x2
2H2

1L12

3x3
3x1

22

3x4
3x2

3H1

3H2

23

1L13
_ _ AMPS
1L2

24

1L3

TO ac SUPPL Y

25

Note
1 Not supplied with Mark V.
Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T13-77

13
1
2

Motor Control
Synchronous—Brush Type Mark V Solid-State Slipsyn Class 14-100 Panel

Replacement Capabilities—
Typical Solid-State
Components

Field Panel with Static Exciter
20 kW Maximum—Approximate Dimensions in Inches
Open Cell

3

Width

Depth

Height

Width

Depth

45

36

30

90

36

30

Technology Upgrades

4

Snubber for Thyristor Stack

5
6

Floor Mounted — NEMA 1

Height

Power Module, 200A, Three Required

7
8
9

Heat Sink

10

Main Synchronizing Control/
Protection Board

Note: Typical solid-state
components used in Mark V
Slipsyn—Refer to RPD 8855S for
renewal parts for synchronous
control.

11
12
13

MOV

14

For Brush Type Mark V SolidState Slipsyn (Class 14-100)
Upgrades
New synchronous field
controllers using the latest
solid-state technology are
available. Replacements and
upgrades for primary starter
and contactor components
are also available.

Information Required from
Customer for Upgrade
Evaluation
1. Original assembly
nameplate data including
general order “GO”
number as well as any
drawing numbers.
2. Complete motor data
including horsepower,
phase, voltage/Hz, RPM,
FLA, LRA, full-load DC
amperes, power factor,
excitation voltage,
induced field amperes
at 95% speed and at 0%
speed, recommended
discharge resistor ohms
and maximum time at
zero speed (locked rotor).
3. Excitation control detail
such as “constantpotential” or “adjustablepotential.” Adjustablepotential usually requires
a field rheostat (motor
field-resistor).
4. Detail on the motor’s
function such as the
application data and
other service conditions
such as duty-cycle, etc.

15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T13-78

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

13

Motor Control
Synchronous—Brush Type Mark V Solid-State Slipsyn Class 14-200 LV Motor Starters

The solid-state Mark V Slipsyn
controller will provide the
following protective
functions:
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.

Locked rotor protection.
Incomplete sequence.
Failure to synchronize.
Fuse failure (Mark V).
Pullout protection.
DC current failure
protection.

L3

C

AC
L2
SUPPLY

B

1
2

TO
3 PRI
FUSE

M

OL

M

OL

M

OL

T3

A

FIELD

T1
PRI FUSE
3 AMP

F1

F2

H1
VA
CPT

Q4

R3

R1

H2

1RES

VR

(-)
DC
AMM

SH
X2

FLA

TO CB

TO CB

QC1

KB1
CB1

L N

QB1

M

QB1
N

TO CB

KA2
CA2

KA1
CA1

TO CB

MX

QC1

TO CB

KB2
CB2

TO CB

P

5

TO CB

TO CB

FLA
(+)

12

KC1
CC1

X1

4

D1

RES
STARTING/DISCHARGE
RESISTOR

KC2
CC2

L1

3

MOTOR
T2

QA1

QA2

6

1L31 1L32 1L33

7

햲
START
3
MX

3SEC
FUSE

11 14
FLT

M3

AMPS
1L21 1L22 1L23

TDO
1X1 1X3

WX K RLY1 K1 RLY3 K2

3PRI
FUSE

(SET 2 SEC LONGER THAN
ACCELERATION TIME)

3H2

3H1

AMPS

1L1

1L2

SET @ .5 SEC

1L3

P2

AV2

KB1

KC1

TO
Q4

CQ4

TO
QC1

KQ4
(WB)

TO
QB1

CC1

TO
QA1

CB1

TO
QC2

CA1

TO
QB2

KA1

TO
QA2

VPF
AV1

CB
SYNCHRONIZING AND CONTROL CIRCUIT
RLY 1

RLY 3

TO
D1

SQ2

SQ1

ST2

ST1

PSC

TO 120V CONTROL CIRCUIT

Technology Upgrades

Information Required from
Customer for Upgrade
Evaluation
1. Original assembly
nameplate data including
General Order “GO”
number as well as any
drawing numbers.

9

TO AC SUPPLY

CW

For Brush-Type Mark V SolidState Slipsyn (Class 14-200) Low
Voltage Motor Starter Upgrades
New synchronous field
controllers using the latest
solid-state technology are
usually available.
Replacements and upgrades
for primary starter and
contactor components are
also usually available.

8

1L13

IN+

SY
TR

3X1 3X3 3X2 3X4

2H2

1L12

CC2

FLT

2X22X4

2H1

1L11

TDO

KB2

ON DELAY
.1-30 SEC
ON DELAY
.1-30 SEC

2X12X3

1H2

1H1

CA2

CB
115

1X21X4

TX

KA2

3

SYTR

KC2

M2

OL

FLA

F

M

CB2

2

115
IN-

햲
1A STOP

VR

1

SQ1

Slipsyn magnetic starters
provide reliable, automatic
starting of synchronous
motors. Automatic
synchronization is provided by
the Mark V Solid-State Field
Panel, which ensures
application of the field at
proper motor speed, and at a
favorable angular position of
stator and rotor poles. As a
result, line disturbance
resulting from synchronization
is reduced and effective motor
pull-in torque is increased.
Application of DC power to
motor field windings is
accomplished without
mechanically moving parts,
and the device features a
“soft-turn on” circuit when
applying DC voltage to the
motor field.

1L1
1L2
1L3

SQ2

Product Description

1 – Primary starter full voltage
or reduced voltage.
1 – Ammeter shunt (when
required).
1 – Auxiliary relay for main
line contactor (when
required) (MX).
1 – Starting and field
discharge resistor (IRES).
1 – Current transformer for
AC ammeter through
NEMA Size 4; Sizes 5 and
larger use three current
transformers for overload
relays and AC ammeter.
1 – Set control circuit terminal
blocks.
3 – Type AN manual reset
thermal overload relay and
three heater elements
(OL).
1 – Step-down exciter
transformer—three-phase
(TX).
3 – Primary fuses (3 PRI).
3 – Secondary fuses (3 SEC).
1 – SCR power supply panel.
1 – Synchronous control
board (CB).
3 – MOV for surge protection
(MOV).
1 – Starting and field
discharge resistor (when
size permits; otherwise
provided for separate
mounting).
1 – AC ammeter, panel type
(AM).
1 – DC ammeter, panel type
(DC AMM).
1 – Exciter field
potentiometer (P2).
1 – Field failure relay (FLA).
1 – Incomplete SEQ Timer
(FLT).
1 – Start timer (SYTR).

Typical Schematic Full Voltage Starter, Class 14-200,
Non-Combination Type

ST1

600V, NEMA Size 8,
Synchronous Starter

The cabinet will contain the
following:

ST2

Synchronous—Brush
Type Mark V Solid-State
Slipsyn Class 14-200 LV
Motor Starter

3. Excitation control detail
such as “constantpotential” or “adjustablepotential.” Adjustablepotential usually requires
a field rheostat (motor
field-resistor).
4. Detail on the motor’s
function such as the
application data and
other service conditions
such as duty-cycle, etc.
Note
1 Remote device.

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

2. Complete motor data
including horsepower,
phase, voltage/Hz, RPM,
FLA, LRA, full-load DC
amperes, power factor,
excitation voltage,
induced field amperes
at 95% speed and at 0%
speed, recommended
discharge resistor ohms
and maximum time at
zero speed (locked rotor).

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

10

21
22
23
24
25
V12-T13-79

13
1

Motor Control
Synchronous — Brushless Type Relay Slipsyn Class 14-100 Panel

Relay Slipsyn Automatic
Field Application Panel

Typical Starter Schematic

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

Brushless Field Panel

Product Description
This field application panel
provides DC power to the
exciter field and is designed
for use in conjunction with
a primary line closing device
such as a contactor motor
starter or a circuit breaker
motor starter. A normally
open electrical interlock on
the primary device is used to
actuate the field application
control. This panel utilizes
electromechanical devices to
apply DC power to the motor
exciter field circuit.
Note: The power rectifiers for the
motor field circuit and automatic
synchronizer are mounted on the
synchronous motor rotor.

Brushless Synchronous Control
The controller can be
supplied with or without
enclosure. Panel mounted
or open cell are suitable for
mounting within other
larger enclosures.

17

The cabinet or open panel
or open cell contains the
following equipment:

18

1 – Solar transformer (1 CPT).
1 – Power factor relay (PO).
1 – Auto-transformer (AT)
Powerstat.
1 – Damper winding
protection relay (DP).
1 – Field contactor (FC).
1 – Volt trap (VT).
1 – Rectifier (REC).
1 – Sequence relay (TR).
1 – Damper winding
protection hold-in relay
(DPX)—if required.
2 – Fuses (SEC FU),
(2 SEC FU).
1 – DC ammeter—panel type
(DC AMM).

19
20
21
22
23
24

Notes
1 Starter devices not supplied with field panel.
Devices shown without a a constitute 14-100 panel.

25
V12-T13-80

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Motor Control
Synchronous—Brushless Type Relay Slipsyn Class 14-100 Panel

Replacement Capabilities—Typical Components

13

Technology Upgrades

1

For Brushless-Type Relay-Panel
Slipsyn (Class 14-100) Upgrades
New synchronous field
controllers using the latest
solid-state technology are
available. Replacements and
upgrades for primary starter
and contactor components
are also available.
Rectifier

Pullout/Power Factor Relay

Damper Winding Protection Relay

Powerstat

Note: Typical components used in
Relay Slipsyn Brushless Control—
Refer to RPD 8855S for renewal
parts for synchronous control.

Volt Trap

2
3
4

Information Required from
Customer for Upgrade
Evaluation
1. Original assembly
nameplate data including
general order “GO”
number as well as any
drawing numbers.

5

2. Complete motor data
including horsepower,
phase, voltage/Hz, RPM,
FLA, LRA, full-load DC
amperes, power factor,
excitation voltage,
induced field amperes
at 95% speed and at 0%
speed, and maximum
time at zero speed
(locked rotor).

8

6
7
9
10
11
12

3. Excitation control detail
such as “constantpotential” or “adjustablepotential.” Adjustablepotential usually requires
a field rheostat (motor
field-resistor).

13
14
15

4. Detail on the motor’s
function such as the
application data and
other service conditions
such as duty-cycle, etc.

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T13-81

13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23

Motor Control
Synchronous—Brushless Type Mark V Solid-State Slipsyn Class 14-100 Panel

Slipsyn Automatic Field
Application Panel with
Static Exciter
Product Description
Automatic Field
Application Control
The field application panel
provides Slipsyn automatic
field application identical
to that in complete
synchronous motor starters.
It is designed for use in
conjunction with a primary
line closing device such as
a circuit breaker or a
linestarter. Automatic
synchronization is provided
by the Mark V solid-state
field panel, which ensures
application of the field at
proper motor speed and
at a favorable angular
position of stator and rotor
poles. As a result, line
disturbance resulting from
synchronization is reduced
and effective motor pull-in
torque is increased.
Application of DC power
to motor field windings is
accomplished without
mechanically moving parts,
and the device features a
“soft-turn-on” circuit when
applying DC field voltage to
the motor field.
This unit also comes
standard with a VAR or
power factor, DC field
current regulator. The VAR
regulator controls the AC
reactive current flow out of
the motor during varying load
conditions by varying the
motor field excitation. The PF
regulator controls the motor
power factor under varying
load conditions by varying the
motor field excitation. The
DC field current regulator
compensates for the motor
field resistance as the motor
field heats up by increasing
the motor field voltage.
Note: Power factor regulation—
cannot provide regulation below
50% of rated voltage and/or 25%
of rated current. Regulation
cannot be accomplished on light
loads, i.e., less than 20% load.

Mark V Brushless Field Controller

The solid-state Mark V Slipsyn
controller will provide the
following protective
functions:

The cabinets will contain the
following equipment:

1 – Field failure relay (FLA).
1 – Incomplete SEQ Timer
(FLT).
1 – Start timer (SYTR).
1 – MP-3000 without RTD
module.
1 – DP-4000.
1 – VAR/PF/DC field current
board (CB1).
1 – Auto/manual selector
switch (SSI).
1 – Timer (AUTO).
1 – Pullout relay (PO).

1 – Step-down exciter
transformer—three-phase
(TX).
3 – Primary fuses (3 PRI).
3 – Secondary fuses (3 SEC).
1 – SCR power supply panel.
1 – Synchronous control
board (CB).
3 – MOV for surge protection
(MOV).
1 – AC ammeter, panel type
(AM).
1 – DC ammeter, panel type
(DC AMM).
4 – Potentiometer (P2, P3,
P4, P5).

A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.

Locked rotor protection.
Incomplete sequence.
Failure to synchronize.
Fuse failure (Mark V).
Pullout protection.
DC current failure
protection.
This control is available in a
NEMA 1 floor-mounted
enclosure or an AMPGARD
type cell construction. In both
designs, a hinged front door
with externally ventilated heat
sinks will be provided.

Approximate Dimensions in Inches
Open Cell

Floor Mounted—NEMA 1

Height

Width

Depth

Height

Width

Depth

45

36

30

90

36

30

Technology Upgrades
For Brushless-Type Mark V
Solid-State Slipsyn
(Class 14-100) Upgrades
New synchronous field
controllers using the latest
solid-state technology are
available. Replacements and
upgrades for primary starter
and contactor components
are also available.

Information Required from
Customer for Upgrade
Evaluation
1. Original assembly
nameplate data including
general order “GO”
number as well as any
drawing numbers.
2. Complete motor data
including horsepower,
phase, voltage/Hz, RPM,
FLA, LRA, full-load DC
amperes, power factor,
excitation voltage,
induced field amperes
at 95% speed and at 0%
speed, and maximum
time at zero speed
(locked rotor).

3. Excitation control detail
such as “constantpotential” or “adjustablepotential.” Adjustablepotential usually requires
a field rheostat (motor
field-resistor).
4. Detail on the motor’s
function such as the
application data and
other service conditions
such as duty-cycle, etc.

24
25
V12-T13-82

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Motor Control
Synchronous—Relay or Solid-State Mark V Slipsyn for Brush and Brushless Motors

Identifying Renewal Parts
Renewal parts data for the
entire history of synchronous
control is contained in RPD
8855S, which provides the
proper identification of
standard parts that may be
required under normal
operation:
1. Identify the design of
synchronous control
(Relay, Mark I, Mark II
or Mark V Slipsyn) from
the synchronous panel
nameplate.

13

Further Information
Publication
Number

1
Description

RP04304009E

Common Replacement Parts for Mark V Synchronous Field Controller

RPD 8855S

Renewal Parts Data for Synchronous Control

TD.48A.01.T.E

Descriptive Bulletin for AMPGARD Starters

IL 17097

Instruction Leaflet for Relay Slipsyn

IB 48008

Instruction Leaflet for Solid-State Slipsyn

IB 48009

Instruction Leaflet for Mark V VAR/PF/DC Field Current Regulator

2
3
4
5

Pricing Information

6

Price and Availability Digest (PAD)

2. Now that you have
identified the type of the
synchronous control,
determine from the
photographs in RPD
8855S which parts are
required and identify
them by style number.

7

3. Because many starters
are supplied to meet
specific customer
requirements, other
parts not shown in
RPD 8855S might
occasionally be needed.
Price and availability of
parts not listed may be
obtained by providing a
complete description of
the part, along with the
complete data on the
starter nameplate, which
is found in the low
voltage area. Be sure to
include the following:
ratings, shop order and
diagram reference.

10

8
9
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T13-83

13
1

Contents

2

AMI AMPGARD

3
4
5
6
7
8
9

Motor Control
Medium Voltage Starters

Description

Page

AMPGARD

Product History

Originally a Westinghouse
Product

The AMPGARD starter line
originated in the early 1940s
and has undergone two major
design changes and one
major evolution.

Product Description,
Technology
Upgrades . . . . . V12-T13-88

Prior to the introduction of
the AMI, the AMPGARD was
simply a fused motor starter
in a cabinet with no
disconnect switch. It was
built in the early 1940s
through the 1950s. There
was no standard design.

LF Air AMPGARD
Product Description,
Replacement Capabilities,
Technology
Upgrades . . . . . V12-T13-89

SL and SJ Vacuum
AMPGARD
Product Description,
Replacement
Capabilities. . . . V12-T13-91
Technology
Upgrades . . . . . V12-T13-92
Further Information,
Pricing
Information. . . . V12-T13-96

AMPGARD Motor Control Assembly

10
11

(AMI Vintage), 5000V 200A, 2500V 200A,
2500/5000V 400A (LF-Air Vintage)

12

Product Description
A medium voltage starter is an
assembly used to control and
protect an alternating current
(AC) electric motor rated at
2300, 4160 or 7200V. The
controlling function is provided
by a magnetically held
contactor. The overload
protection is provided by an
overload relay of some type,
and the short-circuit protection
is provided by a non-load break
fused disconnect switch. 400A
starters are typically mounted
two-high in a 90-inch high
enclosure. 800A starters are
mounted one-high.

13
14
15
16
17
18

The AMI AMPGARD (1950s
through 1960s) was a
standardized design. The AMI
was one starter per structure
designed to cover all ratings
and incorporated a disconnect
switch (ISO-Switch) in the
upper compartment and
either an air or oil contactor in
the bottom compartment.

Cutler-Hammer manufactured
MV motor control from 1966–
1976. It was Bulletin 9950
Series, stacked two-high,
with no specific trade name
(such as AMPGARD).
The manufacturing facility
moved from Buffalo, NY, to
Asheville, NC, in 1978.
In the 1980s with the advent
of vacuum technology, the LF
air contactor design was
discontinued. The SJ vacuum
contactor was matched with a
fused isolation switch. Now
two current ratings are
offered — 400 amperes, oneor two- high, and 800
amperes, one-high. Starters
are sized per the motor
horsepower and full load
amperes.

In the mid 1960s, a full line of
starters was introduced,
tailored to the horsepower
requirement of the motor and
using the LF air contactor.
The starter incorporated the
ISO-Switch and power fuses
into the same cell as the air
contactor. Starters were one-,
two- or three-high per
structure, depending on the
rating required. The ratings of
the LF AMPGARD were 200,
400 and 700A.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T13-84

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

13

Motor Control
Medium Voltage Starters

Product History Time Line
Page

Product

1945

1950

1955

1960

1965

1970

1975

1980

1985

1990

1995

2000

2005 Present

2

AMPGARD OIL
AMPGARD AH
V12-T13-88 AMI AMPGARD
V12-T13-89, LF Air
V12-T13-90 – 25L2 200A
– 50L2 200A
– 25/50L4 400A
Classic
– 25/50L7 700A
AMPGARD
V12-T13-91 SJ Vacuum
– SJA 400A (roll-out)
– SJA 800A (roll-out)
– SJS 400A (slide-out)
V12-T13-91 SL Vacuum
– SLW 400A (roll-out)
– SLF 400A (slide-out)
Next
V12-T13-93 SLB (bolted)
Generation
SLS (stab)
AMPGARD

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

Catalog Number Selection
Old Catalog Numbering System—Contactors Only

11

LF 25 H 4 3 0

LF = Air break
SJ = Vacuum

1

25 = 2500V
33 = 3300V
50 = 5000V
72 = 7200V

H = Air break
V = Vacuum
J = Vacuum

2 = 200A
4 = 400A
7 = 700A
8 = 800A

12

Normally open poles

13

Normally closed poles

14
15

Old Catalog Numbering System—Contactors Only

SJ A 5 0 V W 4 3 0

16
17

SJ = Vacuum

A = Roll-out
O = OEM design
S = Slide-out

25 = 2500V
33 = 3300V
50 = 5000V
72 = 7200V

V = Vacuum break

Normally opened poles

W = Bottle
M = Metric bottle
(obsolete)

Normally closed poles

18

4 = 400A
8 = 800A

19
20

Old Catalog Numbering System—Starters (with Isolating Switch, Power Fuses, Contactor, etc.)

11 – 2 0 2 – 25 L 2

21
22

10 = Manual
11 = Magnetic
13 = Wound rotor
14 = Synchronous
17 = Air conditioning

2 = Full voltage
3 = Solid-state
4 = Resistor
5 = Reactor
6 = RV autotransformer
7 = RV part winding
8 = RV wye-delta
9 = FV multispeed

0 = Non-reversing
1 = Reversing

2 = Non-load break,
fused switch
1 = Non-load break,
non-fused switch

25 = 2500V
33 = 3300V
50 = 5000V
72 = 7200V

L = Air break
V = Vacuum
J = Vacuum

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

2 = 200A
4 = 400A
7 = 700A

23
24
25

V12-T13-85

13
1

Motor Control
Medium Voltage Starters

Old Catalog Numbering System—Starters (with Isolating Switch, Power Fuses, Contactors, etc.)

S 202 S 4 G

2
3

H = Air break (obsolete)
V = Vacuum break roll-out
S = Vacuum break
slide-out

4
5

Type of Starter
202 = FV non-reversing
212 = FV reversing
502 = Reactor
602 = Autotransformer
702 = Part winding
802 = Wye-delta
902 = Multispeed

Enclosure
S
A
J
R

= NEMA 1
= NEMA 1A
= NEMA 12
= NEMA 3

Contactor
Ampere Rating
2 = 200A
4 = 400A
7 = 700A
8 = 800A

Voltage Class
E
G
K
L

= 2400V, 60 Hz
= 4160V, 60 Hz
= 6900V, 60 Hz
= 3300V, 60 Hz

6
7

Old Catalog Numbering System—Contactors Only

V MAN 3 F L 4 A 1 – T1

8
9
10
11

H
S
V
E
D
T
R

= Air break
= Vacuum, slide-out (standard)
= Vacuum, roll-out (standard)
= Vacuum, slide-out (OEM)
= Vacuum, slide-out (with fingers)
= Vacuum, slide-out (with long harness)
= 50L2 vacuum retrofit

3 = Three-pole
2 = Two-pole
F = With main fuse
provisions
N = Without main fuse
provisions

T1 = CPT, standard VA
T2 = CPT, 2 kVA

1 = 120V coil, 50/60 Hz
2 = 240V coil, 50/60 Hz
Models “A” & “B”

Model “C”

E
Y
F
G

=
=
=
=

2300/2400 Vac
3000 Vac
3300/3600 Vac
4000/4160 Vac

60 Hz
60 Hz
60 Hz
60Hz

A
B
C
D

=
=
=
=

2400 Vac
3000 Vac
3300 Vac
3600 Vac

60 Hz
60 Hz
60 Hz
60 Hz

H
R
K
T

=
=
=
=

4600/4800 Vac
6000/63000 Vac
6600/6900 Vac
2000 Vac

60 Hz
60 Hz
60 Hz
50 Hz

E
F
G
H

=
=
=
=

4160 Vac
4800 Vac
5500 Vac
6000 Vac

60 Hz
60 Hz
60 Hz
60 Hz

J
L
V
N

=
=
=
=

2300 Vac
3300 Vac
3600 Vac
4000 Vac

50 Hz
50 Hz
50 Hz
50 Hz

J =
K =
L =
M=

6300 Vac
6600 Vac
6900/7200 Vac
2400 Vac

60 Hz
60 Hz
60 Hz
50 Hz

N
P
Q
R

=
=
=
=

3000 Vac
3300 Vac
3600 Vac
4160 Vac

50 Hz
50 Hz
50 Hz
50 Hz

17

S
T
U
V

=
=
=
=

4800 Vac
5500 Vac
6000 Vac
6300 Vac

50 Hz
50 Hz
50 Hz
50 Hz

18

W = 6600 Vac
50 Hz
50 Hz
X = 6900/7200 Vac
Z = Unknown voltage

12
13
14
15
16

MAN
FWD
RVS
RNR
RNA
BAR
SLW
FST
SLS
FAS
PWA
PWB
PFC
XXX

= Main
= Forward
= Reverse
= Reactor
= Autotransformer
= Shorting contactor
= Slow two-winding motor
= Fast two-winding motor
= Slow single-winding motor
= Fast single-winding motor
= Part-winding motor, 1st contactor
= Part-winding motor, 2nd contactor
= Power factor capacitor contactor
= Undefined application

L = With line-fingers
or terminals
N = Without line-fingers
or terminals
2 = 200A, air-break or 50L2 retrofit
4 = 400A, air-break
4 = 400A, Vacuum
7 = 700A, Air-break
8 = 800A, Vacuum

P =
S =
M=
X =

4600 Vac
50 Hz
6000 Vac
50 Hz
6600 Vac
50 Hz
Unknown voltage

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T13-86

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Motor Control
Medium Voltage Starters

13

New Catalog Numbering System—SL Contactors Only

1

SL 50 W 4 3 0

SL = SL contactor

Contactor Type/Rating

Volts
50 = 5000
72 = 7200

G
W
K
F
L
N
P
X
B
C

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

2
NEMA Size

200A, roll-out
400A, roll-out
200A, slide-out
400A, slide-out
200A, narrow-design with fingers
400A, narrow-design with fingers
200A, narrow-design without fingers
400A, narrow-design without fingers
200A, open/standalone
400A, open/standalone

2 = 2NO poles
3 = 3NO poles

2 = 200A
4 = 400A

3

0 = None NC poles

4
5
6
7

New Catalog Numbering System—SL Starters Only

8

W 2 1 0 S B A

9

Contactor Type/Rating

10

Voltage

F = 400A vacuum, slide-out
W = Vacuum, roll-out
N = 400A vacuum, narrow-design with stabs
X = 400A vacuum, narrow-design without stabs
K = 200A vacuum, slide-out
G = 200A vacuum, roll-out
L = 200A vacuum, narrow-design with stabs
P = 200A vacuum, narrow-design without stabs
Starter Type
2 = FVNR
3 = FVR
4 = RVSS
5 = RV reactor-type
6 = RVAT
7 = RV reversing, reactor-type
8 = RVAT reversing
9 = RVSS reversing
X = FV with auxiliary special use three-pole contactor
(without mechanical interlock, with load panel)
Motor Type
1 = Induction, single-speed
2 = Induction, two-speed, two-winding
3 = Induction, two-speed, single-winding
4 = Synchronous
6 = Wound rotor
7 = Non-motor feeder (transformer, caps, etc.)
Synchronous Type
0 = Non-synchronous
1 = Brush-type solid-state panel (Mark V)
3 = Brush-type relay panel (no longer available)
4 = Brushless-type relay panel
5 = Brushless-type solid-state

A
B
C
D

=
=
=
=

2400 Vac
3000 Vac
3300 Vac
3600 Vac

60 Hz
60 Hz
60 Hz
60 Hz

E
F
G
H

=
=
=
=

4160 Vac
4800 Vac
5500 Vac
6000 Vac

60 Hz
60 Hz
60 Hz
60 Hz

J
K
L
M

=
=
=
=

6300 Vac
6600 Vac
6900/7200 Vac
2400 Vac

60 Hz
60 Hz
60 Hz
50 Hz

N
P
Q
R

=
=
=
=

3000 Vac
3300 Vac
3600 Vac
4160 Vac

50 Hz
50 Hz
50 Hz
50 Hz

S
T
U
V

=
=
=
=

4800 Vac
5500 Vac
6000 Vac
6300 Vac

50 Hz
50 Hz
50 Hz
50 Hz

W = 6600 Vac
X = 6900/7200 Vac
Z = Unknown voltage

50 Hz
50 Hz

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18

Enclosure Type
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L

19

= No enclosure (NEMA 1 doors)
= Type 1 general purpose
= Type 1 with gasketed doors
= Type 2 drip shield
= Type 12 dust-tight
= Type 3R outdoor non-walk-in
= Type 3R outdoor non-walk-in, 72-inch high
= Type 3R outdoor walk-in
= Type 1 half-high (NEMA 1 only)
= Type 1 half-high with gasketed door
= No enclosure (NEMA 3/12 doors)

20
21
22

Disconnect Switch
S
A
F
G
P

23

= Isolation switch
= Mechanical future with cover plate
= Electrical future with cover plate
= Electrical future with isolation plate
= No isolation switch, cover plate only

24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T13-87

13
1
2

Motor Control
AMI AMPGARD Starters (Medium Voltage)

AMI AMPGARD

Replacement Capabilities

Technology Upgrades

Originally a Westinghouse
Product

The AMI vintage is obsolete
but upgrading to the latest
vacuum technology with a
cell-retrofill solution is
available. See Technology
Upgrades for further
information.

Standard AMI 36-Inch Wide
Vacuum Starter Cell-Retrofill
This kit includes a standard
full-voltage non-reversing
vacuum starter in a welded
cell assembly with horizontal
top barriers and deep flanged
doors. Optional components
include a new electronic
motor protection relay
MP-3000 and electronic
meter DP-4000. It will retrofit
the AMI designs that are
at least 36 inches wide and
30 inches deep. The cell is
45 inches high.

Narrow AMI 30-Inch Wide
Vacuum Starter Cell-Retrofill
This kit includes a standard fullvoltage non-reversing vacuum
starter in a welded cell
assembly with horizontal top
barriers and deep flanged
doors. Optional components
include a new electronic
motor protection relay
MP-3000 and electronic
meter DP-4000. It will retrofit
the AMI designs that are at
least 30 inches wide and
30 inches deep. The cell is
58 inches high.

Standard AMI 36-Inch Wide
Vacuum Starter CellRetrofill Style Number

Narrow AMI 30-Inch Wide
Vacuum Starter CellRetrofill Style Number

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

AMI AMPGARD Starter

Add-On Structure
New add-on vacuum
structures as an extension to
the AMI type structure may
be connected directly to the
main bus without a transition
section using special bus
links. Contact your local Eaton
Field Sales office.

Product Description
The AMI design AMPGARD
starter introduced in 1957 was
a complete line of starters for
magnetic control of squirrel
cage, wound rotor and
synchronous motors. The AMI
was the first front-accessible
starter and was available with
air break (Type H) or oil
immersed (Type K) contactors.
The standard AMI for full
voltage starting was 30 inches
deep, 38 inches wide and 90
inches high. All components
were accessible from the front
through three doors that
opened into separate
compartments. The top
compartment enclosed the
isolating switch and current
limiting power fuses. The
middle compartment enclosed
the AC low voltage control
panel and behind it the CTs.
The bottom compartment
housed the contactor.
Note: The pre-AMI design was a
rear-access assembly with two
compartments—current limiting
fuses on the top and the
contactor below.

Ratings (Maximum)
400A 1500 hp at 2500V;
2500 hp at 5000V.

Description

Style
Number

Description

Style
Number

SJ Contactor

2147A95G41

SJ Contactor

2147A95G42

SL Contactor

2147A95G61

SL Contactor

2147A95G62

AMI Starter Cell-Retrofill
Westinghouse Type “H,” “AH”
or other Structure
Existing Starter Structure
to be Stripped before Cell Retrofit

Replacement Vacuum Starter Cell with all
New Controls

G41
G61
36
Standard

New Filter
Strips 1

G42
G62
30
Narrow

Note
1 Upper filler cover may require field modification.

Chronology
The AMI design AMPGARD
was manufactured from 1957
until 1970 at the General
Control Division in Buffalo, NY,
and Westinghouse
Manufacturing and Repair
(M&R) facilities around the
country. The air contactor was
available through 1966. The oil
contactor was available
through 1970.
V12-T13-88

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Motor Control
LF Air AMPGARD Starters (Medium Voltage)

LF Air AMPGARD
Originally a Westinghouse
Product

Ratings (Maximum)
200, 400 and 700A 2500 hp at
2500V; 4500 hp at 5000V.
Chronology
The LF air-break design
starter was introduced in
1962, first with the 2500V,
200A starter, then with the
5000V design and the 400
and 700A ratings. The
starters were built in Buffalo,
NY, until the operation was
transferred to Asheville, NC,
in 1978, where it was
discontinued in the late 1980s.

Replacement Capabilities
Renewal and Replacement Parts
for LF Design Starters
Refer to RPD 8855A for
identifying the parts needed.
Among the parts available
are:
The LF Air-Break Design
AMPGARD Starter

Product Description
The LF air-break design
AMPGARD starter was
introduced in 1962. The
LF design introduced the
component-to-component
circuitry concept. This design
greatly reduced the currentcarrying connections and
allowed for significant space
savings.
The 25L2 and 50L2 floormounted NEMA 1 structures
were 26 inches wide x 30
inches deep x 90 inches high.
The 25L2 came in 1, 2 or 3
starters per structure. The
50L2 came in 1 or 2 starters
per structure.
The 25L4 and 50L4 floormounted NEMA 1 starters
were 36 inches wide x 30
inches deep x 90 inches high.
These 400A starters could
have been mounted two-high
per structure.

●

●
●
●
●
●

Current and potential
transformers
Control transformers
Fuses
O/L relays and heaters
Isolation switches
Some air-break
contactor parts

Technology Upgrades
Add-On Vacuum Starter
Structures
New add-on vacuum
structures as an extension to
the LF type starter assembly
may be connected directly to
the main bus without a
transition section.

50L4 Vacuum Replacement (Rear)

400A Air-to-Vacuum
Contactor Replacement
Description

Style
Number

Basic contactor 2300/120V,
750 VA transformer:
SJ contactor

2147A45G01

SL contactor

2147A50G01

Basic contactor 2300/120V,
2 kVA transformer:

13

400A Air-to-Vacuum Starter
Cell Kit
Complete full-voltage, nonreversing, induction, vacuum
AMPGARD motor starter,
400A, 7200V maximum, for
mounting in existing 36-inch
wide enclosure. Includes
main contactor, isolation
switch, three power fuses,
MP-3000 motor protection
without RTD module, threephase current transformer,
vertical bus, high and low
voltage doors, and welded
cell assembly for mounting
in existing 36-inch wide
enclosure.

1

400A Air-to-Vacuum Starter
Cell Kit

8

Description

Style
Number

SJ contactor

2147A45G02

Slide-out with SJ

2147A95G01

SL contactor

2147A50G02

Roll-out with SJ

2147A95G02

Slide-out with SL

2147A95G03

Roll-out with SL

2147A95G04

Basic contactor 4160/120V,
600 VA transformer:
SJ contactor

2147A45G03

SL contactor

2147A50G03

2147A45G04

SL contactor

2147A50G04

Note: Style numbers listed above
identify a basic contactor that
might not include other available
accessories that were specified
on a customer order. Contact
factory with original general order
number starter drawing number
and date of manufacture for
assistance.

3
4
5
6
7
9
10
11
12

Basic contactor 4160/120V,
2 kVA transformer:
SJ contactor

2

13
14
15
Completely New Starter Cell

16
17

50L4 (400A) Vacuum
Replacement Contactor
For replacing an existing
400A LF air contactor with
the directly interchangeable
400A vacuum contactor.

18
19
20

The 25L7 and 50L7 floormounted NEMA 1 starters
were 40 inches wide x 30
inches deep x 90 inches high.
These 700A starters were
mounted one per vertical
structure.

21
22
23
24

50L4 Vacuum Replacement (Front)

25
Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T13-89

13

Motor Control
LF Air AMPGARD Starters (Medium Voltage)

1
2
3
4
5
6

50L7 Vacuum Retrofit

8

700A Air-to-Vacuum
Conversion Kits
These kits will convert an
existing full-voltage nonreversing 700A air break
starter to vacuum.

9

700A Air-to-Vacuum
Conversion Kit

7

10

Description

Style
Number

11

450–630A maximum

2147A95G31

720A maximum

2147A95G32

12

25L2 Vacuum Replacement
Contactor

50L2 Air-to-Vacuum Retrofit Kit
This kit replaces the out-ofproduction 5000V, 200A
air-break contactor with an
SJ vacuum contactor, for
starters built after 1974
with ISO-Switch shutter
mechanism mounted
in the cell. The customer
keeps the existing starter
cell and isolation switch and
modifies the cell to accept
the SJ contactor that is
mechanically interlocked
with the isolation switch.
The rating remains 200A.

Description

Style
Number

200A maximum

2147A95G30

Ampacity upgrade to 320A
design for pre-1974 50L2
retrofit kits available.

14
15
16
25L2 Vacuum Replacement—
Front View

18

21

24

This solution uses the latest
technology “SL” contactor
and is designed to replace
vintage 25L2, 2500V, 200A,
1962 air-break contactors.

●
●

●

IQ Floor-Mounted Enclosure

IQ Floor-Mounted Enclosure
This kit is for mounting IQ
family products. Includes
standard AMPGARD structure
construction to be used as a
lineup extension. Each 90inch high x 30-inch deep
section comes with two
doors, each with a works-in-adrawer drawout panel. Each
door has a maximum of three
standard IQ cutouts with
device panels. Supplied with
or without IQ and PB devices.
(Photo left shows two
auxiliary sections with
optional bus enclosure,
IQ and PB devices.)

Typical starter schematic
0.50-inch deep, flange LV
door with three cut-outs for
new devices
Works-in-a-drawer slide-out
panel for LV control devices

Metering and Protective
Relay Upgrades
Description

2147A95G37

MP-3000
(without RTD) only

2147A95G39

DP-4000 only

2147A95G48

IQ 300 only

2147A95G49

Rear of 1/4 Turn Fastener
Predrilled Holes for
Additional Control Devices
MP-3000 Rear View
Indicating Lights and
Pushbuttons Rear View
Blank Device Panel

Note: Low voltage door is
hinged to slide-out control
panel.
Low Voltage Panel Completely Extended

25
V12-T13-90

Style
Number

DP-4000 and MP-3000
(without RTD)

Works-in-a-Drawer Metering and Protective Relay LV Device Panel

Wiring is Protected
Between Low Voltage
Panel and Hinged Low
Voltage Door

2147A95G35

The kit includes:

Interposing
Control Relay
DIN Rail Mounted
25L2 Vacuum Replacement—
Rear View

Style
Number

MP-3000 and DP-4000
upgrades used for upgrading
overload-relay technology from
“Type-A,” IQ 2000A, IQ
2000B or IQ 1000II to the
latest technology. Also
upgrades with a new,
slideout, LV control panel.

Routing of
Control
Wire in
Wire Channel

20

23

Auxiliary section with
cutouts only. 10-inch
wide x 30-inch deep x
90-inch high (does not
include bus enclosure,
IQ or PB devices)

Current Transformer Shorting
Terminal Blocks (when specified)

19

22

Description

50L2 Air-to-Vacuum
Retrofit Kit

13

17

IQ Floor-Mounted Upgrade

Metering and Protective
Relay Upgrades

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Motor Control
SL and SJ Vacuum AMPGARD Starters (Medium Voltage)

Classic AMPGARD
SL and SJ Vacuum
AMPGARD
Originally a Westinghouse
Product

SJ Vacuum AMPGARD Assembly

Product Description
The SJ vacuum contactor was
designed and engineered
specifically for use in
AMPGARD starters. The
contactor is a low-chop design
that permits application
matching of the starter to the
motor for 2200–7200V and
ratings of 400 and 800A. The
400A contactor is available in
both slide-out and roll-out
configurations. The 800A
contactor is available in the
roll-out design only. The SJ
AMPGARD is a horsepower
specific starter design that
uses the component-tocomponent circuitry concept.
The full-voltage 400A rating in a
NEMA 1 enclosure is 36 inches
wide x 30 inches deep x
90 inches high. These 400A
starters are mounted one- or
two-high per structure. The
800A rating in an enclosure is
40 inches wide x 30 inches
deep x 90 inches high in a
one-high construction for a
full-voltage starter.

Ratings (Maximum)
400 and 800A, 3000 hp at
2500V; 5500 hp at 5000V;
8000 hp at 7200V.
Chronology
The SJ vacuum design
AMPGARD starter was
introduced in 1982 with the
400A rating. The 800A rating
followed in 1987. With the
introduction of the vacuum
contactor, the air-break starter
has been gradually phased out
and is rarely specified in an
assembly. The starters are built
in Asheville, NC.
AMPGARD assemblies were
made available with the new
SL Contactor in late 1999.
Except for the 400A
frame contactor, SJ and SL
AMPGARD assemblies are
virtually identical.

Replacement Capabilities
Renewal and Replacement Parts
for SJ Design Starters
Refer to RP.48J.01.T.E for
identifying the parts needed.
Common Replacement Parts for
SL Design Starters
Refer to RP02003002E
for identifying the parts
needed.
Add-On Vacuum Starter
Structures
New add-on vacuum
structures as an extension to
the SJ type structure may be
connected directly to the
main bus without a transition
section. Contact your local
Eaton Field Sales office.
Replacement Vacuum
Contactors
New replacement vacuum
break contactors are available
for all SJ model ratings.

13

400A Vacuum Roll-out
Replacement Contactor
Description

Style
Number

Basic contactor 2300/120V,
750 VA transformer:
SJ contactor

2147A45G01

SL contactor

2147A50G01

Basic contactor 2300/120V,
2 kVA transformer:
SJ contactor

2147A45G02

SL contactor

2147A50G02

1
2
3
4
5
6

Basic contactor 4160/120V,
750 VA transformer:
SJ contactor

2147A45G03

SL contactor

2147A50G03

Basic contactor 4160/120V,
2 kVA transformer:
SJ contactor

2147A45G04

SL contactor

2147A50G04

Note: Style numbers listed above
identify a basic contactor that
might not include other available
accessories that were specified
on a customer order. Contact
factory with original general order
number, starter drawing number,
and date of manufacture for
assistance.

7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

400A SL Roll-Out Replacement (Front)

16
400A SL Slide-Out Replacement (Front)

17
18
19
20

400A SL Roll-Out Replacement (Rear)

21
400A SL Slide-Out Replacement (Rear)

22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T13-91

13

Motor Control
SL and SJ Vacuum AMPGARD Starters (Medium Voltage)

1

400A Vacuum Starter
Retrofit Kit

2

Description

Style
Number

Slide-out with SJ

2147A95G01

3

Roll-out with SJ

2147A95G02

Slide-out with SL

2147A95G03

4

Roll-out with SL

2147A95G04

●
●

Completely New Starter Cell

7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

Metering and Protective
Relay Upgrades

MP-3000 and DP-4000
upgrades used for upgrading
overload-relay technology
from “Type-A,” IQ 2000A,
IQ 2000B or IQ 1000II to
the latest technology. Also
upgrades with a new,
slideout, LV control panel.

Description
DP-4000 and MP-3000
(without RTD)

400A Vacuum Starter Cell Kit
The 400A vacuum starter cell
kit is used to fill a blank cell in
an SL or SJ AMPGARD
assembly or to completely
replace an existing 400A SL or
SJ starter.
It is a complete full-voltage,
non-reversing, induction,
vacuum AMPGARD motor
starter, 400A, 7200V
maximum, for mounting in
existing 36-inch wide
enclosure. It includes main
contactor, isolation switch
three power fuses, MP-3000
motor protection without
RTD module, three-phase
current transformer, vertical
bus, high and low voltage
doors, and welded cell
assembly for mounting in
existing 36-inch
wide customer enclosure.

●

2147A95G48

IQ Data only

2147A95G49

Works-in-a-Drawer Metering and Protective Relay LV Device Panel
Predrilled Holes for
Additional Control Devices
Rear of 1/4 Turn Fastener
MP-3000 Rear View
(when specified)

Routing of Control
Wire in Wire Channel

Indicating Lights and
Pushbuttons Rear View
(when specified)

Interposing Control Relay
DIN Rail Mounted
Wiring is Protected
Between Low Voltage
Panel and Hinged Low
Voltage Door

Blank Device Panel

Low Voltage Panel
Completely Extended

Note: Low voltage door is
hinged to slide-out
control panel.

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T13-92

2147A95G37

DP-4000 only

Typical starter schematic
0.50-inch deep, flange LV
door with three cut-outs for
new devices
Works-in-a-drawer slide-out
panel for LV control devices

Current Transformer Shorting
Terminal Blocks (when
specified)

Style
Number

MP-3000 (without RTD) only 2147A95G39

The kit includes:

5
6

Technology Upgrades

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Motor Control
SLB and SLS Contactors AMPGARD (Medium Voltage)

Next Generation
AMPGARD
SLB and SLS Contactors
AMPGARD

Next Generation AMPGARD Lineup—
Front View

Product Description
Medium voltage control
reaches a higher level of
design with the next
generation of Cutler-Hammer
AMPGARD starters from
Eaton. This product
incorporates 60 years of
experience with over 75,000
units installed worldwide. The
SLB and SLS contactor is
a low-chop design that
controls 200–8000 hp motors
with ratings of 400 and 800A
vacuum contactors. The
contactor is available in a stab
(SLS) or bolted (SLB) design
within the starter cell. The
two-high structure design can
accommodate two 400A or
one 800A contactor/starter
designs. The two-high
structure is 36 W x 92 H x 30
D inches (914.4 x 2336.8 x
762.0 mm), which includes a
12-inch high top-mounted
main bus compartment.

13

Ratings (Maximum)
400 and 800A 3000 hp at
2500V; 5500 hp at 5000V;
8000 hp at 7200V.
Chronology
The SLB and SLS vacuum
design AMPGARD starter
was introduced in 2005 with
both 400 and 800A ratings to
be incorporated into the next
generation of AMPGARD
assembly. The starters are
built in Asheville, NC. The
new SLS and SLB contactors
will not be interchangeable
with the existing SJ or SL
contactors.

1
2
3
4

Stab-In AMPGARD 400A
Contactor—Rear View

5
6
7

Replacement Capabilities

8

For further information,
contact the Asheville plant
at 1-800-523-3775.

9
10

Stab-In AMPGARD 800A
Contactor—Rear View

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T13-93

13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21

Motor Control
SL and SJ Vacuum AMPGARD Starters (Medium Voltage)

AMPGARD IT. Soft Start
Components
The Cutler-Hammer
AMPGARD IT. Soft Start
components are now
available for upgrading
existing full-voltage and
reduced-voltage starters. The
requirements to convert
starters into AMPGARD IT.
Soft Start will depend on
specific configurations of the
existing starter. Space will be
required for two 36-inch
wide, 45-inch high cells that
are ideally mounted in the
same vertical structure. The
upper compartment contains
the ‘M’ Contactor Cell and
the lower compartment
contains the SCR Truck Cell.
The new door provided with
the SCR Truck Cell includes
the MV801 control module
and is made to interlock with
the door on the upper
compartment.
If the targeted upgrade is for
a FVNR AMPGARD starter
presently located in the upper
compartment, then the
conversion is simplified by
using the existing FVNR
starter as the ‘M’ contactor
cell and converting the
bottom compartment into the
SCR truck cell. The ‘M’
contactor load terminals are
connected to the SCR truck
cell terminals using three
copper bus connectors.
Available SCR truck ratings
include 200A and 400A.
See Page V12-T13-95 for a
description of other existing
starter configurations. The
advanced diagnostics
included in the MV801
control module include:
●
●
●
●
●
●

MV801 Control Module
AMPGARD IT. Soft Start (Doors Open)

SCR Truck (Rear)

AMPGARD IT. Soft Start

Phase loss
Phase imbalance
Jam
Stall
Over/undervoltage
Motor overload

22

SCR Truck Cell

23
24
25
V12-T13-94

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Motor Control
Synchronous

13

Typical AMPGARD Starter Configurations
Example 1
(Before Retrofit)

Example 2
(Before Retrofit)

1

Example 1 and 2
(After Retrofit)

2
3

Upper
Compartment

4

‘M’
Contactor

5
6
Lower
Compartment

7

New
SCR
Truck Cell

8
Note: Example 1—Upper
Compartment must be converted
to ‘M’ contactor cell. Lower
compartment must be converted
into SCR truck cell.

9

Note: Example 2—Upper
compartment FVNR can be used
as the ‘M’ contactor cell. Lower
compartment must be converted
to SCR truck cell.

Example 3 (Before Retrofit)

10
11

Example 3 (After Retrofit)

12
‘R’ Contactor
(RVAT)

13

Upper
Compartment

‘S’ (RVAT)
or
‘R’ (RVPR)

‘M’
Contactor

14
15

Available for
Other Use

16
Autotransformer
or
Reactor

‘M’
Contactor

New
SCR
Truck Cell

17
18
19

Note: Example 3—‘M’
contactor cell can be relocated to
upper compartment. Lower
compartment must be converted
into SCR truck cell.

20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T13-95

13
1
2

Motor Control
Synchronous

AMPGARD Solutions Overview
AMPGARD Selection Table
AMPGARD Aftermarket Products Available

4

AMPGARD OIL

1945–1957

■

—

AMPGARD AH

1948–1957

■

—

5

AMPGARD AMI

1948–1957

AMPGARD 25L2

1962–1990

■

■6

■

■

RPD8855A

AMPGARD 50L2

1963–1981

■

■6

■

■

RPD8855A

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

Cell

2

Isolation
Switch 3

Class 1
Reconditioning

3

Vintage

Add-on
Structure 1

Vacuum
Replacements

Installed
Equipment

Contactor

4

■

—

AMPGARD 50V4

1972–1979

■

■

■

■

■

RP48J01TE

1966–1989

■

■

■

■6

■

■

RPD8855A

AMPGARD 25/50L7

1969–1989

■

■

■6

■

■

RPD8855A

AMPGARD V202 (SJ) 400A

1982–2000

■

■

■

■

RP48J01TE

■

■

■

AMPGARD S202 (SJ) 400A

1987–2000

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

RP48J01TE

AMPGARD W210 (SL) 400A

2000–

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

RP02003002E

■

AMPGARD F210 (SL) 400A

2000–

■

AMPGARD V202 (SJ) 800A

1985–

■

Synchronous Control

1950–

■

■

■

■

■

■

RP02003002E

■

■

■

■

■

RP48J01TE

■

■

Notes
1 Add-on structures contain vacuum starters only.
2 Complete cell including frame, ISO-switch, vacuum or air contactor, and all components to complete a starter.
3 Isolation switch only (LFR replaced LFM after 1974).
4 Complete contactor, available in SJ or SL.
5 New, genuine parts per original specs.
Vacuum replacements— OIL, AH, AMI (one-high starters)
Complete Cell Retrofill
25L2
Vacuum Replacement Contactor
50L2
Vacuum Retrofit Kit
50V4
Vacuum Replacement Contactor
25/50L4
Vacuum Replacement Contactor
Synchronous
Mark V Solid-State Control Retrofit
25/50L7
Vacuum Replacement Contactor and Some Cell Modification
6 Check with factory.

Further Information
Publication
Number

Description

RPD8855A

Renewal Parts Data for AMPGARD LF Air-Break Vintage 200–700A

RPD8855S

Renewal Parts Data for AMPGARD Slipsyn Synchronous Control

18

RP48J01TE

Renewal Parts for AMPGARD SJ Vacuum-Break Vintage 400–800A

RP02003002E

Common Renewal Parts for AMPGARD SL 400A Vacuum Contactors

19

TD48A01ATE

Technical Data for AMPGARD MV Starters

PG48C01TE

Product Guide “SL” Medium Voltage Vacuum Contactors

20

IB48008

Instructions for AMPGARD Mark V Solid-State, Brush-Type, Synchronous Motor Controllers

IB48009

Instructions for AMPGARD Synchronous Motor Field Regulator with VAR and PF Control

22

Reference
Material

AMPGARD 25/50L4

17

21

Parts

5

Pricing Information
Price and Availability Digest (PAD)

23
24
25
V12-T13-96

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

RP04304009E

Motor Control Centers
DeviceNet I/O Starter Unit Upgrade

14

Motor Control Centers
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product History Time Line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V12-T14-2
V12-T14-2
V12-T14-2

2

V12-T14-3

3

V12-T14-5

4

Low Voltage MCCs

11-300—Product Description, Replacement Capabilities. . . . . . . . . .
9800—Product Description, Replacement Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . .
Type W—Product Description, Replacement Capabilities . . . . . . . . .
F10—Product Description, Replacement Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freedom Unitrol—Product Description, Replacement Capabilities . .
5 Star/Series 2100—Product Description, Replacement Capabilities
Advantage™—Product Description, Replacement Capabilities . . . . .
F2100—Product Description, Replacement Capabilities . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement Capabilities (Structure/Bus/Unit Parts). . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technology Upgrades
IT. Soft Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Retrofit Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DeviceNet Interface Module Upgrade (DN65) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPD Upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SV9000 Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advantage Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Series C® Retrofit Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to Order, Catalog Numbering System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Competitive Retrofit Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Customer Required Information, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Support Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Further Information and Pricing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1

V12-T14-6
V12-T14-7
V12-T14-8
V12-T14-9
V12-T14-10
V12-T14-11
V12-T14-12

5
6
7

V12-T14-13

8

V12-T14-14

9

V12-T14-14
V12-T14-14
V12-T14-15
V12-T14-15
V12-T14-15
V12-T14-15
V12-T14-17
V12-T14-18
V12-T14-18
V12-T14-19
V12-T14-19

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T14-1

14

Motor Control Centers
Low Voltage MCCs

assembly with components
of proven electrical and
mechanical integrity. These
assemblies are enclosed in
metal structures that prevent
accidental contact with live
electrical parts.

1
2
3
5
6
7
8
9
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18

F2100

Product History
Product Description
Nearly 50 years ago, Eaton’s
electrical business and
Westinghouse® introduced
the low voltage motor control
center (MCC) assembly,
enabling the group mounting
of low voltage (600V class)
electrical controls. This
allowed for supervision and
safe operation of motor starter
units, feeder tap units and
auxiliary equipment in a
flexible structure arrangement
at a centralized location.
The foundation for today’s
MCCs is a modular plug-in
combination motor controller

Product

V12-T14-5

Westinghouse 11-300

20

V12-T14-6

Cutler-Hammer 9800

V12-T14-7

Westinghouse Type W

21

V12-T14-8

Cutler-Hammer F10

22
23
24
25

Group-mounted motor control
was originally developed by
Westinghouse in 1935. What
came to be known as motor
control centers were built in
14 manufacturing and repair
shops around the country,
including a plant in Chicago,
IL, that opened in 1941. In
1963, Chicago became the
primary MCC manufacturing
plant. The Fayetteville, NC,
operation was opened in
1980 to relieve some of
Chicago’s volume. The
Fayetteville plant was
expanded in 1984 and the
Chicago operation was
closed. Motor control centers

The Cutler-Hammer plug-in
starter design motor control
center was introduced in the
late 1950s as the 9800 Series

Unitrol. These motor control
centers used the 3-Star type
motor starter. In 1968, the
Citation line of starters
replaced the 3-Star type in
the 9800 MCC. The motor
control center was totally
redesigned around the
Citation starter in 1972 and
was called the F10 Unitrol.
The next generation of MCC
was introduced in 1988, using
the Freedom line of starters
called the Freedom Unitrol.
Freedom Unitrol was
discontinued in 1994 and
replaced with the CutlerHammer F2100 motor
control center.
Cutler-Hammer motor control
centers were originally built in
Milwaukee, WI. In 1962,
manufacturing moved out of
Milwaukee to plants in
Atlanta, GA; Bethlehem, PA;
Chicago, IL; Los Angeles, CA;
Dallas, TX; San Francisco, CA;
and Cleveland, TN. In 1972,
these plants consolidated to
Atlanta, Bethlehem, Chicago,
Dallas and Los Angeles. In
1984, another consolidation
left manufacturing in only
Atlanta and Los Angeles.
With the introduction of the
Freedom starter in 1989, all
manufacturing was moved
to Atlanta. After the merger,
all motor control center
manufacturing moved to the
Fayetteville, NC, location.

Product History Time Line
Page

19

The Westinghouse plug-in
starter design for groupmounted control (called
motor control centers) was
first introduced in 1935,
and in 1950 became known
as the Type 11-300 motor
control center and used the
11-200 motor starter. The
Type W MCC replaced the
11-300 in 1965, first using
the 11-200 starter and then
moving to the A200 starter.
The 5 Star was introduced in
1975 to replace the Type W.
It, too, used the A200 motor
starter. The Series 2100
updated the 5 Star design
in 1987, but is mechanically
compatible with the 5 Star.
The Advantage MCC was
introduced as a sister product
to the Series 2100 in 1992
with the introduction of the
Advantage starter. It was also
mechanically compatible with
the 5 Star. With the merger
of Eaton’s electrical CutlerHammer business unit and
Westinghouse’s Distribution
and Control Business Unit
(DCBU) in 1994, a new hybrid
motor control center line was
introduced. It was called the
F2100 MCC and featured the
Freedom™ starter.

Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer® MCC
structure consists of structural
steel, horizontal and vertical
wireways for conduit and load
cable entry and exit, and
vertical and horizontal bus
systems for distributing power
throughout the MCC. The
starter unit consists of a
rugged steel shell (wrapper)
for mounting the unit
components, a combination
motor starter with factory
wired control, a handle
mechanism for ON/OFF
operation and a rigid unit door.

4

10

are currently manufactured
in Fayetteville and in eight
service centers around
the country.

1935

1950

1955

1960

1965

1970

1975

1980

1985

1990

1995

2000

V12-T14-10 Westinghouse 5 Star
V12-T14-9

Cutler-Hammer Freedom Unitrol

V12-T14-10 Westinghouse Series 2100
V12-T14-11 Westinghouse Advanage™
V12-T14-12 Cutler-Hammer F2100
Cutler-Hammer IT. MCC 햲

Note
1 No additional information at this time.

V12-T14-2

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Present

Motor Control Centers
Identifying Types of Low Voltage MCCs

14

General Information

1

Procedure for Identifying Motor Control Center Types 1

11-300

MCC
Type

Type of Handle
Mechanism

Starter
Type

Bucket
Width (Inches)

Door
Width (Inches)

Page
Number

11-300

Rotary

11-200 Life Line Type N

15-3/4

20

V12-T14-5

2
3
4
5

9800

9800

Rotary and lever

3 Star

16-1/8

19-3/8

V12-T14-6

6
7

Type W

Type W

Slider

A200 or 11-200

11-3/4

13-3/8

V12-T14-7

8
9
10

F10

F10

Slider and lever

Citation

14

14-3/4 with wireway

V12-T14-8

19-1/2 without wireway

11
12
13

Freedom Unitrol

Freedom Unitrol

Slider

Freedom Series

13-7/8

15-1/2

V12-T14-9

14
15
5 Star/Series 2100

5 Star/Series 2100

Lever

A200

13-3/4

15-5/8

V12-T14-10

16
17

Advantage

Advantage

Lever

Advantage

13-3/4

15-5/8

V12-T14-11

18
19
20

F2100

F2100

Lever

Freedom Series

13-3/4

15-5/8

V12-T14-12

IT. MCC

Rotary

IT-EM

13-3/4

15-5/8

2

21
22

Notes
1 In the event that the nameplate is missing, it is possible to identify the MCC design by the type of handle mechanism, starter type, bucket width and door width.
2 Contact 1-800-OLD-UNIT.

23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T14-3

14
1

Motor Control Centers
Identifying Types of Low Voltage MCCs

Identification by Original Handle Mechanism

2
3
4
5

IT-EM Handles
Freedom 2100, Advantage,
Series 2100, 5 Star

F10 Unitrol Lever (Obsolete)

6
7
8
9

9800 Unitrol (Obsolete)

10

Freedom Unitrol

11-300

F10 Unitrol Slider

11
12
13
14

Type W

15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T14-4

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

14

Motor Control Centers
11-300

11-300
Originally a
Westinghouse Product

The 11-300 starter unit was
most easily recognized by
the rotary type of handle
mechanism. Bus and support
systems were typically
braced to withstand fault
currents of 25,000A.
Maximum Ratings
Three-phase, 600V, 600 hp,
2500A bus.

Replacement Capabilities
Replacement Starter Units
Replacement starter cell units
are available for all plug-in
MCC designs. A complete
unit for adding to an existing
MCC includes a unit door,
a divider pan and all the
necessary mounting hardware.
Features of the replacement
unit include:
●
●
●

Unit with A200 Starter

●

Product Description
Introduced in 1937,
Westinghouse manufactured
the 11-300 MCC through
1965 and it was available as
match and lineup until 1974.
It used standard structures
each 20.00 inches wide,
90.38 inches high, and either
20.25 inches or 12.00 inches
deep for front mounted and
20.25 inches for back-to-back
mounting. Vertical sections
could be bolted together
to form a single lineup with
continuous horizontal bus and
open horizontal wireways.

●

●

Size 1–5 starter units
UL® labeled
Series C disconnect device
A200 standard—IT.,
Freedom or Advantage
starter optional
New tin-plated copper stab
assembly
New door, handle
mechanism and hardware

Replacement Feeder Units
Replacement feeder cell units
are available for all plug-in
MCC designs. A complete
unit for adding to an existing
MCC includes a unit door,
a divider pan and all the
necessary mounting hardware.
Features of the replacement
unit include:
●

●
●
●

●

Feeder breakers and
fusible switches through
400A
UL labeled
Series C disconnect device
New tin-plated copper
stab assembly
New door, handle
mechanism and hardware

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

11-300 Dual Feeder

20.00-Inch Wide/Single 11-300
MCC Structure

12
13

Unit with IT-EM Starter

Unit height was measured in
either 9.33-inch or 14.00-inch
increments up to a maximum
of 70.00 inches of usable
vertical space. ANSI 61 light
gray enamel was used on
all structural parts. The unit
door hinged on the right and
covered the entire width
of the structure.

1

Add-on MCCs
New IT., F2100 or Advantage
can be added to an existing
lineup. Cable connected only.

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T14-5

14
1
2

Motor Control Centers
9800

9800
Originally a Cutler-Hammer
Product

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

Unit with Citation Starter

Product Description

9800 starter units were
originally supplied with a 3-Star
starter and a rotary handle
mechanism. Replacements
today use the newer Freedom
starter, and a slider handle
mechanism and a new door.
The rotary handle mechanism
is no longer available. Bus and
bus systems were typically
braced to withstand fault
currents of 25,000A.
Maximum Ratings
Three-phase, 600V, 100 hp,
2500A bus.

Replacement Capabilities
Replacement Starter Units
Replacement starter cell units
are available for all plug-in
MCC designs. A complete
unit for adding to an existing
MCC includes a unit door,
a divider pan and all the
necessary mounting
hardware. Features of the
replacement unit include:
●
●
●
●

Introduced in 1956, the CutlerHammer 9800 was the initial
offering in the motor control
center product grouping. The
door of the unit measured
19.38 inches wide and the
bucket width measured
16.13 inches. Unit height was
measured in 9.33-inch and
14.00-inch increments. The
MCC did not use a wireway.

●

●

Sizes 1–4 starter units
UL labeled
Series C disconnect device
Freedom standard—IT.,
A200 or Advantage starter
optional
New tin-plated copper
stab assembly
New door, handle
mechanism and hardware

ANSI 49 was applied to the
units, structural framework,
roof, side sheets and all
exterior doors.
Unit with IT-EM Starter

Note: Replacement 9800 units
will be supplied with slider handle
mechanism as shown.
20.00-Inch Wide/Single 9800
MCC Structure

15
16

●

●
●
●

●

Feeder breakers and
fusible switches
through 400A
UL labeled
Series C disconnect device
New tin-plated copper
stab assembly
New door, handle
mechanism and hardware

9800 Feeder Unit

13
14

Replacement Feeder Units
Replacement feeder cell units
are available for all plug-in
MCC designs. A complete
unit for adding to an existing
MCC includes a unit door,
a divider pan and all the
necessary mounting hardware.
Features of the replacement
unit include:

Note: Handle mechanism
pictured above is also used
with F10 Unitrol units.

Add-on MCCs
New IT., F2100 or Advantage
can be added to an existing
lineup. Cable connected only.

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T14-6

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

14

Motor Control Centers
Type W

Type W
Originally a
Westinghouse Product

The Type W starter units are
easily recognized by their
sliding handle mechanism,
the MC motor control type.
Bus and bus support systems
were typically braced to
withstand fault currents of
22,000A.
Maximum Ratings
Three-phase, 600V, 400 hp,
2500A bus.

Replacement Capabilities
Replacement Starter Units
Replacement starter cell units
are available for all plug-in
MCC designs. A complete
unit for adding to an existing
MCC includes a unit door,
a divider pan and all the
necessary mounting hardware.
Features of the replacement
unit include:
●
●
●

Unit with A200 Starter

●

Product Description
Manufactured from 1965 to
1975, this Westinghouse
MCC used standard
structures each 19.00 inches
wide, 90.00 inches high,
and either 15.00 inches or
20.00 inches deep for front
mounted or 20.00 inches deep
for back-to-back mounting.
Vertical sections were bolted
together forming a single
lineup with continuous
horizontal bus. Unit height
is measured in 6.00-inch
increments up to a maximum
of 72.00 inches of usable
vertical space. Starter units
are 13.50 inches wide.
A two-tone light/dark enamel
paint system was used with
an ANSI 70 off-white applied
to the structural framework
and cover plates. A dark gray
was used for unit and
wireway doors.

●

●

Size 1–5 starter units
UL labeled
Series C disconnect device
A200 standard—IT.,
Freedom or Advantage
starter optional
New tin-plated copper
stab assembly
New door, handle
mechanism and hardware

Replacement Feeder Units
Replacement feeder cell units
are available for all plug-in
MCC designs. A complete
unit for adding to an existing
MCC includes a unit door,
a divider pan and all the
necessary mounting hardware.
Features of the replacement
unit include:
●

●
●
●

●

Feeder breakers and
fusible switches through
400A
UL labeled
Series C disconnect device
New tin-plated copper stab
assembly
New door, handle
mechanism and hardware

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

Type W Dual Feeder
Unit with IT-EM Starter

20.00-Inch Wide Type W MCC Structure

12
13

Add-on MCCs
New IT., F2100 or Advantage
MCCs can be added to an
existing lineup through a
10.00-inch bus transition
section.

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T14-7

14
1
2

Motor Control Centers
F10

F10
Originally a
Cutler-Hammer Product

Maximum Ratings
Three-phase, 600V, 150 hp,
2000A bus.

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

Replacement Capabilities
Replacement Starter Units
Replacement starter cell units
are available for all plug-in
MCC designs. A complete
unit for adding to an existing
MCC includes a unit door,
a divider pan and all the
necessary mounting hardware.
Features of the replacement
unit include:
●
●

Unit with Citation Starter

●

Product Description

●

Introduced in 1972, this
Cutler-Hammer MCC was
available in both 16.00 inches
wide (with wireway) and
20.00 inches wide (without
wireway). Bucket width
is 14.00 inches and
replacement units are
available with both designs.
Unit height is measured in
6.00-inch increments.
ANSI 40 was applied to the
units, structural framework,
roof, side sheets and all
exterior doors.
The F10 MCC used the
Citation starter and was
identified by the slider type
handle mechanism. Bus and
bus support systems were
typically braced to withstand
fault currents of 42,000A.

●

●

Size 1–5 starter units
UL labeled
Series C disconnect device
Freedom standard—IT.,
A200 or Advantage
starter optional
New tin-plated copper
stab assembly
New door, handle
mechanism and hardware

Replacement Feeder Units
Replacement feeder cell units
are available for all plug-in
MCC designs. A complete
unit for adding to an existing
MCC includes a unit door,
a divider pan and all the
necessary mounting hardware.
Features of the replacement
unit include:
●

●
●
●

●

Feeder breakers 600A and
fusible switches 400A
UL labeled
Series C disconnect device
New tin-plated copper stab
assembly
New door, handle
mechanism and hardware

20.00-Inch Wide F10 MCC Structure
F10 Feeder Unit

Unit with Advantage Starter

Add-on MCCs
New IT., F2100 or Advantage
MCCs can be added to an
existing lineup through a bus
splice kit and channel sills.

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T14-8

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Motor Control Centers
Freedom Unitrol

Freedom Unitrol
Originally a
Cutler-Hammer Product

Maximum Ratings
Three-phase, 600V, 400 hp,
2500A bus.

Replacement Capabilities
Replacement Starter Units
Replacement starter cell units
are available for all plug-in
MCC designs. A complete
unit for adding to an existing
MCC includes a unit door,
a divider pan and all the
necessary mounting hardware.
Features of the replacement
unit include:
●

Unit with Freedom Starter

●

Product Description

●

Introduced in 1989, this
Cutler-Hammer MCC had
vertical structures that
measured 20.00 inches wide,
91.50 inches high, and either
15.00 inches or 20.00 inches
deep. It allowed a 6.00-inch
Size 1 unit design.

●

●

●

Size 1–5 starter units
UL labeled
Series C disconnect device
Freedom standard—IT.,
A200 or Advantage starter
optional
New tin-plated copper stab
assembly
New door, handle
mechanism and hardware

14

Replacement Feeder Units
Replacement feeder cell units
are available for all plug-in
MCC designs. A complete
unit for adding to an existing
MCC includes a unit door,
a divider pan and all the
necessary mounting
hardware. Features of the
replacement unit include:
●

●
●
●

●

Feeder breakers and
fusible switches
through 600A
UL labeled
Series C disconnect device
New tin-plated copper
stab assembly
New door, handle
mechanism and hardware

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

ANSI 49 was applied to the
units, structural framework,
roof, side sheets and all
exterior doors.
The Freedom Unitrol used
the Freedom starter and was
identified by the slider type
handle mechanism. Bus and
bus support systems were
typically braced to withstand
fault currents of 42,000A
with the option to increase
to 65,000A.

1

10
20.00-Inch Wide Freedom
Unitrol MCC Structure

11
Freedom Unitrol Feeder Unit
Unit with Advantage Starter

12
13

Add-on MCCs
New IT., F2100 or Advantage
MCCs can be added to an
existing lineup through
a bus splice kit.

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T14-9

14
1
2

Motor Control Centers
5 Star/Series 2100

5 Star/Series 2100
Originally a
Westinghouse Product

3
4
5
Unit with A200 Starter

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18

Product Description

The 5 Star/Series 2100 starter
unit’s handle mechanism is a
gray toggle type handle with
a black exterior mounting
panel and is used on the
Advantage and F2100
designs. Bus and bus support
systems are typically braced
to withstand fault currents of
42,000A on the 5 Star and
65,000A on the Series 2100.
Maximum Ratings
Three-phase, 600V, 600 hp,
2500A bus.

Replacement Capabilities
Replacement Starter Units
Replacement starter cell units
are available for all plug-in
MCC designs. A complete
unit for adding to an existing
MCC includes a unit door,
a divider pan and all the
necessary mounting hardware.
Features of the replacement
unit include:
●
●
●

The 5 Star MCC was
introduced by Westinghouse
in 1975. The structure design
was the basis for the Series
2100, Advantage and F2100
products later. The Series
2100 updated the 5 Star
design in 1987 with higher
ratings and newer
components.

●

●

●

The vertical structures are
normally 20.00 inches wide,
90.00 inches high, and
16.00 inches or 21.00 inches
deep. Vertical sections may
be bolted together forming a
single lineup with continuous
horizontal bus and open
horizontal wireways. Unit
height is measured in
6.00-inch increments up to
a maximum of 72.00 inches
of usable vertical space.

Size 1–5 starter units
UL labeled
Series C disconnect device
A200 starter standard—IT.
starter optional
New tin-plated copper
stab assembly
New door, handle
mechanism and hardware

Replacement Feeder Units
Replacement feeder cell units
are available for all plug-in
MCC designs. A complete
unit for adding to an existing
MCC includes a unit door,
a divider pan and all the
necessary mounting
hardware. Features of the
replacement unit include:
●

●
●
●

●

Feeder breakers and
fusible switches
through 600A
UL labeled
Series C disconnect device
New tin-plated copper
stab assembly
New door, handle
mechanism and hardware

5 Star/Series 2100 Feeder Unit
Unit with A200 Starter

Add-on MCCs
New IT., F2100 or Advantage
MCCs can be added to an
existing lineup through a bus
splice kit.
20.00-Inch Wide 5-Star MCC Structure

A two-tone light/dark enamel
paint system is used for
this design. ANSI 61 gray
is applied to the roof and
side sheets and all exterior
doors. Starter units are
13.75 inches wide.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T14-10

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Motor Control Centers
Advantage

Advantage
Originally a
Westinghouse Product

Unit with Advantage Starter

The Advantage starter unit’s
handle mechanism is a gray
toggle type handle with a
black exterior mounting panel
and is used on the 5 Star/
Series 2100 and Freedom
2100 designs. Bus and bus
support systems were
typically braced to withstand
fault currents of 65,000A.
Maximum Ratings
Three-phase, 600V, 1100 hp,
3200A bus.

Product Description

A two-tone light/dark enamel
paint system is used for this
design. ANSI 61 gray is
applied to all exterior back
sheets, side sheets and doors.
Starter units are 13.75 inches
wide and are interchangeable
with the 5 Star and Series
2100 design.

Replacement Starter Units
Replacement starter cell units
are available for all plug-in
MCC designs. A complete
unit for adding to an existing
MCC includes a unit door,
a divider pan and all the
necessary mounting
hardware. Features of the
replacement unit include:
●
●
●

Introduced in 1991 as a sister
to the Westinghouse Series
2100 MCC, the Advantage
starter design revolutionized
the industry. It uses state-ofthe-art technology to solve
motor control application
problems, such as coil
burnout and contact
chatter/welding.
The vertical structures are
normally 20.00 inches wide,
90.00 inches high, and
16.00 inches or 21.00 inches
deep. Vertical sections may
be bolted together forming a
single lineup with continuous
horizontal bus and open
horizontal wireways. Unit
height is measured in
6.00-inch increments up to
a maximum of 72.00 inches
of usable vertical space.

Replacement Capabilities

●
●

●

Size 1–5 starter units
UL labeled
Series C disconnect device
Advantage starter
New tin-plated copper
stab assembly
New door, handle
mechanism and hardware

14

The device panel is hinged on
a horizontal rod extending
across the front of the unit.
With the unit door open,
loosening two captive
retaining screws at the top
of the panel and sliding it a
0.50-inch left permits it to
swing down. This provides
ready access to the rear of
the panel and increased
accessibility to the unit
interior.

Unit with Advantage Starter

20.00-Inch Wide Advantage MCC
Structure

2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Advantage Device Panel with ACM
and Metering Module

Device Panel Upgrade
While incorporating
Advantage starters, increase
the information shown on the
unit device panel with one or
two of the Advantage control
modules (ACMs) available.
These units fit into the
standard device panel cutout
and provide pushbutton, pilot
light and metering functions
with reduced wiring costs.

1

Replacement Feeder Units
Replacement feeder cell units
are available for all plug-in
MCC designs. A complete
unit for adding to an existing
MCC includes a unit door,
a divider pan and all the
necessary mounting
hardware. Features of the
replacement unit include:
●

●
●
●

●

Feeder breakers and
fusible switches
through 600A
UL labeled
Series C disconnect device
New tin-plated copper
stab assembly
New door, handle
mechanism and hardware

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

Advantage Feeder Unit

21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T14-11

14
1
2

Motor Control Centers
F2100

F2100
The Cutler-Hammer F2100
was Introduced in 1995

3
4

Maximum Ratings
Three-phase, 600V, 1100 hp,
3200A bus.

5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

The F2100 starter unit’s
handle mechanism is a gray
toggle type handle with a
black exterior mounting panel
and is used on the Advantage
and 5 Star/Series 2100
designs. Bus and bus support
systems are typically braced
to withstand fault currents of
65,000A.

Unit with Freedom Starter

Replacement Starter Units
Replacement starter cell units
are available for all plug-in
MCC designs. A complete
unit for adding to an existing
MCC includes a unit door,
a divider pan and all the
necessary mounting
hardware. Features of the
replacement unit include:
●
●
●

Product Description

●

The structure is based on
the 5 Star, Series 2100 and
Advantage MCC design.
Vertical structures are
normally 20.00 inches wide,
90.00 inches high, and
16.00 inches or 21.00 inches
deep. Vertical sections may
be bolted together forming a
single lineup with continuous
horizontal bus and open
horizontal wireways. Unit
height is measured in
6.00-inch increments up to
a maximum of 72.00 inches
of usable vertical space.
A two-tone paint system is
used for this design. ANSI 61
gray is applied to the exterior
and doors. Starter units are
13.75 inches wide with
4.63-inch wireways.

Replacement Capabilities

●

●

Size 1–5 starter units
UL labeled
Series C disconnect device
Freedom starter
standard—IT. starter
optional
New tin-plated copper stab
assembly
New door, handle
mechanism and hardware

Replacement Feeder Units
Replacement feeder cell units
are available for all plug-in
MCC designs. A complete
unit for adding to an existing
MCC includes a unit door,
a divider pan and all the
necessary mounting
hardware. Features of the
replacement unit include:
●

●
●
●

●

Feeder breakers and
fusible switches through
600A
UL labeled
Series C disconnect device
New tin-plated copper
stab assembly
New door, handle
mechanism and hardware

F2100 Feeder Unit

Unit with Freedom Starter

20.00-Inch Wide F2100 MCC Structure

The Freedom starter is
used in this design along
with the HMCP motor
circuit protector.

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T14-12

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Motor Control Centers
Replacement Parts

14

Replacement Capabilities
Replacement Parts
In addition to replacement
units, a large number of
replacement parts are
available for each vintage.

1

Note: For information on these
and additional parts, refer to
RPD listed on Page V12-T14-19
of this catalog. For parts not listed
or shown in the RPD, contact
your local Eaton Field Sales
office or Service Center. See
Page V12-T14-19 of this catalog.

2
3
4

Examples

5
6
7
8
9

F2100 Horizontal Wireway Door
F10 Handle Mechanism

Series 2100 Bus Splice Kit

10
11
12

9800 Unit Mounting Hardware Kit
Type W Horizontal Busbar

13
14
15
16
17

Freedom Unitrol Terminal Block Mounting Kit

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T14-13

14
1

Motor Control Centers
Upgrades

Technology Upgrades

IQ Retrofit Kits

IT. Soft Start

IQ Analyzer (The Ultimate
in Monitoring)

2

IQ 320

DeviceNet Interface
Module Upgrade (DN65)

3
4
5
DeviceNet I/O Starter Unit Upgrade

6
IQ 320

7
IQ Analyzer

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

Intelligent Technologies (IT.)
Soft Starters

Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer
Intelligent Technologies (IT.)
solid-state starters provide
high-performance motor
control in the most compact
packages in the industry.
The IT. Series of solid-state
starters are available in
retrofit units through 200 hp
in all Cutler-Hammer and
Westinghouse MCC vintages.
Each IT. solid-state starter
unit includes a disconnect,
starter, a DC power supply,
a 120 Vac interposing relay,
and a 100 VA CPT. The IT.
solid-state starter design
incorporates an integral,
parallel run contact that
engages once the starter
reaches full speed. Available
soft starter options include:
pump control software, line/
load MOV protection and
motor isolation contactor.

The Cutler-Hammer IQ
Analyzer displays the most
comprehensive list of
metered parameters in its
class. The dot-matrix, gas
plasma display provides the
flexibility of exhibiting large
characters with high visibility
and small characters for
detailed descriptions. Multiple
parameters (e.g., currents
of phases A, B and C) are
displayed simultaneously
for more thorough real-time
monitoring. Custom screens
can also be configured.
Available information
includes current, voltage,
power, energy, demand
and an extensive array of
harmonic data.

The Cutler-Hammer IQ 320
is the most cost-effective
metering solution for
monitoring main incoming
line electrical values. Through
the bright two-line LCD
display, the IQ 320 provides
accurate readings for voltage,
amperes, watts, hertz, power
factor and VA. Key features
of the IQ 320 include ANSI
C312.16 revenue class
metering accuracy,
PowerNet™ capable
communications port and
user intuitive four-button
front panel interface.

Using the DN65 Discrete
DeviceNet™ I/O module,
all Cutler-Hammer and
Westinghouse vintage MCCs
may be upgraded with the
latest Freedom motor starters
to provide wire savings and
communications capability.
The DN65 DeviceNet I/O
Module adds increased
functionality and intelligence
in a small footprint.
Standard MCC starter units
accommodate the DN65
DeviceNet module and
provide the ability to perform
START/STOP control over an
open network. Additionally,
contactor, overload and
breaker status may be
communicated through
the DN65 upstream to a
host PC, PLC or DCS system.

21
22
23
24
25
V12-T14-14

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Motor Control Centers
Upgrades

Technology Upgrades

SV9000 Drives

SPD Upgrade

14

IT-EM Technology

Series C Retrofit Kits

In addition to standard retrofit
capabilities, every vintage
of MCC can be upgraded
with IT-EM motor starters.
Consult factory for other
manufacturer’s motor
control centers.

Series C retrofit kits are to
be used to upgrade existing
Type W, 5 Star and F10 motor
control center buckets by
changing out the old breakers
with the Series C. These kits
can be applied to both starter
and feeder units.
The old breakers that these
kits will upgrade include, but
are not limited to, the MCP,
F, FA, FB, HFB, K, KA, KB,
HKB, L, LA, LB and HLB
breakers.

SV9000 AC Drive
F2100 SPD Unit

Surge Protective
Device—MCC
The Eaton SPD Series surge
protective device is a hybrid
MOV filter-based suppression
system that protects sensitive
electronic equipment from
damaging transients, lightning
surges and electrical line
noise. The SPD is installed in
parallel to the electrical circuits
in a motor control center and
provides clean power to the
motor starting circuits. The
SPD only reacts and keeps
damaging surge current and
high frequency noise away
from motor starting circuits
when the system’s nominal
operating voltage is exceeded.
The latest Eaton SPD Series
protective devices are
substantially smaller, safer
and more compact than
their predecessors, providing
better performance and
easier installation.
The new Eaton SPD Series
are available in size ranges
from 50 to 400 kA and can
be retrofitted to all CutlerHammer and Westinghouse
vintage MCCs. Consult the
factory for further information.

Cutler-Hammer SV9000
adjustable frequency drives
are available for retrofit units
in a number of MCC vintages.
For current vintage Freedom
and Advantage MCCs,
SV9000 drives are available
through 1100 hp at 480V.
Type W, F10, Freedom
Unitrol motor control center
vintage units are available
with SV9000 drive in plug-in
configurations through 30 hp
at 480V. Each retrofit unit
includes an SV9000 drive
(variable or constant torque)
disconnect, a CPT and a 3%
input and output line reactor.
SV9000 drives provide the
highest performance and
reliability available for flexible
and smooth motor control.

5 Star Series C Retrofit Kit
5 Star/Series 2100

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

5 Star Series C Retrofit Kit
Type W

The 5 Star Series C retrofit
kit includes:
●

●

●

F10

●

●

Series C device, 65 kA
(either HMCP or thermalmagnetic breaker)
Operating handle
mechanism, including
tripped indication and
push-to-trip
Label stating that the MCC
unit has been retrofitted
with Series C device
suitable for 65 kA (similar
to UL quality label)
Templates for desired
frame size
Assembly instructions

Note: The upgrade interrupting
rating of the breaker does not
upgrade the withstand rating of
the existing bus.

12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T14-15

14
1

Motor Control Centers
Upgrades

Type W Series C Retrofit Kit

F10 Series C Retrofit Kit

Series C Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Interrupting Rating (kAIC)

Frame
Type

240V

480V

600V

Trip Rating
Amperes

Catalog
Number

HFD

100

65

25

15

HFD3015

HFD

100

65

25

20

HFD3020

HFD

100

65

25

25

HFD3025

HFD

100

65

25

30

HFD3030

HFD

100

65

25

40

HFD3040

HFD

100

65

25

50

HFD3050

HFD

100

65

25

60

HFD3060

HFD

100

65

25

70

HFD3070

HFD

100

65

25

80

HFD3080

HFD

100

65

25

90

HFD3090

HFD

100

65

25

100

HFD3100

HFD

100

65

25

125

HFD3125

HFD

100

65

25

150

HFD3150

FDC

200

100

35

15

FDC3015

FDC

200

100

35

20

FDC3020

FDC

200

100

35

25

FDC3025

FDC

200

100

35

30

FDC3030

FDC

200

100

35

40

FDC3040

FDC

200

100

35

50

FDC3050

FDC

200

100

35

60

FDC3060

FDC

200

100

35

70

FDC3070

FDC

200

100

35

80

FDC3080

FDC

200

100

35

90

FDC3090

FDC

200

100

35

100

FDC3100

FDC

200

100

35

125

FDC3125

FDC

200

100

35

150

FDC3150

HJD

100

65

25

175

HJD3175

HJD

100

65

25

200

HJD3200

HJD

100

65

25

225

HJD3225

HJD

100

65

25

250

HJD3250

JDC

200

100

35

175

JDC3175

17

JDC

200

100

35

200

JDC3200

JDC

200

100

35

225

JDC3225

18

JDC

200

100

35

250

JDC3250

HKD

100

65

35

300

HKD3300

19

HKD

100

65

35

350

HKD3350

HKD

100

65

35

400

HKD3400

20

KDC

200

100

50

300

KDC3300

KDC

200

100

50

350

KDC3350

21

KDC

200

100

50

400

KDC3400

2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Type W Series C Retrofit Kit

The Type W Series C retrofit
kit includes:
●

●

9
●

10
11

●

12
13
14
15
16

●

●
●
●

Series C device, 65 kA
(either HMCP or thermalmagnetic breaker)
Operating handle
mechanism, including
tripped indication and
push-to-trip
Label stating that the MCC
unit has been retrofitted
with Series C device
suitable for 65 kA (similar
to UL quality label)
Templates for proper hole
placement for desired
frame size
Series C breaker mounting
hardware
New door and hardware
New stab assembly
Assembly instructions

Note: The upgrade interrupting
rating of the breaker does not
upgrade the withstand rating of
the existing bus.

F10 Series C Retrofit Kit

The F10 Series C retrofit
kit includes:
●

●

●

●

●

Series C device, 65 kA
(either HMCP or thermalmagnetic breaker)
Operating handle
mechanism, including
tripped indication
push-to-trip
Label stating that the MCC
unit has been retrofitted
with Series C device
suitable for 65 kA (similar
to UL quality label)
Templates for desired
frame size
Assembly instructions

Note: The upgrade interrupting
rating of the breaker does not
upgrade the withstand rating of
the existing bus.

22
23
24
25
V12-T14-16

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

14

Motor Control Centers
Upgrades

Catalog Numbering System

Series C Motor Circuit Protectors
Starter
Size

Magnetic Trip
Range Amperes

Continuous
Rating Amperes

Catalog
Number

0

9–30

3

HMCP003A0

0

21–70

7

HMCP007C0

0

45–150

15

HMCP015E0

0

40–60

25

HMCP025D0

1

90–300

30

HMCP030H1

2

80–120

50

HMCP050G2

2

150–500

50

HMCP050K2

2

115–170

70

HMCP070J2

2

210–700

70

HMCP070M2

3

160–240

100

HMCP100L3

3

300–1000

100

HMCP100R3

4

450–1500

150

HMCP150T4

4

750–2500

150

HMCP150U4

4, 5

350–700

250

HMCP250A5

5

450–900

250

HMCP250C5

5

500–1000

250

HMCP250D5

5

625–1250

250

HMCP250F5

5

750–1500

250

HMCP250G5

5

875–1750

250

HMCP250J5

5

1000–2000

250

HMCP250K5

5

1125–2250

250

HMCP250L5

5

1250–2500

250

HMCP250W5

5

500–1000

400

HMCP400D5

5

625–1250

400

HMCP400F5

5

750–1500

400

HMCP400G5

5

875–1750

400

HMCP400J5

5

1000–2000

400

HMCP400K5

5

1125–2250

400

HMCP400L5

5

1250–2500

400

HMCP400M5

5

1500–3000

400

HMCP400N5

5

1750–3500

400

HMCP400R5

5, 6

2000–4000

400

HMCP400X5

1

Series C Retrofits

2

FT HMCP030H1 C 12 N
MCC Type
FT = Type W
FS = 5 Star
FR = F10

Device Catalog
Number
Use tables

Door Size
Height of door in
inches, 6.00-inch
increments

Device Panel
D = With device
panel
N = No device
panel

3
4
5

Modifications
C = Copper lugs for HMCP
L = Lugs for molded-case breaker

6

How to Order
Step 1: Select the correct Series C device from the table in the
applicable RPD
5 Star—RP04304003E
Type W—RP04304006E
F10—RP04304005E
Step 2: Create a catalog number based on the MCC type,
device selected, modification, door size and device panel.

7
8
9
10

Step 3: Select price from PL04304002E.

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T14-17

14
1

Motor Control Centers
Upgrades

Competitive Retrofit
Upgrades

2
3
4

7
8

GE7770 Unit Retrofitted with
Advantage and HMCP

The following competitive
retrofit units can be obtained
from the Fayetteville
manufacturing plant.
●
●
●

9
10

New Units

We replace the starter,
the breaker and the handle
mechanism. A new door
is provided for most
competitor’s units. The
original unit, the pan and
the stabs are refurbished.

Brand new ITET 5600, GE
7700/8000 and Allen-Bradley
Centerline™ replacement
units include:

Panel Retrofit

5
6

Factory Retrofit

●
●
●
●

Allis-Chalmers
Allen-Bradley®
Arrow Hart®
General Electric®
Klockner-Moeller®
Siemens®
Other

New components are
mounted on a “panel” that
is easily installed into the
competitor’s unit. Included
are a new pan, a starter, a
breaker, a handle mechanism
and a door if available.
Requires field installation
by Eaton’s Electrical
Services & Systems (EESS)
or a qualified contractor.
Note: See Page V12-T14-19 for
most competitor retrofit units.

●
●
●

●

New bucket
New stabs
All new Cutler-Hammer
components
Complete with
manufacturer UL label

Note: For additional information
and designs for other motor
control centers, call the
Aftermarket Products Center
in Fayetteville, NC.

Customer Required
Information
Procedure for identifying
renewal parts:
1. Renewal parts listed in
PL04304002E below
identify those
replacement parts
that are most frequently
ordered and that are
readily available from
manufacturing stock.
2. For parts not shown in
Aftermarket, Renewal
Parts and Life Extension
Solutions or listed in
Further Information
on Page V12-T14-19,
contact your local Eaton
Field Sales office or call
1-800-OLD-UNIT.

Note: Please consult factory for
additional retrofit opportunities.

11
12
13
14
15

PL04304002E

16
17
18
19

Poster PST03A0ITE

20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T14-18

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Motor Control Centers
Support Services

Product Support
Services
The following replacement
units can be obtained from the
Fayetteville manufacturing
plant and the service centers.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●

●
●
●
●
●
●

F2100
Advantage
5 Star/Series 2100
Freedom Unitrol
F10
Type W
9800
11-300
Technology Upgrade Kits
Allen-Bradley Centerline
Federal Pacific Electric®
(FPE)
Sylvania® Clark (no UL)
Square D® Model 3 (no UL)
Telemecanique®
Gould®
ITE
GE 7700/8000

Brand new ITE 5600, GE
7700/8000 and Allen-Bradley
Centerline replacement
units include:
●
●
●

●

New bucket
New stabs
All new Cutler-Hammer
components
Complete with
manufacturer UL label

Note: For additional information
and designs for other motor
control centers, call the
Aftermarket Products
Center in Fayetteville, NC,
1-800-OLD-UNIT. If you are in
Canada, call 1-855-656-2882.

14

Further Information
Publication Number

1

Description

RP04304001E

F2100—1995–Present

RP04304002E

Advantage—1992–Present

RP04304003E

Series 2100—1987–1995

RP04304003E

5 Star—1975–1987

RP04304004E

Freedom Unitrol—1988–1994

RP04304005E

F10 Unitrol—1972–1989

RP04304006E

Type W—1965–1975

RP04304007E

9800 Unitrol—1956–74

RP04304008E

11-300—1935–1965

RP04304010E

5600—2003–Present

SA-11848

Sales Aid—Advantage MCC

SA-162

Sales Aid—F2100

SA.8K.02.S.E

Sales Aid—QDS II sAftermarket Tri-fold

PST.03A.01.T.E

Sales Aid—MCC Wall Poster

LEM002A

Tri-fold Mailer “We Have The Solutions”

LEM005

Tri-fold Mailer “MCC Units with TVSS”

LEM006

Tri-fold Mailer “Technology Upgrades”

PA.8K.01.S.E

MCC Competitive Retrofit Units

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

Pricing Information

11

Price List–All MCC Vintages—PL04304002E

New Units
Seven Customer Manufacturing Solution Centers

12

Price List–Freedom 2100—PL03A01EPE

Atlanta
(678) 309-4270

Houston
(713) 939-9696

Price List–Advantage MCC—PL04301001E

Chicago
(847) 299-1911

Los Angeles
(562) 944-6413

Vista/VISTALINE™ Discount Symbol 1CD-2C

Denver
(303) 366-9949

Portland
(503) 636-8333

13

Price and Availability Digest (PAD)

14
15

Hartford
(860) 683-4221

16

Support of Installed Equipment

17

Fayetteville
1-800-OLD-UNIT

18

Airdrie, Canada
1-855-656-2882

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T14-19

Distribution Switchboards (Low Voltage)
Pow-R-M-S/F Switchboard
with Fixed SPB Breakers

15

Distribution Switchboards (Low Voltage)
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product History Time Line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WRI, Pow-R-I, Pow-R-M-S/F, Pow-R-Line i
Assemblies Power Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technology Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pow-R-Gear, Pow-R-M-S Assemblies, SPB Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . .
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technology Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WF/WRP, ES, Pow-R-Line C® Assemblies, Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . .
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Further Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pricing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V12-T15-2
V12-T15-2

1

V12-T15-2

2

V12-T15-3

3

V12-T15-3
V12-T15-3
V12-T15-3
V12-T15-4
V12-T15-4
V12-T15-4
V12-T15-4
V12-T15-5
V12-T15-5
V12-T15-5
V12-T15-6
V12-T15-6

4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T15-1

15
1

Distribution Switchboards (Low Voltage)
Assemblies and Circuit Breakers

Assemblies and
Circuit Breakers

2
3
4
5
6
7
8

WRI Switchboard, St. Louis Vintage
with Fixed Molded-Case Breakers
Pow-R-I is of similar look)

9
10
11

Product History
Distribution switchboards
have been around since the
1950s. Most of the original
switchboards were custom
assembled with very little
standardization of design.

12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

Distribution switchboards
can be a free-standing
structure(s) or close coupled
as the secondary section
of a power center or
substation. Power distribution
switchboards primarily use
individually mounted, fixed
or drawout devices. Service
distribution switchboards
primarily use main devices
as individually mounted,
fixed or drawout with groupmounted molded-case
circuit breakers. Numerous
combinations of devices
can be used depending on
the specification. Class III
(power distribution) and
Class II (service distribution)
switchboards are commonly
used descriptions for
the class of distribution
switchboards. Distribution
switchboards are built in
accordance with all applicable
provisions of UL® 891 and
NEMA® PB-2.

From the mid-1970s through
the 1980s, distribution boards
became somewhat more

standardized and were
manufactured in St. Louis,
MO. These vintages included:
●
●
●

WRI
WF/WRP
Pow-R-Gear

“WRI” used individually
mounted, molded-case
circuit breakers for both
mains and feeders.
“WF/WRP” used groupmounted, molded-case circuit
breakers or FDP fusible
switches for the feeders.
For the mains, this design
used either DS, SPB, boltedpressure switch (CBC-type),
or MCCBs.
“Pow-R-Gear” used SPB
drawout, insulated-case
power circuit breakers for
both mains and feeders.
Some specialty switchboards,
including generator-control,
were manufactured in
Cincinnati, OH, until the
plant was closed in 1985.
During the mid-1980s,
some of the switchboard
manufacturing was moved
to a plant in Visalia, CA, and
another plant in Sumter, SC.
Those designs included
WF/WRP and WRI.

During the late 1980s and
early 1990s the switchboard
products were relocated to
two different locations:
●
●

Asheville, NC
Sumter, SC

The products that moved to
Asheville included the “PowR-Gear,” which later evolved
into the “Pow-R-M-S” design
(the “Pow-R-M-S/F is the
fixed-mounted version).
Also included in the move
to Asheville was the “WRI”
product, which later evolved
into the “Pow-R-I” design.
The “Pow-R-I” design was
short-lived and in 1991 it
evolved into two different
products—the “Pow-R-M-S/F
mentioned above and the
“Pow-R-Line i” mentioned in
the next paragraph.
The first product that moved
to Sumter, SC, was the
“WF/WRP,” which evolved
into the “Pow-R-Line C”
design—it uses Series C®
MCCBs. The second product
evolved from Asheville’s
“Pow-R-I” and is called
the “Pow-R-Line i” design.

Pow-R-M-S/F Switchboard with
Fixed SPB Breakers

Product Description
Cutler-Hammer low voltage
distribution switchboards from
Eaton’s electrical business
serve to switch power and
to protect circuits in industrial
and commercial distribution
systems. Distribution switchboards can be classified into
two categories—power
distribution and service
distribution. The power
distribution switchboards
typically use insulated-case
SPB or air DS power circuit
breakers as mains and
individually compartmentalized feeders. The service
distribution switchboards use
insulated-case SPB, air DS,
molded-case (all types), and
fusible switches as mains and
molded-case circuit breakers
as feeders.

Product History Time Line
Page

Product

V12-T15-5

WF/WRP Switchboard

V12-T15-3

WRI Switchboard

V12-T15-4

Pow-R-Gear Switchboard

V12-T15-5

Pow-R-line C Switchboard

V12-T15-4

Pow-R-M-S Switchboard

V12-T15-3

Pow-R-I Switchboard

V12-T15-5

ES Switchboard

V12-T15-3

Pow-R-M-S/F Switchboard

V12-T15-3

Pow-R-Line i Switchboard

1955 1960 1965 1970 1975 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 Present

25
V12-T15-2

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Distribution Switchboards (Low Voltage)
WRI, Pow-R-I, Pow-R-M-S/F and Pow-R-Line i

WRI, Pow-R-I, Pow-R-MS/F and Pow-R-Line i

WRI Switchboard with Individually
Mounted Molded-Case Breakers

Pow-R-Line i Switchboard
with Individually Mounted
Molded-Case Breakers

Product Description

Main devices could be DS,
SPB, SCB-II or molded-case
circuit breakers and (CBC)
bolted pressure or FDP
fusible switches. Individually
mounted feeders could be
either FDP fusible switches
or molded-case circuit
breakers. The WRI design
moved to Asheville, NC, as
the Pow-R-I design with little
change, except fusible was
not offered with Pow-R-I.
Some different structural and
bussing methods were used
on the Pow-R-I also.

Replacement Capabilities

The Pow-R-I product was
split in 1991. Switchboards
requiring main and individually
mounted feeders using SPB
breakers and the RD Series C
breaker were incorporated
in the Pow-R-M-S/F design
using the same design as
the drawout Pow-R-M-S
switchboard except fixed
devices. The smaller current
individually mounted devices
were incorporated into
the Pow-R-Line i design
introduced in 1991 at
Sumter, SC.

Circuit Breaker Cell Provisions
These are used to convert
blank cell compartments into
breaker cell compartments.
Provisions are no longer
available for WRI dated
1967 or earlier but might be
available for newer versions.
Cell provisions are no longer
available for Pow-R-I and
Pow-R-M-S/F (fix-mounted).
Provisions are sometimes
available for the Pow-R-Line i
design. In all cases, care
must be taken to properly
identify the original shop
order before proceeding or
making final determination.

Ratings
Device

This class of switchboard is
commonly called a Class III
switchboard. Generally
speaking, this means
individually mounted main
and feeder devices.

WRI/Pow-R-I

The WRI switchboard that
was built by W,estinghouse
in St. Louis, MO consisted of
rear- and front-accessible
enclosures with all sections
flush front to rear. The
WRI board was designed
for mounting away from
the wall.

Pow-R-M-S/F

Rating

Switchboard bus

800–4000A

Protective devices

400–4000A

Voltage

120–600V

Interrupting capacity

30–200 kA

Switchboard bus

800–5000A

SPB/RD breaker

400–5000A

Voltage

240–600V

Interrupting capacity

42–100 kA

Pow-R-Line i
Switchboard bus

800–4000A

Protective devices

70–4000A

Voltage

240–600V

Interrupting capacity

30–200 kA

Parts for WRI Switchboard

New Circuit Breakers
New SPB, DS and RD
molded-case circuit breakers
are available for replacement
provisions or to fill existing
cells. All breakers are newly
manufactured.

15

Technology Upgrades
IQ and PowerNet™
Communications Retrofits
Cutler-Hammer IQ products
replace existing analog
meters, instruments and
protective relays with
microprocessor-based
solid-state true rms sensing
devices. IQ products can
be furnished as components
for field installation on the
switchgear. The IQ products
include the IQ Analyzer, IQ
DP-4000, IQ 200 and IQ 300.
Communications can then be
tied to the Cutler-Hammer
PowerNet system.
Digitrip™ Trip Unit Retrofit Kits
Trip unit retrofit kits are
available for all SPB and DS
breaker frames. Refer to
Tab 17, Pages V12-T17-33
to V12-T17-36.
SPD Series Surge
Protective Devices
Refer to Page V12-T15-6 of
this publication.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

Repair Service for SPB Breakers
Factory authorized nonwarranty repair for all SPB
breaker frames.

14
15

Class 1 Reconditioning for
DS Breakers
Repairs are available for
DS circuit breakers. This
service includes trip unit
replacements.

16
17
18

Circuit Breaker Parts
An extensive inventory of
newly manufactured breaker
renewal parts are available for
SPB, DS and RD molded-case
circuit breakers.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T15-3

15
1

Distribution Switchboards (Low Voltage)
Pow-R-Gear, Pow-R-M-S and SPB

Pow-R-Gear, Pow-R-M-S
and SPB

2
3

Ratings

4

Device

Pow-R-Gear Switchboard, St. Louis
Vintage with Drawout SPB Breakers

7

10
11

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

●

Switchboard bus

800–4000A

Protective devices

100–5000A

Voltage

120–600V

Interrupting capacity

100 kA

Switchboard bus

9

13

●

Rating

Pow-R-M-S

8

12

The Cutler-Hammer SPB
factory authorized nonwarranty repair service
features:

Pow-R-Gear

5
6

Pow-R-M-S uses bolted
copper of full height) and
vertical spacing (Pow-R-Gear
accommodated six-high 800A
breakers, Pow-R-M-S
accommodates four-high
800A breakers).

Pow-R-M-S Switchboard,
Current Asheville Design with
Drawout SPB Breakers

Product Description
Pow-R-Gear, and now
Pow-R-M-S, switchboards
were/are designed exclusively
for the systems Pow-R
breaker line of encased
power circuit breakers.
These switchboards were/
are designed for high current
applications and include the
following features: drawout
breaker elements, individual
breaker compartmentalization,
in-gear breaker contact
inspection and minimum floor
space design. Both versions
were/are manufactured in
accordance with all applicable
provisions of UL 891 and
NEMA PB-2 covering low
voltage distribution
switchboards.
The primary differences
between the original
Pow-R-Gear and its
successor Pow-R-M-S are:
structural (frame design), trip
units (Pow-R-Gear used the
Pow-R-Trip 7; Pow-R-M-S
uses the Digitrip RMS
sensing trip family), bus
design (Pow-R-Gear used
aluminum of varying heights;
V12-T15-4

800–5000A

SPB breaker

400–5000A

Voltage

240–600V

Interrupting capacity

42–100 kA

Chronology
Pow-R-Gear was built
by Westinghouse in
St. Louis, MO, from 1977 to
1990. Pow-R-M-S was built
by Westinghouse, and later
Cutler-Hammer in Asheville,
NC, from 1990 to 2003.

Replacement Capabilities

Systems Pow-R Breaker Type SPB-65
with Pow-R-Trip 7 Trip Unit

Factory Repair Service for
SPB Breakers
These repair services apply to
breakers that have exceeded
the original factory warranty
and are now referred to as
non-warranty repairs. The
Systems Pow-R Breaker
family consists of fixed
breakers, either front
connected or rear connected,
and drawout breakers,
either behind-the-door or
through-the-door design.
Four-pole breakers are only
available in the fixed design
front or rear connected.

●

Quality SPB repair specified
and audited by factory
engineers according to
procedures
Only genuine new CutlerHammer replacement
parts are used
Original factory
specifications and design
drawings are used by
factory trained technicians

New SPB Circuit Breakers
New SPB breakers are
available for replacement
or to fill existing vacant
cells. All breakers are newly
manufactured and are
mechanically and electrically
the same as the breakers
originally specified and
supplied.
SPB Breaker Cell Provisions
These are used to convert
blank cell compartments into
breaker cell compartments.
Provisions are usually
available for Pow-R-M-S
drawout designs. However,
provisions are not available
for Pow-R-M-S/F fixed
designs or for the Pow-RGear design. In all cases, care
must be taken to properly
identify the original shop
order before proceeding or
making final determination.

Digitrip Trip Unit Retrofit Kits
Trip unit retrofit kits are
available for all SPB breaker
frames. Refer to Tab 17,
Pages V12-T17-35
to V12-T17-36.
IQ and PowerNet
Communications Retrofits
Cutler-Hammer IQ products
replace existing analog
meters, instruments, and
protective relays with
microprocessor-based
solid-state true rms sensing
devices. IQ products can be
furnished as components for
field installation on the
switchgear. The IQ products
include the IQ Analyzer, IQ
DP-4000, IQ 200 and IQ 300.
Communications can then be
tied to the Cutler-Hammer
PowerNet system.
SPD Series Surge
Protective Devices
Refer to Page V12-T15-6 of
this publication.

SPB Circuit Breaker Parts
An extensive inventory of
newly manufactured breaker
renewal parts is available for
SPB circuit breakers.

Technology Upgrades
Pow-R-Trip 7 Trip Unit Upgrades
Pow-R-Trip 7 was the
solid-state trip unit used on
Pow-R-Gear switchboards. An
upgrade from the Pow-R-Trip
7 trip unit is also available.
Modification to the breaker
and existing switchboard is
required. Refer to Tab 17,
Pages V12-T17-35
to V12-T17-36.

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Distribution Switchboards (Low Voltage)
WF/WRP, ES and Pow-R-Line C

WF/WRP, ES and
Pow-R-Line C

WRP Switchboard, Rear Access with
Panel-Mounted Molded-Case Breakers

The WF/WRP switchboard
design accommodated the
use of DS, SPB, bolted
pressure switch (CBC),
molded-case circuit breaker
or FDP fusible switches as
main devices. Panel-mounted
feeder devices could be
either molded-case circuit
breakers or FDP fusible
switches. The WF/WRP
design was moved to
Sumter, SC, and Visalia, CA,
and consequently enhanced
with the introduction of
the Series C breaker
and some structural and
busing changes.
In 1962, Eaton entered the
switchboard market with the
purchase of Mullenbach.
Soon after the Mullenbach
acquisition, Eaton entered
into an agreement with
Westinghouse to supply
breakers and fusible devices
for panelboards and
switchboards. This led to
the introduction of the ES
switchboard using exclusively
Westinghouse molded-case
circuit breakers.

Pow-R-Line C Switchboard,
Front Access with Panel-Mounted
Molded-Case Breakers

Product Description
This class of switchboard is
commonly called a Class II
switchboard. Generally
speaking, this means
individually or panel-mounted
main and panel-mounted
feeder devices.
The WF/WRP switchboard that
was built by Westinghouse in
St. Louis, MO, consisted of
front- or rear-accessible
enclosures with various depths
depending on the devices
within the structure. In the
front access design, Type WF,
the rear of the switchboard
was flush for all structures; the
rear access design, Type WRP,
was flush in the front and rear.

In the late 1980s,
Westinghouse introduced
a new and improved version
of the WF/WRP switchboard
using the Series C breaker.
This new switchboard line,
Pow-R-Line C, designates a
family of service distribution
switchboards incorporating
new design concepts that
fit the ever increasing need
for applications on high
short-circuit systems,
while retaining maximum
standardization, safety and
convenience throughout
the line.

Ratings
Device

Rating

WF/WRP
Switchboard bus

600–4000A

Protective devices

15–4000A

Voltage

120–600V

Interrupting capacity

10–200 kA

ES
ES switchboard bus

600–4000A

Protective devices

15–4000A

Voltage

120–600V

Interrupting capacity

10–200 kA

Pow-R-Line C
Switchboard bus

600–6000A

Protective devices

15–6000A

Voltage

208–600V

Interrupting capacity

10–200 kA

Chronology
WF/WRP was introduced by
Westinghouse in St. Louis,
MO, in 1955. In 1988, the
design was transferred
to Sumter, SC, and
Visalia, CA, as Pow-R-Line C
switchboards. Consequently,
the Cutler-Hammer Type ES
switchboard version was
later introduced in 1991 as a
replacement for their version
of the WF/WRP switchboard.

Replacement Capabilities
Eaton offers an extensive
amount of products to
support WF/WRP, ES and
Pow-R-Line C switchboards.
Pow-R-Line C Match and
Lineup Cubicles
Newly manufactured
Pow-R-Line C switchboard
structures to match and
line up to existing WF/WRP
switchboards. New Pow-RLine C structures can also
connect to existing
switchboards (Type ES)
with a transition section.

15

New Circuit Breakers
New SPB, DS and RD
molded-case circuit breakers
are available for replacement
or to fill existing vacant
cells. All breakers are
newly manufactured
and are mechanically and
electrically the same as
the breakers originally
specified and supplied.
Circuit Breaker
Provisions/Connector
Breaker provisions are
required in switchboards
when there is an existing
space in a structure that is
to be filled with a breaker.
Provisions/connectors are
available for most ratings
of the WF/WRP design.
Provisions are available for all
ratings of the Pow-R-Line C
designs including all parts
required to complete the
cell in accordance with the
switchboard as originally
supplied.
Factory Repair Service for
SPB Breakers
Factory authorized nonwarranty repair for all SPB
breaker frames. Refer to
Page V12-T15-4 of this
publication.
Circuit Breaker Parts
An extensive inventory of
newly manufactured breaker
renewal parts are available for
SPB, DS and RD molded-case
circuit breakers.
Switchboard Structure Parts
Switchboard parts are
available for most designs.
Newly manufactured
replacement parts (such as
doors, breaker provisions,
lift trucks, metering, etc.)
are available.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T15-5

15
1
2
3
4

Distribution Switchboards (Low Voltage)
Clipper Power System—Visor Series, IQ and PowerNet Retrofits

Technology Upgrades
Digitrip Trip Unit Retrofit Kits
Trip unit retrofit kits are
available for all SPB and
DS breaker frames. Refer to
Tab 17, Pages V12-T17-33
to V12-T17-36.
SPD Series Surge
Protective Devices

5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

IQ and PowerNet
Communications Retrofits
Cutler-Hammer IQ products
replace existing analog
meters, instruments and
protective relays with
microprocessor-based
solid-state true rms sensing
devices. IQ products can
be furnished as components
for field installation on the
switchboard or can be
provided as new replacement
front panels. The new
replacement front panels
available for switchboard
assemblies include the IQ
devices mounted and wired.
The IQ products can be
matched in numerous
combinations to include the IQ
Analyzer, IQ DP-4000, IQ 200
and IQ 300. Communications
can then be tied to the CutlerHammer PowerNet System.

Further Information
Publication
Number

Description

CA08100003E

Volume 2—Commercial Distribution, Switchboards, Tab 4

RP01301013E

Systems Pow-R Breakers Renewal Parts and Accessories

Pricing Information
Price List for Pow-R-M-S switchboard—PL 32-624A
Price List for SPB breakers—PL.22A.01.P.E

Surge Protective Device

Product Description
Eaton SPD series of surge
protective devices ensures
that equipment is protected
with the safest, most reliable
and most advanced UL 1449
3rd Edition certified protectors.
The array of features, options
and configurations ensures
that there is a unit for all
electrical applications.
The SPD family protects
equipment from the
damaging effects of surges
and electrical line noise. Field
installation is required.
Benefits
●
SPD Series can be
externally mounted to
existing distribution
equipment
●
Surge ratings: 50, 80, 100,
120, 160, 200, 250, 300
and 400 kA
●
Standard NEMA 1
enclosure, optional
NEMA 4 and NEMA 4X
enclosures.
●
Surface or flush mounting
●
Full range of diagnostic and
monitoring options
●
Remote mountable
display panel
For more information about
the Eaton family of surge
products, contact your local
Eaton Field Sales office.

25
V12-T15-6

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

High Resistance Grounding System
Type C-HRG Products

16

High Resistance Grounding System
Type C-HRG (Low Voltage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product History. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product History Time Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sequence of Operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Catalog Numbering System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Further Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type C-HRG (Medium Voltage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product History. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product History Time Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sequence of Operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Catalog Numbering System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V12-T16-2
V12-T16-2
V12-T16-2
V12-T16-2
V12-T16-2
V12-T16-3
V12-T16-4
V12-T16-4
V12-T16-5
V12-T16-5
V12-T16-5
V12-T16-5
V12-T16-5
V12-T16-6
V12-T16-7

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T16-1

16

High Resistance Grounding System

1

Type C-HRG
(Low Voltage)

2

Originally a
Westinghouse Product

3
4
5
6
7

Wall-Mounted C-HRG
(resistors not shown)

8

Product Description

General Information

Cutler-Hammer® Type C-HRG
from Eaton’s electrical
business is designed to
improve the continuity of
electrical service to critical
processes. Systems designers
sometimes use ungrounded
distribution systems to avoid
interrupting service during
a ground fault. However,
ungrounded systems have
a significant disadvantage—
the distribution system is
subject to the harmful
effects of ground faults, like
high transient overvoltages.
The Type C-HRG helps
customers add the benefits
of a grounded system to their
ungrounded system.

Overview
Where continuity of service is
a high priority, high resistance
grounding can add the safety
of a grounded system while
minimizing the risk of service
interruptions due to grounds.
The concept is a simple one:
provide a path for ground
current via a resistance that
limits the current magnitude,
and monitor to determine
when an abnormal
condition exists.

Product History

9

High resistance grounding
technology has been offered
as an integral system within
Eaton low voltage switchgear
and switchboard products
since the early 1970s. In 1994,
Eaton adopted the technology
into the C-HRG, which is a
standalone or wall-mounted
product ideal for adapting to
the existing electrical system.

10
11
12
13

Product History Time Line

14

Product

15

C-HRG
Low Voltage

16
17

1994

2000 Present

The ground current path is
provided at the point where
the service begins by placing
resistance in the connection
from system neutral-toground. Control equipment
continuously measures
ground current; a relay
detects when the current
exceeds a predetermined
level. An alarm alerts building
personnel that a ground
exists. The system has
built-in fault tracing means
to assist in finding the
source of the ground. An
integral transformer provides
control power from the
primary source.

Minimum Criteria for Use
High resistance grounding
systems can be applied
to either grounded or
ungrounded three-wire
distribution systems.
Per NEC® 1996, 250.5(b)
exception No. 5, the following
criteria must be met before
using the C-HRG:
●

●

●

●

The conditions of
maintenance and
supervision ensure that
only qualified persons will
service the installation
Continuity of power
is required
Ground detectors are
installed on the system
Line-to-neutral loads are
not served

Wye or Delta System
Adding the Type C-HRG
to a wye connected system
requires only that the resistors
supplied be connected in
series with the neutral-toground connection of the
power source. Adding
the Type C-HRG to an
ungrounded delta system
requires the creation of a
neutral point. Transformers
are supplied for that purpose
in the enclosure. The resistors
supplied are then connected
at that point. In both cases,
the components supplied are
chosen to limit the ground
current to a maximum value
of 5A.

Free-Standing C-HRG

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T16-2

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

High Resistance Grounding System

Typical C-HRG Application

Sequence of Operations
Normal
●
Green “normal” light on
●
Red “ground fault” light off
●
White “pulse” light off
●
System control switch in
“normal” position
●
Reset control switch in
either “auto” or “manual”

Source

HV
System
Transformer
600V (Max.)

C-HRG—
High Resistance
Grounding
System

Main Breaker

DS-VSR
Motor
Starter

Feeder
Breaker

Bus Duct

Conduit

200 hp

M

M

Motor Loads

Ground Fault Detection
When one phase of a system
becomes grounded, additional
current will flow. As all ground
current must flow through the
grounding resistor assembly,
a current sensing relay is
placed in this circuit, allowing
detection when a ground
fault occurs.If chosen, a
voltage-sensing relay can
be provided to accomplish
the same function.
Pulser Circuit
The pulser circuit offers a
convenient means to locate
the faulted feeder and to trace
the fault to its origin. The
pulser is available any time a
fault has been detected. The
“pulse” light flashes on and
off, corresponding to the
ON-OFF cycles of the
pulsing contactor. The pulser
contactor switches a bank of
resistors on and off, allowing
a momentary increase in the
ground current.

Feeder
Breaker

Cable Tray
Distribution
Switchboard

MCC

M

Feeder
Breaker

Misc. 3W
Loads

Conduit

Transformer a

4W
Panelboard

Ground Fault Location
The current pulses can
be noted with a clamp-on
ammeter when the ammeter
is placed around the cables or
the conduit feeding the fault.
The operation tests each
conduit or set of cables until
the pulsing current is noted.
By moving the ammeter
along the conduit, the fault
can be traced to its origin.
The fault may be located at
the point where the pulsing
current drops off or stops.
If little or no change in the
pulsing current is noted along
the entire length of a conduit,
then the fault may be in the
connected load.

Test
●
Turn and hold the system
control switch in the
“test” position. Phase B
will be grounded via the
test resistor
●
The ground current will
activate the sensing
circuit, causing the green
“normal” light to turn off
and the red “ground fault”
light to turn on. The pulser
will be activated as well
●
The white “pulse” light
will turn on and off as the
pulser contactor closes
and opens
●
The ground current
ammeter will display
the total ground current,
including the incremental
pulse current
●
When ready, return the
system control switch to
“normal.” The pulser will
stop. If the reset control is
in the “manual” position,
turn it to “reset” to reset
the fault sensing circuit
●
The red “ground fault”
light will turn off, and the
green “normal” light will
turn on
●
Test mode is not available if
the system is detecting a
ground. The sensing circuit
will disable the test circuit.

16

Ground Fault
When the sensing circuit
detects a fault, the green
“normal” light will turn off
and the red “ground fault”
light will turn on
●
The ground current
ammeter will indicate the
total ground current
●
To use the pulser, turn the
system control switch to
“pulse.” The pulser
contactor will cycle on and
off as controlled by the
recycle timer relay
●
Use the clamp-on ammeter
to locate the faulted feeder.
Open the feeder and clear
the fault
●
If the reset control switch
is in the “manual” position,
turn it to “reset” to reset
the sensing circuit
●

Note: If reset control is in “auto,”
it will reset itself.
●

●

When ready to restore
service to the load, close
the feeder
Return the system control
to “normal”

Note
1 Phase-to-neutral loads cannot be fed
from the same system transformer to
which the C-HRG is connected. These
loads must be fed from a downstream,
delta-wye transformer with a solidly
grounded neutral on the secondary.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T16-3

16
1
2

High Resistance Grounding System

Catalog Numbering System
Decoding the Catalog Numbering System

F 4 W N C R N S F 4 6

3
System Frequency

Enclosure Type

4

F
S
R
W
N
V

5
6

5 = 50 Hz
6 = 60 Hz

= Free-standing, Type 1
= Free-standing, Type 1 with screened vents
= Free-standing, Type 3R
= Wall-mounted, Type 1
= No enclosure (panel-mounted)
= Wall-mounted, Type 1 with 3R resistor enclosure

Wire Harness Length for “N”
(No Enclosure)

Distribution System Voltage

7

6 = 600V
4 = 480V
3 = 380V
2 = 208–240V

8

Wire Marker

System Neutral Point

9

W = Wye (and accessible at system)
Z = Delta (zig-zag grounding transformers)
D = Delta (wye-broken delta grounding transformers)

10

Distribution System Fault Current

11

6
1
2
N

12

= 25 kA at 600V, 65 kA at 480 and 380V, 100 kA at 240V
= 150 kA at 480 and 380V, 200 kA at 240V
= 200 kA at 600V, 480V or 380/280V
= Not applicable (when using “W” above)

13

Ground Fault Sensing
C = Current-sensing relay, with noise filter
D = Voltage sensing relay, double set point

14

17

M = Machine printed
F = Sleeve type
H = Heat shrink, sleeve type
Indicating Lights
S = Standard incandescent
L = Standard LED
P = Push-to-test incandescent
D = Push-to-test LED
T = Transformer-type incandescent
X = Push-to-test transformer-type
Loss of Control Power Relay (Alarm)
N = No relay
L = Alarm relay with 1NO/1NC contact
Audible Alarm

15
16

4 = 4-foot harness
6 = 6-foot harness
8 = 8-foot harness
0 = 10-foot harness
2 = 12-foot harness

N = No audible alarm
R = Alarm horn with re-alarm timer

Further Information
Publication
Number

Description

18

SN.44C.01.S.E

Sales Notes for C-HRG

—

Bidman pricing

19

TD.44C.01.T.E

Technical Data for C-HRG

SA-32-602B

Sales Aid for high resistance grounding systems

20

IB 32-698C

Instruction Booklet for high resistance grounding system

CA08104001E

Eaton’s Consulting Application Guide

21
22
23
24
25
V12-T16-4

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

16

High Resistance Grounding System

Type C-HRG
(Medium Voltage)

General Information

1

High Resistance Grounding System

2

Wye HRG

C-HRG—High Resistance
Grounding System

3

51N

4

59

5
6

Utility
Delta HRG

7

59

8

Wye HRG
GEN

9

59

Free-Standing C-HRG

Bus
Duct

Bus
Duct

51N

10

51

11

Product Description
The Type C-HRG is designed
to improve the continuity
of electrical service to
critical processes. Systems
designers sometimes use
ungrounded distribution
systems to avoid interrupting
service during a ground
fault. However, ungrounded
systems have a significant
disadvantage—the
distribution system is subject
to the harmful effects of
ground faults, like high
transient overvoltages.
The Type C-HRG helps
customers add the benefits
of a grounded system to their
ungrounded system.

Product History
High resistance grounding
technology has been offered
as an integral system within
medium voltage switchgear
for many years. In 1996, Eaton
adopted the technology into
the C-HRG, which is a standalone product ideal for
adapting to the existing
electrical system.
Product History Time Line
Product

1995

C-HRG
Low Voltage

2000 Present

12

5 kV Switchgear

13
Cable

Conduit

To MCC

14
15

Bus
Duct

16

To Power
Circuit

17

Overview
Where continuity of service
is a high priority, high
resistance grounding can
add the safety of a grounded
system while minimizing the
risk of service interruptions
due to grounds. The concept
is a simple one: provide a
path for ground current via a
grounding transformer (with
adjustable resistance across
its secondary) that limits the
current magnitude and a
monitor to determine when
an abnormal condition exists.

The ground current path is
provided at the point where
the service begins, by placing
a predominantly resistive
impedance in the connection
from system neutral to
ground. Control equipment
continuously measures
ground current; a relay
detects when the current
exceeds a predetermined
level. An alarm alerts building
personnel that a ground
exists. The system has builtin fault tracing means to
assist in finding the source of
the ground. A 120 Vac supply
(remote) is required for
control power for the system.

Minimum Criteria for Use
The C-HRG MV is offered
at the 5 kV class rating. It
can be applied to delta or
wye ungrounded three-wire
distribution systems.
Standard dimensions are
36.00 W x 40.00 D x
92.00 H inches (914.4 W x
1016.0 D x 2336.8 H mm).

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T16-5

16
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22

High Resistance Grounding System

Wye or Delta System
To add high resistance
grounding to a wye-connected
system, resistors are placed
across the secondary of a
grounding transformer whose
primary is placed in series
with the neutral-to-ground
connection of the power
source. To add high resistance
grounding to an ungrounded
delta-connected system,
a neutral point must be
created. Three singlephase transformers can be
interconnected in a wyebroken delta configuration to
provide such a neutral point.
Ground Fault Detection
When one phase becomes
grounded, additional current
above the charging level will
flow. As all ground current
must flow through the
grounding resistor/grounding
transformer assembly, an
ammeter in this circuit will
read the total amount of
ground current. By placing
a current-sensing relay in
series with the ammeter, the
current relay can be adjusted
to pick up at a level in excess
of the capacitive charging
current, thus indicating the
abnormal condition.
Alternatively, an optional
voltmeter relay can be
connected across the
grounding resistors, to
accomplish the same
function.
Pulser Circuit
The pulser circuit offers a
convenient means to locate
the faulted feeder and to trace
the fault to its origin. The
pulser is available any time a
fault has been detected. The
pulse intervals are controlled
by an adjustable recycle timer.
The “pulse” light flashes on
and off, corresponding to
the ON-OFF cycles of the
pulser contactor. The pulser
contactor switches a bank
of resistors on and off,
thus allowing a momentary
increase in the ground current.

Ground Fault Location
The current pulses can
be noted with a clamp-on
ammeter when the ammeter
is placed around the cables or
the conduit feeding the fault.
The operator tests each
conduit or set of cables until
the pulsing current is noted.
By moving the ammeter
along the conduit, or checking
the conduit periodically along
its length, the fault can be
traced to its origin. The fault
may be located at the point
where the pulsing current
drops off or stops. If little or
no change in the pulsing
current is noted along the
entire length of a conduit,
then the fault may be in the
connected load.
Standard Features
Current sensing
ground fault detection
(2–10A pickup/0.5–20
second delay)
●
Ground current
transformer
(10/10 ratio)
●
Control circuit pull
fuseblock
●
Ground current ammeter
(0–10A, 1% accuracy)
●
Indicating lights Red
(ground fault), Green
(normal), White (pulse)
●
Adjustable pulsing timer
(0–10 seconds)
●
Tapped resistors (limits
primary current to 3–6A)
●
Three-position selector
switch (normal, pulse, test)
●
Control switch for manual
or automatic reset
●
Ground fault contacts
(1NO/1NC)
●
Shorting terminal block for
ground current CT
●
UL® label
●
Wiremarkers
●

Sequence of Operations

Ground Fault

Normal
●
Green “normal” light on
●
Red “ground fault” light off
●
White “pulse” light off
●
System control switch in
“normal” position
●
Reset control switch in
either “auto” or “manual”

●

Test
●
Turn and hold the system
control switch in the “test”
position
●
This mode will test the
control circuitry only. It will
bypass the sensing circuit
and cause the green
“normal” light to turn off
and the red “ground fault”
light to turn on. The pulser
will be activated as well
●
The white “pulse” light will
turn on and off as the pulser
contactor closes and
opens. However, the
ground current ammeter
will not display the total
ground current, including
the incremental pulse
current
●
When ready, return the
system control switch to
“normal.” The pulser will
stop. If the reset control is
in the “manual” position,
turn it to “reset” to reset
the fault sensing circuit
●
The red “ground fault”
light will turn off, and the
green “normal” light will
turn on
●
Test mode is not available if
the system is detecting a
ground. The sensing circuit
will disable the test circuit

●

●

●

●

When the sensing circuit
detects a fault, the green
“normal” light will turn off
and the red “ground fault”
light will turn on
The ground current
ammeter will indicate the
total ground current
To use the pulser, turn the
system control switch to
“pulse.” The pulser
contactor will cycle on and
off as controlled by the
recycle timer relay
Use the clamp-on ammeter
to locate the faulted feeder.
Open the feeder and clear
the fault
If the reset control switch
is in the “manual” position,
turn it to “reset” to reset
the sensing circuit

Note: If reset control is in “auto,”
it will reset itself.
●

●

When ready to restore
service to the load, close
the feeder
Return the system control
to “normal”

23
24
25
V12-T16-6

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

High Resistance Grounding System

16

Catalog Numbering System

1

Customer Required Information
A C-HRG High Resistance Grounding Assembly can be completely described by an 8-digit
catalog number: MVRG-_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

2
3

F W W C L L T S
Enclosure Type
F = Free-standing NEMA® 1
R = Free-standing NEMA 3R non-walk in outdoor

S = Standard wrap-on
T = Tube/heat shrink type

Free-standing enclosure for mounting ground transformers
and resistors internally

Marks all internal wiring for ease of
maintenance.

Distribution System Voltage

4

Wire Markers

5
6

Indicating Lamps

W = 4200V 60 Hz
X = 2400V 60 Hz
Y = 3300V 60 Hz

L = LED lamps
T = Transformer-type incandescent lamps
X = Push-to-test transformer-type

Voltage of distribution system

Standard lights are industrial, oil-tight,
transformer type. Optional are the same type lights except
with a push-to-test feature.

7
8
9

System Neutral Point
W = Wye
D = D (Wye broken delta grounding transformers)
Choose wye when the neutral point of the power source is
accessible for direct connection to grounding transformer. Choose
Delta when there is no neutral or when neutral is not accessible.
Fault Sensing
C = Overcurrent relay (current sensing)
V = Single set point voltmeter relay (voltage sensing)
D = Indicating voltmeter only (voltage sensing)

Loss of Control Power Alarm

10

N = No relay
L = Alarm relay with 1NO/1NC
A relay is connected across the
customer’s 120 Vac supply.

11

Audible Alarm

12

N = No audible alarm
L = Alarm horn with re-alarm timer

13

Alarm contacts are standard on all assemblies.

Example: MVRG-FWWCLLTS defines a free-standing Type 1 enclosure, 4200 V/60 Hz, Wye-connected system, currentsensing control scheme, alarm horn with re-alarm timer, alarm relay with 1NO and 1NC, transformer type incandescent lights,
wrap-on wiremarkers.

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T16-7

Switchgear
DS Low Voltage Switchgear

DHP Medium Voltage Switchgear

17

Switchgear
Low Voltage Switchgear
Product Description, Product History, Product History Time Line .
DB Assemblies and Power Circuit Breakers
Product Description, Replacement Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DS Assemblies and Power Circuit Breakers
Product Description, Replacement Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technology Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSII Assemblies and Power Circuit Breakers
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Magnum DS Assemblies and Power Circuit Breakers
Product Description, Replacement Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Systems Pow-R Breaker (SPB)
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product History. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product History Time Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement Capabilities, Technology Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Support Services—Breaker Service Center . . . . . . . . . . .
Further Information, Pricing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trip Unit Retrofit Kits
Product Description, Product History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Medium Voltage Switchgear
Product Description, Product History,
Product History Time Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DH—Product Description, Replacement Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . .
DHP—Product Description, Replacement Capabilities. . . . . . . . . .
VCP—Product Description, Replacement Capabilities . . . . . . . . . .
VCP-W—Product Description, Replacement Capabilities . . . . . . . .
Technology Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Competitive Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SURE CLOSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Further Information, Pricing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Medium Voltage Load Interrupter
Product Description, Product History, Product History Time Line .
LBF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement Capabilities—WLI/MVS/MVS2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Further Information, Pricing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1
V12-T17-2
V12-T17-3
V12-T17-5

2
3

V12-T17-5

4

V12-T17-6
V12-T17-7

5

V12-T17-8

6

V12-T17-14

7

V12-T17-14
V12-T17-15
V12-T17-15
V12-T17-16
V12-T17-16
V12-T17-17

V12-T17-53
V12-T17-55
V12-T17-56
V12-T17-57
V12-T17-58
V12-T17-59
V12-T17-60
V12-T17-62

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

V12-T17-64

16

V12-T17-65

17

V12-T17-66
V12-T17-67
V12-T17-70

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T17-1

17
1

Switchgear
Low Voltage—Assemblies and Power Circuit Breakers

Assemblies and
Power Circuit Breakers

circuit breakers. It is
also common to find
this switchgear coupled
to a power distribution
transformer, making the
entire assembly called a
secondary unit substation.

2
3

Product History

4

It is very uncommon to find
any more installed-base of
the Westinghouse® DA or
DK vintage switchgear—
both vintages preceded the
Westinghouse DB switchgear
design dated 1950.

5
Magnum DS Switchgear

6

Product Description
DS Switchgear

7
8
9
10
11
12

DSII Switchgear Assembly

13
14

Perhaps the most unique
benefit of switchgear is the
power circuit breakers within
—they have a “withstand
rating” and more flexible trip
units, all which provide better
coordination of downstream

15
16
17
18

Cutler-Hammer® low voltage
switchgear assemblies from
Eaton’s electrical business are
metal enclosures that typically
contain power circuit breakers,
control/measuring devices
such as relays and meters,
and the power bus work. The
rated maximum voltage is
600V, for AC power systems.
Low voltage switchgear is
used to protect, control and
monitor the electrical power
system. Present design low
voltage switchgear conforms
to the following standards:
ANSI C37.20.1, C37.51, UL®
1558, NEMA® SG3, NEMA
SG5 and CSA®.

Product

V12-T17-3

DB Switchgear—East Pittsburgh

V12-T17-4

DS Switchgear—East Pittsburgh (Vintage 1)

V12-T17-4

DS Switchgear—East Pittsburgh (Vintage 2)

20

V12-T17-4

WPA Switchgear—St. Louis

V12-T17-4

DS Switchgear—St. Louis (Vintage 3)

21

V12-T17-4

DS Switchgear—St. Louis (Vintage 4)

V12-T17-4

DS Switchgear—Asheville (Vintage 5)

22

V12-T17-6

DSII Switchgear with DS Breaker—Asheville

23

In 1967, Westinghouse
introduced DS switchgear
along with the DS and
DSL circuit breakers. The
first DS breakers used the
original solid-state trip unit
called the Amptector®. The
Amptector was later replaced
by the microprocessor-based,
true rms sensing, Digitrip™
trip unit models 500, 600,
700 and 800.
In 1994, the DS breaker
became available in the new
DSII switchgear assembly.
DSII switchgear is designed
to be much easier to install
and to maintain. It also uses
new “U” shape vertical bus
design. Perhaps the most
noticeable external difference

In 1998, the Magnum™ DS
switchgear along with the
new Magnum DS breaker
was introduced. One major
advantage of the Magnum
DS design is higher ratings
in less space. Perhaps the
most visible difference with
Magnum is the “through-thedoor” design, permitting
visibility of the breaker’s
trip unit without opening the
door. Another new feature
of the Magnum design is
the secondary contact block
location at the top-front of
each cell, rather than in the
rear as with previous designs.
Magnum DS switchgear
assemblies also have an
isolated secondary control
wireway, uniquely located
at the side of each structure.

Product History Time Line
Page

19

It is very common to find
DB switchgear with hundreds
of thousands of DB circuit
breakers still in operation.

is the removable control
circuit terminal block tray,
which is charcoal-gray and
located above each breaker
door. Upon its arrival in 1996,
the DSII breaker became the
standard offering in DSII
switchgear assemblies. The
DSII breaker was the first
breaker to use the newer
family of Digitrip trip unit
models 510, 610, 810, 910,
OPTIM™ 750 and 1050. DSII
breakers also provide genuine
standardization of breaker
wiring, particularly the
secondary contact points,
without reducing features
and options.

1950

V12-T17-6

DSII Switchgear with DSII Breaker—Asheville

V12-T17-8

Magnum DS Switchgear

1955

1960

1965

1970

1975

1980

1985

1990

1995

2000

24
25
V12-T17-2

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Present

17

Switchgear
DB Low Voltage Assemblies and Power Circuit Breakers

DB Assemblies and
Power Circuit Breakers

DB assemblies were offered
with either “Fixed-Mounted”
breakers or “Drawout
(three-position) type.
Fixed breakers have no
test position.

Replacement Capabilities
DB-AR Replacement Breakers

The breakers in this
switchgear design include:
●

●

DB15, DB25, DB50, DB75,
DB100 (standard)
DBL15, DBL25, DBL50
(current limiting)

Special application breakers
include:
●

●

DB Switchgear with DB Air
Circuit Breakers

Product Description
DB switchgear should be
found only with the
Westinghouse logo and
nameplates. The last
assembly shipped about
15 years before the
acquisition by Eaton.
Many breakers were
originally shipped with
electromechanical trip
units, but it is common to
find many of them retrofitted
with Amptector or Digitrip
trip units.
One characteristic of this
switchgear is the viewable,
through-the-door breaker
handle, which could be
operated without opening
the door.

DB25-AR600NM—Front View

DBF6, DBF16, DBF40
(DC field discharge)
DBW15, DBW25, DBW50
(resistance welding)

The DB switchgear
structures were
approximately 90 3/8-inch
high construction with a
universal frame that
accommodated breaker
compartment widths of
18.00, 26.00, 30.00 and
36.00 inches. All main bus
joints and tap connections
are silver plated and tightly
clamped with throughbolts to ensure maximum
conductivity. The outdoor
switchgear was a walk-in
type with rear hinged
doors for easy access
to connections.
Ratings
●
DB switchgear bus
800–4000A
●
DB breaker 15–4000A
●
Voltage 208–600V
●
Interrupting capacity
15–150 kA
Chronology
This switchgear was
manufactured in East
Pittsburgh, PA, from
1950 to 1980.

DB Breaker Parts
DB breaker replacement parts
are available built from the
original drawings and design
specifications. Among the
items stocked are asbestosfree arc chutes, complete
pole units, contacts, primary
disconnects and coils.
DB Air Circuit Breakers
New factory manufactured
breakers are available
in three-position drawout
configurations only for the
DB15, DBF6 and DBF16. Fixmounted and single-position
configuration breakers are
available for the DB15, DB25,
DBL25, DB50 or DBL50.

Technology Upgrades
Digitrip Trip Unit Retrofit Kits
Available for all DB breaker
frame sizes. Please see the
switchgear trip unit retrofit
kits on V12-T17-17 through
V12-T17-51 for more detail.
DB25-AR600NM—Rear View

The DB-AR breakers are
brand new air replacements
(AR-Series) designed to
replace the original DB
breaker. This solution is
available for most threeposition drawout DB breakers
within original Westinghouse
switchgear. The new
AR-Series breaker permits
DB switchgear modernization
by using state-of-the-art
Eaton Magnum breaker
technology. The DB-AR is
designed, manufactured
and tested to applicable
IEEE/ANSI standards.
Class 1 Reconditioning
Reconditioning Service is
available for most frame sizes
of the DB breaker. Class 1
Reconditioning is Eaton’s
process of maintaining low
voltage power breakers to
their fullest capability. We
disassemble each breaker,
clean and test each part using
component-specific methods,
then reassemble and perform
final testing to ensure that
each breaker is restored to
operating condition—all using
the original manufacturer’s
instructions and parts. New trip
units can also be retrofitted
during this process.

DB-VSR (Vacuum
Starter Retrofits)
For FVNR, motor-starting
applications ONLY—this
solution significantly lengthens
the life-span of the “motor
starter” and provides better
motor overload protection. The
DB25-LV-VSR contains the
V201 vacuum contactor and
the C440 motor overload relay.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

DB25-LV-VSR

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

21
22
23
24
25
V12-T17-3

17
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

Switchgear
DS Low Voltage Assemblies and Power Circuit Breakers—Vintage

DS Switchgear Assemblies General Information
Description

Ratings

Chronology

DS Switchgear Vintage I and II, 1969–1984 at East Pittsburgh, PA
The first vintage of DS switchgear was the first switchgear that incorporated the DS breaker with a solid-state trip 800–4000A
unit (Amptector). During this time, the DS532 breaker was used. The DS532 breaker was a 3000A frame breaker with 208/600V
an interrupting rating of 50,000 symmetrical amperes. The structures themselves were of a stepped roof design that
incorporated a standard bolted copper or flash welded aluminum bus design. Other characteristics of this switchgear
include the following: rear frame height was 87.50 inches, flat roof sheets, ventilated front doors, wire ducts,
removable instrument modules and a welded frame design. The breaker compartments were also different with fuse
trucks stacked above the mains, the DS840, DS532 and the newly developed DS632. The outdoor design
incorporated the use of a walk-in type side door entry.
The second vintage of switchgear was a new design that incorporated the use of both bolted copper and welded
extruded aluminum rise bus. It is basically the same as the first vintage but with a revised bus design.

The first vintage was built from September of 1969 to
approximately September of 1973 in East Pittsburgh, PA,
using the shop order numbers with a prefix of 24Y. The
second DS vintage was also built in East Pittsburgh,
which used the 27Y prefix on shop orders. This vintage
was built the same time as the WPA design in St. Louis,
MO. The switchgear in East Pittsburgh was designed to
be used for industrial applications, whereas the St. Louis
design was built for commercial applications.

WPA Switchgear, 1973–1984 at St. Louis, MO
The WPA switchgear was designed for commercial applications that also used DS breakers. which was similar
800–4000A
to the East Pittsburgh design for industrial applications. The two designs differed structurally but used the same
208/600V
breakers. Some characteristics of the WPA design are as follows: riser bus was tapered design, frames were bolted
and not welded, height of 9.00 inches, neutral bus mounted on rear frame, did not use removable instrument
compartments and outdoor design had front and rear doors. In all, the WPA design differed extensively compared
to the East Pittsburgh design.

This vintage was built from February of 1973 to
approximately October of 1984 in St. Louis. Usually the
switchgear is identified by General Order and Item
numbers. Shop order numbers were not used.

DS Switchgear Vintage III, 1984 at St. Louis, MO
The third generation of DS switchgear was introduced due to the change of plant locations. It is classified as a
800–4000A
vintage because it was the beginning of the merge between two plants (St. Louis and East Pittsburgh). The
208/600V
engineering was completed in East Pittsburgh and the assembly was built in St. Louis, along with the Cincinnati, OH,
plant to help pick up the slack until full production in St. Louis. This vintage was similar to the previous 27Y style with a
few modifications. It was the first time that both DS and DSL were used in switchgear by the use of a conjunction box.
The physical appearance also changed by increasing the height to 92.00 inches and adding top hat vents that protruded
4.00 inches above the switchgear. Internally the neutral bus was located in the bus compartment along with unified
breaker compartments for the variety of breakers.

This vintage lasted from May of 1984 to approximately
October of 1984 in East Pittsburgh. Usually the switchgear
shop order number is defined by a prefix of 28Y.

DS Switchgear Vintage IV, 1984–1990 at St. Louis, MO
This vintage of switchgear was a combination of the St. Louis WPA and East Pittsburgh design. The design was
classified as a hybrid between the two that consisted of the East Pittsburgh design in the front compartments that
held the DS breaker, and the St. Louis design in the rear compartment that housed the bus. The rear compartment
still used the tapered riser bus (a characteristic of the St. Louis design), which was used right up until the DS
switchgear moved to Asheville, NC. The design was very similar to the design today except for the different riser
bus along with the height being 92.00 inches.

800–4000A
208/600V

This vintage was built from October of 1984 to
approximately May of 1990 in St. Louis. Usually the
switchgear is identified by general order and item
numbers. 28Y shop order numbers started in 1987 and
continued into the Asheville design.

The vintage was built from May of 1990 to the end of 1996 in Asheville. The switchgear is identified by shop order 800–4000A
number 28Y. The switchgear incorporates both designs with the option for the variety of IQ products. The riser bus 208/600V
went back to a full rated type that is bolted copper only. Aluminum bus work was initially done only on special orders
at customer request. The switchgear also has many improvements such as the design of an instrument panel door
that was able to accommodate three device panels across DS632 in the C and D compartments and a variety of
communication capabilities with IMPACC. The outdoor design changed with the concept of a side walk-in enclosure.

This vintage was built from May of 1990 to the end of
1996 in Asheville. The switchgear is identified by shop
order number 28Y.

DS Switchgear Vintage V, 1990–1996 at Asheville, NC

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T17-4

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Switchgear
DS Low Voltage Assemblies and Power Circuit Breakers

DS Assemblies and
Power Circuit Breakers

The original DS breaker
contained the original solidstate trip unit—Amptector.
The Amptector was later
replaced by the original family
of microprocessor-based,
true rms sensing, Digitrip trip
unit models 500, 600, 700
and 800. In the late 1990s,
DS breakers started shipping
with Digitrip models 510,
610, 810 or 910.
The breakers in this design
included:
●

●

Replacement Capabilities

DS206H—Front

DS206, 206H, 206E, 416,
416H, 416C, 420, 532, 632
or 840
DSL206, 416, 420, 632
or 840

DS metal-enclosed
switchgear was designed to
meet the following standards:
●
●

DS Switchgear Assembly
Typical Design, 1991

Product Description
DS switchgear was
introduced in 1969 and would
be found mostly with the
Westinghouse logo and
nameplates. However, some
assemblies shipped after the
1994 acquisition by Eaton
could likely have product labels
with both Westinghouse and
Cutler-Hammer product names.
DS switchgear uses the
drawout version of the DS
and DSL low voltage power
breakers. Each breaker is
located within an individual
compartment. Each
compartment has extension
rails for supporting the
breaker while removing it
from the compartment. The
breaker can be in either of
the following positions with
the door closed:
●
●
●
●

Connect
Test
Disconnect
Remove

●

ANSI C37.20.1
UL 1558
NEMA SG5

DS206H—Rear

DS low voltage power air
circuit breakers (LVPACB)
were designed to meet the
following standards:
●

●
●

ANSI C37.13, C37.16,
C37.50 and C37.51
UL 1066
NEMA SG3

Chronology
There are five vintages of
DS switchgear. Please
see General Information
on Page V12-T17-4 for
more detail.

17

DS Breaker Parts
An extensive inventory of
newly manufactured renewal
parts for DS and DSL power
circuit breakers are available.

1

DS Switchgear Structure Parts
DS switchgear parts are
available for most DS
designs. Newly manufactured
replacement parts (such as
doors, breaker provisions,
lift trucks, metering, etc.)
are available.

3

Class 1 Reconditioning
Reconditioning Service is
available for the entire family
of DS breakers. Class 1
Reconditioning is Eaton’s
process of maintaining low
voltage power breakers to
their fullest capability. We
disassemble each breaker,
clean and test each part using
component-specific methods,
then reassemble and perform
final testing to ensure that
each breaker is restored to
operating condition—all using
the original manufacturer’s
instructions and parts.
New trip units can also be
retrofitted during this process.

Technology Upgrades

DS Cell Provisions

New DS Air Circuit Breakers
New DS circuit breakers are
available for replacement or
to fill existing vacant cells.
All breakers are newly
manufactured and are
mechanically and electrically
the same as the breakers
as originally specified
and supplied.
DS Circuit Breaker Cell
Provisions
Breaker provisions are
required in switchgear
when there is an existing
space in a structure that is
to be filled with a breaker.
Provisions are available for
all ratings and include all
parts required to complete
the cell in accordance with
the switchgear as originally
supplied in vintages IV and
V only.

IQ and PowerNet™
Communications
Digital IQ-type products can
be used to upgrade existing
analog devices such as
meters. The new IQ-type
products can be furnished as
loose, individual components
for field retrofitting or can be
furnished on new replacement
doors, such as in the photo to
the left. The new instrument
compartment door will fit all
vintages of DS assemblies
from 1968 to the present.
Please see IQ products
Tab 10 for further details
on the latest offerings.
Digitrip Trip Unit Retrofit Kits
Retrofit kits are available for
all DS breaker frame sizes.
Please see the switchgear
trip unit retrofit kits on
Pages V12-T17-17–
V12-T17-51 for more detail.

2
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T17-5

17
1

Switchgear
DS Low Voltage Assemblies and Power Circuit Breakers

DSII Assemblies and
Power Circuit Breakers

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17

DSII Switchgear Assembly

Product Description
The DSII low voltage
switchgear design was first
introduced in 1994 but was
originally available with only
the DS or DSL breakers.
Upon its arrival in 1996, the
DSII breaker became the
standard offering in DSII
switchgear assemblies.
The DSII switchgear design
uses only the drawout version
of the power breakers. Each
breaker is located within an
individual compartment. Each
compartment has extension
rails for supporting the
breaker while removing it
from the compartment. The
breaker can be in either of
the following positions with
the door closed:
●
●
●
●

Connect
Test
Disconnect
Remove

18
19

The DSII switchgear is
basically designed for easier
installation and maintenance.
Control circuit terminal blocks
are mounted in a completely
removable tray located at the
front of the assembly above
each circuit breaker—helping
customers perform routine
inspection of control wires.
This tray is charcoal-gray
and is perhaps the most
noticeable external difference
between the DSII and the
DS designs.
The DSII breaker is very
similar to the DS. In fact,
the DSII breaker uses
most of the same internal
components—renewal parts
can often be shared. The
DSII breaker was the first to
include the newer family of
Digitrip RMS trip units: model
510, 610, 810, 910, and
OPTIM 750 or 1050. Unlike
the DS breaker, however,
the DSII breaker provides
genuine standardization of
breaker wiring, including
secondary contact points—
without reducing features
and options. This is achieved
with a larger secondary
contact block. The DSII
breaker has up to four
12-point, white secondary
contact blocks whereas the
DS breaker, has up to four
8-point, black secondary
contact blocks. DSII breakers
therefore cannot be installed
into a DS breaker cell.

DSII metal-enclosed
switchgear was designed to
meet the following standards:
●
●
●

ANSI C37.20.1
UL 1558
NEMA SG5

DSII low voltage power air
circuit breakers (LVPACB)
were designed to meet the
following standards:
●

●
●
●

ANSI C37.13, C37.16,
C37.50 and C37.51
UL 1066
NEMA SG3
CSA

DSII Switchgear Assemblies
Dated 1994–Present with
Shop Order Numbers 82Y3001
and Larger
●
Built from April of 1996
to the present, these
assemblies contain the
following DSII breakers:
●
DSII-308, DSII-508,
DSII-608, DSII-516,
DSII-616, DSII-620,
DSII-632, DSII-840
or DSII-850
●
DSLII-308, DSLII-516,
DSLII-620, DSLII-632
(with fuse truck) or
DSLII-840 (with
fuse truck)

Ratings of DSII Switchgear
●
2000–5000A vertical
and cross bus
●
6000A cross bus option
●
600V maximum
●
100,000A bus bracing
standard
●
200,000A bus bracing
optional
DSII Switchgear Assemblies
Dated 1994–Present with Shop
Order Numbers Ranging from
82Y1000 to 82Y3000
●
Built from April of 1994 to
the present, these
assemblies contain the
following DS breakers:
●
DS-206, DS-206H,
DS-206E, DS-416,
DS-416H, DS-420,
DS-632 or DS-840
●
DSL-206, DSL-416,
DSL-420, DSL-632 (with
fuse truck) or DSL-840
(with fuse truck)
●
DSII switchgear
assemblies dated
1996–present with
shop order numbers
82Y3001 and larger

20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T17-6

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

17

Switchgear
DSII Low Voltage Assemblies and Power Circuit Breakers

Replacement Capabilities

DSII Cell Provisions

DSII308—Front

DSII308—Rear

New DSII Air Circuit Breakers
New DSII circuit breakers
are available for replacement
or to fill existing vacant
cells. All breakers are newly
manufactured and are
mechanically and electrically
the same as the breakers
originally specified and
supplied.
DSII Circuit Breaker Provisions
Breaker provisions are
required in switchgear
when there is an existing
space in a structure that is
to be filled with a breaker.
Provisions are available for
all ratings and include all
parts required to complete
the cell in accordance with
the switchgear as originally
supplied.

Class 1 Reconditioning
Reconditioning service is
available for the entire family
of DSII breakers. Class 1
Reconditioning is Eaton’s
process of maintaining low
voltage power breakers to
their fullest capability. We
disassemble each breaker,
clean and test each part using
component-specific methods,
then reassemble and perform
final testing to ensure that
each breaker is restored to
operating condition—all using
the original manufacturer’s
instructions and parts.
New trip units can also be
retrofitted during this process.
Please see Page V12-T17-9
for breaker accessories.
DSII Breaker Parts
An extensive inventory of
newly manufactured renewal
parts for DSII and DSLII
circuit breakers are available.
DSII Switchgear Structure Parts
DSII switchgear parts are
available for most DS
designs. Newly manufactured
replacement parts (such
as doors, breaker provisions,
lift trucks, metering, etc.)
are available.

Technology Upgrades

1
2
3
4

DSII-VSR—Front

DSII-VSR (Vacuum Starter
Replacement)
For FVNR, motor-starting
applications ONLY—this
solution might be available to
significantly lengthen the lifespan of the “motor starter”
as well as to provide better
motor overload protection.
The DSII-VSR is manufactured
as a new assembly and is
designed to rack into the
same switchgear cells that a
DSII breaker is removed from.
It will physically fit into any
of the “quarter-high” cells
ranging from the DSII-308
to the DSII-620. However,
the maximum FLA rating is
currently 425A. The current
design DS-VSR contains
the V201 vacuum contactor
and appropriate overload
protection.
Digitrip Trip Unit Retrofit Kits
Retrofit kits are available for
all DSII breaker frame sizes.
Please see the switchgear
trip unit retrofit kits on
Pages V12-T17-17–
V12-T17-51 for more detail.

5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T17-7

17
1
2

Switchgear
DSII Low Voltage Assemblies and Power Circuit Breakers

Magnum DS Assemblies
and Power Circuit
Breakers

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

Magnum DS Switchgear

A unique vertical and cross
bus configuration provides
an optional industry-leading
short-circuit withstand rating
of 200,000A without the
need for upstream currentlimiting fuses.

Magnum DS Without Current Limiters
Maximum
Amperes

Breaker
Designation

Interrupting
Rating (kA)

Short-Time
Rating (kA)

800

MDS-408

42

42

800

MDS-608

65

65

800

MDS-808

85

85

Vertical and cross bus ratings
are based on a UL and ANSI
standard temperature rise
of 65ºC above a maximum
ambient air temperature
of 40ºC.

800

MDS-C08

100

85

1600

MDS-616

65

65

1600

MDS-816

85

85

1600

MDS-C16

100

85

2000

MDS-620

65

65

Magnum DS switchgear
and breakers conform to
the following standards:

2000

MDS-820

85

85

2000

MDS-C20

100

85

3200

MDS-632

65

65

ANSI C37.20.1, C37.51
UL 1558, UL 1066
NEMA SG5, SG3
CSA

3200

MDS-832

85

85

3200

MDS-C32

100

85

4000

MDS-840

85 1

85

4000

MDS-C40

100 1

100

●
●

Product Description
Cutler-Hammer Magnum DS
switchgear started shipping
in 1998. Perhaps the most
distinctive feature when
compared to the original DS
vintage is the “through-thedoor” design.
The following functions
may be performed without
opening the circuit breaker
door: levering the breaker
between positions; operating
manual charging system,
including viewing of the
spring charge status flag;
closing and opening the
breaker; viewing/adjusting
the trip unit and reading the
breaker rating nameplate.
The breakers are four-position
drawout design—connected,
test, disconnected or
removed.
The breakers can also
be equipped with ARMs
technologies, which will
reduce arc flash energy
available at downstream
devices during maintenance
periods.

●
●

The assemblies have
undergone an extensive
seismic qualification program.
The test program used ANSI
standard C37.81, the Uniform
Building Code (UBC®) and
the California Building Code
(CBC) as a basis for the test
program. The assemblies have
been tested and qualified to
exceed these requirements.
Magnum DS Switchgear Ratings
●
Cross bus ampacity
●
2000, 3200, 4000,
5000, 6000
●
Vertical bus ampacity
●
2000, 3200, 4000, 5000
●
Bus bracing
●
100, 150 or 200 kA

1

5000

MDS-850

85

5000

MDS-C50

100 1

Replacement Capabilities

800–3200A Drawout Breaker

New Magnum DS Breakers
New breakers are readily
available for all frame sizes
and interruption ratings.
Renewal Parts and Accessories
New breaker parts and
accessories are readily
available for all frame sizes
and interrupting ratings.

21
22

85
100

Cell Provisions and Upgrades
Switchgear cell provisions are
required when an existing
structure blank space needs
to be filled with a new
Magnum DS circuit breaker.
Cell upgrades are required
when the provision already
exists, but the need to
upgrade ampacity and/or
interrupting rating is
necessary. Sometimes,
new riser bus must also be
installed with this offering.
Class 1 Reconditioning
Reconditioning service is
available for the entire family
of Magnum DS breakers.
Class 1 reconditioning is
Eaton’s process of
maintaining low voltage
power breakers to their
fullest capability. We
disassemble each breaker,
clean and test each part using
component-specific methods,
then reassemble and perform
final testing to ensure that
each breaker is restored to
operating condition—all using
the original manufacturer’s
instructions and parts.
Note
1 Interrupting rating is 130 kA at 240V.

23
24
25

Breaker Cell

V12-T17-8

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Switchgear
Magnum DS Low Voltage Assemblies and Power Circuit Breakers

Breaker Accessories

Adapters

Breaker Test Cabinet

Breaker Test Kits

Breaker Test Cabinet
Description

Test Kit Unit

17
Catalog
Number

2

DS
120 Vac/125 Vdc

6500C57G01

240 Vac/125 Vdc

6500C57G02

3

120 Vac/125 Vdc

6500C57G03

240 Vac/125 Vdc

6500C57G04

4

DSII

Magnum

Adapter

Test Kit

This test kit can be used
for testing DS, DSII and
Magnum breakers that are
equipped with either
Amptector or Digitrip RMS
trip units. Test kit2 includes
test unit and adapter.
Note: Each kit contains the
140D481G03 basic tester
(Amptector-Ready) and the
adapter for the selected breaker
Digitrip style.

Test Kit
Description

Catalog
Number

DS/DSII Digitrip test kit

8779CO2G02

Magnum Digitrip test kit

8779CO2G05

Breaker Test Cabinet

In May of 1993, the test
port changed on DS circuit
breakers that have Digitrip
RMS trip units. The test port
was moved from the front
cover to the left-hand side,
as you face the front of the
breaker. The port was also
changed from an 11-pin
banana plug to a 9-pin plug.
The adapter is for using a
140D481(G02R), (G02RR)
or (G03) tester to test DS
breakers with Digitrip that
have the side-mounted, 9-pin
plug. The adapter converts
the banana plugs on the
tester to a 9-pin plug. DO
NOT use the adapter with
the old 140D481G01 or
140D481G02 tester.
On Magnum breakers, the
test port is located on the
front cover of the trip unit.
The port is a 14-pin plug;
the adapter converts the
banana plugs on the tester
to a 14-pin plug.

Test cabinet for electrically
operated breakers, with
pushbuttons, control
cable and receptacle, for
separate mounting.

120 Vac/125 Vdc

9253C25G01

240 Vac/125 Vdc

9253C25G02

120 Vac capacitor trip

9253C25G03

Test breaker plug

9253C25G04

Description

Catalog
Number

DS/DSII

8779C02G03

Magnum

8779C02G05

5
6
7
8

Background Information on Trip Unit Test Kits
Description

Catalog
Number

Obsolete test unit, only for use with Amptector

140D481G01

Obsolete test unit, only for use with Amptector

140D481G02

Same as 140D481G02, except retrofitted to test both Amptector and Digitrip 140D481G02R
Same as 140D481G02, except retrofitted to test both Amptector and Digitrip 140D481G02RR

9
10
11

Obsolete Test Kit Adapter, superseded by 8779C02G03

8779C02G01

Wire harness with female banana plugs for temporary connection
direct from tester to the auxiliary CT module on the retrofitted breaker 1

6503C53G01

12

Adapter harness for converting banana from the tester to a 12-pin plug
for retrofitted breakers equipped with a 6503C55G01 1

6503C54G01

13

New adapter for converting 12-pin plug on 6503C55G01 into 9-pin plug
for connecting to the test unit adapter style # 8779C02G03 1

6503C54G02

14

Wire harness with 12-pin plug for permanent connection to auxiliary
CT module on the retrofitted breaker; plug connects to 6503C54G01
or 6503C54G02 1

6503C55G01

15

Current auxiliary power module for supplying power to Digitrip trip unit
during test procedures; also identical to catalog number PRTAAPM 1

1267C16G01

16

Note
1 These parts are used with any breaker that was upgraded with “Digitrip Retrofit Kits.”

Adapters

1

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T17-9

17

Switchgear
Procedure for Identifying Low Voltage Renewal Parts

1

Procedure for Identifying
Renewal Parts

2

For all switchgear requests,
include information from
the list below to ensure that
parts and breakers supplied
will consist of correct options
and settings. With the variety
of switchgear vintages, the
information is needed to
supply the correct parts.
There might be modifications
needed to the breaker
cell or to the bus work to
accommodate the breaker
that will only be recognized
by the drawings.

3
4
5
6
7
8
9

For all requests include
the following:
●
●

●

10
11
12

●
●
●
●
●
●

13
14
15
16
17
18

Requests requiring additional
or replacement breakers
also require the following
information:
●
●
●
●
●
●
●

19

Shop order number
Front view drawing
number
General order number
(G0#)
Manufacturing date
Item number
Metering required
Optional relays
CTs
What changes have been
made since equipment
was originally installed in
the field?

●

Breaker type
Trip rating
MO or EO
Trip unit
Three-wire or four-wire
Trip settings (LSIG)
Fixed or drawout
Which compartment
Any new options

Further Information
Publication
Number

Description

DB Breakers
RPD 32-254

Renewal Parts Data for DB, DBL, DBF breakers

SA-11745

Sales Aid for custom fluidized switchgear bus

DS Breakers
RP.22B.01.T.E

Renewal Parts Data for DS breakers

PL.22G.01.P.E

Price List for DS breakers and accessories, discount symbol DS-1

DSII Breakers
RP.22B.02.T.E

Renewal Parts Data for DSII breakers

IB 694C694-02

Instruction, operation and maintenance for DSII/DSLII breakers

IL 32-691C

Instructions for DS-DSII (trip units 500-910) tester

PL.22B.01.P.E

Price List for DSII breakers and accessories

DS/DSII Switchgear Assemblies
RP.44B.01.T.E

Renewal Parts Data for DS/DSII switchgear accessories

DSII Switchgear and Breaker
SA-32-610A

Sales Aid for DSII low voltage switchgear

AD 32-650A

Application Data for DSII switchgear

DS Switchgear
IB 32-690F

Instructions for DS metal-enclosed LV switchgear

DS and DSL Breakers
IB 33-790-1I

Instruction, operation and maintenance for DS/DSL breakers

DSII Switchgear
TD.44B.01A.T.E

Technical Data for DSII metal-enclosed LV switchgear

DSII Switchgear with DS Breakers
IB 32-695C

Instructions for DSII switchgear containing DS breakers

DSII Switchgear with DSII Breakers
IB 32-694B

Instructions for DSII switchgear containing DSII breakers

Magnum DS Switchgear
PA.44A.01.S.E

Product Aid (1pg.) for Magnum DS switchgear

TD.44A.01B.T.E

Technical Data for Magnum DS metal-enclosed LV switchgear

IB 32-697A

Instructions for Magnum DS metal-enclosed LV switchgear

RP01901001E

Magnum DS switchgear common replacement parts and accessories

Magnum DS Switchgear and Breakers
B.44A.01.S.E

Brochure (20 pg.) for Magnum DS switchgear and breakers

Magnum DS Breakers
RP.22F.02.T.E

Renewal parts and accessories catalog for Magnum DS breakers

IB 2C12060H03

Instructions, operation and maintenance for Magnum DS breakers

B.22F.01.S.U

Brochure (16 pg.) for Magnum DS breakers

20

PL.22F.01A.P.E

Price List for Magnum DS breakers

IB.44A.05.T.E

Instructions for Magnum DS (trip units 520-1150) tester

21

IL 32-696A

Instructions for Magnum DS breaker test cabinet

●

22
23
24
25
V12-T17-10

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Switchgear
Low Voltage Competitive Upgrades—AR-Series Replacement Breakers

Competitive Upgrades—
Low Voltage Power
Air Breakers
AR-Series
Replacement Breakers
The AR-Series (airreplacement) breakers
are not retrofits. They are
100% new breakers used
to completely replace the
original drawout type power
air circuit breaker. This
solution uses state-of-the-art
Cutler-Hammer Magnum
breaker technology that
provides maximum lifeextension and switchgear
modernization. The offering
includes a new breaker, a
cassette with extension
rails and a standard door.
No modifications are required
to the original line/load
power stabs or the secondary
disconnect contacts.
This solution can eliminate
safety problems caused by
defective racking and/or
operator mechanisms.
Additional safety against
arc flash incidents can be
obtained by equipping
the breaker with ARMs
Technologies, thereby
reducing the arc flash energy
available at downstream
devices during maintenance
periods. Additional switchgear
maintenance problems
such as parts unavailability
and lengthy maintenance
procedures can be eliminated.
This solution often provides
a substantial total installed
cost savings when compared
to completely replacing the
switchgear assembly.

In many instances, the
AR-Series replacement
breaker can be combined
with engineering services
to provide continuous
current and/or interruption
rating upgrades.
The AR-Series breakers are
designed, manufactured
and tested to modern
IEEE/ANSI standards.
Designs are available for
a wide variety of drawout
type low voltage power air
circuit breakers (LVPACB)
originally manufactured by
Westinghouse, Federal Pacific
Electric, Allis-Chalmers, ITE
and General Electric.

17

Federal Pacific Electric

Westinghouse

1
2
3

Original DB-25

DB25-AR600NM

Original FP-25

FP25-AR600NM

4
5
6

Original FP-50
Original DB-50

FP50-AR1600M

DB50-AR1600M

Pictured on this page are
several examples of available
designs. Contact your local
Eaton sales representative
for information on other
breaker types.

7
8
9

Original FP-75

Original DB-75

DB75-AR3000M

FP75-AR3000B

General Electric

10
11

Allis-Chalmers

12
13
Original AK-2A-50

Original LA-600

AK2A50-AR1600M

14
15

LA600-AR600NM

16

ITE

Original AKR-4A-30 AKR4A30-AR800NM

17
18

Original K-600

19

K-600-AR600NM

20
21
22
23
24
25
Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T17-11

17
1
2

Switchgear
Low Voltage Breaker Drawout Vacuum Starter Replacement

Low Voltage Breaker
Drawout Vacuum
Starter Replacement

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21

DB-25-LV-VSR Shown

Product Description
Eaton’s low voltage VSR
is a self-contained vacuum
starter replacement for a low
voltage drawout air circuit
breaker used for motor
starting applications.
In some cases, low voltage
air circuit breakers are
used for motor starting
applications. Air circuit
breakers are not designed
to withstand the frequent
switching service and
the mechanical stresses
associated with repetitive
motor starting duty. This
is due to the breaker
mechanism that must be
designed to close and latch
against a fault. In order to
meet these requirements,
the mechanism must close
at high speeds with a great
deal of force. Frequent
closing operations stress
and deteriorate the
breaker mechanisms.

Features
Advantages
The use of an LV-VSR
vacuum starter can prolong
device life and significantly
reduce maintenance repair
and downtime.
A low voltage air circuit
breaker has an effective life
of 4000 operations while an
LV-VSR vacuum starter has
an effective life of 1,000,000
operations. For example, a
motor starting application that
required two starts per hour
on continuous duty would
require a major rebuild of
the low voltage breaker
within three months. The
expected life of an LV-VSR
vacuum starter would be
over 50 years.
The LV-VSR vacuum starter
uses state-of-the-art Eaton
vacuum interrupters. The
interrupters employ the
latest vacuum technology
with long life, resistance to
environmental contaminants
and positive contact wear
indicators.
The integral, solid-state,
trip units used on the air
circuit breakers are designed
primarily for cable and
transformer protection.
Motors require more
precisely set overcurrent
devices that prevent motor
damage as well as avoiding
nuisance tripping. A solidstate relay, Eaton Type C440,
provides overload protection
and phase unbalance
protection. This relay was
exclusively designed for
motor protection.

Motor Starter
The LV-VSR consists
of an Eaton V201 vacuum
contactor, Class J current
limiting fuses, multi-function
motor protective relay, three
current transformers and an
integral control power
transformer.
Vacuum Contactor
Eaton’s V201 vacuum
contactor is designed for
starting and controlling
three-phase, 50/60 Hz AC
motors. Current interruption
is contained within the
vacuum bottles and no
arc byproducts are vented
to the outside environment.
Contact condition is given
by wear indicators.
Series Current Limiting Fuses
Class J current limiting
fuses provide short-circuit
protection and allow a
combination rating of
100 kA at 480 or 600V.
C440 Electronic Overload Relay
Eaton’s C440 multi-function
electronic, motor protection
relay provides the following
features:
●

●

●

●
●
●
●

Overload protection,
Class 10A, 10, 20 or 30
Phase unbalance
protection, selectable
(ON/OFF)
Ground fault selectable
(ON/OFF)
Remote reset
Alarm relay output contact
LED status indication
Communication
modules available

VSR Designs
Westinghouse DB and DS
●
GE
●
ITE
●
and others
●

Contact EESS at 877-276-9379
for more details.
Life
Exceptional electrical and
mechanical life is offered
by the V201 contactor—
up to 1,000,000 electrical
operations and 2,500,000
mechanical operations, even
under harsh conditions.
Drawout Capability
The LV-VSR is mounted on a
drawout frame and maintains
the safety interlocking system
of the low voltage switchgear.
Ease of Installation
The LV-VSR may be inserted
into a standard breaker
compartment without
modification to the
compartment. The primary
and secondary contact
structures and drawout
mechanism are identical.
The LV-VSR control scheme
will interface with standard
switchgear wiring with no cell
modifications and remote
control schemes, if existing,
are maintained.

Eaton’s LV-VSR is a selfcontained replacement
vacuum starter for a low
voltage drawout air circuit
breaker. The LV-VSR is
interchangeable with the
drawout breaker element and
requires no cell modifications.

22
23
24
25
V12-T17-12

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Switchgear
Low Voltage Breaker Drawout Vacuum Starter Replacement

Safety Features
The LV-VSR vacuum starter
retains all the safety features
of the low voltage switchgear
including:
●

●

●

●

●
●

Racking the LV-VSR
vacuum starter is
prevented while the
contactor is in the closed
position. Closing the
LV-VSR vacuum starter is
prevented while racking
Breaker position indication
is provided (connected,
test, disconnect, remove)
The LV-VSR vacuum starter
is padlockable (optional) in
either the connect, test or
disconnect positions
Positive ground connection
is maintained
Closed door tripping
Closed-door control, if
existing, can be maintained

LV-VSR Control Features
LV-VSR vacuum starter offers
the following standard control
features. Other devices can
be supplied on request.
●
●

●

●

Start–stop pushbuttons
Eaton C440 electronic
overload relay
Provision for remote
control operation
Custom-designed
wiring schemes

Ease of Maintenance
The LV-VSR control
components are frontmounted for easy access.
The LV-VSR uses the
same line and load finger
clusters, secondary contact
assemblies and drawout
mechanism as the original
circuit breaker. Renewal
parts are readily available.

17

Technical Data
and Specifications

1

Ratings
The LV-VSR vacuum starter is
rated as follows:

2

●

●

●

●

●

●

Maximum continuous
current—425A
Maximum voltage
rating—600V
Short-circuit rating at
240–600V, 200 kA
Maximum motor hp at
550/575V, 400 hp
Maximum motor hp at
440/460V, 300 hp
Maximum motor hp at
220/230V, 150 hp

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T17-13

17
1

Switchgear
Systems Pow-R Breaker (SPB)

Systems Pow-R
Breaker (SPB)

2

Both mechanical and
electrically operated versions
of the breaker feature a
true two-step stored energy
mechanism with no change in
dimensions. This mechanism
allows maximum five-cycle
closing usually required for
generator paralleling.

3
4
5
6
7
8

SPB-100 Series—3000A

9
11

SPB-65 Series—1600A

Four basic frame sizes (400/
800/1200A, 1600/2000A,
2500/3000A and 4000/5000A)
cover the continuous ampere
range of 100 to 5000A.

SPB-50 Series—800A

The Systems Pow-R
Breakers use the proven
microprocessor-based
trip unit technology that
was pioneered by Eaton.
Developments in
microprocessor technology
have given us the new family
of Digitrip RMS electronic
trip units and the even
newer OPTIM programmable
trip unit.

12
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

An interrupting capacity of
150,000A at 480V without
fuses and short-time
capabilities of up to 85,000A
are available. Systems Pow-R
Breakers are UL Listed for
100% application.
Systems Pow-R Breakers
must be applied within
their published ratings in
accordance with UL and
NEMA Standards defined as
“Usual Service Conditions.”

10

13

Breakers can be applied in
fully rated, selective systems
while providing full selectivity
through the applied breaker’s
short-time rating.

Product Description
The Cutler-Hammer Systems
Pow-R Breaker is an encased
power breaker designed to
provide benefits of special
interest to distribution
systems designers.
Systems Pow-R Breakers
can be applied as individual
breakers in separate
enclosures or in switchboards
as mains, ties or feeder
breakers. They can be applied
in low voltage distribution
systems through 600 Vac,
50 or 60 Hz. Because they
combine high interrupting
capacity with short-time delay
tripping, Systems Pow-R

V12-T17-14

All breakers come standard
with the Digitrip RMS 510 trip
units that have long time and
instantaneous (LI) tripping
functions. Short-time delay
and three- or four-wire ground
fault protection can be
supplied as optional tripping
characteristics, thereby
providing for up to nine phase
and ground current settings.
This provides maximum
flexibility in trip curve shaping
and system coordination.
Any combination of these trip
functions (LI, LS, LSI, LIG,
LSG or LSIG) can be provided
within the Digitrip family of
trip units.

Optional trip units such as the
Digitrip RMS 610 that has a
large four-digit alphanumeric
display of load currents, cause
of trip and self diagnostics can
also be specified. The RMS
810, which in addition to the
610 features, displays and
transmits via the IMPACC/
PowerNet communications
network power and energy
values, may also be provided.
The RMS 910 also displays
power quality data, power
factor and phase-to-phase
voltages, and transmits
waveform capture
information.
The most technologically
advanced trip unit in the
Digitrip family is the Digitrip
OPTIM. The OPTIM 750
has features similar to the
Digitrip 610 and the OPTIM
1050 has features similar to
the Digitrip 910. Both have
the additional feature of being
programmable, rather than
having to be set by
discrete switches. This
programmability allows for
an almost infinite number
of trip settings, which in turn
provides for even closer
system coordination.
All trip units use completely
interchangeable rating plugs.
These plugs, when applied
with the appropriate sensors,
give the breakers a tripping
range of 100 to 5000A.
The Systems Pow-R Breaker
can be supplied in either
fixed or drawout mounting
configurations. The drawout
assembly consists of a
stationary frame and a moving
carriage with four positions:
connected, test, disconnected
and fully withdrawn. The
fixed configuration can be
supplied as either front or
rear connected.

The Systems Pow-R Breaker
has available a complete
family of integrally mounted
accessories. Shunt trip, spring
release solenoid, undervoltage
release, auxiliary switches,
key interlocks, mechanical
interlocks and covers
for the close and/or open
pushbuttons are just an
example of the accessories
that can be mounted on
the breaker.

Product History
Since its introduction to
the market in 1976, the
SPB has provided long and
reliable service. Tens of
thousands of SPBs have been
manufactured and placed into
service throughout the world
in switchboards, automatic
transfer switches and other
specialty OEM manufactured
power distribution products.
Systems Pow-R Breakers
can be identified using two
unique numbers. One is the
S.O. (shop order number).
The shop order number
is located either on the
breaker’s nameplate or on
the left side of the breaker.
An example of this number
is S.O. 74E2792.01.
The second number is a
30-digit feature and option
number. The first 10
characters of the feature
and option number are
considered to be the feature
or style number, the next 20
characters are the option or
edge number. This number is
also located on the breaker’s
nameplate or on the left side
of the breaker.
An example of this number is:
Feature and option
8702C35G012297240000000
1000144
Feature/style 8702C35G01
Option/edge
22972400000001000144

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Switchgear
Systems Pow-R Breaker (SPB)

17

Product History Time Line
Product

1970

1975

1980

1985

1990

1995

2000

1

Present

2

Westinghouse SPB
Cutler-Hammer SPB

Replacement Capabilities
Genuine new SPB
replacement parts and
accessories, including those
listed in SPB Renewal Parts
Data RP01301013E, dated
February 2006, are available.
Contact 1-800-222-9773
for price and availability, or
check Vista.
The following parts and
accessories are available:
Mechanism and Related Parts
●
Charging handle
●
Cover assembly
●
Mechanism assembly
●
Trip unit cover plate
assembly
Electrical Attachments
●
Shunt trip assembly
●
CT ground fault
●
Undervoltage release
●
Remote time delay
●
Auxiliary switch
●
Capacitor trip device
●
Secondary connectors
●
Plate assembly
●
T-connectors
●
Pressure terminals
Spring Release Solenoid
Electrical Operator
Breaker Accessories
●
Key interlock
●
Cover accessories
●
Deadfront shield
●
Door escutcheon
●
Fixed-mounted breakers
●
Behind-the-door and
through-the-door
drawout breakers

Trip Units
●
Digitrip 500, 600, 700, 800
●
Digitrip 510
●
Digitrip 610
●
Digitrip 810
●
Digitrip 910
●
OPTIM 750
●
OPTIM 1050
●
Pow-R-Trip 7 rating plugs
●
Digitrip rating plugs for
500, 600, 700, 800

Technology Upgrades
Upgrade solutions for SPB
breakers include trip unit
upgrades. These solutions
focus on replacing the older
technology tripping systems
with the latest technology
offerings. The latest
technology permits
significant improvements
to be realized in improved
coordination and protection,
remote metering and
monitoring, network
communications and energy
management information.
Is the old technology
breaker still good enough?
That depends on the answers
to the following questions.
Can the problem be solved
with renewal parts?
Some problems can be
solved quickly and simply
with the installation of
replacement parts and
accessories. Eaton continues
to manufacture new genuine
replacement parts and
accessories for SPBs.

Does the breaker reliably
perform as expected?
If the breaker does not
perform reliably even when
properly maintained or
serviced, the mechanism or
the entire breaker should be
considered for replacement.
Does the breaker trip
system perform reliably?
Older SPB breakers used trip
systems that are no longer
being supported by Eaton.
Due to changes in the typical
distribution system and the
addition of numerous
harmonic generating
loads, some early vintage
electronic trip systems could
experience unreliable or
inaccurate trip behavior.
If this is the case, the trip
system should be replaced.
Is there a need for energy
management?
Breakers with older
technology trip systems
could not support the
demands of energy
management. Modern trip
systems provide not only
improved protection, but
energy monitoring, power
quality measurement and
communications. If any of
these are desired, the trip
system should be replaced.

Are the recommended
maintenance intervals
being followed?
There is a tendency to stretch
the maintenance interval well
beyond the manufacturer’s
recommendations. This is
dangerous. Some studies
have shown that if a circuit
breaker is left closed for
a period of five to seven
years, it may not operate
as expected when needed
to do so.
If the answers to the above
questions all indicate that the
existing trip system or the
circuit breaker does not
need to be replaced, then
the old technology breaker
is still good enough, and
maintenance solutions
are recommended:
1. Maintain the breaker at
one- to two-year intervals
using original OEM parts.

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

2. Use factory authorized
service for more
extensive repair
needs and mechanism
replacement.

14

Eaton can provide loaner
breakers to maintain
system uptime while the
maintenance or factory
authorized service is being
performed. If any answer to
the above questions indicate
that the trip system or the
circuit breaker should be
replaced, then the old
technology breaker is no
longer good enough, and
Upgrade Solutions are
recommended.

16

Eaton offers a choice of two
upgrade solutions:
1. Trip system retrofit.
2. New SPB breaker.

15
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T17-15

17
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18

Switchgear
Systems Pow-R Breaker (SPB)

In summary, how do we choose
the right upgrade solution?
Does the breaker perform
reliably except for the trip
system?
If “Yes,” then a Trip System
Retrofit is the preferred
solution.
Does the breaker perform
reliably but energy
management, power
quality measurement
or communications
are desired?
If “Yes,” then a Trip System
Retrofit is still the preferred
solution.
Is breaker reliability an
issue and will it require
extensive service or
repairs?
If “Yes,” then a new SPB
breaker is the appropriate
solution.
See Pages V12-T17-35 and
V12-T17-36 for information
on Digitrip retrofits.

Product Support Services
Factory authorized nonwarranty service is available
from the Breaker Service
Center in Skelton, WV.
The Breaker Service Center
can perform:
●

●

●

●
●

The Breaker Service Center
also stocks a variety of loaner
SPB breakers to keep your
customer up and running
while their breaker is being
serviced.
If you have an opportunity
or need further information,
call Eaton’s Breaker Service
Center at 1-877-275-7782.
Field Service and Testing
(Performed at Customer
site): Provided by Eaton’s
Electrical Services & Systems
(EESS), Field Service and
Testing includes initial
inspection, secondary injection
testing, service to electrical
operators, handles and hub
assemblies, installation of
most renewal parts, and trip
unit upgrades to the Digitrip
510. Contact your local EESS
office for more information.

Further Information
Publication
Number

Description

IL 15156B

Removal and replacement of moving and stationary conductors and
operating mechanism in a Systems Pow-R breaker.

IL 6647C21H03

Key interlock installation instructions for through-the-door drawout
Systems Pow-R breakers.

LEM010

Problems with SPB breakers/we have the solutions tri-fold.

RP01301013E

Systems Pow-R breakers renewal parts and accessories.

Pricing Information
Newly manufactured
replacement SPB breakers
and cassettes for existing
switchgear manufactured in
Asheville, NC; St. Louis, MO;
or East Pittsburgh, PA, are
available through the
Aftermarket Product
Center in Asheville, NC.
Call 1-800-257-3278 for
price and availability.

New, genuine SPB
replacement parts and
accessories can be identified
in publication RP01301013E.
Call 1-800-222-9773 for price
and availability or check Vista.
Price and Availability
Digest (PAD)
Vista/VISTALINE™ (Discount
Symbol LVPCB)

Service and Testing
(Performed at local EESS
facility): EESS has a variety
of service options for SPB
breakers including primary
injection testing, mechanism
replacement, replacement
of key interlocks and ground
fault CT, service to finger
clusters and stationary
contacts, and trip unit
upgrades to Digitrip 610/810/
910. Contact your local EESS
office for more information.

All service and testing
needs
Repairs to cracked and
broken cases and frames
Repairs to damaged
contact assemblies
Mechanism replacements
Trip unit upgrades

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T17-16

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Switchgear
Trip Unit Retrofit Kits

Trip Unit Retrofit Kits
Application Description
Digitrip RMS trip unit retrofit
kits are fully engineered, fieldinstallable retrofit kits that
enable the user to completely
replace an existing tripping
system. They are applicable
to (600 Vac) low voltage
power breakers and are
designed for application on
various manufacturers’
power breakers.
Digitrip RMS trip unit retrofit
kits provide true rms sensing,
the most accurate and current
state-of-the-art technology for
measuring amperage loads.
True rms sensing removes the
possibility of false tripping due
to harmonic distortion of the
power waveform and enables
greater accuracy in selective
coordination of the power
distribution system. The
microprocessor-based
Digitrip trip unit also allows
communications for remote
monitoring to a host
computer or local Assemblies
Electronic Monitor (AEM) via
the Integrated Monitoring
Protection and Control
Communications (PowerNet)
communication system.

Ratings
Digitrip RMS trip unit
retrofit kits are available
for a wide variety of various
manufacturers’ low voltage
power breaker frames.
Ratings range from 100 to
4000A. Multi-tapped CTs,
interchangeable rating plugs,
programmable pickup and
time delay settings provide
the user with flexibility.

Product History
Originally a
Westinghouse Product
In the past, there have been
three types of automatic
control for low voltage power
breakers: electromechanical
trip units, solid-state peak
sensing trip units and stateof-the-art true rms sensing
trip units.
Electromechanical Trip Units
Electromechanical trip units
were initially used in the early
1940s and phased out by
all manufacturers in the
mid-1970s.
Westinghouse used these trip
devices on types DA and DK
power circuit breakers. They
were also used initially on the
DB power circuit breaker.
The electromechanical trip
units were the conventional
form of protection on all
manufacturers’ breakers,
up until the 1970s.

Electromechanical trip units
were composed of a solenoid,
springs, a diaphragm, seals
and air venting apertures.
Three trip units were required
per breaker. Due to age or
harsh environments these
devices would fail or lose
calibration. They required a
great deal of preventative
maintenance.
Solid-State Peak Sensing
Trip Units
In 1970, the Amptector Trip
Unit was introduced as the
standard trip unit on the
Westinghouse type DS
power circuit breaker. The
Amptector solid-state trip
system provided much
greater accuracy and
reliability, and included new
features like ground fault (G)
protection, mode of trip
indication and the ability
to perform secondary
injection testing.
Electromechanical trip
devices immediately became
obsolete, creating a retrofit
market. Amptector retrofit kits
were introduced to convert
the type DB breakers that had
been factory equipped with
the electromechanical type
trip units.
In 1976, the POW-R-Trip 7 trip
unit was introduced on the
Westinghouse SPB insulatedcase power circuit breaker. A
more simplified version with
only two trip functions, known
as the POW-R-Trip, became
available in 1978. Then in
1982, the POW-R Digitrip trip
unit became available and was
offered on the SPB breakers.

17

In 1985, RK trip units and
retrofit kits were introduced
to provide a solid-state trip
unit small enough to retrofit
General Electric breakers as
well as the Westinghouse
type DB breakers.
Peak sensing trip units were
an improvement and provided
improved reliability and
accuracy. Only one trip unit
was required per breaker;
however, peak sensing trip
units were not able to handle
harmonic conditions. They
caused nuisance tripping and
unnecessary downtime.
True rms Sensing Trip Units
In 1987, Westinghouse
introduced the Digitrip II RMS
trip unit (standard version)
for use on type DS and
SPB power circuit breakers.
Digitrip II RMS was the first
microprocessor-based true
rms sensing trip unit.
True rms trip units enabled
the measuring of current
rather than the sensing
of current.
Because they are
microprocessor-based
digital devices, they are
capable of taking discrete
samples of the current
waveform in each phase.
By applying a mathematical
algorithm, the current is
accurately mapped out and
measured. This method of
measurement provides the
ability to adapt to a changing
harmonic content while
providing repeatable and
reliable protection.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T17-17

17
1

Page

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

1955

1960

1965

1970

1975

1980

1985

1990

1995

2000 Present

Amptector Trip Units and Accessories (DS Breakers)
Amptector Retrofit Kits, Trip Units, and Accessories (DB Breakers)
POW-R-Trip 7 Trip Units (SPB Breakers)

4

7

Product
Electromechanical Trip Devices (B Breakers)

3

6

Trip Unit Retrofit Kits

Product History Time Line

2

5

Switchgear

POW-R-Trip Trip Units (SPB Breakers)
POW-R-Digitrip I Trip Units (SPB Breakers)

V12-T17-24

Rating Plugs
RK Retrofit Kits, Trip Units and Accessories (DB Breakers)
RK Retrofit Kits, Trip Units and Accessories (GE AK-2A Breakers)

V12-T17-21

Digitrip II RMS Trip Units (RMS500, RMS600, RMS700, RMS800)

V12-T17-21

Digitrip III RMS Trip Units (RMS510, RMS610, RMS710, RMS810)
Digitrip III RMS Retrofit Kits for:

V12-T17-29

• Westinghouse DA and DK Breakers

V12-T17-31

• Westinghouse DB Breakers

V12-T17-33

• Westinghouse DS Breakers

V12-T17-35

• Westinghouse SPB Breakers

V12-T17-33

• GE姞 AK-1, AK-2/2A, AK-3/3A, AKR-50. AL-2EO, AL-2-50 Breakers

V12-T17-41

• Allis-Chalmers LA Series Breakers

V12-T17-43

• ITE姞 K-Line Breakers

V12-T17-47

• Siemens姞 – Allis Breakers

V12-T17-49

• Federal Pacific姞 Breakers

V12-T17-51

• Other Breakers

General Information
State-of-the-Art Features
Digitrip RMS trip unit retrofit
kits come in several different
model types. Among these
types, they provide a variety of
accommodating features (see
table on Page V12-T17-20).
True rms measurement
and protection. Extremely
accurate and able to
compensate for harmonic
content and disturbances.
Ground fault may be added
to an existing power breaker.
Ground fault is offered in a
three-wire and a four-wire
version.
Zone interlocking is
available on the short time
and ground fault modes of
protection. This enables
enhanced selectivity for
high fault and ground fault
coordination between the
main and the feeder breakers.
Local monitoring via a display.
A red light emitting diode (LED)
display enables the user to step
through and read currents and
energy readings for each phase
and ground.

Communications via the
PowerNet system allows
all pertinent information,
regarding static and dynamic
operation of the breaker, to
be remotely monitored either
by a host computer or an IQ
AEM. This facilitates energy
management and power
management. Remember,
“If you can’t measure it, you
can’t manage it.”
The Packaged Kit
Each Digitrip RMS trip unit
retrofit kit includes a Digitrip
trip unit, an auxiliary CT
module, a direct trip actuator
(DTA), quantity (three) current
sensors, a rating plug,
interconnecting wiring
harnesses, mounting
brackets, copper connectors
(when required), hardware,
and installation instructions.
Digitrip RMS retrofit kits are
complete tripping systems
engineered specifically for
each breaker type and frame
rating. All kits are designed
for field installation.

Application and
Service Condition
In order to ensure that Digitrip
RMS trip unit retrofit kits
are successfully applied,
installation must only be done
by a qualified individual.

Availability
Digitrip RMS trip unit retrofit
kits are currently available for
select breaker frames from
the following manufacturers:
●
●

Appropriate testing must
be performed to qualify the
retrofitted breaker prior to
placing the breaker in service.
Digitrip RMS trip unit retrofit
kits will provide protection
based on their published
time-current curves when
the breaker is properly
maintained and operated in
accordance with the original
manufacturer’s specification
and instructions.
Service Life
The physical structure, the
bus assemblies and control
wiring of switchgear are
normally in good condition.
The replacement of the trip
system coupled along with
either refurbishment or
reconditioning of the breaker
will prolong the life of the
switchgear and provide
modern state-of-the-art
protection.

●
●
●
●
●
●

Westinghouse
General Electric
ITE
Allis-Chalmers
Siemens-Allis
Federal Pacific
Roller-Smith
Other manufacturers

Order Information
In order to obtain the proper
kit, the following information
should be provided to your
authorized Eaton distributor:
●
●
●
●

●

●
●
●

Breaker manufacturer
Breaker frame designation
Breaker frame rating
Breaker continuous
current rating
Kit type (see table on
Page V12-T17-20)
(i.e., RMS 510...RMS 810)
Modes of protection
Sensor rating
Rating plug rating

25
V12-T17-18

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Switchgear
Trip Unit Retrofit Kits

Definitions of Replacement
and Upgrade Capabilities
Replacement Digitrip Trip Units
and Rating Plugs
Replacement trip units and
rating plugs are available and
are used when replacing
components with similar
functionality and protective
features. A complete listing
of replacement trip units
and rating plugs is found
on Pages V12-T17-21–
V12-T17-27.
Digitrip Trip Unit Upgrades
Trip unit upgrades can be
used when upgrading the trip
system only requires a change
in trip unit with no additional
hardware. This option is used
to replace an obsolete Digitrip
500/600/700/800 or as
outlined in the table below.
Use the replacement trip
unit and rating plug tables
on Pages V12-T17-21–
V12-T17-27.
Digitrip Trip Unit Upgrades
Digitrip Trip Unit
Existing

Upgrade

500

510

600

610

700

810/910

800

810/910

810

910

For advanced upgrades
requiring more than just a trip
unit replacement, a trip unit
retrofit kit or upgrade retrofit
kit is the correct solution.

Digitrip RMS Trip Unit
Retrofit Kits
Digitrip RMS trip unit retrofit
kits are fully engineered, fieldinstallable retrofit kits that
enable the user to completely
retrofit an existing trip system
on low voltage power breakers.
They are applied on breakers
that do not have existing
Digitrip trip systems installed.
Reference Pages V12-T17-28
–V12-T17-51 for information
on retrofit kits.
For breakers previously
retrofitted or shipped from
the factory with a Digitrip trip
system, refer to trip unit and
rating plug replacement,
Digitrip trip unit upgrades
or upgrade retrofit kits.
Upgrade Retrofit Kits
An upgrade retrofit kit is used
when upgrading a breaker
(previously retrofitted or
supplied from the factory
with a Digitrip 500/510) to an
advanced Digitrip 610/810/
910. These are complete
kits minus the components
common with a basic Digitrip
500/510 retrofit kit. A “U” in
the last position of the catalog
number denotes an upgrade
retrofit kit. Reference Pages
V12-T17-28–V12-T17-51
for information on upgrade
retrofit kits.

Arcflash Reduction
Maintenance System™
NFPA® 70E-2004 defines
flash hazard as: “A dangerous
condition associated with
the release of energy caused
by an electric arc.” This is
primarily heat energy and
may result in serious or life
threatening burns.
When properly applied to a
power breaker, the Arcflash
Reduction Maintenance
System reduces fault-clearing
time and lowers the available
arc flash energy at the
connected downstream
devices. The result is a
reduction of the hazard
risk category, allowing for
improved personnel safety
while eliminating the need
for higher levels of costly
personal protective
equipment (PPE).
The Arcflash Reduction
Maintenance System is
controlled by a lockable switch
that can easily activate a faster
tripping time at the work
location and be incorporated
into a lock-out tag-out (LOTO)
procedure. This switch can be
applied to any low voltage
power breaker by modifying
the existing Digitrip trip
system, or retrofitting a
breaker with a Digitrip retrofit
kit (see Accessories table
on Page V12-T17-28).

17

For further information,
contact your local Eaton’s
Electrical Services & Systems
office (see Tab 24), or the
Digitrip Retrofit Kit Service
Center at 1-800-937-5487.

1
2
3
4
5
6

Modified Digitrip Trip System
with Arcflash Reduction
Maintenance System

7
8
9
10
11

Digitrip Retrofit with Arcflash
Reduction Maintenance System

12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T17-19

17
1

Switchgear
Trip Unit Retrofit Kits

Functional Comparison of Trip Units
Past Technology
RMS
500
Zone

Present Technology

2

RMS
500

3

Trip Unit Features

4
5
6
7

RMS
600

RMS
700

RMS
800

Features

RMS
510

RMS
510
Zone

RMS
610

RMS
810

RMS
910

■

■

■

■

Cause-of-trip LED indicators

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Integral self test

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Trip reset button

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Hardware driven thermal memory
■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Zone protective interlocking for short time and ground fault modes of protection

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Software driven thermal memory (sel. O/O)
Discriminator circuit on LS and LSG protection modes
Discriminator circuit on LS and LSG protection modes selectable (on/off)

■

Auxiliary contact for long time, short circuit and ground fault functions

■

■

■

■

■

Local display of phase currents

■

■

■

■

■

Local display of ground currents

■

■

■

■

■

Local display of cause of trip

■

■

■

9

■

Local display of energy (MWh)

■

■

■

Local display of peak demand (MW)

■

■

10

■

Local display of present demand (MW)

■

■

Data communicated with PowerNet includes: all display values, trip unit status, high
load alarm, cause of trip, rating plug status, breaker status, reason for breaker status

■

■

Trip settings

■

■

Power factor

■

■

Control via the PowerNet system (open/close)

■

8

PowerNet Communication Features

11

■

■

12
■

13

■

■

Voltage phase-to-phase, displayed on trip unit and communicated via
PowerNet communications

■

14

Total harmonic distortion (THD); phase A, B, C. Displayed on trip unit and
communicated via PowerNet communications

■

15

Total harmonic distortion per harmonic from the 2nd through the 27th harmonic
displayed on trip unit and communicated via PowerNet communications

■

System power factor. Displayed on trip unit and communicated via PowerNet communications

■

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T17-20

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Switchgear
Replacement Digitrip RMS Trip Units for Power Circuit Breakers

17

Replacement
Capabilities

1

Digitrip RMS Trip Units for
Power Circuit Breakers

2

Digitrip RMS Trip
Unit Replacement
When a Digitrip RMS trip unit
requires replacement, it can
be replaced directly using the
enclosed charts. Observe the
following restrictions:

3
4
5

The group function (G)
cannot be added in the field
just by changing the trip unit.
Trip Functions
All Digitrip RMS retrofit kit
types are available with the
necessary combinations of
long, short, instantaneous
and ground fault (LSIG)
modes of protection as
depicted and deemed
necessary by industry
standards.
The combinations of modes
of protection are:
●
●
●
●
●
●

Ll
LSI
LS
LIG
LSG
LSIG

Rating Plug Replacement
When changing or replacing
rating plugs, use the
charts provided on Pages
V12-T17-25–V12-T17-27
for DS, SPB and all other
retrofitted breakers.

6

Digitrip Units—Standard, Horizontal and Vertical Configurations

7
Standard Retrofit RMS Replacement Trip Units for DS and SPB Breakers
■ Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products and services. 12
Digitrip
Model

Protective
Functions

Catalog
Number

Style
Number

Past Technology

Digitrip
Model

Protective
Functions

Catalog
Number

Style
Number

Present Technology

RMS 500

Ll

T51BLI

1230C97G01

RMS 510

Ll

S51LI

7829C05G01

RMS 500

LSI

T52BLSI

1230C97G02

RMS 510

LSI

S52LSI

7829C05G02

RMS 500

LS

T53BLS

1230C97G03

RMS 510

LS

S53LS

7829C05G03

RMS 500

LIG

T54BLIG

1230C97G04

RMS 510

LIG

S54LIG

7829C05G04

RMS 500

LSG

T55BLSG

1230C97G05

RMS 510

LSG

S55LSG

7829C05G05

RMS 500

LSIG

T56BLSIG

1230C97G06

RMS 510

LSIG

S56LSIG

7829C05G06

RMS 600

Ll

T61BLI

1230C97G07

RMS 610

Ll

S61LI

7829C10G01

RMS 600

LSI

T62BLSI

1230C97G08

RMS 610

LSI

S62LSI

7829C10G02

RMS 600

LS

T63BLS

1230C97G09

RMS 610

LS

S63LS

7829C10G03

RMS 600

LIG

T64BLIG

1230C97G10

RMS 610

LIG

S64LIG

7829C10G04

RMS 600

LSG

T65BLSG

1230C97G11

RMS 610

LSG

S65LSG

7829C10G05

RMS 600

LSIG

T66BLSIG

1230C97G12

RMS 610

LSIG

S66LSIG

7829C10G06

RMS 700 3

Ll

T71BLI

1230C97G19

RMS 810

Ll

S81LI

7829C08G01

RMS 700 3

LSI

T72BLSI

1230C97G20

RMS 810

LSI

S82LSI

7829C08G02

RMS 700 3

LS

T73BLS

1230C97G21

RMS 810

LS

S83LS

7829C08G03

RMS 700 3

LIG

T74BLIG

1230C97G22

RMS 810

LIG

S84LIG

7829C08G04

RMS 700 3

LSG

T75BLSG

1230C97G23

RMS 810

LSG

S85LSG

7829C08G05

RMS 700 3

LSIG

T76BLSIG

1230C97G24

RMS 810

LSIG

S86LSIG

7829C08G06

RMS 800

Ll

T81BLI

1230C97G13

RMS 910

Ll

S91LI

7829C09G01

RMS 800

LSI

T82BLSI

1230C97G14

RMS 910

LSI

S92LSI

7829C09G02

RMS 800

LS

T83BLS

1230C97G15

RMS 910

LS

S93LS

7829C09G03

RMS 800

LIG

T84BLIG

1230C97G16

RMS 910

LIG

S94LIG

7829C09G0

RMS 800

LSG

T85BLSG

1230C97G17

RMS 910

LSG

S95LSG

7829C09G05

RMS 800

LSIG

T86BLSIG

1230C97G18

RMS 910

LSIG

S96LSIG

7829C09G06

Notes
1 At the time of this publication, the standard trip units for low voltage Digitrip retrofit kits are the RMS 510/610/810/910. From 1989 to 1996, the
standard trip units were the RMS 500/600/700/800. These trip units are no longer in production. Replacement orders for the 500/600/700/
800 trip units will be filled by the equivalent 510/610/810/910 trip units. Remember, when replacing a 500/600/700/800 unit with a 510/610/
810/910, the rating plug must also be replaced.
2 Rating plugs for the 500/600/700/800 trip units will still be available. These rating plugs are not interchangeable with the 510/610/810/
910 trip units. Likewise, rating plugs for the 510/610/810/910 are not interchangeable with the 500/600/700/800 trip units.
3 There is no direct replacement for Digitrip RMS 700. Use Digitrip RMS 810 or 910.

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T17-21

17
1

Switchgear
Replacement Digitrip RMS Trip Units for Power Circuit Breakers

Horizontal Retrofit RMS/R Replacement Trip Units for all Other Breakers
■ Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products and services. 12
Protective
Functions

Catalog
Number

Style
Number

Catalog
Number

Style
Number

3

RMS/R 500 Horizontal

Ll

RH51BLI

1232C84G01

RMS 510

Ll

SRH51LI

7801C36G01

RMS/R 500 Horizontal

LSI

RH52BLSI

1232C84G02

4

RMS/R 500 Horizontal

LS

RH53BLS

1232C84G03

RMS 510

LSI

SRH52LSI

7801C36G02

RMS 510

LS

SRH53LS

7801C36G03

RMS/R 500 Horizontal

LIG

RH54BLIG

5

RMS/R 500 Horizontal

LSG

RH55BLSG

1232C84G04

RMS 510

LIG

SRH54LIG

7801C36G04

1232C84G05

RMS 510

LSG

SRH55LSG

RMS/R 500 Horizontal

LSIG

7801C36G05

RH56BLSIG

1232C84G06

RMS 510

LSIG

SRH56LSIG

7801C36G06

6

RMS/R 600 Horizontal
RMS/R 600 Horizontal

Ll

RH61BLI

1232C84G07

RMS 610

Ll

SRH61LI

7801C46G01

LSI

RH62BLSI

1232C84G08

RMS 610

LSI

SRH62LSI

7801C46G02

7

RMS/R 600 Horizontal

LS

RH63BLS

1232C84G09

RMS 610

LS

SRH63LS

7801C46G03

RMS/R 600 Horizontal

LIG

RH64BLIG

1232C84G10

RMS 610

LIG

SRH64LIG

7801C46G04

8

RMS/R 600 Horizontal

LSG

RH65BLSG

1232C84G11

RMS 610

LSG

SRH65LSG

7801C46G05

RMS/R 600 Horizontal

LSIG

RH66BLSIG

1232C84G12

RMS 610

LSIG

SRH66LSIG

7801C46G06

RMS/R 700 Horizontal 3

Ll

RH71BLI

1232C84G19

RMS 810

Ll

SRH81LI

7801C48G01

RMS/R 700 Horizontal 3

LSI

RH72BLSI

1232C84G20

RMS 810

LSI

SRH82LSI

7801C48G02

RMS/R 700 Horizontal 3

LS

RH73BLS

1232C84G21

RMS 810

LS

SRH83LS

7801C48G03

RMS/R 700 Horizontal 3

LIG

RH74BLIG

1232C84G22

RMS 810

LIG

SRH84LIG

7801C48G04

RMS/R 700 Horizontal 3

LSG

RH75BLSG

1232C84G23

RMS 810

LSG

SRH85LSG

7801C48G05

2

9
10
11

Digitrip
Model
Past Technology

Protective
Functions

Present Technology

3

LSIG

RH76BLSIG

1232C84G24

RMS 810

LSIG

SRH86LSIG

7801C48G06

RMS/R 800 Horizontal

LI

RH81BLI

1232C84G13

RMS 910

Ll

SRH91LI

7801C49G01

12

RMS/R 800 Horizontal

LSI

RH82BLSI

1232C84G14

RMS 910

LSI

SRH92LSI

7801C49G02

RMS/R 800 Horizontal

LS

RH83BLS

1232C84G15

RMS 910

LS

SRH93LS

7801C49G03

13

RMS/R 800 Horizontal

LIG

RH84BLIG

1232C84G16

RMS 910

LIG

SRH94LIG

7801C49G04

RMS/R 800 Horizontal

LSG

RH85BLSG

1232C84G17

RMS 910

LSG

SRH95LSG

7801C49G05

14

RMS/R 800 Horizontal

LSIG

RH86BLSIG

1232C84G18

RMS 910

LSIG

SRH96LSIG

7801C49G06

15
16

RMS/R 700 Horizontal

Digitrip
Model

Notes
1 At the time of this publication, the standard trip units for low voltage Digitrip retrofit kits are the RMS 510/610/810/910. From 1989 to 1996, the standard trip units were the RMS 500/600/700/800.
These trip units are no longer in production. Replacement orders for the 500/600/700/800 trip units will be filled by the equivalent 510/610/810/910 trip units. Remember, when replacing a
500/600/700/800 unit with a 510/610/810/910, the rating plug must also be replaced.
2 Rating plugs for the 500/600/700/800 trip units will still be available. These rating plugs are not interchangeable with the 510/610/810/910 trip units. Likewise, rating plugs for the
510/610/810/910 are not interchangeable with the 500/600/700/800 trip units.
3 There is no direct replacement for Digitrip RMS 700. Use Digitrip RMS 810 or 910.

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T17-22

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

17

Switchgear
Replacement Digitrip RMS Trip Units for Power Circuit Breakers

Vertical Retrofit RMS/R Replacement Trip Units for all Other Breakers
■ Shaded area denotes obsolete or discontinued products and services. 12
Digitrip
Model

Protective
Functions

Catalog
Number

Style
Number

Past Technology

Digitrip
Model

1
Protective
Functions

Catalog
Number

Style
Number

2

Present Technology

RMS/R 500 Vertical

Ll

RV51BLI

1232C97G01

RMS 510

Ll

SRV51Ll

7801C37G01

RMS/R 500 Vertical

LSI

RV52BLSI

1232C97G02

RMS 510

LSI

SRV52LSI

7801C37G02

RMS/R 500 Vertical

LS

RV53BLS

1232C97G03

RMS 510

LS

SRV53LS

7801C37G03

RMS/R 500 Vertical

LIG

RV54BLIG

1232C97G04

RMS 510

LIG

SRV54LIG

7801C37G04

RMS/R 500 Vertical

LSG

RV55BLSG

1232C97G05

RMS 510

LSG

SRV55LSG

7801C37G05

RMS/R 500 Vertical

LSIG

RV56BLSIG

1232C97G06

RMS 510

LSIG

SRV56LSIG

7801C37G06

RMS/R 600 Vertical

Ll

RV61BLI

1232C97G07

RMS 610

Ll

SRV61Ll

7801C41G01

RMS/R 600 Vertical

LSI

RV62BLSI

1232C97G08

RMS 610

LSI

SRV62LSI

7801C41G02

RMS/R 600 Vertical

LS

RV63BLS

1232C97G09

RMS 610

LS

SRV63LS

7801C41G03

RMS/R 600 Vertical

LIG

RV64BLIG

1232C97G10

RMS 610

LIG

SRV64LIG

7801C41G04

RMS/R 600 Vertical

LSG

RV65BLSG

1232C97G11

RMS 610

LSG

SRV65LSG

7801C41G05

RMS/R 600 Vertical

LSIG

RV66BLSIG

1232C97G12

RMS 610

LSIG

SRV66LSIG

7801C41G06
7801C42G01

RMS/R 700 Vertical

3

Ll

RV71BLI

1232C97G19

RMS 810

Ll

SRV81Ll

RMS/R 700 Vertical 3

LSI

RV72BLSI

1232C97G20

RMS 810

LSI

SRV82LSI

7801C42G02

RMS/R 700 Vertical 3

LS

RV73BLS

1232C97G21

RMS 810

LS

SRV83LS

7801C42G03

RMS/R 700 Vertical 3

LIG

RV74BLIG

1232C97G22

RMS 810

LIG

SRV84LIG

7801C42G04

RMS/R 700 Vertical 3

LSG

RV75BLSG

1232C97G23

RMS 810

LSG

SRV85LSG

7801C42G05

RMS/R 700 Vertical 3

LSIG

RV76BLSIG

1232C97G24

RMS 810

LSIG

SRV86LSIG

7801C42G06

RMS/R 800 Vertical

Ll

RV81BLI

1232C97G13

RMS 910

Ll

SRV91Ll

7801C43G01

RMS/R 800 Vertical

LSI

RV82BLSI

1232C97G14

RMS 910

LSI

SRV92LSI

7801C43G02

RMS/R 800 Vertical

LS

RV83BLS

1232C97G15

RMS 910

LS

SRV93LS

7801C43G03

RMS/R 800 Vertical

LIG

RV84BLIG

1232C97G16

RMS 910

LIG

SRV94LIG

7801C43G04

RMS/R 800 Vertical

LSG

RV85BLSG

1232C97G17

RMS 910

LSG

SRV95LSG

7801C43G05

RMS/R 800 Vertical

LSIG

RV86BLSIG

1232C97G18

RMS 910

LSIG

SRV96LSIG

7801C43G06

Notes
1 At the time of this publication, the standard trip units for low voltage Digitrip retrofit kits are the RMS 510/610/810/910. From 1989 to 1996, the standard trip units were the RMS 500/600/700/800.
These trip units are no longer in production. Replacement orders for the 500/600/700/800 trip units will be filled by the equivalent 510/610/810/910 trip units. Remember, when replacing a
500/600/700/800 unit with a 510/610/810/910, the rating plug must also be replaced.
2 Rating plugs for the 500/600/700/800 trip units will still be available. These rating plugs are not interchangeable with the 510/610/810/910 trip units. Likewise, rating plugs for the
510/610/810/910 are not interchangeable with the 500/600/700/800 trip units.
3 There is no direct replacement for Digitrip RMS 700. Use Digitrip RMS 810 or 910.

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T17-23

17

Switchgear
Replacement Digitrip RMS Rating Plugs

1

Digitrip RMS
Rating Plugs

2

Product Description

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14

SPB Rating Plug and Details

Rating plugs for Digitrip RMS
trip units determine the
continuous current rating
of the circuit breaker. All
protection function settings
on the face of the trip unit
are expressed in per unit
multiples of the rating plug
ampere rating (In).

DS and retrofit rating plugs
must be selected to match
the desired continuous
current rating of the breaker,
the sensor tap setting and
the system frequency, i.e.,
50 or 60 Hz.
Rating plugs are equipped
with a backup battery to
maintain the mode of trip
operation following a circuit
breaker tripping when
external power is not
available. The battery is
a long-life lithium type,
which is accessible from the
front of the trip unit, without
removing the rating plug.
Replacement types and
instructions are provided in
Application Data 33-855.

Note: At the time of this
publication, the standard trip units
for low voltage Digitrip retrofit kits
are the RMS 510/610/810/910.
From 1989 to 1996, the standard
trip units were the RMS 500/
600/700/800. These trip units
are no longer in production.
Replacement orders for the
500/600/700/800 trip units will be
filled by the equivalent 510/610/
810/910 trip units. Remember,
when replacing a 500/600/700/
800 unit with a 510/610/810/910,
the rating plug must also
be replaced.
Note: Rating plugs for the 500/
600/700/800 trip units will still
be available.These rating plugs
are not interchangeable with
the 510/610/810/910 trip units.
Likewise, rating plugs for
the 510/610/810/910 are not
interchangeable with the
500/600/700/800 trip units.

The rating plug is interlocked
with the tripping mechanism
to automatically “open” the
breaker when the plug is
removed. The breaker will
remain “trip free” with the
plug removed.
SPB rating plugs must be
selected to match the desired
continuous current rating of
the breaker, as well as the
frame rating and the system
frequency, i.e., 50 or 60 Hz.

Following a trip operation
and with no supplementary
control power available,
the battery will maintain
the mode of trip LED for
approximately 60 hours.

Rating Plug for All Other
Retrofitted Breakers

15
16

DS Rating Plug

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T17-24

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Switchgear
Replacement Digitrip RMS Rating Plugs for DS Breakers

17

Replacement Capabilities

1

Rating Plugs for DS Breakers 1234
Past Technology (500/600/700/800)

Present Technology (510/610/810/910)

Sensor
Tap Connection

Rating
Plug Rating

60 Hz
Catalog Number 5

60 Hz
Style Number 5

Sensor
Tap Connection

Rating
Plug Rating

50/60 Hz
Catalog Number 6

50/60 Hz
Style Number 6

200

100

PD6D02A010

2613D10G01

200

100

RP6D02A010

3D86734G01

200

200

PD6D02A020

2613D10G02

200

200

RP6D02A020

3D86734G02

300

200

PD6D03A020

2613D10G03

300

200

RP6D03A020

3D86734G03

300

250

PD6D03A025

2613D10G04

300

250

RP6D03A025

3D86734G04

300

300

PD6D03A030

2613D10G05

300

300

RP6D03A030

3D86734G05

400

200

PD6D04A020

2613D10G06

400

200

RP6D04A020

3D86734G06

400

250

PD6D04A025

2613D10G07

400

250

RP6D04A025

3D86734G07

400

300

PD6D04A030

2613D10G08

400

300

RP6D04A030

3D86734G08

400

400

PD6D04A040

2613D10G09

400

400

RP6D04A040

3D86734G09

600

300

PD6D06A030

2613D10G10

600

400

RP6D06A030

3D86734G10

600

400

PD6D06A040

2613D10G11

600

400

RP6D06A040

3D86734G11

600

600

PD6D06A060

2613D10G12

600

600

RP6D06A060

3D86734G12

800

400

PD6D08A040

2613D10G13

800

400

RP6D08A040

3D86734G13

800

600

PD6D08A060

2613D10G14

800

600

RP6D08A060

3D86734G14

800

800

PD6D08A080

2613D10G15

800

800

RP6D08A080

3D86734G15

1200

600

PD6D12A060

2613D10G16

1200

600

RP6D12A060

3D86734G16

1200

800

PD6D12A080

2613D10G17

1200

800

RP6D12A080

3D86734G17

1200

1000

PD6D12A100

2613D10G18

1200

1000

RP6D12A100

3D86734G18

1200

1200

PD6D12A120

2613D10G19

1200

1200

RP6D12A120

3D86734G19

1600

800

PD6D16A080

2613D10G20

1600

800

RP6D16A080

3D86734G20

1600

1000

PD6D16A100

2613D10G21

1600

1000

RP6D16A100

3D86734G21

1600

1200

PD6D16A120

2613D10G22

1600

1200

RP6D16A120

3D86734G22

1600

1600

PD6D16A160

2613D10G23

1600

1600

RP6D16A160

3D86734G23

2000

1000

PD6D20A100

2613D10G24

2000

1000

RP6D20A100

3D86734G24

2000

1200

PD6D20A120

2613D10G25

2000

1200

RP6D20A120

3D86734G25

2000

1600

PD6D20A160

2613D10G26

2000

1600

RP6D20A160

3D86734G26

2000

2000

PD6D20A200

2613D10G27

2000

2000

RP6D20A200

3D86734G27

2400

1600

PD6D24A160

2613D10G28

2400

1600

RP6D24A160

3D86734G28

2400

2000

PD6D24A200

2613D10G29

2400

2000

RP6D24A200

3D86734G29

2400

2400

PD6D24A240

2613D10G30

2400

2400

RP6D24A240

3D86734G30

3200

1600

PD6D32A160

2613D10G31

3200

1600

RP6D32A160

3D86734G31

3200

2000

PD6D32A200

2613D10G32

3200

2000

RP6D32A200

3D86734G32

3200

2400

PD6D32A240

2613D10G33

3200

2400

RP6D32A240

3D86734G33

3200

3200

PD6D32A320

2613D10G34

3200

3200

RP6D32A320

3D86734G34

4000

2000

PD6D40A200

2613D10G35

4000

2000

RP6D40A200

3D86734G35

4000

2400

PD6D40A240

2613D10G36

4000

2400

RP6D40A240

3D86734G36

4000

3200

PD6D40A320

2613D10G37

4000

3200

RP6D40A320

3D86734G37

4000

4000

PD6D40A400

2613D10G38

4000

4000

RP6D40A400

3D86734G38

Notes
1 Choose the rating plug to match the sensor tap selected and the continuous current rating.
2 When ordering as part of a retrofit kit, refer to Pages V12-T17-28 through V12-T17-51.
3 At the time of this publication, the standard trip units for low voltage Digitrip retrofit kits are the RMS 510/610/810/910. From 1989 to 1996, the standard trip units were the RMS 500/600/700/800.
These trip units are no longer in production. Replacement orders for the 500/600/700/800 trip units will be filled by the equivalent 510/610/810/910 trip units. Remember, when replacing a
500/600/700/800 unit with a 510/610/810/910, the rating plug must also be replaced.
4 Rating plugs for the 500/600/700/800 trip units will still be available. These rating plugs are not interchangeable with the 510/610/810/910 trip units. Likewise, rating plugs for the
510/610/810/910 are not interchangeable with the 500/600/700/800 trip units.
5 50 Hz rating plugs are available. Contact your local Eaton Field Sales office for details.
6 Rating plugs may be ordered separately by above style number or as part of a complete retrofit kit.

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T17-25

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

17
1

Switchgear
Replacement Digitrip RMS Rating Plugs for DS Breakers

Rating Plugs for SPB Breakers 1234
Past Technology (500/600/700/800)

Present Technology (510/610/810/910)

Sensor
Tap Connection

Rating
Plug Rating

60 Hz
Catalog Number 5

60 Hz
Style Number 5

Sensor
Tap Connection

Rating
Plug Rating

50/60 Hz
Catalog Number 6

50/60 Hz
Style Number 6

400

200

PD6S04A020

2613D09G01

400

200

RP6S04A020

3D86737G01

3

400

250

PD6S04A025

2613D09G02

400

250

RP6S04A025

3D86737G02

400

300

PD6S04A030

2613D09G03

400

300

RP6S04A030

3D86737G03

4

400

400

PD6S04A040

2613D09G04

400

400

RP6S04A040

3D86737G04

800

400

PD6S08A040

2613D09G05

800

400

RP6S08A040

3D86737G05

5

800

600

PD6S08A060

2613D09G07

800

600

RP6S08A060

3D86737G07

800

800

PD6S08A080

2613D09G08

800

800

RP6S08A080

3D86737G08

1200

600

PD6S12A060

2613D09G09

1200

600

RP6S12A060

3D86737G09

1200

800

PD6S12A080

2613D09G10

1200

800

RP6S12A080

3D86737G10

1200

1000

PD6S12A100

2613D09G11

1200

1000

RP6S12A100

3D86737G11

1200

1200

PD6S12A120

2613D09G12

1200

1200

RP6S12A120

3D86737G12

1600

800

PD6S16A080

2613D09G13

1600

800

RP6S16A080

3D86737G13

1600

1000

PD6S16A100

2613D09G14

1600

1000

RP6S16A100

3D86737G14

1600

1200

PD6S16A120

2613D09G15

1600

1200

RP6S16A120

3D86737G15

9

1600

1600

PD6S16A160

2613D09G16

1600

1600

RP6S16A160

3D86737G16

2000C

1000

PD6S21A100

2613D09G17

2000C

1000

RP6S21A100

3D86737G17

10

2000C

1200

PD6S21A120

2613D09G18

2000C

1200

RP6S21A120

3D86737G18

2000C

1600

PD6S21A160

2613D09G19

2000C

1600

RP6S21A160

3D86737G19

11

2000C

2000

PD6S21A200

2613D09G20

2000C

2000

RP6S21A200

3D86737G20

2000

1600

PD6S20A160

2613D09G21

2000

1600

RP6S20A160

3D86737G21

2000

2000

PD6S20A200

2613D09G22

2000

2000

RP6S20A200

3D86737G22

2500

1600

PD6S25A160

2613D09G23

2500

1600

RP6S25A160

3D86737G23

2500

2000

PD6S25A200

2613D09G24

2500

2000

RP6S25A200

3D86737G24

13

2500

2500

PD6S25A250

2613D09G25

2500

2500

RP6S25A250

3D86737G25

3000

1600

PD6S30A160

2613D09G26

3000

1600

RP6S30A160

3D86737G26

14

3000

2000

PD6S30A200

2613D09G27

3000

2000

RP6S30A200

3D86737G27

3000

2500

PD6S30A250

2613D09G28

3000

2500

RP6S30A250

3D86737G28

15

3000

3000

PD6S30A300

2613D09G29

3000

3000

RP6S30A300

3D86737G29

4000

2000

PD6S40A200

2613D09G30

4000

2000

RP6S40A200

3D86737G30

16

4000

2500

PD6S40A250

2613D09G31

4000

2500

RP6S40A250

3D86737G31

4000

3000

PD6S40A300

2613D09G32

4000

3000

RP6S40A300

3D86737G32

17

4000

3200

PD6S40A320

2613D09G33

4000

3200

RP6S40A320

3D86737G33

4000

4000

PD6S40A400

2613D09G34

4000

4000

RP6S40A400

3D86737G34

4000

2000

PD6S40A200

2613D09G30

4000

2000

RP6S40A200

3D86737G30

4000

2500

PD6S40A250

2613D09G31

4000

2500

RP6S40A250

3D86737G31

4000

3000

PD6S40A300

2613D09G32

4000

3000

RP6S40A300

3D86737G32

19

4000

3200

PD6S40A320

2613D09G33

4000

3200

RP6S40A320

3D86737G33

4000

4000

PD6S40A400

2613D09G34

4000

4000

RP6S40A400

3D86737G34

20

5000

3000

PD6S50A300

2613D09G35

5000

3000

RP6S50A300

3D86737G35

5000

3200

PD6S50A320

2613D09G36

5000

3200

RP6S50A320

3D86737G36

21

5000

4000

PD6S50A400

2613D09G37

5000

4000

RP6S50A400

3D86737G37

5000

5000

PD6S50A500

2613D09G38

5000

5000

RP6S50A500

3D86737G38

22

Notes
1 Choose the rating plug to match the sensor tap selected and the continuous current rating.
2 When ordering as part of a retrofit kit, refer to Pages V12-T17-28 through V12-T17-51.
3 At the time of this publication, the standard trip units for low voltage Digitrip retrofit kits are the RMS 510/610/810/910. From 1989 to 1996, the standard trip units were the RMS 500/600/700/800.
These trip units are no longer in production. Replacement orders for the 500/600/700/800 trip units will be filled by the equivalent 510/610/810/910 trip units. Remember, when replacing a
500/600/700/800 unit with a 510/610/810/910, the rating plug must also be replaced.
4 Rating plugs for the 500/600/700/800 trip units will still be available. These rating plugs are not interchangeable with the 510/610/810/910 trip units. Likewise, rating plugs for the
510/610/810/910 are not interchangeable with the 500/600/700/800 trip units.
5 50 Hz rating plugs are available. Contact your local Eaton Field Sales office for details.
6 Rating plugs may be ordered separately by above style number or as part of a complete retrofit kit.

2

6
7
8

12

18

23
24
25

V12-T17-26

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Switchgear
Replacement Digitrip RMS Rating Plugs for DS Breakers

17

Rating Plugs for All Other Breakers 1234
Past Technology (500/600/700/800)

1

Present Technology (510/610/810/910)

Sensor
Tap Connection

Rating
Plug Rating

60 Hz
Catalog Number 5

60 Hz
Style Number 5

Sensor
Tap Connection

Rating
Plug Rating

50/60 Hz
Catalog Number 6

50/60 Hz
Style Number 6

200

100

PR6A02A010

3D86709G01

200

100

RP6A02A010

3D86766G01

200

200

PR6A02A020

3D86709G02

200

200

RP6A02A020

3D86766G02

250

250

PR6A02A025

3D86709G11

250

250

RP6A02A025

3D86766G11

300

200

PR6A03A020

3D86709G36

300

200

RP6A03A020

3D86766G36

300

250

PR6A03A025

3D86709G12

300

250

RP6A03A025

3D86766G12

300

300

PR6A03A030

3D86709G37

300

300

RP6A03A030

3D86766G37

400

200

PR6A04A020

3D86709G13

400

200

RP6A04A020

3D86766G13

400

250

PR6A04A025

3D86709G14

400

250

RP6A04A025

3D86766G14

400

300

PR6A04A030

3D86709G15

400

300

RP6A04A030

3D86766G15

400

400

PR6A04A040

3D86709G03

400

400

RP6A04A040

3D86766G03

600

300

PR6A06A030

3D86709G16

600

300

RP6A06A030

3D86766G16

600

400

PR6A06A040

3D86709G17

600

400

RP6A06A040

3D86766G17

600

600

PR6A06A060

3D86709G04

600

600

RP6A06A060

3D86766G04

800

400

PR6A08A040

3D86709G18

800

400

RP6A08A040

3D86766G18

800

600

PR6A08A060

3D86709G19

800

600

RP6A08A060

3D86766G19

800

800

PR6A08A080

3D86709G05

800

800

RP6A08A080

3D86766G05

1200

600

PR6A12A060

3D86709G20

1200

600

RP6A12A060

3D86766G20

1200

800

PR6A12A080

3D86709G21

1200

800

RP6A12A080

3D86766G21

1200

1000

PR6A12A100

3D86709G22

1200

1000

RP6A12A100

3D86766G22

1200

1200

PR6A12A120

3D86709G10

1200

1200

RP6A12A120

3D86766G10

1600

800

PR6A16A080

3D86709G23

1600

800

RP6A16A080

3D86766G23

1600

1000

PR6A16A100

3D86709G24

1600

1000

RP6A16A100

3D86766G24

1600

1200

PR6A16A120

3D86709G25

1600

1200

RP6A16A120

3D86766G25

1600

1600

PR6A16A160

3D86709G06

1600

1600

RP6A16A160

3D86766G06

2000

1000

PR6A20A100

3D86709G26

2000

1000

RP6A20A100

3D86766G26

2000

1200

PR6A20A120

3D86709G27

2000

1200

RP6A20A120

3D86766G27

2000

1600

PR6A20A160

3D86709G28

2000

1600

RP6A20A160

3D86766G28

2000

2000

PR6A20A200

3D86709G07

2000

2000

RP6A20A200

3D86766G07

3000

1600

PR6A30A160

3D86709G29

3000

1600

RP6A30A160

3D86766G29

3000

2000

PR6A30A200

3D86709G30

3000

2000

RP6A30A200

3D86766G30

3000

2500

PR6A30A250

3D86709G31

3000

2500

RP6A30A250

3D86766G31

3000

3000

PR6A30A300

3D86709G08

3000

3000

RP6A30A300

3D86766G08

3200

1600

PR6A32A160

3D86709G39

3200

1600

RP6A32A160

3D86766G39

3200

2000

PR6A32A200

3D86709G40

3200

2000

RP6A32A200

3D86766G40

3200

2400

PR6A32A240

3D86709G41

3200

2400

RP6A32A240

3D86766G41

3200

3200

PR6A32A320

3D86709G42

3200

3200

RP6A32A320

3D86766G42

4000

2000

PR6A40A200

3D86709G32

4000

2000

RP6A40A200

3D86766G32

4000

2500

PR6A40A250

3D86709G33

4000

2500

RP6A40A250

3D86766G33

4000

3000

PR6A40A300

3D86709G34

4000

3000

RP6A40A300

3D86766G34

4000

3200

PR6A40A320

3D86709G35

4000

3200

RP6A40A320

3D86766G35

4000

4000

PR6A40A400

3D86709G09

4000

4000

RP6A40A400

3D86766G09

Notes
1 Choose the rating plug to match the sensor tap selected and the continuous current rating.
2 When ordering as part of a retrofit kit, refer to Pages V12-T17-28 through V12-T17-51.
3 At the time of this publication, the standard trip units for low voltage Digitrip retrofit kits are the RMS 510/610/810/910. From 1989 to 1996, the standard trip units were the RMS 500/600/700/800.
These trip units are no longer in production. Replacement orders for the 500/600/700/800 trip units will be filled by the equivalent 510/610/810/910 trip units. Remember, when replacing a
500/600/700/800 unit with a 510/610/810/910, the rating plug must also be replaced.
4 Rating plugs for the 500/600/700/800 trip units will still be available. These rating plugs are not interchangeable with the 510/610/810/910 trip units. Likewise, rating plugs for the
510/610/810/910 are not interchangeable with the 500/600/700/800 trip units.
5 50 Hz rating plugs are available. Contact your local Eaton Field Sales office for details.
6 Rating plugs may be ordered separately by above style number or as part of a complete retrofit kit.
Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T17-27

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

17
1
2
3

How to Select a Retrofit Kit
To properly select a retrofit
kit, the following information
is required:
●

5
6
●
●
●

8
9
10
11

●

●

●

12
13
14

17

●

●

●

18
19
20

Breaker nameplate
information
●
Manufacturer
●
Breaker type
●
Ampere frame size
●
Manually or electrically
operated
Drawout or fixed mounting
Fused or non-fused
Digitrip trip unit type
required
●
510, 610, 810, 910
Protective functions
required
●
LI, LSI, LS, LIG, LSG,
LSIG
Continuous current rating
required (trip rating of
breaker)
Three- or four-wire system
(determines number of
sensors required)

To properly select options, the
following questions need to
be answered:

15
16

Trip Unit Retrofit Kits—Customer Required Information

Customer Required
Information

4

7

Switchgear

●

Will customer supply
120 Vac control power
or is breaker-mounted
CPT needed?
●
Applies only to Digitrip
610, 810 and 910
Are zone interlocks
required?
Does the application
require relay outputs from
the Digitrip 610, 810 or 910
for remote indication?
Does the breaker have an
existing amptector or
Digitrip trip unit installed?
If so, what is it?

How to Generate a
Catalog Number
Refer to Pages V12-T17-30
to V12-T17-51 to view
the retrofit kit catalog
numbers for specific breaker
manufacturers and frames.
When used in conjunction
with the information obtained
from this page, these pages
contain all the information
necessary to generate
a catalog number.

How to Price a Kit
To correctly price a Low
voltage Digitrip retrofit kit,
refer to the Retrofit Kit
Product Guide. This product
guide includes base prices,
adders and options for all low
voltage Digitrip retrofit kits.
For a copy of the Retrofit Kit
Product Guide, contact your
local Eaton Field Sales
office or the Digitrip
Retrofit Kit Service Center
at 1-800-937-5487.

Accessories
Description

Catalog
Number

Auxiliary power module

PRTAAPM

Style
Number
1267C16G01

Amptector and Digitrip test set (tests for both)

8779C02G02

Amptector adapter harness

6503C53G01

Amptector two-piece adapter harness (test set half)

6503C54G01

Amptector two-piece adapter harness (breaker half)

6503C55G01

External harness (zone interlock shorting plug non-DS)

6502C83G01

Simplified cell harness 1 ft

6506C34G01

Simplified cell harness 6 ft

6506C34G02

Simplified cell harness 4 ft

6506C34G03

Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System (ARMS)
Non-DS

9A10160G01

DS with new Digitrip kit

9A10160G02

DS for existing Digitrip system

9A10160G03

Notes
At the time of this publication, the standard trip units for low voltage Digitrip retrofit kits are the RMS 510/610/810/910. From 1989 to 1996, the
standard trip units were the RMS 500/600/700/800. These trip units are no longer in production. Replacement orders for the 500/600/700/
800 trip units will be filled by the equivalent 510/610/810/910 trip units. Remember, when replacing a 500/600/700/800 unit with a 510/610/810/
910, the rating plug must also be replaced.
Rating plugs for the 500/600/700/800 trip units will still be available. These rating plugs are not interchangeable with the 510/610/810/
910 trip units. Likewise, rating plugs for the 510/610/810/910 are not interchangeable with the 500/600/700/800 trip units .

21
22
23
24
25
V12-T17-28

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Switchgear
Westinghouse DA and DK Breakers—Trip Unit Retrofit Kits

Digitrip RMS Trip
Unit Retrofit Kits for
Westinghouse DA
and DK Breakers
Replacement and
Upgrade Capabilities
Replacement and upgrade
capabilities include
replacement Digitrip trip units
and rating plugs, Digitrip trip
unit upgrades, Digitrip RMS
trip unit retrofit kits and
upgrade retrofit kits. For
definitions of these solutions
see Page V12-T17-19.
For Digitrip RMS trip unit retrofit
kits and upgrade retrofit kits,
create the Digitrip RMS retrofit
kit catalog number to match
the Westinghouse DA or DK
breaker type, retrofit kit type,
protection function, rating plug
type, current sensor type, CPT,
and type of kit required for
application. See the example
provided on Page V12-T17-30.

Application Notes for DA and
DK Power Circuit Breakers
1. Retrofit kits are for
use on 50 and 60 Hz
distribution systems.
2. All retrofit kits are
designed for drawout
power circuit breakers
only. Refer all fixedmounted breaker
applications to the
Digitrip retrofit kit
Technical Service Center
at 1-800-937-5487.
3. The breaker compartment
doors on the switchgear
assembly must be free
of panel-mounted
instruments and devices
(i.e., ammeters, switches,
etc.) or the retrofitted
breaker may interfere with
these devices when the
compartment door
is closed.

4. When the ground fault
(G) option is selected,
please observe the
following:
a. For three-phase,
three-wire solidly
grounded systems,
choose quantity three
current sensors in
the catalog number
development.
b. For three-phase, fourwire solidly grounded
systems, choose
quantity four current
sensors in the catalog
number development.
Three sensors are
mounted on the
breaker and one
sensor is mounted on
the switchgear neutral.
Hardware to mount
the current sensor on
the switchgear neutral
and provisions to wire
it into the trip unit
circuit (including a
required pair of breaker
secondary disconnecting contacts) are not
included in the kit.

17

5. RMS 510 Zone, 610,
810 and 910 retrofit kits
include a cell terminal
block assembly that must
be installed in the
switchgear assembly.
Internal switchgear
wiring to accommodate
the customer application
schemes must be added
in the field.

1

6. RMS 610, 810 and 910
retrofit kits require a
customer supplied
120 Vac source
connected to the cell
terminal block assembly
to power the Digitrip
RMS digital displays
and communications
functions (as applicable).

5

2
3
4
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T17-29

17
1

Switchgear
Westinghouse DA and DK Breakers—Trip Unit Retrofit Kits

Digitrip RMS Retrofit Kits for Westinghouse DA and DK Breakers Catalog Numbering System

DT8 8 6 6 88 4 8 – T C S U

2
3
4
5

5
Z
6
8
9

Trip Unit Type 1
= 510 basic
= 510 zone int.
= 610
= 810
= 910

6

Protection
1 = LI
2 = LSI
3 = LS
4 = LIG
5 = LSG
6 = LSIG

7
8

N = No rating plug
6 = 50/60 Hz Plug

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

RP
Cat.
Code
21
22
32
3Q
33
42
4Q
43
44
63
64
66
84
86
88
C8
CA
CT
CC
HC
HD
HP
HH

No Rating Plug
Current Rating
Tap
Plug
200
100
200
200
300
200
300
250
300
300
400
200
400
250
400
300
400
400
600
300
600
400
600
600
800
400
800
600
800
800
1600
800
1600
1000
1600
1200
1600
1600
3000
1600
3000
2000
3000
2500
3000
3000

N = Standard kit
U = Upgrade kit from Digitrip 500/510

T = Digitrip 510, 610, 810, 910

N = Standard kit
S = Simplified cell harness
R = Cell harness removed

N = No sensors
3 = Three sensors
4 = Four sensors

N = No CPT supplied
C = Breaker-mounted CPT

Code

Breaker Frame Description
ALL FRAMES

DK2
DE6

DT8
DW8
DTC
DWC
DEH

DK-15 2
DK-25

DA-50-800 manual
“Tulip” clusters
“Spring wrapped” finger cluster
DA-50-1600 manual
“Tulip” finger cluster
“Spring wrapped” finger cluster
DA-75 electric and manual

Sensor
Code
S
2
6
4
2
8

Current Rating of
Sensor and Available Taps
NO SENSORS PROVIDED
200
600
400
200
800, 400

C
8

1600, 800
800, 400

H

3000

Notes
1 At the time of this publication, the standard trip units for low voltage Digitrip retrofit kits are the RMS 510/610/810/910.
2 Maximum ampere rating is 200A.

Example shown is a Digitrip
retrofit kit for a DA-50-800
manual, with an RMS 810
trip unit, with LSIG protection,
with a 60 Hz plug, rated at
800A for a sensor tap of
800A, four sensors (for a
four-wire ground system)
that have a sensor tap of
800A, there is a breakermounted CPT with the kit,
the cell wiring is simplified
(only 6 wires vs. 16), and
the breaker was previously
retrofitted with a Digitrip 500/
510, so this is an upgrade kit.

This information is subject to
change. Updated pricing and
availability information is
included in the Retrofit Kit
Product Guide. For a copy
of the Retrofit Kit Product
Guide, contact your local
Eaton Field Sales office or the
Digitrip Retrofit Kit Service
Center at 1-800-937-5487.

21
22
23
24
25
V12-T17-30

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Switchgear
Westinghouse DB Breakers—Trip Unit Retrofit Kits

Digitrip RMS Retrofit
Kits for Westinghouse
DB Breakers

Chronology
Digitrip RMS retrofit kits and
replacement trip units for
DB breakers became
available around 1989. The
Digitrip RMS 510 model is
the modern day replacement
for the Amptector and RK
trip systems.

4. Type DB-15 and DBL
breaker components
may have a metal baffle
on the inside of the
compartment door.
If so, the baffle will
have to be removed
to accommodate the
retrofitted DB breaker.

Replacement and
Upgrade Capabilities

5. Contact your local Eaton
office if the existing
DB breaker has both an
undervoltage trip device
(UVTA) and a shunt trip.

Replacement and upgrade
capabilities include replacement Digitrip trip units and
rating plugs, Digitrip trip unit
upgrades, Digitrip RMS trip
unit retrofit kits and upgrade
retrofit kits. For definitions
of these solutions, see
Page V12-T17-19.
DB-25 Breaker Retrofitted with
Digitrip RMS 810 Retrofit Kit

Typical Digitrip RMS 810 Retrofit Kit
for a DB-25 Power Circuit Breaker

Product Description
Digitrip RMS retrofit kits for
Westinghouse DB and DBL
power circuit breakers were
first introduced in 1989. For
a complete description of the
Digitrip RMS trip system and
the features of models RMS
510, 610, 810 and 910, see
Page V12-T17-20.
Ratings
Digitrip RMS retrofit kits
are applied on DB breakers
with frame ratings from 225A
(DB-15) to 4000A (DB-100)
as identified below. The
rating plug and the current
sensor rating act in concert
to provide for a wide
spectrum of overload and
short-circuit settings.

For Digitrip RMS trip unit
retrofit kits and upgrade
retrofit kits, create the
Digitrip RMS retrofit kit
catalog number to match the
Westinghouse DB breaker
type, retrofit kit type,
protection function, rating
plug type, current sensor
type, CPT and type of kit
required for application. See
the example provided on
Page V12-T17-32.
Application Notes for
Westinghouse DB and DBL
Power Circuit Breakers
1. Retrofit kits are for
use on 50 and 60 Hz
distribution systems.
2. All retrofit kits are
designed for drawout
power circuit breakers
only. Refer all fixedmounted breaker
applications to the Digitrip
Retrofit Kit Service Center
at 1-800-937-5487.

6. When the ground fault
(G) option is selected,
please observe the
following:
a. For three-phase, threewire solidly grounded
systems, choose
quantity three current
sensors in the catalog
number development.
b. For three-phase, fourwire solidly grounded
systems, choose a
quantity of four current
sensors in the catalog
number development.
Three sensors are
mounted on the
breaker and one
sensor is mounted on
the switchgear neutral.
Hardware to mount
the current sensor on
the switchgear neutral
and provisions to wire
it into the trip unit
circuit (including a
required pair of
breaker secondary
disconnecting
contacts) are not
included in the kit.

17

7. RMS 510 Zone, 610, 810
and 910 retrofit kits
include a cell terminal
block assembly that must
be installed in the
switchgear assembly.
Internal switchgear
wiring to accommodate
the customer application
schemes must be added
in the field.

1

8. RMS 610, 810 and 910
retrofit kits require a
customer supplied
120 Vac source
connected to the cell
terminal block assembly
to power the Digitrip
RMS digital displays
and communications
functions (as applicable).

5

9. If the existing DB breaker
has been retrofitted
with an Amptector trip
system, and a Digitrip
RMS retrofit is desired,
contact the Digitrip
Retrofit Kit Service
Center at 1-800-937-5487
for details.

9

2
3
4
6
7
8
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19

3. The breaker compartment
doors on the switchgear
assembly must be
free of panel-mounted
instruments and devices
(i.e., ammeters, switches,
etc.) or the retrofitted
breaker may interfere
with these devices
when the compartment
door is closed.

20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T17-31

17
1

Switchgear
Westinghouse DB Breakers—Trip Unit Retrofit Kits

Digitrip RMS Retrofit Kits for Westinghouse DB Breakers Catalog Numbering System

DB6 8 6 6 4Q 4 4 – T C S U

2
3
4
5

Trip Unit Type 1
5 = 510 basic
Z = 510 zone int.
6 = 610
8 = 810
9 = 910

6

Protection
1 = LI
2 = LSI
3 = LS
4 = LIG
5 = LSG
6 = LSIG

7
8

N = No rating plug
6 = 50/60 Hz plug

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23

RP
Cat.
Code
21
22
32
3Q
33
42
4Q
43
44
63
64
66
84
86
88
T6
T8
TA
TT
C8
CA
CT
CC
DA
DT
DC
DD
HC
HD
HP
HH
KD
KP
KH
KJ
KK

No Rating Plug
Current Rating
Tap
Plug
200
100
200
200
300
200
300
250
300
300
400
200
400
250
400
300
400
400
600
300
600
400
600
600
800
400
800
600
800
800
1200
600
1200
800
1200
1000
1200
1200
1600
800
1600
1000
1600
1200
1600
1600
2000
1000
2000
1200
2000
1600
2000
2000
3000
1600
3000
2000
3000
2500
3000
3000
4000
2000
4000
2500
4000
3000
4000
3200
4000
4000

T = Digitrip 510, 610, 810, 910

N = Standard kit
U = Upgrade kit from Digitrip 500/510
N = Standard kit
S = Simplified cell harness
R = Cell harness removed

N= No sensors
3 = Three sensors
4 = Four sensors

N = No CPT supplied
C = Breaker-mounted CPT

Code

Breaker Frame Description
ALL FRAMES

DB2
DB6
DBC

DB-15 2
DB-25, DBL-25
DB-50, DBL-50

DBH
DBK
WU2
WU6
WUC

DB-75
DB-100
DB-15 upgrade from Amptector
DB-25, DBL-25 upgrade from Amptector
DB-50, DBL-50 upgrade from Amptector

WUH
WUK

DB-75 upgrade from Amptector
DB-100 upgrade from Amptector

Sensor
Code
S
2
6
C
2
H
K
2
6
C
2
H
K

Current Rating of
Sensor and Available Taps
NO SENSORS PROVIDED
200
600, 400, 300, 200
1600, 1200, 800, 600, 400
200
3000, 2000
4000
200
600, 400, 300, 200
1600, 1200, 800, 600, 400
200
3000, 2000
4000

Notes
1 At the time of this publication, the standard trip units for low voltage Digitrip retrofit kits are the RMS 510/610/810/910.
2 Maximum ampere rating is 200A.

Sample shown is a Digitrip
retrofit kit for a DB-25, with
an RMS 810 trip unit, with
LSIG protection, with a 60 Hz
Plug, rated at 250A for a
sensor tap of 400A, four
sensors (for a four-wire
ground system) that have
sensor taps of 600, 400, 300
and 200A, there is a breakermounted CPT with the kit,
the cell wiring is simplified
(only 6 wires vs. 16), and
the breaker was previously
retrofitted with a Digitrip 500/
510, so this is an upgrade kit.

This information is subject to
change. Updated pricing and
availability information is
included in the Retrofit Kit
Product Guide. For a copy
of the Retrofit Kit Product
Guide, contact your local
Eaton Field Sales office or the
Digitrip Retrofit Kit Service
Center at 1-800-937-5487.

24
25
V12-T17-32

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Switchgear
Westinghouse DS Breakers—Trip Unit Retrofit Kits

Digitrip RMS Retrofit Kits
for Westinghouse DS
Breakers

Chronology
Digitrip RMS retrofit kits and
replacement trip units for DS
breakers became available
around 1987. The Digitrip
RMS 510 model is the
modern day replacement for
the Amptector trip systems.

Replacement and
Upgrade Capabilities

DS Breaker Retrofitted with
Digitrip RMS 810 Retrofit Kit

Typical Digitrip RMS 810 Retrofit Kit
for a DS Power Circuit Breaker

Product Description
Digitrip RMS retrofit kits for
Westinghouse DS and DSL
power circuit breakers were
first introduced in 1987. For
a complete description of the
Digitrip RMS Trip System and
the features of models RMS
510, 610, 810 and 910, see
Page V12-T17-20.
Ratings
Digitrip RMS retrofit kits are
applied on DS breakers with
frame ratings from 800A
(DS-206) to 4000A (DS-840)
as identified below. The
rating plug and the current
sensor rating act in concert
to provide for a wide
spectrum of overload and
short-circuit settings.

Replacement and upgrade
capabilities include
replacement Digitrip trip units
and rating plugs, Digitrip trip
unit upgrades, Digitrip RMS
trip unit retrofit kits and
upgrade retrofit kits. For
definitions of these solutions,
see Page V12-T17-19.
For Digitrip RMS trip unit
retrofit kits and upgrade
retrofit kits, create the
Digitrip RMS retrofit kit catalog
number to match the CutlerHammer or Westinghouse
DS breaker type, retrofit kit
type, protection function,
rating plug type, current
sensor type, CPT, and type
of kit required for application.
See the example provided
on Page V12-T17-34.
Application Notes for CutlerHammer or Westinghouse DS
and DSL Power Circuit Breakers
1. Retrofit kits are for
use on 50 and 60 Hz
distribution systems.
2. All retrofit kits are
designed for drawout
power circuit breakers
only. Refer all fixedmounted breaker
applications to the
Eaton Digitrip Retrofit
Kit Service Center
at 1-800-937-5487.

17

3. The breaker compartment
doors on the switchgear
assembly must be
free of panel-mounted
instruments and devices
(i.e., ammeters, switches,
etc.) or the retrofitted
breaker may interfere
with these devices
when the compartment
door is closed.

5. RMS 510, 610, 810 and
910 retrofit kits include
a cell terminal block
assembly that must
be installed in the
switchgear assembly.
Internal switchgear wiring
to accommodate the
customer application
schemes must be added
in the field.

1

4. When the ground fault
(G) option is selected,
please observe the
following:

6. RMS 610, 810 and 910
retrofit kits require a
customer supplied
120 Vac source
connected to the cell
terminal block assembly
to power the Digitrip
RMS digital displays and
communications
functions (as applicable).

5

a. For three-phase, threewire solidly grounded
systems, choose
quantity three current
sensors in the catalog
number development.
b. For three-phase, fourwire solidly grounded
systems, choose
quantity four current
sensors in the catalog
number development.
Three sensors are
mounted on the
breaker and one
sensor is mounted
on the switchgear
neutral. Hardware to
mount the current
sensor on the
switchgear neutral
and provisions to wire
it into the trip unit
circuit (including a
required pair of
breaker secondary
disconnecting
contacts) are not
included in the kit.

2
3
4
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T17-33

17
1

Switchgear
Westinghouse DS Breakers—Trip Unit Retrofit Kits

Digitrip RMS Retrofit Kits for Westinghouse DS Breakers Catalog Numbering System

DR6 8 6 6 4Q 4 4 – T N N N

2
3
4
5
6

Trip Unit Type 1
1 = OPTIM 1050
5 = 510 basic
Z = 510 zone int.
6 = 610
7 = OPTIM 750
8 = 810
9 = 910
Protection
1 = LI
2 = LSI
3 = LS
4 = LIG
5 = LSG
6 = LSIG
7 = LSIA

7
8
9

N = No rating plug
6 = 50/60 Hz plug

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17

20
21
22
23
24

21
22
32
3Q
33
42
4Q
43
44
63
64
66
84
86
88
T6
T8
TA
TT
C8
CA
CT
CC
DA
DT
DC
DD
FC
FD
FF
JC
JD
JF
JJ
KD
KP
KJ
KK

No Rating Plug
Current Rating
Tap
Plug
200
100
200
200
300
200
300
250
300
300
400
200
400
250
400
300
400
400
600
300
600
400
600
600
800
400
800
600
800
800
1200
600
1200
800
1200
1000
1200
1200
1600
800
1600
1000
1600
1200
1600
1600
2000
1000
2000
1200
2000
1600
2000
2000
2400
1600
2400
2000
2400
2400
3200
1600
3200
2000
3200
2400
3200
3200
4000
2000
4000
2500
4000
3200
4000
4000

P = OPTIM
T = Digitrip 510, 610, 810, 910

N = No sensors
3 = Three sensors
4 = Four sensors

N = Standard kit
U = Upgrade kit from factory
modular mounting 2
B = Upgrade kit from factory
box mounting 2
N = Standard kit
S = Simplified cell harness
R = Cell harness removed
N = No CPT supplied
C = Breaker-mounted CPT

Code

Breaker Frame Description

DR6

ALL FRAMES
DS(L)-206

DRC

DS(L)-416

DRD

DS-420

DRJ

DS-632

DRK

DS-840

(Must replace Amptector Sensors)

18
19

RP
Cat.
Code

Sensor
Code
S
8
6
4
3
2
C
T
8
6
4
3
2
D
C
T
8
6
4
3
2
J
F
K
J

Current Rating of
Sensor and Available Taps
NO SENSORS PROVIDED
800
600
400
300
200
1600
1200
800
600
400
300
200
2000
1600
1200
800
600
400
300
200
3200
2400
4000
3200

Notes
1 At the time of this publication, the standard trip units for low voltage Digitrip retrofit kits are the RMS 510/610/810/910.
2 If breaker has been previously retrofitted, call the Digitrip Retrofit Kit Service Center at 1-800-937-5487.

Sample shown is a Digitrip
retrofit kit for a DS-206, with
an RMS 810 trip unit, with
LSIG protection, with a 60 Hz
plug, rated at 250A for a
sensor tap of 400A, four
sensors (for a four-wire
ground system) that have a
sensor tap of 400A, and there
are no other features so this is
a standard original kit.

This information is subject to
change. Updated pricing and
availability information is
included in the Retrofit Kit
Product Guide. For a copy of
the Retrofit Kit Product
Guide, contact your local
Eaton Field Sales office or the
Digitrip Retrofit Kit Service
Center at 1-800-937-5487.

25
V12-T17-34

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Switchgear
Westinghouse SPB Breakers—Trip Unit Retrofit Kits

Digitrip RMS Retrofit
Kits for Westinghouse
SPB Breakers

Chronology
Digitrip RMS retrofit kits
for SPB breakers became
available around 1989. The
Digitrip RMS 510 model
is the only model that is
available. Retrofits are limited
to SPB breakers equipped
with a Pow-R Trip 7 or
Pow-R Digitrip (also known
as Digitrip 1) trip units.

Replacement and
Upgrade Capabilities

SPB-100 Series—3000A Frame
—Digitrip RMS

Rear View of Plug Adapter Box
and Digitrip RMS 510 (Typical Parts
of Retrofit Kit)

Product Description
Digitrip RMS retrofit kits for
Westinghouse SPB power
circuit breakers equipped
with Pow-R Trip 7 or
Pow-R Digitrip trip units
were first introduced in 1989.
Field retrofits are limited to
the RMS 510 model. For a
complete description of the
Digitrip RMS trip system,
see Page V12-T17-20.
Ratings
Digitrip RMS 510 retrofit kits
are applied on SPB breakers
with frame ratings from
400A (SPB-50) to 5000A
(SPB-150) as identified
on Page V12-T17-25. The
rating plug and the current
sensor rating act in concert
to provide for a wide
spectrum of overload and
short-circuit settings.

Replacement and upgrade
capabilities include
replacement Digitrip trip units
and rating plugs, Digitrip trip
unit upgrades, Digitrip RMS
trip unit retrofit kits and
upgrade retrofit kits. For
definitions of these solutions
see Page V12-T17-19.
For Digitrip RMS trip unit
retrofit kits and upgrade
retrofit kits, create the Digitrip
RMS retrofit kit catalog
number to match the CutlerHammer or Westinghouse
SPB breaker type, retrofit kit
type, protection function,
rating plug type, current
sensor type, CPT and type
of kit required for application.
See the example provided
on Page V12-T17-36.
Application Notes for CutlerHammer or Westinghouse
SPB Power Circuit Breakers
1. Retrofit kits are for
use on 50 and 60 Hz
distribution systems.
2. Only SPB breakers
equipped with a Pow-R
Trip 7 or Pow-R Digitrip
(also known as Digitrip 1)
trip units are retrofittable
at this time. Breakers
equipped with a Pow-R
trip cannot be retrofitted.

4. An automatic trip relay
(ATR) is a remote
mounted accessory
designed to provide
visual trip mode
indication, alarm and
lockout interlocking
circuitry following a
breaker automatic
tripping operation. SPB
breakers equipped with
Pow-R Trip 7 and this
ATR must purchase a
separate ATR adapter kit.
SPB adapter kit with
ground fault:
4A35718G02. SPB
adapter kit without
ground fault:
4A35718G01.
5. An SPB breaker with a
250A frame rating can
not be retrofitted.

17

8. For Digitrip RMS trip unit
replacements, see
Page V12-T17-21. For
Pow-R Trip 7 trip unit
replacements, see
Page V12-T17-36.
9. A factory retrofit is
possible for applications
requiring Digitrip RMS
610, 810 and 910.
Call factory for more
information at
1-800-222-9773.
10. SPB breakers retrofitted
with Digitrip RMS can be
tested with primary
injection testing and trip
unit self test. Secondary
injection testing is not
available.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

6. Ground fault protection
cannot be added to the
SPB breaker. The breaker
must be originally
equipped with ground
fault protection, for
ground fault protection to
be selected. Changing the
ground fault protection
from three-wire to fourwire is not permitted.
Interchanging between
Ll, LS, LSI, LIG, LSG or
LSIG is not permitted.

10
11
12
13
14
15

7. SPB breakers equipped
with zone interlocking for
short time and/or ground
fault time delays can
be retrofitted, provided
that the existing zone
interlock configuration
is not changed.

16
17
18
19
20

3. SPB breakers installed in
automatic transfer
switches and equipped
with a belI alarm contact
cannot be retrofitted at
this time.

21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T17-35

17
1

Switchgear
Westinghouse SPB Breakers—Trip Unit Retrofit Kits

Digitrip RMS Retrofit Kits for Westinghouse SPB Breakers Catalog Numbering System

W58 5 6 6 88 N S – T N N N

2
3
Trip Unit Type 1

4

5 = 510 Basic 2

5

Protection
1 = LI
2 = LSI
3 = LS
4 = LIG 3
5 = LSG 3
6 = LSIG 3

6
7

N = No rating plug
6 = 50/60 Hz plug

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

RP
Cat.
Code
21
22
32
3Q
33
42
4Q
43
44
63
64
66
84
86
88
T6
T8
TA
TT
C8
CA
CT
CC
DA
DT
DC
DD
EA
ET
EC
EE
PC
PD
PP
HC
HD
HP
HH
KD
KP
KH
KJ
KK
LH
LJ
LK
LL

No Rating Plug
Current Rating
Tap
Plug
200
100
200
200
300
200
300
250
300
300
400
200
400
250
400
300
400
400
600
300
600
400
600
600
800
400
800
600
800
800
1200
600
1200
800
1200
1000
1200
1200
1600
800
1600
1000
1600
1200
1600
1600
2000
1000
2000
1200
2000
1600
2000
2000
2000C
1000
2000C
1200
2000C
1600
2000C
2000
2500
1600
2500
2000
2500
2500
3000
1600
3000
2000
3000
2500
3000
3000
4000
2000
4000
2500
4000
3000
4000
3200
4000
4000
5000
3000
5000
3200
5000
4000
5000
5000

T = Digitrip 510

N = Standard kit
N = Standard kit

N = No sensors
N = Standard kit

Code
W34
W38
W4T
W4C
W4E
W54
W58
W5T
W5C
W5D
W5E
W5P
W5H
W5K
W5L
W64
W68
W6T
W6C
W6D
W6E
W6P
W6H
W6K
W6L

Breaker Frame
Description
SPB-50-400
SPB-50-800
SPB-65-1200
SPB-65-1600
SPB-65-2000 compact
SPB-100-400
SPB-100-800
SPB-100-1200
SPB-100-1600
SPB-100-2000
SPB-100-2000 compact
SPB-100-2500
SPB-100-3000
SPB-100-4000
SPB-100-5000
SPB-150-400
SPB-150-800
SPB-150-1200
SPB-150-1600
SPB-150-2000
SPB-150-2000 compact
SPB-150-2500
SPB-150-3000
SPB-150-4000
SPB-150-5000

Breaker Frame Rating
and Sensor Tap
400
800
1200
1600
2000C
400
800
1200
1600
2000
2000C
2500
3000
4000
5000
400
800
1200
1600
2000
2000C
2500
3000
4000
5000

Notes
1 At the time of this publication, the standard trip units for low voltage Digitrip retrofit kits are the RMS 510/610/810/910.
2 Digitrip 610, 810 and 910 are not available for SPB breaker retrofit kits. A factory upgrade program is available. Call factory for more information at 1-800-222-9773.
3 SPB breakers supplied from factory without ground fault (G) cannot be retrofitted in the field to include ground fault.

This information is subject to
change. Updated pricing and
availability information is
included in the Retrofit Kit
Product Guide. For a copy of
the Retrofit Kit Product Guide,
contact your local Eaton Field
Sales office or the Digitrip
Retrofit Kit Service Center
at 1-800-937-5487.

V12-T17-36

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Switchgear
General Electric AK Breakers—Trip Unit Retrofit Kits

Digitrip RMS Retrofit
Kits for Westinghouse
DB Breakers

Chronology
Digitrip RMS retrofit kits and
replacement trip units for DB
breakers became available
around 1989. The Digitrip
RMS 510 model is the
modern day replacement
for the Amptector and RK
trip systems.

Replacement and
Upgrade Capabilities

DB-25 Breaker Retrofitted with
Digitrip RMS 810 Retrofit Kit

Typical Digitrip RMS 810 Retrofit Kit
for a DB-25 Power Circuit Breaker

Product Description
Digitrip RMS retrofit kits for
Westinghouse DB and DBL
power circuit breakers were
first introduced in 1989. For a
complete description of the
Digitrip RMS trip system and
the features of models RMS
510, 610, 810 and 910, see
Page V12-T17-20.
Ratings
Digitrip RMS retrofit kits are
applied on DB breakers with
frame ratings from 225A
(DB-15) to 4000A (DB-100)
as identified below. The
rating plug and the current
sensor rating act in concert
to provide for a wide
spectrum of overload and
short-circuit settings.

Replacement and upgrade
capabilities include
replacement Digitrip trip units
and rating plugs, Digitrip trip
unit upgrades, Digitrip RMS
trip unit retrofit kits and
upgrade retrofit kits. For
definitions of these solutions,
see Page V12-T17-19.
For Digitrip RMS trip unit
retrofit kits and upgrade
retrofit kits, create the Digitrip
RMS retrofit kit catalog
number to match the
Westinghouse DB breaker
type, retrofit kit type,
protection function, rating
plug type, current sensor
type, CPT and type of kit
required for application. See
the example provided on
Page V12-T17-32.
Application Notes for
Westinghouse DB and DBL
Power Circuit Breakers
1. Retrofit kits are for
use on 50 and 60 Hz
distribution systems.
2. All retrofit kits are
designed for drawout
power circuit breakers
only. Refer all fixedmounted breaker
applications to the Digitrip
Retrofit Kit Service Center
at 1-800-937-5487.

17

3. The breaker compartment
doors on the switchgear
assembly must be
free of panel-mounted
instruments and devices
(i.e., ammeters, switches,
etc.) or the retrofitted
breaker may interfere
with these devices
when the compartment
door is closed.

7. RMS 510 zone, 610, 810
and 910 retrofit kits
include a cell terminal
block assembly that must
be installed in the
switchgear assembly.
Internal switchgear
wiring to accommodate
the customer application
schemes must be added
in the field.

1

4. Type DB-15 and DBL
breaker components
may have a metal baffle
on the inside of the
compartment door.
If so, the baffle will
have to be removed to
accommodate the
retrofitted DB breaker.

8. RMS 610, 810 and
910 retrofit kits require
a customer supplied
120 Vac source
connected to the cell
terminal block assembly
to power the Digitrip
RMS digital displays
and communications
functions (as applicable).

5

9. If the existing DB breaker
has been retrofitted
with an Amptector trip
system, and a Digitrip
RMS retrofit is desired,
contact the Digitrip
Retrofit Kit Service
Center at 1-800-937-5487
for details.

9

5. Contact your local Eaton
office if the existing
DB breaker has both an
undervoltage trip device
(UVTA) and a shunt trip.
6. When the ground fault
(G) option is selected,
please observe the
following:
a. For three-phase, threewire solidly grounded
systems, choose
quantity three current
sensors in the catalog
number development.
b. For three-phase, fourwire solidly grounded
systems, choose a
quantity of four current
sensors in the catalog
number development.
Three sensors are
mounted on the
breaker and one
sensor is mounted on
the switchgear neutral.
Hardware to mount
the current sensor on
the switchgear neutral
and provisions to
wire it into the trip
unit circuit (including
a required pair of
breaker secondary
disconnecting
contacts) are not
included in the kit.

2
3
4
6
7
8
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T17-37

17
1

Switchgear
General Electric AK Breakers—Trip Unit Retrofit Kits

Digitrip RMS Retrofit Kits for General Electric AK Breakers Catalog Numbering System

G36 8 6 6 4Q 4 6 – T C S U

2
3
4
5

5
Z
6
8
9

Trip Unit Type 1
= 510 basic
= 510 zone int.
= 610
= 810
= 910

6

Protection
1 = LI
2 = LSI
3 = LS
4 = LIG
5 = LSG
6 = LSIG

7
8

N = No rating plug
6 = 50/60 Hz plug

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

RP
Cat.
Code
21
22
32
3Q
33
42
4Q
43
44
63
64
66
84
86
88
C8
CA
CT
CC
DA
DT
DC
DD
HC
HD
HP
HH
KD
KP
KH
KJ
KK

No Rating Plug
Current Rating
Tap
Plug
200
100
200
200
300
200
300
250
300
300
400
200
400
250
400
300
400
400
600
300
600
400
600
600
800
400
800
600
800
800
1600
800
1600
1000
1600
1200
1600
1600
2000
1000
2000
1200
2000
1600
2000
2000
3000
1600
3000
2000
3000
2500
3000
3000
4000
2000
4000
2500
4000
3000
4000
3200
4000
4000

T = Digitrip 510, 610, 810, 910

N = No sensors
3 = Three sensors
4 = Four sensors

N = Standard kit
U = Upgrade kit from
Digitrip 500/510
N = Standard kit
S = Simplified cell harness
R = Cell harness removed
N = No CPT supplied
C = Breaker-mounted CPT

Code

Breaker Frame Description

G16
G2C

ALL FRAMES
AK-1-15 manual 2
AK-1-25
AK-1-50, AK-2/2A-50, AK-3/3A-50

GMC

AK-1-50 slow close no top frame

G2H
G2K
G22
G26
GTD
G36
GU6
GU7
GUC

AK-1-75, AK-2/2A-75, AK-3/3A-75
AK-1-100, AK-2/2A-100, AK-3/3A-100

GS8
GA8
GAC
GAD
GD8
GDC
GDD

AKR(U)-6D/7D-30S
AKR-4A/5A-30
AKR-4A/5A-50
AKRT-4A/5A-50
AKR-6D/7D-30
AKR-6D/7D-50
AKRT-6D/7D-50

G12

AK-2/2A-15 manually operated 2
AK-2/2A-25
AKT-2A-50
AK-3/3A-25
AKU-2/2A-25 3
AKU-3/3A-25 3
AKU-2A/3A-50 3

Sensor
Code
S
2

Current Rating of
Sensor and Available Taps
NO SENSORS PROVIDED
200

6
C
8
4
C
8
4
H
K
2
6
C
6
6
6
C
8
4
8
8
C
D
8
C
D

600, 400
1600, 800
800, 400
400, 200
1600, 800
800, 400
400, 200
3000, 2000
4000
200
600, 400, 300, 200
2000
600, 400, 300, 200
600, 400, 300, 200
600, 400, 300, 200
1600, 800
800, 400
400, 200
800, 400
800, 400
1600, 800/800, 400
2000
800, 400
1600, 800/800, 400
2000

Notes
1 At the time of this publication, the standard trip units for low voltage Digitrip retrofit kits are the RMS 510/610/810/910.
2 Maximum ampere rating is 200A.
3 Use GU6, GU7, GUC kits only for breakers with top-mounted fuses. For breakers with bottom-mounted fuses, use standard kit.

This information is subject to
change. Updated pricing and
availability information is
included in the Retrofit Kit
Product Guide. For a copy
of the Retrofit Kit Product
Guide, contact your local
Eaton Field Sales office or the
Digitrip Retrofit Kit Service
Center at 1-800-937-5487.

25
V12-T17-38

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Switchgear
General Electric AL-2-50-75 Breakers—Trip Unit Retrofit Kits

17

Digitrip RMS Retrofit Kits for General Electric AL-2-50-75 Breakers Catalog Numbering System

1

GQ6 8 6 6 4Q 4 6 – T C S U

Trip Unit Type 1
5 = 510 basic
Z = 510 zone int.
6 = 610
8 = 810
9 = 910
Protection
1 = LI
2 = LSI
3 = LS
4 = LIG
5 = LSG
6 = LSIG
N = No rating plug
6 = 50/60 Hz plug

RP
Cat.
Code
21
22
32
3Q
33
42
4Q
43
44
63
64
66
84
86
88
T6
T8
TA
TT
C8
CA
CT
CC
DA
DT
DC
DD

No Rating Plug
Current Rating
Tap
Plug
200
100
200
200
300
200
300
250
300
300
400
200
400
250
400
300
400
400
600
300
600
400
600
600
800
400
800
600
800
800
1200
600
1200
800
1200
1000
1200
1200
1600
800
1600
1000
1600
1200
1600
1600
2000
1000
2000
1200
2000
1600
2000
2000

T = Digitrip 510, 610, 810, 910

N = No sensors
3 = Three sensors
4 = Four sensors

2
3

N = Standard kit
U = Upgrade kit from
Digitrip 500/510

4
5

N = Standard kit
S = Simplified cell harness
R = Cell harness removed

6

N = No CPT supplied
C = Breaker-mounted CPT

Code

Breaker Frame Description

GQ6
GQ8

ALL FRAMES
AL-2-50-600 manually operated
AL-2-50-800 manually operated

GQT

AL-2-50-1200 manually operated

GQC

AL-2-50-1600 manually operated

GL6
GL8

AL-2-600 electrically operated
AL-2-800 electrically operated

GLT

AL-2-1200 electrically operated

GLC

AL-2-1600 electrically operated

GLD

AL-2-75-2000 electrically operated

Sensor
Code
S
6
8
2
T
8
2
C
8
2
6
8
2
T
8
2
C
8
2
D

7

Current Rating of
Sensor and Available Taps
NO SENSORS PROVIDED
600, 400, 300, 200
800, 600, 400
200
1200, 600
800, 600, 400
200
1600, 1200
800, 600, 400
200
600, 400, 300, 200
800, 600, 400
200
1200, 600
800, 600, 400
200
1600, 1200
800, 600, 400
200
2000

Note
1 At the time of this publication, the standard trip units for low voltage Digitrip retrofit kits are the RMS 510/610/810/910.

Sample shown is a Digitrip
retrofit kit for an AL-2-50-600
manually operated, with an
RMS 810 trip unit, with LSIG
protection, with a 60 Hz plug,
rated at 250A for a sensor tap
of 400A, four sensors (for a
four-wire ground system)
that have sensor taps of 600,
400, 300 and 200A, there is
a breaker-mounted CPT with
the kit, the cell wiring is
simplified (only 6 wires vs.
16), and the breaker was
previously retrofitted with
a Digitrip 500/510, so this is
an upgrade kit.

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17

This information is subject
to change. Updated pricing
and availability information
is included in the Retrofit Kit
Product Guide. For a copy
of the Retrofit Kit Product
Guide, contact your local
Eaton Field Sales office or the
Digitrip Retrofit Kit Service
Center at 1-800-937-5487.

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T17-39

17
1

Switchgear
Other General Electric Breakers—Trip Unit Retrofit Kits

Digitrip RMS Retrofit Kits for Other General Electric Breakers Catalog Numbering System

GE6 8 6 6 4Q 4 6 – T C S U

2
3
4
5

5
Z
6
8
9

Trip Unit Type 1
= 510 basic
= 510 zone int.
= 610
= 810
= 910

6

Protection
1 = LI
2 = LSI
3 = LS
4 = LIG
5 = LSG
6 = LSIG

7
8

N= No rating plug
6 = 50/60 Hz plug

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17

RP
Cat.
Code
21
22
32
3Q
33
42
4Q
43
44
63
64
66

No Rating Plug
Current Rating
Tap
Plug
200
100
200
200
300
200
300
250
300
300
400
200
400
250
400
300
400
400
600
300
600
400
600
600

T = Digitrip 510, 610, 810, 910

N = No sensors
3 = Three sensors
4 = Four sensors

N = Standard kit
U = Upgrade kit from
Digitrip 500/510
N = Standard kit
S = Simplified cell harness
R = Cell harness removed
N = No CPT supplied
C = Breaker-mounted CPT

Code

GE6

Breaker Frame Description
ALL FRAMES
AE-1-25, AE-1B

Sensor
Code
S
6

Current Rating of
Sensor and Available Taps
NO SENSORS PROVIDED
600, 400, 300, 200

Note
1 At the time of this publication, the standard trip units for low voltage Digitrip retrofit kits are the RMS 510/610/810/910.

Sample shown is a Digitrip
retrofit kit for an AE-1-25,
with an RMS 810 trip unit,
with LSIG protection, with a
60 Hz plug, rated at 250A for
a sensor tap of 400A, four
sensors (for a four-wire
ground system) that have
sensor taps of 600, 400, 300
and 200A, there is a breakermounted CPT with the kit,
the cell wiring is simplified
(only 6 wires vs. 16), and the
breaker was previously
retrofitted with a Digitrip 500/
510, so this is an upgrade kit.

This information is subject
to change. Updated pricing
and availability information is
included in the Retrofit Kit
Product Guide. For a copy
of the Retrofit Kit Product
Guide, contact your local
Eaton Field Sales office or the
Digitrip Retrofit Kit Service
Center at 1-800-937-5487.

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T17-40

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Switchgear
Allis-Chalmers LA Breakers—Trip Unit Retrofit Kits

Digitrip RMS Retrofit
Kits for Allis-Chalmers
LA Breakers

Chronology
Digitrip RMS retrofit kits and
replacement trip units for
Allis-Chalmers LA breakers
became available in 1991. The
Digitrip RMS 510 model is the
modern day replacement for
electromechanical trip device
or peak sensing solid-state
trip systems.

Replacement and
Upgrade Capabilities

Allis-Chalmers LA 600 Gold Breaker
Retrofitted with Digitrip
RMS 810 Retrofit Kit

Typical RMS 810 Retrofit Kit
for Allis-Chalmers LA 600
Gold Power Circuit Breaker

Product Description
Digitrip RMS retrofit kits for
Allis-Chalmers LA power
circuit breakers were first
introduced in 1991. For a
complete description of the
Digitrip RMS trip system and
the features of models RMS
510, 610, 810 and 910, see
Page V12-T17-20.
Ratings
Digitrip RMS retrofit kits are
applied on Allis-Chalmers
breakers from 600A (LA 600)
to 3000A (LA 3000). The rating
plug and the current sensor
act in concert to provide for a
wide spectrum of overload
and short-circuit settings.

Replacement and upgrade
capabilities include
replacement Digitrip trip units
and rating plugs, Digitrip trip
unit upgrades, Digitrip RMS
trip unit retrofit kits and
upgrade retrofit kits. For
definitions of these solutions,
see Page V12-T17-19.
For Digitrip RMS trip unit
retrofit kits and upgrade
retrofit kits, choose or create
the Digitrip RMS retrofit kit
catalog number to match the
Allis-Chalmers LA breaker
type, retrofit kit type,
protection function, rating
plug type, current sensor
type, CPT and type of kit
required for application.
See the example provided
on Page V12-T17-42.
Application Notes for
Allis-Chalmers LA Power
Circuit Breakers
1. Retrofit kits are for
use on 50 and 60 Hz
distribution systems.
2. All retrofit kits are
designed for drawout
power circuit breakers
only. Refer all fixedmounted breaker
applications to the
Digitrip Retrofit Kit
Service Center at
1-800-937-5487.

3. The breaker compartment
doors on the switchgear
assembly must be
free of panel-mounted
instruments (i.e., meters,
instruments, control
switches, indicating
lamps, etc.) or the
retrofitted breaker may
interfere with these
devices when the
compartment door
is closed.
4. When the ground fault
(G) option is selected,
please observe the
following:
a. For three-phase, threewire solidly grounded
systems, choose
quantity three current
sensors in the catalog
number development.
b. For three-phase, fourwire solidly grounded
systems, choose
quantity four current
sensors in the catalog
number development.
Three sensors are
mounted on the
breaker and one
sensor is mounted
on the switchgear
neutral. Hardware to
mount the current
sensor on the
switchgear neutral
and provisions to wire
it into the trip unit
circuit (including a
required pair of
breaker secondary
disconnecting
contacts) are not
included in the kit.

17

5. RMS 510 Zone, 610,
810 and 910 retrofit kits
include a cell terminal
block assembly that
must be installed in the
switchgear assembly.
Internal switchgear
wiring to accommodate
the customer application
schemes must be added
in the field.

1

6. RMS 610, 810 and 910
retrofit kits require
a customer supplied
120 Vac source
connected to the cell
terminal block assembly
to power the Digitrip
RMS digital displays
and communications
functions (as applicable).

5

7. Refer all LAF (LA
breakers with current
limiters) breakers to
the Digitrip Retrofit
Kit Service Center
at 1-800-937-5487
for evaluation.

9

2
3
4
6
7
8
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T17-41

17
1

Switchgear
Allis-Chalmers LA Breakers—Trip Unit Retrofit Kits

Digitrip RMS Retrofit Kits for Allis-Chalmers LA Breakers Catalog Numbering System

A26 8 6 6 4Q 4 6 - T C S U

2
3
4
5

5
Z
6
8
9

Trip Unit Type 1
= 510 basic
= 510 zone int.
= 610
= 810
= 910

6

Protection
1 = LI
2 = LSI
3 = LS
4 = LIG
5 = LSG
6 = LSIG

7
8

N = No rating plug
6 = 50/60 Hz plug

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17

RP
Cat.
Code
21
22
32
3Q
33
42
4Q
43
44
63
64
66
84
86
88
T6
T8
TA
TT
C8
CA
CT
CC
DA
DT
DC
DD
HC
HD
HP
HH
FC
FD
FF
JC
JD
JF
JJ
KD
KP
KH
KJ
KK

No Rating Plug
Current Rating
Tap
Plug
200
100
200
200
300
200
300
250
300
300
400
200
400
250
400
300
400
400
600
300
600
400
600
600
800
400
800
600
800
800
1200
600
1200
800
1200
1000
1200
1200
1600
800
1600
1000
1600
1200
1600
1600
2000
1000
2000
1200
2000
1600
2000
2000
3000
1600
3000
2000
3000
2500
3000
3000
2400
1600
2400
2000
2400
2400
3200
1600
3200
2000
3200
2400
3200
3200
4000
2000
4000
2500
4000
3000
4000
3200
4000
4000

T = Digitrip 510, 610, 810, 910

N = No sensors
3 = Three sensors
4 = Four sensors

N = Standard kit
U = Upgrade kit from
Digitrip 500/510
N = Standard kit
S = Simplified cell harness
R = Cell harness removed
N = No CPT supplied
C = Breaker-mounted CPT

Code

Breaker Frame Description

A16
A1C

ALL FRAMES
LA-600 blue cover (plastic)
LA-1600 blue cover (plastic)

A26
A46
A4C
LAC
A2C

LA-600 gold cover (metal)
LA-600F (M.O.)
LA-1600F blue
LAF-1600C (M.O.)
LA-1600 gold cover (metal)

A2H
A4H
A36
A3C

LA-3000 gold/blue
LA-3000A
LA-25A manually operated
LA-50A manually operated

A3H
A5C

LA-75A manually operated
G-50A

AG6
A4J
LGF
LGH
A1K

G-25 manually operated
LA-3200
LG-3000 (with frame)
LG-3000 (frameless)
LA-4000F

Sensor
Code
S
6
C
2
6
6
C
C
C
2
H
H
6
C
8
2
H
C
8
6
J
H
H
K

Current Rating of
Sensor and Available Taps
NO SENSORS PROVIDED
600, 400, 300, 200
1600, 1200, 800, 600, 400
200
600, 400, 300, 200
600, 400, 300, 200
1600, 1200, 800, 600, 400
1600, 1200, 800, 600, 400
1600, 1200, 800, 600, 400
200
3000, 2000
3000, 2000
600, 400, 300, 200
1600, 1200, 800, 600, 400
800, 600, 400
200
3000, 2000
1600
800
600, 300
3200, 2400, 2000
3000
3000
4000

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Note
1 At the time of this publication, the standard trip units for low voltage Digitrip retrofit kits are the RMS 510/610/810/910.

Sample shown is a Digitrip
retrofit kit for an LA-600 gold,
with an RMS 810 trip unit,
with LSIG protection, with a
60 Hz Plug, rated at 250A for
a sensor tap of 400A, four
sensors (for a four-wire
ground system) that have
sensor taps of 600, 400, 300
and 200A, there is a breakermounted CPT with the kit,
the cell wiring is simplified
(only 6 wires vs. 16), and the
breaker was previously
retrofitted with a Digitrip 500/
510, so this is an upgrade kit.
V12-T17-42

This information is subject to
change. Updated pricing and
availability information is
included in the Retrofit Kit
Product Guide. For a copy
of the Retrofit Kit Product
Guide, contact your local
Eaton Field Sales office or the
Digitrip Retrofit Kit Service
Center at 1-800-937-5487.

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Switchgear
ITE K-Line Breakers—Trip Unit Retrofit Kits

Digitrip RMS Retrofit Kits
for ITE K-Line Breakers

Chronology
Digitrip RMS retrofit kits
and replacement trip units for
ITE K-Line breakers became
available in 1991. The Digitrip
RMS 510 model is the
modern day replacement for
electromechanical trip device
or peak sensing solid-state
trip systems.

Replacement and
Upgrade Capabilities

K-1600 Breaker Retrofitted with
Digitrip RMS 810 Retrofit Kit

Typical Digitrip RMS 810 Retrofit Kit for
ITE K-1600 Power Circuit Breaker

Product Description
Digitrip RMS retrofit kits for ITE
K-Line power circuit breakers
were first introduced in 1991.
For a complete description of
the Digitrip RMS trip system
and the features of models
RMS 510, 610, 810 and 910,
see Page V12-T17-20.
Ratings
Digitrip RMS retrofit kits are
applied on ITE K-Line breakers
from 225A (K-225) to 3000A
(K-3000), the rating plug and
the current sensor rating act
in concert to provide for a
wide spectrum of overload
and short-circuit settings.

Replacement and
upgrade capabilities include
replacement Digitrip trip units
and rating plugs, Digitrip trip
unit upgrades, Digitrip RMS
trip unit retrofit kits
and upgrade retrofit kits. For
definitions of these solutions,
see Page V12-T17-19.
For Digitrip RMS trip unit
retrofit kits and upgrade
retrofit kits, choose or create
the Digitrip RMS retrofit kit
catalog number to match the
ITE K-Line and other breaker
types, retrofit kit type,
protection function, rating
plug type, current sensor
type, CPT and type of kit
required for application. See
the examples provided on
Page V12-T17-44.
Application Notes for ITE
K-Line and other Power
Circuit Breakers
1. Retrofit kits are for
use on 50 and 60 Hz
distribution systems.
2. All retrofit kits are
designed for drawout
power circuit breakers
only. Refer all fixedmounted breaker
applications to the
Digitrip Retrofit Kit
Service Center
at 1-800-937-5487.

17

3. The breaker compartment
doors on the switchgear
assembly must be
free of panel-mounted
instruments and devices
(i.e., ammeters, switches,
etc.) or the retrofitted
breaker may interfere
with these devices when
the compartment door
is closed.

5. RMS 510 zone, 610,
810 and 910 retrofit kits
include a cell terminal
block assembly that
must be installed in the
switchgear assembly.
Internal switchgear
wiring to accommodate
the customer application
schemes must be added
in the field.

1

4. When the ground fault
(G) option is selected,
please observe the
following:

6. RMS 610, 810 and 910
retrofit kits require a
customer supplied
120 Vac source
connected to the cell
terminal block assembly
to power the Digitrip
RMS digital displays
and communications
functions (as applicable).

5

7. Refer all K-DON Series
(K-Line breakers with
current limiters) breakers
to the Digitrip Retrofit
Kit Service Center
at 1-800-937-5487
for evaluation.

9

a. For three-phase, threewire solidly grounded
systems, choose
quantity three current
sensors in the catalog
number development.
b. For three-phase, fourwire solidly grounded
systems, choose
quantity four current
sensors in the catalog
number development.
Three sensors are
mounted on the
breaker and one
sensor is mounted
on the switchgear
neutral. Hardware to
mount the current
sensor on the
switchgear neutral
and provisions to wire
it into the trip unit
circuit (including a
required pair of
breaker secondary
disconnecting
contacts) are not
included in the kit.

2
3
4
6
7
8
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T17-43

17
1

Switchgear
ITE K-Line Breakers—Trip Unit Retrofit Kits

Digitrip RMS Retrofit Kits for ITE K-Line Breakers Catalog Numbering System

K26 8 6 6 4Q 4 6 – T C S U

2
3
4
5

5
Z
6
8
9

Trip Unit Type 1
= 510 basic
= 510 zone int.
= 610
= 810
= 910
Protection
1 = LI
2 = LSI
3 = LS
4 = LIG
5 = LSG
6 = LSIG

6
7
8

N = No rating plug
6 = 50/60 Hz plug

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17

RP
Cat.
Code
21
22
32
3Q
33
42
4Q
43
63
64
66
84
86
88
T6
T8
TA
TT
C8
CA
CT
CC
DA
DT
DC
DD
HC
HD
HP
HH
KD
KP
KH
KJ
KK

No Rating Plug
Current Rating
Tap
Plug
200
100
200
200
300
200
300
250
300
300
400
200
400
250
400
300
600
300
600
400
600
600
800
400
800
600
800
800
1200
600
1200
800
1200
1000
1200
1200
1600
800
1600
1000
1600
1200
1600
1600
2000
1000
2000
1200
2000
1600
2000
2000
3000
1600
3000
2000
3000
2500
3000
3000
4000
2000
4000
2500
4000
3000
4000
3200
4000
4000

N = Standard kit
U = Upgrade kit from
Digitrip 500/510

T = Digitrip 510, 610, 810, 910

N = No sensors
3 = Three sensors
4 = Four sensors

N = Standard kit
S = Simplified cell harness
R = Cell harness removed
N = No CPT supplied
C = Breaker-mounted CPT

Code

K12 2
K1C 2

K22 2
K26 2
K2C 2

K2D 2
K3H 3
K2K 3
K46 2
K4C 2

Breaker Frame Description
ALL FRAMES
K-225 black
K-1600 black

K-225 red

20
21
22
23
24
25

Current Rating of
Sensor and Available Taps
NO SENSORS PROVIDED
200
1600, 1200
800, 600, 400
200
200

K-600 red/black, KDON (bottom-mounted fuses) 6
K-1600 red, KDON (bottom-mounted fuses)
C
8
2
K-2000 red
D
K-3000 red (solid-state only)
H
K-4000 red (solid-state only)
K

600, 400, 300, 200
1600, 1200
800, 600, 400
200
2000
3000
4000

KDON-600 black/red (top-mounted fuses)
KDON-1600 red (top-mounted fuses)

600, 400, 300, 200
1600, 1200
800, 600, 400
200
1600, 1200
800, 600, 400
200
1600, 1200
800, 600, 400
200
1600, 1200
800, 600, 400
200

K5C 2

KDON-1600 red (2000A round finger cluster),
(bottom-mounted fuses)

K6C

KDON-1600 black (top-mounted fuses)

K7C

KDON-1600 red (2000A round)
(top-mounted fuses)

18
19

Sensor
Code
S
2
C
8
2
2

6
C
8
2
C
8
2
C
8
2
C
8
2

Notes
1 At the time of this publication, the standard trip units for low voltage Digitrip retrofit kits are the RMS 510/610/810/910.
2 Black and red refer to the color of the back plane insulation material.
3 If your breaker is not solid-state, call the Digitrip Retrofit Kit Service Center at 1-800-937-5487 for technical clarification on these kits.

Sample shown is a Digitrip
retrofit kit for a K-600 with red
back plane insulation, with an
RMS 810 trip unit, with LSIG
protection, with a 60 Hz plug,
rated at 250A for a sensor tap
of 400A, four sensors (for a
four-wire ground system) that
have a sensor taps of 600,
400, 300 and 200A, there is a
breaker-mounted CPT with
the kit, the cell wiring is
simplified (only 6 wires vs.
16), and the breaker was
V12-T17-44

previously retrofitted with a
Digitrip 500/510, so this is an
upgrade kit.
This information is subject to
change. Updated pricing and
availability information is
included in the Retrofit Kit
Product Guide. For a copy
of the Retrofit Kit Product
Guide, contact your local
Eaton Field Sales office or the
Digitrip Retrofit Kit Service
Center at 1-800-937-5487.

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Switchgear
Other ITE Breakers—Trip Unit Retrofit Kits

Digitrip Retrofit Kits for
Other ITE Breakers

Chronology
Digitrip retrofit kits and
replacement trip units
for ITE breakers became
available in 1992. The Digitrip
RMS 510 model is the
modern day replacement for
electromechanical trip device
or peak sensing solid-state
trip systems.

Replacement and
Upgrade Capabilities
KE-4000 Breaker Retrofitted with
Digitrip RMS 810 Retrofit Kit

Typical Digitrip RMS 810 Retrofit Kit for
ITE KE-4000 Power Circuit Breaker

Product Description
Digitrip retrofit kits for ITE
power circuit breakers were
first introduced in 1992. For
a complete description of the
Digitrip RMS trip system and
the features of models RMS
510, 610, 810 and 910, see
Page V12-T17-20.
Ratings
Digitrip RMS retrofit kits are
applied on ITE breakers from
600A (KB-600) to 3000A
(KE-4000), the rating plug and
the current sensor rating act
in concert to provide for a
wide spectrum of overload
and short-circuit settings.

Replacement and upgrade
capabilities include
replacement Digitrip trip units
and rating plugs, Digitrip trip
unit upgrades, Digitrip RMS trip
unit retrofit kits and upgrade
retrofit kits. For definitions
of these solutions, see
Page V12-T17-19.
For Digitrip RMS trip unit
retrofit kits and upgrade
retrofit kits, choose or create
the Digitrip RMS retrofit kit
catalog number to match the
ITE and other breaker types,
retrofit kit type, protection
function, rating plug type,
current sensor type, CPT
and type of kit required for
application. See the examples
provided on Page V12-T17-46.
Application Notes for ITE and
Other Power Circuit Breakers
1. Retrofit kits are for
use on 50 and 60 Hz
distribution systems.
2. All retrofit kits are
designed for drawout
power circuit breakers
only. Refer all fixedmounted breaker
applications to the
Digitrip Retrofit Kit
Service Center
at 1-800-937-5487.

17

3. The breaker compartment
doors on the switchgear
assembly must be
free of panel-mounted
instruments and devices
(i.e., ammeters, switches,
etc.) or the retrofitted
breaker may interfere
with these devices when
the compartment door
is closed.

5. RMS 510 Zone, 610, 810
and 910 retrofit kits
include a cell terminal
block assembly that
must be installed in the
switchgear assembly.
Internal switchgear
wiring to accommodate
the customer application
schemes must be added
in the field.

1

4. When the ground fault
(G) option is selected,
please observe the
following:

6. RMS 610, 810 and 910
retrofit kits require a
customer supplied
120 Vac source
connected to the cell
terminal block assembly
to power the Digitrip
RMS digital displays
and communications
functions (as applicable).

5

7. Refer all ITE breakers
with current limiters
to the Digitrip Retrofit
Kit Service Center
at 1-800-937-5487
for evaluation.

9

a. For three-phase, threewire solidly grounded
systems, choose
quantity three current
sensors in the catalog
number development.
b. For three-phase, fourwire solidly grounded
systems, choose
a quantity of four
current sensors in
the catalog number
development. Three
sensors are mounted
on the breaker
and one sensor is
mounted on the
switchgear neutral.
Hardware to mount
the current sensor on
the switchgear neutral
and provisions to wire
it into the trip unit
circuit (including
a required pair of
breaker secondary
disconnecting
contacts) are not
included in the kit.

2
3
4
6
7
8
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T17-45

17
1

Switchgear
Other ITE Breakers—Trip Unit Retrofit Kits

Digitrip RMS Retrofit Kits for Other ITE Breakers Catalog Numbering System

KB7 8 6 6 4Q 4 6 – T C S U

2
3
4
5

5
Z
6
8
9

Trip Unit Type 1
= 510 basic
= 510 zone int.
= 610
= 810
= 910

6

Protection
1 = LI
2 = LSI
3 = LS
4 = LIG
5 = LSG
6 = LSIG

7
8

N = No rating plug
6 = 50/60 Hz plug

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22

RP
Cat.
Code
21
22
32
3Q
33
42
4Q
43
44
63
64
66
84
86
88
T6
T8
TA
TT
C8
CA
CT
CC
HC
HD
HP
HH
KD
KP
KH
KJ
KK

No Rating Plug
Current Rating
Tap
Plug
200
100
200
200
300
200
300
250
300
300
400
200
400
250
400
300
400
400
600
300
600
400
600
600
800
400
800
600
800
800
1200
600
1200
800
1200
1000
1200
1200
1600
800
1600
1000
1600
1200
1600
1600
3000
1600
3000
2000
3000
2500
3000
3000
4000
2000
4000
2500
4000
3000
4000
3200
4000
4000

T = Digitrip 510, 610, 810, 910

N = No sensors
3 = Three sensors
4 = Four sensors

N = Standard kit
U = Upgrade kit from
Digitrip 500/510
N = Standard kit
S = Simplified cell harness
R = Cell harness removed
N = No CPT supplied
C = Breaker-mounted CPT

Code

KB6
KB7
KC6

Breaker Frame Description
ALL FRAMES
KB-600 fixed 2
KB-600 drawout 2
KC-600 2

KCC

KC-1600 2

KDH
KEK

KD-3000
KE-4000

Sensor
Code
S
6
6
6
4
2
C
T
8
6
H
K

Current Rating of
Sensor and Available Taps
NO SENSORS PROVIDED
600, 400, 300, 200
600, 400, 300, 200
600
400
200
1600
1200
800
600
3000
4000

Notes
1 At the time of this publication, the standard trip units for low voltage Digitrip retrofit kits are the RMS 510/610/810/910.
2 Call the Digitrip Retrofit Kit Service Center at 1-800-937-5487 for technical clarification on these kits.

Sample shown is a Digitrip
retrofit kit for a KB-600
drawout breaker, with an
RMS 810 trip unit, with LSIG
protection, with a 60 Hz plug,
rated at 250A for a sensor tap
of 400A, four sensors (for a
four-wire ground system)
that have sensor taps of 600,
400, 300 and 200A, there
is a breaker-mounted CPT
with the kit, the cell wiring
is simplified (only 6 wires vs.
16), and the breaker was
previously retrofitted with a
Digitrip 500/510, so this is an
upgrade kit.

This information is subject to
change. Updated pricing and
availability information is
included in the Retrofit Kit
Product Guide. For a copy
of the Retrofit Kit Product
Guide, contact your local
Eaton Field Sales office or the
Digitrip Retrofit Kit Service
Center at 1-800-937-5487.

23
24
25
V12-T17-46

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Switchgear
Siemens and Siemens-Allis Breakers—Trip Unit Retrofit Kits

Digitrip Retrofit Kits for
Siemens and SiemensAllis Breakers

Chronology
Digitrip retrofit kits and
replacement trip units for
Siemens and Siemens-Allis
breakers became available
in 1992. The Digitrip RMS
510 model is the modern
day replacement for
electromechanical trip
device or peak sensing
solid-state trip systems.

Replacement and
Upgrade Capabilities
LAF-800 Breaker Retrofitted with
Digitrip RMS 810 Retrofit Kit

Typical Digitrip RMS 810 Retrofit Kit
for Siemens-Allis LAF-800
Power Circuit Breaker

Product Description
Digitrip retrofit kits for
Siemens and Siemens-Allis
power circuit breakers were
first introduced in 1993. For
a complete description of the
Digitrip RMS trip system
and the features of models
RMS 510, 610, 810 and 910,
see Page V12-T17-20.
Ratings
Digitrip RMS retrofit kits
are applied on Siemens and
Siemens-Allis breakers from
800A (LAF-800) to 4000A
(RL-3000), the rating plug and
the current sensor rating act
in concert to provide for a
wide spectrum of overload
and short-circuit settings.

Replacement and upgrade
capabilities include
replacement Digitrip trip units
and rating plugs, Digitrip trip
unit upgrades, Digitrip RMS
trip unit retrofit kits and
upgrade retrofit kits. For
definitions of these solutions,
see Page V12-T17-19.
For Digitrip RMS trip unit
retrofit kits and upgrade
retrofit kits, choose or create
the Digitrip RMS retrofit kit
catalog number to match the
Siemens and Siemens-Allis
breaker types, retrofit kit type,
protection function, rating
plug type, current sensor
type, CPT and type of kit
required for application. See
the examples provided on
Page V12-T17-48.
Application Notes for Siemens
and Siemens-Allis Power
Circuit Breakers
1. Retrofit kits are for
use on 50 and 60 Hz
distribution systems.
2. All retrofit kits are
designed for drawout
power circuit breakers
only. Refer all fixedmounted breaker
applications to the
Digitrip Retrofit Kit
Service Center
at 1-800-937-5487.

3. The breaker
compartment doors on
the switchgear assembly
must be free of panelmounted instruments
and devices (i.e.,
ammeters, switches,
etc.) or the retrofitted
breaker may interfere
with these devices
when the compartment
door is closed.
4. When the ground fault
(G) option is selected,
please observe the
following:
a. For three-phase, threewire solidly grounded
systems, choose
quantity three current
sensors in the catalog
number development.
b. For three-phase, fourwire solidly grounded
systems, choose
a quantity of four
current sensors in
the catalog number
development. Three
sensors are mounted
on the breaker
and one sensor
is mounted on the
switchgear neutral.
Hardware to mount
the current sensor on
the switchgear neutral
and provisions to wire
it into the trip unit
circuit (including a
required pair of
breaker secondary
disconnecting
contacts) are not
included in the kit.

17

5. RMS 510 zone, 610,
810 and 910 retrofit kits
include a cell terminal
block assembly that
must be installed in the
switchgear assembly.
Internal switchgear
wiring to accommodate
the customer application
schemes must be added
in the field.

1

6. RMS 610, 810 and 910
retrofit kits require a
customer supplied
120 Vac source
connected to the cell
terminal block assembly
to power the Digitrip
RMS Digital displays
and communications
functions (as applicable).

5

7. Refer all Siemens and
Siemens-Allis breakers
with current limiters to
the Digitrip Retrofit
Kit Service Center
at 1-800-937-5487
for evaluation.

9

2
3
4
6
7
8
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T17-47

17
1

Switchgear
Siemens and Siemens-Allis Breakers—Trip Unit Retrofit Kits

Digitrip Retrofit Kits for Siemens and Siemens-Allis Breakers Catalog Numbering System

LA8 8 6 6 4Q 4 6 – T C S U

2
3
4
5

5
Z
6
8
9

Trip Unit Type 1
= 510 basic
= 510 zone int.
= 610
= 810
= 910

6

Protection
1 = LI
2 = LSI
3 = LS
4 = LIG
5 = LSG
6 = LSIG

7
8

N = No rating plug
6 = 50/60 Hz plug

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23

RP
Cat.
Code
21
22
32
3Q
33
42
4Q
43
44
63
64
66
84
86
88
T6
T8
TA
TT
C8
CA
CT
CC
JC
JD
JF
JJ
KD
KP
KH
KJ
KK

No Rating Plug
Current Rating
Tap
Plug
200
100
200
200
300
200
300
250
300
300
400
200
400
250
400
300
400
400
600
300
600
400
600
600
800
400
800
600
800
800
1200
600
1200
800
1200
1000
1200
1200
1600
800
1600
1000
1600
1200
1600
1600
3200
1600
3200
2000
3200
2400
3200
3200
4000
2000
4000
2500
4000
3000
4000
3200
4000
4000

T = Digitrip 510, 610, 810, 910

N = No sensors
3 = Three sensors
4 = Four sensors

N = Standard kit
U = Upgrade kit from
Digitrip 500/510
N = Standard kit
S = Simplified cell harness
R = Cell harness removed
N = No CPT supplied
C = Breaker-mounted CPT

Code

Breaker Frame Description
ALL FRAMES

LA8

LAF-800 2

LC8

LAF-800C (M.O.)

RX8

RL(X)-800 2

RXC

RL(X)-1600 2

RLJ
RLK

RL-3200
RL-4000

Sensor
Code
S
8
6
8
6
8
6
4
3
2
C
T
8
6
4
3
2
J
K

Current Rating of
Sensor and Available Taps
NO SENSORS PROVIDED
800, 400
600, 400, 300, 200
800, 400
600, 400, 300, 200
800
600
400
300
200
1600
1200
800
600
400
300
200
3200
4000

Notes
1 At the time of this publication, the standard trip units for low voltage Digitrip retrofit kits are the RMS 510/610/810/910.
2 Call the Digitrip Retrofit Kit Service Center at 1-800-937-5487 for technical clarification on these kits.

Sample shown is a Digitrip
retrofit kit for an LAF-800,
with an RMS 810 trip unit,
with LSIG protection, with
a 60 Hz plug, rated at 250A
for a sensor tap of 400A,
four sensors (for a four-wire
ground system) that have
sensor taps of 600, 400, 300
and 200A, there is a breakermounted CPT with the kit,
the cell wiring is simplified
(only 6 wires vs. 16), and
the breaker was previously
retrofitted with a Digitrip 500/
510, so this is an upgrade kit.

This information is subject to
change. Updated pricing and
availability information is
included in the Retrofit Kit
Product Guide. For a copy
of the Retrofit Kit Product
Guide, contact your local
Eaton Field Sales office or the
Digitrip Retrofit Kit Service
Center at 1-800-937-5487.

24
25
V12-T17-48

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Switchgear
Federal Pacific Breakers—Trip Unit Retrofit Kits

Digitrip Retrofit Kits for
Federal Pacific Breakers

FPS-75 Breaker Retrofitted with
Digitrip RMS 810 Retrofit Kit

Typical Digitrip RMS 810 Retrofit Kit
for Federal Pacific FPS-75
Power Circuit Breaker

Product Description
Digitrip RMS retrofit kits for
Federal Pacific power circuit
breakers were first introduced
in 1992. For a complete
description of the Digitrip
RMS trip system and the
features of models RMS 510,
610, 810 and 910, see
Page V12-T17-20.
Ratings
Digitrip RMS retrofit kits are
applied on Federal Pacific
breakers from 600A (FP-25)
to 3000A (FPS-75), the
rating plug and the current
sensor rating act in concert
to provide for a wide
spectrum of overload and
short-circuit settings.

17

Chronology
Digitrip retrofit kits and
replacement trip units for
Federal Pacific breakers
became available in 1992.
The Digitrip RMS 510
model is the modern
day replacement for
electromechanical trip
device or peak sensing
solid-state trip systems.

3. The breaker compartment
doors on the switchgear
assembly must be
free of panel-mounted
instruments and devices
(i.e., ammeters, switches,
etc.) or the retrofitted
breaker may interfere
with these devices when
the compartment door
is closed.

5. RMS 510 zone, 610, 810
and 910 retrofit kits
include a cell terminal
block assembly that
must be installed in the
switchgear assembly.
Internal switchgear
wiring to accommodate
the customer application
schemes must be added
in the field.

1

Replacement and
Upgrade Capabilities

4. When the ground fault
(G) option is selected,
please observe the
following:

6. RMS 610, 810 and 910
retrofit kits require a
customer supplied
120 Vac source
connected to the cell
terminal block assembly
to power the Digitrip
RMS digital displays
and communications
functions (as applicable).

5

7. Refer all Federal Pacific
breakers with current
limiters to the Digitrip
Retrofit Kit Service
Center at 1-800-937-5487
for evaluation.

9

Replacement and upgrade
capabilities include
replacement Digitrip trip units
and rating plugs, Digitrip trip
unit upgrades, Digitrip RMS
trip unit retrofit kits and
upgrade retrofit kits. For
definitions of these solutions,
see Page V12-T17-19.
For Digitrip RMS trip unit
retrofit kits and upgrade
retrofit kits, choose or create
the Digitrip RMS retrofit kit
catalog number to match the
Federal Pacific breaker types,
retrofit kit type, protection
function, rating plug type,
current sensor type, CPT
and type of kit required for
application. See the examples
provided on Page V12-T17-50.
Application Notes for Federal
Pacific Power Circuit Breakers
1. Retrofit kits are for
use on 50 and 60 Hz
distribution systems.
2. All retrofit kits are
designed for drawout
power circuit breakers
only. Refer all fixedmounted breaker
applications to the
Digitrip Retrofit Kit
Service Center
at 1-800-937-5487.

a. For three-phase, threewire solidly grounded
systems, choose
quantity three current
sensors in the catalog
number development.
b. For three-phase, fourwire solidly grounded
systems, choose
quantity four current
sensors in the catalog
number development.
Three sensors are
mounted on the
breaker and one
sensor is mounted
on the switchgear
neutral. Hardware to
mount the current
sensor on the
switchgear neutral
and provisions to wire
it into the trip unit
circuit (including a
required pair of
breaker secondary
disconnecting
contacts) are not
included in the kit.

2
3
4
6
7
8
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T17-49

17
1

Switchgear
Federal Pacific Breakers—Trip Unit Retrofit Kits

Digitrip Retrofit Kits for Federal Pacific Breakers Catalog Numbering System

FP6 8 6 6 4Q 4 6 – T C S U

2
3
4
5

5
z
6
8
9

Trip Unit Type 1
= 510 basic
= 510 zone int.
= 610
= 810
= 910

6

Protection
1 = LI
2 = LSI
3 = LS
4 = LIG
5 = LSG
6 = LSIG

7
8

N = No rating plug
6 = 50/60 Hz plug

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22

RP
Cat.
Code
21
22
32
3Q
33
42
4Q
43
44
63
64
66
84
86
88
T6
T8
TA
TT
C8
CA
CT
CC
DA
DT
DC
DD
HC
HD
HP
HH

No Rating Plug
Current Rating
Tap
Plug
200
100
200
200
300
200
300
250
300
300
400
200
400
250
400
300
400
400
600
300
600
400
600
600
800
400
800
600
800
800
1200
600
1200
800
1200
1000
1200
1200
1600
800
1600
1000
1600
1200
1600
1600
2000
1000
2000
1200
2000
1600
2000
2000
3000
1600
3000
2000
3000
2500
3000
3000

T = Digitrip 510, 610, 810, 910

N = No sensors
3 = Three sensors
4 = Four sensors

N = Standard kit
U = Upgrade kit from
Digitrip 500/510
N = Standard kit
S = Simplified cell harness
R = Cell harness removed
N = No CPT supplied
C = Breaker-mounted CPT

Code

Breaker Frame Description

FP6
FP8

ALL FRAMES
FP-25 (slate back)
FP-50-800 2

FPC

FP-50-1600 2

FS8

FPS-50-800 2

FSC

FPS-50-1600 2

FSH
FC6
FX6

FPS-75
100HF Canadian 600A
FP-25 (molded back)

Sensor
Code
S
6
8
6
C
8
2
8
6
C
8
2
H
6
6

Current Rating of
Sensor and Available Taps
NO SENSORS PROVIDED
600, 400, 300, 200
800, 400
600, 400, 300, 200
1600, 1200
800, 600, 400
200
800, 400
600, 400, 300, 200
1600, 1200
800, 600, 400
200
3000, 2000
600
600, 400, 200

Notes
1 At the time of this publication, the standard trip units for low voltage Digitrip retrofit kits are the RMS 510/610/810/910.
2 Call the Digitrip Retrofit Kit Service Center at 1-800-937-5487 for technical clarification on these kits.

Sample shown is a Digitrip
retrofit kit for an FP-25, with
an RMS 810 trip unit, with
LSIG protection, with a 60 Hz
plug, rated at 250A for a
sensor tap of 400A, four
sensors (for a four-wire
ground system) that have
sensor taps of 600, 400, 300
and 200A, there is a breakermounted CPT with the kit,
the cell wiring is simplified
(only 6 wires vs. 16), and
the breaker was previously
retrofitted with a Digitrip 500/
510, so this is an upgrade kit.

This information is subject to
change. Updated pricing and
availability information is
included in the Retrofit Kit
Product Guide. For a copy
of the Retrofit Kit Product
Guide, contact your local
Eaton Field Sales office or the
Digitrip Retrofit Kit Service
Center at 1-800-937-5487.

23
24
25
V12-T17-50

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Switchgear
Other Breakers—Trip Unit Retrofit Kits

17

Digitrip Retrofit Kits for Other Breakers Catalog Numbering System

1

RS6 8 6 6 4Q 4 6 – T C S U

Trip Unit Type 1
5 = 510 basic
Z = 510 zone int.
6 = 610
8 = 810
9 = 910
Protection
1 = LI
2 = LSI
3 = LS
4 = LIG
5 = LSG
6 = LSIG
N = No rating plug
6 = 50/60 Hz plug

RP
Cat.
Code
21
22
32
3Q
33
42
4Q
43
44
63
64
66
84
86
88
T6
T8
TA
TT
C8
CA
CT
CC
DA
DT
DC
DD
JC
JD
JF
JJ

No Rating Plug
Current Rating
Tap
Plug
200
100
200
200
300
200
300
250
300
300
400
200
400
250
400
300
400
400
600
300
600
400
600
600
800
400
800
600
800
800
1200
600
1200
800
1200
1000
1200
1200
1600
800
1600
1000
1600
1200
1600
1600
2000
1000
2000
1200
2000
1600
2000
2000
3200
1600
3200
2000
3200
2400
3200
3200

T = Digitrip 510, 610, 810, 910

N = No sensors
3 = Three sensors
4 = Four sensors

2
3

N = Standard kit
U = Upgrade kit from
Digitrip 500/510

4

N = Standard kit
S = Simplified cell harness
R = Cell harness removed

5
6

N = No CPT supplied
C = Breaker-mounted CPT

Code

Breaker Frame Description

RS6
SS8
SSC
FH6
FH8
FHC
FHD
LK8

ALL FRAMES
Roller-Smith RS-25A
GTE-Sylvania SSPB 800
GTE-Sylvania SSPB 1600
Federal Pioneer 25-H(L)-2
Federal Pioneer 30-H(L)-3
Federal Pioneer 50-H(L)-2
Federal Pioneer 65-H(L)-2
B.B.C. LKD-8

MBC

B.B.C. MB-16

LKJ

A.B.B. MB-3200, B.B.C. LK-3200

Sensor
Code
S
6
8
C
6
8
C
D
8
6
4
C
T
8
J

Current Rating of
Sensor and Available Taps
NO SENSORS PROVIDED
600, 400, 300, 200
800, 400, 200
1600, 1200
600, 300
800, 400
1600, 800
2000, 1200
800
600
400
1600
1200
800
3200

7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14

Note
1 At the time of this publication, the standard trip units for low voltage Digitrip retrofit kits are the RMS 510/610/810/910.

Sample shown is a Digitrip
Retrofit Kit for an RS-25A,
with an RMS 810 trip unit,
with LSIG protection, with a
60 Hz plug, rated at 250A for
a sensor tap of 400A, four
sensors (for a four-wire
ground system) that have
sensor taps of 600, 400, 300
and 200A , there is a breakermounted CPT with the kit,
the cell wiring is simplified
(only 6 wires vs. 16), and
the breaker was previously
retrofitted with a Digitrip 500/
510, so this is an upgrade kit.

15

This information is subject
to change. Updated pricing
and availability information
is included in the Retrofit Kit
Product Guide. For a copy
of the Retrofit Kit Product
Guide, contact your local
Eaton Field Sales office or the
Digitrip Retrofit Kit Service
Center at 1-800-937-5487.

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T17-51

17
1
2

Switchgear
Other Breakers—Trip Unit Retrofit Kits

Further Information
Publication
Number

Description

B.22D.01.S.E

Sales Brochure for Digitrip RMS retrofit kits

AD 33-855-3

Instructions for the Application of Digitrip RMS Retrofit Kits on power circuit breakers

SA-11581D

Sales Aid for Digitrip trip units

IL 29-885-A

Instruction Leaflet for Digitrip RMS 510 trip unit

4

IL 29-886-B

Instruction Leaflet for Digitrip RMS 610 trip unit

IL 29-888-A

Instruction Leaflet for Digitrip RMS 810 trip unit

5

IL 29-889-A

Instruction Leaflet for Digitrip RMS 910 trip unit

AD 32-870

Application Data for time current curves for DS and DSL circuit breakers

6

PA01301011E

Product Aid for Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System

7

Pricing Information

3

8
9
10

Price and Availability
Digest (PAD)
Retrofit Kit Product Guide
(Contact Digitrip Retrofit Kit
Service Center)
Vista/VISTALINE
discount symbol Y1-R

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T17-52

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Switchgear
Medium Voltage Metal-Clad—Assemblies and Power Circuit Breakers

Assemblies and Power
Circuit Breakers
Originally a
Westinghouse Product

Medium Voltage Switchgear Assembly
(Type DHP with Drawout Breaker)

Product Description
Medium voltage switchgear
serves to channel and
switch power in industrial,
commercial and utility
electrical distribution
systems. It is manufactured
to industry standards that
define the requirements
for its ratings, design,
construction and testing.
ANSI C37.20.2 is the current
applicable industry standard
for medium voltage metalclad switchgear, defining the
rated maximum voltage range
to be from 4.76 kV to 38 kV.
Medium voltage switchgear
consists of one or more metal
structures that house drawout
power circuit breakers, phase
bus conductors, auxiliary,
control, metering and
protective devices. These
switchgear components
are customized in various
combinations during
manufacturing to satisfy the
application requirements of
the switchgear user. Control
switches, meters, instruments
and protective relays are
generally mounted on the
switchgear front panels to
provide breaker control,
metering and circuit protection.
Medium voltage switchgear
is typically characterized
by metal-clad construction,
which means that the
switchgear compartments
enclosing primary voltage
are separated from adjacent
compartments by grounded
metal barriers.

Product History
In 1939, Westinghouse
introduced type DH medium
voltage air magnetic power
circuit breakers and associated
switchgear. Initially, DH
breakers were rated up to 5 kV
with a maximum interrupting
capacity of 150 MVA. Product
design enhancements evolved
and additional variations of the
DH breaker became available.
In 1946, the maximum rated
voltage of the DH breaker
was extended to 15 kV.
Eventually, the maximum
rated interrupting capacity
of the DH breaker reached
1000 MVA.
In 1963, Westinghouse
introduced type DHP medium
voltage Porcel-line® air
magnetic power circuit
breakers and associated
switchgear with all live parts
insulated to ground by highstrength porcelain insulation.
Porcelain provided excellent
high dielectric, non-tracking,
non-combustible, nonhygroscopic and non-aging
insulation characteristics.
This was a technological
improvement over the first
DH breakers, which were
furnished with a paper
phenolic insulation. DHP
switchgear was manufactured
in ratings from 5 kV, 75 MVA
to 15 kV, 1000 MVA. In 1978,
Westinghouse introduced the

DVP breaker, the first
Westinghouse medium
voltage power circuit breaker
to use vacuum interrupters.
The DVP vacuum breaker
was manufactured in 500
and 750 MVA interrupting
ratings and was directly
interchangeable with DHP
air magnetic breakers of the
same ratings.
In 1981, Westinghouse
introduced VacClad medium
voltage metal-clad switchgear
with type VCP vacuum power
circuit breakers. VCP breakers
were furnished with vacuum
interrupters, greatly reducing
breaker size and weight. The
reduced size permitted most
breaker ratings to be stacked
two-high in the switchgear
enclosure, saving on
switchgear installation space.
VCP breakers included a
design improvement called
the V-Flex current transfer
system, which eliminated the
transfer of primary current
over a moving hinge or a
sliding contact assembly
on the breaker. Porcelain
insulation was maintained on
the breaker elements and in
the switchgear, except for the
5 kV switchgear cell insulation
that was glass polyester. The
switchgear phase bus was
insulated with a fluidized bed
epoxy insulation system,
which was a technological

17

improvement over the epoxy
impregnated kraft paper or
noryl sleeving that was
used over phase busbars
in previous switchgear
designs. VacClad switchgear
was manufactured in ratings
from 5 kV, 250 MVA to 15 kV,
1000 MVA.
In 1986, Westinghouse
introduced VacClad-W WorldClass medium voltage metalclad switchgear with type
VCP-W vacuum power circuit
breakers. VCP-W switchgear
included product improvements
in manufacturing design
and product performance.
However, many of the
attractive design features
of VCP switchgear were
maintained, including two-high
breaker stacking, V-Flex breaker
current transfer and fluidized
epoxy insulation on the
switchgear phase buses.
VCP-W breakers and
switchgear were furnished
with high-grade glass polyester
insulation as standard. Optional
insulation upgrades included
cycloaliphatic epoxy insulation
for breaker element insulation
(VCP-WSE breakers) and
porcelain insulation for the
switchgear cell contact bottles.
VacClad-W switchgear is
manufactured in ratings from
5 kV, 250 MVA to 15 kV,
1500 MVA to 27 kV and
38 kV, 40 kA.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

Product History Time Line
1955 1960 1965 1970 1975 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 Present

17

Page

Product

V12-T17-55

Westinghouse DH
Switchgear and Breakers

18

V12-T17-56

Westinghouse DHP
Switchgear and Breakers

19

V12-T17-55

DHP-VR
Replacement Breaker

V12-T17-57

Westinghouse VCP VacClad
Switchgear and Breakers

V12-T17-58

Cutler-Hammer VCP-W
VacClad Switchgear
and Breakers

V12-T17-60

Competitive Replacement
Breakers

20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T17-53

17
1
2
3

Switchgear
Medium Voltage Metal-Clad—Assemblies and Power Circuit Breakers

General Information
Medium Voltage Switchgear Support
Product

Brand

Introduced
to Market

New
Structures

Assembly
Parts

Breaker

Breaker
Parts

Switch

Switch
Parts

Metal-Clad Switchgear
DH

Westinghouse

1939

No

No

DH Breaker
Replacement
by DH-VR Breaker

No (contact
Homewood
Products at
412-665-2700)

N/A

N/A

DHP

Westinghouse

1963

No (contact
the factory)

Yes

DHP breaker
replacement by
DHP-VR breaker.
Class I reconditioning
of DHP breakers and
repair service.

Yes (contact
the Power
Breaker Center
1-877-276-9379)

N/A

N/A

VCP VacClad

Westinghouse

1981

New VCP-W
structures can
be directly
coupled to
VCP structures

Some

Yes

Yes

N/A

N/A

VCP-W VacClad

Westinghouse
Cutler-Hammer

1986
1995

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

N/A

N/A

VCP-W VacClad
arc resistant

Cutler-Hammer

1995

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

N/A

N/A

VCP-ND VacClad
narrow design

Cutler-Hammer

1994

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

N/A

N/A

11

C-HRG high
resistance pulsing
ground system

Cutler-Hammer

1999

Yes

Yes

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

12

Metal-Enclosed Switchgear—Switch

4
5
6
7
8
9
10

LBF

Westinghouse

1952

No

No (contact
N/A
Cleveland-Price at
724-864-4177)

N/A

No

No (Contact
Cleveland-Price at
724-864-4177)

WLI

Westinghouse
Cutler-Hammer

1972

No

Yes

N/A

Yes

Yes

13
14
15
16

N/A

MVS

Cutler-Hammer

1999

Yes

Yes

N/A

N/A

Yes

Yes

UPC, Unitized
Power Center

Cutler-Hammer

1999

Yes

Yes

N/A

N/A

Yes

Yes

Pad Mount

Cutler-Hammer

1999

Yes

Yes

N/A

N/A

Yes

Yes

Mini-MVS

Cutler-Hammer

2003

Yes

Yes

N/A

N/A

Yes

Yes

Metal-Enclosed Switchgear—Switch and Breaker

17
18
19

WVB

Westinghouse

1991

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

MEB

Cutler-Hammer

1999

Yes

Yes

Yes—
VCP-W breaker

Yes—
VCP-W breaker

Yes

Yes

Metal-Enclosed Switchgear—Breaker
Station Distribution
Breaker

Cutler-Hammer

1994

Yes

Yes

Yes—
VCP-W breaker

Yes—
VCP-W breaker

N/A

N/A

MSB

Cutler-Hammer

1999

Yes

Yes

Yes—VCP-TR
fixed-mounted
breaker

Yes—VCP-TR
fixed-mounted
breaker

N/A

N/A

20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T17-54

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Switchgear
DH Medium Voltage Metal-Clad—Assemblies and Power Circuit Breakers

DH Switchgear
Assemblies and Power
Circuit Breakers

Westinghouse DH Drawout
Air Magnetic Power Circuit Breaker
(Interphase Barrier Removed)

Product Description
Westinghouse DH medium
voltage metal-clad switchgear
with type DH “DE-ION®”
air circuit breakers was
introduced in 1939. The
drawout breaker element
consists of an operating
mechanism that drives a set
of three-pole units. When the
breaker is tripped, the moving
and stationary contacts
separate. The resulting arc on
each phase is drawn up and
into the arc chutes, which
dissipate the arc through
ceramic splitter plates.
The de-ionizing interruption
process is aided magnetically
by the arc chute blow out
coil assembly.

DH switchgear was available
in indoor and in sheltered
aisle and aisle-less outdoor
enclosures. DH metal-clad
switchgear structure
dimensions were standardized,
but varied with individual
breaker ratings. Widths varied
from 20.00 inches for the
50DH75 (1200A) light duty
rating, to 26.00 inches for
the 50DH250 (1200A)
rating, to 36.00 inches for
most 2000A and 7.5 and
15 kV ratings.
Ratings
DH switchgear ratings started
with the light duty 50DH75
(5 kV, 75 MVA) 1200A
breaker. The spectrum of
ratings also included 7.5 and
15 kV ratings. The maximum
breaker rating produced was
the 150DH1000 (15 kV,
1000 MVA) 3000A.
Chronology
DH switchgear was
introduced in 1939 and was
actively manufactured by
Westinghouse in complete
switchgear assemblies until
the introduction of DHP
switchgear in 1963. As
production activity tapered
after 1963, only match and
lineup additions to existing
DH switchgear were
manufactured along with
complete replacement circuit
breakers and renewal parts.
The last new manufactured
DH breakers and switchgear
cells were produced in 1983.

Replacement Capabilities

17

Ratings are available to
replace: 5 kV through
15 kV, 50DH150 through
150DH1000, 1200 through
3000A (4000A fan-cooled).

1

Additional VR-Series
breakers are available to
upgrade competitors’ air
magnetic breakers. See
Pages V12-T17-60 and
V12-T17-61.

3

SURE CLOSE
All VR Series breakers that
are furnished with MOC
operators incorporate
Eaton’s exclusive SURE
CLOSE MOC technology.
See additional information
on Page V12-T17-62.
150DH-VR 1200A VR-Series
Circuit Breaker

Eaton offers the following to
support DH switchgear.
DH-VR Vacuum
Replacement Breakers
The DH-VR is a brand new
vacuum replacement breaker
(VR-Series) for DH air
magnetic breakers. The
DH-VR breaker permits DH
switchgear modernization by
using state-of-the-art Eaton
VCP-W vacuum breaker
technology. The DH-VR is
designed, manufactured and
tested to applicable IEEE/
ANSI standards.

Renewal Parts
Eaton no longer offers new
manufactured renewal parts
for DH switchgear structures.
For DH renewal parts, contact
Homewood Products
at 412-665-2700.
Note: New DH factory
manufactured switchgear
structures and breakers
are no longer available.

2
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T17-55

17
1
2

Switchgear
DHP Medium Voltage Metal-Clad—Assemblies and Power Circuit Breakers

DHP Switchgear
Assemblies and Power
Circuit Breakers

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

Type DHP Drawout Air Magnetic
Power Circuit Breaker
(Front Interphase Barrier Removed)

Product Description
Westinghouse DHP medium
voltage porcel-line metal-clad
switchgear with type DHP
air magnetic power circuit
breakers was introduced in
1963. DHP breakers and
switchgear were similar to,
but not interchangeable with,
the older DH product. DHP
was provided with porcelain
insulation on all live parts to
ground in the switchgear
and on the breaker element.
DHP switchgear was
available in indoor and in
sheltered aisle and aisle-less
outdoor enclosures.

17
18
19
20

DHP air magnetic breakers
were subject to three major
design changes that were
phased in during their
manufacturing life. The first
DHP breakers were furnished
with solenoid operated
mechanisms with cast parts
and monolithic pole units.
From 1964 to 1968, the stored
energy spring mechanism
gradually phased out the
solenoid operator. After 1968,
cast mechanisms were
phased out by fabricated
mechanisms. After 1970,
monolithic pole units were
phased out by the postinsulator pole unit (PIP) design.
DVP vacuum breakers were
introduced in 1978. DVP
breakers were first generation
vacuum breakers that were
interchangeable in DHP
switchgear with DHP air
magnetic breakers of the
same ratings.
Ratings
●
DHP breakers:
●
5 kV (75, 250 and
350 MVA)
●
7.5 kV (500 MVA)
●
15 kV (500, 750 and
1000 MVA)
●
DVP breakers:
●
7.5 kV (500 MVA)
●
15 kV (500 and
750 MVA)
Chronology
DHP switchgear was
introduced in 1963 and
was actively manufactured
by Westinghouse in complete
switchgear assemblies
until 1984.

Replacement Capabilities

SURE CLOSE
All VR Series breakers that
are furnished with MOC
operators incorporate
Eaton exclusive SURE
CLOSE MOC technology.
See additional information
on Page V12-T17-62.
Class 1 Reconditioned DHP
Breakers and Repair Service
Class 1 Reconditioning of
DHP breakers and repair
service for DHP breakers
are available.
Renewal Parts
Eaton offers an inventory of
newly manufactured renewal
parts for most DHP switchgear
structures and breakers.

DHP-VR VR-Series Circuit Breaker

Eaton offers the following to
support DHP switchgear.
DHP-VR Vacuum
Replacement Breakers
The DHP-VR is a brand new
vacuum replacement breaker
(VR-Series) for DHP air
magnetic and DVP vacuum
breakers. The DHP-VR breaker
permits DHP switchgear
modernization by using stateof-the-art Cutler-Hammer
VCP-W vacuum breaker
technology. The DHP-VR is
designed, manufactured
and tested to applicable
IEEE/ANSI standards.

Effective 12/17/2002, DHP
match and lineup cubicles,
DHP air magnetic breakers
and arc chutes will no longer
be available.
Fluidized Switchgear Bus
Eaton offers new fluidized
epoxy bus—insulated bus to
replace existing switchgear
phase bus insulation.
See Page V12-T17-59.

Ratings are available to
replace: 5 kV through
15 kV, 50DHP75 through
150DHP1000, 1200–3000A.
Additional VR-Series
breakers are available to
upgrade competitors’ air
magnetic breakers. See
Pages V12-T17-60 and
V12-T17-61.

21
22
23
24
25
V12-T17-56

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Switchgear
VCP VacClad Medium Voltage Metal-Clad—Assemblies and Power Circuit Breakers

VCP VacClad Switchgear
Assemblies and Power
Circuit Breakers

VacClad Switchgear with
Type VCP Drawout Vacuum
Power Circuit Breakers

Product Description
Westinghouse VacClad
medium voltage metal-clad
switchgear with type VCP
vacuum power circuit
breakers was introduced in
1981. Vacuum interrupter
technology provided many
advantages over the previous
DH and DHP air magnetic
breaker designs. Vacuum
interrupters permitted the
breaker size and weight to
be significantly reduced,
allowing for two-high stacking
construction of most breaker
ratings in the switchgear
enclosure. VCP breakers
withdraw onto switchgear rail
assemblies for ease of
inspection. Maintenance
associated with air magnetic
arc chutes was eliminated
and contact maintenance was
reduced to visual inspection
of wear gap indicators.

VCP breakers included a
design improvement called
the V-Flex current transfer
system, which eliminated the
transfer of primary current
over a moving hinge (like
DHP breakers) or a sliding
contact assembly (like DVP
breakers). Porcelain insulation
was maintained on the
breaker elements and in
the switchgear except for
the 5 kV switchgear cell
insulation, which was glass
polyester as standard. The
switchgear phase bus was
insulated with a fluidized
bed epoxy insulation
system, which was a major
improvement over the epoxy
impregnated kraft paper
or noryl that was used as
sleeving on phase busbars in
previous switchgear designs.
VacClad switchgear was
manufactured in indoor and in
sheltered aisle and aisle-less
outdoor enclosures.
Ratings
VCP switchgear provided
the first complete line of
Westinghouse vacuum
breakers in the medium
voltage ratings:
●
●
●

Chronology
VacClad switchgear was
introduced in 1981 and
was manufactured by
Westinghouse in complete
switchgear assemblies until
the introduction of VacClad-W
switchgear in 1986. Today,
many capabilities still exist to
support VacClad switchgear.

Replacement Capabilities

17

Eaton offers the following to
support VacClad switchgear.
Remanufactured VCP Breakers
and Factory Repair Service
Factory remanufacturing of
VCP breakers and factory
repair service for VCP
breakers are available.
Renewal Parts
Eaton offers an extensive
inventory of newly
manufactured renewal
parts for VCP switchgear
structures and breakers.
Fluidized Switchgear Bus
Eaton offers new fluidized
epoxy bus—insulated bus
to replace existing switchgear
phase bus insulation. See
Page V12-T17-59.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

Type VCP Vacuum Power Circuit
Breaker (Front and Rear Views)

13

5 kV (250 and 350 MVA)
7.5 kV (500 MVA)
15 kV (500, 750 and
1000 MVA)

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T17-57

17
1
2

Switchgear
VCP-W VacClad Medium Voltage Metal-Clad—Assemblies and Power Circuit Breakers

VCP-W VacClad
Switchgear Assemblies
and Power Circuit
Breakers

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

VacClad-W Switchgear with
Type VCP-W Drawout Vacuum
Power Circuit Breakers

Product Description
VacClad-W world-class
medium voltage metal-clad
switchgear with type VCP-W
vacuum power circuit
breakers was introduced by
Westinghouse in 1986. VCPW breakers and switchgear
were similar to but not
interchangeable with the
original VacClad (VCP) product.
The VCP-W design
includes a consolidation of
improvements in product
design and performance that
enables the introduction
of IEC and 27 kV breaker

ratings. However, VCP-W
still includes many of the
proven product features
of VCP switchgear design,
including two-high breaker
stacking,V-Flex breaker
current transfer and fluidized
epoxy insulation on the
switchgear phase buses.
VCP-W breakers withdraw
onto removable switchgear
rail assemblies for ease of
inspection. VCP-W breakers
and switchgear were
furnished with high-grade
glass polyester insulation
as standard. Optional
insulation upgrades included
cycloaliphatic epoxy insulation
for breaker element insulation
(VCP-WSE breakers) and
porcelain insulation for the
switchgear cell contact
bottles. VacClad-W switchgear
is manufactured in indoor and
in outdoor sheltered aisle and
aisle-less enclosures. Another
option offered for VacClad
indoor switchgear is arcresistance. Eaton was a leader
in the development and design
of arc-resistant switchgear.
Arc-resistant metal-clad
switchgear is metal-clad
switchgear tested for
resistance to the effects of
arcing due to an internal fault.

Chronology
VacClad-W switchgear was
introduced in 1986 and is the
current state-of-the-art Eaton
switchgear product. The VCPWSE breaker with special
cycloaliphatic epoxy insulation
and the 27 kV VCP-W rating
were introduced in 1990. IEC
VCP-W ratings were
introduced in 1991. 38 kV was
introduced in 1995.
Arc-resistant VCP-W
switchgear was introduced
in 1995.

Replacement Capabilities

IEC Ratings

16

5 kV (250 and 350 MVA)

3.6 kV (25, 31.5, 40 kA rms SC Make)

7.5 kV (500 MVA)

7.2 kV (25, 31.5, 40 kA rms SC Make)

17

15 kV (500, 750, 1000 and 1500 MVA)

12 kV (25, 31.5, 40 kA rms SC Make)

27 kV (750, 1000 and 1250 MVA, and 40 kA)

17.5 kV (31.5, 40 kA rms SC Make)

18

38 kV (16, 21, 25, 31.5 and 40 kA)

24 kV (25 kA rms SC Make)

Complete New VacClad-W
Switchgear Assemblies
Complete new manufactured
VacClad-W switchgear
assemblies are available
to replace obsolete existing
switchgear with new CutlerHammer state-of-the-art
vacuum switchgear.
VacClad-W Match and
Lineup Cubicles
New manufactured VacClad-W
switchgear structures to
match and line up to existing
Westinghouse and CutlerHammer VacClad-W
switchgear. New VCP-W
structures can also connect
to existing Westinghouse
indoor switchgear (types
DH, DHP and VCP) with a
transition section.
New VCP-W Vacuum Breakers
Completely new factory
manufactured VCP-W
vacuum power circuit
breakers are available
in all published ratings.
Renewal Parts
Eaton offers an extensive
inventory of newly
manufactured renewal
parts for VCP-W switchgear
structures and breakers.

ANSI and IEC Ratings
ANSI Ratings

Eaton offers the following to
support VacClad-W switchgear.

Type VCP-W Vacuum Power Circuit
Breaker (Front and Rear Views)

Fluidized Switchgear Bus
Eaton offers new fluidized
epoxy bus—insulated bus to
replace existing switchgear
phase bus insulation. See
Page V12-T17-59.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T17-58

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Switchgear
Medium Voltage Metal-Clad Upgrades

Technology Upgrades
Front Panel Retrofit
with IQ Devices
and PowerNet
Communications

Fluidized Switchgear Bus

Customers can use any
of the following services
to fit specific switchgear
applications from 600V
to 38 kV:

1

Bus replacement
Bus duct replacement

3

●

DHP, VCP, VCP-W

17

●

2
4
5
6

Any Busbar Shape or Configuration
is Uniformly Coated. There are
No Dielectric Weak Spots and
Taping is Not Necessary

New VCW Front Panel with
Upgraded Control Devices

Eaton can provide an upgrade
to your system by replacing
existing analog meters,
instruments and protective
relays with microprocessorbased solid-state true rms
sensing devices. New
replacement front panels are
available for DHP, VCP and
VCW switchgear assemblies,
and they can be provided
with devices mounted
and wired.

Eaton offers a cost-effective
program that can extend the
life of any manufacturer’s
equipment by replacing the
bus and insulating it with
fluidized bed epoxy. The bus
insulation in many existing
switchgear assemblies may
be NORYL®, Micarta®,
redacta, heat shrink tubing
or fiberglass. These materials
are adversely affected by
aging, environment and
operating conditions. The
solution to these concerns
can be answered with the
high quality, state-of-the-art
system and superiority
offered by the fluidized bed
epoxy process.

7
8

Coated Busbars Pass Through a Postheat Oven to Cure and Fuse the Epoxy

9

Switchgear Upgrades
DHP, VCP, VCP-W
Switchgear upgrades are
available to increase the
MVA and continuous
current ratings of the
entire assembly.

10
11
12
13
14
15

Wire markers and wiring
diagrams are provided for
the hinged panel. The existing
panel is removed, the new
panel is set in place and the
solid-state devices are wired
into the switchgear unit.

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T17-59

17
1
2

Switchgear
Medium Voltage Competitive Upgrades—Vacuum Replacement Breakers

Competitive Upgrades
Medium Voltage Vacuum
Replacement Breakers

Allis-Chalmers RUPTAIR

Federal Pacific Electric

ITE

General Electric MagneBlast

3
4
5
6
7
8

GE-AM13.8-VR VR-Series
Circuit Breaker

10

Eaton manufactures an
extensive line of VR-Series
breakers to replace General
Electric MagneBlast air
magnetic breakers.

11

Ratings are available
to replace:

12

●

9

13
14
15
16
17
18

●

●

●

●

●

AM4.16 5 kV,
150–350 MVA,
1200–3000A
AM5 5 kV, 150–250 MVA,
1200 and 2000A
AM7.2 7.5 kV, 500 MVA,
1200 and 2000A.
AM7.5 7.5 kV,
250–500 MVA,
1200 and 2000A
AM13.8 15 kV,
250–1000 MVA,
1200 and 3750A (both
short and tall frames)
AM15 15 kV,
250–750 MVA,
1200 and 2000A

15HK-VR VR-Series Circuit Breaker

DST-2-VR VR-Series Circuit Breaker

MA-VR VR-Series Circuit Breaker

An extensive line of Eaton
VR-Series breakers are
manufactured to replace
Allis-Chalmers RUPTAIR type
AM, MA, FA, FB and FC
air magnetic breakers.
Ratings are available
to replace:
●

●

●
●

●

AM 5 kV, 100–250 MVA,
1200 and 2000A
MA 5 kV, 150–350 MVA,
1200 and 2000A
FA 5 kV, 350 MVA, 3000A
FB 7.5 kV, 500 MVA,
1200 and 2000A
FC 15 kV, 500–1000 MVA,
1200–3000A

An extensive line of Eaton
VR-Series breakers are
manufactured to replace
Federal Pacific Electric air
magnetic breakers.
Ratings are available to
replace:
●

●

DST 5–15 kV,
150–750 MVA,
1200 and 2000A
DST-2 5–15 kV,
150 000 MVA,
1200–2000A

SURE CLOSE
All VR-Series breakers that
are furnished with MOC
operators incorporate
Eaton’s exclusive SURE
CLOSE MOC technology.
See additional information
on Page V12-T17-62.

Eaton manufactures an
extensive line of VR-Series
breakers to replace ITE air
magnetic breakers.
Ratings are available
to replace:
●

●

●

●

5HV 5 kV, 100–250 MVA,
600–2000A
5HK-Model 03, 5 kV,
250–350 MVA,
1200 and 2000A
15HK-Model 03, 15 kV,
500–1000 MVA,
1200 and 2000A
15VHK-Model 20, 15 kV,
500–750 MVA, 1200A

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T17-60

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Switchgear
Medium Voltage Competitive Upgrades—Vacuum Replacement Breakers

McGraw & Edison

Remote Power Racking

PSD-VR and WSA-VR VR-Series
Circuit Breakers

An extensive line of Eaton
VR-Series breakers are
manufactured to replace
McGraw-Edison air
magnetic breakers.
Ratings are available to
replace:
●

●

●

PSD-15 15 kV,
500–750 MVA,
1200 and 2000A
WSA-5 5 kV, 250 MVA,
1200 and 2000A
WSA-15 15 kV,
500–750 MVA,
1200 and 2000A

SURE CLOSE
All VR-Series breakers that
are furnished with MOC
operators incorporate
Eaton’s exclusive SURE
CLOSE MOC technology.
See additional information
on Page V12-T17-62.

Remote Power Racking (RPR-2)

Eaton’s remote power
racking (RPR-2) unit provides
a means of remotely racking
most power circuit breakers
that use the rotation of
a shaft for insertion and
removal. Personnel can be up
to 25 feet (8m) or more away
from the switchgear door
during the racking process.
This need for distance away
from the switchgear is due
to safety precautions from
potential arc flash
occurrences.

17

Many arc flash incidences
with low voltage and medium
voltage switchgear occur
during the process of
inserting and removing
(racking) power circuit
breakers in switchgear
cubicles. Personnel are
typically within 2 feet (0.6m)
of the front of the power
circuit breaker during the
racking process and this close
proximity to an arc flash can
cause serious injury. The best
way to limit exposure to arc
flash during the process
of racking power circuit
breakers is to put more
distance between the
person and the possible
point of exposure.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

NFPA 70E provides guidance
for the requirements of
personal protective equipment
(PPE) to protect personnel
from arc flash exposure.
Eaton’s RPR-2 allows
personnel to wear a lower
level of PPE, increasing worker
comfort and mobility, while
operating the RPR-2 from an
increased distance from the
power circuit breaker.

9
10
11
12
13

The RPR-2 system is the
solution that provides
the value and the features
that customers request.

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T17-61

17
1
2

Switchgear
SURE CLOSE

SURE CLOSE
An Eaton Solution for an
Industry-Wide Problem

3
4
5
SURE CLOSE

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

Background
Mechanism Operated
Contacts (MOCs) are external
to the breaker (mounted
in the switchgear cell) and
are driven by the breaker
mechanism through a
mechanical interface. These
contacts are used to provide
extra contacts for breaker
status and for other control
functions. As the circuit
breaker closes, an MOC
operator causes the MOC
switches to operate.
Air-magnetic breakers have
massive mechanisms with
high forces and inertia. The
resultant travel times and
the velocities are slow. The
figure (A-M) shows the
closing curve of a typical
air-magnetic breaker and the
MOC operator. It closes in
approximately 100 msec
(a tenth of a second),
measured from the time
the breaker begins to close.

17

Problem
A vacuum replacement
breaker (VR) is much smaller
and lighter than the airmagnetic breaker it replaces.
The vacuum contacts move
a smaller distance and much
faster. When a VR breaker
is applied to the cell that
originally contained an
air-magnetic breaker, the
resultant speed of operation
of the MOC becomes much
faster when it is directly
driven by the breaker
operating mechanism. The
result is higher impact loads
and mismatched inertia with
the existing switchgear MOC.
The effect of the system
mismatch is shown in the
figure (VR Direct Drive).
When a VR breaker without
SURE CLOSE drives the
MOC, the breaker and the
MOC complete the closing
stroke in the same time;
25 msec, versus the
100 msec for the original
air-magnetic breaker. Notice
the over-travel with the direct
drive MOC. The velocity of the
MOC system is essentially
four times what it is with the
air-magnetic breaker. Because
kinetic energy (the energy
associated with motion) is
proportional to the velocity
squared, the kinetic energy
of the MOC has increased
to 16 times that of the
original design. This faster
operation causes:
●

●

18

●

19

Significant MOC over-travel
and bounce
MOC component wear
A worn or broken MOC
could cause a breaker
to stall

Solution
SURE CLOSE is a stored
energy device, internal to
the breaker, which allows
the MOC to open and
close independently from
the speed of the breaker
mechanism and:
●

●

●

Eliminates the possibility
of the MOC stalling
the breaker
Slows down the
MOC operation
Prevents damage to MOC
cell components

SURE CLOSE Components
Breaker Pole
Shaft Lever

Slotted Drive Links
MOC Lever Arm

Drive
Spring

Return Spring

MOC Closing Times—Air-Magnetic, VR without SURE CLOSE
and VR with SURE CLOSE
MOC Timing–Closing
OPEN

Stroke

SURE CLOSE
Air-Magnetic
VR DIRECT Drive

CLOSED

0

20

Conclusion
In the figure below, you can
see that the SURE CLOSE
MOC drive approximates the
original air-magnetic MOC
response much better than
the VR direct drive. The
VR-Series breaker with the
SURE CLOSE drive does NOT
cause MOC switch contact
bounce or abnormal wear.

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Time (mS)

21
22
23
24
25
V12-T17-62

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

100 110 120

17

Switchgear
VacClad-W Motorized Remote Racking

VacClad-W Motorized
Remote Racking
(VCP-W MR2)

Increased safety precautions
and the need to protect
personnel from the dangers of
potential arc flash occurrences
suggest the need to increase
the distance between an
operator and the front of a
switchgear lineup during
racking operations.

●

●

●

Features
●

●

●

Remote Racking

●

Product Description
Eaton’s VCP-W MR2
motorized remote racking
device provides a means
of remotely inserting or
removing any drawout circuit
breaker used in VacClad-W
switchgear, to help mitigate
arc flash exposure.
The VCP-W MR2 permits
the operator to safely move
a VCP-W breaker between
three pre-determined
positions within the circuit
breaker compartment.
Standing at a safe distance,
well outside the arc flash
boundary of the equipment,
an operator can use remote
controls to select disconnect,
test or connected positions
for the circuit breaker.

●

●

●

Self powered when
switchgear is energized
Provisions energize the
system racking motors
with an external 120 Vac
power source
Available for all breakers in
VacClad-W switchgear
Factory installed and
tested in circuit breaker
compartment
Permanently installed
racking motors eliminate
the need to lift and
manipulate, and align
heavy, bulky equipment
Simple hand-held pendant
controller is available with
indicating lights to clearly
indicate position and status
of the circuit breaker
25 ft umbilical cord
between hand-held
controller and circuit
breaker compartment

●

●

●

All circuit breaker safety
interlocks remain intact
per IEEE C37.20.2
Logic is built into the
device to sense an
interference issue
Logic will not accept a
command to connect a
circuit breaker that has
experienced interference
until after it has been moved
to the disconnect position
Controls can be integrated
into switchgear secondary
control circuits, and/or
SCADA systems using
Modbus® interface or
discrete wiring
Permissive circuit provision
for disabling remote racking
until the right system
conditions are satisfied
Pendant will override
system when plugged into
a specific circuit breaker

Benefits
●

●

Automatic racking reduces
installation effort
Permanently installed
system will not get lost
between service intervals

●

●

You do not lose the ability
to manually operate your
circuit breaker racking
mechanism
Operators can open and
disconnect all circuit
breakers remotely before
entering the equipment
room, which ensures no
exposure to arc flash energy

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Racking Pan

Motor, logic controller
and safety interlocks are
built into the circuit breaker
compartment. System is
factory installed and tested
with VCP-W circuit breakers.
Each switchgear system that
is purchased with remote
racking capabilities will come
with a hand-held pendant for
simple operation of a single
circuit breaker at a time.

10
11
12
13
14

PanelMate® Interface for Integrated Controls

15
16

The Danger
Electric arcs result from
thermal ionization that
occurs when current flow
is interrupted by the
separation of conductors.
Thermal ionization can
generate temperatures as
high as 35,000°F. Conductor
materials melt into metal
vapor and the surrounding
air is ionized.

17
18
19
20
21

External arcs create a
violent explosion, resulting
in an inferno of ionized
gases, molten debris,
metal shrapnel and a flash
of light (an arc flash). Inside
a switchgear/switchboard
cabinet, an arc event can
dislodge compartment
doors and turn hardware
into high-speed projectiles.
Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

9

22
23
24
25
V12-T17-63

17

Switchgear
Further Information

1

Further Information

2

DHP Switchgear and Breaker
RPD 32-253-4D

Renewal Parts Data for DHP breaker and switchgear parts

3

PA02707017E

Sales Aid for the DHP-VR vacuum replacement breaker

RP01301006E

Renewal Parts Data for the DHP-VR vacuum replacement breaker

4

VCP Switchgear and Breaker

5
6
7

Publication Number

Description

RPD 32-274

Renewal Parts Data for VCP breaker and switchgear parts

LEL007A

Sales Aid for the VCP remanufacture program

VCP-W Switchgear and Breaker
RP02201001E

VCP-W 5 and 15 kV switchgear common replacement parts

RP02204001E

Renewal Parts Data for VCP-W switchgear parts

SA-11671

Sales Aid for VCP-W switchgear

DB 32-255

Descriptive Bulletin for VCP-W switchgear

AD 32-265

Application Data for VCP-W switchgear

8

Fluidized Bus

9

General Information

SA-11745

Sales Aid for custom fluidized switchgear bus

LEL004A

Sales Aid for breaker remanufacture program

10

SA02204001E

Sales Aid for MV switchgear replacement front panels with IQ devices

11

PA02707011E

12

PA02707021E

13

PA02707032E

Sales Aid for Allis-Chalmers Type MA vacuum replacement breakers

PA02707031E

Sales Aid for Allis-Chalmers Type AM 250 vacuum replacement breakers

14

PA02707033E

Sales Aid for Allis-Chalmers Type F-Series vacuum replacement breakers

15

PA02707041E

Sales Aid for Federal Pacific Electric Type DST vacuum replacement breakers

PA02707042E

Sales Aid for Federal Pacific Electric Type DST-2 vacuum replacement breakers

16
17
18

DH Breakers
Sales Aid for the DH-VR vacuum replacement breaker

GE MagneBlast Breakers
Sales Aid for GE AM4.16 and AM13.8 vacuum replacement breakers

Allis-Chalmers Breakers

Federal Pacific Electric Breakers

ITE Breakers
PA02707052E

Sales Aid for ITE Type HK (Model 03) vacuum replacement breakers

PA02707051E

Sales Aid for ITE 5HV vacuum replacement breakers

McGraw-Edison Breakers
PA02707062E

Sales Aid for McGraw-Edison PSD vacuum replacement breakers

PA02707061E

Sales Aid for McGraw-Edison WSA vacuum replacement breakers

Universal Remote Power Racking

19

PA02707071E

20

Pricing Information

21
22
23
24

Sales Aid for universal remote power racking system (RPR-2)

VCP-W Breaker
Price List for VCP-W Breaker Parts—PL 33-729
VCP-WR Breaker
Price List for VCP-WR Fixed Vacuum Breakers—PL 33-724
MV Air/Vacuum Switchgear Parts
Vista/VISTALINE Discount Symbol Y1
VR-Series Breakers
Price List for VR-Series Replacement Breakers—PL02707001E

25
V12-T17-64

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

17

Switchgear
Medium Voltage Metal-Enclosed Load Interrupter Switch Assembly and Switches

WLI Load Interrupter
Metal-Enclosed
Switchgear

Product Description

Originally a
Westinghouse Product
4
6
2
3
7

j

1
8

9
2

5

WLI Design

Standard Manually Operated
Fused WLI Switch
1 Switch position indicator/
operator mechanism
2

Provisions for
padlocking door

3

Inspection window
(4 x 16 inches)

4

Full height main door

5

Door stop, foot operated

6

Grounded metal
safety barrier

7

Door interlock

8

Switch interlock

9

Interphase barrier

j

Switch operator
mechanism access door

The WLI (Westinghouse Load
Interrupter) medium voltage
switchgear is generally
composed of a three-phase
load interrupter housed in a
metal-enclosed structure. The
switch is rated for use in four
voltage classes: 4 kV, 15 kV,
25 kV and 38 kV. 600A and
1200A current ratings are
available. The switch is
typically applied in series
with three medium voltage
fuses on the load side of
the switch. WLI switchgear
is used for economical
protection of unit substation
transformers and medium
voltage power distribution
(via a lineup of these
switches). The WLI product
line also offered a compact
Unitized Power Center (UPC)
that used the WLI switch
on the primary of the
UPC transformer.
LBF and WLl look similar
in design. They can be
differentiated by the
nameplate located behind
the operating handle access
door. The front is largely
covered by the main door,
with a 4 x 16-inch viewing
window, providing access
to the switch and fuse
compartment. A smaller
access door on the main door
allows access to the switch
operating mechanism. Upon
opening the main door, the
switch in the upper part
of the structure is covered

by a protective screen
barrier that allows visual
inspection. The fuses, when
provided, are located in the
lower part of the structure,
and are readily visible for easy
maintenance when the main
door is open. The rear of the
switch structure is generally
used for cable entrance and/
or exit. Access to the cable
entrance/exit area is via a rear
cover or door.
The MVS design offers
many enhancements over
the previous WLI design. A
few of the exterior features
include a galvanized base
and a larger viewing window.
Interior features include a
hinged barrier, rustproof
latches, nylon finned
insulators and a switch that
is a removable component.
The WVB (Westinghouse
Vacuum breaker) switchgear
was introduced in 1991,
providing a fixed-mounted
medium voltage vacuum
breaker on the load side of the
switch. The medium voltage
vacuum breaker was used
in lieu of fuses, providing the
capability to instantly reset the
breaker after a trip condition
and the ability to adjust to a
wide variety of coordination
curves in the field.
The MEB (Metal-Enclosed
Breaker) and MSB (Medium
Voltage Switch and Breaker)
designs replaced the WVB
product offering. The MEB

design uses the VCP-TR
medium voltage fixedmounted vacuum breaker.
The MSB offering employs
a three-phase load interrupter
to provide a means to isolate
the fixed-mounted breaker.

Product History
Metal-enclosed load break
air interrupter switches were
first produced in 1952 under
the name Load Break Fusible
(LBF) at M & R facilities
around the country. In 1964,
the manufacturing of the
product was consolidated
in the Cincinnati, OH,
facility. The product was
discontinued in 1972 and
replaced with Westinghouse
Load Interrupter (WLI),
having many design changes
and improvements. Parts
for the two products are
incompatible, but the WLI
design can be added to
existing LBF lineups. The
WLI product line was
moved to the Sumter, SC,
manufacturing facility
in 1979.
The current MVS design
was first introduced in
Sumter, SC, in 1999 and
built concurrently with
the previous design until
December 2001. The
product line was relocated
to Greenwood, SC, in late
2001. As of January 2002,
only the current MVS design
was manufactured.

Product 1950

V12-T17-66

Westinghouse LBF

V12-T17-66

Westinghouse/C-H WLI

V12-T17-66

Cutler-Hammer MVS

1960

1970

1980

1990

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17

Product History Time Line
Page

1

1995

2000

Present

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T17-65

17
1
2
3
4

Switchgear
LBF/WLI/MVS Medium Voltage Metal-Enclosed Load Interrupter

WLI/MVS Load
Interrupter Switchgear
1

2
4

3

5
6

6

7
8
9

5

MVS Design

Standard Manually Operated
Fused MVS Improvements
1 Standard hinged barrier
2

Larger, lower window
(8.00 x 16.00-inch) double
viewing area

3

Rustproof latches

4

Removable switch

5

Nylon finned insulators

6

G90 galvanized base

10
11
12

LBF/WLI Product Description

MVS Product Description

Switch Ratings

The LBF (load break) switch
standard structure was
33.00 inches wide,
90.38 inches high (indoor)
and 98.88 inches high
outdoor. The WLI (Load
Interrupter) switch structure
was offered in both
33.00-inch and 36.00-inch
wide enclosures in the 5 kV
and 15 kV ratings. Both
designs used vertical sections
that were freestanding, close
coupled to transformers, and
bolted together in lineups.
Starting in 1984, ANSI 61 light
gray was the standard internal
and external color for all WLI
structures. Prior to 1984, the
exterior surfaces of outdoor
enclosures were ANSI 24 dark
gray. LBF was only offered in
the 5 kV and 15 kV voltage
ratings. WLI was offered in
5 kV, 15 kV, 25 kV and 38 kV
voltage ratings using 600A
and 1200A switches.

The MVS standard structures
for 5 kV and 15 kV gear is
33.00 to 48.00 inches wide,
90.38 inches high (indoor),
98.88 inches high (outdoor),
with varying depths. The
standard structures for
27 kV and 38 kV gear is 48.00
to 54.00 inches wide, 101.50
or 127.00 inches high (indoor),
110.00 or 135.50 inches high
(outdoor), with varying depths.
Vertical sections are
freestanding, close coupled
to transformers and bolted
together forming lineups.

●

●

●

LBF
●
5 kV
●
15 kV
WLI
●
5 kV
●
15 kV
●
25 kV
●
38 kV
MVS
●
5 kV (600 and 1200A)
●
15 kV (600 and 1200A)
●
27 kV (600A)
●
38 kV (600A)

Replacement Capabilities
LBF
The LBF product line was
discontinued in 1972. Due to
design change and retooling,
replacement parts are only
available through ClevelandPrice, Inc. at 724-864-4177.
WLI/MVS
Eaton offers an inventory of
newly manufactured renewal
parts of WLI/MVS switchgear.
See Pages V12-T17-67
through V12-T17-69.

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T17-66

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Switchgear
WLI/MVS Medium Voltage Metal-Enclosed Load Break Switch Replacement Parts

17

Replacement Parts—WLI/MVS/MVS2 Load Break Switch
Description

Part Description

Quantity per Switch

Style Number

Switch Pole Assemblies

2

Switch Pole Assemblies
Three-pole set includes main and flicker blades, break jaws and arc chutes.
(60 kV BIL or 95 kV BIL)
5 and 15 kV—600A
5 and 15 kV—1200A

1 set
1 set

7278A27G01
7278A27G02

(125 kV BIL or 150 kV BIL)
25 and 38 kV—600A

1 set

7278A27G05

MVS2 5/15 kV—600A
MVS2 5/15 kV—1200A

1 set
1 set

7278A27G43
7278A27G44

Arcing Contact Assemblies
Arcing Contact Assemblies
Three-pole set includes flicker blades and arc chutes.
This kit is not required when switch pole assemblies above are ordered.
(60 kV BIL or 95 kV BIL)
5 and 15 kV—600A
5 and 15 kV—1200A

1 set
1 set

7278A27G06
7278A27G07

(125 kV BIL or 150 kV BIL)
25 and 38 kV—600A

1 set

7278A27G08

4
5
6
8
9
10

Drive Rod Link (polyester, set of three)
5 kV (60 kV BIL)
15 kV (95 kV BIL)
25 and 38 kV (125 kV BIL or 150 kV BIL)
MVS2 5/15 kV
MVS2 5/15 kV manufactured after May 2011

1 set
1 set
1 set
1 set
1 set

7278A27G09
7278A27G10
7278A27G12
7278A27G45
7278A27G53

11
12
13

Finned Bus Support

Finned Bus Support

Finned Bus Support (one each)
36.00-inch wide (glass polyester)
Three-phase bus brace (glass polyester)
Two-phase bus brace (glass polyester)

1 each
1 each
1 each

260C003H51
260C005H51
260C005H53

36.00-inch wide (epoxy)
Three-phase bus brace (epoxy)
Two-phase bus brace (epoxy)

1 each
1 each
1 each

260C003H11
260C005H11
260C003H13

14
15
16
17

Two-Phase
Bus Brace

18

Insulators

Polyester

3

7

Drive Rod Link (Polyester)

Three-Phase
Bus Brace

1

Insulators (one each)
(60 kV BIL)
5 kV glass polyester
5 kV epoxy

as required
as required

4892A97H01
4892A97H07

(95 kV BIL)
15 kV glass polyester
15 kV epoxy

as required
as required

4892A97H02
4892A97H08

(125 kV BIL or 150 kV BIL)
25 and 38 kV epoxy

as required

4892A97H18

Epoxy

19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T17-67

17

Switchgear
WLI/MVS Medium Voltage Metal-Enclosed Load Break Switch Replacement Parts

1

Replacement Parts—WLI/MVS/MVS2 Load Break Switch, Continued

2

Removable Handle

Description

Part Description

Quantity per Switch

Style Number

Removable handle
All ratings

1 each

7274A49H01

Switch Spring Mounting Assembly
5–15 kV—40 kA fault close
5–15 kV—61 kA fault close
25 kV—20 kA fault close
25 kV—40 kA fault close
25 kV—60 kA fault close
38 kV—20 kA fault close
38 kV—30 kA fault close

1 set
1 set
1 set
1 set
1 set
1 set
1 set

7278A27G16
7278A27G18
7278A27G19
7278A27G20
7278A27G21
7278A27G22
7278A27G23

Switch Barrier Assembly
5 and 15 kV
25 and 38 kV
MVS2 5 kV
MVS2 15 kV

1 set
1 set
1 set
1 set

7278A27G24
7278A27G25
7278A27G46
7278A27G47

Fuse Barrier Assembly
15 kV (WLI design)
25 and 38 kV (WLI design)
15 kV (MVS/MVS2 design) (tightening knob or quick disconnect)
15kV (MVS2 design—bolt in fuses)

1 set
1 set
1 set
1 set

7278A27G26
7278A27G27
7278A27G43
7278A27G01

12

WLI/MVS Standard Open-Close Indicator/lnterlock Cam
For lock open/close (top) or lock open (bottom)

1 each

220C934G01

13

MVS2 Standard Open-Close Indicator/lnterlock Cam
For lock close (top) or lock open (bottom)

1 each

220C934G02

Auxiliary Switch Assembly
(5NO and 5NC contacts)

1 each

7278A27G28

Switch WLI/MVS Adjustment Tool Kit

1 each

221C113G031

3
4

Switch Spring Mounted Assembly

5
6
7

Switch or Fuse Barrier Assembly

8
9
10
11

14

Open Close Indicator/Interlock Cam

Auxiliary Switch Assembly

15
16
17
18

Switch Adjustment Tool Kit

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T17-68

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

17

Switchgear
WLI/MVS Medium Voltage Metal-Enclosed Load Break Switch Replacement Parts

Replacement Parts—WLI/MVS/MVS2 Load Break Switch, Continued
Description

Part Description

Quantity per Switch

1

Style Number

Fuse Live Part Kit

2

Fuse Live Part Kit (WLI Design)
Non-disconnect (three-phase—top and bottom)
RBA200 5–15 kV
RBA400 5–15 kV
RBA200 25–38 kV
RBA400 25–38 kV
CLE-1 5–15 kV
CLE-2 5–15 kV
CX 5–15 kV
CXN-1 5–15 kV (single barrel—3.00-inch diameter)
CXN-1 5–15 kV (single barrel—4.00-inch diameter)
CXN-2 5–15 kV (double barrel—3.00-inch diameter)
CXN-2 5–15 kV (double barrel—4.00-inch diameter)
NX25 kV
EJO38 kV

1 each
1 each
1 each
1 each
1 each
1 each
1 each
1 each
1 each
1 each
1 each
1 each
1 each

7278A27G29
7278A27G30
7278A27G31
7278A27G32
7278A27G33
7278A27G34
7278A27G36
7278A27G37
7278A27G38
7278A27G39
7278A27G40
7278A27G41
7278A27G42

Fuse Live Part Kit (MVS Design)
Non-disconnect (three-phase—top and bottom)
RBA200 5 kV
RBA200 15 kV
RBA400 5 kV
RBA400 15 kV
RBA800 5 kV
RBA800 15 kV
CLE-1 5 kV
CLE-1 15 kV
CLE-2 5 kV
CLE-2 15 kV
CX 5 kV
CX 15 kV
CXN-1 5–15 kV (single barrel—3.00-inch diameter)
CXN-1 5–15 kV (single barrel—4.00-inch diameter)
CXN-2 5–15 kV (double barrel—3.00-inch diameter)
CXN-2 5–15 kV (double barrel—4.00-inch diameter)

1 each
1 each
1 each
1 each
1 each
1 each
1 each
1 each
1 each
1 each
1 each
1 each
1 each
1 each
1 each
1 each

98A1125G22
98A1125G23
98A1125G24
98A1125G25
98A1125G26
98A1125G27
98A1125G03
98A1125G04
98A1125G05
98A1125G06
98A1125G09
98A1125G10
98A1125G11
98A1125G12
98A1125G13
98A1125G14

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

Space Heaters

13

Space Heaters (low watt density)
125V (WLI design)
250V (WLI design)

as required
as required

220C974G03
220C974G04

125V (MVS design)
250V (MVS design)

as required
as required

3614A50H01
3614A50H02

14
15
16

Shunt Trip Coil
Shunt Trip Coil
48 Vdc
125 Vdc
250 Vdc
115 Vac
230 Vac
CAP TRIP

1 each
1 each
1 each
1 each
1 each
1 each

7278A78H01
7278A78H02
7278A78H03
7278A78H04
7278A78H05
7278A78H06

17
18
19

Other Replacement Parts

20

Other replacement parts
are available but shall be
considered on a job-by-job
basis.

21
22

Include switch nameplate
information located behind
the switch operating
handle access door with
any correspondence. Be
sure this includes the ”CN“
or ”SM“ number.

23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T17-69

17
1
2
3

Switchgear
Additional Information

Renewal Parts

Torque Values

When ordering parts, specify the part description and mini-MVS
switchgear assembly catalog number found on the nameplate.

Tighten the hardware per the table below.

Enter on Suffix Q50.

Torque Values

Replacement Parts

Bolt Diameter
in Inches

Nominal Torque,
ft lbs (Nm)

Part
Description

Quantity
per Assembly

Style
Number

0.25

4 (5.42)

0.31

8 (10.85)

Switch pole assembly epoxy (three-pole set,
includes arc chute, switch blade, drive rod and insulators)

1

7997A57G03

0.38

25 (33.90)

0.50

50 (67.79)

Non-fused switch and CLE fused switch barrier assemblies
(set of four)

1

7997A57G06

0.63

65 (88.13)

6

Switch operator lever assembly

1

7997A57G11

Auxiliary switch assembly

1

7997A57G12

7

Space heater

1

7997A57G13

Filter (set of two)

1

7997A57G05

8

Key interlock provision kit 1

1

7826C86G01

4
5

9
10
11
12
13

Replacement Fuses
Fuse Continuous
Ampere Rating

Quantity per
Assembly

CLE
Style Number

10

3

5981C29G01

15

3

5981C29G02
5981C29G03

20

3

25

3

5981C29G04

30

3

5981C29G05

40

3

5981C65G01

50

3

5981C65G02

65

3

5981C65G03

14

80

3

5981C65G04

100

3

5981C65G05

15

125

3

5981C65G06

150

3

5981C65G07

16

175

3

5981C65G08

200

3

5981C65G09

Further Information
Publication
Number

Description

DB 31-935

Descriptive bulletin for WLI load interrupter metal-enclosed switchgear

DB 31-950

Descriptive bulletin for unitized dry-type power centers

IL 31-930-D

Instructions for WLI and WVB metal-enclosed switchgear

Pricing Information
Vista/VISTALINE Discount Symbol Y2
Note
1 Key interlock(s) provided by others.

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T17-70

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Medium Voltage Fuses
Medium Voltage Fuses

18

Medium Voltage Fuses
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product History Time Line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Application and Naming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current-Limiting Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expulsion Fuses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Further Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pricing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V12-T18-2
V12-T18-2
V12-T18-2
V12-T18-3
V12-T18-4
V12-T18-5
V12-T18-6
V12-T18-8
V12-T18-8

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T18-1

18

Medium Voltage Fuses
Current-Limiting and Expulsion Fuses

1

Current-Limiting and
Expulsion Fuses

2

Originally a
Westinghouse Product

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

Medium Voltage Fuses

Product Description
Eaton medium voltage
fuses offer such a range of
characteristics that almost
any fuse application, within
the practical range of such
interrupting devices, may
be satisfied. This range of
characteristics is offered
in part by the production of
both expulsion and currentlimiting power fuses.
Expulsion and current-limiting
fuses provide such diverse
characteristics by employing
different areas of fuse
technology. These differences
in technology, along with the
diverse characteristics, require
that different questions be
answered when applying
expulsion and currentlimiting fuses.

Product History
The Eaton power fuse product
line was introduced in the
1930s by Westinghouse
Electric Corporation. As power
systems grew in size, the need
to sectionalize utility feeders
and to protect equipment
became apparent. The initial
fuse development efforts
resulted in the creation of
non-current-limiting, expulsion
type fuses. As the available
fault currents grew, the need
for a current-limiting fuse was
apparent and this resulted in
new interruption techniques.
While basic fuse technology
has not changed greatly
over the years, gradual
improvements have been
made to make the fuses
more current-limiting and
easier to manufacture and
install. Because standards
for fuses (ANSI C37) detail
only test methods and basic
performance requirements,
many different varieties of
fuses (length, diameter, shortcircuit interruption curves)
have been introduced over
the years.
Eaton presently manufactures
medium voltage fuses in
Haina, DR.

Product History Time Line
Page

Product 1935 1940 1945 1950 1955 1960 1965 1970 1975 1980 1985 1990 2000 Present
BAL 햲
BAL-R 햳

V12-T18-4 CLE
V12-T18-4 CLS
V12-T18-4 CLPT
V12-T18-4 CLT
V12-T18-4 CX/CXN
V12-T18-4 HLE
BA 햴
DBA 햵
V12-T18-5 RBA
V12-T18-5 RDB
DBS 햶
V12-T18-5 DBU

General Information
Fuses in Perspective

Medium
Voltage

Voltage

Current
Limiting

Type

Class

Application
Amp Rating

Expulsion

General
Backup Purpose

Cutouts
& Others

Distrbution
Power

Distrbution

CR

E

Boric
Acid
Power

T

KE

Advantages
Medium Voltage Fuse Comparison
Expulsion

Current-Limiting

17

Vented

Sealed

Electromechanical

Static

18

Expels gases/noise

No gases/noise

Interrupts at natural current zero

Limits fault current

19

Generally higher voltage/current applications

Generally higher interrupting ratings

Differences in time/current characteristics

Differences in time/current characteristics

20

Notes
1 BAL superseded by CLE.
2 BAL-R superseded by CLS.
3 BA—Refills and holders only, new installations use RBA.
4 DBA—Refills only.
5 DBS—Superseded by DBU.

21
22
23
24
25
V12-T18-2

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

18

Medium Voltage Fuses
Current-Limiting and Expulsion Fuses

Application Guide
Selection Guide

Ratings
kV,
Ampere,
Brand kA

Type

Class

Use

Current
limiting

General
purpose

Power BHLE/
CLE/
HLE/
HCL

2.4–15.5 kV
10E–1350A
to 85 kA

Dist.

CX/
CXN

4.3–15.5 kV
3.5C–300C
50 kA

CLT

2.4–15.5 kV
4A–150A
25 kA

Backup

Expulsion

Boric
acid

Feeder
Circuit
Power
Section- Fused
Transalizing
Switches formers
■

Power BCLS/
CLS

2.4–8.3 kV
2R–36R
50 kA

Power RBA

4.8–34.5 kV
0.5E–720E

■

RDB

4.8–34.5 kV
0.5E–720E

■

DBU

14.4–38 kV
5E–200E
15SE–200SE
3K–200K

■

BHLE—Bolt-in version of
HLE fuse.

SubPotential station
Motor TransCapacitor
Starters formers Banks

■

■

■

■

5
6
7
■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

CLS—Current-limiting for
motor starters, R-rated.

HLE/HCL—Current-limiting
E-rated, interchangeable
with General Electric and
Gould Shawmut.

RBA—Refillable boric acid
expulsion fuse (indoor use).
RDB—Refillable dropout
boric acid expulsion fuse
(outdoor use).
DBU—Dropout boric acid
fuse interchangeable with
S&C’s SMU-20 refill.

3

■

■

CLPT—Current-limiting
E-rated for potential
transformers.

2
4

■

CLT—Current-limiting
transformer fuse.

1

■

■

CLE—Current-limiting E-rated.

CX/CXN—Current-limiting
interchangeable with
McGraw-Edison’s NX
brand fuses, C-rated.

PadMounted
Distribution
Transformers

■

2.4–38 kV
0.25E–10E
to 80 kA

BCLS—Bolt-in version of
CLS fuse.

■

PoleMounted
Transformers

■

Power CLPT

Guide to Names

■

Substation
Service
Underground
TransDIP Distribution
formers
Pole Transformers

■

8
9
10
11

Guide to Ampere Ratings
“E” Designation
Fuse rated 100E or below
will melt in 300 seconds at
a current value between 2.0
and 2.4 times the E number.
Fuse rated above 100E will
melt in 600 seconds at a
current value between 2.2
and 2.64 times the E number.
If the current is higher
than 2.4 or 2.64 times the
E number, the user must
consult the time-current
curves for that particular fuse.
“R” Designation
The fuse will melt in 15
to 35 seconds when the
current equals 100 times
the R number.
If the current is higher than
100 times the R number, the
user must consult the timecurrent curves for that fuse.

“C” Designation
The fuse will melt in
1000 seconds at a current
value, between 1.7 and
2.4 times the C number.

12
13

If the current is higher than
2.4 times the C number,
the user must consult the
time-current curves for that
particular fuse.

14

“A” Designation
Fuses that do not comply
with “E,” “R” or “C”
designations.

16

Expulsion fuses can also be
E-rated, K-rated and T-rated,
and are also covered in the
ANSI standards. The K and
T ratings refer, respectively,
to relatively “fast” and
“slow” melting expulsion
fuses. Detailed time-current
tables adequately define
these ratings.

15
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T18-3

18
1

Medium Voltage Fuses
Current-Limiting Fuses

Current-Limiting Fuses

2
3
4
5

CLE and HLE Current-Limiting—E-Rated

6
8
10

CLPT Current-Limiting E-Rated for
Potential Transformer Protection

11
12
13
14

General Information

Current-limiting fuses are
constructed with pure silver
fuse elements, a high-purity
silica sand filler, a specially
designed core and a glass
resin outer casing.

Applications
Current-limiting technologies
can be used to meet almost
every fuse application. Typical
applications for utility,
industrial, construction and
OEM customers include:

A high fault current melts the
silver element almost instantly
and loses energy to the
surrounding sand. The sand
melts and forms fulgurite,
a glass-like substance.
The arc voltage rapidly
increases to nearly three
times the fuse voltage rating
and forces the current to
zero. Low fault current melts
a solder drop on the silver
fuse element that, in turn,
melts the silver.

7
9

Product Description

CLS Current-Limiting for Motor Starter

15
16

The element burns back until
there is a sufficient internal
gap to interrupt the current.
This is known as the M-effect.
Eaton current-limiting fuses
are offered in two basic
types: backup and general
purpose. Backup fuses
have a published minimum
interrupting current and
require a series device for
breaking the circuit for
currents below this minimum
level. General purpose fuses
have improved low current
interruption capability and are
designed to interrupt low fault
currents that cause the fuse to
melt in one hour or less.

●

●
●

●

●

●

●
●
●
●
●

Feeder circuit
sectionalizing
Power transformers
Substation service
transformers
Underground distribution
transformers
Pole-mounted
transformers
Pad-mounted distribution
transformers
Fused switches
DIP poles
Motor starters
Potential transformers
Substation capacitor banks

Accessories
A wide assortment of
mountings, live parts and
end fittings are available
to facilitate power fuse
installation.
Mountings include a base,
porcelain or glass polyester
insulators and live parts. They
help enable the fuse to be
safely attached to the gear.
Mountings can be either
disconnect or nondisconnect.
Live Parts attach the fuse
to the mountings and are
considered part of the
mounting. All parts above
the insulators are live parts.

Live Parts

End Fittings are metal parts
that attach to each end of
the fuse at the ferrules.
They are used only on
disconnect fuses or when
converting a nondisconnect
to a disconnect fuse.

17
18
19

CX Current-Limiting—Interchangeable
with McGraw Edison’s NX Type

20
21
22
23

CLT Current-Limiting
for Transformer Protection

24
25
V12-T18-4

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Medium Voltage Fuses
Expulsion Fuses

Expulsion Fuses

RBA—Refillable Boric Acid

RDB—Refillable Dropout Boric Acid

DBU—Dropout Boric Acid—
Interchangeable with S&C’s SMU-20

Product Description
Eaton expulsion fuses
use boric acid as the
interrupting medium. Under
a fault condition, arc heat
decomposes the boric acid,
which produces gases and
boric anhydride. The water
vapor blast extinguishes the
arc in a deionizing action
and exits from the bottom
of the fuse.
Type RBA indoor expulsion
fuses are fitted with a filter
or condenser that moderates
the discharge exhaust. The
discharge filter limits the
exhaust to a small and
relatively inert amount of
gas and lowers the noise
level without affecting the
fuse interrupting rating.
Steam discharge, that can
affect the interrupting, is fully
restricted by the condenser.
Each type RDB outdoor
dropout fuse includes an
ejector pin that is forced
through the top of the fuse.
The ejector pin releases a
latch on the mounting and the
fuseholder is kicked outward
and swings into the dropout
position, through 180° with a
vertical mounting, or 90° with
an underslug mounting.

Refill units can be field
installed into RBA and RDB
expulsion fuses. Once the old
unit has been removed, the
separately purchased unit
can be easily installed into
the fuse holder.

General Information
Applications
Expulsion technologies can
be used to meet a number
of fuse applications. Typical
applications for utility,
industrial construction and
OEM customers include:
●

●
●
●

●
●
●

Feeder circuit
sectionalizing
Fused switches
Power transformers
Substation service
transformers
DIP poles
Potential transformers
Substation capacitor banks

18

Accessories
The following accessories are
available for expulsion fuses:
Mountings include a base,
porcelain or glass polyester
insulators and live parts. They
help enable the fuse to be
safely attached to the gear.
Mountings can be either
disconnect, nondisconnect
or dropout. Fuses may be
vertical or underhung.
Live Parts attach the fuse
to the mountings and are
considered part of the
mounting. All parts above
the insulators are live parts.
End Fittings must be
mounted on DBU fuse units
to enable them to be fitted
into the mounting.
Filters and Condensers
are for indoor applications of
RBA expulsion fuses. They
confine the arc within the
fuse and substantially reduce
the noise and exhaust when
the fuse interrupts.
Mufflers are used with DBU
fuses in indoor applications
to virtually eliminate offensive
noise and exhaust gases
when the fuse interrupts.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T18-5

18
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

10
11
12
13
14
15
16

Current-Limiting and Expulsion Fuses

Product Selection
Easy to Use, Easy to Order!
Eaton’s fuse catalog
numbering system makes
it easy to order the right
fuse. The catalog numbers
are easy to remember,
unique to each fuse, and
are broken down in three
descriptive segments: fuse
type, voltage rating and
current rating.
These catalog numbers
can be entered directly
and easily:
●

8
9

Medium Voltage Fuses

●

No change in order
processing will occur if you
use either a style number
or its corresponding
catalog number. You
will get the same fuse
In the back of this ordering
guide is a style number
to catalog number crossreference chart

Current-Limiting Fuse Examples
●
5CLE-30E
5.5 max. kV, CLE fuse unit,
30E amperes
●
15CXN-45C
15.5 max. kV, CXN fuse
unit, 45C amperes
●
5CLS-GDM-E
5.5 max. kV, CLS fuse
unit, glass polyester
nondisconnect mounting
●
CLE-DL-D
CLE, disconnect live
parts, size D

Catalog Numbering System
Current-Limiting Fuses

15 CLE – 100 E – (D)
Maximum kV
2 = (2.4, 2.5, 2.75)
4 = (4.3, 4.8)
5 = (5.08, 5.5)
7 = (7.2)
8 = (8.3)
15 = (15.5)
25 = (25.5)
38 = (38.0)

Size
Type
CLE
HLE
BHLE
CLPT
NCLPT
CLS

BCLS
CLS70
CLS75
HCLS
LCLS

Amperes
0.5–1350

CX
CXN
CLT
AHLE
ACLS

Class
E
R
C
X

A
B
D

Current-Limiting Fuse Accessories

15 CLE – P NM – (C)
Maximum kV
2 = (2.4, 2.5, 2.75)
4 = (4.3, 4.8)
5 = (5.08, 5.5)
7 = (7.2)
8 = (8.3)
15 = (15.5)
25 = (25.5)
38 = (38.0)

Type
CLE
HLE
CLPT
NCLPT
CLS

HCLS
LCLS
CX
CXN
CLT

Diameter Size
Hardware
DM
NM
DL
NL
DF

=
=
=
=
=

Disconnect mounting
Nondisconnect mounting
Disconnect live parts
Nondisconnect live parts
Disconnect end fittings

Insulator
G = Glass polyester
P = Porcelain
H = High BIL

A = 1-5/8 inches (41.3 mm)
0.5E–1.5E single barrel
B = 1-5/8 inches (41.3 mm)
3E–10E single barrel
C = 2.00-inch (50.8 mm)
single barrel
D = 3.00-inch (76.2 mm)
single barrel
E = 3.00-inch (76.2 mm)
double barrel
F = 4.00-inch (101.6 mm)
double barrel
G = 5/8-inch (15.9 mm)
ferrule (CX/CXN only)

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T18-6

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

18

Medium Voltage Fuses
Current-Limiting and Expulsion Fuses

Product Selection
Expulsion Fuse Examples
●
8RBA2-10E
8.3 max. kV, RBA-200 refill,
10E amperes
●
DBU17-30K
17.1 max. kV, DBU fuse
unit, 30 amperes
●
15RBA8-INH
15.5 max. kV,
RBA-800, indicating
nondisconnect holder
●
RBA4-FLTR
RBA-400 filter

Catalog Numbering System

1

Expulsion Fuse Units

2

DBU 17 – 100 E
Type
RBA
DBU
DBA
RBT
BA

3

Speed
Amperes

Maximum kV 1
0.5
3
5
6
7
8
10
12
15
20
25
30
40

8
15
17
25
27
38
48
72
92
121
145

50
65
80
100
125
140
150
175
200
250
300
400

4

E
K
SE

5
6
7
8
9

Expulsion Fuse Accessories

10

15 RBA2 – P NM – (B)
8
15
17
25
27
38

11

Bolt-In

Maximum kV 1
Type
RBA
DBU
RDB
BA

Insulator
G = Glass
polyester
P = Porcelain
HP = High LIWL
porcelain

Hardware

B = 1-5/8 inches (41.3 mm),
3E–10E, single barrel

UM
DL
NL

= Underhung mounting
= Disconnect live parts
= Nondisconnect
live parts
DH = Disconnect holder
NH = Nondisconnect holder
NM = Nondisconnect
mounting
UL
= Underhung live parts
VL
= Vertical live parts
I
= Indicating
FLTR = Filter
COND = Condenser
MFLR = Muffler
SHNT = Shunt and spring
assembly

12
13
14
15
16
17
18

Note
1 Maximum kV occurs after DBU or before BA, DBA, RBA, RBT or RDB.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T18-7

18
1
2
3
5
6

Current-Limiting and Expulsion Fuses

Further Information
Publication
Number

Description

Current-Limiting Fuses
CA08100016E

Fuse Catalog, Volume 14, Tab 3

Expulsion Fuses
CA08100016E

4

Medium Voltage Fuses

Fuse Catalog, Volume 14, Tab 2

General Information
CA08100016E

Fuse Catalog, Volume 14

Pricing Information
Price and Availability Digest (PAD)
Vista/VISTALINE™ Discount Symbols Y1-F, Y1-FE, Y1-FH

7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T18-8

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Network Protectors
CM52 Network Protector

19

Network Protectors
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product History Time Line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technology Upgrades—Relays and Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Further Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pricing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V12-T19-2
V12-T19-2
V12-T19-2
V12-T19-3
V12-T19-3
V12-T19-4
V12-T19-4

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T19-1

19
1
2

Network Protectors
Retro-Build, Replacement Parts and Relays

Network Protectors

Product Description

Originally a
Westinghouse Product

Cutler-Hammer® network

3
4
5
6
CM-22

7
8

protectors from Eaton’s
electrical business are special
self-contained air breaker units
having a full complement of
current, potential and control
transformers, as well as
relay functions. The network
protector enables the
paralleling of two or more
primary feeders on the same
low voltage bus. They are
available for transformer
mounting in submersible or
non-submersible housings,
or suitable for mounting within
a low voltage switchgear
assembly. The protective relay
automatically closes the

protector if power flow is
forwarded into the collector
bus. It also trips the protector
upon flow of reverse fault or
magnetizing currents.

Product History
The network protector product
line began manufacturing in
1922 under the name of
Westinghouse Electric and
Manufacturing Company.
Over the years a number of
different production models
were produced. The most
widely installed model is the
type CM-22, which was first
marketed in 1934 and is still
manufactured today.

New production CM-22,
CMD, CMR-8 and CM52
units are available from
the Greenwood, SC, facility.
Renewal parts are also
available for these units.
The old type
electromechanical relays
which have a large installed
base, are field replaceable
with the current solid- state
Type MPCV relays.

Eaton has also developed
parts and relays to support
old style GE Type MG-8 and
MG-9 network protectors. GE
discontinued the manufacture
of these products in 1996.

Product History Time Line

9

Product

10

1920

1930

1940

1950

1960

1970

1980

1990

2000

Present

Network
Protector

11

CM
CM-1

12

CMD

CM-2
CM-22

13

CMR-8

14

CMD

15

Relays

16

MPCR

CM52
CNJ, CN-33
MPCV

17

CM52

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T19-2

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

19

Network Protectors
Retro-Build, Replacement Parts and Relays

Replacement Capabilities
New
Several current Cutler-Hammer
production designs of network
protectors are available:
●
●
●
●

CM52
CMD
CMR-8
CM-22

Retro-Build
Retro-building is a complete
reworking of all the major
components of a network
protector including preliminary
inspection, rebuilding, and retesting equipment. Included
in the process: removing all
asbestos materials (where
applicable), applying a new
wiring harness, rebuilding the
complete mechanism with
motor and shunt trip, replacing
the relay panel and completely
reconditioning any enclosure.
Modern components change
the “as built” vintage to
current production designs.
Cutler-Hammer and
Westinghouse
●
CM-22
●
CMD
●
CMR-8
General Electric®
●
MG-8
●
MG-9

Retrofit
General Electric MG-8 and
MG-9 network protectors
up to 2000A are retrofittable
with a new CM52 roll-in
replacement breaker. This
retrofitting option uses
existing enclosures and bus,
replacing the remaining with
the most recent technology
of the CM52.

MPCV Relay for Cutler-Hammer
and Westinghouse Network
Protectors

MPCV Relay for
GE Network Protectors

2
3
4
5

CMD style network protectors
are retrofittable with a new
CM52 drawout circuit breaker
and is available for all ampere
ratings and voltages.
Contact the Network
Protector Group for
additional information
and availability at
1-800-525-6821 or
1-877-737-8328.

6
7

Front View

8

Front View

9

Technology Upgrades—
Relays
Electromechanical and older
solid-state relays can be
replaced with new microprocessor MPCV designs.
The MPCV network relay
can be field installed into
ANY network protector
regardless of the age or
the manufacturer. Field
installation is accomplished
without breaker modification
or any rewiring of the breaker
control harness.

1

10
11
12
13

Rear View

14
Rear View

15

Communications Capability
The MPCV relay has the
capability of communicating
information over a wide range
of media.

16
17

Hardwire (fiber or twisted
pair), wireless (cellular or
radio) are options available
using Eaton’s VaultGard
Communication platform.
This system provides data
for extensive engineering
analysis, vault diagnostics,
preventive maintenance
and additionally provides
DNP 3.0 objects direct to a
SCADA system.

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T19-3

19
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Network Protectors
Retro-Build, Replacement Parts and Relays

Parts
Eaton offers an extensive
inventory of newly
manufactured renewal
parts for the following
network protectors:
Cutler-Hammer and
Westinghouse
●
CM-22
●
CMD
●
CMR-8
●
CM52

Renewal Parts Data Book

The product line offers the
following network protector
training seminars:

RP02401002E

Renewal Parts Guide

IB 35-5001E

Instruction Book

●

●

10

13

Training

RPD 35-550H

Test Sets

9

12

Further Information

General Electric
●
MG-8
●
MG-9

8

11

network protectors with 208
through 480V delta or wye
connected systems. This is
supplied in a rugged, wheeled
case with retractable handle.

HWT-500 Test Kit

The HWT-500 test kit is
offered to provide complete
testing capabilities for

Safety and Maintenance
Seminar—This twoday seminar covers
fundamentals of network
systems, network relay
history and theory and
maintenance overview of
the CM-22, CMD, CM52
and MPCV relay
Troubleshooting Network
Protector Seminar—
This three-day seminar
encompasses all material
included in the safety and
maintenance seminar
and also covers the
GE network protectors.
A combination of
classroom and hands-on
troubleshooting are
provided

Publication Number

Description

CM-22
DB 35-550G

Descriptive Bulletin

CMD
DB 35-552B

Descriptive Bulletin

RPD 35-552

Renewal Parts Data Book

RP02401001E

Renewal Parts Guide

IB 35-552-G

Instruction Book

CMR-8
RPD 35-575(E)

Renewal Parts Data Book

IB 35-575-A

Instruction Book

CM52
B.52.01.S.E

Sale Brochure

IB 52-01-TE

Instruction Book

MPCR Relay
IB 35-581A

Instruction Book

MPCV Relay
IB 35-581B

Instruction Book

ST-156

Sales Engineer’s Notes

SA-376

Sales Aid MPCV Relay

SA.52.01.S.E

T&D Reprint—Pepco System

HWT-500 Test Kit
IB 35-557

Instruction Book

14

LWT-450 Test Kit
IB 35-556-C

Instruction Book

15

SA-11898

Sales Aid

Pricing Information

16

Call Eaton’s Network
Protector Group in
Greenwood, SC.
Toll Free: 1-800-525-6821
or 1-877-737-8328.

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T19-4

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Network Protectors
Retro-Build, Replacement Parts and Relays

19

CMD Network Protector Renewal Parts

1

Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer CMD Network Protector
Current
Catalog Number

Description
Electrical Components

Description

Current
Catalog Number

2
3

Current Carrying Components

Finger cluster assembly (800–1875A)

593C841G01

Moving arcing contact (800–1875A)

695C128G02

Finger cluster assembly (2000–3000A)

682C347G02

Moving arcing contact (2000–3000A)

695C134G01

Micro-switch assembly

436B162G01

Stationary arcing contact assembly (800–1875A)

593C842G01

Anti-close coil and switch (800–1875A)

436B169G01

Stationary arcing contact assembly (2000–3000A)

6897D10G02

Anti-close coil and switch (2000–3000A)

436B169G02

Arc chute (800–1875A)

6914D18G02

Auxiliary switch assembly (800–3000A)

591C950G01

Arc chute (2000–3000A)

9147D18G01

Anti-close relay assembly

765A881G03

Enclosure Parts—NEMA and Submersible (800–3000A)

6

Motor close relay

765A880G01

Fuse housing (800–1875A)

595F152G01

Trip coil assembly (1875–3000A)

8230A23G02

Fuse housing (2000–3000A)

693C719G01

7

Trip coil only

677C903G03

Spade terminal (800–1875A)

437B477G01

Capacitor only

8310A96H01

Stud terminal (800–1875A)

589C074G01

BN dummy plate (CMD)

435D857G03

Spade terminal (2000 – 3000A)

690C292G01

CNJ dummy plate (CMD)

508B559G01

Stud terminal (2000–3000A)

506B827G01

Fuse housing cover with gasket (800–1875A)

6390C82G01

Mechanical Devices
Motor assembly—two lead only (800–3000A)

437B494G01

Fuse housing cover with gasket (2000–3000A)

6390C84G01

Operations counter

592C040H02

Fuse housing cover with window (800–1875A)

592C092G01

Levering-in assembly (800–1875A)

442D145G01

Fuse housing cover with window (2000–3000A)

592C092G02

Levering-in assembly (2000–3000A)

6897D33G01

Fuse housing tank gasket (800–1875A)

505B339H01

Hardware

4
5

8
9
10
11
12

Fuse housing tank gasket (2000–3000A)

590C508H01

Network relay hold-down nuts

5765A44G01

8-point stationary secondary contact

591C497G01

Combination nuts

1087024

8-point moving secondary contact (breaker mounted)

591C498G06

Breaker crank

589C063G01

12-point moving secondary contact (breaker mounted)

693C618G01

X-washer and contact grease kit

8264A32G01

12-point stationary secondary contact

9246C47G01

Breaker rollers

349A473H01

Door hinge and clamp kit (open side)

6418C71G01

Breaker blocking bar

3670A85H01

Door hinge and clamp kit (hinge side)

6418C71G02

Breaker contact test gauge (1875A)

3670A81G01

Hinge bolt only

1640799

Tank window kit

545B314G02

8310A96H03

Tank window only

310C536H12
5863A16H01

17
18

Control Resistors and Rectifiers
Diode
Rectifier

3615A35H01

Tank window gasket only

Electromechanical resistor assembly

664A956G01

Submersible Tank Door Gasketing

3100 ohm resistor

499A067H04

Flat molded, pre 12/87 (800–1875A)

437C089H01

Motor close rheostat

8230A16G01

Flat molded, pre 12/87 (2000–3000A)

590C512H01

1.25-inch (31.8 mm) diameter tubular Sep. MDT.
—166 inches (4216.4 mm) (800–1875A)

8309A37H01

1.25-inch (31.8 mm) diameter tubular Sep. MDT.
—140 inches (3556.0 mm) (800–1875A)

8309A37H02

Fuses (125–216V and 277/480V)
NPL fuse (800A)

140D318G04

NPL fuse (1200A)

140D318G05

NPL fuse (1600–1875A)

140D318G01
140D318G02

1.25-inch (31.8 mm) diameter tubular Sep. MDT.
—152 inches (3860.8 mm) (2000–3000A)

8309A37H01

NPL fuse (2000–2825A)
NPL fuse (3000A)

140D318G06

Flat molded, pre 12/87 (2000–3000A)

437C089H01

Barrier assembly tanking (800–1875A)

567F830G01

Barrier assembly tanking (2000A plus)

693C717G02

Transformers
Current transformer (multi-ratio: 800/1200/1600A)

8230A85H01

Current transformers (2000A)

8313A73G02

Current transformers (2500A)

8313A73G01

Current transformers (3000A)

8313A73G03

Potential transformer

7526A14G01

Control power transformer

8230A18H01

13
14
15
16

19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T19-5

19
1
2
3
4
5
6

Network Protectors
Retro-Build, Replacement Parts and Relays

CM-22 Network Protector Renewal Parts
Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer CM-22 Network Protector
Current
Catalog Number

Description
Electrical Components
Motor contactor assembly (replaces G01, G02 and SG relay)

Description

Current
Catalog Number

Current Transformers
503B286G03

Multi-ratio 1600/1200/800A:5A

745C148G01

“J” switch assembly (664A948H01)

1572037

Fixed ratio 1600A:5A

592C554G01

“J” switch contact only

657A239H01

Fixed ratio 2000A:5A

6109C13G01

Motor cutoff “W” switch assembly (for three lead motor)

310C629G01

Fixed ratio 2500A:5A

592C556G01

Motor cutoff “W” switch assembly (for two lead motor)

310C629G03

Fixed ratio 3000A:5A

592C557G01

Auxiliary switch 12-pole 46A5916G13 + G14

310C626G02

Current Carrying Components

Auxiliary switch eight-pole (replaces type “W”)

310C626G03

Stationary conductor (800–1875A, left and right)

310C352G02

7

Network relay terminal block (lower)

310C356G05

Stationary conductor (800–1875A, center)

310C352G01

Network relay terminal block (upper)

310C356G03

Stationary main contact assembly (2000–3000A, includes arcing contact) 310C358G02

8

CNJ terminal block

310C356G02

Stationary main contact assembly (3500A, includes arcing contact)

310C358G01

BN terminal block (lower)

310C356G01

Moving contact (800–1875A, left and right)

310C353G01

BN terminal block (upper)

310C356G04

Moving contact (800–1875A, center)

310C353G02

BN dummy plate

435D857G03

Moving contact assembly (2000–3500A, right)

436D166G01

CNJ dummy plate

508B559G01

Moving contact assembly (2000–3500A, left and center)

436D166G02

9
10

Arcing contact moving (2000–3500A)

09A2605G05

Motor—three lead

592C071G03

Arcing contact stationary (800–1875A)

1529542

Motor—three lead with amp plug

592C071G01

Arcing and main stationary contact assembly (2000–3500A)

310C357G01

Motor—two lead

592C071G02

Arc chute (all sizes)

17B9967G01

Shunt trip device (208V)

1114739

Enclosure Parts—NEMA and Submersible

Shunt trip device (250V)

1630111

Breaker barrier kit (800–1875A)

6549C10G01

13

Shunt trip coil only (208V)

0918738

Breaker barrier kit (2000–3000A)

6914D10G01

Shunt trip coil only (250V)

1041078

4-point stationary disconnect device (left hand)

678C170G03

14

Operations counter

592C040H03

4-point stationary disconnect device (right hand)

678C170G04

Moving disconnect device (left hand)

678C169G02

Moving disconnect device (right hand)

678C169G03

11
12

Mechanical Devices

Hardware

15

Mechanical links, springs and caps

8312A08G01

Fuse disconnect nut

1087025

Round sight glass kit (tempered glass)

545B314G02

16

Fuse disconnect nut

1087024

Door hinge and clamp kit (open side)

6418C71G01

Relay combo nut (large)

5765A44G01

Door hinge and clamp kit (hinge side)

6418C71G02

17

Overtoggle link assembly

436D164G02

Submersible Tank Door Gasketing

Micarta® link (left side of overtoggle assembly)

1572053

18

1572054

0.75-inch (19.1 mm) diameter tubular, pre '62 only
—139 inches (3530.6 mm) (800–1875A)

8311A01H01

Micarta link (right side of overtoggle assembly)
Operating handle

17B9956G01

1.25-inch (31.8 mm) diameter tubular
—139 inches (3530.6 mm) (800–1875A)

6337C85H40

19

Mechanism bumper and pins pack (sold in packs of three)

6419C75G01

1.25-inch (31.8 mm) diameter tubular
— 61 inches (4089.4 mm) (2000–3000A)

6337C95H40

1.25-inch (31.8 mm) diameter tubular
—181 inches (4597.4 mm) (2000–3000A)

6337C97H40

20
21
22

Control Resistors and Rectifiers
Phasing resistor—3 ohm

499A067H05

Phasing resistor—3100 ohm

499A067H04

Motor circuit—3 ohm resistor assembly

664A956G02

Motor circuit—3 ohm fixed and adjustable resistor assembly

664A956G01

Transformers
Lighting transformer assembly (250V)

542B075G01

Lighting transformer assembly (125V)

542B075G02

23

Potential transformer (single only, six required in assembly)

7526A14G01

Potential transformer assembly (left and right)

60A3930G03

24

Control power transformer (sold separately)

8234A01G01

Control power transformer with mounting kit

508B560G02

25
V12-T19-6

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Automatic Transfer Switches
Automatic Transfer Switch
Product Family

20

Automatic Transfer Switches
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product History Time Line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Further Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pricing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V12-T20-2
V12-T20-2
V12-T20-2
V12-T20-3
V12-T20-3
V12-T20-3

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T20-1

20
1

Automatic Transfer Switches

Automatic
Transfer Switches

2

Product History Time Line
Product (Catalog Prefix)

1960 1965 1970 1975 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 2005 Present

ATSRM/DTSRM
ATSRD/DTSRD

3

ATSBI/DTSBI
ATSBM/DTSBM

4

ATSBR
MTSRM/MTSRD

5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

MTSBM
Automatic Transfer Switch Family

Product Description
Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer®
automatic transfer switches
are reliable, rugged, versatile
and compact assemblies for
transferring essential loads
and electrical distribution
systems from one power
source to another.

MTSSM/MTSDM
MBS
ATVE/ATHA
BIHS
ATVSSP
ATVS/ATHS
RTHE
PPVA/PPHA

Product History

ATVA/ATHA

A transfer switch is a
critical component of any
emergency or standby power
system. When the normal
(preferred) source of power is
lost, a transfer switch quickly
and safely shifts the load
circuit from the normal
source of power to the
emergency (alternate) source
of power. This permits critical
loads to continue running
with minimal or no outage.
After the normal source of
power has been restored, the
re-transfer process returns
the load circuit to the normal
power source.

ATVM/ATHM

Eaton is one of the pioneering
electrical manufacturers
and has been focused on
providing reliable backup
power systems with transfer
switch equipment for over
75 years. The automatic
transfer switches provide a
safe and reliable means to
automatically start your
generator, and transfer loads
to a standby power source
when normal power is
available. Eaton offers three
reliable and sophisticated
transfer switch options for
you to choose from—
contactor-based, moldedcase and circuit breaker
style switches.

NTVSSP
PPV2/PPH2
NTVS/NTHS
ATV2/ATH2
ATV4/ATH4
CBVI
CTVIMG
NTVESP
ATVIMG
ATVISP/CTVISP
BIVIMG
BIVISP
BIHI
PPV3/PPH3
PPVX/PPHX
MBHE
NTVE/NTHE
MTVX/MTHX
ATVI/ATHI
ATV3/ATH3
RTHM
RLCM

25
V12-T20-2

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

20

Automatic Transfer Switches

Replacement Capabilities
Type

Logic

Power Panel

Transformer Panel

Wiring

Enclosure

Lugs

All Styles

■

■

■

■

■

■

1

Note: Specific applicable renewal parts for automatic transfer switches are identified on the inside door label of the product.

2

Further Information

3

Publication
Number

Description

IB01602008E

ATC-300 automatic transfer switch controller

IB01602001E

ATC-400 automatic transfer switch controller

5715B46.PDF

ATC-600 automatic transfer switch controller (IB ATS-I005)

8165A37.PDF

ATC-800 automatic transfer switch controller (IB ATS-CI03)

IB01602010E

O & M Manual for the RLCM automatic transfer switch

IB01602009E

ATC-300 automatic transfer switch

IB01602001E

ATC-400 automatic transfer switch

IB01602015E

Automatic transfer switch contactor-based switch

IB01602011E

Magnum™ transfer switches

CA08100003E

Volume 2—Commercial Distribution, Tab 5

4
5
6
7
8
9
10

Pricing Information
Priced using Eaton’s Bid
Manager™ configuration tool,
Vistaline on the Web
(accessible by your local
Distributor or Manufacturer’s
Rep.), or Eaton’s website.

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T20-3

Power Factor Correction Capacitors
Low Voltage Fixed and Automatic
Power Factor Correction Systems

21

Power Factor Correction Capacitors
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product History Time Line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technology Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Further Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pricing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V12-T21-2
V12-T21-2
V12-T21-2
V12-T21-3
V12-T21-4
V12-T21-5
V12-T21-5

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T21-1

21
1

Power Factor Correction Capacitors

Power Factor
Correction Capacitors

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19

Depending on the amount
of power factor correction
(amount of kVAR required
for the electrical system to
improve the power factor)
and the dynamic nature of the
load, a fixed or switched
capacitor bank may be the
best solution. When capacity
becomes a problem, the
choice of a solution will be
dependent upon the size of
the increase needed. Like
all power quality solutions,
there are many factors that
need to be considered when
determining which solution
will be best to solve your
power factor problem.

UNIPAK and AUTOVAR

Product Description
Power factor correction
capacitors and harmonic
filters are an essential part
of modern electric power
systems. Power factor
correction capacitors are
the simplest and most
economical means of
increasing the transmission
capacity of a power system,
minimizing energy losses and
correcting load power factor.
In addition, power factor
penalties can be reduced
and power quality can be
greatly enhanced.
There are two main reasons
to correct poor power factor.
The first is to reduce or
eliminate a power factor
penalty charged by your local
utility. Another reason is that
your existing transformer
is, or shortly will be, at full
capacity and installing power
factor correction capacitors
can be a very cost-effective
solution to installing a brand
new service.

20

Harmonic Filtering
As the world becomes more
dependent on electric and
electronic equipment, the
likelihood that the negative
impact of harmonic distortion
increases dramatically. The
efficiency and productivity
gains from these increasingly
sophisticated pieces of
equipment have a negative
side effect—increased
harmonic distortion in the
power lines. The difficult
thing about harmonic
distortion is determining the
cause. Once this has been
determined, the solution can
be easy. Passive harmonic
filtering equipment will
mitigate specific harmonic
issues, and correct poor
power factor as well.

Product History
Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer®
power factor correction
product line began as Sprague
Electric in Massachusetts in
1942. They were the first
manufacturers of dry
capacitor cells in the United
States. Throughout the next
40 years, they manufactured
capacitors in both the dry and
oil-filled designs.
In 1986, the company was
purchased and renamed
Commonwealth Sprague.
Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer
Power Quality Division began
a name brand relationship
with Commonwealth Sprague
in 2001, and purchased the
Commonwealth Sprague
capacitor systems business
in 2003. At that time,
manufacturing was moved
to the Asheville, NC,
manufacturing plant.

Product History Time Line
Page

Product

1940

1950

1960

1970

1980

1990

2000 Present

Sprague Electric
UNIPAK
Eccol UNIPAK
Eccopak
Eccovar
UNIVAR
Eccol UNIVAR
UNIVAR AUTOVAR
Commonwealth Sprague
UNIPAK
AUTOVAR
UNIVAR
Eaton/Cutler-Hammer

V12-T21-4

UNIPAK

V12-T21-4

AUTOVAR

V12-T21-4

UNIVAR

21
22
23
24
25
V12-T21-2

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

21

Power Factor Correction Capacitors

Replacement Capabilities
Capacitor Cells—Dry-Type
●
Terminals: Threaded for
secure connection, all
sizes. 10 kVAC stand-off
terminal bushings. Rated
for 30 kV BIL
●
Dielectric fill:
Thermosetting
polymer resin
●
Flash point: +415°F
(+212°C)
●
Fire point: +500°F
(+260°C)
●

●

●

●

Dielectric film:
Self-healing metallized
polypropylene. Losses less
than 1/2 watt per kVAR
Pressure-sensitive
interrupter: Built-in, threephase interrupter design.
UL® Recognized. Removes
capacitor from line before
internal pressures can
cause case rupture
Discharge resistors:
Reduce residual voltage to
less than 50V within one
minute of deenergization.
Mounted on terminal stud
assemblies. Selected for
20-year nominal life.
Exceeds NEC®
requirements
Capacitor operating
temperature:
–40°F (–40°C) to
+115°F (+46°C)

PCDM Cell Showing Threaded Nut and Stud Terminal Connection
4.59
(116.6)
2.00
(50.8)
1.00
(25.4)

1
2

#12-24

3

1.25
(31.8)

4

Discharge
Resistors
0.75
1.50 (19.1)
3.78 (38.1)
(96.0)

5

“H“

6
7

Dry Cell Chart
Voltage
Rating

kVAR 1

Height—
Inches (mm)

Approximate
Weight—Lbs (kg)

Catalog
Number 2

240

0.50

4.00 (101.6)

2.1 (1.0)

243PCDMF

240

1.00

4.00 (101.6)

2.1 (1.0)

443PCDMF

240

1.50

4.00 (101.6)

2.1 (1.0)

643PCDMF

240

2.00

4.00 (101.6)

2.1 (1.0)

843PCDMF

240

2.50

4.50 (114.3)

2.6 (1.2)

1043PCDMF

240

3.00

5.50 (139.7)

3.2 (1.5)

12X43PCDMF

240

4.00

6.00 (152.4)

3.5 (1.6)

16S43PCDMF

240

5.00

5.00 (127.0)

2.6 (1.2)

523PCDMF

240

6.25

6.00 (152.4)

3.2 (1.5)

6A23PCDMF

240

7.50

6.00 (152.4)

3.5 (1.6)

7X23PCDMF

240

8.33

7.00 (177.8)

3.5 (1.6)

8B23PCDMF

480

1.00

4.00 (101.6)

2.1 (1.0)

143PCDMF

480

2.00

4.00 (101.6)

2.1 (1.0)

243PCDMF

480

2.50

4.00 (101.6)

2.1 (1.0)

2X43PCDMF

480

3.00

4.00 (101.6)

2.1 (1.0)

343PCDMF

480

4.00

4.00 (101.6)

2.1 (1.0)

443PCDMF

480

5.00

4.00 (101.6)

2.1 (1.0)

543PCDMF

480

6.00

4.00 (101.6)

2.1 (1.0)

643PCDMF

480

7.50

4.00 (101.6)

2.1 (1.0)

7X43PCDMF

480

8.00

4.00 (101.6)

2.1 (1.0)

843PCDMF

480

10.00

5.00 (127.0)

2.6 (1.2)

1043PCDMF

480

12.50

5.50 (139.7)

3.2 (1.5)

12X43PCDMF

480

15.00

6.00 (152.4)

3.2 (1.5)

1543PCDMF

480

16.67

6.00 (152.4)

3.5 (1.6)

16S43PCDMF

480

17.50

7.00 (177.8)

3.5 (1.6)

17X43PCDMF

480

20.00

7.00 (177.8)

4.2 (1.9)

2043PCDMF

600

2.00

4.00 (101.6)

2.1 (1.0)

263PCDMF

600

2.50

4.00 (101.6)

2.1 (1.0)

2X63PCDMF

600

5.00

4.00 (101.6)

2.1 (1.0)

563PCDMF

600

7.50

4.00 (101.6)

2.1 (1.0)

7X63PCDMF

600

10.00

5.00 (127.0)

2.6 (1.2)

1063PCDMF

600

12.50

6.00 (152.4)

3.2 (1.5)

12X63PCDMF

600

15.00

6.00 (152.4)

3.5 (1.6)

1563PCDMF

600

16.67

7.00 (177.8)

3.5 (1.6)

16S63PCDMF

600

17.50

7.00 (177.8)

3.5 (1.6)

17X63PCDMF

600

20.00

8.75 (222.3)

5.0 (2.3)

2063PCDMF

Notes
1 kVAR rating standard. NEMA® kVAR
tolerance is +15%–0%.
2 Catalog number as shown is for
three-phase units.

Dry-type. Thermoplastic encapsulation
medium. On all units, customer must provide
overcurrent protection as tabulated or
equivalent (fuse interruption rating shall be

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23

100,000A or greater). All units supplied
unpainted. Case material terne plate steel
approximately 0.017 thick.

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T21-3

24
25

21
1

Power Factor Correction Capacitors

Technology Upgrades

AUTOVAR

Harmonic Correction Unit

UNIPAK

Medium Voltage UNIVAR
and AUTOVAR

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14

Harmonic Correction Units
UNIPAK

Fixed power factor correction
for retrofit and upgrades.
Units are available in 240–
600V and 1–400 kVAR ratings
for retail, commercial and
industrial applications for
single point correction. Units
can also be configured to
include harmonic filters in
order to reduce harmonics
in applications with large
amounts of nonlinear loads,
such as variable speed drives.
They are most commonly
applied to low voltage
motors, motor control
centers and incoming
switchboards.

UNIPUMP

15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

Metal-Enclosed Medium Voltage
Power Factor Correction System

AUTOVAR 300

UNIPUMP

Fixed power factor correction
for retrofit or upgrade of
indoor or outdoor pump
motor applications. Units
are available in 240–600V
and 2–20 kVAR ratings. Units
include mounting brackets
and a 4-foot flexible power
cable attached for simple
mounting and connection.

AUTOVAR 600

Switched power factor
correction for retrofit or
upgrade at the substation
of facility level. An intelligent
controller senses the
customer’s current power
factor, and automatically
steps on and off stages
of capacitance in order to
achieve the customer’s
programmed target power
factor. Units are available in
240–600V and 25–840 kVAR
ratings in wall and floor-mount
designs. Higher ratings are
available—contact the factory
for assistance. Units can
also be configured to include
harmonic filters in order
to reduce harmonics in
applications with large
amounts of nonlinear loads,
such as variable speed drives.

Active harmonic filters
provide active harmonic
control. The active harmonic
filter will monitor the distorted
electrical signal, determine
the frequency and magnitude
of the harmonic content, and
then cancel those harmonics
with the dynamic injection
of opposing current. Active
harmonic control provides
the benefit of traditional
passive filters with simpler
engineering requirements,
easier and less expensive
installation, comprehensive
control, and assured
compliance with the IEEE®
519-1992 standard.

UNIVAR Fixed Medium Voltage PFC Unit

Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer metalenclosed medium voltage
capacitors, systems and
harmonic filters are designed
for indoor or outdoor
commercial, industrial and
utility power systems
requiring motor start support,
power factor correction,
harmonic filtering, IEEE 519
compliance and increased
system capacity. Fixed motor
start capacitors are available
to assist in motor starting
applications. Engineered
designs are available with
a host of options and
accessories to fit the
requirements and the desired
configurations of virtually any
installation. Single-stage and
multi-stage, tuned or de-tuned
filter banks can be supplied.
Metal-enclosed medium
voltage capacitor banks
are designed for industrial,
commercial and utility
power systems involving
motors, feeder circuits, and
transmission and distribution
lines where power factor
improvement is required.

25
V12-T21-4

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Power Factor Correction Capacitors

21

Further Information
Publication
Number

1
Description

TD02607001E

Low voltage power factor correction capacitor banks and harmonic filters

TD02607011E

Metal-enclosed medium voltage power factor correction and harmonic filter systems

2
3

Pricing Information

4

Price and Availability Digest (PAD)
Vista/VISTALINE™ Discount Symbol C10-S27 for Systems

5

Vista/VISTALINE Discount Symbol C10-ST for Replacement Capacitor Cells

6

Price List—PL02607002E

7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T21-5

Eaton’s Electrical Services & Systems
Protection and Control Solutions

22

Eaton’s Electrical Services & Systems
Solving the Operating Performance Puzzle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PowerChain Management® Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Systems Engineering Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Predictive Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Continuous and Remote Partial Discharge
Monitoring for Medium Voltage Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Medium Voltage Vacuum Replacement Breakers (MVVR) . . . . . . . . .
Class 1 Reconditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automation Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Integrated Project Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement and Upgrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additional Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Eaton’s Electrical Services & Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Further Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V12-T22-2
V12-T22-2
V12-T22-4
V12-T22-5
V12-T22-5
V12-T22-6
V12-T22-7
V12-T22-7
V12-T22-7
V12-T22-8
V12-T22-8
V12-T22-8
V12-T22-8

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T22-1

22

Eaton’s Electrical Services & Systems
Power Equipment Services and PowerChain Management Solutions

1

Solving the Operating
Performance Puzzle

2

As electrical equipment and
systems become increasingly
sophisticated and complex,
so too does the challenge of
maintaining peak levels of
availability, performance,
security and protection.

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

Eaton’s Electrical Services
& Systems (EESS) recognizes
that superior hardware is only
part of the answer. Effective
power strategies require
intelligent system design,
integration, coordination and
control. That means working
with a dedicated service
partner who understands
on-site and remote access
diagnostics, installation,
modernization and predictive
maintenance. Whether
it’s a single power strategy
application or a total
Integrated Project Solution,
EESS has the method by
which to enhance power
performance, to reduce
operating costs and to
maximize the reliability,
safety and integrity of your
electrical equipment and
system assets.

EESS is a one-stop service
provider focused on
integrating and maintaining
power quality. In addition to
complying with IEEE® and
ANSI standards, many EESS
engineers and technicians are
1E-certified to perform a full
scope of on-site service
operations in nuclear plants,
including hardware retrofits.
EESS offers intelligent
solutions for maximizing
operating performance. Some
of these solutions include:
Power Equipment Services
Critical electrical equipment
requires systematic
maintenance to ensure
maximum performance
and in-service life… while
minimizing unscheduled
downtime, aging, wear
related hazards and total
operating costs.
EESS is the ideal complement
to your existing in-house
service. For more complex
projects, they can act as a
single point outsource for
all of your facility’s ongoing
maintenance needs, including:
●

14
15
16

●

17
18

Uptime

19
20
21

Installation/Startup
EESS can install any make
or manufacturer of power
equipment to precise
vendor specifications,
with minimal disruption of
ongoing facility operations
Routine/Emergency
Service
EESS is on call 24/7,
providing an unrivaled
array of services, including
disaster recovery and
crisis response. One call
to 1-800-498-2678, and
uptime engineers and
technicians can be
assembled with the
sole purpose of bringing
electrical systems back
online quickly

●

●

Warranty Service
EESS delivers a new
level of confidence to
customers by adding
an additional one-year
warranty extension to the
Eaton products they install
Strategic Alliances
because Eaton is truly
universal in presence,
scope and capability,
EESS offers exceptional
partnership opportunities
to customers who operate
multiple facilities on
a regional, national or
international level. As
a dedicated service
extension, EESS can
establish and maintain
consistent levels of
availability, reliability and
performance across your
operation. Additionally,
EESS can create uniform
methods and procedures
for performance
benchmarking, predictive
maintenance programs,
inventory management and
an array of other services
designed to help maximize
your investment

PowerChain
Management Solutions

PowerChain Benefits
How Managing the PowerChain
Empowers Business
By actively managing
an enterprise’s power
infrastructure in a holistic
manner, PowerChain
Management solutions offer
a company these advantages:
Greater Reliability
Among the clear advantages
of a PowerChain Management
solution are enhanced
reliability and availability
afforded by state-of-the-art
technologies, such as
predictive analysis and
remote monitoring, to
ensure business continuity.
Operating Cost Efficiencies
PowerChain Management
solutions encompass savings
that begin with intelligent
design and innovation and
continue through heightened
energy management and a
system-wide approach to
cost-effective management
practices, including life-cycle
management.

Life Extension

Effective Use of Capital
By providing a single point of
coordination, a PowerChain
Management solution
speeds the time from
planning to installation and
commissioning. In terms of
life-cycle management, this
approach provides for timely
upgrades to avert the high
cost of complete rebuilds.

22
23

Reliability

24
25
V12-T22-2

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Eaton’s Electrical Services & Systems
Power Equipment Services and PowerChain Management Solutions

Safety
A PowerChain Management
solution enhances safety by
working at the system level,
applying the right equipment,
supporting technology,
training and procedures.
By definition, it always
optimizes system design
and engineering for safety.
Risk Mitigation
With a single point of
accountability for every
aspect of the PowerChain,
enterprises gain broad
improvements in managing
risks, including: meeting
critical schedules, launch
windows and compliance
requirements; protecting
critical data and equipment;
and ensuring safety and
regulatory compliance.

PowerChain
End-to-End Capabilities
End-to-End Capabilities for Your
PowerChain’s Entire Life Cycle
Eaton has over 100 years of
experience and support behind
its products. Our vast team of
field engineers and a global
service network ensures the
highest level of responsiveness to your PowerChain
needs. In addition, Eaton offers
replacement part depots that
make it easy to keep your
electrical system running at
peak performance.
With an exceptionally broad
portfolio of award-winning AC
and DC products, Eaton is an
industry leader. From the
invention of the circuit breaker,
our roots are steeped in
innovation. Our worldwide
research centers continue to
deliver advanced hardware
and software solutions that are
enabling new generations of
proactive, intelligent electrical
systems. And Eaton’s global
brands are helping our
customers meet their needs
for global standards such as
IEEE, NFPA®, UL®, ANSI, IEC,
NEMA® and CNCA.
Optimizing your
organization’s electrical
system via PowerChain
Management solutions offers
you a breadth of resources
including the following
services and products.

Services
Engineering and Consulting
Services provide upfront
analysis and design prior
to project implementation.
Through a PowerChain
Management Audit, our
power system engineers will
help you to quickly diagnose
problems or proactively
identify ways to improve
your electrical system’s
performance and operation.
Included are:
●
●
●

●
●

System design engineering
Power audits and studies
Arc flash and safety
studies
Energy management
Consulting support

Turnkey and Modernization
Services offer field resources
to get your project plan
underway. From project
management on a rebuild
or refurbishment, to turnkey
services for a new facility
or upgrade, we can help
you reduce time and costs.
Included are:
●
●

●

●

●

Project management
Switchgear and UPS
modification
Integrated project
solutions
Existing equipment
upgrades and rebuilding
Installation, startup and
commissioning assistance

Contract and Support
Services ensure that your
PowerChain continues to
operate optimally around
the clock. In addition to
scheduled maintenance
programs, Eaton offers a
world-class service and
emergency response
capability with 24/7
monitoring so that you
have peace of mind and
confidence. Included are:
●

●

●

●

Factory trained and
certified field technicians
Predictive and calendarbased preventive
maintenance programs
Spare part kits,
modifications and
upgrades
On-site training and
technical support

●

●

●

Remote monitoring and
diagnostic support
Battery monitoring with
replacement coverage
(asset optimization)
Parts and labor service
contracts with on-site
response times

PowerChain
Life-Cycle Approach
Eaton’s PowerChain
Management Solutions—
A Life-Cycle Approach
Because Eaton’s PowerChain
Management solutions bring
a system-wide view, address
all decision points —planning,
design, finance, engineering,
construction, installation,
upgrading and monitoring—
and consider life-cycle
impacts to the PowerChain,
they free up businesses
to concentrate on core
capabilities. This provides
a far more strategic
partnership, one in which
Eaton brings to bear its wide
range of expertise and fieldproven performance for
which it has been known
for over a century.
The ease of doing business
with a single point of accountability gains enterprises these
advantages: better schedule
management over the
course of an entire project;
an advanced ability to
anticipate and solve problems;
and a more comprehensive
approach to prevention
and troubleshooting.
Eaton’s electrical group
has recognized the criticality
of addressing the entire
PowerChain in an integrated
way to give organizations the
benefits of greater reliability,
operating cost efficiencies,
effective use of capital,
safety and risk mitigation.
Through a combination of
acquisitions, alliances and
internal development, Eaton
now delivers the products,
services, in-depth expertise
and exceptional performance
to address complete
PowerChain needs.

22

Eaton’s PowerChain
Management solutions
encompass:
●

●

●

●

●

Power Audits
Eaton’s extensive audit
capabilities assess an
enterprise’s complete
PowerChain in terms of
reliability, safety and energy
management issues.
System Design/
Build/Engineering/
Construction/Installation
Eaton is renowned for
innovation. Our specialized
knowledge transforms
concepts into practical
PowerChain solutions
that take into account
cost/benefit, multi-vendor
integration and equipment
selection. On-site
construction management
and engineering staff are
well versed in the practical
aspects of integrating
power protection into
existing buildings, as well
as in new construction.
Monitoring and Analysis
Assessing the status of
equipment, predicting
imminent failures and
identifying power anomalies
are critical to a PowerChain
Management solution.
Eaton provides a full
complement of these
services.
Life-Cycle Management
Life-cycle management
services begin with product
design and engineering,
and continue through
monitoring, maintenance,
upgrades and, ultimately,
replacement
End-to-End
Equipment Capabilities
Eaton’s PowerChain
Management solutions
extend from research,
design, enhancement and
factory testing, to on-site
installation

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

V12-T22-3

22
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

Eaton’s Electrical Services & Systems
Power Equipment Services and PowerChain Management Solutions

PowerChain Audit
The PowerChain
Management Audit
Many facilities have gone
through upgrades and
changes over the years.
Electrical loads have
been added to automate
processes, computer loads
have been added to the
facilities, harmonics have
been introduced to the
system, and the loads are
often much more susceptible
to power quality issues.
Dealing with these issues
is most efficiently done
systematically by performing
a site audit looking for
specific problems and
potential areas of
improvement. By using
proven techniques and
strategic monitoring, Eaton
will identify the areas of
greatest vulnerability and
will address the options for
providing protection from
utility issues, as well as
system protection from
new and ever-changing
load requirements.
Eaton offers PowerChain
Management Audits to
evaluate power system
designs and to improve the
availability and reliability
of the power system. This
method uses proven IEEE
Gold Book methods for
analysis and helps to
determine whether upgrading
critical elements of the
power system, modernizing
the system or simply
rehabilitating the system
is the most cost-effective
method of improving
reliability prior to a failure.
Eaton’s PowerChain
Management Audits consist
of visual inspections, electrical
measurements using power
quality monitoring equipment,
interviews with on-site
personnel, and reviews
of utility bills and data.
Specifically, Eaton will
address interruptions,
voltage sags, harmonics,
surge protection, grounding,
energy management and
arc flash safety.

Eaton will investigate
methods of improving the
reliability of the power system
to help you avoid costly
downtime and repairs. The
present state of the existing
personal protective equipment
is also evaluated. Cost and
payback information will be
presented where appropriate.
Eaton reviews energy
consumption to determine
possible savings with utility
rate structures, energy
usage, time of use (onor off-peak), power factor
correction and various
methods of metering. By
monitoring trouble areas of
the facility, Eaton will identify
other potential areas for
improvement and savings.
Eaton’s electrical group
recognizes the criticality
of addressing the entire
PowerChain to give
organizations the benefits
of greater reliability, operating
cost efficiencies, effective
use of capital, safety and
risk mitigation. With a
PowerChain Management
Audit, power management
problems can be resolved
through a single, integrated
solution at every level in a
facility, delivering products,
services, expertise and
exceptional performance
to address your complete
PowerChain needs. The
purpose of this audit is to
show areas of improvement
in the electrical infrastructure
and to point out areas that are
well designed, maintained
and operating at or above
expectations.
PowerChain Management
Audit Features
●
Evaluate wiring and
grounding methods
●
Evaluate backup protection
including the use of UPS
power, backup generation,
sag correction and power
conditioning
●
Review energy
management processes
to determine demand-side
management opportunities
and analyze energyefficient electrical loads

●

●

●

●

●

Evaluate surge protection
at the utility connection
point and at the
downstream loads
Evaluate the use of
harmonic solutions
including tuned filters,
line reactors and phase
shifting transformers
Evaluate and review
present arc flash safety
compliance status
Evaluate the quality of the
voltage and current at the
main service equipment
Interview key electrical
personnel on site to
determine the type of
operating problems, the
equipment affected, and
the time of occurrences

Power Systems
Engineering Solutions
As technology advances
and more businesses come
to rely on sophisticated
equipment, the demand for
consistent, top-quality power
increases. Power systems
that were installed 15, 10 or
even 5 years ago were not
designed to handle today’s
power demand. The key to
a healthy power system is
consistent configuration and
familiarity with the operating
power system. The most
definitive way to accomplish
this is through a Protection
and Coordination Study by
Eaton’s Power Systems
Engineers.

These services have proven
to be an effective way of
protecting expensive
equipment and preventing
downtime.

Screen Shot

Preventing future system
distress and creating a safe
power environment that will
be both economical and
electrically sound is another
reason to bring in the power
systems specialists. It is a
proactive, system conscious
move involving power
systems engineers and
technicians when upgrading
to a new distribution system,
adding additional loads or
processes to the current
power system, or contracting
with a utility. Power quality
and energy management
studies can take place during
normal plant operation or
scheduled around an annual
plant shutdown.
The first step to consistent
and safe power is to fully
understand the intricacies
of the power system. No
one can do that better than
Eaton’s Electrical Services
& Systems.

Energy Efficiency

EESS provides methodical
testing and monitoring
practices on power systems.
Tests are run to analyze safety,
reliability, power quality and
energy management.

System Testing

25
V12-T22-4

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Eaton’s Electrical Services & Systems
Power Equipment Services and PowerChain Management Solutions

Predictive Maintenance
Eaton predictive maintenance
applies the latest technologies
to support online condition
assessment of critical
electrical distribution
equipment. Advancements
have resulted in new
applications that allow
for predictive diagnostics
measurements via existing
electrical components.
●

●

●

●
●
●
●
●

Performance-based
maintenance
PM program design
and implementation
Periodic testing and
PM services
Thermographic survey
Troubleshooting
Testing
Predictive diagnostics
Transformer oil processing

With extensive field experience,
EESS can quickly develop a
customized application to
schedule and document
essential system services,
which allows for cost savings
while improving system
reliability. Limited maintenance
dollars are prioritized for
equipment that is critical and
is in greater need of service.
By implementing our
predictive maintenance
software with complete
monitoring capabilities,
equipment outages are
anticipated and averted
before they happen.

Continuous and Remote
Partial Discharge
Monitoring for Medium
Voltage Equipment

Eaton InsulGard

Eaton understands the
pressures that you face trying
to reduce costs while at the
same time maximizing your
electrical system’s uptime
and reliability. That’s why
we invented the Eaton
InsulGard™, a system that
changes the rules of power
equipment maintenance.
Until now, there were only
two options.
1. Wait for equipment to
break down and fix it
and/or
2. Periodically take
equipment out of service
to perform tests and
maintenance—whether
it’s needed or not.
Now there is a third,
revolutionary option.
InsulGard is the first
continuous, online,
medium voltage, predictive
maintenance system that
can be used in a variety of
applications including
switchgear, bus duct, power
centers, generators and
motors. Through monitoring,
it can ascertain the relative
condition of insulation, the
deterioration of which is the
leading cause of electrical
failures. And, it can monitor
these conditions better than
alternative testing methods.
Further, you won’t have to
take equipment out of service
or send personnel to conduct
tests. In effect, the InsulGard
system is a lower-cost
alternative to forced outages
and rigid, and sometimes
unnecessary, maintenance
schedules. We believe that

you will find the InsulGard
system to be the best
planning tool available today.
At the heart of the system
is the InsulGard monitor.
Whether you use it to monitor
switchgear or rotating
equipment, only some internal
circuitry changes. The variable
part of the system is the broad
array of sensors we’ve
developed to function with
key electrical assets. Yet,
each sensor is specifically
designed to work with the
InsulGard monitor to provide
seamless and accurate data.
They are also designed to
work with existing Resistive
Temperature Devices (RTDs)
already present within the
windings of generators and
the motor. Design integrity is
important when it comes to
protecting your investment.
The InsulGard system has it.

Generators and Motors
The InsulGard system is
available with a variety of
sensors appropriate for
motors and generators. One
of these is the RTD module
that connects to existing
resistive temperature devices
(RTDs) already embedded
within the windings of the
generator or the motor.
Another sensor that checks
for partial discharge is the
coupling capacitor, which
is used on the line side.
A third sensor, ideal for
generators and motors, is
the radio frequency current
transformer (RFCT). The
RFCT embraces cable
shielding and is used in the
line part of the winding. Used
alone or in combination, the
sensors connect to the
InsulGard monitor where
partial discharges and other
variables such at humidity,
load and temperature are
monitored and recorded
for analysis.
Specifically, here are the
issues that partial discharge
analysis can tell you about
your rotating equipment:
●

●

●

Early stages of insulation
deterioration
Sparks in voids and
between windings
Corona on end windings

22

Switchgear
Available sensors for
switchgear include coupling
capacitors or a combination
of radio frequency voltage
sensors (RFVSs) and
radio frequency current
transformers (RFCTs).
Coupling capacitors detect
partial discharges in a cubicle
and/or adjacent cubicles and
are typically installed on
the load side of the feeder
breakers or on the main
bus. Radio frequency voltage
sensors (RFVSs) are also used
to detect discharges within
the cubicle. They are typically
installed on the load side of
the feeder breakers, or on the
main bus. They are connected
to the current or the potential
transformer’s secondary
neutral terminal.

1

Large Power Transformers
Eaton lnsulGard G is available
for transformers that contain
a capacitive tap at the base
of the bushing. This top is
normally used for powerfactor measurements.
Transformers with a primary
voltage of 13.8 kV can be
monitored using our standard
partial discharge sensors.

10

Software
InsulGard software is part
of the InsulGard system.
It allows you to view the
dynamics captured by the
monitor and to analyze
the condition of insulation
based on the guidelines
and parameters provided by
Eaton predictive diagnostics
specialists. The eventual goal
of predictive diagnostics is to
create a Web-based service
whereby you can statistically
compare the relative condition
of your equipment to others
who have similar equipment in
operation by equipment type,
manufacturer, voltage class
ratings, partial discharge
activity longevity, etc. Users
will benefit by comparing
their own measured partial
discharge data with our
extensive database to predict
outcomes and to plan
maintenance. This database
will not identify customer
sites or locations in order
to guard the privacy of
our customers.

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T22-5

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

22
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21

Eaton’s Electrical Services & Systems
Power Equipment Services and PowerChain Management Solutions

Medium Voltage
Vacuum Replacement
Breakers (MVVR)
New Replacement Breakers
from the Ground Up
VR-Series medium voltage
vacuum replacement (MVVR)
breakers are brand new
breakers that have been
designed, manufactured and
fully tested to be functional
electrical and mechanical
replacements for almost
any manufacturers’ original
air magnetic and some
vacuum circuit breakers.
However, if cell structure
modifications are required,
they are reversible.
Unnecessary downtime is
avoided because the breakers
are new, and only require
one outage for removal and
installation. By only replacing
the breakers, equipment
costs are reduced while the
life of the existing switchgear
is extended.
Many circuit breakers
require additional contacts,
mechanism operated
contacts (MOCs), that are
mounted external to the
circuit breaker mechanism.
When these contacts are
operated by high speed
vacuum breakers, they travel
almost four times faster than
existing air magnetic circuit
breakers and can transfer
up to 16 times the kinetic
energy to the MOC switch.
The increased forces can
damage the existing MOC
switch and cell components,
and in some cases, stall the
breaker when trying to close.
A SURE CLOSE MOC system
balances the speed and
force of the breaker’s MOC
operator to prevent stalling
and damage to the cell and
the MOC switch.

22

Eaton manufactures over 158
different models of VR-Series
MVVR breakers that replace
air magnetic circuit breakers
originally manufactured by:
Westinghouse®, General
Electric®, Allis-Chalmers,
Federal Pacific Electric®, ITE®
and McGraw-Edison®.

Competitive Upgrades—
Low Voltage Power
Air Breakers
AR-Series
Replacement Breakers
The AR-Series (airreplacement) breakers
are not retrofits. They are
100% new breakers used
to completely replace the
original drawout type power
air circuit breaker. This
solution uses state-of-the-art
Eaton Magnum™ breaker
technology that provides
maximum life-extension and
switchgear modernization.
The offering includes a new
breaker, a cassette with
extension rails and a standard
door. No modifications
are required to the original
line/load power stabs or to
the secondary disconnect
contacts.

24
25

Designs are available for
a wide variety of drawout
type low voltage power air
circuit breakers (LVPACB)
originally manufactured by
Westinghouse, Federal Pacific
Electric, Allis-Chalmers, ITE
and General Electric.

ITE

Original K-600

K-600-AR600NM

Federal Pacific Electric

Pictured on this page are
several examples of available
designs. Contact your local
Eaton sales representative
for information on other
breaker types.
Westinghouse

Original DB-25

Original FP-25

FP25-AR600NM

Original FP-50

FP50-AR1600M

DB25-AR600NM

Original FP-75

This solution can eliminate
safety problems caused by
defective racking and/or
operator mechanisms.
Additional safety against
arc flash incidents can be
obtained by equipping
the breaker with ARMs
Technologies, thereby
reducing the arc flash energy
available at downstream
devices during maintenance
periods. Additional switchgear
maintenance problems
such as parts unavailability
and lengthy maintenance
procedures can be eliminated.
This solution often provides
a substantial total installed
cost savings when compared
to completely replacing the
switchgear assembly.
In many instances, the
AR-Series replacement
breaker can be combined
with engineering services
to provide continuous
current and/or interruption
rating upgrades.

23

The AR-Series breakers are
designed, manufactured
and tested to modern
IEEE/ANSI standards.

Original DB-50

Original DB-75

DB50-AR1600M

DB75-AR3000M

General Electric

Original AK-2A-50

AK2A50-AR1600M

Allis-Chalmers

Original AKR-4A-30 AKR4A30-AR800NM

Original LA-600

LA600-AR600NM

Replacement
V12-T22-6

FP75-AR3000B

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

22

Eaton’s Electrical Services & Systems
Power Equipment Services and PowerChain Management Solutions

Class 1 Reconditioning

Automation Services
Effectively applying leadingedge technologies is often
the key to enhanced
performance, improved
output, and reduced
frequency and severity
of outages. Engineering
these new technologies
into an existing equipment
configuration is an EESS
specialty.

EESS has the capabilities to
address the entire scope of
integration and automation
needs, including:
●

●

●

●

Better Than New

The useful life capacity and
performance of vintage or
damaged motor controls and
power distribution equipment
can be extended and
enhanced through Eaton’s
Aftermarket Centers of
Excellence (ACE). Their
strategic locations enable
rapid response through a
cost-effective program of
selective hardware retrofits.
Each ACE strictly adheres
to all national standards
and quality processes.
Field experts use evolving
technology to ensure the
most advanced retrofit
upgrade possible. Access
to vintage parts won’t be
a problem; each ACE has
both Cutler-Hammer and
Westinghouse renewal
parts available.

●

●

●

Integrated Project
Solutions
System Integrator

EESS is a full service systems
integrator with proven
expertise in power and
energy management
systems.
EESS provides a unique
alternative to conventional
manufacturer-integratorcontractor teams. With
project management
expertise, EESS offers singlepoint responsibility from a
major controls manufacturer.
Industry knowledge allows
for seamless integration of
new products, regardless of
equipment manufacturer.

The project management
group within EESS provides
integrated project solutions to
customers in the government,
industrial, commercial and
utility sectors. Eaton’s
Federal Systems Group also
focuses on mission-critical
government installations,
providing project solutions,
on-going maintenance and
remote monitoring.
●

●

●
●

●

Proven

In the ongoing battle of
maximizing operating
performance and safety,
Eaton‘s Class 1 reconditioning
service helps to restore
the integrity of electrical
protection equipment to its
required level of reliability.

Power management
systems (IQ, IMPACC,
Power Xpert® Software,
Foreseer® Services)
Automatic transfer
schemes
Distributed generation/
generator control systems
Demand management—
load shedding/peak
shaving systems
Generator and ATS system
monitoring and testing
Health care emergency
power supply systems
PLC systems (Eaton,
Allen-Bradley®, Modicon®,
GE Fanuc® and Siemens®)

●

The integrated project
solutions engineers manage
the technical and commercial
risk inherent in meeting project
objectives. These engineers
focus on performance,
cost and time goals, while
controlling or maintaining
the scope of the project.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

Speed of Response

By hiring the EESS project
management group, you
can release the burden of
multi-supplier coordination.
EESS offers single-point
accountability for all technical,
financial and commercial
coordination within the scope
of the project.

10
11
12
13
14
15

New substation design
and construction
Integrated emergency
power requirements,
including UPS, generators
and alternate feeders
Plant automation
PLC control and load
shedding
Electrical plant monitoring
and control
Process automation and
system integration

16
17
18
19
20
21
22

Process Improvement

23
24
25

Design

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T22-7

22

Eaton’s Electrical Services & Systems
Power Equipment Services and PowerChain Management Solutions

1

Replacement
and Upgrading

2

OEM Equipment Serviced
and Upgraded

3

●
●
●

4

●
●

5

●

6

●

7
8

●

●
●

10
11
12
13
14

Westinghouse
Cutler-Hammer
Square D®
General Electric
ITE
ABB®
Allis-Chalmers
Siemens
Federal Pacific
and others...

Plant Life Extension
●

●

9

Additional Services

●

●

●

●

●

●

MV vacuum breaker
replacement
MV motor starter
upgrading
Generator excitation and
motor control
System metering and
control—PowerNet/
IMPACC
LV breaker (all OEMs)
trip systems
Class 1 circuit breaker
reconditioning
Nuclear equipment
services
UPS or battery systems

Consulting and
Advisory Support
●

●

●
●
●

●

●

●

Arc flash studies and
solutions
Power system studies,
design and analysis
Failure/root cause analysis
Reliability analysis
Power quality and
harmonic analysis
Reliability centered
maintenance (RCM)
Short-circuit/coordination
studies
Power systems training

Startup and Commissioning
●

●

●
●
●

Installation support and
supervision
Acceptance testing
(NETA equivalent)
Startup and training
Ground-fault certifications
Installation construction
services

Instant Response Center SM
●
●

●
●

Monitoring and diagnostics
24 hours a day, 7 days a
week, 365 days a year
Power quality experts
Energy management

Eaton’s Electrical
Services & Systems
Asset Optimization
Outsource the responsibility
for the electrical distribution
system and the associated
equipment to Eaton’s
Electrical Services & Systems.
Offerings involve cost savings
and performance guarantees
for greater focus on the core
business. Asset optimization
uses all the tools and
capabilities within the other
service platforms, resulting
in improved reliability, life
expectancy and overall cost.

Knowledge Management
Collect and transform your
system data to useful
knowledge; allow for
proactive planning, energy
management, optimized
decision-making, failure
prediction and, ultimately,
cost savings.

Integrated Project Solutions
Engineering, design,
procurement, installation
and commissioning of power
systems equipment; a total
turnkey approach.

Power Systems
Engineering Solutions
Power systems automation,
design engineering, training,
predictive diagnostics,
power quality and power
systems studies/analysis
to decrease costs and
increase productivity.

Power Systems
Modernization
Keep systems operating
at peak efficiency, reliability
and safety; extend the life of
the electrical asset through
equipment life extension
and upgrade solutions using
new technologies.

New Equipment Services
Installation, testing and
commissioning of virtually
any electrical equipment.

Field Services
Power system and
equipment service,
maintenance programs,
testing, upgrades and
Aftermarket solutions;
24/7 emergency service;
crisis response and
disaster recovery.

Further Information
For further information on
Eaton Service Solutions,
call 1-800-498-2678 or
visit our website at:
www.eaton.com/EESS.

15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T22-8

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights
E22/EM22 Pilot Devices

23

Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product History Time Line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Further Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pricing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V12-T23-2
V12-T23-2
V12-T23-2
V12-T23-3
V12-T23-14
V12-T23-14

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T23-1

23
1

Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights

Pushbuttons and
Indicating Lights

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

E22/EM22 Pilot Devices

Product Description
Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer®
22.5 mm industrial heavy-duty
pushbutton line offers a wide
array of functional, smartly
styled illuminated and nonilluminated pushbuttons,
selector switches, push-pulls,
alternate action and twistto-release operators. The
complete line also includes
transformer, full voltage,
resistor, LED or neon
light units.

E22 operators are available
with either a traditional
chrome or matte black frontof-panel appearance. The
space-saving design and
modular construction of
the E22 line makes onthe-job assembly fast and
simplifies the stocking
of both components and
complete devices.
Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer
EM22 metal series is a
rugged line of metal
construction 22.5 mm
pushbutton devices. They
are an extension of the
industrially proven E22 heavyduty double insulated 22.5
mm pushbutton family.

EM22 operators are
heavy-duty zinc die-cast
construction plated with
a corrosion-resistant
chromate finish. Operators
are complete with a very
durable chrome-plated metal
bezel. Indicating light units
in the EM22 series feature
smartly styled round
lenses that enhance their
appearance and brightness.
All EM22 operators are
compatible with existing E22
contact blocks, light units,
accessories and enclosures.
EM22 metal operators and
indicating lights are grounded
when mounted to metal
panels through the toothed
mounting nut. They are not
grounded when mounted to
plastic panels.

Product History
E22 was first sold in 1983.
The line has had one major
change in the mid 1990s to
increase the size of the
button plates to be roughly
equivalent to a 30mm
pushbutton. Then in 2002,
the EM22 extension of the
line was introduced. Since
then, only minor changes/
additions have occurred.
While the entire product
breadth is not available
anymore as aftermarket,
most functionality is available
in the products shown in this
catalog.

Product History Time Line

11

Product

1980

1985

1990

1995

2000

2005

E22

12

EM22

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T23-2

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Present

Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights
Replacement Capabilities

23

Replacement Capabilities

1

Momentary Contact Pushbuttons, Non-Illuminated—UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13
Will accept maximum of three contact blocks (six circuits) when used with supplied three-way
adapter and optional operator plug.

2
3

25 mm Diameter Flush Button
E22 Series—Plastic Operators

EM22 Series—Metal Operators

Color

Black Bezel
Catalog Number

Chrome Bezel
Catalog Number

Chrome Bezel
Catalog Number

Black

E22PB1

E22P1

EM22P1

Red

E22PB2

E22P2

EM22P2

Green

E22PB3

E22P3

EM22P3

4
5
6
7

25 mm Diameter Extended Button
E22 Series—Plastic Operators

EM22 Series—Metal Operators

Color

Black Bezel
Catalog Number

Chrome Bezel
Catalog Number

Chrome Bezel
Catalog Number

Red

E22EB2

E22E2

EM22E2

8
9
10

40 mm Diameter Mushroom Head Button
E22 Series—Plastic Operators

EM22 Series—Metal Operators

Color

Black Bezel
Catalog Number

Chrome Bezel
Catalog Number

Chrome Bezel
Catalog Number

Black

E22LB1

E22L1

EM22L1

Red

E22LB2

E22L2

EM22L2

11
12
13

50 mm Diameter Mushroom Head Button—Plastic
E22 Series—Plastic Operators

EM22 Series—Metal Operators

14
15

Color

Black Bezel
Catalog Number

Chrome Bezel
Catalog Number

Chrome Bezel
Catalog Number

Red

E22JPB2

E22JP2

EM22JP2

16

Note
Operator plug E22BA2 required if third contact block is used. See Page V12-T23-11.

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T23-3

23

Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights
Replacement Capabilities

1

Illuminated Pushbuttons, Non-Illuminated—UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13
Will accept maximum of two contact blocks (four circuits) when used with supplied three-way adapter.

2

25 mm Diameter Flush Lens
E22 Series—Plastic Operators

3
4
5
6

Color

Black Bezel
Catalog Number

Chrome Bezel
Catalog Number

Chrome Bezel
Catalog Number

Red

E22NB2

E22N2

EM22N2

Green

E22NB3

E22N3

EM22N3

White

E22NB5

E22N5

EM22N5

Amber

E22NB9

E22N9

EM22N9

25 mm Diameter Extended Lens

7
8
9

EM22 Series—Metal Operators

E22 Series—Plastic Operators

EM22 Series—Metal Operators

Color

Black Bezel
Catalog Number

Chrome Bezel
Catalog Number

Chrome Bezel
Catalog Number

Red

E22TB2

E22T2

EM22T2

Green

E22TB3

E22T3

EM22T3

Amber

E22TB9

E22T9

EM22T9

10
11
12
13

Alternate Action (Push-Push) Components
Non-Illuminated Push-Push Operators
Will accept a maximum of two contact blocks when used with supplied three-way adapter, five-way mounting adapters are not to be used.
Black Bezel

E22 Series—Plastic Operators

14
15

Flush, Non-Illuminated Push-Push Operators—UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13 1

Chrome Bezel

Color

Black Bezel
Catalog Number

Chrome Bezel
Catalog Number

Black

E22PPB1

E22PP1

White

E22PPB5

E22PP5

Gray

E22PPB7

E22PP7

16
17
18

Emergency Stop Components
Maximum of two contact blocks (four circuits) when used with supplied three-way adapter (unless otherwise noted).

19

E22LTA2

20
21

E22LTA2N123

22

Standard Emergency Stop and Emergency OFF Operators—UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13
Action

Color

Button Diameter/
Material

Legend/
Engraving

Plastic—Black Bezel
Catalog Number

Maintained
Trigger action
Twist-to-release

Red

40 mm/plastic

—

E22LTA2 2

Maintained
Trigger action
Twist-to-release

Red

40 mm/plastic

EMO

E22LTA2N123 2

Notes
1 In order to comply with NFPA 79 and IEC 60204-1 requirements: The colors black, white or gray shall be used for Push-Push operators that act alternately as
START/ON and STOP/OFF pushbuttons. White shall be used for illuminated Push-Push operators. Push-Push operators shall only be used for functions that
cannot result in a hazardous condition.
IEC 60204-1 recommends that Push-Push operators acting alternately as START/ON and STOP/OFF pushbuttons be marked with the IEC symbol for
Push-Push pushbuttons.
2 Compliant with EN418 Machinery Safety Directive.

23
24
25
V12-T23-4

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights
Replacement Capabilities

23

Twist-to-Release, Push-Pull and Key Release Components
Maintained Contact Mushroom Head Operators, Non-Illuminated—UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13
Will accept maximum of two contact blocks (four circuits) when used with supplied three-way adapter.

1
2

Twist-to-Release—28 mm Diameter Button (Push to Latch—Twist to Release)
E22 Series—Plastic Operators

3

EM22 Series—Metal Operators

Color

Black Bezel
Catalog Number

Chrome Bezel
Catalog Number

Chrome Bezel
Catalog Number

Red

E22MLB2

E22ML2

EM22ML2

4
5

Twist-to-Release—40 mm Diameter Button (Push to Latch—Twist to Release)
E22 Series—Plastic Operators

6

EM22 Series—Metal Operators

Color

Black Bezel
Catalog Number

Chrome Bezel
Catalog Number

Chrome Bezel
Catalog Number

Red

E22LLB2

E22LL2

EM22LL2

7
8
9

Push-Pull—40 mm Diameter Button (Push to Latch—Pull to Release)
E22 Series—Plastic Operators

EM22 Series—Metal Operators

Color

Black Bezel
Catalog Number

Chrome Bezel
Catalog Number

Chrome Bezel
Catalog Number

Red

E22LPB2

E22LP2

EM22LP2

10
11
12

Push-Pull—50 mm Diameter Button (Push to Latch—Pull to Release)
E22 Series—Plastic Operators

13

EM22 Series—Metal Operators

Color

Black Bezel
Catalog Number

Chrome Bezel
Catalog Number

Chrome Bezel
Catalog Number

Red

E22JPLB2

E22JPL2

EM22JPL2

Red (metal)
EMERGENCY STOP

E22JLB2N8

E22JL2N8

EM22JL2N8

14
15
16
17

Key Release—40 mm Diameter Button (Push to Latch—Turn Key to Release) 1
E22 Series—Plastic Operators

EM22 Series—Metal Operators

Color

Black Bezel
Catalog Number

Chrome Bezel
Catalog Number

Chrome Bezel
Catalog Number

Red

E22GB2

E22G2

EM22G2

18
19
20

Note
1 For legend plates, use oversize plates, Catalog Numbers E22VA2 or VA8 listed on Page V12-T23-11.

21
22
23
24
25
Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T23-5

23
1
2
3
4

Replacement Capabilities

Indicating Light Units—One-Piece LED
●
One-piece body style
●
Plastic operators
●
Full voltage LEDs
●
Cluster-style integrated LED (non-removable)
●
Plastic lenses
Non-Removable LED

5
6

Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights

Cluster LED Type Indicating Lights—Non-Removable LEDs—UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13
Description

Supply Voltage

LED Color

Lamp Life 1

Catalog Number

Includes permanently attached lens and
board mounted, cluster style LEDs

24 Vac/Vdc

Red

100,000

E22HL2X4

Non-Removable LED

110/120 Vac/Vdc

7
8
9
10
11

Green

100,000

E22HL3X4

Amber

100,000

E22HL9X4

Red

100,000

E22HL2X8

Green

100,000

E22HL3X8

Amber

100,000

E22HL9X8

Indicating Light Units—One-Piece Incandescent
●
One-piece body style
●
Plastic operators
●
Full voltage
●
Bayonet base incandescent lamp
Incandescent
Standard Lens

12
13

Incandescent Standard Lens Type Indicating Lights—UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13

15

Catalog Number

Red

2500

E22HV2X4

Green

2500

E22HV3X4

Amber

2500

E22HV9X4

Red

1000

E22HV2X8

Green

1000

E22HV3X8

Amber

1000

E22HV9X8

Supply Voltage

Color

Includes lens and T 3-1/4 bayonet
base lamp

24 Vac/Vdc
#1819 lamp

110/120 Vac/Vdc
W1121 lamp

14

Lamp Life 1

Description

Note
1 Published theoretical lamp lives are based on ideal laboratory conditions and should be used for comparison only. Actual life may be shorter due to
application conditions.

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T23-6

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights
Replacement Capabilities

23

Indicating Light Components
E22

1

Indicating Lights—Without Light Unit—UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13
EM22 Series—Metal Operators
Catalog Number

2

E22H2

EM22H2

3

Green

E22H3

EM22H3

White

E22H5

EM22H5

Color

E22 Series—Plastic Operators
Catalog Number

25 mm Diameter Standard Lens 1
Red
EM22

Amber

E22H9

EM22H9

Clear

E22H0

EM22H0

4
5

Push-Pull Components—Illuminated Operators
Will accept a maximum of two contact blocks when used with supplied three-way adapter. Five-way mounting adapters are not to be
used with three-position operators.
E22 Black

Illuminated Push-Pull Operators—UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13
E22 Series—Plastic Operators
Color

E22 Chrome

Black Bezel
Catalog Number

Two-Position—40 mm Diameter Lens

2

EM22 Series—Metal Operators
Chrome Bezel
Catalog Number

Chrome Bezel
Catalog Number

E22GDB2 1

E22GD2 1

EM22GD2 1

Green

E22GDB3

E22GD3

EM22GD3

Red

E22HDB2

E22HD2

—

Green

E22HDB3

E22HD3

—

8
10
11

Three-Position—40 mm Diameter Lens 2 (Spring Return to Center)
EM22 Chrome

7
9

(Maintained)

Red

6

12

Notes
1 For LED/incandescent lamps, see Page V12-T23-10.
2 All illuminated Push-Pull operators require tall LEDs from Page V12-T23-10.

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T23-7

23

Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights
Replacement Capabilities

1

Selector Switches
45° Throw Non-Illuminated Lever and Knob Operated Selector Switches—Plastic

2

Will accept a maximum of two contact blocks (four circuits) with supplied three-way mounting adapter.
Optional five-way adapter will accept a maximum of five contact blocks (10 circuits).

3

Black Bezel, Lever

Operating Mode
M = Maintained
S = Momentary

4
5

45° Throw Non-Illuminated Lever and Knob Operated Selector Switches—
UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13

Left

Center

Right

Chrome Bezel, Lever

Cam
Code

Plastic—Black Bezel
Catalog Number

Plastic—Chrome Bezel
Catalog Number

6

Two-Position—45° Throw—Black Lever
—

M

M

2

E22VBF1

E22VF1

7

M

—

M

2

E22VB51

E22V51

Black Bezel, Lever

Three-Position—45° Throw—Black Lever

8

M

M

M

1

E22VBG1

E22VG1

S

M

S

1

E22VBL1

E22VL1

9

Two-Position—45° Throw—Black Knob
2

E22XB51

E22X51

Chrome Bezel, Lever

M

—

M

10

Three-Position—45° Throw—Black Knob
M

M

M

1

E22XBG1

E22XG1

11

S

M

S

1

E22XBL1

E22XL1

12
13
14

60° Throw Non-Illuminated Lever and Knob Operated Selector Switches
Will accept a maximum of two contact blocks (four circuits) with supplied three-way mounting adapter.
Optional five-way adapter will accept a maximum of five contact blocks (10 circuits).
E22 Black Bezel,
Knob

Operating Mode
M = Maintained
S = Momentary

15
16

60° Throw Non-Illuminated Lever and Knob Operated Selector Switches—
UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13

Left

Center

E22 Series—Plastic Operators

EM22 Series—Metal Operators

Cam
Code

Black Bezel
Catalog Number

Chrome Bezel
Catalog Number

Chrome Bezel
Catalog Number

2

E22XB561

E22X561

EM22X561

1

E22XBG61

E22XG61

EM22XG61

Right

E22 Chrome Bezel,
Knob
Two-Position—60° Throw—Black Knob

17

M

—

M

Three-Position—60° Throw—Black Knob

18

EM22 Black Knob

M

M

M

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T23-8

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

23

Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights
Replacement Capabilities

Key Operated Selector Switches
Key removal from maintained positions only—will accept a maximum of two contact blocks (four circuits) with
supplied three-way mounting adapter. Optional five-way adapter will accept a maximum of five contact blocks (10 circuits).
Plastic Black Bezel

1
2

Key Operated Selector Switches—UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13
Operating Mode
M = Maintained
S = Momentary
Left

E22 Series—Plastic Operators

Center

3

EM22 Series—Metal Operators

4

Right

Plastic Chrome Bezel

Cam
Code

45° Black Bezel
Catalog Number 1

45° Chrome Bezel
Catalog Number 1

60° Chrome Bezel
Catalog Number 1

2

E22KB52

E22K52

—

5

Two-Position
M

Metal Chrome Bezel

—

M

6

M

—

M

2

E22KB53

E22K53

EM22K53

M

—

S

2

E22KB62

E22K62

EM22K62

—

M

M

2

E22KBF4

E22KF4

EM22KF4

7

M

1

E22KBG7

E22KG7

—

8

Three-Position
M

M

9

Spare Key
Description

Reference Number
Stamped on Key

Catalog
Number

Standard lock

92239

E22KS2

10
11

Specialty Operators
Mechanical Push Rod

12

Flush Pushbutton Operators with Mechanical Push Rod—UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13
Description

Color

Plastic—Black Bezel
Catalog Number

25 mm diameter flush pushbutton
Operators supplied with mechanical push rod—suitable for external
mechanical reset of overload relays. Push rod must be cut to desired length

Gray

E22PB7L

Plastic—Chrome Bezel
Catalog Number
E22P7L

14
15

Double-Headed Pushbuttons

16

Illuminated and Non-Illuminated Double-Headed Pushbuttons—UL (NEMA) Type 1; IP40

Double-Headed
Pushbuttons

13

Description

Operator Colors

Marking

Plastic—Black Bezel
Catalog Number

Non-illuminated double-headed pushbutton

Green—Red

I

E22DB1A21

17
18
19

Contact Blocks
Contact Blocks

Contact Blocks
Description

Catalog
Number

Notes
1 Final digit of catalog number represents key removal position per the chart below.
Key Removal Position

Code Suffix

Key Removal Position

Code Suffix

Left only

2

Center only

4

Right and left

3

Right, left and center

7

2

1NC

E22B1

1NO

E22B2

1NO-1NC

E22B11 2

2NO

E22B20

One self-monitoring 1NC

E22CB1M 23

2

3

20
21
22

Marked with direct opening action (DOA) symbol per IEC 60947-5-1 (Annex K) and
NEMA ICS 5 (Part 6).
For use with trigger action emergency stop (E22LTA2) operators.

23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T23-9

23
1
2
3

Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights
Replacement Capabilities

Light Units and Lamps
E22 light units consist of two versions—standard size LED lamps and tall LED lamps. Select the standard LED light units for all
indicating lights, illuminated pushbuttons, push-push (alternate action) or double-headed pushbutton operators. Select the tall LED
light units for all illuminated selector switches and push-pull operators.
Tall LED Light Unit

LED Light Units—Includes a T3-1/4 (BA9) Bayonet Base LED
LED Color

Standard LED 1
Catalog Number

Tall LED 1
Catalog Number

Unit without lamp

—

E22DE

E22DE

24 Vac/Vdc

Red

E22DL24R

E22DLT24R

Green

E22DL24G

E22DLT24G

Yellow

E22DL24Y

—

White

E22DL24W

—

Red

E22DL120R

E22DLT120R

7

Green

E22DL120G

E22DLT120G

Yellow

E22DL120Y

—

8

White

E22DL120W

—

Type

4
5
6

9
10

Full voltage

Standard LED
Light Unit
120 Vac/Vdc

E22 light units consist of two versions—with standard bulb or with tall bulbs. Select the standard bulb light units for all indicating lights,
illuminated pushbuttons, push-push (alternate action) or double-headed pushbutton operators. Select the tall bulb light units for all
illuminated selector switches and push-pull operators.
Caution: Please note that 120V full voltage light units (E22D120) are only suitable for indicating light operators and will overheat in other operators.

11
12

Supply Voltage

Incandescent
Light Units

Incandescent Light Units—Includes a T3-1/4 (BA9) Bayonet Base Lamp (Except When Noted)
Type
Full voltage AC/DC

13
14
15
16
PresTest Unit

17

Standard Bulb
Catalog Number

Unit without lamp

—

E22D

24

E22D24

120

120

E22D120 2

Resistor AC/DC

120

60

E22R2

Transformer AC only

120

6

E22TL1

240

6

E22TL2

PresTest Units—Includes Prewired 1NO-1NC Contact Blocks

Full voltage AC/DC

19

Lamp
Voltage

24

Type

18

Supply Voltage
50/60 Hz

Supply Voltage
50/60 Hz

Lamp
Voltage

Standard Bulb
Catalog Number

Unit without lamp

—

E22D0C

24

24

E22D24C

Resistor AC/DC

120

60

E22R2C

Transformer AC only

120

6

E22TL1C

Notes
1 Use tall LEDs for Pull/Push operators. For all other illuminated devices, use standard LEDs.
2 E22D120 light units are suitable for indicating light operators only.

20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T23-10

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights
Replacement Capabilities

23

Accessories

1
EM22 and E22 Series Accessories

Hole Plug

Description

Catalog Number

2

E22BHP

3

Hole Plug
Forms oil- and watertight seal for unused panel holes —
UL Listed Type 4-4X-13 black nylon

4

Oversize Yellow Legend Plates 1

Oversize Yellow
Legend Plates

1.77 inches (45 mm) blank

E22VA2

2.76 inches (70 mm) printed EMERGENCY STOP

E22VA8

5
6

Mounting Adapter

Mounting Adapter
Supplied as standard with E22 operators.
Provides contact block and light unit mounting.

7

E22BA1

8
9

Auto Latch
Mounting Adapter

Auto Latch Mounting Adapter
Supplied as standard with EM22 operators.
Provides contact block and light unit mounting.

10

E22BA1A

11
12
Operator Plug

Operator Plug

13

Must be inserted into rear of momentary action pushbutton and mushroom head operators E22BA2
when third contact block is installed in center position. Not to be used with maintained action or
illuminated operators—minimum order quantity 10 pieces. To assemble, push plug into the
rear of the operator. On mushroom operators, cut down the plug to 0.62 inches (15.2 mm)
prior to assembly. Plug is notched to indicate cut down length.
Locating Ring

14
15

Locating Ring
Provides additional anti-rotation features when using optional panel mounting
hole notch—minimum order quantity 10 pieces (metal)

E22LRM

16
17

Padlockable
Transparent Cover

Padlockable Transparent Cover
Suitable for use with 25 mm flush and extended pushbutton operators only

E22PCM

Suitable for use with 28 mm mushroom operators, knob and key selector switches

E22BA9

18
19
20

Mushroom Guard

Mushroom Guard
For 40 mm trigger action switch—to be used with E22LTA2 and E22LTA2N123 operators

21

E22MGTA

Note
1 Yellow plates comply with EN418 machine safety standard background requirements for E-Stops.

22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T23-11

23
1
2
3
4
5
6

Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights
Replacement Capabilities

Options
Engraved Legend Plates with Standard Markings—1/8-Inch High Character Size
Aluminum—Aluminum
Plastic—Both the laminated
legend plates have a plastisol
plastic legend plates and the
backing to help prevent
legend plates with clip-in
rotation of the operator when
inserts offer the choice
installed in an unnotched
of four background colors.
hole. Operators installed with
Either side of the legend
aluminum legend plates and
plate or insert can be field
legend plates with clip-in
engraved.
inserts maintain their UL
Listed Type 4-4X-13 rating.
Color Diagram and Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Letter Color

7

Background Color

8
10
11

Standard Aluminum

Split Field Color
Standard
Aluminum

1.77
(45)

1.77
(45)

Field Color

9

1.57
(40)

1.17
(30)

Jumbo Aluminum

Jumbo
Plastic

Engraved Legend Plates

12
13

Nameplate Type

14

Letter Color
Background Color
Field Color

Standard Aluminum with Plastisol Backing
NEMA 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13 1

Standard Plastic,
NEMA 1 Only

Black
Silver
Black

White
Black
Black

White
Red
Red

E22NSP77

Black
Silver
Red

15

Pushbutton
No engraving

E22NS36

E22NS37

E22NSP77

16

CLOSE

E22NS11

—

—

—

DOWN

E22NS12

—

—

—

EMERG. STOP

—

E22NS13

—

—

17
18
19

FORWARD

E22NS15

—

—

—

JOG

E22NS19

—

—

—

Note
1 To order jumbo legend plates, replace the fifth character with an L. For example E22NL87 is an aluminum, Jumbo legend plate marked “FASTER.”

20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T23-12

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights
Replacement Capabilities

Enclosures

Engraved Legend Plates, Continued
Standard Aluminum with Plastisol Backing NEMA 3, 3R,
4, 4X, 12, 13 and Self-Adhesives Used on Enclosures 1

These totally insulated, NEMA 4, 4X, 12, 13 rated polycarbonate
enclosures are available in 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 and 9 hole configurations
in single or double depth.
E22CSP1

Nameplate Type
Letter Color
Background Color
Field Color

Black
Silver
Black

Black
Silver
Red

Will accommodate
2.65 inch (65 mm)
legend plates listed
on Page V12-T23-11

MOTOR RUN

E22NS81

—

MOTOR STOP

E22NS82

—

E22NS25

—

OPEN

E22NS26

—

POWER ON

E22NS80

—

REVERSE

E22NS30

—

RUN

E22NS31

—

START

E22NS33

—

STOP

—

E22NS34

UP

E22NS35

—

E22CSP1Y

FOR/REV

E22NS38

—

HAND/AUTO

E22NS39

—

JOG/ RUN

E22NS41

—

OFF/ON

E22NS42

—

OPEN/CLOSE

E22NS43

—

UP/DOWN

E22NS48

—

Three-Position Selector Switch
FOR/OFF/REV

E22NS50

—

HAND/OFF/AUTO

E22NS51

—

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
0.44
(11.2)

With safety yellow cover

Usable Depth
Inches (mm)

Catalog
Number

2.5 (64)

E22CSP1

3.4 (87)

E22CDP1

1
2
3
4
5

3

2.2 (57)

E22CSP1Y

3.15 (80)

E22CDP1Y 3

6
7

E22CSP2

Two-Position Selector Switch

1.1
(27.5)

Enclosures—UL (NEMA) 4, 4X, 12, 13
Cover Holes,
Centerlines and
Legend Plate Selection

Pushbutton

ON

23

E22CSP4

1.42 inch (36 mm)
Will accommodate
self-adhesive legend
plates listed on
Pages V12-T23-12
and V12-T23-13

2.2 (57)

1.18 inch (30 mm)
Will accommodate
self-adhesive legend
plates listed on
Pages V12-T23-12
and V12-T23-13

2.2 (57)

E22CSP2

8
9
10

E22CSP4

11
12

Notes
1 To order jumbo legend plates, replace the fifth character with
an L. For example, E22NL87 is an aluminum, jumbo legend plate
marked “FASTER.”
2 One carrier required for each clip-in insert.
3 Yellow covers comply with background requirements for EN418
Safety of Machinery Standard.

13
14
15
16

Standard

17

Legend Plates and Legend Plate Carriers

18

Plastic with Clip-In Insert without Carrier
NEMA 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13

19

Nameplate Type
Letter Color
Background Color
Field Color

20

White
Black
Black

21

Pushbutton
Legend plate carrier 2

E22ND

22
23
24
25
Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T23-13

23
1
2
3
4
5

Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights
Replacement Capabilities

Further Information
Publication
Number

Description

TD04712001E

E22/EM22 Technical Data

Pricing Information
For pricing information,
please consult Eaton’s Price
and Availability Digest (PAD)
or your local authorized
Eaton distributor.

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T23-14

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Sales & Service Locations
Global Sales & Service

24

Sales & Service Locations
Sales Locations
Alabama–Iowa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kansas–Oklahoma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oregon–Wisconsin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Locations
Alabama–Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Satellite Plants
Arizona–Washington . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Centers
California–Texas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1
V12-T24-2
V12-T24-3

2

V12-T24-4

3

V12-T24-5

4

V12-T24-6

5

V12-T24-6

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T24-1

24

Sales & Service Locations
Sales Locations

1

Alabama

California

Florida

Idaho

Birmingham (Pelham)

Bakersfield

Deerfield Beach

Boise

2

Tel: (205) 403-3850
Fax: (205) 403-3899

Tel: (661) 617-1818
Fax: (661) 617-1819

Tel: (954) 570-3680
Fax: (954) 421-3539

Tel: (208) 323-2802
Fax: (208) 376-4863

3

Mobile (Theodore)

Los Angeles (Pomona)

Jacksonville

Tel: (251) 443-6379
Fax: (251) 443-8845

Tel: (909) 869-8200
Fax: (909) 869-8259

Tel: (904) 292-5350
Fax: (904) 292-2884

Sacramento (Roseville)

Orlando (Longwood)

Tel: (916) 780-4100
Fax: (916) 780-4141

Tel: (407) 264-9320
Fax: (407) 264-9330

San Diego

Miami (Miami Lakes)

Tel: (619) 542-7355
Fax: (619) 542-7323

Tel: (305) 781-3872

Tel: (217) 872-1965
Fax: (217) 872-1975

Pensacola

Peoria

San Francisco (Livermore)

Tel: (850) 479-3264
Fax: (850) 479-3374

Tel: (309) 649-1831
Fax: (309) 649-1833

Sarasota

Rockford

4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

Alaska
Anchorage
Tel: (907) 562-8558
Fax: (907) 562-8553

Arizona
Phoenix
Tel: (480) 449-4200
Fax: (480) 449-4203

Tucson
Tel: (520) 744-9962
Fax: (520) 744-9963

Tel: (925) 454-3700
Fax: (925) 454-3791

Santa Rosa
Tel: (707) 528-9000
Fax: (707) 528-3131

Colorado
Arkansas

Chicago (Glendale Heights)
Tel: (630) 260-6301
Fax: (630) 260-6445

Decatur

Tel: (941) 378-5404
Fax: (941) 378-2798

Tel: (815) 398-6585
Fax: (815) 398-2074

Tampa

Indiana

Tel: (813) 287-7000
Fax: (813) 287-7038

Denver (Littleton)

Fayetteville

Illinois

Tel: (303) 738-2300
Fax: (303) 738-2324

Georgia

Evansville
Tel: (812) 476-7591
Fax: (812) 476-7581

12

Tel: (479) 271-6259
Fax: (479) 271-6241

13

Jonesboro

Connecticut

Tel: (678) 309-4201
Fax: (770) 433-1644

Tel: (260) 420-5500
Fax: (260) 420-5506

Tel: (870) 934-9903
Fax: (870) 934-0824

Hartford (Rocky Hill)

Columbus

Indianapolis

14
15

Little Rock
Tel: (501) 791-2880
Fax: (501) 791-2434

16

Tel: (860) 298-1300
Fax: (860) 298-1301

Atlanta (Smyrna)

Tel: (706) 322-7382
Fax: (706) 322-2656

Tel: (317) 334-4500
Fax: (317) 334-4544

Macon

South Bend

Tel: (478) 471-0500
Fax: (478) 471-0501

Tel: (574) 583-0601
Fax: (574) 583-0611

Savannah

Iowa

17

Tel: (912) 232-7290
Fax: (912) 232-7965

18

Hawaii
Honolulu

19

Tel: (808) 594-4500
Fax: (808) 593-1115

20

Ft. Wayne

Bettendorf
Tel: (563) 344-7800
Fax: (563) 344-8775

Cedar Rapids
Tel: (319) 378-9554
Fax: (319) 378-9602

Des Moines (Urbandale)
Tel: (515) 334-8950
Fax: (515) 334-8945

21
22
23
24
25
V12-T24-2

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Sales & Service Locations
Sales Locations

24

Kansas

Massachusetts

Nebraska

North Carolina

Kansas City (Lenexa)

Boston (Franklin)

Omaha

Asheville (Avery Creek)

1

Tel: (913) 327-3600
Fax: (913) 327-3699

Tel: (774) 235-0200
Fax: (508) 520-1980

Tel: (402) 339-3208
Fax: (402) 339-0595

Tel: (828) 651-0500
Fax: (828) 651-0980

2

Michigan

Nevada

Charlotte

3

Detroit (Novi)

Las Vegas

Kentucky

Tel: (248) 374-5100
Fax: (248) 374-5177

Tel: (702) 309-4089
Fax: (702) 222-0771

Lexington

Grand Rapids

Tel: (859) 278-2115
Fax: (859) 278-6523

Tel: (616) 559-3535
Fax: (616) 559-3544

Wichita
Tel: (316) 263-0611
Fax: (316) 267-1084

Louisville

Saginaw

Tel: (502) 961-5500
Fax: (502) 961-5515

Tel: (517) 753-5355
Fax: (517) 753-5928

New Hampshire
Derry
Tel: (603) 458-1751
Fax: (603) 898-0806

New Jersey

Paducah
Tel: (270) 898-8322
Fax: (270) 898-4079

Minnesota

Edison

Duluth

Tel: (732) 767-9600
Fax: (732) 205-2642

Louisiana

Tel: (218) 722-5300
Fax: (218) 722-5700

Baton Rouge

Minneapolis (Minnetonka)

Tel: (225) 295-9060
Fax: (225) 295-9068

Tel: (952) 939-5400
Fax: (952) 939-5457

New Orleans (Metairie)
Tel: (504) 849-3360
Fax: (504) 834-6086

New Mexico

Tel: (704) 529-3515
Fax: (704) 529-3532

4

Greensboro
Tel: (336) 852-8849
Fax: (336) 852-8868

5

Raleigh

6

Tel: (919) 544-7074
Fax: (919) 206-7339

7

Wilmington
Tel: (910) 343-1955
Fax: (910) 343-3348

8

North Dakota

9

Fargo
Tel: (701) 281-0090
Fax: (701) 281-5772

10

Ohio

11

Albuquerque
Tel: (505) 828-3800
Fax: (505) 828-3838

Mississippi

Cincinnati

12

New York

Tel: (513) 387-2000
Fax: (513) 387-2055

Tel: (601) 919-1102
Fax: (601) 919-1067

Albany (Clifton Park)

Cleveland (Parma)

13

Tel: (518) 348-1752
Fax: (518) 348-1758

Tel: (216) 265-2741
Fax: (216) 265-2770

Missouri

14

Buffalo (Amherst)

Maine

Columbus (Westerville)

Springfield

Augusta (Winthrop)

Tel: (614) 899-4104
Fax: (614) 899-5374

15

Tel: (417) 882-8880
Fax: (417) 882-8881

Tel: (716) 691-4511
Fax: (716) 691-6969

New York

Dayton

Tel: (212) 319-2100
Fax: (212) 833-0250

Tel: (937) 431-3260
Fax: (937) 431-3299

Rochester

Toledo

Montana

Tel: (585) 381-0510
Fax: (585) 381-0499

Tel: (419) 887-6509

18

Maryland

Bozeman

Syracuse (East Syracuse)

Oklahoma

Baltimore (Columbia)

Tel: (406) 585-8087
Fax: (406) 585-7994

Tel: (315) 437-7201
Fax: (315) 437-0924

19

Oklahoma City

Shreveport
Tel: (318) 864-9987
Fax: (318) 868-7487

Tel: (207) 330-7100
Fax: (207) 782-5497

Portland
Tel: (207) 657-7721
Fax: (207) 253-5051

Tel: (410) 720-6700
Fax: (410) 720-6740

Jackson

St. Louis
Tel: (636) 717-3400
Fax: (636) 717-3546

16
17

20

Tel: (405) 947-3729
Fax: (405) 947-3723

21

Tulsa
Tel: (918) 627-3312
Fax: (918) 622-7618

22
23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T24-3

24

Sales & Service Locations
Sales Locations

1

Oregon

South Dakota

Utah

Eugene

Sioux Falls

Salt Lake City

2

Tel: (541) 451-4634
Fax: (541) 451-4641

Tel: (605) 271-4100
Fax: (605) 271-4102

Tel: (801) 238-4500
Fax: (801) 363-4795

3

Medford

Tennessee

Virginia

Knoxville

Norfolk (Chesapeake)

Tel: (865) 980-7200
Fax: (865) 980-7222

Tel: (757) 424-5556
Fax: (757) 424-2938

Memphis (Cordova)

Richmond (Sandstone)

Pennsylvania

Tel: (901) 737-0200
Fax: (901) 737-4544

Tel: (804) 328-6111
Fax: (804) 328-5384

Allentown

Nashville

Roanoke

Tel: (610) 336-4080
Fax: (610) 391-8983

Tel: (615) 333-5457
Fax: (615) 333-5485

Tel: (540) 345-7809
Fax: (540) 345-1711

Texas

Washington

Austin

Kennewick

Tel: (412) 893-3300

Tel: (512) 453-5800
Fax: (512) 453-0682

Tel: (509) 374-8511
Fax: (509) 735-8450

York

Corpus Christi

Seattle (Bellevue)

Tel: (361) 887-5005
Fax: (361) 887-5023

Tel: (425) 644-5800
Fax: (425) 644-6220

Dallas (Grapevine)

Spokane

Tel: (817) 410-1724
Fax: (817) 410-1760

Tel: (509) 922-4055
Fax: (509) 922-1561

4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

Tel: (541) 776-4849
Fax: (541) 773-9925

Portland (Wilsonville)
Tel: (503) 582-2700
Fax: (503) 570-2918

Philadelphia (Boothwyn)
Tel: (610) 497-6100
Fax: (610) 497-6187

Pittsburgh (Moon Township)

Tel: (717) 757-1071
Fax: (717) 757-4448

Puerto Rico
Canovanas
Tel: (787) 257-4422
Fax: (787) 257-4465

Houston

Charleston

Tel: (713) 849-1600
Fax: (713) 849-1675

16
17

Columbia

19

Tel: (915) 779-5016
Fax: (915) 779-4655

South Carolina
Tel: (843) 529-1632
Fax: (843) 529-1634

18

El Paso

Tel: (803) 799-2684
Fax: (803) 799-1515

Greenville
Tel: (864) 232-5698
Fax: (864) 232-9284

Lubbock
Tel: (806) 765-0092
Fax: (806) 765-0093

San Antonio
Tel: (210) 366-0093
Fax: (210) 366-0677

Tyler
Tel: (903) 534-1800
Fax: (903) 534-6022

20

West Virginia
Charleston (Hurricane)
Tel: (304) 757-9556
Fax: (304) 757-9879

Wisconsin
Appleton
Tel: (920) 380-2400
Fax: (920) 380-2420

Madison
Tel: (608) 370-6600
Fax: (608) 370-6602

Milwaukee (Brookfield)
Tel: (414) 443-3500
Fax: (414) 257-1844

21
22
23
24
25
V12-T24-4

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Sales & Service Locations
Service Locations

24

Alabama

Illinois

Minnesota

Texas

Birmingham (Pelham)

Chicago (Glendale Heights)

Duluth

Austin

1

Tel: (205) 403-3800
Fax: (205) 403-3836

Tel: (630) 260-6302
Fax: (630) 690-7407

Tel: (218) 722-5300
Fax: (218) 722-5700

Tel: (512) 302-4011
Fax: (512) 302-4150

2

Arizona

Iowa

Minneapolis (Minnetonka)

Dallas (Grapevine)

Des Moines

Tel: (817) 410-1625
Fax: (817) 410-1640

3

Phoenix (Tempe)

Tel: (952) 912-1320
Fax: (952) 912-1355

Tel: (480) 449-4271
Fax: (480) 449-4285

Tel: (515) 334-8958
Fax: (515) 334-8945

Missouri
St. Louis

California

Indiana

Los Angeles (Diamond Bar)

Indianapolis

Tel: (636) 717-3403
Fax: (636) 717-3450

Tel: (909) 348-0405
Fax: (909) 348-0410

Tel: (502) 961-5500
Fax: (502) 961-5520

New York

San Diego
Tel: (619) 291-4211
Fax: (619) 692-6291

San Francisco (Livermore)
Tel: (925) 454-3650
Fax: (925) 454-3655

Kansas
Kansas City
Tel: (913) 327-3650
Fax: (913) 327-3670

Tel: (713) 948-8240
Fax: (713) 948-8245

5

San Antonio

6

Tel: (210) 366-0093
Fax: (210) 366-0677

New York City (Union, NJ)

Washington

Tel: (908) 624-2370
Fax: (908) 624-2341

Seattle (Bellevue)

Syracuse (East Syracuse)

Tel: (425) 644-6260
Fax: (425) 644-6255

Tel: (315) 437-7204
Fax: (315) 437-0924

West Virginia

Kentucky

4

Houston

7
8
9
10

Skelton

Colorado

Louisville

North Carolina

Denver (Littleton)

Tel: (502) 961-5500
Fax: (502) 961-5520

Raleigh (Durham)

Tel: (304) 256-3918
Fax: (304) 256-3920

11

Tel: (919) 741-4378
Fax: (919) 882-1488

Wisconsin

12

Tel: (303) 738-2360
Fax: (303) 762-0419

Louisiana

Appleton

Connecticut

Baton Rouge

Ohio

Hartford

Tel: (225) 756-1541
Fax: (225) 756-0178

Cleveland (Independence)

Tel: (920) 380-2430
Fax: (920) 380-2420

Tel: (216) 642-5251
Fax: (216) 642-5238

Canada

Tel: (860) 298-1300
Fax: (860) 298-1301

Maine
Florida

Augusta (Winthrop)

Oklahoma

Jacksonville

Tel: (207) 330-7100
Fax: (207) 330-7199

Oklahoma City

Tel: (904) 292-5351
Fax: (904) 292-2884

Miami (Deerfield Beach)
Tel: (954) 571-8282
Fax: (954) 419-9881

Tel: (405) 947-3729
Fax: (405) 947-3723

Maryland
Baltimore (Columbia)

Oregon

Tel: (410) 720-6700
Fax: (410) 720-6740

Portland (Wilsonville)
Tel: (425) 644-6280

Georgia
Atlanta (Smyrna)
Tel: (678) 309-4242
Fax: (770) 433-0627

Massachusetts

Pennsylvania

Boston (Franklin)

Philadelphia (Boothwyn)

Tel: (774) 235-0255
Fax: (774) 235-0276

Tel: (610) 364-2608
Fax: (610) 364-1739

Pittsburgh (Warrendale)

13
14
15

Toronto, Ontario
Tel: (416) 798-0112
Fax: (416) 798-0063

Montreal, Quebec (Laval)

16

Tel: (450) 668-0853
Fax: (450) 663-5858

17

Ottawa, Ontario

18

Tel: (613) 739-1115
Fax: (613) 739-7339

19

Kitchener, Ontario
Tel: (519) 893-4848
Fax: (519) 893-2992

20

Calgary, Alberta

21

Tel: (403) 717-4931
Fax: (403) 717-3962

22

Tel: (724) 779-5811
Fax: (724) 779-5828

23
24
25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

V12-T24-5

24

Sales & Service Locations
Satellite Plants and Service Centers

1

Satellite Plants

2

Arizona

3
4

Maryland
Baltimore
Tel: (410) 796-7777

Phoenix

Missouri
St. Louis

California

Tel: (636) 717-3500

Los Angeles

5

San Francisco

West Hampton

6

Tel: (510) 784-8981

Tel: (609) 835-4230

7

Colorado

North Carolina

Denver

Raleigh

8

Tel: (303) 366-2080

Tel: (919) 544-7074

9

Connecticut

Ohio

Hartford

Cleveland

Tel: (860) 298-1305
Fax: (860) 298-1306

Tel: (216) 433-0616

12
13
14
15
16

Tel: (562) 944-6413

Colorado
Denver

New Jersey

11

California
Los Angeles

Tel: (480) 449-4222

Tel: (951) 685-5788

10

Service Centers

Tel: (303) 366-9949

Connecticut
Hartford
Tel: (860) 683-4221

Georgia
Atlanta

Dallas

Orlando
Tel: (407) 264-9300

Illinois
Chicago

Texas

Florida

Tel: (678) 309-4270

Tel: (630) 260-6304

Tel: (817) 251-6733

Ohio

Houston

Cincinnati

Tel: (713) 688-8430

Tel: (513) 682-4000

Georgia
Atlanta

Washington

Texas

Seattle

Houston

Tel: (678) 309-4260

Tel: (253) 833-5021

Illinois

Tel: (713) 939-9690

Chicago
Tel: (630) 260-6303

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
V12-T24-6

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions CA08100014E—November 2013 www.eaton.com

Appendix 1—Eaton Terms & Conditions
Effective Date: November 1, 2008

Contents

Eaton Terms & Conditions

Description

Page

Terms and Conditions of Sale. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Terms of Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V12-A1-1
V12-A1-2
V12-A1-3
V12-A1-3

Selling Policy (Supersedes Selling Policy 25-000, dated February 20, 2006)
Terms and Conditions of Sale
The Terms and Conditions of
Sale set forth herein, and any
supplements which may be
attached hereto, constitute
the full and final expression
of the contract for the sale
of products or services
(hereinafter referred to as
Product(s) or Services by
Eaton Corporation
(hereinafter referred to as
Seller) to the Buyer, and
supersedes all prior
quotations, purchase orders,
correspondence or
communications whether
written or oral between the
Seller and the Buyer.
Notwithstanding any contrary
language in the Buyer’s
purchase order,
correspondence or other
form of acknowledgment,
Buyer shall be bound by
these Terms and Conditions
of Sale when it sends a
purchase order or otherwise
indicates acceptance of this
contract, or when it accepts
delivery from Seller of the
Products or Services.

THE CONTRACT FOR SALE
OF THE PRODUCTS OR
SERVICES IS EXPRESSLY
LIMITED TO THE TERMS
AND CONDITIONS OF SALE
STATED HEREIN. ANY
ADDITIONAL OR DIFFERENT
TERMS PROPOSED BY
BUYER ARE REJECTED
UNLESS EXPRESSLY
AGREED TO IN WRITING BY
SELLER. No contract shall
exist except as herein
provided.
Complete Agreement
No amendment or
modification hereto nor any
statement, representation or
warranty not contained herein
shall be binding on the Seller
unless made in writing by an
authorized representative of
the Seller. Prior dealings,
usage of the trade or a course
of performance shall not be
relevant to determine the
meaning of this contract even
though the accepting or
acquiescing party had
knowledge of the nature
of the performance and
opportunity for objection.

Quotations
Written quotations are valid
for 30 days from its date
unless otherwise stated in
the quotation or terminated
sooner by notice.
Verbal quotations, unless
accepted, expire the same
day they are made.
A complete signed order
must be received by Seller
within 20 calendar days of
notification of award,
otherwise the price and
shipment will be subject to
re-negotiation.

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions

CA08100014E—November 2013

Termination and Cancellation
Any order may be terminated
by the Buyer only by written
notice and upon payment
of reasonable termination
charges, including all costs
plus profit.
Seller shall have the right to
cancel any order at any time
by written notice if Buyer
breaches any of the terms
hereof, becomes the subject
of any proceeding under state
or federal law for the relief
of debtors, or otherwise
becomes insolvent or
bankrupt, generally does not
pay its debts as they become
due or makes an assignment
for the benefit of creditors.

www.eaton.com

V12-A1-1

Appendix 1—Eaton Terms & Conditions
Effective Date: November 1, 2008

Prices
All prices are subject to
change without notice. In the
event of a price change, the
effective date of the change
will be the date of the new
price or discount sheet, letter
or telegram. All quotations
made or orders accepted
after the effective date will be
on the new basis. For existing
orders, the price of the
unshipped portion of an order
will be the price in effect at
time of shipment.
Price Policy—Products and
Services
When prices are quoted as
firm for quoted shipment, they
are firm provided the following
conditions are met:
1. The order is released
with complete
engineering details.
2. Shipment of Products are
made, and Services
purchased are provided
within the quoted
lead time.
3. When drawings for
approval are required
for any Products, the
drawings applicable to
those Products must be
returned within 30*
calendar days from the
date of the original
mailing of the drawings
by Seller. The return
drawings must be
released for manufacture
and shipment and must
be marked “APPROVED”
or “APPROVED AS
NOTED.” Drawing
re-submittals which are
required for any other
reason than to correct
Seller errors will not
extend the 30-day period.

If the Buyer initiates or in
any way causes delays
in shipment, provision of
Services or return of approval
drawings beyond the periods
stated above, the price of the
Products or Services will be
increased 1% per month
or fraction thereof up to a
maximum of 18 months from
the date of the Buyer’s order.
For delays resulting in
shipment or provision of
Services beyond 18 months
from the date of the Buyer’s
order, the price must be
renegotiated.
Price Policy—BLS
Refer to Price Policy 25-050.
Minimum Billing
Orders less than $1,000 will
be assessed a shipping and
handling charge of 5% of the
price of the order, with a
minimum charge of $25.00
unless noted differently on
Product discount sheets.
Taxes
The price does not include
any taxes. Buyer shall be
responsible for the payment
of all taxes applicable to, or
arising from the transaction,
the Products, its sale, value,
or use, or any Services
performed in connection
therewith regardless of
the person or entity
actually taxed.

Terms of Payment
Products
Acceptance of all orders is
subject to the Buyer meeting
Seller’s credit requirements.
Terms of payment are subject
to change for failure to meet
such requirements. Seller
reserves the right at any time
to demand full or partial
payment before proceeding
with a contract of sale as a
result of changes in the
financial condition of the
Buyer. Terms of Payment are
either Net 30 days from the
date of invoice of each
shipment or carry a cash
discount based on Product
type. Specific payment terms
for Products are outlined in
the applicable Product
discount schedules.
Services
Terms of payment are net
within 30 days from date of
invoice for orders amounting
to less than $50,000.00.
Terms of payment for orders
exceeding $50,000.00 shall
be made according to the
following:
1. Twenty percent (20%) of
order value with the
purchase order payable
30 days from date of
invoice.
2. Eighty percent (80%) of
order value in equal
monthly payments over
the performance period
payable 30 days from
date of invoice.

Except for work performed (i)
under a firm fixed price basis
or (ii) pursuant to terms of a
previously priced existing
contract between Seller and
Buyer, invoices for work
performed by Seller shall
have added and noted on
each invoice a charge of 3%
(over and above the price of
the work) which is related
to Seller compliance with
present and proposed
environmental, health, and
safety regulations associated
with prescribed requirements
covering hazardous materials
management and employee
training, communications,
personal protective
equipment, documentation
and record keeping
associated therewith.
Adequate Assurances
If, in the judgment of Seller,
the financial condition of the
Buyer, at any time during the
period of the contract, does
not justify the terms of
payment specified, Seller
may require full or partial
payment in advance.
Delayed Payment
If payments are not made in
accordance with these terms,
a service charge will, without
prejudice to the right of Seller
to immediate payment, be
added in an amount equal to
the lower of 1.5% per month
or fraction thereof or the
highest legal rate on the
unpaid balance.

* 60 days for orders
through contractors
to allow time for their
review and approval
before and after
transmitting them
to their customers.

V12-A1-2

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions

CA08100014E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Appendix 1—Eaton Terms & Conditions
Effective Date: November 1, 2008

Freight

Warranty

Freight policy will be listed on
the Product discount sheets,
or at option of Seller one of
the following freight terms
will be quoted.

Risk of Loss
Risk of loss or damage to the
Products shall pass to Buyer
at the F.O.B. point.

F.O.B.—P/S—Frt./Ppd. and
Invoiced
Products are sold F.O.B. point
of shipment freight prepaid
and invoiced to the Buyer.

Concealed Damage
Except in the event of F.O.B.
destination shipments, Seller
will not participate in any
settlement of claims for
concealed damage.

F.O.B.—P/S—Frt./Ppd.
and Allowed
Products sold are delivered
F.O.B. point of shipment,
freight prepaid and included
in the price.
F.O.B. Destination—Frt./Ppd.
and Allowed
At Buyer’s option, Seller will
deliver the Products F.O.B.
destination freight prepaid
and 2% will be added to the
net price.
The term “freight prepaid”
means that freight charges
will be prepaid to the
accessible common carrier
delivery point nearest the
destination for shipments
within the United States and
Puerto Rico unless noted
differently on the Product
discount sheets. For any
other destination contact
Seller’s representative.
Shipment and Routing
Seller shall select the point of
origin of shipment, the
method of transportation, the
type of carrier equipment and
the routing of the shipment.
If the Buyer specifies a
special method of
transportation, type of carrier
equipment, routing, or
delivery requirement, Buyer
shall pay all special freight
and handling charges.
When freight is included in
the price, no allowance will
be made in lieu of
transportation if the Buyer
accepts shipment at factory,
warehouse, or freight station
or otherwise supplies its own
transportation.

When shipment has been
made on an F.O.B. destination
basis, the Buyer must unpack
immediately and, if damage is
discovered must:
1. Not move the Products
from the point of
examination.
2. Retain shipping container
and packing material.
3. Notify the carrier in
writing of any apparent
damage.
4. Notify Seller
representative within
72 hours of delivery.
5. Send Seller a copy of
the carrier’s inspection
report.
Witness Tests/Customer
Inspection
Standard factory tests may be
witnessed by the Buyer
at Seller’s factory for an
additional charge calculated
at the rate of $2,500 per day
(not to exceed eight (8) hours)
per Product type. Buyer may
final inspect Products at the
Seller’s factory for $500 per
day per Product type.
Witness tests will add one (1)
week to the scheduled
shipping date. Seller will
notify Buyer fourteen (14)
calendar days prior to
scheduled witness testing
or inspection. In the event
Buyer is unable to attend, the
Parties shall mutually agree
on a rescheduled date.
However, Seller reserves
the right to deem the witness
tests waived with the right to
ship and invoice Products.

Held Orders
For any order held, delayed
or rescheduled at the request
of the Buyer, Seller may, at
its sole option (1) require
payment to be based on any
reasonable basis, including
but not limited to the contract
price, and any additional
expenses, or cost resulting
from such a delay; (2) store
Products at the sole cost and
risk of loss of the Buyer; and/
or (3) charge to the Buyer
those prices under the
applicable price policy.
Payment for such price,
expenses and costs, in any
such event, shall be due by
Buyer within thirty (30) days
from date of Seller’s invoice.
Any order so held delayed or
rescheduled beyond six (6)
months will be treated as a
Buyer termination.

Warranty for Products
Seller warrants that the
Products manufactured by
it will conform to Seller’s
applicable specifications and
be free from failure due to
defects in workmanship and
material for one (1) year from
the date of installation of
the Product or eighteen (18)
months from the date of
shipment of the Product,
whichever occurs first.

Drawing Approval
Seller will design the
Products in line with, in
Seller’s judgment, good
commercial practice. If at
drawing approval Buyer
makes changes outside of
the design as covered in their
specifications, Seller will then
be paid reasonable charges
and allowed a commensurate
delay in shipping date based
on the changes made.

Seller requires all nonconforming Products be
returned at Seller’s expense
for evaluation unless
specifically stated otherwise
in writing by Seller.

Drawing Re-Submittal
When Seller agrees to do so
in its quotation, Seller shall
provide Buyer with the first
set of factory customer
approval drawing(s) at Seller’s
expense. The customer
approval drawing(s) will be
delivered at the quoted
delivery date. If Buyer
requests drawing changes
or additions after the initial
factory customer approval
drawing(s) have been
submitted by Seller, the
Seller, at its option, may
assess Buyer drawing
charges. Factory customer
approval drawing changes
required due to
misinterpretation by Seller
will be at Seller’s expense.
Approval drawings generated
by Bid Manager are excluded
from this provision.

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions

CA08100014E—November 2013

In the event any Product fails
to comply with the foregoing
warranty Seller will, at its
option, either (a) repair or
replace the defective
Product, or defective part or
component thereof, F.O.B.
Seller’s facility freight
prepaid, or (b) credit Buyer
for the purchase price of the
Product. All warranty claims
shall be made in writing.

This warranty does not
cover failure or damage
due to storage, installation,
operation or maintenance not
in conformance with Seller’s
recommendations and
industry standard practice
or due to accident, misuse,
abuse or negligence. This
warranty does not cover
reimbursement for labor,
gaining access, removal,
installation, temporary power
or any other expenses, which
may be incurred in connection
with repair or replacement.
This warranty does not
apply to equipment not
manufactured by Seller.
Seller limits itself to
extending the same warranty
it receives from the supplier.

www.eaton.com

V12-A1-3

Appendix 1—Eaton Terms & Conditions
Effective Date: November 1, 2008

Extended Warranty for Products
If requested by the Buyer and
specifically accepted in
writing by Seller, the
foregoing standard warranty
for Products will be extended
from the date of shipment for
the period and price indicated
below:
●

●

●

24 months—2% of
Contract Price
30 months—3% of
Contract Price
36 months—4% of
Contract Price

Special Warranty (In and Out)
for Products
If requested by the Buyer
and specifically accepted in
writing by Seller, Seller will,
during the warranty period
for Products, at an additional
cost of 2% of the contract
price, be responsible for the
direct cost of:
1. Removing the Product
from the installed
location.
2. Transportation to the
repair facility and return
to the site.
3. Reinstallation on site.
The total liability of Seller for
this Special Warranty for
Products is limited to 50%
of the contract price of the
particular Product being
repaired and excludes
expenses for removing
adjacent apparatus, walls,
piping, structures, temporary
service, etc.

V12-A1-4

Warranty for Services
Seller warrants that the
Services performed by it
hereunder will be performed
in accordance with generally
accepted professional
standards.
The Services, which do not
so conform, shall be
corrected by Seller upon
notification in writing by the
Buyer within one (1) year
after completion of the
Services.
Unless otherwise agreed to in
writing by Seller, Seller
assumes no responsibility
with respect to the suitability
of the Buyer’s, or its
customer’s, equipment or
with respect to any latent
defects in equipment not
supplied by Seller. This
warranty does not cover
damage to Buyer’s, or its
customer’s, equipment,
components or parts
resulting in whole or in part
from improper maintenance
or operation or from their
deteriorated condition. Buyer
will, at its cost, provide Seller
with unobstructed access
to the defective Services,
as well as adequate free
working space in the
immediate vicinity of the
defective Services and such
facilities and systems,
including, without limitation,
docks, cranes and utility
disconnects and connects,
as may be necessary in order
that Seller may perform its
warranty obligations. The
conducting of any tests shall
be mutually agreed upon and
Seller shall be notified of, and
may be present at, all tests
that may be made.

Warranty for Power Systems
Studies
Seller warrants that any
power systems studies
performed by it will conform
to generally accepted
professional standards. Any
portion of the study, which
does not so conform, shall
be corrected by Seller upon
notification in writing by the
Buyer within six (6) months
after completion of the study.
All warranty work shall be
performed in a single shift
straight time basis Monday
through Friday. In the event
that the study requires
correction of warranty items
on an overtime schedule,
the premium portion of such
overtime shall be for the
Buyer’s account.
Limitation on Warranties for
Products, Services and Power
Systems Studies
THE FOREGOING
WARRANTIES ARE
EXCLUSIVE EXCEPT FOR
WARRANTY OF TITLE.
SELLER DISCLAIMS ALL
OTHER WARRANTIES
INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
CORRECTION OF NONCONFORMITIES IN THE
MANNER AND FOR THE
PERIOD OF TIME PROVIDED
ABOVE SHALL CONSTITUTE
SELLER’S SOLE LIABILITY
AND BUYER’S EXCLUSIVE
REMEDY FOR FAILURE OF
SELLER TO MEET ITS
WARRANTY OBLIGATIONS,
WHETHER CLAIMS OF
THE BUYER ARE BASED
IN CONTRACT, IN TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
OR STRICT LIABILITY), OR
OTHERWISE.

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions

Asbestos
Federal Law requires that
building or facility owners
identify the presence,
location and quantity of
asbestos containing material
(hereinafter “ACM”) at work
sites. Seller is not licensed to
abate ACM. Accordingly, for
any contract which includes
the provision of Services,
prior to (i) commencement of
work at any site under a
specific Purchase Order, (ii) a
change in the work scope of
any Purchase Order, the
Buyer will certify that the
work area associated with the
Seller’s scope of work
includes the handling of Class
II ACM, including but not
limited to generator wedges
and high temperature gaskets
which include asbestos
materials. The Buyer shall, at
its expense, conduct
abatement should the
removal, handling,
modification or reinstallation,
or some or all of them, of said
Class II ACM be likely to
generate airborne asbestos
fibers; and should such
abatement affect the cost
of or time of performance
of the work then Seller shall
be entitled to an equitable
adjustment in the schedule,
price and other pertinent
affected provisions of
the contract.
Compliance with Nuclear
Regulation
Seller’s Products are sold as
commercial grade Products
not intended for application in
facilities or activities licensed
by the United States Nuclear
Regulatory Commission for
atomic purposes. Further
certification will be required
for use of the Products in any
safety-related application in
any nuclear facility licensed
by the U.S. Nuclear
Regulatory Commission.

CA08100014E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Appendix 1—Eaton Terms & Conditions
Effective Date: November 1, 2008

Returning Products
Authorization and shipping
instructions for the return
of any Products must be
obtained from Seller before
returning the Products.
When return is occasioned
due to Seller error, full credit
including all transportation
charges will be allowed.
Product Notices
Buyer shall provide the user
(including its employees) of
the Products with all Seller
supplied Product notices,
warnings, instructions,
recommendations, and
similar materials.
Force Majeure
Seller shall not be liable for
failure to perform or delay
in performance due to fire,
flood, strike or other labor
difficulty, act of God, act of
any governmental authority or
of the Buyer, riot, embargo,
fuel or energy shortage, car
shortage, wrecks or delays in
transportation, or due to any
other cause beyond Seller’s
reasonable control. In the
event of delay in performance
due to any such cause, the
date of delivery or time for
completion will be extended
by a period of time reasonably
necessary to overcome the
effect of such delay.
Liquidated Damages
Contracts which include
liquidated damage clauses for
failure to meet shipping or job
completion promises are not
acceptable or binding on
Seller, unless such clauses
are specifically accepted in
writing by an authorized
representative of the Seller at
its headquarters office.

Patent Infringement
Seller will defend or, at its
option, settle any suit or
proceeding brought against
Buyer, or Buyer’s customers,
to the extent it is based upon
a claim that any Product or
part thereof, manufactured by
Seller or its subsidiaries and
furnished hereunder,
infringes any United States
patent, other than a claim of
infringement based upon use
of a Product or part thereof in
a process, provided Seller is
notified in reasonable time
and given authority,
information and assistance
(at Seller’s expense) for the
defense of same. Seller shall
pay all legal and court costs
and expenses and courtassessed damages awarded
therein against Buyer
resulting from or incident to
such suit or proceeding. In
addition to the foregoing, if at
any time Seller determines
there is a substantial question
of infringement of any United
States patent, and the use of
such Product is or may be
enjoined, Seller may, at its
option and expense: either (a)
procure for Buyer the right to
continue using and selling the
Product; (b) replace the
Product with non-infringing
apparatus; (c) modify the
Product so it becomes noninfringing; or (d) as a last
resort, remove the Product
and refund the purchase
price, equitably adjusted for
use and obsolescence. In no
case does Seller agree to pay
any recovery based upon its
Buyer’s savings or profit
through use of Seller’s
Products whether the use be
special or ordinary. The
foregoing states the entire
liability of Seller for patent
infringement.

The preceding paragraph
does not apply to any claim of
infringement based upon: (a)
any modification made to a
Product other than by Seller;
(b) any design and/or
specifications of Buyer to
which a Product was
manufactured; or (c) the use
or combination of Product
with other products where
the Product does not itself
infringe. As to the aboveidentified claim situations
where the preceding
paragraph does not apply,
Buyer shall defend and hold
Seller harmless in the same
manner and to the extent as
Seller’s obligations described
in the preceding paragraph.
Buyer shall be responsible for
obtaining (at Buyer’s
expense) all license rights
required for Seller to be able
to use software products in
the possession of Buyer
where such use is required in
order to perform any Service
for Buyer.
With respect to a Product or
part thereof not manufactured
by Seller or its subsidiaries,
Seller will attempt to obtain
for Buyer, from the supplier(s),
the patent indemnification
protection normally provided
by the supplier(s) to
customers.

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions

CA08100014E—November 2013

Limitation of Liability
THE REMEDIES OF THE
BUYER SET FORTH IN THIS
CONTRACT ARE EXCLUSIVE
AND ARE ITS SOLE
REMEDIES FOR ANY
FAILURE OF SELLER
TO COMPLY WITH ITS
OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER.
NOTWITHSTANDING
ANY PROVISION IN THIS
CONTRACT TO THE
CONTRARY, IN NO EVENT
SHALL SELLER BE LIABLE
IN CONTRACT, IN TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
OR STRICT LIABILITY) OR
OTHERWISE FOR DAMAGE
TO PROPERTY OR
EQUIPMENT OTHER THAN
PRODUCTS SOLD
HEREUNDER, LOSS OF
PROFITS OR REVENUE,
LOSS OF USE OF
PRODUCTS, COST OF
CAPITAL, CLAIMS OF
CUSTOMERS OF THE
BUYER OR ANY SPECIAL,
INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,
REGARDLESS OF WHETHER
SUCH POTENTIAL
DAMAGES ARE
FORESEEABLE OR IF
SELLER HAS BEEN ADVISED
OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGES.
THE TOTAL CUMULATIVE
LIABILITY OF SELLER
ARISING FROM OR
RELATED TO THIS
CONTRACT WHETHER
THE CLAIMS ARE BASED
IN CONTRACT, IN TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
OR STRICT LIABILITY) OR
OTHERWISE, SHALL NOT
EXCEED THE PRICE OF THE
PRODUCT OR SERVICES
ON WHICH SUCH LIABILITY
IS BASED.

www.eaton.com

V12-A1-5

Appendix 2—Alphabetical Product Index
A

A415/A445/A485 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-67, V12-T13-68

A (Type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-53

A50 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-6

A.B.B. Breaker—Retrofit Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-51

A51 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-6

A10 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-6

A515/A545 Model A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-67, V12-T13-68

A11 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-6

A515/A545 Model B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-67, V12-T13-68

A13 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-6

A600 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-23

A200 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-23

A603 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-23

A200 Starter Replacement Capabilities
Arc Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-23–V12-T13-25
Arc Cup Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-25
Auxiliary Electrical Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-26
Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-23–V12-T13-26
Contact Kits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-23–V12-T13-25
Cross Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-23–V12-T13-25
Current Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-25
Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-30–V12-T13-32
KO Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-23–V12-T13-25
Line Connection Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-25
Load Connection Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-25
Lower Base. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-23, V12-T13-24
Magnet Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-25
Magnet Spacing Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-25
Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-27, V12-T13-28
Phase Barrier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-25
Shunt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-25
Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-23, V12-T13-24
Upper Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-23, V12-T13-24

A604 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-23

A201 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-23

ABH Panelboard, Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7

A202 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-33

AC Coils Electrically Held. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-34

A202 Lighting Contactor (Electrically Held
Magnetically Latched)
Replacement Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-33

AC Coils Magnetically Latched . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-35

A203 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-23
A204 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-23
A206 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-23
A210 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-23
A211 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-23
A213 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-23
A214 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-23
A216 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-23
A220 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-23
A223 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-23
A224 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-23
A226 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-23
A25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-52
A250 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-23
A251 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-23
A2B Panelboard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
A30 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-6
A31 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-6
A40 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-6
A41 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-6

A606 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-23
A70 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-6
A700 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-23
A703 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-23
A704 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-23
A706 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-23
A71 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-6
A80 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-6
A800 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-23
A804 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-23
A806 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-23
A81 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-6
AA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-28
ABH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
ABH Panelboard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7

AC Drives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-69–V12-T13-72
Accessories
Metering Devices, IQ 130/140/150 Series
Panel Mounting Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-20
Metering Devices, Power Xpert
Meter 4000/6000/8000
Communication Expansion Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-15
Digital I/O Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-15
Graphic Display Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-15
Panel Mounting Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-15
Power Xpert Meter 4000 to 6000
License Upgrade Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-15
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Filler Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T5-12
Ground Bar Kits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T5-13
Handle Lockoffs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T5-14
Handle Ties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T5-14
Hold-Down Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T5-14
Main and Subfeed Lug Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T5-12
Main Breaker Lug Kits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T5-14
Main Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T5-12
Mechanical Interlock Covers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T5-12
Rainproof Conduit Hubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T5-13
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Handle Lockdogs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T5-6
Handle Lockoffs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T5-6
Handle Ties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T5-6

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions

CA08100014E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V12-A2-1

Appendix 2—Alphabetical Product Index
Hold-Down Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main Breaker Lug Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical Interlocks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mounting Bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phase Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement Neutral Bar Accessories . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement Neutral Lug
for Vintage Loadcenters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V12-T5-6
V12-T5-6
V12-T5-6
V12-T5-6
V12-T5-5
V12-T5-5

AF Adjustable Frequency AC Drives . . . . . . V12-T13-69–V12-T13-72
AF-1000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-69–V12-T13-72
AF-1500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-69–V12-T13-72
AF-1600 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-69–V12-T13-72
AF-2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-69–V12-T13-72
AF-300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-69, V12-T13-70

V12-T5-5

AF-300 (Responder) . . . . . . . . V12-T13-69, V12-T13-71, V12-T13-72

Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-3, V12-T3-17–V12-T3-48,

AF-3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-69–V12-T13-72

V12-T3-51, V12-T3-53, V12-T3-55,

AF-5000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-69–V12-T13-72

V12-T3-57, V12-T3-59,
V12-T3-63–V12-T3-79
Accessories and Renewal Parts for
Magnum DS Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-8

AF-5000+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-69–V12-T13-72
AF-6000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-69–V12-T13-72
AF-7000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-69–V12-T13-72
AF-8000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-69–V12-T13-72

Accessories for Low Voltage Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-9

AF91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-69–V12-T13-71

Accessories for Trip Unit Retrofit Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-28

AF93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-69–V12-T13-72

Accuflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-69–V12-T13-72

AF95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-69–V12-T13-72

Accuflow 110 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-69

AF97 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-69–V12-T13-72

Accuflow Jr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-69–V12-T13-72

AH—AMPGARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-96

Accutrol 100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-69–V12-T13-72

Air Magnetic Breaker MOC Closing Times . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-62

Accutrol 110 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-69–V12-T13-72

Air Replacement Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-11, V12-T22-6

Accutrol 150 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-69–V12-T13-72

Air Replacement Breakers—Type DB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-3

Accutrol 200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-69–V12-T13-72

Air-to-Vacuum Conversion Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-90

Accutrol 300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-69–V12-T13-72

Air-to-Vacuum Starter Cell Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-89

Accutrol 400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-69–V12-T13-72

AK-1 General Electric Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-38

Accutrol 700 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-69–V12-T13-72

AK-2/2A General Electric Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-38

ACM and Metering Module
for Advantage Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-11

AK-3/3A General Electric Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-38
AKR(U)-6D/7D General Electric Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-38

Active Harmonic Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T21-4

AKR-4A/5A General Electric Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-38

Adapters—DS Breaker Test Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-9

AKR-6D/7D General Electric Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-38

Adding C-HRG to a Wye System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T16-2

AKRT-4A/5A General Electric Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-38

Adding High Resistance to a
Wye or Delta System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T16-6

AL-2 General Electric Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-39

Additional Information for
Medium Voltage Switchgear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-64

Alarm Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-76

Addressable Relay II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-32, V12-T11-11,
V12-T11-25
Adjustable Frequency AC Drives. . . . . . . . . V12-T13-69–V12-T13-72
Advanced Technology Services . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-68, V12-T13-72
Advantage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T11-11, V12-T14-11
Device Panel Upgrade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-11
Feeder Breaker Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-11
Handle Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-4
MCC Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-11
MCC Replacement Capabilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-11
Motor Control Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-3
Replacement Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-51
Replacement Starter Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-11
Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-51

Alarm Lockout Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-3

Allis-Chalmers
AM Vacuum Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FA Vacuum Replacement Breaker. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FB Vacuum Replacement Breaker. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FC Vacuum Replacement Breaker. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MA Vacuum Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RUPTAIR Vacuum Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . .

V12-T17-60
V12-T17-60
V12-T17-60
V12-T17-60
V12-T17-60
V12-T17-60

Allis-Chalmers AR-Series
Replacement Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-11, V12-T22-6
Allis-Chalmers G Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-42
Allis-Chalmers LA Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-42
Allis-Chalmers LA Breakers Replacement
and Upgrade Capabilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-41
Allis-Chalmers LA Breakers with Digitrip
RMS Retrofit Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-42

AE-1 General Electric Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-40

Allis-Chalmers LG Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-42

AF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-53

Ambient Compensating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-33

V12-A2-2

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions

CA08100014E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Appendix 2—Alphabetical Product Index
Ambient Compensating Breakers . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-17, V12-T3-41,
V12-T3-42
AMI AMPGARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-73, V12-T13-84,
V12-T13-88, V12-T13-96
AMPGARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-84, V12-T13-92
AMPGARD 25/50 L4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-96
AMPGARD 25/50 L7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-96
AMPGARD 25L2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-96
AMPGARD 50L2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-96
AMPGARD 50V4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-96
AMPGARD AH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-85, V12-T13-96
AMPGARD AMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-73, V12-T13-84,
V12-T13-88, V12-T13-96

ASR Relay, Synchronous
Motor Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-73–V12-T13-76
AST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-7
ATS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T20-1–V12-T20-3
ATS Inc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T12-4
Auto/Manual Reset, Class 20,
Thermal Type A Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-28
Automatic Field Application Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-82
Automatic Synchronization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-82
Automatic Transfer Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T20-1–V12-T20-3
Automation Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Demand Management Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PLC Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Management Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Systems Integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V12-T22-7
V12-T22-7
V12-T22-7
V12-T22-7
V12-T22-7

AMPGARD IT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-94

AUTOVAR Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T21-4

AMPGARD IT. Soft Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-94

AUTOVAR MV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T21-4

AMPGARD MV Motor Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-84
AMPGARD OIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-85, V12-T13-96

Auxiliary Contact Kits
Definite Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-62–V12-T13-66

AMPGARD S202 (SJ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-96

Auxiliary Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-3, V12-T3-76

AMPGARD Solutions Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-96

AVD-Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-63

AMPGARD Starters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-73
AMPGARD V202 (SJ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-96

B

AMT Fixed Width Handle Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-96

B.B.C. Breaker—Retrofit Kits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-51

AMT Vari-Depth Handle Mechanisms. . . . . . V12-T3-95, V12-T3-96,

B10 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-6

V12-T3-104–V12-T3-106
AN—A200 Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-28
ANSI and IEC Rating Table for VCP-W Breakers. . . . . . . V12-T17-58
Application Guide for Medium Voltage Fuses. . . . . . . . . . V12-T18-3
Application Notes for
Allis-Chalmers LA Power Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . V12-T17-41
Federal Pacific Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-49
ITE K-Line Power Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-43
Other ITE Power Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-45
Siemens-Allis Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-47
Westinghouse DB and DBL
Power Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-31, V12-T17-37
Westinghouse DS and DSL
Power Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-33
Westinghouse SPB Power
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-35

B10B Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
B10B Panelboard, Replacement Breaker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
B10B-LX Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
B10B-LX Panelboard, Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
B10B-LXX Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
B10B-LXX Panelboard, Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
B11 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-6
B25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-52
B3NO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-27
B50 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-6
B51 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-6
B52 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-6
B65B Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
B65B Panelboard, Replacement Breaker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7

Application of Trip Unit Retrofit Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-17

BA—Medium Voltage Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T18-2

Arcflash Reduction
Maintenance System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-19, V12-T17-28

BA—A200 Overload Relay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-27

ARII . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-32, V12-T11-25
ARMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-28
AR-Series Replacement Breakers
Allis-Chalmers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Federal Pacific Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Westinghouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

BAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-7
Back-up Power Switches—
see Automatic Transfer Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T20-1
BAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T18-2

V12-T17-11, V12-T22-6
V12-T17-11, V12-T22-6
V12-T17-11, V12-T22-6
V12-T17-11, V12-T22-6
V12-T17-11, V12-T22-6

ASCII . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T12-2

BAL-R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T18-2
Base Mounting Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-70
BCLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T18-3
BHLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T18-3
BIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T11-11

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions

CA08100014E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V12-A2-3

Appendix 2—Alphabetical Product Index
BN—A200 Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-27
Bolt-on Units—Busway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-11
BP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-5, V12-T9-8, V12-T9-11
BP9000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-69
BPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T11-25
BR Loadcenters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T5-12–V12-T5-19
Brakes—511 Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-60
Breaker
Molded-Case
Current Limiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-13, V12-T3-14
Rating Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-60
Breaker Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T5-6, V12-T17-9

Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-95–V12-T3-112
Motor Circuit Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-63
Motor Control Center Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-88
Nameplate Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-3
Panelboard Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-80–V12-T3-82,
V12-T3-84–V12-T3-87
Rating Plugs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-60
Replacement Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-15–V12-T3-167
Replacement Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-15–V12-T3-60
Replacement Cross-Reference . . . . . . V12-T3-113–V12-T3-167
Replacement Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-10–V12-T3-14
Replacement, SELTRONIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-12
Vacuum Replacement
Medium Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T2-2

Breaker Cell Provisions for
SPB Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-4

Brush Type Mark V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-73, V12-T13-77,

Breaker Guide
Panelboard
Replacement Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-80–V12-T3-82

Brush Type Mark V Solid-State Slipsyn
Class 14-100 Field Application Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-77

Breaker Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-3

V12-T13-78

Brush Type Relay Slipsyn
Class 14-100 Application Field Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-77
Class 14-100 Application Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-75

Breaker Plug-in Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-5
Pow-R-Way . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-5
Standard Plug-in and
Low Impedance Busway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-5

Brushless Motor Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-74

Breaker Reconditioning and
Trip System Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T2-2

Brushless Type Mark V Solid-State Slipsyn
Class 14-100 Field Application Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-82

Breaker Renewal Parts
DB Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-3
DH Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-55
DHP Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-56
DS Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-5
DSII Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-7
Magnum DS Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-8
VCP Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-57
VCP-W Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-58

Brushless Type Relay Slipsyn
Class 14-100 Field Application Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-80

Breaker Replacement Chart,
Panelboards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-4–V12-T4-8
Breaker Retrofit Kits
5 Star MCCs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-15
F10 MCCs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-16
Type W MCCs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-16

Brushless Synchronous Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-80

Brushless-Type Relay-Panel Slipsyn
(Class 14-100) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-81
Bryant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-114
Buck-Boost Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T8-2
Bucket Retrofits—Motor Control Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T2-2
Bulletin 9950 MV Motor Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-84
Bus Plugs—see Low Voltage Bus Plugs
Bus, Fluidized Switchgear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T2-2
Busbar Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-48, V12-T3-59
Bus—Fluidized
Switchgear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T2-2

Breaker Service Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-112

Bussed End Caps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T6-2

Breaker Test Cabinet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-9

Busway (Low Voltage)
Bolt-on Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-11
Busway TVSS Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-14
Clipper Power Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-14
Current Limiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-2
Electric Utility (DC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-2
H5000 Feeder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-2, V12-T9-4,
V12-T9-8

Breaker Test Kit Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-9
Breaker Test Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-9
Breakers
Accessories, Molded-Case . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-3, V12-T3-17,
V12-T3-48, V12-T3-51,
V12-T3-53, V12-T3-55, V12-T3-57,
V12-T3-59, V12-T3-63
Current Limiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-13, V12-T3-14
Medium Voltage
Vacuum Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T2-2
Miniature, QUICKLAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-6, V12-T3-7
Molded-Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-1–V12-T3-168
Molded-Case Circuit
Handle Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-112

V12-A2-4

H5000 Plug-in 225–1000A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-2
High Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-2
IQ Energy Sentinels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-15
Low Impedance Feeder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-2
Low Impedance Plug-in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-2
Plug-in Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-12
CP2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-3, V12-T9-12–V12-T9-14
CP3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-3, V12-T9-12–V12-T9-14

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions

CA08100014E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Appendix 2—Alphabetical Product Index
CP4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-3, V12-T9-12–V12-T9-14
Pow-R-Way II Plug-in
Straight Length. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-2
Pow-R-Way Plug-in
Straight Length. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-2
Standard Plug-in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-2, V12-T9-9
Busway—see Low Voltage Busway
BV Bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-3
Bypass Isolation Switches—
see Automatic Transfer Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T20-1

CDP Panelboard,
Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-2, V12-T4-4,
V12-T4-9
CDP/HCDP Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
CDP/HCDP Panelboard,
Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
Cell Provisions for
DS Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-5
Cell Provisions,
Low Voltage Switchgear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-5, V12-T17-7,

C

V12-T17-8

C10 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-6

Cell-Retrofill, MV Motor Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-88

C25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-52

Center Studs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-77

C30 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-6

CG11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T6-2

C306 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-40–V12-T13-44

CG2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T6-2

C316 Overload Relays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-46

CG2, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T6-2

C32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-52

CG3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T6-2

C321 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-8

CG3, 5, 7, 9, 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T6-2

C371 Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-108

CG4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T6-2

C50 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-6

CG5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T6-2

C514 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-67, V12-T13-68

CG7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T6-2

C80 DC Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-58

CG9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T6-2

C80 Mill Type DC Contactors
Replacement Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-59

CH Loadcenters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T5-4
Challenger—Breaker Cross-Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-113

CA Molded-Case Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-10

CHB Miniature Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-9, V12-T4-4

CA Molded-Case Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-62

CHB Panelboard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-2, V12-T4-4

CA Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-10

CHB Panelboard, Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-4

CAH Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-10

CHP Panelboard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-4

CAH Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-10

CHP Panelboard, Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-4

Calibration, 50°C . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-17, V12-T3-20, V12-T3-22,

C-HRG (Low Voltage) High Resistance
Grounding Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T16-2–V12-T16-4

V12-T3-24, V12-T3-26, V12-T3-28,
V12-T3-30, V12-T3-31, V12-T3-33,
V12-T3-36, V12-T3-38, V12-T3-39,
V12-T3-41, V12-T3-44, V12-T3-45,
V12-T3-48, V12-T3-83, V12-T3-87
Cantilever Hangers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-7
Capacitor Cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T21-3
Capacitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T21-3
Catalog Numbering System
Type C-HRG (Low Voltage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T16-4
Type C-HRG (Medium Voltage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T16-7
Catalog Numbering Systems
AMPGARD Contactors
and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-85–V12-T13-87
Series C Retrofit Kits
for MCCs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-17

C-HRG (Medium Voltage) High
Resistance Grounding Systems . . . . . . . . . . V12-T16-5–V12-T16-7
Circuit Breaker Cell Provisions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-3
Circuit Breaker Plug-in Unit (Closed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-8
Circuit Breaker Plug-in Unit (Open) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-8
Circuit Breaker Provisions for WF/WRP,
ES and Pow-R-Line C
Distribution Switchboards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-5
Circuit Breaker Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-112
Circuit Breaker Test Kits
for DS Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-9
Circuit Breaker, DB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-2, V12-T17-3
Circuit Breaker, DS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-2, V12-T17-4,
V12-T17-5
Circuit Breaker, DSII . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-2, V12-T17-6,

CDP Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-2, V12-T4-4,
V12-T4-9

V12-T17-7

CDP Panelboard (Cutler-Hammer). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-4

Circuit Breaker, Low Voltage Power
Air Circuit Breakers (LVPACB). . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-5, V12-T17-6

CDP Panelboard (Westinghouse) . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-2, V12-T4-7

Circuit Breaker, Magnum DS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-2, V12-T17-8

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions

CA08100014E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V12-A2-5

Appendix 2—Alphabetical Product Index
Circuit Breakers
Molded-Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-1–V12-T3-168
Current Limiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-13, V12-T3-14
Miniature, QUICKLAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-6, V12-T3-7
Replacements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T2-3
Citation Adapter Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-8
Citation Starter Replacement Capabilities
Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-7
Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-7
Current Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-8
Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-9–V12-T13-21

JF Autostarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reversing/Assignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V200/V201 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V12-T13-53
V12-T13-65
V12-T13-22
V12-T13-36

Communication Expansion Card
Metering Devices, Power Xpert
Meter 4000/6000/8000
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-15
Communication Network Devices . . . . . . . . V12-T11-12–V12-T11-26
Communication Ports—PLCs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T12-2

Clamp-On CTs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-35

Communication Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T11-1–V12-T11-26
PowerNet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T2-3

Clamp-On Current Transformers
Metering Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-35

Communications via the
PowerNet System—Retrofit Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-18

Class 1 Reconditioning
Aftermarket Centers of Excellence (ACE) . . . . . . . . . V12-T22-7
DB Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-3
DHP Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-56
DS Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-3, V12-T17-5
DSII Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-7
Magnum DS Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-8
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T22-7

Consulting and Advisory Support. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T22-8

Class 1, Division 2,
Hazardous Location Transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T8-4
Class 10—A200 Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-29
Class 20—A200 Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-27, V12-T13-28
Classic AMPGARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-91
CLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T18-2–V12-T18-4
CLH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-7

Contact Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T23-9–V12-T23-10
Contact Kits
A200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-23–V12-T13-25
Advantage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-51
AVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-63
Citation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-7
Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T2-3
D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-64
DPM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-62
Freedom (IEC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-42
Freedom (NEMA). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-38
Reversing/Assignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-65
Contactor
25L2 Medium Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-85, V12-T13-89,
V12-T13-90

Clipper Power Systems—Visor Series
Low Voltage Busway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-14

25L4 Medium Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-85, V12-T13-89,
V12-T13-90

CLPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T18-2–V12-T18-4

25L7 Medium Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-85, V12-T13-89,
V12-T13-90

CLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T18-2–V12-T18-4
CLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T18-2–V12-T18-4
CM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T19-2–V12-T19-4
CM-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T19-2
CM-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T19-2
CM-22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T19-2–V12-T19-4
CM52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T19-2–V12-T19-4
CMCU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-103
CMD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T19-2–V12-T19-4
CMR-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T19-2–V12-T19-4
CN-33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T19-2
CNJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T19-2
Coils
A202 Lighting Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-33, V12-T13-34
AVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-63
Citation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-7
D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-64
Definite Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-52
DPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-62
Freedom (IEC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-42
Freedom (NEMA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-38

V12-A2-6

50L2 Medium Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-85, V12-T13-89,
V12-T13-90
50L4 Medium Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-85, V12-T13-89,
V12-T13-90
50L7 Medium Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-85, V12-T13-89,
V12-T13-90
LF Air-Break Medium Voltage . . . . . . V12-T13-84, V12-T13-89,
V12-T13-90
Medium Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-84,
V12-T13-89–V12-T13-94
SJ Vacuum Medium Voltage . . . . . . . . V12-T13-84, V12-T13-91
SL Vacuum Medium Voltage . . . . . . . V12-T13-84, V12-T13-87,
V12-T13-91
Contactors and Starters—
Parts, Contact Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T2-3
Contactors, Starters and Brakes . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-2–V12-T13-66
Coordination Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T22-4
Covers—Loadcenters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T5-3
CP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-12
CP2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-2, V12-T9-12–V12-T9-14
CP2 Plug-in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-14

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions

CA08100014E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Appendix 2—Alphabetical Product Index
CP2 SAFETYBUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-2
CP3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-3, V12-T9-12–V12-T9-14

DB Low Voltage Switchgear Assemblies
and Power Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-3

CP3 Plug-in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-14

DB Power Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-2, V12-T17-3

CP3 SAFETYBUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-3

DB Retrofit Kits Upgrades
from Amptector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-32

CP4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-3, V12-T9-12–V12-T9-14
CP4 Plug-in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-14
CP4 SAFETYBUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-3

DB Switchgear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-2
DB VSR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-3
DB-100 Westinghouse Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-32

Cross-Reference
Industrial MCB/MCCBs, Residential
MCBs, Mining Breakers . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-113–V12-T3-167

DB-25 Westinghouse Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-32

CTK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-9

DB25-AR600NM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-3, V12-T17-11,

DB-15 Westinghouse Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-32

Current Limiter Attachment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-63

V12-T22-6

Current Limiting Breakers
Replacement Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-13, V12-T3-14

DB25-LV-VSR Vacuum Starter Retrofit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-3

Current Limiting Bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-3
Current Limiting Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-13, V12-T3-14
Current Limit-R Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-2, V12-T3-13
Current Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-43
Current Transformers (CTs). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-33
Metering Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-33
Current-Limiting Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T18-4
Customer Required Information
for Trip Unit Retrofit Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-28
Cutler-Hammer PowerNet and
Zone Interlock Kits (OPTIM 550 only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-94

DB-50 Westinghouse Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-32
DB50-AR1600M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-11, V12-T22-6
DB-75 Westinghouse Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-32
DB75-AR3000M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-11, V12-T22-6
DBA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T18-2
DB-AR Replacement Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-3
DBL-25 Westinghouse Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-32
DBL-50 Westinghouse Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-32
DBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T18-2
DBU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T18-2, V12-T18-3,
V12-T18-5

CX/CXN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T18-2–V12-T18-4

DC Busway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-3

D

DC Coils for Contactors and Starters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-62

D100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T12-2
D120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T12-2, V12-T12-4
D200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T12-3

DC Contactors
ME and MD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-54
D-Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-64

D300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T12-3

Definitions of Replacement and Upgrade
Capabilities for Trip Unit Retrofit Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-19

D320 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T12-2, V12-T12-3

DeviceNet Interface Module Upgrade (DN65). . . . . . . . . V12-T14-14

D32LT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T12-2, V12-T12-3

DH Breaker Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-55

D50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T12-2, V12-T12-3

DH Medium Voltage Switchgear
Assemblies and Power Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-55

D500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T12-3, V12-T12-4
DA Molded-Case Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11, V12-T3-31,
V12-T3-116
DA Molded-Case Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-61

DHP Breaker
Class 1 Reconditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-56
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-56

DA Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11

DHP Medium Voltage Switchgear
Assemblies and Power Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-56

DA-50-1600 Westinghouse Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-30

DHP Switchgear Fluidized Switchgear Bus . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-56

DA-50-800 Westinghouse Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-30
DA-75 Westinghouse Breaker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-30

DHP, VCP, VCP-W Front Panel Retrofits
with IQ Devices and PowerNet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-59

Damper Winding Protective Relay,
Synchronous. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-76, V12-T13-80,

DHP, VCP, VCP-W MVA Upgrades
for Medium Voltage Switchgear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-59

V12-T13-81

DHP-VR Ratings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-56

DB Breaker
Class 1 Reconditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Digitrip Trip Unit Retrofit Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technology Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

DHP-VR Replacement Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-56
V12-T17-3
V12-T17-3
V12-T17-3
V12-T17-3

Digital I/O Card
Metering Devices, Power Xpert
Meter 4000/6000/8000
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-15

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions

CA08100014E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V12-A2-7

Appendix 2—Alphabetical Product Index
Digitrip 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-29, V12-T10-30,

Westinghouse DS Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-34
Westinghouse SPB Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-36

V12-T11-11

Digitrip RMS Trip Unit Replacement . . . . . . V12-T17-21, V12-T17-22

Digitrip 3000 Optional Drawout Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-43

Digitrip Trip Unit Retrofit Kit
DB Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-3
DS Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-5
DSII Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-7

Digitrip 1150 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T11-11

Digitrip 3000 Overcurrent Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-43
Digitrip 3000 Trip Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-30
Digitrip 550 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-94
Digitrip MV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-29

Digitrip Trip Unit Retrofit Kits
for SPB and DS Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-6

Digitrip OPTIM 1050 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T11-11

Digitrip Trip Unit Upgrade Table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-19

Digitrip OPTIM 750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T11-11

Dimensions for MCC Buckets and Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-3

Digitrip Retrofit Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-17–V12-T17-52
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-28
Rating Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-24–V12-T17-27
Retrofit Kits
Allis-Chalmers LA Breakers . . . . . . . V12-T17-41, V12-T17-42
Federal Pacific Breakers . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-49, V12-T17-50
General Electric Breakers . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-37–V12-T17-40
ITE Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-43–V12-T17-46
Other Manufacturers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-51
Siemens and
Siemens-Allis Breakers . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-47, V12-T17-48
Westinghouse Breakers . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-29–V12-T17-36

Direct (Close-Coupled)
Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-111

Digitrip Retrofit Kits for Pow-R-Gear,
Pow-R-M-S and SPB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-4
Digitrip Retrofit Kits for WRI, Pow-R-I,
Pow-R-M-S/F and Pow-R-Line i . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-3
Digitrip Retrofit Kits Further Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-52
Digitrip Retrofit Kits Pricing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-52
Digitrip RMS 810 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T11-11
Digitrip RMS 910 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T11-11

V12-T13-79
Distribution Switchboards
(Low Voltage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-1–V12-T15-6
ES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-5
IQ and PowerNet
Communications Retrofits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-6
Pow-R-Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-4
Pow-R-I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-3
Pow-R-Line C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-5
Pow-R-Line i. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-3
Pow-R-M-S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-4
Pow-R-M-S/F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-3
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-2
Product History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-2
Product History Time Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-2
WF/WRP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-5
WRI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-3
Distribution System Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T2-2–V12-T2-4

Digitrip RMS Retrofit Kit Catalog
Numbering System
Allis-Chalmers LA Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Federal Pacific Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Electric AK Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Electric AL Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITE K-Line Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other ITE Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Siemens and Siemens-Allis Breakers . . . . . . . . . . .
Westinghouse DA/DK Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Westinghouse DB Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Westinghouse DS Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Westinghouse SPB Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V12-T17-42
V12-T17-50
V12-T17-38
V12-T17-39
V12-T17-44
V12-T17-51
V12-T17-46
V12-T17-48
V12-T17-30
V12-T17-32
V12-T17-34
V12-T17-36

Digitrip RMS Retrofit Kits
Allis-Chalmers LA Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Federal Pacific Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Electric AK Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Electric AL Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITE K-Line Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other General Electric Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other ITE Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Siemens and Siemens-Allis Breakers . . . . . . . . . . .
Westinghouse DA and DK Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . .
Westinghouse DB Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V12-T17-42
V12-T17-50
V12-T17-38
V12-T17-39
V12-T17-44
V12-T17-51
V12-T17-40
V12-T17-46
V12-T17-48
V12-T17-30
V12-T17-32

V12-A2-8

Discharge Resistor,
Starting and Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-76, V12-T13-77,

DK Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-116
DK Series C Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11
DK-15 Westinghouse Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-30
DK-25 Westinghouse Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-30
DN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-3
DN65 DeviceNet Interface
Module for MCC Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-14
DP-4000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-36, V12-T13-90,
V12-T13-92
DPM Definite Purpose Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-62
Drawout Mounting Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-57
Drip Hoods—Meter Centers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T6-2
Drives—see Adjustable Frequency Drives
Dry-Type Distribution Transformers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DS-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DT-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MTA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions

CA08100014E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V12-T8-2
V12-T8-2
V12-T8-2
V12-T8-2
V12-T8-2
V12-T8-2
V12-T8-2
V12-T8-2
V12-T8-2

Appendix 2—Alphabetical Product Index
MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T8-2
NEMA TP-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T8-2

E2FM Mining Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-162, V12-T3-166,

DS and DSL-206 Westinghouse Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-34

E2K Mining Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-164, V12-T3-166,

DS and DSL-416 Westinghouse Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-34

V12-T3-167

DS Breaker Class 1 Reconditioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-3

E2KE Mining Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-162–V12-T3-164

DS Breaker Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-5

E2KEM Mining Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-163, V12-T3-164,

DS Breaker Standard Retrofit RMS
Replacement Trip Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-21

V12-T3-167

V12-T3-167
E2LE Mining Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-163, V12-T3-166,

DS Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-5
DS Breakers Class 1 Reconditioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-5
DS Breakers with Digitrip Trip
Unit Retrofit Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-5

V12-T3-167
E2LEM Mining Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-163, V12-T3-167
E2N Mining Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-162–V12-T3-164,
V12-T3-166, V12-T3-167

DS Breakers with IQ and
PowerNet Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-5

E2NM Mining Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-162, V12-T3-164,

DS Circuit Breaker Cell Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-5

V12-T3-166, V12-T3-167

DS Low Voltage Switchgear
Assemblies and Power
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-4–V12-T17-5

EA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-67

DS Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-3, V12-T15-5
DS Power Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-2, V12-T17-4,
V12-T17-5
DS Rating Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-24, V12-T17-25
DS Switchgear Structure Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-5
DS-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T8-2
DS-420 Westinghouse Breaker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-34
DS-632 Westinghouse Breaker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-34
DS-840 Westinghouse Breaker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-34
DSII
Breaker Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Breakers Class 1 Reconditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Breakers with Digitrip Trip Unit Retrofit Kits . . . . . . .
Circuit Breaker Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V12-T17-7
V12-T17-7
V12-T17-7
V12-T17-7
V12-T17-7

DSII Low Voltage Switchgear
Assemblies and Power
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-2, V12-T17-6,
V12-T17-7
DSII Switchgear Structure Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-7
DSII VSR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-7
DT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-30
DT-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T8-2
DT-3000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-12–V12-T10-14,
V12-T10-30

EA Out-of-Production Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . V12-T3-10, V12-T3-81
Easy-Start
100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-67
120. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-67, V12-T13-68
Advantage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-68
EA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-67
EC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-67
EJ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-67
ES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-67
Jr.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-67
Jr./Easy-Start 100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-68
Eaton Terms & Conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Limitation of Liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Terms and Conditions of Sale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Terms of Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Eaton’s Electrical Services & Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T11-3
EB Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-10, V12-T3-15,
V12-T3-116, V12-T3-117
EB Molded-Case Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-61
EB Replacement Breaker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-10
EC Out-of-Production Cutler-Hammer Breaker . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-10
ECN42–ECN44. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-53
ED Series C Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-10
EDC Series C Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-10
EDH Series C Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-10
EE Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-2, V12-T4-6,
V12-T4-13

Dual-Source Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-43
Dynamatic Adjustable Frequency
AC Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-69
Dynamic Data Exchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T11-8, V12-T11-9

V12-T1-1
V12-T1-3
V12-T1-5
V12-T1-1
V12-T1-2
V12-T1-3

EE Panelboard, Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . V12-T4-2, V12-T4-6,
V12-T4-13
EESS (Eaton’s Electrical Services & Systems) . . . . . . . . . V12-T22-2
EG Series C Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-10

E

EH Out-of-Production Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . V12-T3-10, V12-T3-81

E Out-of-Production Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . V12-T3-10, V12-T3-81

EHB Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . V12-T3-10, V12-T3-15,

E2F Mining Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-164

V12-T3-117

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions

CA08100014E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V12-A2-9

Appendix 2—Alphabetical Product Index
EHB Molded-Case Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-61

Series C Retrofit Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-92

EHB Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-10

EHD Series C Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-10

F2100 Motor Control Center
Feeder Breaker Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-12
Handle Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-4
MCC Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-12
MCC Replacement Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-12
Replacement Starter Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-12

EJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-67

FA Out-of-Production Circuit Breaker . . . . . . V12-T3-10, V12-T3-11,

Electric Utility Bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-3

V12-T3-81, V12-T3-88

Electrical Power System Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-30

FA TRI-PAC Out-of-Production
Circuit Breaker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-13

EHC Out-of-Production
Cutler-Hammer Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-10
EHD Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . V12-T3-116, V12-T3-117

Electronic Metering—see IQ Products
Electronic Metering and Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-2
Electronic Motor Protective Relay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-36
Electronic Power Meters
IQ 250 and IQ 260. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-19
Electronic Self-Enclosed Meters
IQ 150S/250S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-21
Enclosed Meters
Metering Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-23

Factory Original—Identification
for MCCBs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-4
Factory Repair Services
for SPB Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-4, V12-T15-5
Factory Retrofits for
Competitive MCCs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-18
FB Current Limiting Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-13
FB Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-10, V12-T3-16,

Energy Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-67

V12-T3-119, V12-T3-120

Energy Sentinel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T11-11

FB Molded-Case Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-61

EP Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-6, V12-T4-14,

FB Replacement Breaker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-10, V12-T3-11

V12-T8-2

FC Out-of-Production Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11

EP Panelboard, Replacement Breaker . . . . . . V12-T4-6, V12-T4-14,

FC Out-of-Production
Cutler-Hammer Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-10

V12-T8-2
EPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-24
Equipment Services and Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T22-8
ES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-67
ES Distribution Switchboard Rating Table. . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-5
Ethernet
Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T12-2
Euro IEC Direct Handle Mechanism . . . . . . . V12-T3-95, V12-T3-111
Eutectic Alloy Overloads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-3
Excitation Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-76
Exciter/Excitation Control,
Synchronous Motor Control . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-73–V12-T13-83
Expulsion Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T18-5
Extended Line Terminal Shields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-70
Extension Handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-112

FD Series C Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-10, V12-T3-11
FDB Series C Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-10, V12-T3-11
FDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-16
FDC Series C Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-10, V12-T3-11
FDP Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-2, V12-T4-7, V12-T4-10
FDP Panelboard,
Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-2, V12-T4-7
Features of PowerNet Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-20
Federal Pacific
100HF Breaker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FP-25 Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FP-50 Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FPS-50 Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FPS-75 Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V12-T17-50
V12-T17-50
V12-T17-50
V12-T17-50
V12-T17-50

Federal Pacific Breakers Replacement
and Upgrade Capabilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-49

F
F Out-of-Production Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . V12-T3-10, V12-T3-81,
V12-T3-88
F TRI-PAC Out-of-Production Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-13
F10 Motor Control Center
Add-on Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-8
Feeder Breaker Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-8
Handle Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-4
MCC Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-8
MCC Replacement Capabilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-8
MCCs with Series C Retrofit Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-16
Replacement Starter Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-8

V12-A2-10

FCL Current Limiting Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-13

Federal Pacific Breakers with
Digitrip RMS Retrofit Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-50
Federal Pacific Electric
DST Vacuum Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-60
DST-2 Vacuum Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-60
Federal Pacific Electric AR-Series
Replacement Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-11, V12-T22-6
Federal Pioneer Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-51
Federal Specification Classifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-17
Feeder Breaker Units
11-300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-5

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions

CA08100014E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Appendix 2—Alphabetical Product Index
5 Star/Series 2100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-10
Advantage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-11
F10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-8
F2100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-12
Freedom Unitrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-9
Type W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-7
FH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-30, V12-T13-32,
V12-T13-36
FH Out-of-Production Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . V12-T3-10, V12-T3-11
Field Control Panel, Synchronous . . . . . . . . V12-T13-73–V12-T13-83
Field-Mountable Attachments—
MCCBs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-51, V12-T3-53,
V12-T3-55, V12-T3-59

MCC Replacement Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-9
Replacement Starter Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-9
Front Panel Retrofits with IQ Devices
and PowerNet for DHP, VCP, VCP-W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-59
FS Out-of-Production Circuit Breaker. . . . . . . . V12-T3-10, V12-T3-11
FT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-29
Fuse Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T7-2
Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T7-2
Fused WLI Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-65
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T18-1–V12-T18-8
Fusible Bolt-on Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-11

Filler Plates
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T5-12

Fusible Plug-in Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-5, V12-T9-9
Pow-R-Way . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-5
Standard Plug-in and
Low Impedance Busway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-5

FL Out-of-Production Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-10

Fusible Switch Plug-in Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-12

Flex Shaft Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-95, V12-T3-107

FV Multispeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-85

Fluidized Switchgear Bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T2-2, V12-T17-59
DHP Switchgear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-56
VCP Switchgear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-57
VCP-W Switchgear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-58

G

FP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-11

G Out-of-Production Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-10

FP-25 Federal Pacific Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-50

Gate Turn-off Thyristor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-70

FP25-AR600NM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-11, V12-T22-6

GCA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-3, V12-T13-25

FP-50 Federal Pacific Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-50

GCA 530/630, Sizes 5–9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-25

FP-5000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-12–V12-T10-14,
V12-T10-29, V12-T11-11
FP-5000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-29
FP-5000 Feeder Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-43
FP50-AR1600M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-11, V12-T22-6
FP75-AR3000B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-11, V12-T22-6
FPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T22-6
FPS-50 Federal Pacific Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-50
FPS-75 Federal Pacific Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-50
Freedom Starter—IEC—
Replacement Capabilities
Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contact Kits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current Transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Magnet Frame Armature . . . . . . . . . .
Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V12-T13-42–V12-T13-46
V12-T13-42–V12-T13-46
V12-T13-42–V12-T13-45
V12-T13-42–V12-T13-46
V12-T13-42–V12-T13-46

Freedom Starter—NEMA—
Replacement Capabilities
Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-38–V12-T13-41
Contact Kits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-38–V12-T13-41
Current Transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-40
Magnet Frame Armature . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-38–V12-T13-41
Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-40, V12-T13-41
Freedom Unitrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-3, V12-T14-9
Add-on Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-9
Feeder Breaker Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-9
Handle Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-4
MCC Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-9

G Allis-Chalmers Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-42
G Direct Handle Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-95, V12-T3-111

GCA/GPD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-25
GCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-3
GD Series C Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-10
GE AKR4A30-AR800NM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-11, V12-T22-6
GE MG-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T19-2–V12-T19-4
GE MG-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T19-2–V12-T19-4
GE—AK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-11, V12-T22-6
GE-AK2A50-AR1600M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-11, V12-T22-6
GE—AKR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-11, V12-T22-6
General Electric
AK-1 Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AK-2/2A Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AK-3/3A Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AKR(U)-6D/7D Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AKR-4A/5A Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AKR-6D/7D Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AKRT-4A/5A Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AM13.8 Vacuum Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . .
AM15 Vacuum Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . .
AM4.16 Vacuum Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . .
AM5 Vacuum Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . .
AM7.2 Vacuum Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . .
AM7.5 Vacuum Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . .
MagneBlast Vacuum Replacement Breaker . . . . . .

V12-T17-38
V12-T17-38
V12-T17-38
V12-T17-38
V12-T17-38
V12-T17-38
V12-T17-38
V12-T17-60
V12-T17-60
V12-T17-60
V12-T17-60
V12-T17-60
V12-T17-60
V12-T17-60

General Electric AE-1 Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-40
General Electric AK Breakers with
Digitrip RMS Retrofit Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-38

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions

CA08100014E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V12-A2-11

Appendix 2—Alphabetical Product Index
General Electric AL Breakers
with Digitrip RMS Retrofit Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-39
General Electric AL-2 Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-39
General Electric AR-Series
Replacement Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-11, V12-T22-6
Genuine Breakers—Identification
for MCCBs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-4
G-Frame Vari-Depth Handle Mechanism. . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-95
GHC Series C Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-10
GND36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-9
GPD Sizes 7–9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-25
Graphic Display Module
Metering Devices, Power Xpert
Meter 4000/6000/8000
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-15
Ground Bar Kits
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T5-13
Ground Bars—Loadcenters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T5-3

Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-95–V12-T3-111
AMT Vari-Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-95
Direct (Close-Coupled) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-111
Euro IEC Direct . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-95, V12-T3-111
Extensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-112
Flex-Shaft Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-95
G Direct . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-95, V12-T3-111
G-Frame Vari-Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-95
Series C Rotary and
Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-95, V12-T3-109
Slide Plate Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-95
Type AMT Vari-Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-95
Type MC Motor Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-95, V12-T3-103
Type SM Safety Handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-95
Universal Direct . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-95, V12-T3-111
Universal Rotary Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-95, V12-T3-109
Vari-Depth Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-95
Handle Ties
Accessories
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . V12-T5-6
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . V12-T5-14

Ground Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-18

Harmonic Correction Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T21-4

Ground Fault Detection with
High Resistance Grounding (C-HRG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T16-6

Hazardous Location—Dry-Type Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T8-2

GS104 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-8, V12-T9-9
GTE-Sylvania SSPB Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-51

HBAW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-7
HBAX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-7
HCA Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-10

H

HCA Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-10

H1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-10–V12-T13-21

HCDP Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7, V12-T4-9

H1000 Series Starters and Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-18

HCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T18-3

H10B Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7

H10P Panelboard, Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7

Heater Selection for Types A
and B Overload Relays
Sizes 00, 0, 1 and 2 Starters . . . . . . . . V12-T13-30, V12-T13-31
Sizes 3 and 4 Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-32
Sizes 5 and 6 Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-32

H1100 Series Starters and Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-18

Heaters, A200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-30–V12-T13-32

H5000 Feeder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-3

Heaters, Citation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-9–V12-T13-21

H10B Panelboard, Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
H10P Panelboard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7

H5000 Plug-in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-3, V12-T9-14

Heaters, V201 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-36

Handle Extensions Series C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-112

HF Out-of-Production Circuit Breaker . . . . . . V12-T3-10, V12-T3-81,

Handle Lockdogs
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T5-6

HFA Out-of-Production Circuit Breaker . . . . . V12-T3-10, V12-T3-11,

Handle Lockoffs
Type BR Loadcenters and
Circuit Breakers
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T5-14
Type CH Loadcenters and
Circuit Breakers
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T5-6
Handle Mechanism for Motor Control
Center Buckets
11-300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5 Star/Series 2100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
F10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freedom Unitrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V12-A2-12

V12-T3-88

V12-T3-81, V12-T3-88
HFB Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . V12-T3-10, V12-T3-16,
V12-T3-117, V12-T3-120
HFB Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-10, V12-T3-11,
V12-T3-119
HFC Out-of-Production Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11
HFC Out-of-Production
Cutler-Hammer Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-10

V12-T14-4
V12-T14-4
V12-T14-4
V12-T14-4
V12-T14-4
V12-T14-4

HFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-16
HFD Series C Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-10, V12-T3-11
High Frequency Bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-3
High Resistance Grounding System—
Low Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T2-3

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions

CA08100014E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Appendix 2—Alphabetical Product Index
HJD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-16
HJD Series C Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11
HK Out-of-Production Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . V12-T3-11, V12-T3-82
HKA Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . V12-T3-11, V12-T3-25,

HMCCGA Molded-Case
Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-53, V12-T3-131
HMCG Molded-Case
Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-53, V12-T3-131

V12-T3-122

HMCGA Molded-Case
Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-53, V12-T3-131

HKA Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11

HMCP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-17

HKB Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . V12-T3-11, V12-T3-21,

HMDL Series C Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-12

V12-T3-123

HNB Molded-Case Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . V12-T3-12, V12-T3-43,

HKB Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11

V12-T3-45, V12-T3-131

HKD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-16

HNB Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-12, V12-T3-131

HKD Series C Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11

HNC Molded-Case Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . V12-T3-12, V12-T3-54,

HKL Out-of-Production
Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11, V12-T3-82

V12-T3-55, V12-T3-131

HLA Molded-Case
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11, V12-T3-34–V12-T3-39,

HNC Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-12, V12-T3-131
HNCA Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . V12-T3-54, V12-T3-55,
V12-T3-132

V12-T3-124–V12-T3-126
HLA Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11, V12-T3-80,

HNCG Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . V12-T3-54, V12-T3-55,
V12-T3-132

V12-T3-124–V12-T3-126
HLB Molded-Case Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . V12-T3-11, V12-T3-29,

HNCGA Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . V12-T3-54, V12-T3-55,
V12-T3-132

V12-T3-126
HLB Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11,
V12-T3-126–V12-T3-128
HLC Molded-Case Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . V12-T3-11, V12-T3-49,
V12-T3-128
HLC Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11, V12-T3-128
HLCA Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . V12-T3-49, V12-T3-128
HLCA Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-128
HLCC Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . V12-T3-49, V12-T3-128
HLCC Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-128
HLCCA Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . V12-T3-49, V12-T3-128
HLCCG Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . V12-T3-50, V12-T3-128
HLCCGA Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . V12-T3-50, V12-T3-128
HLCG Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . V12-T3-50, V12-T3-128
HLCGA Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . V12-T3-50, V12-T3-129
HLD Series C Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11
HLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T18-2–V12-T18-4

HND Series C Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-12
HNDP Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-4
HNDP Panelboard, Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-4
Hold-Down Kits
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T5-14
How to Generate a Trip Unit
Retrofit Kit Catalog Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-28
How to Identify Motor Control
Center Buckets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-3
How to Order a Series C Retrofit Kit
for MCCs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-17
How to Price a Trip Unit Retrofit Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-28
How to Select a Retrofit Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-28
HQP Miniature Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-7
Hubs—Loadcenters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T5-3
HVX9000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-71
HWT-500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T19-4

HLE/HCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T18-3
HLM Out-of-Production Circuit Breaker . . . . V12-T3-11, V12-T3-12,

I

V12-T3-82

I/O Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T12-2

HMA Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . V12-T3-12, V12-T3-40,

I/O Plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T12-3

V12-T3-42, V12-T3-129

IBP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-5

HMA Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-12, V12-T3-129

ICS Inc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T12-4

HMC Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . V12-T3-52, V12-T3-131

Identifying Genuine Factory Original MCCBs . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-4

HMC Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-131

Identifying Renewal Parts for MCCs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-18

HMCA Molded-Case Circuit Breakers. . . . . . V12-T3-52, V12-T3-131

IMPCABLE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T11-25, V12-T11-26

HMCC Molded-Case Circuit Breakers. . . . . . V12-T3-52, V12-T3-131

INCOM Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T11-8, V12-T11-11,

HMCCA Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . V12-T3-52, V12-T3-131

V12-T11-25

HMCCG Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . V12-T3-53, V12-T3-131

Indicating Lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T23-6–V12-T23-7

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions

CA08100014E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V12-A2-13

Appendix 2—Alphabetical Product Index
Industrial Control Transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T8-4
Installation and Startup Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T2-3
Installation/Startup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T22-2
Instant Response Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T22-8
Instrument Specialties, Inc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T12-3
Integrated Project Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T22-7
Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T22-7
Speed of Response. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T22-7
Interrupting Rating, Magnum DS
without Current Limiters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-8
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V1-T1-i, V1-T1-ii,
V12-T1-1–V12-T1-3
IPONI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-24, V12-T11-11, V12-T11-25
IQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-26, V12-T10-31,

IQ and PowerNet Communications
Retrofits for Distribution Switchboards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-6
IQ and PowerNet Communications
Retrofits for Pow-R-Gear,
Pow-R-M-S and SPB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-4
IQ and PowerNet Communications
Retrofits for WRI, Pow-R-I, Pow-R-M-S/F
and Pow-R-Line i . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-3
IQ Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-31
IQ Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-37, V12-T13-92
IQ Data Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-92
IQ Data Plus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-37
IQ Data Plus II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-37
IQ DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-31, V12-T10-43
IQ DP-4000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-8, V12-T10-9,

V12-T10-39, V12-T11-11

V12-T10-25, V12-T10-36,

IQ 1000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-36, V12-T10-37
IQ 1000 II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-36, V12-T10-37
IQ 110 Electronic Power Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-40
IQ 110/115 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-43
IQ 110/115 Electronic Power Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-40
IQ 130/140/150 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-43
IQ 130/140/150 Series Electronic
Power Meters
Metering Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-20

V12-T10-43, V12-T11-11
IQ DP-4000 Auxiliary Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-43
IQ DP-4000 I/O Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-43
IQ DP-4000/4100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-25
IQ DP-4000/IQ DP-4100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T11-11
IQ DP-4100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-25, V12-T11-11
IQ Energy Sentinel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T2-3, V12-T10-10,
V12-T10-11, V12-T10-26

IQ 150S/250S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-43

IQ Energy Sentinel (Universal Mount) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-26

IQ 200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-43, V12-T11-11

IQ Energy Sentinel for Bus Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-15

IQ 200/IQ 300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T11-11

IQ Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-31

IQ 2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-36

IQ Floor-Mounted Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-32, V12-T13-90

IQ 210/220 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-39

IQ Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-38

IQ 230 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-8, V12-T10-9,

IQ Metering and Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-36

V12-T10-27

IQ Multipoint Energy Submeter II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-43
Metering Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-42

IQ 250 and IQ 260 Electronic
Power Meters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-19

IQ Power Sentinal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-41

IQ 250/260 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-19

IQ Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T2-3,

IQ 300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-38, V12-T10-43,

V12-T10-1–V12-T10-43
Addressable Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T11-11
Addressable Relay
(AR and ARII) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-3, V12-T10-32
AEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-3
AEM II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-3
CED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-3
Current Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-43
Digitrip 3000 (DT-3000) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-3,
V12-T10-12–V12-T10-14,
V12-T10-30, V12-T11-11

V12-T11-11
IQ 320 for MCCs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-14
IQ 35M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-43
Metering Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-22
IQ 500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T11-11
IQ Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-24, V12-T10-36,
V12-T10-43, V12-T11-11
IQ Analyzer 6000/6200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-36
IQ Analyzer 6400/6600 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-8, V12-T10-9,

IQ Analyzer for MCCs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-14

Digitrip 3000 Optional
Drawout Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-43
Digitrip 3000 Overcurrent Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-43
Digitrip MV. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-3
DT-3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-3,
V12-T10-12–V12-T10-14,

IQ and PowerNet Communications
for DS Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-5

Dual-Source Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-43

V12-T10-24
IQ Analyzer 6400/6600 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-8, V12-T10-9,
V12-T10-24

V12-A2-14

V12-T10-30, V12-T11-11

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions

CA08100014E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Appendix 2—Alphabetical Product Index
Energy Sentinel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-26
FP-5000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-3,
V12-T10-12–V12-T10-14,
V12-T10-29
FP-5000 Feeder Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-43
IQ 1000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-3, V12-T10-36,
V12-T10-37
IQ 1000 II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-3, V12-T10-36,
V12-T10-37
IQ 110/115 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-43
IQ 110/115 Electronic Power Meters . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-40
IQ 130/140/150 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-43
IQ 150S/250S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-43
IQ 200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-3, V12-T10-43,
V12-T11-11
IQ 2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-3, V12-T10-36
IQ 210/220 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-39
IQ 230 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-8, V12-T10-9,
V12-T10-27
IQ 250/260 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-43
IQ 300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-3, V12-T10-38,
V12-T10-43, V12-T11-11

IQ Retrofit Kits for MCC Unit Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-14
IQ Sentinels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-43
IQ Transfer Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T11-11
IQDATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-37
IQGEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-38
IS-5000+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-69, V12-T13-71,
V12-T13-72
IS-7000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-69, V12-T13-71,
V12-T13-72
ISO-Switch
(AMPGARD Isolation Switch) . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-84, V12-T13-89
IT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-3, V12-T13-53,
V12-T13-67, V12-T13-68
IT. Soft Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-94, V12-T14-14
IT. Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-67
ITAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-5
ITE
15HK Vacuum Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . .
5HK Vacuum Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . .
5HV Vacuum Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . .
KB Breaker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KC Breaker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KD Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KDON Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KE Breaker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vacuum Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

IQ 35M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-43
IQ 500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-3, V12-T11-11
IQ Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-3, V12-T10-24,
V12-T10-43, V12-T11-11
IQ Analyzer 6400/6600Series . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-8, V12-T10-9
IQ Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-31
IQ Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-3, V12-T10-37
IQ Data Plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-3, V12-T10-37
IQ Data Plus II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-3, V12-T10-37
IQ DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-31, V12-T10-43
IQ DP-4000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-3, V12-T10-8,
V12-T10-9, V12-T10-25, V12-T10-36,
V12-T10-43, V12-T11-11
IQ DP-4000 Auxiliary Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-43
IQ DP-4000 I/O Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-43
IQ DP-4100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-25
IQ Energy Sentinel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-3, V12-T10-10,
V12-T10-11, V12-T10-26
IQ Flange. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-31
IQ Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-3, V12-T10-38
IQ Multipoint Energy Submeter II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-43
IQ Power Sentinel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T11-11
IQ Sentinels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-43
MP-3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-3,
V12-T10-12–V12-T10-14,
V12-T10-28, V12-T11-11
MP-3000 Motor Protection Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-43
Optional Clamp-on CTs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-43
Panel Mounting Adapter Kit for
IQ 100/200 Series and
PXM 2000 Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-31
Portable IQ Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-43
Power Xpert 2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-43
Power Xpert 4000/6000/8000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-43
Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-43
Universal RTD Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-43
URTD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-36, V12-T11-11

V12-T17-60
V12-T17-60
V12-T17-60
V12-T17-46
V12-T17-46
V12-T17-46
V12-T17-44
V12-T17-46
V12-T17-60

ITE AR-Series Replacement Breakers . . . . . . V12-T17-11, V12-T22-6
ITE K-Line Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-44
ITE K-Line Breakers Replacement
and Upgrade Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-43
ITE K-Line Breakers with
Digitrip RMS Retrofit Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-44

J
J Out-of-Production Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11, V12-T3-82
J02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-26
J11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-26
J1C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-26
J20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-26
JA Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11, V12-T3-23,
V12-T3-132, V12-T3-133
JA Molded-Case Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-61
JA Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11
Jaws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T6-2
JB Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11, V12-T3-19,
V12-T3-134–V12-T3-136
JB Molded-Case Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-61
JB Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11,
V12-T3-134–V12-T3-136
JD Series C Breaker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11
JDB Series C Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions

CA08100014E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V12-A2-15

Appendix 2—Alphabetical Product Index
JDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-16

L-56 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-26

JDC Series C Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11

L-56B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-26

JF Autostarter
Replacement Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-53

L-56C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-26

JH Out-of-Production Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11

L-56E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-26

JK Out-of-Production Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11

L-56F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-26

JKL Out-of-Production Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11

L-56G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-26

JL Out-of-Production Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11

L-56H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-26

JMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T11-10

L-56J . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-26

JS Out-of-Production Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11

L-56M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-26

K

L-56P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-26

K Out-of-Production Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11, V12-T3-82
K TRI-PAC Out-of-Production
Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-13

L-56D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-26

L-56R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-26
L-56S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-26
L63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-26

KA Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11, V12-T3-25,

L64. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-26

V12-T3-136, V12-T3-137

LA Allis-Chalmers Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-42

KA Molded-Case Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-61

LA Current Limiting Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-13, V12-T3-14

KA Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11, V12-T3-136,

LA Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11, V12-T3-34,

V12-T3-137

V12-T3-36, V12-T3-37,

KB ITE Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-46

V12-T3-137, V12-T3-139

KB Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11, V12-T3-21,

LA Molded-Case Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-62

V12-T3-137

LA Replacement Breaker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11, V12-T3-138,

KB Molded-Case Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-61

V12-T3-139

KB Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11, V12-T3-137

LA600-AR600NM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-11, V12-T22-6

KC ITE Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-46

LAB Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11, V12-T3-32,

KD ITE Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-46

V12-T3-139–V12-T3-141

KD Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-128

LAB Molded-Case Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-62

KD Series C Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11, V12-T3-128

LAB Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11

KDB Series C Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11

LAF Siemens Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-48

KDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-16

LAY Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . V12-T3-39, V12-T3-141,

KDC Series C Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11

V12-T3-142

KDON ITE Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-44

LB and HLB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-29

KE ITE Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-46

LB Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11, V12-T3-29,

KES Series C Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-128

V12-T3-142, V12-T3-143

K-Factor Dry-Type Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T8-4

LB Molded-Case Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-61

KH Out-of-Production Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11

LB Replacement Breaker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11

KH-D Out-of-Production Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11

LBB Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11, V12-T3-27,

KL Out-of-Production Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . V12-T3-11, V12-T3-82

V12-T3-143–V12-T3-146

KL TRI-PAC Out-of-Production
Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-14

LBB Molded-Case Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-61

K-Line ITE Breaker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-44

LBF Load Break Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-66

KS Out-of-Production Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11
KS-D Out-of-Production Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11

LBF/WLI/MVS Load Interrupter
Switchgear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-66

K-Series Safety Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T7-2

LC Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11, V12-T3-49,

L

LC Molded-Case Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-62

L Out-of-Production Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11

LC Replacement Breaker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11

L TRI-PAC Out-of-Production Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-14

LCA Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . V12-T3-49, V12-T3-146

LBB Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11

V12-T3-146

V12-A2-16

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions

CA08100014E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Appendix 2—Alphabetical Product Index
LCC Molded-Case Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . V12-T3-49, V12-T3-146,
V12-T3-147

Low Voltage Adjustable
Frequency Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-69–V12-T13-72

LCCA Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . V12-T3-49, V12-T3-147

Low Voltage Breaker Drawout
Vacuum Starter Replacement
Retrofit Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-12, V12-T17-13

LCCG Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . V12-T3-50, V12-T3-147

Low Voltage Breaker Test Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-9

LCCGA Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . V12-T3-50, V12-T3-147

Low Voltage Bus Plugs
Bolt-on Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-11
Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-6, V12-T9-8,
V12-T9-10, V12-T9-11

LCC Molded-Case Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-62

LCG Molded-Case Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . V12-T3-50, V12-T3-147
LCGA Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . V12-T3-50, V12-T3-147
LCL Current Limiting Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-13
LCY Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-147
LCYA Molded-Case Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-147
LCYG Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-147
LCYGA Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-147
LD Series C Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11, V12-T3-128
LDB Series C Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11
LES Series C Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-128
LF Air AMPGARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-84, V12-T13-89,
V12-T13-90
LF Air-Break Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-89
LF Air-Break Design Starter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-89

Fusible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-6, V12-T9-9–V12-T9-13
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-4
Low Voltage Busway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-1–V12-T9-15
Bolt-on Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-11
Clipper Power Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-14
CP2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-2, V12-T9-4,
V12-T9-12–V12-T9-14
CP3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-3, V12-T9-4,
V12-T9-12–V12-T9-14
CP4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-3, V12-T9-4,
V12-T9-12–V12-T9-14
H5000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-2–V12-T9-4, V12-T9-8
Low Impedance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-2–V12-T9-5,
V12-T9-8, V12-T9-9, V12-T9-11

LF AMPGARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-73

Standard Plug-in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-2–V12-T9-9

LFB Current Limiter Attachment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-17

Low Voltage DB Switchgear
Assemblies and Power
Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-3

LG Allis-Chalmers Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-42
LH(A) Out-of-Production Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11
LH(E) Out-of-Production Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11
Life Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T22-2, V12-T22-8
Life Line Unibus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-3

Low Voltage Distribution
Switchboards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-2–V12-T15-6
Low Voltage DS Switchgear
Assemblies and Power
Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-4–V12-T17-5,

Light Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T23-9–V12-T23-10
Lighting Control System,
Pow-R-Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-20
Line Shield. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T7-2
LM Out-of-Production Circuit Breaker. . . . . . V12-T3-11, V12-T3-12,
V12-T3-82
Load Break Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-66
Load Interrupter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-65

V12-T17-8
Low Voltage DSII Switchgear
Assemblies and Power
Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-6, V12-T17-7
Low Voltage High Resistance
Grounding Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T2-3
Low Voltage Magnum DS Switchgear
Assemblies and Power Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-8
Low Voltage MCC Support Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-19

Load Interrupter—
Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-67–V12-T17-69

Low Voltage MCCs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-2

Loadcenter History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T5-3

Low Voltage Power Air
Circuit Breakers (LVPACB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-5, V12-T17-6

Loadcenters
BR Family . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T5-2
CH Family . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T5-2

Low Voltage Power Air
Replacement Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-11, V12-T22-6

Local Monitoring—Retrofit Kits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-18

Low Voltage Power Breakers
DB Power Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DS Power Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSII Power Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Magnum DS Power Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPB Power Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Low Impedance Busway. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-8

Low Voltage Power Factor Correction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T21-5

Low Impedance Plug-in Bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-3

Low Voltage Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-5

Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Type CH
Renovation Loadcenter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T5-21
Retrofit Interior Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T5-23
Surge Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T5-25

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions

CA08100014E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V12-T2-2
V12-T2-2
V12-T2-2
V12-T2-2
V12-T2-2
V12-T2-2

V12-A2-17

Appendix 2—Alphabetical Product Index
Low Voltage Switchgear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-2–V12-T17-11,
V12-T22-6
Low Voltage Switchgear Assemblies
and Power Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-2
Low Voltage Switchgear
Cell Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-5, V12-T17-7,
V12-T17-8
Low Voltage Switchgear
Competitive Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-11, V12-T22-6
Low Voltage Switchgear Procedure
for Identifying Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-10
Low Voltage Synchronous Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-74

Main Breaker Lug Kits
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T5-14
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T5-8
Main Lugs
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T5-12
Maintenance, Predictive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T22-5
Manual Reset, Class 20,
Thermal Type B Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-27
Mark. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-78, V12-T13-79

Low Voltage Vacuum Starters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-36

MARK 75 Molded-Case
Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-16, V12-T3-21,

Lower Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-24

V12-T3-22, V12-T3-25, V12-T3-29,

LS(A) Out-of-Production Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11

V12-T3-34, V12-T3-37, V12-T3-40,

LS(E) Out-of-Production Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11

V12-T3-41, V12-T3-43,

LV MCC Technology Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-14, V12-T14-15

V12-T3-49–V12-T3-55

LWT-450 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T19-4

Mark I and Mark II Static Slipsyn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-73
Mark I Static Slipsyn (Brush Type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-74

M

Mark II Static Slipsyn (Brush Type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-74

M (Type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-54, V12-T13-57

Mark V Brushless Field Controller . . . . . . . V12-T13-73, V12-T13-74,

M Out-of-Production Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-12

V12-T13-77–V12-T13-79,

MA Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . V12-T3-12, V12-T3-40,

V12-T13-82, V12-T13-83

V12-T3-147, V12-T3-148

Mark V Solid-State Field Panel . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-79, V12-T13-82

MA Molded-Case Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-62

Mark V Solid-State Slipsyn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-73,

MA Out-of-Production Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-12

V12-T13-77–V12-T13-79,

MA Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-12
MA TRI-PAC Out-of-Production
Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-14
Magnetic Only and Ambient
Compensating Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-24, V12-T3-42
Magnetic Only Breakers . . . . . . . V12-T3-16, V12-T3-20–V12-T3-26,
V12-T3-28, V12-T3-30, V12-T3-33,
V12-T3-35–V12-T3-38,
V12-T3-41–V12-T3-44, V12-T3-48
Magnum DS Breaker Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-8

V12-T13-82, V12-T13-83
Master INCOM Network Translator II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T11-8
Match and Lineup Cubicles for
Pow-R-Line C Distribution Switchboards . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-5
Match and Lineup Cubicles for VCP-W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-58
MAY Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . V12-T3-42, V12-T3-148
MB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-53
MC Handle Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-96
MC Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . V12-T3-12, V12-T3-52,
V12-T3-148

Magnum DS Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-2, V12-T17-8
Magnum DS Breakers
Class 1 Reconditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-8

MC Molded-Case Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-62
MC Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-12

Magnum DS Breakers Renewal Parts
and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-8

MC Type Motor Control
Handle Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-103

Magnum DS Circuit Breaker Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-8

MCA Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . V12-T3-52, V12-T3-148

Magnum DS Interrupting Rating
without Current Limiters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-8

MCC Competitive Retrofit Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-18

Magnum DS Low Voltage Switchgear
Assemblies and Power Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-8

MCC Molded-Case Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-62

Magnum DS Switchgear Structure Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-8
Main and Subfeed Lug Blocks
Type BR Loadcenters and
Circuit Breakers
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T5-12

V12-A2-18

MCC Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . V12-T3-52, V12-T3-148

MCC Regional Manufacturing Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-19
MCC Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-12
MCC Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-13
MCC Service Centers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-19
MCC Support Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-19

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions

CA08100014E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Appendix 2—Alphabetical Product Index
MCC Units with IT. Soft Start Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-15
MCC Units with SPD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-15
MCC Upgrade with SV9000
Adjustable Frequency Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-15
MCCA Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . V12-T3-52, V12-T3-148
MCCG Molded-Case Circuit Breakers. . . . . . V12-T3-53, V12-T3-148
MCCGA Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . V12-T3-53, V12-T3-148
MCG Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . V12-T3-53, V12-T3-149
MCGA Molded-Case Circuit Breakers. . . . . . V12-T3-53, V12-T3-149
McGraw & Edison
PSD-15 Vacuum Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-61
WSA-15 Vacuum Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-61
WSA-5 Vacuum Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-61

Medium Voltage Vacuum Replacement
SURE CLOSE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T22-6
VR-Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T22-6
Medium Voltage Vacuum
Replacement Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T2-2, V12-T17-60
Medium Voltage VCP Switchgear
Assemblies and Power Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-57
Medium Voltage VCP-W Switchgear
Assemblies and Power
Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-58
Metal-Enclosed Switchgear . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-65–V12-T17-69
Meter Centers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T6-1–V12-T6-9
Meter Main Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T6-4
Meter Packs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T6-2, V12-T6-3

MCP Motor Circuit Protectors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-63

Meter Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T6-2

MD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T8-2, V12-T13-54,

Metering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T2-3

V12-T13-56

Metering Devices
Clamp-On Current Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-35
Current Transformers (CTs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-33
Enclosed Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-23
IQ 130/140/150 Series
Electronic Power Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-20
IQ 150S/250S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-21
IQ 250/260. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-4, V12-T10-5,
V12-T10-19

MD 810R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-57
MD Replacement Breaker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-12
MDL Series C Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-12, V12-T3-129
MDS Breaker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-2, V12-T17-8
MDS Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-12
ME and MD DC Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-54
Replacement Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-55
MEB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-65
Mechanical Interlock Covers
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T5-12
Mechanical Interlocks
Kirk Key Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-77
Sliding Bar Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-77
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T5-6
Medium Voltage (AMPGARD) Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-73
Medium Voltage AUTOVAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T21-4
Medium Voltage DH Switchgear
Assemblies and Power Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-55
Medium Voltage DHP Switchgear
Assemblies and Power Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-56
Medium Voltage Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T18-1–V12-T18-8
Medium Voltage Load Interrupter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-65
Medium Voltage Motor Control (2300–7200V) . . . . . . . . V12-T13-73
Medium Voltage Power Factor Correction . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T21-4

IQ 35M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-22, V12-T10-23
IQ Multipoint Energy Submeter II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-42
Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter . . . . . V12-T10-10, V12-T10-11,
V12-T10-18
PXM 2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-4, V12-T10-5,
V12-T10-17
Metering Selection Chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-4–V12-T10-11
Metering, Protection and
Control Devices
IQ 250/260. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-4, V12-T10-5,
V12-T10-19
Modbus Master INCOM
Network Translator (mMINT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T11-12
PXM 2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-4, V12-T10-5
MG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T19-3, V12-T19-4
MG-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T19-2–V12-T19-4
MG-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T19-2–V12-T19-4
MH Out-of-Production Circuit Breaker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-12
Microprocessor-Based Overcurrent Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-30
Microprocessor-Based Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-29

Medium Voltage Starter Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T2-2

Miniature
CHB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-9
QUICKLAG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-6, V12-T3-7

Medium Voltage Switchgear. . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-53–V12-T17-64

Mining Breaker Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-112

Medium Voltage Switchgear
Assemblies and Power
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-53–V12-T17-58

Mining Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-162–V12-T3-167

Medium Voltage Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-84

Medium Voltage Switchgear
Competitive Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-60
Medium Voltage Switchgear Fluidized Bus. . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-59

Mini–Power Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T8-4
MINT II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T11-8, V12-T11-10,
V12-T11-25
MME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-54

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions

CA08100014E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V12-A2-19

Appendix 2—Alphabetical Product Index
MOC Closing Times
Air Magnetic Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-62
Vacuum Replacement Breakers
with SURE CLOSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-62
Vacuum Replacement Breakers
without SURE CLOSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-62
MOC Operators and Vacuum
Replacement Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-55, V12-T17-56,
V12-T17-60–V12-T17-62
Modbus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T11-10
Modbus Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T11-10
Modbus MINT (mMINT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T11-12
Modbus RTU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T12-2
Modular Metering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T6-2
Moisture-Fungus-Corrosion Treatment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-77
Molded-Case Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-1–V12-T3-168
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-3, V12-T3-17–V12-T3-48,
V12-T3-51, V12-T3-53, V12-T3-55,
V12-T3-57, V12-T3-59,
V12-T3-63–V12-T3-79
Alarm Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-76
Auxiliary Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-3, V12-T3-76
Base Mounting Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-70
Center Studs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-77
Extended Line Terminal Shields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-70
Fuse Mounting Base for PB Breakers . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-70
Handle Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-70
Mechanical Interlocks, Kirk Key Interlock . . . . . . . . V12-T3-77
Mechanical Interlocks, Sliding Bar Type . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-77
Mechanical Interlocks, Walking Beam Type. . . . . . V12-T3-77
Moisture-Fungus-Corrosion Treatment . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-77
Molded Type Handle Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-71
Motor Operators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-78
Panelboard Connecting Straps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-68
Plug-In Adapter Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-69
Rear-Connected Studs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-66
Shunt Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-71
Standard Undervoltage Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-74
Cross-Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-113–V12-T3-167
Current Limiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-13, V12-T3-14
Factory Original . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-4
Genuine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-4
Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-95–V12-T3-112
Identifying Genuine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-4
Miniature, CHB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-9
Miniature, QUICKLAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-6, V12-T3-7
Mining Replacement Breakers . . . . . . V12-T3-162–V12-T3-167
Modifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-17, V12-T3-48,
V12-T3-51, V12-T3-53, V12-T3-55,
V12-T3-57, V12-T3-59, V12-T3-87
Motor Circuit Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-63
Motor Control Center
Series C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-91
Motor Control Center
Replacement Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-88–V12-T3-90
Nameplate Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-3
Catalog Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-3
Shop Order Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-3

V12-A2-20

OPTIM 550 Trip Unit Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-94
Panelboard Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-80
Panelboard Replacement Breakers . . . . . V12-T3-80–V12-T3-82
Rating Plug Selection Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-60
Replacement
DA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-31
EB and EHB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-15
FB and HFB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-16
JA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-23
JB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-19
KA and HKA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-25
KB and HKB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-21
LA and HLA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-34, V12-T3-37
LAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-32
LAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-39
LB and HLB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-29
LBB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-27
MA and HMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-40
NB and NHB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-43
NBY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-45
PB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-46
PBF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-47
Types LA and HLA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-34, V12-T3-37
Replacement Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-5
Current Production . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-5
MCC Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-5
Panelboard Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-5
Series C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-5
Replacement Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-15–V12-T3-60
Replacement Cross-Reference . . . . . . V12-T3-113–V12-T3-167
Replacement Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-10–V12-T3-14
Replacement, SELTRONIC . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-49–V12-T3-59
Series C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-3, V12-T3-5,
V12-T3-10–V12-T3-12,
V12-T3-91–V12-T3-96,
V12-T3-109, V12-T3-110
Molded-Case Circuit Breakers—
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T2-3
Molded-Case Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-61
Molded-Type Handle Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-71
Monitoring and Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T22-2–V12-T22-7
Monitoring Systems (Power Xpert) . . . . . . . . . V12-T11-4–V12-T11-7
Motor Circuit Protector Catalog Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-17
Motor Circuit Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-63
Motor Circuit Protectors,
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-63, V12-T3-102
Motor Control Center
Bucket Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-3
Bucket Handle Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-4
Bucket Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-3
Bucket Retrofits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T2-2
Motor Control Center
Replacement Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-16
Motor Control Center
Types of Handle Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-4
Motor Control Centers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-1–V12-T14-19
Competitive Factory Retrofit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-18

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions

CA08100014E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Appendix 2—Alphabetical Product Index
Series C Circuit Breaker Retrofit Kits
5 Star . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-91, V12-T14-15
F10 Series C Retrofit Kit. . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-92, V12-T14-16
Type W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-91, V12-T14-16
Motor Protection Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-28
Motor Starters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-67
Medium Voltage (2300–7200V). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-73
Synchronous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-73
Mounting Bases
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T5-6
MP100 Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-5
MP100 Panelboard,
Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-5

NA1B Panelboard, Replacement Breaker . . . . . . V12-T4-4, V12-T4-7
NAB Panelboard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
NAB Panelboard, Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
Narrow AMI
Vacuum Starter Cell-Retrofill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-88
NB Current Limiting Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-14
NB Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-12, V12-T3-43,
V12-T3-149
NB Molded-Case Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-62
NB Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-12
NBY Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . V12-T3-45, V12-T3-150
NC Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-12, V12-T3-54,
V12-T3-55, V12-T3-150

MP-3000 Motor Protection Relay . . . . . . . . V12-T10-12–V12-T10-14,
V12-T10-28, V12-T10-36,
V12-T10-43, V12-T11-11, V12-T13-88,
V12-T13-90, V12-T13-92

NC Molded-Case Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-62
NC Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-12
NCA Molded-Case Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . V12-T3-54, V12-T3-55,
V12-T3-150

MP40 Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-2, V12-T4-5, V12-T4-12
MP40 Panelboard,
Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-2, V12-T4-5,

NCG Molded-Case Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . V12-T3-54, V12-T3-55,
V12-T3-150

V12-T4-12

NCGA Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . V12-T3-54, V12-T3-55,

MPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T8-2

V12-T3-150

MPC1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T12-3, V12-T12-4

ND Series C Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-12

MPC1 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T12-4

NDC Series C Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-12

MPCR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T19-2, V12-T19-4

NDP Panelboard (Cutler-Hammer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-4

MPCR Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T19-2, V12-T19-4

NDP Panelboard (Westinghouse) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7

MPCV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T19-2, V12-T19-4

NDP Panelboard, Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . V12-T4-4, V12-T4-7

MPCV Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T19-3, V12-T19-4

NEB Panelboard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7

MPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-24, V12-T11-25

NEB Panelboard, Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7

MR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-54, V12-T13-56

Network Protector Relays—
Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T11-11

MS Out-of-Production Circuit Breaker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-12
MSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-65
MTA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T8-2
MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T8-2
MTK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-9
Multiple Metering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T6-2
MV Motor Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-84–V12-T13-96
MV801 Control Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-94
MVA Upgrades for DHP, VCP, VCP-W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-59
MVVR (Medium Voltage Vacuum Replacement) . . . . . . . V12-T22-6
MVX9000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-71

Network Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T19-1–V12-T19-6
Retro-Build. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T19-3
Neutral Bars—Loadcenters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T5-3
New Circuit Breakers for WF/WRP,
ES and Pow-R-Line C Distribution Switchboards
DS Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-5
RD Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-5
SPB Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-5
New DB Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-3
New DS Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-5
New DSII Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-7
New Magnum DS Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-8

N

New Units for Competitive MCCs . . . . . . . . V12-T14-18, V12-T14-19

N (Contactor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-2

New VCP-W Switchgear Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-58

N110 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-8, V12-T9-9

New VCP-W Vacuum Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-58

N250KB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-8, V12-T9-9

Next Generation AMPGARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-93

N400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-8, V12-T9-9

NFB Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-2, V12-T4-4

NA1B Panelboard (Cutler-Hammer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-4

NFB Panelboard, Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . V12-T4-2, V12-T4-4

NA1B Panelboard (Westinghouse) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7

NH Out-of-Production Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-12

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions

CA08100014E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V12-A2-21

Appendix 2—Alphabetical Product Index
NH1B Panelboard (Cutler-Hammer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-4

Other Breakers with Digitrip RMS Retrofit Kits . . . . . . . . V12-T17-51

NH1B Panelboard (Westinghouse) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7

Other Breakers—Horizontal Retrofit
RMS Replacement Trip Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-22

NH1B Panelboard, Replacement Breaker . . . . . . V12-T4-4, V12-T4-7
NHB Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-43
NHDP Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
NHDP Panelboard, Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
NHEB Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
NHEB Panelboard, Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
NL-3XX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T12-3
NLAB Panelboard (Cutler-Hammer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-4
NLAB Panelboard (Westinghouse) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
NLAB Panelboard, Replacement Breaker . . . . . . V12-T4-4, V12-T4-7
NLAB-AB Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
NLAB-AB Panelboard, Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
NLAB-ABH Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
NLAB-ABH Panelboard, Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
NLAB-LX Panelboard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
NLAB-LX Panelboard, Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
NPCOREMOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T11-10
NPLAB Panelboard (Cutler-Hammer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-4
NPLAB Panelboard (Westinghouse) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
NPLAB Panelboard,
Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-4, V12-T4-7
NPLAPQ Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
NPLAPQ Panelboard, Replacement Breaker. . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
NPMODBUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T11-10
NQB Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
NQB Panelboard, Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
NQC Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
NQC Panelboard, Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
NQP Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
NQP Panelboard, Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
NS Out-of-Production Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-12
Numa-Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T12-2–V12-T12-4
Numa-Logic 300 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T12-3
Numa-Logic 400 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T12-4
Numa-Logic 700 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T12-4

O
OIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-96
Operating Handle—Safety Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T7-2
Operating Mechanism—Safety Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T7-2
OPTIM 550 Trip Unit Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-94
OPTIM Trip Unit Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-94
Optional Clamp-on CTs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-43
Ordering Process for Series C
Retrofit Kits for MCC Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-17
Other Breakers Rating Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-27

V12-A2-22

Other Breakers—Vertical Retrofit
RMS Replacement Trip Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-23
Other General Electric Breakers
with Digitrip RMS Retrofit Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-40
Other ITE Breakers Replacement
and Upgrade Capabilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-45
Other ITE Breakers with Digitrip
RMS Retrofit Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-46
Overcurrent Trip Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-30
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-28
Overload Relay Selection Table . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-27–V12-T13-29
Overload Relays
Type FT Fast Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-29
Overview of High Resistance Grounding
C-HRG (Medium Voltage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T16-5

P
P- and S-Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-66
PA Out-of-Production Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-12
PA TRI-PAC Out-of-Production Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-14
Panel Mounting Adapter
Metering Devices, IQ 130/140/150 Series
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-20
Panel Mounting Adapter Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-31
Panel Mounting Bracket
Metering Devices, Power Xpert
Meter 4000/6000/8000
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-15
Panelboard Breaker Replacement Chart . . . . . . . V12-T4-4–V12-T4-8
Panelboard Connecting Straps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-68
Panelboard Replacement Breakers
Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-80–V12-T3-82
Types RFA, RF, RHFA and RHF. . . . . . . . V12-T3-84–V12-T3-87
Panelboards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-1–V12-T4-22
A2B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
ABH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
B10B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
B10B-LX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
B10B-LXX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
B65B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
Breaker Replacement Chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-4–V12-T4-8
CDP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-2, V12-T4-4,
V12-T4-9
CDP/HCDP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
CHB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-2, V12-T4-4
EE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-2, V12-T4-6, V12-T4-13
EP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-14
FDP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-2, V12-T4-7, V12-T4-10
H10B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
H10P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
MP40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-2, V12-T4-5, V12-T4-12
NA1B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions

CA08100014E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Appendix 2—Alphabetical Product Index
NAB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
NDP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
NEB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
NFB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-2, V12-T4-4
NH1B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
NHDP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
NHEB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
NLAB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
NLAB-AB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
NLAB-ABH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
NLAB-LX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
NPLAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
NPLAPQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
NQB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
NQC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
NQP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
PB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-5, V12-T4-11
PB/PH/PH-L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-11
PH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-5, V12-T4-11
PH-L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-11
Pow-R-Line 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-2
PRL1 and PRL2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-15
PRL3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-16
PRL3a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-17
PRL4B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-18
PRL4F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-19
Q10P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
Q22B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
Q22P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
Q65P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
Retrofits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-21
Satellite Plants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-22
Technology Upgrades
Pow-R-Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-20
Surge Protection Devices—SPD Series . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-20
W10B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
W10P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
W22B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
W22P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
WCA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
WEB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-2, V12-T4-7
WEHB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
WFB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
WGB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
WGHB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7

PBF Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . V12-T3-47, V12-T3-48,
V12-T3-151
PBF Molded-Case Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-62
PBF Replacement Breaker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-151
PC Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-12, V12-T3-56,
V12-T3-59, V12-T3-151,
V12-T3-152
PC Molded-Case Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-62
PC Replacement Breaker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-12, V12-T3-151,
V12-T3-152
PC-100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T12-3
PC-110 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T12-3
PCA Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . V12-T3-56, V12-T3-152
PCA Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-152
PCC Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . V12-T3-12, V12-T3-56,
V12-T3-152
PCC Molded-Case Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-62
PCC Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-12, V12-T3-152
PCCA Molded-Case Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . V12-T3-56, V12-T3-152
PCCA Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-152
PCCF Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-152
PCCFA Molded-Case Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-152
PCCFA Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-152
PCCFG Molded-Case Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-58
PCCFG Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-153
PCCFGA Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-153
PCCG Molded-Case Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . V12-T3-58, V12-T3-153
PCCGA Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-153
PCF Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . V12-T3-56, V12-T3-58,
V12-T3-153
PCF Molded-Case Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-62
PCF Replacement Breaker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-153
PCFA Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-153
PCFA Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-153
PCFG Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-153
PCFG Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-153

Parts for SPB, DS and RD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-3–V12-T15-5

PCFGA Molded-Case Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-153

Past Technology for Trip Unit
Retrofit Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-20

PCFGA Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-153

PB Current Limiting Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-14
PB Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-12, V12-T3-46,
V12-T3-48, V12-T3-150,
V12-T3-151
PB Molded-Case Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-62
PB Panelboard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-5, V12-T4-11

PCG Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . V12-T3-58, V12-T3-153
PCGA Molded-Case Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . V12-T3-58, V12-T3-153
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) . . . . . V12-T17-19, V12-T17-61
PFC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-86
PH Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-5, V12-T4-11
PH Panelboard, Replacement Breaker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-5

PB Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-12, V12-T3-151

Phase Adapters
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T5-5

PB/PH/PH-L, Panelboards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-11

PH-L Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-11

PB Panelboard, Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-5

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions

CA08100014E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V12-A2-23

Appendix 2—Alphabetical Product Index
PH-L Panelboard, Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-11

PowerChain Management Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T22-2

PLCs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T12-1–V12-T12-4

PowerNet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T2-3, V12-T10-2

Plug-In Adapter Kits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-69

PowerNet Communication Devices
IQ 250/260 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-4, V12-T10-5
PXM 2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-4, V12-T10-5

Plug-in Cable Tap Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-12
PONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T11-25
PONI Communication Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T11-25
Portable IQ Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-43
Portable Test Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-65
Power Air Circuit Breaker,
Low Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-5, V12-T17-6
Power Air Replacement Breakers . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-11, V12-T22-6
Power Breaker Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T2-2
Power Breaker Replacement,
Low Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T2-2
Power Distribution Bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-3
Power Equipment Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation/Startup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Routine/Emergency Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Strategic Alliances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Warranty Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V12-T22-2
V12-T22-2
V12-T22-2
V12-T22-2
V12-T22-2

Power Factor Correction Capacitors . . . . . . . . V12-T21-1–V12-T21-4
Power Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T18-2
Power Management Products . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T2-3, V12-T10-1,
V12-T10-2
Power Management Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T22-7
Power Manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T11-11
Power Miser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-68
Power Miser 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-67, V12-T13-68
Power Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-32
Power Quality and Energy
Management Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T22-4
Power Racking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-61
Power Sentinel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T11-11
Power Systems Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T22-4
Energy Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T22-4
Power Quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T22-4
Power Xpert 2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-17, V12-T10-43
Power Xpert 2000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-17, V12-T10-43
Power Xpert 4000/6000/8000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-43
Power Xpert Meter 4000 to 6000
License Upgrade Key
Metering Devices, Power Xpert
Meter 4000/6000/8000
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-15
Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-3, V12-T10-10,

PowerNet Communication Features—
Retrofit Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-20
PowerNet Communications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T2-3
PowerNet Device Selection Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T11-11
PowerNet Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-94
Powerstat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-81
POW-R Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-18
Pow-R-Command, Lighting Control System . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-20
Pow-R-Gear Distribution Switchboard
Rating Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-4
Pow-R-Gear Switchboard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-4
Pow-R-Gear, Pow-R-M-S and
SPB Replacement Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-4
Pow-R-Gear, Pow-R-M-S and
SPB Technology Upgrades
Digitrip Trip Unit Retrofit Kits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ and PowerNet
Communications Retrofits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pow-R-Trip Unit Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPD Series Surge
Protective Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V12-T15-4
V12-T15-4
V12-T15-4
V12-T15-4

Pow-R-I Switchboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-2, V12-T15-3
Pow-R-Line 1R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-21
Pow-R-Line 2R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-21
Pow-R-Line 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-2
Pow-R-Line 3 Panelboard,
Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-2
Pow-R-Line C Distribution Switchboards
Match and Lineup Cubicles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-5
Pow-R-Line C Switchboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-2, V12-T15-5
Pow-R-Line i Switchboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-2, V12-T15-3
Pow-R-M-S Distribution Switchboard
Rating Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-4
Pow-R-M-S Switchboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-2, V12-T15-4
Pow-R-M-S/F Switchboard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-2, V12-T15-3
Pow-R-Way Bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-3, V12-T9-5, V12-T9-14
Pow-R-Way II Bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-3, V12-T9-14
Pow-R-Way III Bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-3, V12-T9-14
PPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-19, V12-T17-61
Pre 3-Star Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-4

V12-T10-43

Predictive Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T22-5
Online Assessment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T22-5
Partial Discharge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T22-5

PowerChain Audit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T22-4

PRL1 Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-8, V12-T4-15

PowerChain Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T22-2
PowerChain End-to-End Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T22-3

PRL1 Panelboard,
Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-8, V12-T4-15

PowerChain Life-Cycle Approach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T22-3

PRL2 Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-8, V12-T4-15

V12-T10-11, V12-T10-18,

V12-A2-24

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions

CA08100014E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Appendix 2—Alphabetical Product Index
PRL2 Panelboard,
Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-8, V12-T4-15

QC QUICKLAG Miniature
Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-6, V12-T3-9

PRL3 Panelboard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-8, V12-T4-16

QCC Out-of-Production Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-10

PRL3 Panelboard,
Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-8, V12-T4-16

QCF QUICKLAG Miniature Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-6

PRL3a Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-17

QCGFEP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-8

PRL3a Panelboard, Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-17

QCHGF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-8

PRL4B Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-8, V12-T4-18

QCHGFEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-8

PRL4B Panelboard,
Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-8, V12-T4-18

QCHW QUICKLAG Miniature Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-6

QCGF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-8

PRL4F Panelboard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-8, V12-T4-19

QCR QUICKLAG Miniature
Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-6, V12-T3-9

PRL4F Panelboard,
Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-8, V12-T4-19

QHCW QUICKLAG Miniature Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-6

Procedure for Identifying
Renewal Parts for Power Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-10

QHPW QUICKLAG Miniature Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-6

Product Operated Network Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T11-25

QHPX Miniature Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-6

Programmable Logic Control Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-29
Programmable Logic Controllers. . . . . . . . . . . V12-T12-1–V12-T12-4
Protection and Coordination Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T22-4
Protective Relay Selection Chart. . . . . . . . . V12-T10-12–V12-T10-14
Protective Relaying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T2-3
Provisions for DSII Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-7
Provisions for Magnum DS Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-8
Provisions, LV Switchgear Cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-8
Pullout Relay/Protection,
Synchronous Motor Control . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-76–V12-T13-82
Pullout/Power Factor Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-81
Pushbuttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T23-2–V12-T23-7
Pushbuttons and Pilot Devices
(22 mm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T23-1–V12-T23-10
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T23-11–V12-T23-13
PWA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-86
PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-86

Q
Q10P Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
Q10P Panelboard, Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
Q22B Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
Q22B Panelboard, Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
Q22P Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
Q22P Panelboard, Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
Q65P Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
Q65P Panelboard, Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7

QHCX QUICKLAG Miniature Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-6

QP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T6-2
QPGF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-7
QPGFEP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-7
QPHGF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-7
QPHGFEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-7
QPHW Miniature Circuit Breaker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-6
QS, QP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T6-2
Quad XYZ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T11-11
Quick-Assembled Plugs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-10
QUICKLAG Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-6, V12-T3-7
BAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-6
FAZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-6
HBAW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-6
HBAX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-6
HQP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-6
QBHW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-6
QC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-6, V12-T3-9
QCF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-6, V12-T3-9
QCHW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-6
QCR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-6, V12-T3-9
QHCW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-6
QHCX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-6
QHPW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-6
QHPX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-6
QPHW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-6
WMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-6
WMZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-6

R
Racking Crank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-59

QBGFEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-8

Rainproof Conduit Hubs
Type BR Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T5-13

QBHGF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-8

Rating Plug Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-21

QBHGFEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-8

Rating Plug Selection Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-60

QBHW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-7

Rating Plugs for DS Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-24, V12-T17-25

QBHW QUICKLAG Miniature
Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-6

Rating Plugs for Molded-Case
Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-60

QBGF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-7

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions

CA08100014E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V12-A2-25

Appendix 2—Alphabetical Product Index
Rating Plugs for Other Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-27

Renovation Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-21

Rating Plugs for SPB Breakers . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-24, V12-T17-26

Repair Services for SPB Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-3

Rating Table for
ES Distribution Switchboards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-5

Ratings of Trip Unit Retrofit Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-17

Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-47
Breakers, Motor Control Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-88
Breakers, Panelboard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-80
Capabilities, Molded-Case
Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-5
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-10–V12-T3-14
Mining Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-162–V12-T3-167
Molded-Case Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-61
Motor Circuit Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-63
SELTRONIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-12

RBA/RDB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T18-2, V12-T18-3,

Replacement and Upgrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T22-8

V12-T18-5

Replacement Breakers
Type DB-AR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-3
Type DHP-VR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-56
Type DH-VR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-55
Type DS-AR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-5

Rating Table for Pow-R-Gear
Distribution Switchboards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-4
Rating Table for WF/WRP
Distribution Switchboards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-5
Ratings for DHP-VR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-56
Ratings for DH-VR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-55

RD Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-3, V12-T15-5
RD Series C Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-12
RE Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . V12-T3-153, V12-T3-154
RE Panelboard Replacement Breakers . . . . . V12-T3-80, V12-T3-81,
V12-T3-83
RE Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-153, V12-T3-154
REA Molded-Case Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . V12-T3-154, V12-T3-155
REA Panelboard
Replacement Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-80, V12-T3-81,
V12-T3-83
REA Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-154, V12-T3-155
Rear-Connected Studs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-66
Reconditioning, Class 1 . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-3, V12-T17-5, V12-T17-7
Rectifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-81
Reduced Voltage Solid-State
Motor Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-67, V12-T13-68
Regional Manufacturing
Locations for MCCs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-19
REH Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-155
REH Panelboard
Replacement Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-80, V12-T3-81,
V12-T3-83
REH Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-155
Relay and Solid-State Slipsyn Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-83
Relay Field Panel, Synchronous
Motor Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-75
Relay Slipsyn, Synchronous
Motor Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-73, V12-T13-75,
V12-T13-80, V12-T13-81
Relay, Motor Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-28
Remanufactured VCP Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-57
Remote Ground Fault Trip Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-65
Remote Power Racking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-61
Renewal Parts and Accessories
for Magnum DS Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-8
Renovation Loadcenter
Type CH
Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T5-21

V12-A2-26

Replacement Circuit Breakers
for MCCs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-15
Replacement Digitrip RMS
Trip Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-21, V12-T17-22
Replacement Feeder Breaker Units
11-300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-5
5 Star/Series 2100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-10
9800. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-6
Advantage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-11
F10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-8
F2100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-12
Freedom Unitrol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-9
Type W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-7
Replacement Fuse Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-5
Replacement Guide
Current Limiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-13, V12-T3-14
Series C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-10–V12-T3-12
Replacement Molded-Case
Circuit Breakers and Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T2-3
Replacement Neutral Bar Accessories
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T5-5
Replacement Nuetral Lug for Vintage Loadcenters
Type CH Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T5-5
Replacement Parts for MCCs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-13
Replacement Power Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T2-2
Replacement Starter Units
11-300 MCCs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-5
5 Star/Series 2100 MCCs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-10
9800 MCCs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-6
Advantage MCCs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-11
F10 MCCs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-8
F2100 MCCs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-12
Freedom Unitrol MCCs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-9
Type W MCCs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-7
Replacement Vacuum Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T2-2
Replacement Vacuum Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-91

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions

CA08100014E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Appendix 2—Alphabetical Product Index
Residential Meter Stacks
Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T6-7

RHLM Molded-Case
Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-158, V12-T3-159

Resistor, Starting and Field
Discharge for Synchronous . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-76, V12-T13-77,

RHLM Panelboard
Replacement Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-80, V12-T3-82,

V12-T13-79

V12-T3-87

Retro-build—see Network Protectors

RJ Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-159

Retrofit Interior Kits
Type CH
Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T5-23

RJ Panelboard
Replacement Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-80, V12-T3-82,

Retrofit Kits
Trip Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T2-2

RK Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . V12-T3-159, V12-T3-160

Retrofit Kits, Series C for Motor
Control Centers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-91
Retrofit Services
Low Voltage Breaker Drawout
Vacuum Starter Replacement . . . . . V12-T17-12, V12-T17-13
Retrofits
Motor Control Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T2-2
Motor Control Center Buckets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T2-2
Panelboards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-21
Power Breaker Trip Units . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-21, V12-T17-22
SPD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T2-3
Submetering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T2-3
Retrofit—Trip System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T2-2
Reversing/Assignment Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-65

V12-T3-85

RK Panelboard
Replacement Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-80, V12-T3-82,
V12-T3-85
RKL Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-160
RKL Panelboard
Replacement Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-80, V12-T3-82,
V12-T3-85
RL Siemens Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-48
RLM Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . V12-T3-160, V12-T3-161
RLM Panelboard
Replacement Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-80, V12-T3-82,
V12-T3-86
RLX Siemens-Allis Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-48

RF Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . V12-T3-155, V12-T3-156

RMCF Motor Control Center
Replacement Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-88, V12-T3-89

RF Panelboard
Replacement Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-80, V12-T3-81,

RMCFA Motor Control Center
Replacement Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-88, V12-T3-89

V12-T3-84

RMCHF Motor Control Center
Replacement Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-88, V12-T3-90

RF Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-156
RFA Molded-Case Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-156
RFA Panelboard
Replacement Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-80, V12-T3-81,

RMCHFA Motor Control Center
Replacement Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-88, V12-T3-90
RMS 500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-21, V12-T17-23,

V12-T3-84

V12-T17-25–V12-T17-28

RFK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-9

RMS 510 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-21, V12-T17-23,

RH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-22

V12-T17-25–V12-T17-28

RHF Molded-Case Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . V12-T3-156, V12-T3-157

RMS 600 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-21, V12-T17-23,

RHF Panelboard
Replacement Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-80, V12-T3-81,

V12-T17-25–V12-T17-28
RMS 610 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-21, V12-T17-23,

V12-T3-85

V12-T17-25–V12-T17-28

RHFA Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-157

RMS 700 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-21, V12-T17-23,

RHFA Panelboard
Replacement Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-80, V12-T3-81,

V12-T17-25–V12-T17-28
RMS 800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-21, V12-T17-23,

V12-T3-84
RHK Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . V12-T3-157, V12-T3-158

V12-T17-25–V12-T17-28
RMS 810 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-21, V12-T17-23,

RHK Panelboard
Replacement Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-80, V12-T3-82,
V12-T3-86

V12-T17-25–V12-T17-28
RMS 910 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-21, V12-T17-23,
V12-T17-25–V12-T17-28

RHKL Molded-Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-158
RHKL Panelboard
Replacement Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-80, V12-T3-82,
V12-T3-86

RNA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-86
RNR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-86
Roller-Smith RS-25A Breaker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-51

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions

CA08100014E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V12-A2-27

Appendix 2—Alphabetical Product Index
Roll-out with SJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-92
Routine/Emergency Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T22-2
RPR-2 (Remote Power Racking) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-61
RS-232. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T11-10, V12-T12-2
RS-25A Roller-Smith Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-51
RTD Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T11-11, V12-T10-36
RV Autotransformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-85
RV Part Winding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-85
RV Wye-Delta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-85
RVS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-86

S
S202 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-86
Safety Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T7-2

Series C
Molded-Case Circuit Breakers
Interrupting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-16
Motor Circuit Protectors
Magnetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-17
Series C Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-10–V12-T3-12
Breaker Replacement Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-10
Flex Shaft Handle Mechanism. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-96
Handle Extensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-112
Replacement Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-5
Retrofit Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-91
Rotary Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-110
Rotary and Universal Rotary
Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-109, V12-T3-110
Rotary Handle Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-95, V12-T3-96,
V12-T3-109

Saf-T-Vue Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-15, V12-T3-16,

Series C MCC Retrofit Kit Ordering
Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-17

V12-T3-19–V12-T3-29,

Series C MCP Catalog Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-17

V12-T3-32–V12-T3-34, V12-T3-37,

Series C Retrofit Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-15

V12-T3-40–V12-T3-43
Sales Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T24-2–V12-T24-4

Series C Retrofit Kits Catalog
Numbering System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-17

Satellite Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-22

Series C Retrofit Kits for 5 Star MCCs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-15

Satellite Plants, Panelboards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-22

Series C Retrofit Kits for F10 MCCs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-16

SCB 1200A Out-of-Production
Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-12

Series C Retrofit Kits for
Motor Control Centers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-15

SCB 2000–3000A Out-of-Production
Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-12

Series C Retrofit Kits for Type W MCCs . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-16

SCB 600A Out-of-Production Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11

Service
Installation and Startup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T2-3

SCR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-70

Series Programmable Logic Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T12-2

SCR Truck Cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-94

Service Locations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T24-5

Selecting a Retrofit Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-28

Service Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T22-8

Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-31

Shielded Isolation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T8-2

Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-80–V12-T3-82

Shunt Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-3

Selector Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T23-8–V12-T23-9

Siemens and Siemens-Allis Breakers
with Digitrip RMS Retrofit Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-48

Self-Enclosed Electronic Meters
IQ 150S/250S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-21

Siemens LAF Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-48

SELTRONIC Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-49–V12-T3-60,

Siemens RL Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-48

V12-T3-65, V12-T3-73

Siemens-Allis Breakers Replacement
and Upgrade Capabilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-47

SELTRONIC Ground Fault Trip Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-65
SELTRONIC Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-12
Sensing and Measurement
IQ 250/260 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-4, V12-T10-5
PXM 2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-4, V12-T10-5

Siemens-Allis RLX Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-48
SJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-88, V12-T13-90,
V12-T13-91
SJ AMPGARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-74

Sequence of Operation for C-HRG
(Low Voltage)
High Resistance Ground. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T16-3
(Medium Voltage)
High Resistance Ground. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T16-6

SJ Vacuum-Break Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-84, V12-T13-91

Series 2100 Motor Control Centers . . . . . . . V12-T14-3, V12-T14-10
Add-on Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-10
Feeder Breaker Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-10
Handle Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-4
Replacement Starter Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-10

SL Vacuum-Break Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-84, V12-T13-87,

V12-A2-28

SL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-88, V12-T13-89,
V12-T13-91
SL and SJ Vacuum AMPGARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-91

V12-T13-91
SL50. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-87
SLB and SLS Contactors AMPGARD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-93

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions

CA08100014E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Appendix 2—Alphabetical Product Index
Slide Plate Type
Handle Mechanisms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-95, V12-T3-96,

Specified Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T5-20

V12-T3-99

SSPB GTE-Sylvania Breaker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-51

Slide-out with SJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-92

ST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-7

Slipsyn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-79

Stab Base Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-5

Slipsyn Automatic Field Application
Panel
Static Exciter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-77, V12-T13-82

Standard AMI
Vacuum Starter Cell-Retrofill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-88

Slipsyn Class 14-200 Low Voltage
Motor Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-79
Slipsyn, Synchronous Motor Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-73
SLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-86
SLW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-86
SM Type Safety Handle Mechanism. . . . . . . V12-T3-95, V12-T3-96,
V12-T3-101, V12-T3-102
SMCU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-103
Socket Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T6-2
Soft Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-67, V12-T13-68,
V12-T13-94, V12-T14-14
Solid-State Low Voltage Motor Control
Adjustable Frequency
AC Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-69–V12-T13-72
Reduced Voltage
Motor Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-67, V12-T13-68

SRH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-22

Standard Plug-in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-3, V12-T9-8
Standard Plug-in Straight Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-7
Standard Retrofit RMS Replacement
Trip Units for DS Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-21
Standard Retrofit RMS Replacement
Trip Units for SPB Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-21
Starter Units
11-300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-5
5 Star/Series 2100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-10
9800. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-6
Advantage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-11
F10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-8
F2100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-12
Freedom Unitrol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-9
Type W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-7
Starting and Field Discharge
Resistor, Synchronous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-76, V12-T13-77,
V12-T13-79

Solid-State—Mark V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-73

Startrol Power Miser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-68

SPB and DS Breaker
Digitrip Trip Unit Retrofit Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-6

Startup Services and Commissioning . . . . . . . . V12-T2-3, V12-T22-8

SPB Breaker Cell Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-4

State-of-the-Art Features of
Trip Unit Retrofit Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-18

SPB Breaker Standard Retrofit
RMS Replacement Trip Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-21

Static Excitation Power Supply Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-76

SPB Factory Repair Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-4, V12-T15-5,

Static Exciter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-78

V12-T17-15

Static Exciter, Synchronous
Motor Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-73,

SPB Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-3, V12-T15-4,

V12-T13-76–V12-T13-79,

V12-T15-5, V12-T17-15

V12-T13-81, V12-T13-82

SPB Rating Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-24, V12-T17-26

Strategic Alliances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T22-2

SPB Repair Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-3, V12-T17-15

Structure Parts for DS Switchgear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-5

SPB-100 Westinghouse Breaker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-36

Structure Parts for DSII Switchgear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-7

SPB-150 Westinghouse Breaker. . . . . . . . . V12-T17-14, V12-T17-36

Structure Parts for Magnum DS Switchgear . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-8

SPB-50 Westinghouse Breaker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-36
SPB-65 Westinghouse Breaker. . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-14, V12-T17-36

Structure Parts for WF/WRP, ES
and Pow-R-Line C Distribution Switchboards . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-5

SPCB 1200A Out-of-Production
Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-12

Support Services for MCCs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-19

SPCB 2000–3000A Out-of-Production
Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-12

Submetering Retrofits—IQ Energy Sentinel . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T2-3

SURE CLOSE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-55, V12-T17-56,
V12-T17-60, V12-T17-61,

SPCB 600A Out-of-Production Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-11
SPD Series Surge Protective Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-6
SPD System Retrofits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T2-3

V12-T17-62
SURE CLOSE MOC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T22-6

Special Calibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-17–V12-T3-36,

Surge Panel
Type CH
Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T5-25

V12-T3-38, V12-T3-39, V12-T3-41,

Surge Protection Devices—SPD Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-20

V12-T3-44, V12-T3-45, V12-T3-48

Surge Protective Device—MCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-15

SPD Upgrade for MCC Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-15

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions

CA08100014E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V12-A2-29

Appendix 2—Alphabetical Product Index
SV9000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-71

Systems Pow-R Breaker (SPB) . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-14–V12-T17-16

SV9000 Adjustable Frequency Drives
for MCC Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-15

Systems—Distribution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T2-4

SVX9000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-71

T

Switchboards, Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-1–V12-T15-6

T-56A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-26

Switches
Molded-Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EHB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
JA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
JB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LAB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LBB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LCC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PBF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PCF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

T-56B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-26
V12-T3-61
V12-T3-62
V12-T3-61
V12-T3-61
V12-T3-61
V12-T3-61
V12-T3-61
V12-T3-61
V12-T3-61
V12-T3-61
V12-T3-62
V12-T3-62
V12-T3-61
V12-T3-61
V12-T3-62
V12-T3-62
V12-T3-62
V12-T3-62
V12-T3-62
V12-T3-62
V12-T3-62
V12-T3-62
V12-T3-62
V12-T3-62
V12-T3-62
V12-T3-62

Switches—see Automatic Transfer Switches
Switchgear
DB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-2, V12-T17-3
DHP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-56
DS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-2, V12-T17-4–V12-T17-6
DSII . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-2, V12-T17-6, V12-T17-7
Magnum DS . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-2, V12-T17-8, V12-T17-10
WPA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-2
Switchgear—Low Voltage
Competitive Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T22-6
Switchgear Assemblies and
Power Circuit Breakers—
Low Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-2
Switchgear Assemblies and
Power Circuit Breakers—
Medium Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-53–V12-T17-58
Switchgear Fluidized Epoxy Bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T2-2
Switchgear Trip Unit Retrofit Kits . . . . . . . . V12-T17-17–V12-T17-52
Switchgear—Low Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-10

TA225 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-24
TAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-5, V12-T9-9, V12-T9-11
TCP/IP Ethernet network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T11-3
Technical Resource Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T12-4
Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-17–V12-T3-40,
V12-T3-42–V12-T3-45, V12-T3-51,
V12-T3-53, V12-T3-55,
V12-T3-61–V12-T3-63,
V12-T3-83, V12-T3-87
Test Kit Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-9
Test Kit Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-9
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T22-5, V12-T22-7
Test-Kit, DS/DSII (Amptector-Digitrip) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-9
Thermographic Survey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T22-5
TP-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T8-2
Transfer Switches—
see Automatic Transfer Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T20-1
Transformers
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Case Parts, Ventilated Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rodent Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Terminal Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Buck-Boost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Class 1, Division 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dry-Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DS-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DT-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MTA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NEMA TP-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hazardous Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Industrial Control (MTA and MTC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mini–Power Center (MPC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Motor Drive Isolation (MD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nonlinear (KT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shielded Isolation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TP-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V12-T8-3
V12-T8-4
V12-T8-3
V12-T8-3
V12-T8-2
V12-T8-4
V12-T8-4
V12-T8-2
V12-T8-2
V12-T8-2
V12-T8-2
V12-T8-2
V12-T8-2
V12-T8-2
V12-T8-2
V12-T8-2
V12-T8-2
V12-T8-2
V12-T8-2
V12-T8-2
V12-T8-2
V12-T8-2
V12-T8-2
V12-T8-2

Switchgear—Low Voltage
Competitive Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-11

Transient voltage surge suppression (TVSS) . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-14

Switchgear—Medium Voltage
Competitive Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-60

Trip Unit Features for Trip Unit Retrofit Kits . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-20

Switching Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T7-2
Synchronous Motor Control . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-73–V12-T13-96

V12-A2-30

Trip System Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T2-2

Trip Unit Retrofit Kit Applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-17
Trip Unit Retrofit Kit Catalog
Number Development. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-28

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions

CA08100014E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Appendix 2—Alphabetical Product Index
Trip Unit Retrofit Kit Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-17
Trip Unit Retrofit Kits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-17–V12-T17-52
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-28
Rating Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-24–V12-T17-27
Retrofit Kits
Allis-Chalmers LA Breakers . . . . . . . V12-T17-41, V12-T17-42
Federal Pacific Breakers . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-49, V12-T17-50
General Electric Breakers . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-37–V12-T17-40
ITE Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-43–V12-T17-46
Other Manufacturers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-51
Siemens and
Siemens-Allis Breakers . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-47, V12-T17-48
Westinghouse Breakers . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-30–V12-T17-36
Trip Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-21, V12-T17-22

Types LCG, LCCG, LCGA, LCCGA,
MARK 75 Types HLCG, HLCCG,
HLCGA, HLCCGA SELTRONIC . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-50, V12-T3-51
Types MC, MCC, MCA, MCCA,
MARK 75 Types HMC, HMCC,
HMCA, HMCCA SELTRONIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-52
Types MCG, MCCG, MCGA, MCCGA
and MARK 75 Types HMCG, HMCCG,
HMCGA, HMCCGA SELTRONIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-53
Types NC, NCA, NCG, NCGA,
MARK 75 Type HNC, HNCA, HNCG,
HNCGA SELTRONIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-54, V12-T3-55
Types PC, PCA, PCC, PCCA SELTRONIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-56
Types PCG, PCGA, PCCG, PCCGA SELTRONIC . . . . . . . . V12-T3-58

Trip Unit Retrofit Kits Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-28
Trip Unit Retrofit Kits Definitions for
Replacement and Upgrade Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-19

U
UCTB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-7

Trip Unit Retrofit Kits Past Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-20

UEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-7

Trip Unit Retrofit Kits Trip Unit Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-20

Undervoltage Release (UVR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-3

Trip Unit Retrofit Kits with
Digitrip RMS Trip Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-21–V12-T17-27

Unibus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-3

Trip Unit Retrofits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T2-2
Trip, Microprocessor-Based . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-30
TRI-PAC Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-13
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T22-5
Truck Cell, SCR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-94
True rms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-18
Type A Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-28
Type B Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-27
Type CH
Loadcenters and Circuit Breakers
Renovation Loadcenter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T5-21
Retrofit Interior Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T5-23
Surge Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T5-25

UNIPAK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T21-4
UNIPUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T21-4
UNIVAR and Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T21-4
Universal Cable Tap Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-7
Universal Direct Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-111
Universal Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-36
Universal Mount IQ Energy Sentinel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-26
Universal Remote Power Racking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-61
Universal Rotary Type
Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-95, V12-T3-109
Universal RTD Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-36, V12-T10-43
Upgrades
Medium Voltage Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T2-2

Type F Magnetic Contactor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-3

URTD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T10-36

Type FT Fast Trip, Class 10 Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-29

V

Type H, Medium Voltage Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-88
Type K, Medium Voltage Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-88

V201 and V200 Vacuum Contactors and Starters
Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-36

Type MC Motor Control
Handle Mechanisms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-95, V12-T3-103

Vacuum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-90

Type N Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-3
Type N Starter Replacement Capabilities
Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-22
Contact Kits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-22
Type S 511 AC and DC Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-60
Type SM Safety Handle Mechanisms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-101
Type W Motor Control Centers
Add-on Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-7
Feeder Breaker Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-7
Handle Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-4
MCCs with Series C Retrofit Kits . . . . . V12-T3-91, V12-T14-16
Types LC, LCC, LCA, LCCA, MARK 75
Types HLC, HLCC, HLCA, HLCCA SELTRONIC. . . . . . . V12-T3-49

Vacuum Break Roll-out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-86
Vacuum Break Slide-out. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-86
Vacuum Contactor Replacement Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-36
Vacuum Replacement Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T2-2, V12-T17-60
Allis-Chalmers AM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-60
Allis-Chalmers FA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-60
Allis-Chalmers FB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-60
Allis-Chalmers FC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-60
Allis-Chalmers MA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-60
Allis-Chalmers RUPTAIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-60
Federal Pacific DST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-60
Federal Pacific DST-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-60
General Electric AM13.8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-60
General Electric AM15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-60

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions

CA08100014E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V12-A2-31

Appendix 2—Alphabetical Product Index
General Electric AM4.16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Electric AM5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Electric AM7.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Electric AM7.5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Electric MagneBlast. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITE 15HK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITE 5HK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITE 5HV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
McGraw & Edison PSD-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
McGraw & Edison WSA-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
McGraw & Edison WSA-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V12-T17-60
V12-T17-60
V12-T17-60
V12-T17-60
V12-T17-60
V12-T17-60
V12-T17-60
V12-T17-60
V12-T17-60
V12-T17-61
V12-T17-61
V12-T17-61

Vacuum Replacement Breakers
with MOC Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-55, V12-T17-56,

VSR, DB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-3
VSR, DSII. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-7

W
W10B Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
W10B Panelboard, Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
W10P Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
W10P Panelboard, Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
W210 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-87
W22B Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
W22B Panelboard, Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
W22P Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7

V12-T17-60–V12-T17-62

W22P Panelboard, Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7

Vacuum Replacement Breakers
with SURE CLOSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-62

Warranty Service, Power Equipment Services . . . . . . . . . V12-T22-2

Vacuum Starter Replacement for DB Breakers. . . . . . . . . V12-T17-3
Vacuum Starter Replacement
for DSII Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-7
Vacuum Starter Retrofit—DB25-LV-VSR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-3
Vacuum Starter Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-91
Vacuum Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-36
Vacuum, Roll-out (standard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-86
Vacuum, Slide-out (standard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-86
Vari-Depth Handle Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-95–V12-T3-98
VCP Breaker Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-57
VCP Medium Voltage Switchgear
Assemblies and Power Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-57
VCP Remanufactured Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-57
VCP Switchgear Fluidized Switchgear Bus . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-57
VCP-W ANSI and IEC Rating Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-58
VCP-W Breaker Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-58
VCP-W Match and Lineup Cubicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-58
VCP-W Medium Voltage Switchgear
Assemblies and Power Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-58
VCP-W Switchgear Fluidized
Switchgear Bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-58
VCP-W Vacuum Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-58
Vectrol Energy Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-67, V12-T13-68
Vectrol Startrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-67
Vectrol Startrol Power Miser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-67
Vectrol VMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-67, V12-T13-68
Vertical Retrofit RMS Replacement
Trip Units for Other Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-23
Victory Bus Duct . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-3
VLT-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-69–V12-T13-72
VMAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-86
VMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-67, V12-T13-68

WBASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-8
WCA Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
WCA Panelboard, Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
WCG3, 5, 7, 9, 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T6-2
WCK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-51
WCOIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-51
WEB Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-2, V12-T4-7
WEB Panelboard, Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . V12-T4-2, V12-T4-7
WEHB Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
WEHB Panelboard, Replacement Breaker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
Westinghouse 50/55,100/110, 300,
400, 500, 700, 900, 1100, 1200/1250,
1500/1700, 2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T12-3
Westinghouse AR-Series
Replacement Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-11, V12-T22-6
Westinghouse Breaker
Type DA-50-1600 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type DA-50-800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type DA-75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type DB-100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type DB-25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type DB-50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type DB-75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type DBL-25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type DBL-50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type DK-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type DK-25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type DS and DSL-206 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type DS and DSL-416 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type DS-420 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type DS-632 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type DS-840 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type SPB-100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type SPB-150 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type SPB-50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type SPB-65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V12-T17-30
V12-T17-30
V12-T17-30
V12-T17-32
V12-T17-32
V12-T17-32
V12-T17-32
V12-T17-32
V12-T17-32
V12-T17-30
V12-T17-30
V12-T17-34
V12-T17-34
V12-T17-34
V12-T17-34
V12-T17-34
V12-T17-36
V12-T17-36
V12-T17-36
V12-T17-36

Volt Trap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-81

Westinghouse DA and DK Breakers
with Digitrip RMS Retrofit Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-30

VR-Series Medium Voltage Vacuum
Replacement (MVVR) Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T22-6

Westinghouse DB Breakers
with Digitrip RMS Retrofit Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-32

V12-A2-32

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions

CA08100014E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Appendix 2—Alphabetical Product Index
Westinghouse DS Breakers
with Digitrip RMS Retrofit Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-34
Westinghouse SPB Breakers
with Digitrip RMS Retrofit Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-36

1MM, 3MM, 35MM, 37MM, 35SS, 37SS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T6-2
202. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-86

WF/WRP Switchboards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-5

2100 Series Motor Control Centers. . . . . . . . V12-T14-3, V12-T14-10
Add-on Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-10
Feeder Breaker Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-10
Handle Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-4
Replacement Starter Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-10

WFB Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7

212. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-86

WFB Panelboard, Replacement Breaker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7

2225TA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-125

WGB Panelboard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7

25/50L4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-89, V12-T13-96

WGB Panelboard, Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7

25/50L7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-89, V12-T13-96

WGHB Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7

25L2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-89, V12-T13-96

WGHB Panelboard, Replacement Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T4-7
WLI Load Interrupter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-65

25L2 Vacuum
Replacement Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-90

WM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T6-2

300 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T12-3

WM, WP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T6-2

35MM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T6-2

Works-in-a-Drawer, MV Motor
Control Device Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-90, V12-T13-92

35SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T6-2

WP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T6-2

37SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T6-2

WPA Switchgear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-4

3MM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T6-2

Westinghouse, Challenger
and Bryant Cross-Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-113

WRI Switchboards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-2, V12-T15-3
Digitrip Trip Unit Retrofit Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-3
IQ and PowerNet
Communications Retrofits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-3
SPD Series Surge Protective Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T15-3

37MM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T6-2

3-Star Contactors and Starters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-5
400 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T12-4
400A Air-to-Vacuum Contactor Replacement . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-89
400A SL Roll-out Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-91

WVB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-65

400A SL Slide-out Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-91

Wye or Delta Systems with
High Resistance Grounding Addition (C-HRG) . . . . . . . . V12-T16-6

400A Vacuum Starter Cell Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-92

X
XT IEC Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-49
XT IEC Power Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-49

5 Star Motor Control Centers . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T14-3, V12-T14-10,
V12-T14-15
Series C Retrofit Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-91, V12-T14-15
50°C Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-17, V12-T3-20, V12-T3-22,
V12-T3-24, V12-T3-26, V12-T3-28,

Z

V12-T3-30, V12-T3-31, V12-T3-33,

ZN110 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-8, V12-T9-9

V12-T3-36, V12-T3-38, V12-T3-39,

ZN250KB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-8, V12-T9-9

V12-T3-41, V12-T3-44, V12-T3-45,

ZN400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-8, V12-T9-9

V12-T3-48, V12-T3-83, V12-T3-87

Zone Interlock Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T3-94

502. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-86

Zone Interlocking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-18

50L2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-89, V12-T13-96
50L2 Air-to-Vacuum Retrofit Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-90

Numerics

50L2 Vacuum Retrofit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-86

100 Ampere Busway. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T9-3, V12-T9-6

50L4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-89

100/110 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T12-3

50V4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-96

100/110 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T12-3
100HF Federal Pacific Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T17-50

511 AC and DC Brakes
Replacement Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-61

11–202 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-85

602. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-86

11-300 Motor Control Centers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Add-on Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Feeder Breaker Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Handle Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement Starter Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

700 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T12-4

V12-T14-4
V12-T14-5
V12-T14-5
V12-T14-5
V12-T14-5

1MM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T6-2

700A Air-to-Vacuum Conversion Kits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-90
702. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-86
7200V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-84
802. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-86

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions

CA08100014E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V12-A2-33

Appendix 2—Alphabetical Product Index
9000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-70

9658 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-5

902 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-86

9736 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-5

9556 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-5

9739 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-5

9560 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-5, V12-T13-52

9800 Motor Control Centers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Add-on Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Feeder Breaker Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Handle Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement Starter Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9584 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-52
9586 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-5, V12-T13-52
9589 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-5
9591 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V12-T13-5

V12-A2-34

Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions

CA08100014E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V12-T14-6
V12-T14-6
V12-T14-6
V12-T14-4
V12-T14-6

Don’t replace it,

extend it

Regardless of the vintage
or the original manufacturer,
we provide solutions that will
extend the useful life of your
existing electrical equipment.
Eaton’s Aftermarket Centers
of Excellence (ACEs) provide
not only complete rebuilds of
breakers, but also state-ofthe-art upgrades that ensure
that your breaker electrical
system is reliable and safe.

Our network of strategically
located centers means
that you benefit from short
turnaround times as we
perform the most complete
and thorough breaker
rebuilds in the industry.
Follow us on social media to receive and discuss
the latest product and support information.

Eaton
1000 Eaton Boulevard
Cleveland, OH 44122
United States
Eaton.com
© 2013 Eaton
All Rights Reserved
Printed in USA
Publication No. CA08100014E / Z14460
November 2013

Eaton is a registered trademark.
All other trademarks are property
of their respective owners.



Source Exif Data:
File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.6
Linearized                      : No
Author                          : Zoltun Design
Create Date                     : 2013:10:16 10:32:01-04:00
Modify Date                     : 2016:07:12 09:41:14-05:00
Subject                         : Volume 12: Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions
Has XFA                         : No
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 4.2.1-c043 52.372728, 2009/01/18-15:56:37
Instance ID                     : uuid:e6198573-b065-9f40-8eb3-9b652a3b8c2d
Document ID                     : xmp.did:FE7F11740720681188C6A3E98E869C4C
Original Document ID            : adobe:docid:indd:a07bfce0-0094-11e0-96a9-aa71388e7255
Rendition Class                 : proof:pdf
Derived From Instance ID        : xmp.iid:F77F11740720681188C6A3E98E869C4C
Derived From Document ID        : xmp.did:8B7A81A41F2068118A6DF76D49A2F177
Derived From Original Document ID: adobe:docid:indd:a07bfce0-0094-11e0-96a9-aa71388e7255
Derived From Rendition Class    : default
History Action                  : saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved, saved
History Instance ID             : xmp.iid:B9243B99072068118A6DF76D49A2F177, xmp.iid:BA243B99072068118A6DF76D49A2F177, xmp.iid:44B53F8A132068118A6DF76D49A2F177, xmp.iid:00C9B2D1132068118A6DF76D49A2F177, xmp.iid:AC452F9D142068118A6DF76D49A2F177, xmp.iid:0864B322162068118A6DF76D49A2F177, xmp.iid:1164B322162068118A6DF76D49A2F177, xmp.iid:1264B322162068118A6DF76D49A2F177, xmp.iid:C8C764C41C2068118A6DF76D49A2F177, xmp.iid:2AB7FE5A1D2068118A6DF76D49A2F177, xmp.iid:2BB7FE5A1D2068118A6DF76D49A2F177, xmp.iid:6F6AC33A1E2068118A6DF76D49A2F177, xmp.iid:8B7A81A41F2068118A6DF76D49A2F177, xmp.iid:F0C1A411272068118A6DF76D49A2F177, xmp.iid:96CBE11F272068118A6DF76D49A2F177, xmp.iid:D0809BB7272068118A6DF76D49A2F177, xmp.iid:D0FB47D72B2068118A6DF76D49A2F177, xmp.iid:D1FB47D72B2068118A6DF76D49A2F177, xmp.iid:B82384D93D2068118A6DF76D49A2F177, xmp.iid:727FD5EB3D2068118A6DF76D49A2F177, xmp.iid:797FD5EB3D2068118A6DF76D49A2F177, xmp.iid:F7AB68E9442068118A6DF76D49A2F177, xmp.iid:F8AB68E9442068118A6DF76D49A2F177, xmp.iid:07801174072068118A6DBCE462AC0B99, xmp.iid:41BB5416082068118A6DBCE462AC0B99, xmp.iid:48BB5416082068118A6DBCE462AC0B99, xmp.iid:54F77057082068118A6DBCE462AC0B99, xmp.iid:DD44A8DBFE0BE3119C94A3FC57DFBAF5, xmp.iid:75E993D9020CE3119C94A3FC57DFBAF5, xmp.iid:FD7F11740720681188C6C1C1A93565DC, xmp.iid:853398EE0720681188C6C1C1A93565DC, xmp.iid:FD7F11740720681188C6EBBA1B882C1F, xmp.iid:F77F11740720681188C6A3E98E869C4C, xmp.iid:FE7F11740720681188C6A3E98E869C4C, xmp.iid:769FAE980720681188C6A3E98E869C4C
History When                    : 2013:08:05 10:23:13-04:00, 2013:08:05 10:23:13-04:00, 2013:08:05 10:34:08-04:00, 2013:08:05 10:36:08-04:00, 2013:08:05 10:41:50-04:00, 2013:08:05 10:52:43-04:00, 2013:08:05 10:53:24-04:00, 2013:08:05 10:53:58-04:00, 2013:08:05 11:40:11-04:00, 2013:08:05 11:44:24-04:00, 2013:08:05 11:48:53-04:00, 2013:08:05 12:00:46-04:00, 2013:08:05 12:00:46-04:00, 2013:08:05 12:53:56-04:00, 2013:08:05 12:54:20-04:00, 2013:08:05 12:58:35-04:00, 2013:08:05 13:28:06-04:00, 2013:08:05 13:28:29-04:00, 2013:08:05 15:37:01-04:00, 2013:08:05 15:37:32-04:00, 2013:08:05 16:27:17-04:00, 2013:08:05 16:27:34-04:00, 2013:08:05 16:28:55-04:00, 2013:08:21 09:05:42-04:00, 2013:08:21 09:10:14-04:00, 2013:08:21 09:10:49-04:00, 2013:08:21 09:12:04-04:00, 2013:08:23 10:44:27-04:00, 2013:08:23 10:46:53-04:00, 2013:10:09 10:20:21-04:00, 2013:10:09 10:23:46-04:00, 2013:10:15 10:33:12-04:00, 2013:10:16 10:30:38-04:00, 2013:10:16 10:30:38-04:00, 2013:10:16 10:31:39-04:00
History Software Agent          : Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0, Adobe InDesign 7.0
History Changed                 : /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata, /metadata, /;/metadata, /;/metadata
Metadata Date                   : 2016:07:12 09:41:14-05:00
Creator Tool                    : Adobe InDesign CS5 (7.0.4)
Page Image Page Number          : 1, 2
Page Image Format               : JPEG, JPEG
Page Image Width                : 256, 256
Page Image Height               : 256, 256
Page Image                      : (Binary data 7421 bytes, use -b option to extract), (Binary data 12737 bytes, use -b option to extract)
Doc Change Count                : 222
Format                          : application/pdf
Title                           : CA08100014E
Description                     : Volume 12: Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions
Creator                         : Zoltun Design
Producer                        : Adobe PDF Library 9.9
Trapped                         : False
Page Layout                     : SinglePage
Page Count                      : 621
EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Navigation menu